openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

September 2016

12 participants
475 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96695 - trunk/yast/lv/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Sep '16

02 Sep '16

Author: minton Date: 2016-09-02 23:38:05 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96695 Added: trunk/yast/lv/po/journalctl.lv.po Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/add-on.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-client.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/autoinst.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/base.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/bootloader.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/ca-management.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/cio.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/cluster.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/control.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/country.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/crowbar.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/dhcp-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/dns-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/docker.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/drbd.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/fcoe-client.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/firewall.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/firstboot.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/fonts.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/geo-cluster.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/installation.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-client.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-lio-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/kdump.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/live-installer.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/mail.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/network.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/nfs.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/nis.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/ntp-client.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/packager.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/pkg-bindings.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/printer.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/rdp.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/rear.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/registration.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/reipl.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-client.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-server.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/security.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/services-manager.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/snapper.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/storage.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/update.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/users.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/vm.lv.po trunk/yast/lv/po/vpn.lv.po Log: lv merged Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/add-on.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/add-on.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/add-on.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -67,13 +67,14 @@ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "" -#. error report -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 -msgid "Failed to add add-on product." +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "" +#. just report error #: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "" #. placeholder for unknown path Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-client.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-client.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-client.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,1110 +17,1666 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n != 0 ? 1 : 2);\n" -#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 -msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Realm name" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 -msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 -msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Principal Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" + +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter realm name." +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Reset" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Please enter server URI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "Please enter DN of search base." +msgstr "" + +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" + +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +msgid "(not specified)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +msgid "Secure LDAP communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +msgid "Do Not Use Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +msgid "Test Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "Extended Options" +msgstr "" + +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +msgid "All Authentication Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Add Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Edit Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Delete Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "User Logon Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Change Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "User Logon Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Full Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Network Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +msgid "Identity Domains" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Extended options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "" + #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "" #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "" #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "" +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Global Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Name switch" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Auto-Mount" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "SSH Public Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" +msgstr "" + #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "" -#. Overview of all config sections -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Global Configuration" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Stopped" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 -msgid "Sections" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 -msgid "New Service/Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Join Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Leave Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Clear Domain Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +msgid "Service Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +msgid "Domain Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." +msgstr "" + +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "Use this domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. #. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 -msgid "Customisation - %s" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Name" +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Value" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Description" +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "More Parameters" +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Name filter:" +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" -#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 -msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 -msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" + #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to continue?" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 -msgid "No domain enabled" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +msgid "No domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" -"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -#. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 -msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "" -#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" msgstr "" -#. New service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Service" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 -msgid "Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 -msgid "Domain name (example.com)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Identification provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "Authentication provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Activate Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr "" -#. Create new service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "" -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Current status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Gathering status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +msgid "" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" +"\n" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "Enable the domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Please enter the domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "" + +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" msgstr "" -#. NSS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" -#. PAM configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" -#. SUDO configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#. SSH configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" - -#. autofs may only start after sssd is started -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 -msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "" - -#. end Export -#. ################################################################ -#. ################################################################ -#. Summary() -#. returns html formated configuration summary -#. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 -msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 -msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 -msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 -msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-server.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/auth-server.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -292,8 +292,7 @@ msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "" @@ -436,12 +435,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "" @@ -467,8 +466,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" @@ -476,7 +475,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -557,8 +556,8 @@ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "" @@ -1817,8 +1816,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2192,7 +2190,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2260,7 +2258,7 @@ msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2421,237 +2419,237 @@ msgstr "" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/autoinst.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/autoinst.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/autoinst.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "" @@ -49,14 +49,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -237,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -245,73 +244,57 @@ msgstr "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -365,8 +348,15 @@ "%1" msgstr "" -#. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> @@ -374,65 +364,51 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "" #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "" @@ -476,55 +452,63 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "" @@ -532,15 +516,15 @@ msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "" @@ -552,7 +536,15 @@ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "" @@ -561,26 +553,27 @@ #. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the #. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc #. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "" #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "" #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -654,11 +647,11 @@ #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" @@ -669,19 +662,19 @@ #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "" @@ -920,6 +913,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1370,8 +1368,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "" @@ -1486,7 +1483,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1496,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr "" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1826,67 +1823,6 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "" - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "" - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "" - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2101,12 +2037,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2117,45 +2053,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2165,14 +2101,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2181,7 +2117,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2284,20 +2220,20 @@ msgstr "" #. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 msgid "Cannot update system time." msgstr "" @@ -2318,72 +2254,72 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "" #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 msgid "Post" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 msgid "Init" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2391,76 +2327,76 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "" #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "" #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 msgid "Ok" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2468,43 +2404,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "" @@ -2547,14 +2483,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "" #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2562,14 +2498,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/base.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/base.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/base.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -75,230 +75,230 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "" #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "" #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" msgstr "" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" msgstr "" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "" #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr "" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "" #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "" #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "" #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "" #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "" @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "" @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "" @@ -422,14 +422,14 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "" @@ -461,12 +461,12 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "" @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" @@ -525,22 +525,22 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "" @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -560,55 +560,55 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "" #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -616,12 +616,12 @@ msgstr "" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" @@ -680,46 +680,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -762,27 +762,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "" @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -798,22 +798,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "" @@ -867,19 +867,19 @@ msgstr "" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "" @@ -990,9 +990,75 @@ "F keys are not available." msgstr "" +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "" + +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +msgid "running" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1000,7 +1066,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1008,7 +1074,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1184,7 +1250,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1207,7 +1273,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1408,27 +1474,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1438,7 +1504,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1448,7 +1514,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1456,18 +1522,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "" @@ -1495,7 +1561,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" @@ -1506,7 +1572,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -1570,19 +1636,19 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 msgid "Error:" msgstr "" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 msgid "Message:" msgstr "" @@ -1635,7 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "" @@ -1721,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "" @@ -1813,6 +1879,224 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "" + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "" + #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." @@ -1854,20 +2138,20 @@ msgstr "" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -1876,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -1887,8 +2171,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -1898,29 +2182,29 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -1928,7 +2212,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -1938,60 +2222,60 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " msgstr "" #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." msgstr "" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 -msgid "Firewall Settings" +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1999,27 +2283,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -2029,389 +2313,389 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2422,14 +2706,14 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" "or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2445,135 +2729,6 @@ "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "" - -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -2658,61 +2813,14 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception -#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService() -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. $[ -#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" : [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], -#. ] -#. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "" - -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "" - #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -2726,35 +2834,75 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +msgid "Checking file conflicts..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +msgid "A File Conflict Detected" +msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +msgid "This message will be available at %s" +msgstr "" + #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2763,57 +2911,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2824,34 +2972,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2860,7 +3008,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2870,83 +3018,83 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2954,99 +3102,99 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3056,64 +3204,64 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3124,27 +3272,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3152,20 +3300,20 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3229,12 +3377,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3242,34 +3390,34 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" @@ -3281,7 +3429,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3290,7 +3438,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3299,7 +3447,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3307,7 +3455,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3320,124 +3468,124 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3449,7 +3597,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3463,7 +3611,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3475,16 +3623,16 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3495,7 +3643,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3506,62 +3654,62 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3575,7 +3723,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3589,12 +3737,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3607,7 +3755,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3620,12 +3768,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -3639,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -3653,17 +3801,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -3673,7 +3821,7 @@ msgstr "" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -3681,7 +3829,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -3689,7 +3837,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3698,23 +3846,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3728,12 +3876,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3746,7 +3894,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" @@ -3755,83 +3903,83 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 -msgid "Slide Sho&w" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +msgid "&Details" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -msgid "&Details" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" @@ -4426,37 +4574,45 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" -"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" msgstr "" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgstr "" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." -msgstr "" - -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 -msgid "" +msgid_plural "" "Files %s have been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" #. error report #: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 @@ -4464,7 +4620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4495,7 +4651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4503,7 +4659,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -4570,13 +4726,13 @@ #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "" #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "" @@ -4652,8 +4808,8 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "" @@ -5397,51 +5553,3 @@ "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "" - -#. Content for the help -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" -"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" -"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -msgid "running" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/bootloader.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/bootloader.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/bootloader.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,935 +16,446 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option" +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 -msgid "Print value of specified option" +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 -msgid "The key of the option" +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The value of the option" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "&Device" msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 -msgid "Value was not specified." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 -msgid "Option was not specified." +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "" -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 -msgid "Value: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 -msgid "Specified option does not exist." +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<big>Boot Menu</big> " +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition)." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +msgid "Default" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"Boot from Root Partition." +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer" +"Boot Loader Type \n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use Boot Loader." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section." +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "yes" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 -msgid "" -"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push Add.\n" -"To remove a disk, push Remove." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 -msgid "&Default Boot Section" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 -msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +msgid "" +"Timeout in Seconds \n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +msgid "" +"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +msgid "" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 -msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 -msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 -msgid "Re&type Password" -msgstr "" - -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "Secure Boot" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "" - -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." -msgstr "" - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 -msgid "&Vga Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." -msgstr "" - -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -msgid "Text Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -msgid "Unspecified" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 msgid "remove" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 -msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 -msgid "Use &graphical console" +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 -msgid "&Console resolution" +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 -msgid "&Console theme" +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 -msgid "Use &serial console" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 -msgid "&Console arguments" +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 -msgid "Select File" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "" - -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 -msgid "&Start from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "" - -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 msgid "" -"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader." +"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" -"Please wait... " +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 -msgid "" -"To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click Edit Configuration Files." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -" In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -" Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or Delete to delete the selected section." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "" -"- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer." +" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;." +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Installation Details \n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Type \n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use Boot Loader." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Options \n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"Boot Loader Options." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Expert Manual Configuration \n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" -"Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 msgid "" -"Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique." +"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push Add.\n" +"To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" -"Select the type of the new section to create." +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section." +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start." +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 -msgid "" -"Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 -msgid "" -"Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 -msgid "The password must not be empty." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 -msgid "" -"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" -"do not match. Retype the password." -msgstr "" - -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 -msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "" - +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers #. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "" - -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 -msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and -#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 -msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" - -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" - #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 msgid "Booting" @@ -956,184 +467,120 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" +"Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" +"Please wait... " msgstr "" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "" - -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "" - #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "" - #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "" - #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/ca-management.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/ca-management.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/ca-management.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -128,8 +128,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "" @@ -201,8 +200,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "" @@ -1836,42 +1834,41 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "" #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "" -#. Popup displaying openssl error messages -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "" @@ -2150,8 +2147,7 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "" @@ -2197,28 +2193,23 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/cio.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/cio.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/cio.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" +msgid "no" msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" +msgid "yes" msgstr "" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/cluster.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/cluster.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/cluster.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" @@ -199,169 +199,169 @@ msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "" @@ -452,96 +452,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/control.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/control.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/control.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,238 +15,573 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -" " +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -msgid "Installation Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -msgid "Live Installation Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 -msgid "Disk" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 -msgid "Time Zone" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +msgid "Disk" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 -msgid "User Settings" +msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +msgid "User Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 -msgid "System for Update" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -msgid "Update" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +msgid "System for Update" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 -msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Update" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Congratulations!\n" +"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +"Visit us at %1.\n" +"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/country.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/country.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/country.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "" #. summary label @@ -735,56 +735,56 @@ "Enter the correct date.\n" msgstr "" -#. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -802,12 +802,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "" @@ -895,180 +895,185 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/crowbar.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/crowbar.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/crowbar.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,19 +20,9 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "" - -#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" msgstr "" #. combobox label @@ -44,11 +34,11 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product for SMT server\n" "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" @@ -167,124 +157,132 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "" -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 msgid "User Name" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "" #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -292,91 +290,91 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -385,7 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "" @@ -430,37 +428,37 @@ msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/dhcp-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/dhcp-server.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/dhcp-server.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -56,9 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "" @@ -98,242 +96,247 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "" #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "" + #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "" @@ -358,190 +361,150 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "" - -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" "One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." @@ -549,60 +512,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -610,48 +573,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -659,10 +622,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -670,61 +633,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -732,8 +695,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -741,135 +704,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -882,15 +845,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -902,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" @@ -1115,7 +1078,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "" @@ -1139,7 +1102,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" @@ -1150,9 +1113,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "" @@ -1168,51 +1131,51 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1220,80 +1183,80 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "" @@ -1572,8 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1591,17 +1553,9 @@ "is enabled." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 +#. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" -"<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" -"To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"Start DHCP Server." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -1609,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1617,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1637,14 +1591,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1652,7 +1606,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1661,7 +1615,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1670,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1679,14 +1633,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1696,14 +1650,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1711,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1730,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" @@ -1739,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" @@ -1748,21 +1702,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -1770,14 +1724,14 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -1785,40 +1739,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -1827,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" @@ -1838,7 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -1846,14 +1800,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." msgstr "" #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -1861,14 +1815,14 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -1878,45 +1832,45 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." msgstr "" #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "" #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." msgstr "" #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." msgstr "" #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." msgstr "" #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." msgstr "" #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -1924,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -1934,23 +1888,23 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "" @@ -1960,101 +1914,101 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "" #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2062,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2070,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2078,206 +2032,195 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "" - #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "" -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2288,101 +2231,101 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "" @@ -2390,22 +2333,22 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "" #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/dns-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/dns-server.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/dns-server.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -297,8 +297,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -369,11 +368,10 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "" @@ -391,7 +389,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "" @@ -401,9 +399,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "" @@ -416,8 +414,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "" @@ -447,12 +445,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "" @@ -481,14 +478,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" @@ -550,8 +547,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +570,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" @@ -598,131 +595,88 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -730,181 +684,181 @@ msgstr "" #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "" #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" msgstr "" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" msgstr "" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" msgstr "" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "" @@ -913,8 +867,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "" @@ -924,9 +878,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "" @@ -935,107 +889,150 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "" #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" msgstr "" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "" + #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" @@ -1043,116 +1040,116 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "" #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "" #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1163,104 +1160,104 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "" #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1269,13 +1266,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." @@ -1285,79 +1282,73 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "" #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "" #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "" #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "" @@ -1365,24 +1356,24 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1390,32 +1381,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -2188,197 +2179,197 @@ msgstr "" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " msgstr "" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." msgstr "" #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/docker.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/docker.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/docker.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,6 +15,110 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -56,14 +160,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "" @@ -84,15 +180,11 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "" @@ -128,10 +220,59 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/drbd.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/drbd.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/drbd.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" @@ -219,15 +219,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" @@ -253,11 +254,11 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" @@ -266,20 +267,22 @@ "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -289,7 +292,7 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -299,14 +302,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -315,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -323,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -331,14 +334,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -346,7 +349,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -355,7 +358,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -363,7 +366,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -371,50 +374,126 @@ msgstr "" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "" -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 -msgid "Node names must be different." +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +msgid "Node name can not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "" + +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> @@ -516,81 +595,81 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -598,46 +677,46 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/fcoe-client.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/fcoe-client.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/fcoe-client.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -484,33 +484,33 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "" #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -518,154 +518,154 @@ msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/firewall.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/firewall.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/firewall.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,6 +15,16 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" @@ -166,7 +176,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "" @@ -556,7 +566,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "" @@ -567,8 +577,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" @@ -622,28 +632,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "" @@ -763,10 +773,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "" @@ -1248,217 +1258,219 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "" @@ -1471,180 +1483,180 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "" @@ -1653,167 +1665,178 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 -msgid "Masquerading is %1" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/firstboot.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/firstboot.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/firstboot.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -110,11 +110,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Module Name" +msgid "Status" msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" +msgid "Module Name" msgstr "" #. translators: dialog text @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/fonts.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/fonts.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/fonts.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,59 +18,59 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/geo-cluster.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/geo-cluster.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/geo-cluster.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,10 +60,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -115,17 +113,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" @@ -133,25 +131,24 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Authentification" +msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "" @@ -160,177 +157,184 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "" -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "" #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid " created successfully." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/installation.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/installation.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/installation.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -93,29 +93,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "" @@ -171,28 +171,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." msgstr "" #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "" @@ -239,47 +239,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -456,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -483,52 +443,26 @@ "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" msgstr "" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "" - -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "" - #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -538,7 +472,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -547,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -555,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -564,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -572,22 +506,53 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "" + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -677,7 +642,7 @@ msgstr "" #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" @@ -686,43 +651,43 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "" #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "" @@ -739,42 +704,43 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -793,7 +759,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" @@ -818,71 +784,74 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "" +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "" + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr "" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 -msgid "Checking stage: %1..." +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." msgstr "" -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 -msgid "Calling step %1..." +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 +msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr "" - -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -904,27 +873,27 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -932,7 +901,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" @@ -940,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" @@ -1049,7 +1018,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "" @@ -1081,7 +1050,7 @@ msgstr "" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "" @@ -1104,102 +1073,102 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1207,7 +1176,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1216,12 +1185,58 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +msgid "" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1273,8 +1288,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" @@ -1456,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "" @@ -1476,7 +1491,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1530,6 +1545,22 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -1587,64 +1618,77 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "" +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "" -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1655,42 +1699,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1718,7 +1756,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1728,7 +1766,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1737,7 +1775,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1746,7 +1784,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1755,7 +1793,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1763,12 +1801,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1777,7 +1815,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1791,6 +1829,11 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "" +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "" + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -1798,19 +1841,109 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "" + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "" #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "" @@ -1818,19 +1951,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "" #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-client.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-client.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-client.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -105,7 +105,6 @@ msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" @@ -163,47 +162,62 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +msgid "manual" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -212,9 +226,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -395,27 +409,25 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "" -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 msgid "No record found." msgstr "" #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -428,13 +440,18 @@ "Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "" + #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -442,36 +459,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -560,7 +577,7 @@ msgstr "" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -568,12 +585,13 @@ "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-lio-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-lio-server.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/iscsi-lio-server.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -36,15 +36,14 @@ msgstr "" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "" #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "" @@ -61,7 +60,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "" @@ -95,153 +94,159 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Client" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Lun Mapping" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "" + #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "" @@ -361,19 +366,24 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." @@ -381,12 +391,12 @@ #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -395,19 +405,19 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -416,202 +426,208 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -msgid "Client Lun" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -msgid "Client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 -msgid "Client name already exists!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -msgid "New client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -625,11 +641,11 @@ msgstr "" #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/lv/po/journalctl.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/journalctl.lv.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/journalctl.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# Latvian translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: lv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n != 0 ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/kdump.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/kdump.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/kdump.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -360,10 +360,8 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -1094,148 +1092,163 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "" + #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/live-installer.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/live-installer.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/live-installer.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -36,27 +36,27 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "" #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "" #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -66,78 +66,60 @@ msgstr "" #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "" #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "" #. end of partitioning summary -#. bootloader summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "System start-up" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 -msgid "Boot only Linux" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 -msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -msgstr "" - -#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -145,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -232,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/mail.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/mail.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/mail.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -243,69 +243,74 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "" +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "" + #. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "" #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "" #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "" @@ -313,7 +318,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -324,7 +329,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -333,39 +338,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "" #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "" @@ -375,23 +380,23 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "" @@ -400,23 +405,23 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "" @@ -424,106 +429,106 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -762,12 +767,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -775,56 +780,56 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -832,160 +837,160 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "" #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "" #. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/network.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/network.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/network.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +#: src/clients/host.rb:114 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "" @@ -315,26 +315,26 @@ msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -345,26 +345,26 @@ msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "" @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "" @@ -638,76 +638,76 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "" #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -808,70 +808,70 @@ msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "" @@ -998,27 +998,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "" @@ -1027,8 +1027,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1038,156 +1038,156 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " msgstr "" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1195,13 +1195,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1212,20 +1212,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1243,60 +1243,60 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 msgid "&General" msgstr "" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1306,12 +1306,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1505,23 +1516,23 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "" #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" @@ -1579,7 +1590,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1587,7 +1598,7 @@ "to this configuration dialog.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1600,20 +1611,20 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1623,12 +1634,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1637,7 +1648,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1799,7 +1810,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1809,14 +1820,14 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1824,138 +1835,137 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1963,7 +1973,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2417,29 +2427,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2596,127 +2606,127 @@ #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "" #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "" #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -2799,27 +2809,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -2829,7 +2839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -2839,97 +2849,97 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "" @@ -2944,38 +2954,46 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -2983,111 +3001,61 @@ "Try again?\n" msgstr "" -#. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 -msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 -msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 -msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 -msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 -msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 -msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 -msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 -msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 -msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 -msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 -msgid "Configure mail now?" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 -msgid "Run configuration of %1?" -msgstr "" - #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3159,8 +3127,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "" @@ -3186,28 +3154,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "" #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3239,27 +3207,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3295,40 +3263,40 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "" #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3547,47 +3515,47 @@ "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3596,7 +3564,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 msgid "configured" msgstr "" @@ -3645,7 +3613,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3668,7 +3636,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -3680,440 +3648,436 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" -#. Import data -#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "" - #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4121,30 +4085,30 @@ msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "" @@ -4153,22 +4117,22 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/nfs.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/nfs.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/nfs.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -126,14 +126,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." msgstr "" #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -344,12 +344,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -357,52 +357,52 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/nis.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/nis.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/nis.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -230,8 +230,9 @@ msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers @@ -342,11 +343,6 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/ntp-client.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/ntp-client.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/ntp-client.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" msgstr "" @@ -30,66 +30,66 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -294,310 +294,302 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "" #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 @@ -618,7 +610,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -628,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -638,14 +630,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -653,14 +645,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -668,7 +660,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -680,14 +672,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -696,7 +688,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -705,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -713,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -721,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -729,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -738,7 +730,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -746,7 +738,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -758,49 +750,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -808,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -818,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -826,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -839,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -847,7 +839,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -857,7 +849,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -866,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -880,17 +872,17 @@ msgstr "" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -900,14 +892,14 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -916,44 +908,44 @@ msgstr "" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -961,205 +953,205 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "" #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "" #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "" #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "" @@ -1173,147 +1165,155 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "" -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "" - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "" - -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "" - #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" + +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "" + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/packager.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/packager.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/packager.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -488,11 +488,6 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "" - #. default (minimal) priority of a repository #: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" @@ -528,7 +523,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -761,7 +756,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -769,7 +764,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1268,42 +1263,42 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1315,32 +1310,37 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" msgstr "" +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "" + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1348,82 +1348,88 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." msgstr "" +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" @@ -1445,27 +1451,27 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "" #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1473,13 +1479,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1487,21 +1493,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1510,41 +1516,41 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1667,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", @@ -1683,12 +1689,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1696,50 +1702,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1748,34 +1754,42 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1786,42 +1800,43 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -1917,7 +1932,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "" @@ -1962,100 +1977,100 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2064,53 +2079,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2120,23 +2135,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2145,42 +2160,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2188,17 +2203,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2208,20 +2223,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2234,7 +2249,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2242,11 +2257,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2258,12 +2273,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2271,71 +2286,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2350,7 +2365,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2359,12 +2374,16 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2372,7 +2391,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2380,7 +2399,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2390,7 +2409,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2399,25 +2418,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2427,19 +2446,19 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "" @@ -2624,18 +2643,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/pkg-bindings.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/pkg-bindings.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/pkg-bindings.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:655 +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:661 +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/printer.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/printer.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/printer.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -204,8 +204,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "" @@ -434,8 +434,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "" @@ -2532,56 +2532,56 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "" #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "" @@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" @@ -2604,7 +2604,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -2619,74 +2619,74 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "" #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "" @@ -2697,33 +2697,33 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "" #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -2732,25 +2732,25 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "" @@ -2758,7 +2758,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "" @@ -2777,28 +2777,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "" @@ -2806,25 +2806,25 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "" @@ -2844,53 +2844,53 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/rdp.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/rdp.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/rdp.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -92,52 +92,52 @@ msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "" #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/rear.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/rear.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/rear.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -228,11 +228,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" +msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/registration.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/registration.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/registration.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,27 +15,6 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "" - -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "" - #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -52,9 +31,9 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -68,30 +47,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -228,29 +207,25 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" - +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -266,39 +241,39 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 -msgid "Registration failed." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -308,23 +283,23 @@ msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -332,26 +307,44 @@ "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -360,7 +353,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" @@ -369,14 +362,14 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "" @@ -386,34 +379,34 @@ #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -421,7 +414,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -435,7 +428,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -446,39 +439,39 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -547,34 +540,38 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" @@ -589,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" @@ -645,32 +642,32 @@ msgstr "" #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "" #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" @@ -694,10 +691,8 @@ msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -706,56 +701,64 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "" @@ -763,51 +766,34 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" - #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Network Configuration..." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" #. SSL error message @@ -832,22 +818,22 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) @@ -855,16 +841,6 @@ msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "" - -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -895,17 +871,17 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "" @@ -964,17 +940,17 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "" @@ -984,38 +960,38 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1062,11 +1038,62 @@ "You can manually register the system from scratch." msgstr "" -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Local Registration Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "No registration server selected" +msgstr "" + +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "" + +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/reipl.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/reipl.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/reipl.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-client.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-client.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-client.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -787,86 +787,86 @@ msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "" #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-server.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-server.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/samba-server.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/security.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/security.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/security.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -115,280 +115,247 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr "" #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." msgstr "" #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." msgstr "" -#. Boot dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" "Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" @@ -397,33 +364,33 @@ msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -431,7 +398,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" @@ -440,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" @@ -449,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" @@ -457,14 +424,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" @@ -472,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" @@ -482,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" @@ -490,12 +457,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" @@ -503,26 +470,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" @@ -530,35 +497,35 @@ msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" "In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" @@ -576,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" @@ -586,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" @@ -595,7 +562,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" "system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" @@ -604,7 +571,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" @@ -615,21 +582,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" "will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" @@ -637,26 +604,26 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgstr "" #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" @@ -668,7 +635,7 @@ "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" "computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" @@ -676,23 +643,23 @@ "correct log messages." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" "X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" "to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" @@ -704,13 +671,13 @@ "Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" "The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" "itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" @@ -722,7 +689,7 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" @@ -734,38 +701,86 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +msgid "" +"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +msgid "" +"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Hibernate System:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +msgstr "" + #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" @@ -823,163 +838,236 @@ "maximum." msgstr "" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "" + #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "" @@ -995,61 +1083,61 @@ msgstr "" #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/services-manager.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/services-manager.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/services-manager.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -268,11 +268,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/snapper.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/snapper.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/snapper.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,263 +46,263 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -323,17 +323,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/storage.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/storage.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/storage.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -80,8 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -143,7 +142,11 @@ msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -759,7 +762,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -777,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -787,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -797,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -807,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -818,7 +821,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -828,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -841,7 +844,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -851,7 +854,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -863,7 +866,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -874,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -886,11 +889,11 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"\n" +"%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" @@ -988,53 +991,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1043,7 +1046,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1053,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1063,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1078,13 +1081,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1111,7 +1114,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1122,7 +1125,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1142,7 +1145,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1151,7 +1154,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1448,7 +1451,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1463,17 +1466,17 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1505,7 +1508,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1518,7 +1521,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1531,7 +1534,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1553,7 +1556,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1712,7 +1715,7 @@ msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -1727,12 +1730,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1740,26 +1743,26 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2017,11 +2020,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" @@ -2052,9 +2053,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2076,8 +2076,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "" @@ -2094,8 +2093,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2155,39 +2153,44 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +msgid "EFI Boot Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "" #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2195,54 +2198,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2251,17 +2254,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2271,7 +2274,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2280,56 +2283,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2337,8 +2340,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2350,33 +2353,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2386,7 +2389,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2395,12 +2398,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2583,108 +2586,113 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "" #. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "" #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "" @@ -2692,51 +2700,51 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -2746,50 +2754,50 @@ "partitions will be deleted.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" "Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -2829,8 +2837,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "" @@ -2921,8 +2928,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3025,50 +3031,50 @@ msgstr "" #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" "RAID device will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3076,7 +3082,7 @@ #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "" @@ -3084,31 +3090,31 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "" @@ -3206,12 +3212,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "" @@ -3506,12 +3512,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3545,9 +3551,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "" @@ -3557,14 +3563,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3905,17 +3911,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4178,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "" @@ -4903,38 +4909,51 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4944,7 +4963,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4958,7 +4977,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4971,7 +4990,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4980,7 +4999,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4988,7 +5007,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -4997,24 +5016,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5022,12 +5041,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5035,97 +5054,97 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5133,7 +5152,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5141,7 +5160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5149,18 +5168,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5742,50 +5761,41 @@ "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 -msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 -msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" -"To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" -"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +"Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5794,35 +5804,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. #. Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/update.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/update.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/update.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -756,19 +756,19 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/users.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/users.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/users.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -124,540 +124,6 @@ msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "" -#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 -msgid "User Authentication Method" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Authentication \n" -"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 2/3 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" - -#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 -msgid "&LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 -msgid "N&IS" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#. menubutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "&Samba" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 -msgid "&Windows Domain" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 -msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 -msgid "eDirectory LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext: additional kerberos support -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 -msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 -msgid "&Choose" -msgstr "" - -#. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 -msgid "Authentication Method" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 -msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" -msgstr "" - -#. selection box label -#. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 -msgid "&Select Users to Read" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 -msgid "Select or Deselect &All" -msgstr "" - -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 -msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "" - -#. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 -msgid "E&xpert Options..." -msgstr "" - -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 -msgid "" -"\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. additional help text about password -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" - -#. report misspellings of the password -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -msgid "" -"The passwords do not match.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. report if user forgot to enter a password -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgstr "" - -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -msgid "Really use this password?" -msgstr "" - -#. Error msg (yes/no) -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 -msgid "" -"The root password could not be set.\n" -"You might not be able to log in.\n" -"Try setting it again?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 -msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." -msgstr "" - -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed.\n" -"Install it now?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -msgid "DES" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 -msgid "MD5" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 -msgid "SHA-256" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 -msgid "SHA-512" -msgstr "" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 -msgid "Password Encryption Type" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 -msgid "&DES" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 -msgid "&MD5" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 -msgid "SHA-&256" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 -msgid "SHA-&512" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "Authentication " -msgstr "" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 -msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -msgid "User's &Full Name" -msgstr "" - -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -msgid "&Username" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 -msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 -msgid "&Automatic Login" -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 -msgid "Create New User" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup headline -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 -msgid "Empty User Login" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup contents -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" -"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" -"Leave it empty?" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" -"assign to this user account.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 -msgid "" -"\n" -"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" -" %2 and %3 characters.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %s characters long." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 -msgid "" -"\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" -"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well -#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) -#. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 -msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 -msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." -msgstr "" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 -msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "" - -#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 -msgid "User %s will be imported." -msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 -msgid "Summary" -msgstr "" - -#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "" - #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" @@ -779,11 +245,6 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 -msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." -msgstr "" - #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -1024,93 +485,6 @@ msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#. authentication type -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 -msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. authentication type -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 -msgid "NIS" -msgstr "" - -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 -msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 -msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." -msgstr "" - -#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) -#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 -msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. rich text label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 -msgid "&User" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 -msgid "&Root Password" -msgstr "" - #. password entering label #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" @@ -1262,6 +636,22 @@ "enter the user's current password." msgstr "" +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -1285,6 +675,13 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "" @@ -1299,11 +696,30 @@ msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "" +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + #. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "" +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "" + #. check box label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" @@ -1471,6 +887,30 @@ msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "" +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "" + #. popup question #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" @@ -1559,6 +999,20 @@ msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "" +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +msgid "DES" +msgstr "" + +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "" + #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -1568,6 +1022,24 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -1686,6 +1158,15 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" @@ -1711,6 +1192,21 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +msgstr "" + #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." @@ -2325,7 +1821,8 @@ msgstr "" #. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -2401,6 +1898,11 @@ msgstr "" #. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "" + +#. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "" @@ -2420,6 +1922,11 @@ msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "" +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "" + #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" @@ -2535,6 +2042,11 @@ "" msgstr "" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" @@ -2545,6 +2057,26 @@ msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "" +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "" + #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" @@ -2802,6 +2334,12 @@ #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "" @@ -3077,6 +2615,13 @@ msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "" +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" + #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" @@ -3094,6 +2639,346 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +msgid "" +"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long." +msgstr "" + +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "" + +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +msgid "" +"\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" +"Local users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +msgid "Create new user" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +msgid "" +"\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The password length should be between %{min}\n" +" and %{max} characters.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +msgid "" +"\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +msgid "" +"\n" +"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"be imported.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +msgid "Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"a local user.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +msgid "Local User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +msgid "" +"The new username cannot be blank.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +msgid "" +"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +msgid "&Create New User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +msgid "Choose Users" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +msgid "&Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +msgid "No users selected" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +msgid "%d user will be imported" +msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "" + +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +msgid "Password &Encryption Type" +msgstr "" + +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" +msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "" + #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" @@ -3535,7 +3420,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -3547,202 +3432,202 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3750,14 +3635,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3766,7 +3651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3775,7 +3660,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3783,14 +3668,14 @@ "Really change the user type to 'system'?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -3798,14 +3683,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -3813,7 +3698,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -3821,7 +3706,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -3829,14 +3714,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -3844,7 +3729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -3852,7 +3737,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -3861,7 +3746,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -3871,19 +3756,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3891,14 +3776,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3907,7 +3792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3916,7 +3801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3925,14 +3810,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -3940,7 +3825,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -3949,20 +3834,20 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -3970,7 +3855,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -3978,22 +3863,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" @@ -4011,21 +3896,21 @@ msgstr "" #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "" @@ -4142,7 +4027,7 @@ #. the ']' is or-ed... #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4150,7 +4035,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" "For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" @@ -4160,7 +4045,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4168,37 +4053,37 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4206,7 +4091,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4214,20 +4099,20 @@ msgstr "" #. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4235,7 +4120,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4244,22 +4129,20 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/vm.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/vm.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/vm.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -40,151 +40,151 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -197,26 +197,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lv/po/vpn.lv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lv/po/vpn.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) +++ trunk/yast/lv/po/vpn.lv.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -196,12 +196,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "" @@ -282,102 +282,102 @@ msgstr "" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "" #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "" #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "" @@ -462,32 +462,32 @@ msgstr "" #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "" #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "" #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -495,28 +495,28 @@ msgstr "" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "" #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96694 - trunk/yast/lt/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Sep '16

02 Sep '16

Author: minton Date: 2016-09-02 23:37:53 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96694 Added: trunk/yast/lt/po/journalctl.lt.po Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/add-on.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/auth-client.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/auth-server.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/autoinst.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/base.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/ca-management.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/cio.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/cluster.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/country.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/crowbar.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/dhcp-server.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/dns-server.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/docker.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/drbd.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/fcoe-client.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/firewall.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/firstboot.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/fonts.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/geo-cluster.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/installation.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/iscsi-client.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/iscsi-lio-server.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/kdump.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/live-installer.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/mail.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/network.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/nfs.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/nis.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/ntp-client.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/packager.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/pkg-bindings.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/printer.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/rdp.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/rear.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/registration.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/reipl.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/samba-client.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/samba-server.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/security.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/services-manager.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/snapper.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/storage.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/update.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/users.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/vm.lt.po trunk/yast/lt/po/vpn.lt.po Log: lt merged Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/add-on.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/add-on.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/add-on.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-25 21:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -90,15 +90,16 @@ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>Laikmena: %1, Kelias: %2, Produktas: %3</li>\n" -#. error report -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +msgstr "Papildomą produktą „%1“ patalpinkite į „%2“" + +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "Nepavyko pridėti papildomo produkto." -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." -msgstr "Papildomą produktą „%1“ patalpinkite į „%2“" - #. placeholder for unknown path #. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media #. placeholder for unknown directory Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/auth-client.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/auth-client.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/auth-client.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-22 13:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -19,1118 +19,1767 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" -#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 -msgid "Authentication client configuration module" -msgstr "Tapatumo nustatymo konfigūracijos modulis klientui" +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Realm name" +msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 -msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" -msgstr "Kliento tapatumo nustatymo konfigūracijos santrauka" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" +msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 -msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Principal Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name" +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "Kintamojo vardas" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" + +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +msgid "Please enter realm name." +msgstr "Įveskite naujos srities vardą." + +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Reset" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication provider:" +msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" +msgstr "Kas nustato tapatybę:" + +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Please enter server URI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "Please enter DN of search base." +msgstr "" + +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" + +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +msgid "(not specified)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" +msgstr "Tikrai norite pašalinti %s skyrių?" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" +msgstr "Sukurti namų katalogą prisijungimo metu" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +msgid "Secure LDAP communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +msgid "Do Not Use Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +msgid "Test Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "Extended Options" +msgstr "" + +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication provider:" +msgid "All Authentication Realms" +msgstr "Kas nustato tapatybę:" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Add Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Edit Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delete" +msgid "Delete Realm" +msgstr "Pašalinti" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "User Logon Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Settings:" +msgid "Change Settings" +msgstr "Pagrindinės nuostatos:" + +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "User Logon Configuration" +msgstr "Globali konfigūracija" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "Globali konfigūracija" + +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Kintamojo vardas" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Reikšmė" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Full Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New Service/Domain" +msgid "Network Domain" +msgstr "Nauja paslauga/sritis" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activate Domain" +msgid "Identity Domains" +msgstr "Aktyvuoti sritį" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Aprašas" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Extended options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "Kintamųjų vardų filtras:" + #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "Nieko." #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "Privalomi parametrai" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "Nebūtini parametras" #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "Užpildykite visus privalomus parametrus:\n" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Authentication Client Config" -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" -msgstr "Tapatybės nustatymo konfigūracija klientui" - -#. Overview of all config sections -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Global Configuration" +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Globali konfigūracija" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name filter:" +msgid "Name switch" +msgstr "Kintamųjų vardų filtras:" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication provider:" +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "Kas nustato tapatybę:" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Auto-Mount" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "SSH Public Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Daemon Status: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Running" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "Sukurti namų katalogą prisijungimo metu" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" -msgstr "Įgalinti SSSD tarnybą" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Enable domain data source:" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 -msgid "Sections" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Join Domain" +msgstr "Sritis" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activate Domain" +msgid "Leave Domain" +msgstr "Aktyvuoti sritį" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Clear Domain Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sections" +msgid "Service Options" msgstr "Skyriai" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 -msgid "New Service/Domain" -msgstr "Nauja paslauga/sritis" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Domain Options" +msgstr "Sritis" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Delete Service/Domain" -msgstr "Šalinti paslaugą/sritį" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." +msgstr "" +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "Use this domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. #. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 -msgid "Customisation - %s" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customisation - %s" +msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "Derinimas - %s" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Kintamojo vardas" +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Please select a domain among the list." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Value" -msgstr "Reikšmė" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" +msgstr "Tikrai norite pašalinti %s skyrių?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Aprašas" +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "More Parameters" -msgstr "Kiti parametrai" +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Name filter:" -msgstr "Kintamųjų vardų filtras:" +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" -#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 -msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." -msgstr "Negalite pašalinti SSSD skyriaus" +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 -msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" -msgstr "Tikrai norite pašalinti %s skyrių?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +msgstr "" +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" + #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "Šis parametras privalomas, jo pašalinti negalite." #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Patvirtinti parametro šalinimą: " -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to continue?" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 -msgid "No domain enabled" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No domain enabled" +msgid "No domain" msgstr "Neįgalinta nė viena sritis" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" -"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -#. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 -msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" -msgstr "Radome neaktyvią sritį" +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +msgid "All cached data have been erased." +msgstr "" -#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" -msgstr "Ar norėtumėte įgalinti kitą paslaugą arba pridėti sritį?" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" +msgstr "" -#. New service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Paslauga" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 -msgid "Domain" -msgstr "Sritis" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 -msgid "Domain name (example.com)" -msgstr "Srities vardas (pavyzdys.lt):" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Identification provider:" -msgstr "Kas suteikia tapatybę:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "Authentication provider:" -msgstr "Kas nustato tapatybę:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Activate Domain" -msgstr "Aktyvuoti sritį" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" +msgstr "" -#. Create new service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." -msgstr "Įgalintinų paslaugų nebėra." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "(DNS error)" +msgstr "" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." -msgstr "Įveskite naujos srities vardą." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." -msgstr "Ši sritis jau naudojama." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Already enrolled" +msgstr "" -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Current status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Gathering status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" + +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +msgid "" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" "\n" -"Palaikomos paslaugos: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Domain name (example.com)" +msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)" +msgstr "Srities vardas (pavyzdys.lt):" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +msgid "Enable the domain" +msgstr "Įgalinti SSSD tarnybą" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +msgid "Please enter the domain name." +msgstr "Įveskite naujos srities vardą." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "Ši sritis jau naudojama." + +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" msgstr "" -#. NSS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" -#. PAM configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" -#. SUDO configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#. SSH configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP schemos tipas" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" -#. autofs may only start after sssd is started -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 -msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +#~ msgstr "Tapatumo nustatymo konfigūracijos modulis klientui" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +#~ msgstr "Kliento tapatumo nustatymo konfigūracijos santrauka" -#. end Export -#. ################################################################ -#. ################################################################ -#. Summary() -#. returns html formated configuration summary -#. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 -msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Authentication Client Config" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Tapatybės nustatymo konfigūracija klientui" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 -msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +#~ msgstr "Šalinti paslaugą/sritį" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 -msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "More Parameters" +#~ msgstr "Kiti parametrai" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 -msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" -msgstr "Sistema sukonfigūruota naudoti tik /etc/passwd.\n" +#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +#~ msgstr "Negalite pašalinti SSSD skyriaus" +#~ msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +#~ msgstr "Radome neaktyvią sritį" + +#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +#~ msgstr "Ar norėtumėte įgalinti kitą paslaugą arba pridėti sritį?" + +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Paslauga" + +#~ msgid "Identification provider:" +#~ msgstr "Kas suteikia tapatybę:" + +#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +#~ msgstr "Įgalintinų paslaugų nebėra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Palaikomos paslaugos: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" + +#~ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" +#~ msgstr "Sistema sukonfigūruota naudoti tik /etc/passwd.\n" + #~ msgid "Cancel" #~ msgstr "Atšaukti" @@ -1140,17 +1789,11 @@ #~ msgid "Help" #~ msgstr "Pagalba" -#~ msgid "Basic Settings:" -#~ msgstr "Pagrindinės nuostatos:" - #~ msgid "Add" #~ msgstr "Pridėti" #~ msgid "Edit" #~ msgstr "Keisti" -#~ msgid "Delete" -#~ msgstr "Pašalinti" - #~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" #~ msgstr "Brukalo prevencija" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/auth-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/auth-server.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/auth-server.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -302,8 +302,7 @@ msgstr "Registruoti &SLP paslaugoje" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Užkardos nustatymai" @@ -446,12 +445,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "nėra tinkamas LDAP DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "Slaptažodis" @@ -477,8 +476,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokolas" @@ -486,7 +485,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Teikėjo pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "Naudoti StartTLS" @@ -567,8 +566,8 @@ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "Bandymo metu gautas šis klaidos pranešimas:" @@ -1835,8 +1834,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2210,7 +2208,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2280,7 +2278,7 @@ msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "Slaptažodžių taisyklių nuostatos" @@ -2441,237 +2439,237 @@ msgstr "Katalogo nėra. Sukurti jį?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "Nustatyti tapatybės nepavyko. Tikriausiai neteisingas slaptažodis.\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "Klaidos pranešimas: „" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Bandyti vėl?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "Galimi atributų tipai" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "Pasirinkti atributų tipai" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "Kas turėtų pritaikyti šią taisyklę" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "Įrašo DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "Pasirinkti" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "Apibrėžti prieigos lygį" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "Tęsti šios taisyklės įvertinimą („tęsti“)" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "Pomedžio DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "Grupės DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "Keisti prieigos kontrolės taisyklę" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "Paskirties objektai" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "Atitinkantys filtrą:" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "LDAP filtras" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "Atributai" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Keisti" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "Prieigos lygis" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "Kas" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "Srauto valdymas" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "Aukštyn" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "Žemyn" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "Taikinys" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "Filtras" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Teikėjo pavadinimas" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "Prievadas" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dienos" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Valandos" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minutės" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekundės" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "Tapatybės nustatymo DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "Paskirties pagrindinis kompiuteris" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "Vis dar norite tęsti?" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "Patikrinkite, ar paskirties serveris įgalintas būti LDAPsync teikėju" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "Šiai duomenų bazei įgalinti ldapsync teikėją" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "Operacijos" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/autoinst.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/autoinst.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/autoinst.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 15:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Tai gali truputį užtrukti" @@ -54,14 +54,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -257,7 +256,7 @@ msgstr "Pirma iš lentelės pasirinkite rinkmeną." #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -268,42 +267,27 @@ "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Eiga" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "Sistema konfigūruojama pagal automatinio diegimo nuostatas" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "" -"Žemiau išvardintos AutoYaST profilio sekcijos jau nebepalaikomos:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Norėdami keisti konfigūraciją, naudokite, pvz., <scripts/> ar <files/>." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%s\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" "Žemiau išvardintos AutoYaST profilio sekcijos negali taikomos šioje sistemoje:\n" "\n" @@ -313,38 +297,39 @@ #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "Konfigūruojama %1" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "Nekonfigūruojama %1" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Paleidžiami užbaigiamieji scenarijai" -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Iš naujo paleidžiamos visos paleistos paslaugos" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "Aktyvuojamos visos systemd numatytosios paskirtys" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Užbaigiama konfigūracija" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Apdorojamas išteklius %1" @@ -404,8 +389,15 @@ "nepavyko paleisti atvaizdžio scenarijaus:\n" "%1" -#. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> @@ -413,7 +405,7 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -421,59 +413,57 @@ "\n" "Palaukite, kol sistema ruošiama automatiniam diegimui.\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "Išbandyti įtaisus" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "Gauti ir skaityti valdymo rinkmeną" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "Nagrinėti valdymo rinkmeną" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "Pradinė konfigūracija" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "Sistemos paruošimas automatiniam diegimui" #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "Etapas prieš bandymą" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "Tiriami įtaisai..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%s\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" +"Žemiau išvardintos AutoYaST profilio sekcijos jau nebepalaikomos:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Norėdami keisti konfigūraciją, naudokite, pvz., <scripts/> ar <files/>." + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "Nagrinėjama valdymo rinkmena" @@ -517,55 +507,65 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "Palaukite, kol sistema ruošiama automatiniam diegimui." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Vykdomi pradiniai naudotojo scenarijai" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Konfigūruoti pagrindines nuostatas" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Nustatyti kalbą" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Sukurti skaidinių planus" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Konfigūruoti paleidyklę" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registracija" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Konfigūruoti programų parinkimą" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Konfigūruoti Systemd numatytąsias paskirtis" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "Konfigūruoti naudotojus ir grupes" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure Drives" +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "Konfigūruoti diskus" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Vykdomi naudotojo scenarijai prieš diegimą..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Konfigūruojamos pagrindinės nuostatos..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Nustatoma kalba..." @@ -573,15 +573,15 @@ msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Kuriami skaidymo planai..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Konfigūruojama paleidyklė..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Sistemos registravimas..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Konfigūruojamas programų parinkimas..." @@ -593,7 +593,19 @@ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "Importuojama naudotojų ir grupių konfigūracija..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "Importuojama Kickstart rinkmena..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring language..." +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "Konfigūruojama kalba..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Paruošiama sistema automatiniam diegimui" @@ -602,19 +614,19 @@ #. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the #. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc #. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Apdorojami papildomi produktai..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Konfigūruojama kalba..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -622,8 +634,9 @@ "Konfigūruojant skaidinius, įvyko klaida.\n" "Bandykite dar kartą.\n" -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -703,11 +716,11 @@ #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Programinės įrangos pasirinkimas" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" @@ -722,19 +735,19 @@ #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "Diegimo šaltinio vieta (pvz., http://serveris/11.3/DVD1/)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "Šios sistemos diegimo šaltinis (šiuo atveju negalite kurti atvaizdžio)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "nesklandumai naudojant šį diegimo šaltinį" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "Skaitoma paketų duomenų bazė..." @@ -986,6 +999,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "Tomų grupės įrenginio pavadinimas" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1475,8 +1493,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "Nuostatos" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Pasirinkti katalogą" @@ -1600,7 +1617,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Tikrinamas XML su RNG tikrintuvu..." @@ -1610,7 +1627,7 @@ msgstr "Skyrius %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Tikrinamas XML su RNC tikrintuvu..." @@ -1989,67 +2006,6 @@ "skaidinius.\n" "\n" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Nepavyksta rasti URL „%1“ HTTP(S) protokolu. Serveris grąžino kodą %2." - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Nepavyksta rasti URL „%1“ FTP protokolu. Serveris grąžino kodą %2." - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "Skaitant rinkmeną iš %1/%2 įvyko klaida.\n" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "Skaitant rinkmeną iš %1 įvyko klaida.\n" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "Nepavyko prijungti %1." - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "Nuskaitant rinkmeną iš CD įvyko klaida. Kelias: %1/%2." - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "Neįmanoma gauti nuotolinės rinkmenos %1" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "%1 neprijungtas, o prijungti nepavyko" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "Rinkmena %1 negali būti rasta" - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "Nepavyksta rasti URL „%1“ TFTP protokolu." - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "Nežinomas protokolas %1." - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2316,12 +2272,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "XML analizatorius, tikrindamas autoyast profilį, pranešė apie klaidą. Klaidos pranešimas:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2337,45 +2293,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Pasirinkti profilį" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Gaunama valdymo rinkmena iš diskelio." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Gaunama valdymo rinkmena (%1) iš TFTP serverio: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Gaunama valdymo rinkmena (%1) iš NFS serverio: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Gaunama valdymo rinkmena (%1) iš HTTP serverio: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Gaunama valdymo rinkmena (%1) iš FTP serverio: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Kopijuojama valdymo rinkmena iš rinkmenos: %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Kopijuojama valdymo rinkmena iš įrenginio: /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Kopijuojama valdymo rinkmena iš numatytosios vietos." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Nežinomas šaltinis." @@ -2385,7 +2341,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2395,7 +2351,7 @@ "Beveik visi valdymo rinkmenos ištekliai gali būti\n" "konfigūruojami naudojant konfigūracijos tvarkymo sistemą.\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2409,7 +2365,7 @@ "gali būti naudojama kitos sistemos diegimui.\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2515,20 +2471,20 @@ msgstr "Neįkeliami nauji GPG raktai" #. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "Patikslinamas laikas..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "Laikas suderinamas su %s." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "Nepavyko patikslinti laiko." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 msgid "Cannot update system time." msgstr "Nepavyksta patikslinti sistemos laiko." @@ -2549,12 +2505,12 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Diskai" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "Iš viso %s diskas" @@ -2562,61 +2518,61 @@ msgstr[2] "Iš viso %s diskų" msgstr[3] "Iš viso %s diskas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "Dar neklonuota." #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Paruošiamieji scenarijai diegimui" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Užbaigiamieji scenarijai" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chroot scenarijai" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Init scenarijai" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Scenarijai po diskų skaidymo" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Iki" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 msgid "Post" msgstr "Po" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Po skaidymo" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nežinoma" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2626,31 +2582,31 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Pridedant %1 saugyklą įvyko klaida." #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Atvaizdžio kūrimas nutrūko diegiant šablonus. Žiūrėkite /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Kuriamas atvaizdis – diegiami paketai" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Atvaizdžio kūrimas nutrūko diegiant paketus. Žiūrėkite /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Atvaizdį patalpinti į ..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." @@ -2658,16 +2614,16 @@ "Dabar galite pakeisti atvaizdžio turinį, esantį %1/\n" "Po to, kai nuspausite patvirtinimo mygtuką, atvaizdis bus suspaustas ir jo keisti nebegalėsite." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Atvaizdžio suspausti nepavyko ties „%1“. Žiūrėkite /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Atvaizdis sėkmingai sukurtas" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2676,30 +2632,30 @@ "Jei rinkmenos nėra, ją galite sukurti įvykdę „ls -F > directory.yast“." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "nepavyksta perskaityti „%1“. Bandyti vėl?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "nepavyksta perskaityti „%1“. ISO sukurti nepavyko" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "Ruošiama ISO struktūra ..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "Paleidimo iš DVD konfigūracija" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 msgid "Ok" msgstr "Gerai" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2709,43 +2665,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "ISO atvaizdį patalpinti į ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "Kuriamas ISO atvaizdis..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO %1 sėkmingai sukurtas" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Pasirinkti šablonai" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Individualiai pasirinkti paketai" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Šalintini paketai" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Privertinai naudoti branduolio paketą" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Nepavyksta nurodyti šablonų: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "Tikrinant paketų ryšius, įvyko klaida. Patikrinkite savo programinės įrangos pasirinkimą autoyast profilyje." @@ -2790,14 +2746,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Surenkami konfigūracijos duomenys..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Užšifruotas AutoYaST profilis. Slaptažodį įveskite du kartus" @@ -2805,14 +2761,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Nepavyksta įrašyti skyriaus %1 į rinkmeną %2" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Užšifruotas AutoYaST profilis. Įveskite teisingą slaptažodį." @@ -2830,6 +2786,39 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&Gerai" +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +#~ msgstr "Nepavyksta rasti URL „%1“ HTTP(S) protokolu. Serveris grąžino kodą %2." + +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +#~ msgstr "Nepavyksta rasti URL „%1“ FTP protokolu. Serveris grąžino kodą %2." + +#~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +#~ msgstr "Skaitant rinkmeną iš %1/%2 įvyko klaida.\n" + +#~ msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +#~ msgstr "Skaitant rinkmeną iš %1 įvyko klaida.\n" + +#~ msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +#~ msgstr "Nepavyko prijungti %1." + +#~ msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +#~ msgstr "Nuskaitant rinkmeną iš CD įvyko klaida. Kelias: %1/%2." + +#~ msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +#~ msgstr "Neįmanoma gauti nuotolinės rinkmenos %1" + +#~ msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +#~ msgstr "%1 neprijungtas, o prijungti nepavyko" + +#~ msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +#~ msgstr "Rinkmena %1 negali būti rasta" + +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +#~ msgstr "Nepavyksta rasti URL „%1“ TFTP protokolu." + +#~ msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +#~ msgstr "Nežinomas protokolas %1." + #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "Konfigūruoti paleisties lygmenis" @@ -2961,9 +2950,6 @@ #~ "Daugiau sužinosite skaitydami dokumentaciją.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "Configure Drives" -#~ msgstr "Konfigūruoti diskus" - #~ msgid "&Drive" #~ msgstr "&Diskas" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/base.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/base.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/base.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 12:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -85,79 +85,79 @@ msgstr "Šis YaST2 modulis nepalaiko komandinės eilutės sąsajos." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Visam galimų komandų sąrašui gauti naudokite „help“." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Visam galimų komandų sąrašui gauti naudokite „yast2 %1 help“." #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Nežinoma komanda: %1" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Parametrui „%1“ trūksta reikšmės." #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Nežinomas komandos „%1“ parametras: %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Netinkama parametro „%1“ reikšmė: %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Netinkama parametro „%1“ reikšmė -- tikėtasi „%2“, gauta %3" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "Parametras „%1“ negali turėti reikšmės. Duota reikšmė: %2" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Visam galimų parametrų sąrašui gauti naudokite „%1 %2 help“." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Visam galimų parametrų sąrašui gauti naudokite „yast2 %1 %2 help“." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST konfigūracijos modulis %1\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "Nėra prieinamos pagalbos" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Komanda „%1“" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ " Parametrai:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ " Parametrų [kodas] turi būti parašytas „parametras=reikšmė“ formatu." #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -184,137 +184,137 @@ " Pavyzdys:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Tai YaST modulis." #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Pagrindinė sintaksė:" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <komanda> [verbose] [parametrai]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <komanda> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <komanda> [parametrai]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <komanda> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Komandos:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "Nėra prieinamos pagalbos." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<Klaida: netinkama pagalba>" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "Galimų parametrų sąrašui gauti paleiskite „yast2 %1 <komanda> help“." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "Trūksta rinkmenos pavadinimo („xmlfile“ parinktis). Naudokite xmlfile=<target_XML_file> komandinės eilutės parinktį." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "Paskirties rinkmenos pavadinimas („xmlfile“ parinktis) nenurodytas. Naudokite xmlfile=<target_XML_file> komandinės eilutės parinktį." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "nežinomas" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "arba „%1“" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Apibrėžkite komandą „%1“." #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Apibrėžkite vieną iš komandų: %1." #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Apibrėžkite tik vieną iš komandų: %1." #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Šiam moduliui nėra naudotojo sąsajos." #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Pasiruošęs" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Ruošiama" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Baigiama" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "Atlikta" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Išeinama (neišsaugant)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "taip arba ne?" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "taip" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "ne" @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Diegimo klaida" @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ msgstr "Pašalinti „%s“ paketą iš atminties?" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "Šiam diegimo būdui nenurodytas joks blokas." @@ -443,14 +443,14 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "&Tęsti diegimą" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "&Nutraukti diegimą" @@ -491,12 +491,12 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "Įvyko vidinė klaida jungiant papildomą bloką." #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "%1 reikšmė netinkama." @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu" @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Rankiniu būdu" @@ -562,22 +562,22 @@ msgstr "Per xinetd" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Per &xinetd" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Paleisti paslaugą" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "Paslauga veikia" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "Paslauga neveikia" @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" @@ -609,48 +609,48 @@ "paslaugą, spauskite %3.\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Paleisti paslaugą dabar" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Sustabdyti paslaugą dabar" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Įrašyti pakeitimus ir iš naujo paleisti paslaugą" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "Paleisti pa&slaugą dabar" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "Sus&tabdyti paslaugą dabar" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Įr&šyti pakeitimus ir iš naujo paleisti paslaugą" #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Įjungti ir išjungti" #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Dabartinė būsena: " #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -661,12 +661,12 @@ "rinkitės %1." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP palaikymas aktyvus" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP palaikymas aktyvus" @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "Ž&emyn" @@ -728,12 +728,12 @@ msgstr "Nurodyta rinkmena egzistuoja. Perrašyti ją?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "Nenurodytas TSIG rakto ID." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ "Pašalinti jį?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -751,27 +751,27 @@ "ID. Pašalinti jį?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "Dabar bus sukurtas raktas. Tęsti?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "Nepavyko sukurti TSIG rakto." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "Nurodyta rinkmena neegzistuoja." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "Nurodytoje rinkmenoje nėra TSIG rakto." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ "Seni raktai bus pašalinti. Tęsti?" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ "Šį dialogą naudokite TSIG raktų tvarkymui.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ "pavadinimą ir spauskite Pridėti.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ "Generuoti.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -832,27 +832,27 @@ "naudodamiesi konfigūracija.\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Įtraukti egzistuojantį TSIG raktą" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Sukurti naują TSIG raktą" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "&Rakto ID" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Generuoti" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Dabartiniai TSIG raktai" @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -868,22 +868,22 @@ msgstr "Rakto ID" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Rinkmenos pavadinimas" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "Pa&sirinktas parametras" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Esamas parametras: " #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "Pažymėtas parametras jau yra esantis." @@ -947,19 +947,19 @@ "Žemyn, kad pastumtumėte sąraše aukštyn arba žemyn." #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Kita" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "Įrenginys nesukonfigūruotas" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "Konfigūravimui paspauskite Keisti" @@ -1101,9 +1101,91 @@ "Kai kuriose aplinkose visi arba ai kurie\n" "F klavišai nepasiekiami." +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" +msgstr "Įrašius nuostatas, paslaugą įkelti iš naujo" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "Įrašius nuostatas, paslaugą įkelti iš naujo" + +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "Paslaugos būsena" + +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Current status</big> \n" +#| "Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +#| "<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" +#| "Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" +#| "<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +#| "Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Dabartinė būsena</big> \n" +"Parodoma dabartinė paslaugos būsena. Būsena nepasikeis įrašius nuostatas, nepriklausys nuo reikšmės ties „Paleisti paleidžiant operacinę sistemą“.\n" +"<big>Įrašius nuostatas, paslaugą paleisti iš naujo</big> \n" +"Parinktis įmanoma tik šiuo metu veikiančioms paslaugoms. Tokiu būdu užtikrinsite, kad paleista paslauga naudos naujai įrašytą konfigūraciją (nuspaudus „Gerai“ arba „Įrašyti“).\n" +"<big>Paleisti paleidžiant operacinę sistemą</big> \n" +"Pažymėjus parinktį, paslauga paleisima kartu su operacine sistema. Ši parinktis nepakeičia dabartinės paslaugos būsenos jau paleistoje sistemoje.\n" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "Dabartinė būsena:" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "Paleisti paleidžiant operacinę sistemą" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +msgid "running" +msgstr "paleista" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "Stabdyti dabar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "sustabdyta" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "Paleisti dabar" + #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1113,7 +1195,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1123,7 +1205,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1301,7 +1383,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Praleisti" @@ -1324,7 +1406,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Slaptažodis" @@ -1543,27 +1625,27 @@ msgstr "Pasirinktas failas %{file} nerastas." #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "Tikrai nutraukti diegimą?" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "Tikrai nutraukti YaST sistemos taisymą?" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Nutraukti sistemos taisymą" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "&Tęsti sistemos taisymą" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1576,7 +1658,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1590,7 +1672,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1601,18 +1683,18 @@ "Jums reikės įdiegti jį iš naujo." #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Tikrai nutraukti?" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "Visi pakeitimai bus prarasti!" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Išsamiau..." @@ -1640,7 +1722,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Taip" @@ -1651,7 +1733,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "Ne" @@ -1715,19 +1797,19 @@ msgstr "Registruoti klaidas: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Įspėjimas:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Klaida:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Pranešimas:" @@ -1780,7 +1862,7 @@ msgstr "Ša&linti" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Kintamasis" @@ -1876,7 +1958,7 @@ msgstr "Įveskite slaptąją frazę" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Įveskite slaptąją frazę GPG rakto „%1“ atrakinimui: " @@ -1982,6 +2064,233 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Skaitant registro rinkmeną įvyko klaida." +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "Nežinoma zona" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" +"Sąsaja „%1“ nepriskirta nei vienai užkardos zonai.\n" +"Paleiskite YaST2 užkardą ir priskirkite ją.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "Išorinė zona" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "Vidinė zona" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "Neapsaugota zona" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "TCP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "UDP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "RPC" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "IP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" +"Sąsaja „%1“ įtrauka keliose užkardos zonose.\n" +"Konfigūruojant toliau, gali atsirasti klaidų.\n" +"\n" +"Rekomenduojama palikti konfigūraciją ir taisyti ją rankiniu būdu\n" +"rinkmenoje „/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall“." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Paleidžiamas užkardos konfigūravimas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "Tinklo įrenginių paieška" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "Skaityti esamą konfigūraciją" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "Galimų konfliktų tarp paslaugų paieška" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "Ieškoma tinklo įrenginių..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "Skaitoma dabartinė konfigūracija..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "Tikrinamos galimai konfliktuojančios paslaugos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Įrašoma užkardos konfigūracija" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Įrašyti užkardos nuostatas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "Derinti užkardos paslaugą" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Įrašomos užkardos nuostatos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "Derinama užkardos paslauga..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "Nepavyko įrašyti nuostatų" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "Nežinomas protokolas (%1)" + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "Nėra tokios paslaugos „%{service_name}“" + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "Paslauga: %{filename}" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GPG Public Keys" +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "GPG vieši raktai" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "Nežinoma paslauga „%1“" + #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." @@ -2023,13 +2332,13 @@ msgstr "Sąsaja nepriskirta jokiai zonai" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Ti&nklo sąsajos su atviru prievadu užkardoje" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" @@ -2038,7 +2347,7 @@ "%1\n" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2051,7 +2360,7 @@ "Tęsti?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2067,8 +2376,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2083,22 +2392,22 @@ "Tęsti?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "T&inklo sąsajos su atvertu prievadu užkardoje" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "P&ažymėti viską" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "&Nebežymėti nieko" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2107,7 +2416,7 @@ "%{details}" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2117,7 +2426,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2130,7 +2439,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " @@ -2139,7 +2448,7 @@ "spauskite %2. " #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2148,46 +2457,48 @@ "įjungus užkardą." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Atverti prievadą užkardoje" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Užkardos detalės" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Atverti prievadą &užkardoje" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "Užkardos &detalės..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 -msgid "Firewall Settings" +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "Užkardos nustatymai" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "Užkarda atverta" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modemas" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Tinklo plokštė" @@ -2195,27 +2506,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nežinoma" @@ -2225,389 +2536,389 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Papildomi adresai" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet tinklo plokštė" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asinchroninė perdavimo veiksena (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth ryšys" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bond tinklas" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common link access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN plokštė" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Sąsaja „kanalas į kanalą“ (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL Ryšys" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Tuščias" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Tuščias tinklo įrenginys" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enteprise system connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Eternetas" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Eterneto tinklo plokštė" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI tinklo plokštė" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "Sparčioji lygiagrečioji prieiga (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersoketai" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "HiperSockets sąsaja (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN ryšys" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "IR tinklo įrenginys" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "IR įrenginys" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter user communication vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS tinklo plokštė" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Loopback įrenginys" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet tinklo plokštė" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Lygiagrečioji linija" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Lygiagrečios linijos jungtis" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express arba QDIO įrenginys (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-į-IPv4 įvilkimo įrenginys" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Nuoseklioji linija" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Nuoseklios linijos jungtis" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Estafetinis žiedinis tinklas" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Estafetinis žiedinis tinklo plokštė" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB tinklo įrenginys" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare tinklo įrenginys" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Belaidis" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Belaidė tinklo plokštė" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP tinklas" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtualus tinklas" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Tiltas" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Tinklo tiltas" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Tinklo tunelis" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Tinklas TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand įrenginys" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Nežinomas įrenginys" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP adresas" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Nepriskirtas joks IP adresas" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Įrenginio tipas" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Įrenginio pavadinimas" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP adresas" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Įrenginio ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Prijungta" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Ieškau šiame LAN'e esančių kompiuterių ..." #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS serveriai" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "Nutolę ko&mpiuteriai" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&Eksportuoti katalogai" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2622,7 +2933,7 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2632,7 +2943,7 @@ "Iš naujo paleiskite diegyklę ir tinklą konfigūruokite su Linuxrc\n" "arba tęskite nesinaudodami tinklu." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2655,142 +2966,6 @@ "Prievado numeris gali būti tarp 0 ir 65535.\n" "Tarpai neleidžiami.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "Išorinė zona" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "Vidinė zona" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "Neapsaugota zona" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "TCP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "UDP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "RPC" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "IP" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "Nežinoma zona" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" -"Sąsaja „%1“ įtrauka keliose užkardos zonose.\n" -"Konfigūruojant toliau, gali atsirasti klaidų.\n" -"\n" -"Rekomenduojama palikti konfigūraciją ir taisyti ją rankiniu būdu\n" -"rinkmenoje „/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall“." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" -"Sąsaja „%1“ nepriskirta nei vienai užkardos zonai.\n" -"Paleiskite YaST2 užkardą ir priskirkite ją.\n" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Paleidžiamas užkardos konfigūravimas" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "Tinklo įrenginių paieška" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "Skaityti esamą konfigūraciją" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "Galimų konfliktų tarp paslaugų paieška" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "Ieškoma tinklo įrenginių..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "Skaitoma dabartinė konfigūracija..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "Tikrinamos galimai konfliktuojančios paslaugos..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Įrašoma užkardos konfigūracija" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "Įrašyti užkardos nuostatas" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "Derinti užkardos paslaugą" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "Įrašomos užkardos nuostatos..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "Derinama užkardos paslauga..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "Nepavyko įrašyti nuostatų" - -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "Nežinomas protokolas (%1)" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -2877,61 +3052,14 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "Jūs diegiate sistemą per iSCSI paskirtį, bet užkardoje neatidarėte reikiamų prievadų." -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception -#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService() -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. $[ -#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" : [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], -#. ] -#. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "Nėra tokios paslaugos „%{service_name}“" - -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "Paslauga: %{filename}" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "Nežinoma paslauga „%1“" - #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Turi būti įdiegti šie paketai:" +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -2945,35 +3073,79 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "Išdie&gti" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgid "Checking file conflicts..." +msgstr "Tikrinamos galimai konfliktuojančios paslaugos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +msgid "A File Conflict Detected" +msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +msgstr[2] "" +msgstr[3] "" + +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +msgid "This message will be available at %s" +msgstr "" + #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Atsiunčiamas paketas %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Atsiunčiamas paketas" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Paketas %1 sugadintas, vientisumo patikrinimas nepavyko." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Iš naujo bandyti diegti paketą?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Nutraukti diegimą?" @@ -2982,15 +3154,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Klaida: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -2999,35 +3171,35 @@ "Po to patikrinkite sistemą paleidę „Programinės įrangos tvarkytuvės“ modulį.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Trinamas paketas %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Diegiamas paketas %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Trinamas paketas" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Diegiamas paketas" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Paketo %1 šalinimas nepavyko." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Nepavyko įdiegti paketo %1." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3036,7 +3208,7 @@ "Vėliau derėtų patikrinti sistemą paleidus „Programinės įrangos tvarkyklės“ modulį." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3051,27 +3223,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "A pusė" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "B pusė" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (%2 diskas)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (%2 laikmena)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3080,7 +3252,7 @@ "„%1“" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3093,7 +3265,7 @@ "Patikrinkite, ar katalogas pasiekiamas." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3107,83 +3279,83 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Praleisti automatinį atnaujinimą" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Išimti" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "A&utomatiškai išimti CD ar DVD laikmeną" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Kartoti diegimą?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Praleisti laikmeną?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ignoruojama bloga laikmena..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Kuriama %1 saugykla" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Kuriant saugyklą įvyko klaida." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Nepavyksta gauti nuotolinės saugyklos aprašo." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Gaunant naujus duomenis įvyko klaida." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Negalima saugykla." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Saugyklos duomenys netinkami." @@ -3191,92 +3363,92 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Bandyti iš naujo?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Tiriama %1 saugykla" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Tiriant saugyklą įvyko klaida." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Saugyklos tyrimo detalės." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Netinkami saugyklos duomenys." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "%1 diegimo šaltinis" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Atsiunčiamas delta RPM paketas %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Atsiunčiamas delta RPM paketas" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Pritaikomas delta RPM paketas %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Pritaikomas delta RPM paketas" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paketas: " #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Paleidžiamas scenarijus %1 (pataisa %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Paleidžiamas scenarijus" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Pataisa: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Scenarijus: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Scenarijaus išvestis" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3285,7 +3457,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3300,36 +3472,36 @@ "gali trūkti arba jie gali būti pasenę." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Praleisti atnaujinimą" #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Parsiuntimas" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Atsiunčiamas: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Tikrinama paketų duomenų bazė" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Tikrinama paketų duomenų bazė. Šis procesas gali kažkiek užtrukti." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3338,16 +3510,16 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Konvertuojama paketų duomenų bazė. Šis procesas gali kažkiek užtrukti." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "Būsena" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3356,12 +3528,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Skaitoma RPM duomenų bazė..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Skaitomi įdiegti paketai" @@ -3372,27 +3544,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Peržiūrima RPM duomenų bazė..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Nepavyko paruošti paskirties vietos." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM duomenų bazė perskaityta" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Naudotojų tapatumo nustatymas" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3403,20 +3575,20 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Naudotojo vardas" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Parodyti &išsamiai" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Dydis: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Automatiškai bus kartojama po: %1" @@ -3494,12 +3666,12 @@ "kurias reikia suderinti programinės įrangos tvarkytuvėje rankiniu būdu." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Nepavyko įdiegti reikalingų paketų." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3509,12 +3681,12 @@ "jų neįdiegę, YaST gali veikti neteisingai.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Negalima tęsti be reikalingų paketų diegimo." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3523,22 +3695,22 @@ "YaST gali veikti neteisingai.\n" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Patvirtinti paketų licenciją: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "Aš &sutinku" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "Aš &nesutinku" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" @@ -3557,7 +3729,7 @@ "Norėdami nesutikti, spauskite Aš nesutinku." #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3571,7 +3743,7 @@ "\t\t pagal kategorijas. Pasirinkite elementą iš sąrašo, norėdami matyti jo aprašą.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3585,7 +3757,7 @@ "\t\t Kontekstinio meniu pagalba galite keisti visų elementų būseną.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3597,7 +3769,7 @@ "\t\t kur galite peržiūrėti ir patys pasirinkti programinės įrangos paketus.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3617,124 +3789,124 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Programinės įrangos pasirinkimas ir sistemos užduotys" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(daugiau)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "Diegimas sėkmingas baigtas." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Diegiant paketus įvyko klaida" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Klaidos pranešimas: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Sugadinti paketai: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Įdiegti paketai: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Atnaujinti paketai: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Pašalinti paketai: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Neįdiegti paketai: %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paketai" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Praėjęs laikas: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Bendras įdiegtas dydis: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Bendras siuntinių dydis: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Statistika" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Diegimo žurnalas" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "Išsamiau" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Įdiegus paketus" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Rodyti šią ataskaitą" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Užbaigti" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Grįžti į programinės įrangos tvarkytuvę" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "<BIG>Diegimo ataskaita</BIG> Rodoma įdiegtų paketų santrauka." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Diegimo ataskaita" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Įdiegti paketai" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Atnaujinti paketai" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Pašalinti paketai" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Likę paketai" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3751,7 +3923,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3772,7 +3944,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3791,16 +3963,16 @@ "Vis tiek įdiegti?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Nepasirašytas paketas" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Nepasirašyta rinkmena" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3817,7 +3989,7 @@ "Vis tiek įdiegti?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3834,62 +4006,62 @@ "Vis tiek įdiegti?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "Kontrolinių sumų nerasta" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Kontrolinis kodas: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Pavadinimas: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Sukurta: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Nustoja galioti: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "Identifikatorius: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Pavadinimas: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Piršto atspaudas: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Sukurta: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Nustoja galioti: " #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3912,7 +4084,7 @@ "Vis tiek įdiegti?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3935,12 +4107,12 @@ "Vis tiek įdiegti?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Nepavyko patikrinti" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3961,7 +4133,7 @@ "Vis tiek įdiegti?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3982,12 +4154,12 @@ "Vis tiek naudoti?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Nežinomas GnuPG raktas" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4010,7 +4182,7 @@ "Saugiausia – praleisti paketą.\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4033,17 +4205,17 @@ "Saugiausia – praleisti rinkmeną.\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Pasirašyta su nežinomu viešuoju raktu" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "&Pasitikėti ir raktą importuoti" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4058,7 +4230,7 @@ "turėti tam tikrą programinės įrangos kontrolę jūsų sistemoje." #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -4069,7 +4241,7 @@ "nebus naudojami tie paketai ir saugyklos, kuriuos sukūrė rakto savininkas." #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4080,7 +4252,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4093,23 +4265,23 @@ "savininku, ir ar raktas iš tiesų priklauso šiam savininkui." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "ĮSPĖJIMAS: raktas nebegalioja!" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Importuoti nežinomą GnuPG raktą" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&Pasitikėti" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4132,12 +4304,12 @@ "Vis tiek naudoti?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Blogas rinkinys" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4158,7 +4330,7 @@ "Vis tiek naudoti?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Nežinomas rinkinys" @@ -4167,76 +4339,76 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Diegiama..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "Laikmena" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Liko" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "Laikas" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Atlikti veiksmai:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Diegiami paketai." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "Diegimo nutraukimas Paketų diegimas gali būti nutrauktas nuspaudus Nutraukti. Tačiau jei bus neįdiegti pagrindiniai sistemos komponentai, sistema gali būti nevientisa ar nestabili, arba gali nepasileisti." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Pastabos %s versijai" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "&Išsamiau" + +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "&Skaidrių peržiūra" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -msgid "&Details" -msgstr "&Išsamiau" - #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Atnaujinti" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Diegiama" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Paketų diegimas" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4245,7 +4417,7 @@ "iš diegimo proceso?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Nutraukta" @@ -4840,17 +5012,18 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Bluetooth įrenginys" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" -"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" msgstr "" -"Rinkmena %1 buvo pakeista rankiniu būdu.\n" -"YaST gali prarasti kai kuriuos keitimus.\n" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -4858,35 +5031,52 @@ "Rinkmenos %1 buvo pakeista rankiniu būdu.\n" "YaST gali prarasti kai kuriuos keitimus" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgstr "" +"Rinkmena %1 buvo pakeista rankiniu būdu.\n" +"YaST gali prarasti kai kuriuos keitimus.\n" + +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "Šio pranešimo daugiau nerodyti" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "File %s has been created manually.\n" +#| "YaST might lose this file." msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." -msgstr "" +msgid_plural "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr[0] "" "Rinkmena %s pakeista rankiniu būdu.\n" "YaST gali prarasti šią rinkmeną." +msgstr[1] "" +"Rinkmena %s pakeista rankiniu būdu.\n" +"YaST gali prarasti šią rinkmeną." +msgstr[2] "" +"Rinkmena %s pakeista rankiniu būdu.\n" +"YaST gali prarasti šią rinkmeną." +msgstr[3] "" +"Rinkmena %s pakeista rankiniu būdu.\n" +"YaST gali prarasti šią rinkmeną." -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 -msgid "" -"Files %s have been created manually.\n" -"YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" -"Rinkmenos %s pakeistos rankiniu būdu.\n" -"YaST gali prarasti šias rinkmenas." - #. error report #: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Įvyko klaida kuriant initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4921,7 +5111,7 @@ "skaitmenų, atskirtų dvitaškiais." #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4933,7 +5123,7 @@ "Paskutinis komponentas negali prasidėti skaičiumi." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5014,13 +5204,13 @@ #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/s" @@ -5102,8 +5292,8 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "Modulis" @@ -5883,60 +6073,13 @@ "Nėra DNS serverio administruojamos %1 atvirkštinės zonos.\n" "Kompiuterio vardo %2 pridėti negalima." -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "Paslaugos būsena" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Files %s have been created manually.\n" +#~ "YaST might lose these files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Rinkmenos %s pakeistos rankiniu būdu.\n" +#~ "YaST gali prarasti šias rinkmenas." -#. Content for the help -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" -"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" -"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Dabartinė būsena</big> \n" -"Parodoma dabartinė paslaugos būsena. Būsena nepasikeis įrašius nuostatas, nepriklausys nuo reikšmės ties „Paleisti paleidžiant operacinę sistemą“.\n" -"<big>Įrašius nuostatas, paslaugą paleisti iš naujo</big> \n" -"Parinktis įmanoma tik šiuo metu veikiančioms paslaugoms. Tokiu būdu užtikrinsite, kad paleista paslauga naudos naujai įrašytą konfigūraciją (nuspaudus „Gerai“ arba „Įrašyti“).\n" -"<big>Paleisti paleidžiant operacinę sistemą</big> \n" -"Pažymėjus parinktį, paslauga paleisima kartu su operacine sistema. Ši parinktis nepakeičia dabartinės paslaugos būsenos jau paleistoje sistemoje.\n" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "Dabartinė būsena:" - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "Paleisti paleidžiant operacinę sistemą" - -#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "Įrašius nuostatas, paslaugą įkelti iš naujo" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -msgid "running" -msgstr "paleista" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "Stabdyti dabar" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "sustabdyta" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "Paleisti dabar" - #~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." #~ msgstr "Nepavyksta prijungti reikiamos laikmenos." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 15:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -22,1274 +22,1155 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "Paleidyklės konfigūracijos modulis" -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" -msgstr "Paleidyklės konfigūracijos santrauka" +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." +msgstr "Paleidimo skaidinys yra NFS tipo. Paleidyklė negali būti įdiegta." -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option" -msgstr "Pašalinti visuotinę parinktį" +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" +msgstr "Paleidyklės nuostatos" -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option" -msgstr "Nurodyti visuotinę parinktį" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "Įrenginių planas privalo turėti bent vieną įrenginį" -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 -msgid "Print value of specified option" -msgstr "Spausdinti nurodyto parametro reikšmę" +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "Diskų eiliškumo nuostatos" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 -msgid "The key of the option" -msgstr "Parametro raktas" +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "D&iskai" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The value of the option" -msgstr "Parametro reikšmė" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "Į&renginys" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 -msgid "Value was not specified." -msgstr "Nenurodyta reikšmė." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." +msgstr "Pasirinktas savitas paleidyklės skaidinys %s nebeprieinamas." -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 -msgid "Option was not specified." -msgstr "Nenurodyta parinktis." +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "Įrašoma paleidyklės konfigūracija..." -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 -msgid "Value: %s" -msgstr "Reikšmė: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Sistema netrukus išsijungs.%1\n" +"Daugiau sužinosite skaitydami atitinkamą \n" +"dokumentacijos skyrių. \n" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 -msgid "Specified option does not exist." -msgstr "Nurodyta parinktis neegzistuoja." +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "Sistema netrukus persikraus..." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<big>Boot Menu</big> " -msgstr "<big>Operacinės sistemos paleidimo meniu</big> " +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +msgid "&Boot Loader" +msgstr "&Paleidyklė" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "" -"Aktyvuoti paleidimo skaidinį skaidinių lentelėje \n" -"Skirta skaidinio aktyvavimui, kuris turi paleidyklę. Norint visuomet paleisti iš aktyviojo skaidinio, \n" -"turi būti BENDRASIS pagrindinis paleidimo įrašas (generic MBR). Seni BIOS reikalauja, kad būtų aktyvus tik vienas skaidinys, o paleidyklė būtų įdiegta į paleidimo įrašą (MBR).\n" -"Paleidimo įrašas yra standžiojo disko pradžioje. Tuo tarpu paleidyklė gali būti įrašoma tiek į paleidimo įrašą (MBR), tiek į skaidinio paleidimo sektorių." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "" -"Delsa sekundėmis \n" -"Nurodo laiką, kuris praeina iki numatytojo branduolio įkėlimo, jei neatliekate kitų veiksmų.\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "" -"Spausdami Padaryti numatytuoju, pažymėtą skyrių \n" -"padarote įprastu. Įjungus kompiuterį paleidyklė pateiks \n" -"paleidimo meniu ir lauks, kol naudotojas pasirinks paleistiną branduolį ar kitą \n" -"operacinę sistemą. Jei nebus paspaustas joks klavišas, pasibaigus laikui\n" -"bus paleistas numatytasis branduolys arba operacinė sistema. Paleidyklės\n" -"skyrių tvarka gali būti keičiama mygtukais Aukštyn ir Žemyn\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition)." -msgstr "" -"Įrašyti bendrąjį paleidimo kodą į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR) – pakeičia standžiojo disko pradžioje esantį paleidimo įrašą bendruoju (standartiniu) kodu \n" -"(nuo operacinės sistemos nepriklausomas kodas, kuris paleidžia aktyvųjį skaidinį)." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " (default)" +msgid "Default" +msgstr " (numatyta)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"Boot from Root Partition." +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -"Paleisti iš /boot skaidinio yra patartina (t. y. skaidinio, prie sistemos šiuo metu prijungto kaip /boot, jei toks yra), \n" -"kita lygiai taip pat rekomenduojama parinktis yra Paleisti iš šakninio skaidinio (šiuo metu prijungto kaip /)." +"\n" +"Jei neįdiegsite jokios paleidyklės, sistema\n" +"gali nepasileisti.\n" +"\n" +"Tęsti?\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer" +"Boot Loader Type \n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use Boot Loader." msgstr "" -"Paleisti iš pagrindinio paleidimo įrašo (MBR) nepatartina,\n" -"jei kompiuteryje yra įdiegta kita operacinė sistema" +"<big>Paleidyklės tipas</big> \n" +"Norėdami pasirinkti, kur ir kokią paleidyklę įdiegti,\n" +"naudokite Paleidyklę." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section." -msgstr "" -"Paleisti iš šakninio skaidinio yra patartina, nesvarbu kur yra tinkamas\n" -"skaidinys. Bet kuriuo atveju pasirinkite Paleidimo skaidinį skaidinių lentelėje pažymėti aktyviu ir Įrašyti bendrąjį paleidimo kodą į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR)\n" -"skydelyje Paleidyklės parinktys paleidimo įrašo atnaujinimui, jei to reikia, arba galite konfigūruoti kitą paleidyklę\n" -"šio skyriaus paleidimui." +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" +msgstr "Paleidyklės tipas: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" -msgstr "" -"Paleisti iš išplėstojo skaidinio parinktis naudotina, jei \n" -"šakninis skaidinys yra loginiame skaidinyje ir visai nėra atskiro /boot skaidinio" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" +msgstr "Įgalinti saugų paleidimą: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Pasirinktinas paleidimo skaidinys leidžia jums pasirinkti konkretų skaidinį, iš kurio bus paleidžiamas kompiuteris." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Taip" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" msgstr "" -"MD masyvas kuriamas iš dviejų diskų. MD masyvams įgalinti perteklumą\n" -"leidžia GRUB įrašyti į abiejų diskų pagr. paleisties įrašą MBR." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." -msgstr "" -"Parinktis Naudoti nuoseklią konsolę leidžia naudotinus parametrus nurodyti \n" -"naudojant nuoseklią konsolę. Daugiau sužinosite skaitydami GRUB dokumentaciją (<code>info grub2</code>)." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +msgid "Status Location: %1" +msgstr "Padėties vieta: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." -msgstr "" -"Terminalo apibrėžtis \n" -"Nurodo naudotino terminalo tipą. Nuosekliam terminalui (pvz., nuosekliai konsolei),\n" -"turite nurodyti <code>serial</code>. Taip pat galite leisti <code>console</code> \n" -"komandą kaip <code>serial console</code>. Šiuo atveju terminalas, kuriame Jūs\n" -"bet ką nuspausite, bus pasirinktas kaip GRUB terminalas." +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" +msgstr "Standžiųjų diskų eiliškumas: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +msgid " (extended)" +msgstr " (išplėstinis)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +msgid " (MBR)" +msgstr " (MBR)" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Rašyti paleidyklės kodą į pagrindinio paleidimo įrašą (MBR) (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">nediegti</a>" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Nerašyti paleidyklės kodo į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR) (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">diegti</a>" + +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Diegti paleidyklės kodą į /boot skaidinį (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">nediegti</a>" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Nediegti paleidyklės kodo į /boot skaidinį (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">diegti</a>" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Diegti paleidyklės kodą į „/“ skaidinį (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">nediegti</a>" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Nediegti paleidyklės kodo į „/“ skaidinį (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">diegti</a>)" + +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Įspėjimas: paleidyklės vieta pirmajam etapui nenurodyta. TIk jei tikrai žinote, ką darote, parinkite vietą." + +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +msgid "Change Location: %s" +msgstr "Keisti vietą: %s" + +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" +msgstr "&Delsa sekundėmis" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +"Timeout in Seconds \n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -"Atsarginiai skyriai, jei numatytasis sutrinka, turi skyrių numerių sąrašą, \n" -"kurie bus paleidžiami tuo atveju, jei nepavyksta paleisti numatytojo." +"Delsa sekundėmis \n" +"Nurodo laiką, kuris praeina iki numatytojo branduolio įkėlimo, jei neatliekate kitų veiksmų.\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Pasirinkus Slėpti slėpti meniu, paleidimo meniu bus slepiamas." +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" +msgstr "&Aktyvuoti paleidimo skaidinį skaidinių lentelėje" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 msgid "" -"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Paleidyklę apsaugoti slaptažodžiu \n" -"Paleidžiant kompiuterį ar keičiant paleidyklės įrašus, reikės įvesti slaptažodį. Jei pažymėta parinktis Apsaugoti tik nuo įrašų keitimo, tuomet galėsite laisvai paleisti pasirinktą sistemą, tačiau įrašus keisti galėsite tik įvedę slaptažodį (taip kaip GRUB 1 paleidyklėje). YaST slaptažodį priims tik tuomet, jei jis sutaps su\n" -"tuo, kuris įvestas ties Pakartokite slaptažodį." +"Aktyvuoti paleidimo skaidinį skaidinių lentelėje \n" +"Skirta skaidinio aktyvavimui, kuris turi paleidyklę. Norint visuomet paleisti iš aktyviojo skaidinio, \n" +"turi būti BENDRASIS pagrindinis paleidimo įrašas (generic MBR). Seni BIOS reikalauja, kad būtų aktyvus tik vienas skaidinys, o paleidyklė būtų įdiegta į paleidimo įrašą (MBR).\n" +"Paleidimo įrašas yra standžiojo disko pradžioje. Tuo tarpu paleidyklė gali būti įrašoma tiek į paleidimo įrašą (MBR), tiek į skaidinio paleidimo sektorių." -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" +msgstr "Įrašyti &bendrąjį paleidimo kodą į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR)" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 msgid "" -"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push Add.\n" -"To remove a disk, push Remove." +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"<big>Diskų eiliškumas</big> \n" -"Norėdami nurodyti diskų eiliškumą remiantis eiliškumu BIOS'e,\n" -"diskų pertvarkymui naudokite mygtukus Aukštyn ir Žemyn.\n" -"Norėdami pridėti diską, spauskite Pridėti.\n" -"Norėdami pašalinti diską, spauskite Šalinti." +"Įrašyti bendrąjį paleidimo kodą į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR) – pakeičia standžiojo disko pradžioje esantį paleidimo įrašą bendruoju (standartiniu) kodu \n" +"(nuo operacinės sistemos nepriklausomas kodas, kuris paleidžia aktyvųjį skaidinį)." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" -msgstr "Paleidyklės vietos" +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" +msgstr "&Slėpti paleidimo meniu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "&Aktyvuoti paleidimo skaidinį skaidinių lentelėje" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." +msgstr "Pasirinkus Slėpti slėpti meniu, paleidimo meniu bus slepiamas." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" -msgstr "&Delsa sekundėmis" +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probe Foreign OS" +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" +msgstr "Tikrinti svetimą OS" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 -msgid "&Default Boot Section" -msgstr "&Numatytasis paleidimo skyrius" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Tikrinti svetimą OS - keleriopo paleidimo tikrinimas" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 -msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" -msgstr "Įrašyti &bendrąjį paleidimo kodą į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR)" +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" +msgstr "&Pasirinktiniai branduolio komandinės eilutės parametrai" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" -msgstr "Pasirinktinis paleidimo skaidinys" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Pasirinktiniai branduolio komandinės eilutės parametrai leidžia apibrėžti papildomus parametrus, kurie perduodami į branduolį." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Paleisti iš paleidimo įrašo" +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "Apsaugotinas MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" -msgstr "Paleisti iš šakninio skaidinio" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "Apsaugotinas MBR. Ši parinktis skirta patyrusiems naudotojams, dirbantiems su neįprasta aparatine įranga. Daugiau informacijos ieškokite GTP diskų MBR apsaugoje. Nekeiskite parinkčių, jei jų nesuprantate jų." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" -msgstr "Paleisti iš /boot skaidinio" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +msgid "set" +msgstr "nustatyti" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" -msgstr "Paleisti iš išplėstojo skaidinio" +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "pašalinti" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" -msgstr "Nuosekliojo prijungimo &parametrai" +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "nekeisti" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" -msgstr "Atsarginiai skyriai, jei numatytasis sutrinka" +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" +msgstr "Įgalinti &saugaus paleidimo palaikymą" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" -msgstr "&Slėpti paleidimo meniu" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" +msgstr "Įgalinti saugų paleidimą: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" -msgstr "&Slaptažodis meniu sąsajai" +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" +msgstr "Įgalinti &saugaus paleidimo palaikymą" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" -msgstr "&Derinimo veiksena" +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +msgstr "" -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Paleidyklę &apsaugoti slaptažodžiu" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "&Apsaugoti tik nuo įrašų keitimo" -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "&Slaptažodis" +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" +msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Pakar&tokite slaptažodį" -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "Pa&leisti iš šakninio skaidinio" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgstr "Slaptažodis negali būti tuščias." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "Paleis&ti iš skaidinio, prijungto kaip /boot" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +msgid "" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." +msgstr "" +"Reikšmės laukeliuose „Slaptažodis“ ir „Pakartokite\n" +"slaptažodį“ skiriasi. Pakartokite slaptažodį." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "Paleisti iš &pasirinktojo skaidinio" +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +#| "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +msgid "" +"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." +msgstr "" +"Paleidyklę apsaugoti slaptažodžiu \n" +"Paleidžiant kompiuterį ar keičiant paleidyklės įrašus, reikės įvesti slaptažodį. Jei pažymėta parinktis Apsaugoti tik nuo įrašų keitimo, tuomet galėsite laisvai paleisti pasirinktą sistemą, tačiau įrašus keisti galėsite tik įvedę slaptažodį (taip kaip GRUB 1 paleidyklėje). YaST slaptažodį priims tik tuomet, jei jis sutaps su\n" +"tuo, kuris įvestas ties Pakartokite slaptažodį." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Paleidyklės vieta" +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" +msgstr "Pasirinkite naujo grafinio apipavidalinimo rinkmeną" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Paleisti iš pagrindinio paleidimo įrašo (&MBR)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +msgid "Use &graphical console" +msgstr "Naudoti &grafinę konsolę" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" -msgstr "Paleisti iš &išplėstojo skaidinio" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +msgid "&Console resolution" +msgstr "&Konflikto skiriamoji geba" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" -msgstr "MD masyvams įgalinti pertekl&umą" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +msgid "&Console theme" +msgstr "&Konsolės apipavidalinimas" -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "Paleidimo kodo parinktys" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +msgstr "Automatiškai aptiktos su grub2" -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "Branduolio parametrai" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +msgid "Use &serial console" +msgstr "Naudoti &nuosekliąją konsolę" -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "Paleidyklės parinktys" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +msgid "&Console arguments" +msgstr "&Konsolės argumentai" -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "Paleidyklės parinktys" +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +msgid "&Default Boot Section" +msgstr "&Numatytasis paleidimo skyrius" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "Secure Boot" -msgstr "Saugus paleidimas" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +msgid "" +" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" +msgstr "" +"Spausdami Padaryti numatytuoju, pažymėtą skyrių \n" +"padarote įprastu. Įjungus kompiuterį paleidyklė pateiks \n" +"paleidimo meniu ir lauks, kol naudotojas pasirinks paleistiną branduolį ar kitą \n" +"operacinę sistemą. Jei nebus paspaustas joks klavišas, pasibaigus laikui\n" +"bus paleistas numatytasis branduolys arba operacinė sistema. Paleidyklės\n" +"skyrių tvarka gali būti keičiama mygtukais Aukštyn ir Žemyn\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" -msgstr "Įgalinti &saugaus paleidimo palaikymą" +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Paleidyklės vieta" -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "Paleidyklės &vieta" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" +msgstr "" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." -msgstr "Nurodykite skaidinį, kuriame įdiegta paleidimo seka." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgstr "Paleis&ti iš skaidinio, prijungto kaip /boot" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Pasirinktiniai branduolio komandinės eilutės parametrai leidžia apibrėžti papildomus parametrus, kurie perduodami į branduolį." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot from Root Partition" +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" +msgstr "Paleisti iš šakninio skaidinio" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "VGA veiksena apibrėžia, kad branduolys nurodytų konsolei VGA veikseną paleidimo metu." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Paleisti iš pagrindinio paleidimo įrašo (&MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Tikrinti svetimą OS - keleriopo paleidimo tikrinimas" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" +msgstr "Paleisti iš &išplėstojo skaidinio" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Apsaugotinas MBR. Ši parinktis skirta patyrusiems naudotojams, dirbantiems su neįprasta aparatine įranga. Daugiau informacijos ieškokite GTP diskų MBR apsaugoje. Nekeiskite parinkčių, jei jų nesuprantate jų." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "Paleisti iš &pasirinktojo skaidinio" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "&Pasirinktiniai branduolio komandinės eilutės parametrai" +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Order" +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" +msgstr "Diskų eiliškumas" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 -msgid "&Vga Mode" -msgstr "&VGA veiksena" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +msgid "" +"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push Add.\n" +"To remove a disk, push Remove." +msgstr "" +"<big>Diskų eiliškumas</big> \n" +"Norėdami nurodyti diskų eiliškumą remiantis eiliškumu BIOS'e,\n" +"diskų pertvarkymui naudokite mygtukus Aukštyn ir Žemyn.\n" +"Norėdami pridėti diską, spauskite Pridėti.\n" +"Norėdami pašalinti diską, spauskite Šalinti." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" -msgstr "Tikrinti svetimą OS" +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kernel Parameters" +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" +msgstr "Branduolio parametrai" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" -msgstr "Apsaugotinas MBR" +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Code Options" +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" +msgstr "Paleidimo kodo parinktys" -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" -msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bitai (%4 veiksena)" +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bootloader Options" +msgid "Boot&loader Options" +msgstr "Paleidyklės parinktys" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." -msgstr "Standartinė 8 taškelių šrifto veiksena." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgstr "Įgalinti saugų paleidimą: %1" -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -msgid "Text Mode" -msgstr "Tekstinė veiksena" +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Dėl skaidinių ypatybių, paleidyklė negali būti tinkamai įdiegta." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -msgid "Unspecified" -msgstr "Neapibrėžta" +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" +msgstr "Neįdiegti jokios paleidyklės" -#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 -msgid "set" -msgstr "nustatyti" +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "Sistemos paleidimas" -#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 -msgid "remove" -msgstr "pašalinti" +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "&Sistemos paleidimas" -#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 -msgid "do not change" -msgstr "nekeisti" +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Įdiegimui nepasirinkta paleidyklė. Jūsų sistema gali nepasileisti." -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" -msgstr "Automatiškai aptiktos su grub2" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Dėl skaidymo, paleidyklė negali būti tinkamai įdiegta" -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 -msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" -msgstr "Pasirinkite naujo grafinio apipavidalinimo rinkmeną" +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" +#| "Change the settings of your boot loader." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" +"Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Paleidyklės konfigūravimo įrankis</BIG> \n" +"Keiskite savo paleidyklės nuostatas. " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 -msgid "Use &graphical console" -msgstr "Naudoti &grafinę konsolę" +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" +"Please wait... " +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Įrašoma paleidyklės konfigūracija</BIG> \n" +"Palaukite... " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 -msgid "&Console resolution" -msgstr "&Konflikto skiriamoji geba" +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" +msgstr "Aparatinės įrangos %1 platformos ir paleidyklės %2 derinys nepalaikomas" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 -msgid "&Console theme" -msgstr "&Konsolės apipavidalinimas" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Paleisti iš MBR nepavyks, jei naudojate btrfs rinkmenų sistemą su GPT disko žymėmis, nebent turite bios_grub skaidinį. Arba sukurkite bios_grub skaidinį, arba pasirinkite Ext rinkmenų sistemą, arba į MBR nediekite pirmo etapo (stage1)." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 -msgid "Use &serial console" -msgstr "Naudoti &nuosekliąją konsolę" +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." +msgstr "Paleidimo įrenginys yra raid tipo: %1. Sistemas nepasileis." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 -msgid "&Console arguments" -msgstr "&Konsolės argumentai" +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Paleidimo įrenginys naudoja RAID1 programinę įrangą. Pasirinkite kitą paleidyklės vietą, pvz. paleidimo įrašą (MBR)" -#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Nepalaikoma paleidyklė „%s“. Jums reikia pakeisti AutoYaST profilį." +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." +msgstr "Paleidimui trūksta ext skaidinio. Paleidyklės kodo įdiegti negalime." -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 -msgid "Select File" -msgstr "Pasirinkite rinkmeną" +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "Diegimo programa nekeitė aktyvaus skaidinio. Jei jis nenurodytas, kai kurios BIOS sistemos gali nepaleisti operacinių sistemų." -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "Paleidimo skaidinys yra NFS tipo. Paleidyklė negali būti įdiegta." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "Diegimo programa nepakeis diske esančio MBR įrašo. Jei diske nebus jokio MBR įrašo, iš to disko BIOS negalės įkelti operacinių sistemų." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" -msgstr "Paleidyklės nuostatos" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 +msgid "Check boot loader" +msgstr "Patikrinti paleidyklę" -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "Dabartinei paleidyklei nėra parinkčių." +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +msgid "Read partitioning" +msgstr "Skaityti skaidinių lentelę" -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "&Paleidyklė" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +msgid "Load boot loader settings" +msgstr "Įkelti paleidyklės nuostatas" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 -msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Jei neįdiegsite jokios paleidyklės, sistema\n" -"gali nepasileisti.\n" -"\n" -"Tęsti?\n" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 +msgid "Checking boot loader..." +msgstr "Tikrinama paleidyklė..." -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "K&eisti konfigūracijos rinkmenas" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +msgid "Reading partitioning..." +msgstr "Skaitoma skaidinių lentelė..." -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" -msgstr "&Siūlyti naują konfigūraciją" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." +msgstr "Įkeliamos paleidyklės nuostatos..." -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 -msgid "&Start from Scratch" -msgstr "&Pradėti nuo pradžių" +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 +msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" +msgstr "Ruošiama paleidyklės konfigūracija" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "&Iš naujo perskaityti konfigūraciją iš disko" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 +msgid "Create initrd" +msgstr "Kurti paruošimo rinkmeną (initrd)" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "Atstatyti standžiojo disko paleidimo įrašą (MBR)" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" +msgstr "Įrašyti paleidyklės konfigūracijos rinkmenas" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "Įrašyti paleidyklę į diską" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 +msgid "Creating initrd..." +msgstr "Sukuriama paruošimo rinkmena (initrd)..." -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Kita" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." +msgstr "Įrašoma paleidyklės konfigūracija..." -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "Paleidimo įrašas (MBR) sėkmingai atstatytas." +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 +msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" +msgstr "Įrašoma paleidyklės konfigūracija" -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "Nepavyko atstatyti paleidimo įrašo (MBR)." +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" +#~ msgstr "Paleidyklės konfigūracijos santrauka" -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "Nepavyko įrašyti paleidyklės nuostatų." +#~ msgid "Delete a global option" +#~ msgstr "Pašalinti visuotinę parinktį" -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" -msgstr "Pa&leidyklės parinktys" +#~ msgid "Set a global option" +#~ msgstr "Nurodyti visuotinę parinktį" -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "Paleidyklės diegimo &detalės" +#~ msgid "Print value of specified option" +#~ msgstr "Spausdinti nurodyto parametro reikšmę" -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Paleidyklės konfigūravimo įrankis</BIG> \n" -"Keiskite savo paleidyklės nuostatas. " +#~ msgid "The key of the option" +#~ msgstr "Parametro raktas" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" -"Please wait... " -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Įrašoma paleidyklės konfigūracija</BIG> \n" -"Palaukite... " +#~ msgid "The value of the option" +#~ msgstr "Parametro reikšmė" -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1" -msgstr "" -"Su Kita\n" -"galite rankiniu būdu keisti paleidyklės konfigūracijos rinkmenas, išvalyti dabartinę \n" -"konfigūraciją ir pasiūlyti naują, pradėti nuo pradžių, arba iš naujo perskaityti\n" -"konfigūraciją, įrašytą diske. %1" +#~ msgid "Value was not specified." +#~ msgstr "Nenurodyta reikšmė." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 -msgid "" -"To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click Edit Configuration Files." -msgstr "" -"Norėdami keisti paleidyklės konfigūracijos rinkmenas rankiniu\n" -"būdu, spauskite Keisti konfigūracijos rinkmenas." +#~ msgid "Option was not specified." +#~ msgstr "Nenurodyta parinktis." -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -" In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu." -msgstr "" -" Lentelėje kiekvienas skyrius atitinka vieną\n" -"paleidimo meniu elementą." +#~ msgid "Value: %s" +#~ msgstr "Reikšmė: %s" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -" Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section." -msgstr "" -"Norėdami pamatyti pasirinkto skyriaus parametrus,\n" -"spauskite Keisti." +#~ msgid "Specified option does not exist." +#~ msgstr "Nurodyta parinktis neegzistuoja." -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." -msgstr "" -"Spausdami Padaryti numatytuoju, pažymėtą skyrių \n" -"padarote įprastu. Įjungus kompiuterį, paleidyklė pateiks \n" -"paleidimo meniu ir lauks, kol naudotojas pasirinks paleistiną branduolį ar kitą \n" -"operacinę sistemą. Jei nebus paspaustas joks klavišas, pasibaigus tam tikram laikui\n" -"bus įkeltas numatytasis branduolys arba operacinė sistema. Paleidyklės\n" -"skyrių tvarka gali būti keičiama mygtukais Aukštyn ir Žemyn" +#~ msgid "<big>Boot Menu</big> " +#~ msgstr "<big>Operacinės sistemos paleidimo meniu</big> " -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or Delete to delete the selected section." -msgstr "" -"Norėdami sukurti naują paleidyklės skyrių, spauskite Pridėti,\n" -"o norėdami pašalinti, spauskite Šalinti" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +#~ "Boot from Root Partition." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Paleisti iš /boot skaidinio yra patartina (t. y. skaidinio, prie sistemos šiuo metu prijungto kaip /boot, jei toks yra), \n" +#~ "kita lygiai taip pat rekomenduojama parinktis yra Paleisti iš šakninio skaidinio (šiuo metu prijungto kaip /)." -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" -msgstr "" -"<big>Paleidyklės vieta</big> \n" -"Paleidyklė (%1) gali būti įdiegta tokiais būdais:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +#~ "installed on your computer" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Paleisti iš pagrindinio paleidimo įrašo (MBR) nepatartina,\n" +#~ "jei kompiuteryje yra įdiegta kita operacinė sistema" -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer." -msgstr "" -"- Į pagr. paleidimo įrašą (MBR) (Master Boot Record) \n" -"disko pradžioje. Nepatariama, jei kompiuteryje yra įdiegta kita\n" -"operacinė sistema." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +#~ "partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +#~ "in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~ "to start this section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Paleisti iš šakninio skaidinio yra patartina, nesvarbu kur yra tinkamas\n" +#~ "skaidinys. Bet kuriuo atveju pasirinkite Paleidimo skaidinį skaidinių lentelėje pažymėti aktyviu ir Įrašyti bendrąjį paleidimo kodą į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR)\n" +#~ "skydelyje Paleidyklės parinktys paleidimo įrašo atnaujinimui, jei to reikia, arba galite konfigūruoti kitą paleidyklę\n" +#~ "šio skyriaus paleidimui." -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;." -msgstr "" -"\n" -"- Į <tt>/boot</tt>arba <tt>/</tt> (šakninio) skaidinio paleidimo sektorių. Tai rekomenduojama parinktis, nesvarbu kur būtų paleidimo skaidinys.\n" -"Bet kuriuo atveju pasirinkite aktyvuoti paleidyklės skaidinį ir\n" -"Paleidimo įrašą (MBR) pakeisti bendruoju kodu skydelyje \n" -"Paleidyklės diegimo detalės paleidimo įrašo atnaujinimui,\n" -"jei to reikia, arba konfigūruokite kitą paleidyklę\n" -"&product; paleidimui." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +#~ "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Paleisti iš išplėstojo skaidinio parinktis naudotina, jei \n" +#~ "šakninis skaidinys yra loginiame skaidinyje ir visai nėra atskiro /boot skaidinio" -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option." -msgstr "" -"\n" -"- Į kitą skaidinį. Rinkdamiesi turėkite omenyje savo\n" -"sistemos apribojimus." +#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +#~ msgstr "Pasirinktinas paleidimo skaidinys leidžia jums pasirinkti konkretų skaidinį, iš kurio bus paleidžiamas kompiuteris." -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." -msgstr "" -"Pavyzdžiui, daugelio asmeninių kompiuterių BIOS\n" -"riboja sistemos paleidimą žemiau\n" -"1024-to standžiojo disko cilindro. Priklausomai nuo jūsų naudojamos \n" -"paleidyklės, jums gali pavykti arba nepavykti paleisti sistemos iš loginio\n" -"skaidinio." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" +#~ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "MD masyvas kuriamas iš dviejų diskų. MD masyvams įgalinti perteklumą\n" +#~ "leidžia GRUB įrašyti į abiejų diskų pagr. paleisties įrašą MBR." -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Į įvesties laukelį įrašykite skaidinio įrenginio pavadinimą\n" -"(pvz. <tt>/dev/sdb</tt>)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" +#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Parinktis Naudoti nuoseklią konsolę leidžia naudotinus parametrus nurodyti \n" +#~ "naudojant nuoseklią konsolę. Daugiau sužinosite skaitydami GRUB dokumentaciją (<code>info grub2</code>)." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Installation Details \n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." -msgstr "" -"Paleidyklės diegimo detalės \n" -"Norėdami nurodyti sudėtingesnes paleidyklės diegimo parinktis \n" -"(pvz., įrenginių planą), spauskite Paleidyklės diegimo detalės." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Terminal Definition \n" +#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" +#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Terminalo apibrėžtis \n" +#~ "Nurodo naudotino terminalo tipą. Nuosekliam terminalui (pvz., nuosekliai konsolei),\n" +#~ "turite nurodyti <code>serial</code>. Taip pat galite leisti <code>console</code> \n" +#~ "komandą kaip <code>serial console</code>. Šiuo atveju terminalas, kuriame Jūs\n" +#~ "bet ką nuspausite, bus pasirinktas kaip GRUB terminalas." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Type \n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use Boot Loader." -msgstr "" -"<big>Paleidyklės tipas</big> \n" -"Norėdami pasirinkti, kur ir kokią paleidyklę įdiegti,\n" -"naudokite Paleidyklę." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atsarginiai skyriai, jei numatytasis sutrinka, turi skyrių numerių sąrašą, \n" +#~ "kurie bus paleidžiami tuo atveju, jei nepavyksta paleisti numatytojo." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Options \n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"Boot Loader Options." -msgstr "" -"Paleidyklės parinktys \n" -"Norėdami nustatyti paleidyklės parinktis, pvz., delsą, spauskite\n" -"Paleidyklės parinktys." +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations" +#~ msgstr "Paleidyklės vietos" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Expert Manual Configuration \n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" -"Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." -msgstr "" -"Eksperto rankinė konfigūracija \n" -"Čia rankiniu būdu keiskite paleidyklės konfigūraciją.\n" -"Pastaba: galutinė konfigūracijos rinkmena gali turėti kitokias įtraukas." +#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "Pasirinktinis paleidimo skaidinys" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique." -msgstr "" -"Skyriaus pavadinimas \n" -"Nurodykite skyriaus pavadinimą, naudojamą kaip paleidyklės meniu įrašo pavadinimą. \n" -"Skyriaus pavadinimai turi nesikartoti." +#~ msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" +#~ msgstr "Paleisti iš paleidimo įrašo" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" -"Select the type of the new section to create." -msgstr "" -"<big>Naujo skyriaus tipas</big> \n" -"Pasirinkite naujai sukuriamo skyriaus tipą." +#~ msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "Paleisti iš /boot skaidinio" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section." -msgstr "" -"Pasirinkite Dauginti pasirinktą skyrių norėdami padaryti dar vieną \n" -"pasirinkto skyriaus kopiją. Po to pakeiskite šio skyriaus parinktis, kad jos skirtųsi\n" -"nuo parinktojo skyriaus." +#~ msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" +#~ msgstr "Paleisti iš išplėstojo skaidinio" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start." -msgstr "" -"Pasirinkite Atvaizdžio skyrių norėdami pridėti naują Linux branduolį arba kitą atvaizdį\n" -"įkėlimui ir paleidimui." +#~ msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" +#~ msgstr "Nuosekliojo prijungimo &parametrai" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 -msgid "" -"Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment." -msgstr "" -"Pasirinkite XEN skyrių norėdami pridėti naują Linux branduolį arba kitą atvaizdį,\n" -"kurį norite paleisti XEN aplinkoje." +#~ msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" +#~ msgstr "Atsarginiai skyriai, jei numatytasis sutrinka" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 -msgid "" -"Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" -"Pasirinkite Kita sistema (Chainloader) norėdami pridėti skyrių, \n" -"kuris įkelia ir paleidžia disko skaidinio paleidimo sektorių. Tai naudojama\n" -"kitų operacinių paleidimui (pvz., Windows)." +#~ msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" +#~ msgstr "&Slaptažodis meniu sąsajai" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" -"Pasirinkite Meniu skyrių norėdami pridėti skyrių, \n" -"kuris įkelia ir paleidžia disko skaidinio paleidimo sektorių. Tai naudojama\n" -"kitų operacinių paleidimui (pvz., Windows)." +#~ msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" +#~ msgstr "&Derinimo veiksena" -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "Standžiųjų diskų eiliškumas: %1" +#~ msgid "&Password" +#~ msgstr "&Slaptažodis" -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "Neįdiegti jokios paleidyklės" +#~ msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#~ msgstr "Pa&leisti iš šakninio skaidinio" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "Neįdiegti jokios paleidyklės" +#~ msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" +#~ msgstr "MD masyvams įgalinti pertekl&umą" -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "Įdiegti numatytą paleidyklę" +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Options" +#~ msgstr "Paleidyklės parinktys" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "Įdiegti numatytą paleidyklę" +#~ msgid "Secure Boot" +#~ msgstr "Saugus paleidimas" -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "Paleidyklė" +#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Location" +#~ msgstr "Paleidyklės &vieta" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "Paleidyklė" +#~ msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." +#~ msgstr "Nurodykite skaidinį, kuriame įdiegta paleidimo seka." -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" -"Ši funkcija neprieinama, jei\n" -"nenurodyta paleidyklė." +#~ msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +#~ msgstr "VGA veiksena apibrėžia, kad branduolys nurodytų konsolei VGA veikseną paleidimo metu." -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" -"Tikrai norite palikti paleidyklės konfigūravimą neišsaugojus pakeitimų?\n" -"Visi jūsų pakeitimai bus prarasti.\n" +#~ msgid "&Vga Mode" +#~ msgstr "&VGA veiksena" -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 -msgid "The password must not be empty." -msgstr "Slaptažodis negali būti tuščias." +#~ msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" +#~ msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bitai (%4 veiksena)" -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 -msgid "" -"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" -"do not match. Retype the password." -msgstr "" -"Reikšmės laukeliuose „Slaptažodis“ ir „Pakartokite\n" -"slaptažodį“ skiriasi. Pakartokite slaptažodį." +#~ msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." +#~ msgstr "Standartinė 8 taškelių šrifto veiksena." -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "%1 Nurodyti numatytąją paleidyklės vietą?\n" +#~ msgid "Text Mode" +#~ msgstr "Tekstinė veiksena" -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 -msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pasirinktas pavadinimas jau naudojamas.\n" -"Naudokite kitą.\n" +#~ msgid "Unspecified" +#~ msgstr "Neapibrėžta" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" -"Diegiant paleidyklę įvyko klaida.\n" -"Pakartoti paleidyklės konfigūravimą?\n" +#~ msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +#~ msgstr "Nepalaikoma paleidyklė „%s“. Jums reikia pakeisti AutoYaST profilį." -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"Dėmesio!\n" -"\n" -"Dabartinis %1 paleidimo įrašas (MBR) bus \n" -"perrašytas kitu MBR, išsaugotu %2.\n" -"\n" -"Bus perrašytas tik paleidimo kodas.\n" -"Skaidinių lentelė nebus pakeista.\n" -"\n" -"Tęsti?\n" +#~ msgid "Select File" +#~ msgstr "Pasirinkite rinkmeną" -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "&Taip, perrašyti" +#~ msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." +#~ msgstr "Dabartinei paleidyklei nėra parinkčių." -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Dėl skaidinių ypatybių, paleidyklė negali būti tinkamai įdiegta." +#~ msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" +#~ msgstr "K&eisti konfigūracijos rinkmenas" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "Įrenginių planas privalo turėti bent vieną įrenginį" +#~ msgid "&Propose New Configuration" +#~ msgstr "&Siūlyti naują konfigūraciją" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "Diskų eiliškumo nuostatos" +#~ msgid "&Start from Scratch" +#~ msgstr "&Pradėti nuo pradžių" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "D&iskai" +#~ msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" +#~ msgstr "&Iš naujo perskaityti konfigūraciją iš disko" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "Į&renginys" +#~ msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Atstatyti standžiojo disko paleidimo įrašą (MBR)" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 -msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "Pasirinktas savitas paleidyklės skaidinys %s nebeprieinamas." +#~ msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" +#~ msgstr "Įrašyti paleidyklę į diską" -#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and -#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 -msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "Pasirinkta paleidyklės vieta %{path} nebeprieinama %{device} įrenginyje." +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "Kita" -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "Įrašoma paleidyklės konfigūracija..." +#~ msgid "MBR restored successfully." +#~ msgstr "Paleidimo įrašas (MBR) sėkmingai atstatytas." -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Sistema netrukus išsijungs.%1\n" -"Daugiau sužinosite skaitydami atitinkamą \n" -"dokumentacijos skyrių. \n" +#~ msgid "Failed to restore MBR." +#~ msgstr "Nepavyko atstatyti paleidimo įrašo (MBR)." -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "Sistema netrukus persikraus..." +#~ msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." +#~ msgstr "Nepavyko įrašyti paleidyklės nuostatų." -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Sistemos paleidimas" +#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Options" +#~ msgstr "Pa&leidyklės parinktys" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "&Sistemos paleidimas" +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" +#~ msgstr "Paleidyklės diegimo &detalės" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Įdiegimui nepasirinkta paleidyklė. Jūsų sistema gali nepasileisti." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From Other,\n" +#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +#~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Su Kita\n" +#~ "galite rankiniu būdu keisti paleidyklės konfigūracijos rinkmenas, išvalyti dabartinę \n" +#~ "konfigūraciją ir pasiūlyti naują, pradėti nuo pradžių, arba iš naujo perskaityti\n" +#~ "konfigūraciją, įrašytą diske. %1" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Dėl skaidymo, paleidyklė negali būti tinkamai įdiegta" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To edit boot loader configuration files\n" +#~ "manually, click Edit Configuration Files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Norėdami keisti paleidyklės konfigūracijos rinkmenas rankiniu\n" +#~ "būdu, spauskite Keisti konfigūracijos rinkmenas." -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Rašyti paleidyklės kodą į pagrindinio paleidimo įrašą (MBR) (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">nediegti</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ " In the table, each section represents one item\n" +#~ "in the boot menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " Lentelėje kiekvienas skyrius atitinka vieną\n" +#~ "paleidimo meniu elementą." -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Nerašyti paleidyklės kodo į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR) (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">diegti</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" +#~ "selected section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Norėdami pamatyti pasirinkto skyriaus parametrus,\n" +#~ "spauskite Keisti." -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Diegti paleidyklės kodą į /boot skaidinį (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">nediegti</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ " By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" +#~ "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" +#~ "a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" +#~ "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" +#~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" +#~ "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spausdami Padaryti numatytuoju, pažymėtą skyrių \n" +#~ "padarote įprastu. Įjungus kompiuterį, paleidyklė pateiks \n" +#~ "paleidimo meniu ir lauks, kol naudotojas pasirinks paleistiną branduolį ar kitą \n" +#~ "operacinę sistemą. Jei nebus paspaustas joks klavišas, pasibaigus tam tikram laikui\n" +#~ "bus įkeltas numatytasis branduolys arba operacinė sistema. Paleidyklės\n" +#~ "skyrių tvarka gali būti keičiama mygtukais Aukštyn ir Žemyn" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Nediegti paleidyklės kodo į /boot skaidinį (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">diegti</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" +#~ "or Delete to delete the selected section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Norėdami sukurti naują paleidyklės skyrių, spauskite Pridėti,\n" +#~ "o norėdami pašalinti, spauskite Šalinti" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Diegti paleidyklės kodą į „/“ skaidinį (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">nediegti</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" +#~ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Paleidyklės vieta</big> \n" +#~ "Paleidyklė (%1) gali būti įdiegta tokiais būdais:" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Nediegti paleidyklės kodo į „/“ skaidinį (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">diegti</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" +#~ "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" +#~ "on the computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "- Į pagr. paleidimo įrašą (MBR) (Master Boot Record) \n" +#~ "disko pradžioje. Nepatariama, jei kompiuteryje yra įdiegta kita\n" +#~ "operacinė sistema." -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Įspėjimas: paleidyklės vieta pirmajam etapui nenurodyta. TIk jei tikrai žinote, ką darote, parinkite vietą." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" +#~ "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +#~ "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" +#~ "Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +#~ "to update the master boot record\n" +#~ "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~ "to start &product;." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- Į <tt>/boot</tt>arba <tt>/</tt> (šakninio) skaidinio paleidimo sektorių. Tai rekomenduojama parinktis, nesvarbu kur būtų paleidimo skaidinys.\n" +#~ "Bet kuriuo atveju pasirinkite aktyvuoti paleidyklės skaidinį ir\n" +#~ "Paleidimo įrašą (MBR) pakeisti bendruoju kodu skydelyje \n" +#~ "Paleidyklės diegimo detalės paleidimo įrašo atnaujinimui,\n" +#~ "jei to reikia, arba konfigūruokite kitą paleidyklę\n" +#~ "&product; paleidimui." -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "Keisti vietą: %s" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" +#~ "when selecting this option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- Į kitą skaidinį. Rinkdamiesi turėkite omenyje savo\n" +#~ "sistemos apribojimus." -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "Paleidyklės tipas: %1" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" +#~ "limit that restricts booting to\n" +#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" +#~ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pavyzdžiui, daugelio asmeninių kompiuterių BIOS\n" +#~ "riboja sistemos paleidimą žemiau\n" +#~ "1024-to standžiojo disko cilindro. Priklausomai nuo jūsų naudojamos \n" +#~ "paleidyklės, jums gali pavykti arba nepavykti paleisti sistemos iš loginio\n" +#~ "skaidinio." -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr " (išplėstinis)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Į įvesties laukelį įrašykite skaidinio įrenginio pavadinimą\n" +#~ "(pvz. <tt>/dev/sdb</tt>)." -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr " (MBR)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot Loader Installation Details \n" +#~ "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" +#~ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Paleidyklės diegimo detalės \n" +#~ "Norėdami nurodyti sudėtingesnes paleidyklės diegimo parinktis \n" +#~ "(pvz., įrenginių planą), spauskite Paleidyklės diegimo detalės." -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "Padėties vieta: %1" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot Loader Options \n" +#~ "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" +#~ "Boot Loader Options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Paleidyklės parinktys \n" +#~ "Norėdami nustatyti paleidyklės parinktis, pvz., delsą, spauskite\n" +#~ "Paleidyklės parinktys." -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "Įgalinti saugų paleidimą: %1" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Expert Manual Configuration \n" +#~ "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" +#~ "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eksperto rankinė konfigūracija \n" +#~ "Čia rankiniu būdu keiskite paleidyklės konfigūraciją.\n" +#~ "Pastaba: galutinė konfigūracijos rinkmena gali turėti kitokias įtraukas." -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "Nežinoma paleidyklė: %1" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Section Name \n" +#~ "Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +#~ "name must be unique." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skyriaus pavadinimas \n" +#~ "Nurodykite skyriaus pavadinimą, naudojamą kaip paleidyklės meniu įrašo pavadinimą. \n" +#~ "Skyriaus pavadinimai turi nesikartoti." -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 -msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "Aparatinės įrangos %1 platformos ir paleidyklės %2 derinys nepalaikomas" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" +#~ "Select the type of the new section to create." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Naujo skyriaus tipas</big> \n" +#~ "Pasirinkite naujai sukuriamo skyriaus tipą." -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Paleisti iš MBR nepavyks, jei naudojate btrfs rinkmenų sistemą su GPT disko žymėmis, nebent turite bios_grub skaidinį. Arba sukurkite bios_grub skaidinį, arba pasirinkite Ext rinkmenų sistemą, arba į MBR nediekite pirmo etapo (stage1)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" +#~ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" +#~ "selected section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pasirinkite Dauginti pasirinktą skyrių norėdami padaryti dar vieną \n" +#~ "pasirinkto skyriaus kopiją. Po to pakeiskite šio skyriaus parinktis, kad jos skirtųsi\n" +#~ "nuo parinktojo skyriaus." -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 -msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Paleidimo įrenginys yra raid tipo: %1. Sistemas nepasileis." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" +#~ "to load and start." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pasirinkite Atvaizdžio skyrių norėdami pridėti naują Linux branduolį arba kitą atvaizdį\n" +#~ "įkėlimui ir paleidimui." -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Paleidimo įrenginys naudoja RAID1 programinę įrangą. Pasirinkite kitą paleidyklės vietą, pvz. paleidimo įrašą (MBR)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" +#~ "but to start it in a Xen environment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pasirinkite XEN skyrių norėdami pridėti naują Linux branduolį arba kitą atvaizdį,\n" +#~ "kurį norite paleisti XEN aplinkoje." -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 -msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Paleidimui trūksta ext skaidinio. Paleidyklės kodo įdiegti negalime." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" +#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "booting other operating systems." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pasirinkite Kita sistema (Chainloader) norėdami pridėti skyrių, \n" +#~ "kuris įkelia ir paleidžia disko skaidinio paleidimo sektorių. Tai naudojama\n" +#~ "kitų operacinių paleidimui (pvz., Windows)." -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "Diegimo programa nekeitė aktyvaus skaidinio. Jei jis nenurodytas, kai kurios BIOS sistemos gali nepaleisti operacinių sistemų." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" +#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "booting other operating systems." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pasirinkite Meniu skyrių norėdami pridėti skyrių, \n" +#~ "kuris įkelia ir paleidžia disko skaidinio paleidimo sektorių. Tai naudojama\n" +#~ "kitų operacinių paleidimui (pvz., Windows)." -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." -msgstr "Diegimo programa nepakeis diske esančio MBR įrašo. Jei diske nebus jokio MBR įrašo, iš to disko BIOS negalės įkelti operacinių sistemų." +#~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "Neįdiegti jokios paleidyklės" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 -msgid "Check boot loader" -msgstr "Patikrinti paleidyklę" +#~ msgid "Install the default boot loader" +#~ msgstr "Įdiegti numatytą paleidyklę" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 -msgid "Read partitioning" -msgstr "Skaityti skaidinių lentelę" +#~ msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "Įdiegti numatytą paleidyklę" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 -msgid "Load boot loader settings" -msgstr "Įkelti paleidyklės nuostatas" +#~ msgid "Boot loader" +#~ msgstr "Paleidyklė" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 -msgid "Checking boot loader..." -msgstr "Tikrinama paleidyklė..." +#~ msgid "Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "Paleidyklė" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 -msgid "Reading partitioning..." -msgstr "Skaitoma skaidinių lentelė..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This function is not available if the boot\n" +#~ "loader is not specified." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ši funkcija neprieinama, jei\n" +#~ "nenurodyta paleidyklė." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 -msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." -msgstr "Įkeliamos paleidyklės nuostatos..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +#~ "All changes will be lost.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tikrai norite palikti paleidyklės konfigūravimą neišsaugojus pakeitimų?\n" +#~ "Visi jūsų pakeitimai bus prarasti.\n" -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 -msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" -msgstr "Ruošiama paleidyklės konfigūracija" +#~ msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" +#~ msgstr "%1 Nurodyti numatytąją paleidyklės vietą?\n" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 -msgid "Create initrd" -msgstr "Kurti paruošimo rinkmeną (initrd)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The name selected is already used.\n" +#~ "Use a different one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pasirinktas pavadinimas jau naudojamas.\n" +#~ "Naudokite kitą.\n" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" -msgstr "Įrašyti paleidyklės konfigūracijos rinkmenas" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred during boot loader\n" +#~ "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Diegiant paleidyklę įvyko klaida.\n" +#~ "Pakartoti paleidyklės konfigūravimą?\n" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "Įdiegti paleidyklę" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning!\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" +#~ "saved at %2.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" +#~ "The partition table remains unchanged.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dėmesio!\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Dabartinis %1 paleidimo įrašas (MBR) bus \n" +#~ "perrašytas kitu MBR, išsaugotu %2.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Bus perrašytas tik paleidimo kodas.\n" +#~ "Skaidinių lentelė nebus pakeista.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Tęsti?\n" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 -msgid "Creating initrd..." -msgstr "Sukuriama paruošimo rinkmena (initrd)..." +#~ msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" +#~ msgstr "&Taip, perrašyti" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." -msgstr "Įrašomos paleidyklės konfigūracijos rinkmenos..." +#~ msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." +#~ msgstr "Pasirinkta paleidyklės vieta %{path} nebeprieinama %{device} įrenginyje." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "Diegiama paleidyklė..." +#~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" +#~ msgstr "Nežinoma paleidyklė: %1" -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 -msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" -msgstr "Įrašoma paleidyklės konfigūracija" +#~ msgid "Install boot loader" +#~ msgstr "Įdiegti paleidyklę" +#~ msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +#~ msgstr "Įrašomos paleidyklės konfigūracijos rinkmenos..." + +#~ msgid "Installing boot loader..." +#~ msgstr "Diegiama paleidyklė..." + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Distribution:" #~ msgid "D&istributor" @@ -1322,9 +1203,6 @@ #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "Turi būti nurodytas skyriaus pavadinimas." -#~ msgid "Disk Order" -#~ msgstr "Diskų eiliškumas" - #~ msgid "Boot Menu" #~ msgstr "Paleidimo meniu" @@ -1765,9 +1643,6 @@ #~ msgid " (\"/\")" #~ msgstr " („/“)" -#~ msgid " (default)" -#~ msgstr " (numatyta)" - #~ msgid "Sections: %1" #~ msgstr "Skyriai: %1" @@ -2542,9 +2417,6 @@ #~ msgid "image" #~ msgstr "atvaizdis" -#~ msgid "Yes" -#~ msgstr "Taip" - #~ msgid "No" #~ msgstr "Ne" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/ca-management.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/ca-management.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/ca-management.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-22 10:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -136,8 +136,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "&Slaptažodis:" @@ -209,8 +208,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Nauji slaptažodžiai nesutampa." @@ -1902,14 +1900,14 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "Kuriamas liudijimas..." #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -1918,28 +1916,27 @@ "ir LĮ tvarkymo modulyje.\n" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Baigti" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "Tikrai įrašyti konfigūraciją ?" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "Išeiti" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "Tikrai išeiti iš konfigūravimo nieko neišsaugant?" -#. Popup displaying openssl error messages -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "Išsamiau" @@ -2226,8 +2223,7 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "LDAP &slaptažodis:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "Liudijimo &slaptažodis:" @@ -2275,28 +2271,23 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Liu&dijimą ir raktą neužšifruotu PEM formatu" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Liudiji&mą ir raktą užšifruotu PEM formatu" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "&Liudijimą DER formatu" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "Liudi&jimą ir raktą PKCS12 formatu" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "&Kaip PKCS12 ir įtraukti LĮ grandinę" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&Naujas slaptažodis" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/cio.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/cio.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/cio.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 16:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ msgstr "Naudojama" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ne" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "taip" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" -msgstr "ne" - #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/cluster.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/cluster.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/cluster.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 17:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr "Sukonfigūravus garso plokštę, išbandyti garsą" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ msgstr "Sujungti tinklo adresai:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "transliavimo adresas:" @@ -221,131 +221,131 @@ msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Įgalinti tapatybės nustatymą saugumui" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "Paleista" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Neveikia" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Sistemos paleidimas" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "On -- Start openais at booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "Įjungti -- openais paleisti operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Start openais manually only" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "išjungta -- openais paleisti tik rankiniu būdu" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Įjungti ir išjungti" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Dabartinė būsena: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start openais Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Tuoj pat paleisti openais" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop openais Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Tuoj pat stabdyti openais" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Kompiuterio sinchronizavimas" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "Pridėti" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Keisti" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Sinchr. rinkmena" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Įtraukti siūlomas rinkmenas" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Csync2 būsena nežinoma" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Įjungti csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Išjungti csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Įvesti pagrindinio kompiuterio vardą" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Keisti pagrindinio kompiuterio vardą" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Įvesti sinchronizuotinos rinkmenos pavadinimą" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Keisti rinkmenos pavadinimą" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -354,12 +354,12 @@ "Ar norite jį perrašyti?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Nepavyko pašalinti rakto rinkmenos %1." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." @@ -367,35 +367,35 @@ "Rakto rinkmena %1 sukurta.\n" "Spausdami „Įtraukti siūlomas rinkmenas“, ją įtrauksite į sinchronizacijos sąrašą." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Nepavyko sukurti rakto." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "" @@ -504,103 +504,103 @@ msgstr "Paleidžiama..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Cluster Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Paleidžiama blokinio konfigūracija" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Duomenų bazės skaitymas" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Skaityti ankstesnius nustatymus" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Skaityti SuSE užkardos nuostatas" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Skaitoma duomenų bazė..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos ankstesnės nuostatos..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos SuSE užkardos nuostatos..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Nepavyksta įdiegti reikalingų paketų" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot load existing configuration." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Nepavyksta įkelti esamos konfigūracijos." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "1Nepavyksta nuskaityti duomenų bazės1." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Nepavyksta nuskaityti duomenų bazės2." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Nepavyksta aptikti įrenginių." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Cluster Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma blokinio konfigūracija" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Įrašyti nuostatas" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Įrašyti pakeitimus į SuSE užkardą" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos nuostatos..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Pakeitimai įrašomi į SuSE užkardą..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nepavyksta įrašyti nuostatų." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-28 18:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -21,301 +21,656 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -" " +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " msgstr "" "\n" -"Sveikiname!\n" -"openSUSE diegimas jūsų kompiuteryje užbaigtas.\n" -"Nuspaudę Užbaigti, jūs galėsite prisijungti prie sistemos.\n" -"Aplankykite mus %1.\n" -"Linkime daug džiugių akimirkų! Jūsų SUSE tobulinimo komanda\n" -" " +"\n" +"Diegimas sėkmingai baigtas.\n" +"Jūsų sistema paruošta naudojimui.\n" +"Paspauskite Užbaigti, norėdami prisijungti prie sistemos.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Aplankykite mus http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"Darbalaukio aplinka leidžia jums naudotis grafine naudotojo sąsaja\n" -"jūsų kompiuteryje, taip pat programų rinkiniu, apimančiu\n" -"el.paštą, saityno naršymą, raštinės reikmes, žaidimus ir kitus\n" -"jūsų kompiuterio valdymo reikmenis.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE leidžia pasirinkti darbalaukio aplinką. Dažniausiai naudojamos\n" -"darbalaukio aplinkos – GNOME ir KDE – openSUSE jas abi palaiko vienodai.\n" -"Abejomis darbalaukio aplinkomis lengva naudotis,\n" -"jos yra gana vientisos ir turi patraukią išvaizdą ir jauseną. Kiekviena darbalaukio\n" -"aplinka turi savitą stilių, taigi tik nuo jūsų skonio priklauso, kuris\n" -"darbalaukis jums geriausiai tiktų." +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +msgid "CIM Server" +msgstr "CIM serveris" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "GNOME darbalaukis" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "KDE darbalaukis" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE darbalaukis" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "LXDE darbalaukis" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "Minimalus X langas" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "„Enlightenment“ darbalaukis" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Minimalaus serverio pasirinkimas (tekstinė veiksena)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Diegimo nuostatos" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Apžvalga" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +msgid "Expert" +msgstr "Ekspertas" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Nuostatos diegiant iš demonstracinės laikmenos" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Atnaujinti nuostatas" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Tinklo konfigūravimas" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Įrenginių konfigūravimas" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Paruošimas" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Įkelti linuxrc tinklo konfigūraciją" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Tinklo sąranka" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Pasisveikinimas" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Tinklo aktyvavimas" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Disko aktyvavimas" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Sistemos analizė" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update" +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "Atnaujinimas internetu" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "Papildomi produktai" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Diskas" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Laiko juosta" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Nuotolinės saugyklos" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "Papildomi produktai" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Darbalaukio pasirinkimas" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Naudotojo nuostatos" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Diegimas" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Diegimo apžvalga" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Įdiegti" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation" +msgid "Installer Cleanup" +msgstr "Diegimas" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Diegimas" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistema atnaujinimui" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 msgid "Update" msgstr "Atnaujinti" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "Atnaujinimo santrauka" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Atnaujinti" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfigūracija" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Pagrindo diegimas" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST nuostatos" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigūracija" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Sistemos konfigūracija" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Diegimas sėkmingai baigtas.\n" -#~ "Jūsų sistema paruošta naudojimui.\n" -#~ "Paspauskite Užbaigti, norėdami prisijungti prie sistemos.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Aplankykite mus http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " " +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Diegimas sėkmingai baigtas.\n" +"Jūsų sistema paruošta naudojimui.\n" +"Paspauskite Užbaigti, norėdami prisijungti prie sistemos.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Aplankykite mus http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " -#~ msgid "CIM Server" -#~ msgstr "CIM serveris" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System for Update" +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "Sistema atnaujinimui" -#~ msgid "Overview" -#~ msgstr "Apžvalga" +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Expert" -#~ msgstr "Ekspertas" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary." +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Tinklo paslaugų konfigūracija" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Installation Summary" -#~ msgstr "Diegimo santrauka" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Update Summary" -#~ msgstr "Atnaujinimo santrauka" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initialization..." +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "Ruošiama..." + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Tinklo paslaugų konfigūracija" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Įkelti linuxrc tinklo konfigūraciją" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Diegimo santrauka" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Congratulations!\n" +"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +"Visit us at %1.\n" +"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Sveikiname!\n" +"openSUSE diegimas jūsų kompiuteryje užbaigtas.\n" +"Nuspaudę Užbaigti, jūs galėsite prisijungti prie sistemos.\n" +"Aplankykite mus %1.\n" +"Linkime daug džiugių akimirkų! Jūsų SUSE tobulinimo komanda\n" +" " + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#| "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#| "manage your computer.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#| "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#| "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#| "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#| "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#| "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" +"Darbalaukio aplinka leidžia jums naudotis grafine naudotojo sąsaja\n" +"jūsų kompiuteryje, taip pat programų rinkiniu, apimančiu\n" +"el.paštą, saityno naršymą, raštinės reikmes, žaidimus ir kitus\n" +"jūsų kompiuterio valdymo reikmenis.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE leidžia pasirinkti darbalaukio aplinką. Dažniausiai naudojamos\n" +"darbalaukio aplinkos – GNOME ir KDE – openSUSE jas abi palaiko vienodai.\n" +"Abejomis darbalaukio aplinkomis lengva naudotis,\n" +"jos yra gana vientisos ir turi patraukią išvaizdą ir jauseną. Kiekviena darbalaukio\n" +"aplinka turi savitą stilių, taigi tik nuo jūsų skonio priklauso, kuris\n" +"darbalaukis jums geriausiai tiktų." + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "GNOME darbalaukis" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "KDE darbalaukis" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "Minimalaus serverio pasirinkimas (tekstinė veiksena)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "XFCE Desktop" +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "XFCE darbalaukis" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "LXDE darbalaukis" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "Minimalus X langas" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "„Enlightenment“ darbalaukis" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "Minimalaus serverio pasirinkimas (tekstinė veiksena)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "Nuotolinės saugyklos" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Darbalaukio pasirinkimas" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Papildomų produktų diegimas" @@ -345,9 +700,6 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\t" -#~ msgid "Initialization..." -#~ msgstr "Ruošiama..." - #~ msgid "Configuring network..." #~ msgstr "Konfigūruojamas tinklas..." @@ -375,9 +727,6 @@ #~ msgid "Customer Center" #~ msgstr "Klientų centras" -#~ msgid "Online Update" -#~ msgstr "Atnaujinimas internetu" - #~ msgid "Release Notes" #~ msgstr "Pastabos šiai versijai" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/country.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/country.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/country.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 12:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -662,7 +662,9 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New value for hardware clock" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "Nauja aparatūros laikrodžio reikšmė" #. summary label @@ -849,49 +851,49 @@ "Neteisinga data (dd-mm-MMMM) %1.\n" "Įveskite teisingą datą.\n" -#. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "&Kitos nuostatos..." #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Data ir laikas (NTP sukonfigūruotas)" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Data ir laikas" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Aparatūros laikrodis nustatytas į pasaulinį" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Regionas" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Laiko juosta" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Data ir laikas:" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -900,7 +902,7 @@ "<big>Laiko juostos ir laikrodžio nuostatos</big>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" @@ -915,7 +917,7 @@ "\n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -926,12 +928,12 @@ "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Laikrodis ir laiko juosta" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Pasirinkite tinkamą laiko juostą." @@ -1019,181 +1021,188 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "Ispanų (Lotynų Amerika)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugalų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugalų (Brazilija)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugalų (Brazilija -- US tarimas)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Graikų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Olandų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norvegų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Švedų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Suomių" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Čekų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Čekų (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slovakų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slovakų (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Slovėnų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Vengrų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Lenkų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Rusų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lietuvių" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turkų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Kroatų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukrainiečių" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Chmerų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Korėjiečių" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadžikų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Tradicinė kinų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Supaprastinta kinų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumunų" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "JAV tarptautinė" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/crowbar.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/crowbar.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/crowbar.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 12:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -26,21 +26,13 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "„Crowbar“ konfigūracija" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "Visiems bendra" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SLES 11 SP3" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" msgstr "SLES 11 SP3" -#. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" -msgstr "SLES 12" - #. combobox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 msgid "&Location of Repositories" @@ -50,11 +42,11 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product for SMT server\n" "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" @@ -179,28 +171,31 @@ msgstr "&IP adresas" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 msgid "Name" msgstr "Pavadinimas" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "Klaidos atveju klausti" -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "Paskirties platforma" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -213,74 +208,81 @@ "Pasirinkite kitą." #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "Serverio &URL" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "Saugyklos pavadinimas" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "&Klaidos atveju klausti" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "Saugyklos &URL" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "Pri&dėti saugyklą" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote SMT Server" +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "Nuotolinis SMT serveris" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "Nuotolinis SMT serveris" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "SUSE valdymo serveris" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Savitas" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Naudotojo vardas" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "Slaptažodis" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "Dar kartą įveskite slaptažodį" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "Serverio vardas negali būti tuščias." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -289,7 +291,7 @@ "Bandykite dar kartą." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -302,19 +304,19 @@ "Pasirinkite kitą." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid" msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "Įvestas URL „%1“ nėra tinkamas." #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uždraustas" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -324,7 +326,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -333,7 +335,7 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -342,81 +344,81 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Adresas „%1“ nepriklauso „%2“ tinklui." #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "Mažiaus. IP adresas" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "Didžiaus. IP adresas" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Adresas „%1“ nepriklauso „%2“ tinklui." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "Mažiausias adresas turi būti mažesnis už didžiausią." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "&Naudotojo nuostatos" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "Tinklo &veiksena" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "Bond tinklas" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "&Tinklai" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "&Saugyklos" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" @@ -435,7 +437,7 @@ "„Crowbar“ saityno sąsają rasite adresu http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "„Crowbar“ konfigūracijos apžvalga" @@ -496,41 +498,47 @@ msgstr "Paleidžiama..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Ruošiamasi konfigūruoti „crowbar“" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "Skaityti konfigūraciją" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Skaitoma konfigūracija..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma „crowbar“ konfigūracija" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Įrašyti nuostatas" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos nuostatos..." +#~ msgid "Common for All" +#~ msgstr "Visiems bendra" + +#~ msgid "SLES 12" +#~ msgstr "SLES 12" + #~ msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator" #~ msgstr "„crowbar“ administravimo slaptažodis" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/dhcp-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/dhcp-server.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/dhcp-server.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-15 17:55+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -63,9 +63,7 @@ msgstr "Tvarkyti DHCP potinklio parinktis" #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "Parodyti visus apibrėžtus pagrindinius kompiuterius su fiksuotu adresu" @@ -105,242 +103,249 @@ msgstr "Pagrindinio kompiuterio IP adresas (arba pagr. komp. vardas) su fiksuotu adresu" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "Pasirinkite naudotiną tinko sąsają" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "Parodyti šiuo metu naudojamą sąsają ir parodyti kitų galimų sąsajų sąrašą" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "Parodyti dabartines parinktis" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "Nustatyti visuotinę parinktį" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "Parinkties raktas (pvz., ntp-servers)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "Parinkties reikšmė (pvz., IP adresas)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "Dinaminių adresų intervalo žemiausias IP adresas" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "Dinaminių adresų intervalo aukščiausias IP adresas" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "Numatytasis nuomos laikas, sekundėmis" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "Ilgiausias nuomos laikas, sekundėmis" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "DHCP serveris įgalintas" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "DHCP serveris uždraustas" #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "Pagrindinis kompiuteris: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "Aparatinė įranga: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "IP adresas: %1" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "Nenurodytas pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "Nurodyto pagrindinio kompiuterio nėra." #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "Nieko" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Pasirinktos sąsajos: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Kitos sąsajos: %1" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "Nurodyta sąsaja neegzistuoja." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "Nenurodytas veiksmas su sąsaja." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "Turi būti nurodyta parinktis." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "Reikšmė turi būti nurodyta." #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "Adresų intervalas: %1-%2" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Numatytasis nuomos laikas: %1" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Ilgiausias nuomos laikas: %1" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "Nepavyko įrašyti konfigūracijos. Pakeisti nuostatas?" +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "Nepavyko įrašyti konfigūracijos. Pakeisti nuostatas?" + #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP serverio konfigūracija" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Visuotinės parinktys" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "Potinklio konfigūracija" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "Pagrindinis kompiuteris su fiksuotu adresu" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "Bendrai naudojamas tinklas" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "Adresų telkinys" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "Specifiniai grupės parametrai" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klasė" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "Potinkli&s" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "Pagr. &kompiuteris" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "Bendrai &naudojamas tinklas" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Grupė" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "Adresų &telkinys" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&Klasė" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "Aprašų tipai" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "Aprašo tipas" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "Sąsajos konfigūracija" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "TSIG raktų tvarkymas" @@ -365,192 +370,152 @@ msgstr "sekundės" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "DHCP serveris: paleidimas" #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Paleidimas" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "DHCP serveris: plokštės parinkimas" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "Plokštės parinkimas" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "DHCP serveris: visuotinės nuostatos" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Visuotinės nuostatos" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP serveris: dinaminis DHCP" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "Dinaminis DHCP" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "DHCP serveris: pagrindinio kompiuterio tvarkymas" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "Pagrindinio kompiuterio tvarkymas" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "DHCP serveris: nuostatos ekspertams" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Nuostatos ekspertams" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Operacinės &sistemos paleidimo metu" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Rankiniu būdu" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Rankiniu būdu" -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "DHCP serveris veikia" - -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "DHCP serveris neveikia" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "&Paleisti DHCP serverį tuoj pat" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "&Stabdyti DHCP serverį tuoj pat" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "Į&rašyti nuostatas ir iš naujo paleisti DHCP serverį" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "Paleisti DHCP serverį" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "Stabdyti DHCP serverį" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "Įrašyti nuostatas ir iš naujo paleisti DHCP serverį" - -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments" msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "DHCP serverio paleidimo argumentai" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "DHCP serverio tinklo plokštės" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "Pažymėta" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "Sąsajos pavadinimas" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Įrenginio pavadinimas" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "Pa&sirinkti" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "&Atžymėti" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP adresas" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Turi būti pažymėta bent viena tinklo sąsaja." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected network interface has currently no configuration (no assigned IP address \n" @@ -566,60 +531,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP palaikymas" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP serverio &vardas (nebūtinas)" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Srities vardas" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Pirminio vardų serverio IP" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Antrinio vardų serverio IP" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "Numatytasis &tinklų sietuvas (maršruto parinktuvas) " #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP &laiko serveris" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "&Spausdinimo serveris" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&WINS serveris" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Numatytasis nuomos &laikas" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Vienetai" @@ -627,48 +592,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Nurodyta reikšmė nėra tinkamas pagr. kompiuterio vardas ar IP adresas." #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Potinklio informacija" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Dabartinis &tinklas" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Dabartinė tinklo &kaukė" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Tinklo kaukės &bitai" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "&Mažiausias IP adresas" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "&Didžiausias IP adresas" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP adresų intervalas" @@ -676,10 +641,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "&Pirmas IP adresas" @@ -687,61 +652,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "&Paskutinis IP adresas" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Leisti dinaminį &BOOTP" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Nuomos trukmė" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Numatyta" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "&Didžiausia" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "&Vienetai" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Sukurti naują DNS zoną nuo nulio" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Keisti dabartinę DNS zoną" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Gauti dabartinės zonos informaciją" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "&Sinchronizuoti DNS serverį..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -751,8 +716,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Įveskite IP adresų intervalo abu galus." @@ -760,8 +725,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -770,127 +735,127 @@ "IP %1 neatitinka tinklo %2/%3." #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Registruoti pagrindiniai kompiuteriai" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "Vardas" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Fizinis (MAC) adresas" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipas" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Sąrašo sąranka" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Vardas" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP adresas" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "&Fizinis (MAC) adresas" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Eternetas" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Estafetinis žiedinis tinklas" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "&Pasirinkti iš sąrašo" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Pa&šalinti iš sąrašo" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Eternetas" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Estafetinis žiedinis tinklas" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Netinkamas fizinis adresas.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "Fizinis adresas turi būti unikalus." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "Pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas negali būti tuščias." #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas %1 jau yra." #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Įveskite pagrindinio kompiuterio IP." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Turi būti nurodytas fizinis adresas." #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Pirma turite pasirinkti pagrindinį kompiuterį." #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Turi būti nurodyta įvedimo reikšmė." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -911,15 +876,15 @@ "Tęsti?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "„-%1“ nėra tinkama DHCP serverio komandinės eilutės parinktis" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "DHCP serverio komandinės eilutės „-%1“ parinkčiai reikia argumento" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" @@ -947,7 +912,7 @@ "Tikrai tęsti?\n" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP serverio vediklis (%1 iš 4)" @@ -1168,7 +1133,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "Paskutinysis adresas turi būti didesnis už pirmąjį." @@ -1200,7 +1165,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Netinkamas pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas." @@ -1211,9 +1176,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "Netinkamas IP adresas." @@ -1231,44 +1196,44 @@ "IP adresų (%2-%3) sričiai, kuri apibrėžta DHCP serveryje.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "Perkuriami DNS zonų įrašai..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "Pridedamas naujas DNS įrašas" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "Prie DNS serverio pridedama DHCP sritis %1-%2..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "Šalinama atitinkanti DNS įrašų sritis" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "Iš DNS serverio šalinami %1-%2 srities įrašai..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1277,7 +1242,7 @@ "DNS serveris negali į ją rašyti jokių įrašų.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1287,18 +1252,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "Nepavyksta sukurti zonos %1." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "Sinchronizuojami DNS atgaliniai įrašai..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you cancel, all changes made in the DNS server will be lost.\n" @@ -1311,62 +1276,62 @@ "Tikrai atšaukti į veiksmą?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Sritis" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Tinklas" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Tinklo &kaukė" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "DNS zonos įrašai" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "Priskirtas IP" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "&Pridėti..." #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "&Specialios užduotys" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "Pridėti naują DNS įrašų sritį" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Paleisti vediklį, skirtą DNS zonos kūrimui nuo nulio" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "Sinchronizuoti su atgaline zona %1" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "DHCP serveris: DNS serverio sinchronizavimas" @@ -1674,8 +1639,7 @@ "Palaukite..." #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1701,20 +1665,9 @@ "Ši parinktis galima tik jei įgalinta\n" "užkarda." -#. help text 1/5 +#. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" -"<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" -"To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"Start DHCP Server." -msgstr "" -"<big>DHCP serveris</big>\n" -"Norėdami paleisti DHCP serverį kiekvieną kartą, kai paleidžiamas kompiuteris, pažymėkite \n" -"Paleisti DHCP serverį." - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -1726,7 +1679,7 @@ "paleisti „chroot“ kalėjime." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1737,7 +1690,7 @@ "įgalinkite LDAP palaikymą." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1752,7 +1705,7 @@ "Norėdami pašalinti aprašą, pažymėkite jį ir spauskite Pašalinti." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1767,7 +1720,7 @@ "spauskite Papildoma." #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." @@ -1776,7 +1729,7 @@ "Nustatykite potinklio tinklo adresą ir tinklo kaukę." #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1787,7 +1740,7 @@ "parinktis nurodykite ties pagrindiniu kompiuteriu." #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1800,7 +1753,7 @@ "Pavadinimas nepaveiks DHCP serverio elgsenos." #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1813,7 +1766,7 @@ "Pavadinimas nepaveiks DHCP serverio elgsenos." #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1826,7 +1779,7 @@ "Pavadinimas nepaveiks DHCP serverio elgsenos." #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." @@ -1835,7 +1788,7 @@ "Įveskite pagrindinio kompiuterio klasės pavadinimą ties klasės pavadinimu." #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1850,7 +1803,7 @@ "Norėdami pašalinti parametrą, spauskite Šalinti." #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." @@ -1859,7 +1812,7 @@ "Norėdami nustatyti dinaminį DNS šio potinklio kompiuteriams, spauskite Dinaminis DNS." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1870,7 +1823,7 @@ "Įjungti dinaminį DNS šiam potinkliui." #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1885,7 +1838,7 @@ "„reverse“ zonai." #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1898,7 +1851,7 @@ "Atnaujinti globalius dinaminio DNS nustatymus." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" @@ -1911,7 +1864,7 @@ "serveris, galite šį laukelį palikti tuščią." #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" @@ -1920,7 +1873,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1929,7 +1882,7 @@ "Iš pateikto sąrašo pasirinkite vieną arba kelias tinklo plokštes, naudotinas DHCP serveriui.\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" @@ -1938,7 +1891,7 @@ "(LDAP „dhcpServer“ objekto vardą), jei jis skiriasi nuo pagrindinio kompiuterio vardo.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -1948,7 +1901,7 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." @@ -1957,7 +1910,7 @@ "klientams išnuomoja IP adresus." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -1965,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." @@ -1974,7 +1927,7 @@ "įterpia kaip numatytąjį maršrutą klientų maršrutų lentelėje." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." @@ -1983,12 +1936,12 @@ "laiko sinchronizavimui." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." msgstr "Spausdinimo serveris siūlo šį serverį kaip numatytąjį spausdinimo serverį." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." @@ -1997,7 +1950,7 @@ "(„Windows Internet Naming Service“)." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." @@ -2006,7 +1959,7 @@ "galioti nuomojamas IP adresas, o klientas po to turi iš naujo prašyti IP." #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -2015,7 +1968,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" @@ -2026,7 +1979,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -2037,7 +1990,7 @@ "kuri reiškia optimalų IP atnaujinimo laiką klientams. " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." @@ -2046,7 +1999,7 @@ "kuriam šis IP yra blokuojamas klientui DHCP serveryje." #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2054,14 +2007,14 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -2071,17 +2024,17 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." msgstr "Norėdami pašalinti pagrindinį kompiuterį, pažymėkite jį ir spauskite Šalinti iš sąrašo." #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "Pasirinkite pridėtino aprašo tipą." #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." @@ -2090,7 +2043,7 @@ "pasirinkite potinklį." #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." @@ -2099,7 +2052,7 @@ "(dažniausiai fiksuoto adreso), pasirinkite pagrindinį kompiuterį." #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." @@ -2108,7 +2061,7 @@ "keliais loginiais tinklais), rinkitės bendro naudojimo tinklą." #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." @@ -2117,7 +2070,7 @@ "jei jie turi dalintis tam tikromis nuostatomis), rinkitės grupę." #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -2127,7 +2080,7 @@ "kitaip nei kiti adresų telkiniai, nors ir yra tame pačiame potinklyje,pasirinkite adresų telkinį." #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -2140,23 +2093,23 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "A&dresai" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "Įvestas netinkamas adresas." #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "Turi būti nurodytas bent vienas adresas." @@ -2166,94 +2119,94 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "&Reikšmės" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "Įvesti netinkami adresai." #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "Turi būti nurodyta bent viena adresų pora." #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "Įjungta" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "Išjungta" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "Reikšmė turi būti nurodyta." #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "&Naujas adresas" #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "&Nauja reikšmė" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "Adresus atskirkite tarpais." #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "Pridėti &adresų porą" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "Mažiausias adresas turi būti mažesnis už didžiausią." #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "Jei tai pakeisite, taip pat atnaujinkite syslog konfigūraciją." #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "&Aparatinės įrangos tipas" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "Fizinis (&MAC) adresas" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "&Mažiausias IP adresas" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "&Didžiausias IP adresas" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2262,7 +2215,7 @@ "prarasite visus pakeitimus. Tikrai išeiti?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2273,7 +2226,7 @@ "Tęsti?" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2284,7 +2237,7 @@ "Paleiskite YaST užkardos konfigūravimo modulį ir priskirkite jas zonai." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2294,8 +2247,8 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2303,199 +2256,188 @@ "Ši funkcija neprieinama automatinio\n" "diegimo paruošiamajame etape." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "Iš naujo paleisti DHCP serverį" - -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "Įrašyti nuostatas ir iš naujo paleisti DHCP serverį" - #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "&Sukonfigūruoti aprašai" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "&Dinaminis DNS" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "Tiesioginės zonos TSIG ra&ktas" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "Atgalinės zonos TSIG ra&ktas" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "Pasirinkite rinkmeną su tapatybės nustatymo raktu" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" -msgstr "Palei&sti DHCP serverį" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "DHCP serverį paleisti „Chroot“ kalėjime" -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "Pap&ildoma" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "Parodyti &žurnalą" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "Sąsajos konf&igūracija" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "Ti&nklo adresas" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "Tin&klo kaukė" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "Grupės pavadi&nimas" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "Telkinio pavadi&nimas" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "Bendro naudojimo tinklo pavadi&nimas" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "Klasės pavadi&nimas" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "Galimos sąsajos" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "Nurodytose sąsajose atverti &užkardą" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "Š&iam potinkliui įjungti dinaminį DNS" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "At&naujinti visuotines dinaminio DNS nuostatas" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&Zona" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "&Pirminis DNS serveris" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "&Atgalinė zona" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "&Pirminis DNS serveris" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "DHCP serverio konfigūravimas &ekspertams..." #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Ruošiamas DHCP serverio konfigūravimas" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Tikrinti aplinką" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Skaityti užkardos nuostatas" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "Skaityti DHCP serverio nuostatas" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "Skaityti DHCP serverio nuostatas" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Tikrinama aplinka..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos užkardos nuostatos..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos DHCP serverio nuostatos..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos DHCP serverio nuostatos..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2512,7 +2454,7 @@ "Nutraukiama." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2521,7 +2463,7 @@ "DHCP serverio konfigūracija LDAP pagrindu negalima." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2530,87 +2472,87 @@ "Kurti naują konfigūraciją?" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma DHCP serverio konfigūracija" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "Įrašyti DHCP serverio nuostatas" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Įrašyti užkardos nuostatas" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "Iš naujo paleisti DHCP serverį" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "Įrašytos DHCP serverio nuostatas" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos DHCP serverio nuostatos..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos užkardos nuostatos..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "DHCP serveris paleidžiamas iš naujo..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos DHCP serverio nuostatos..." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "Iš naujo paleidžiant DHCP tarnybą įvyko klaida." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP serveris paleistas operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP serveris nepaleistas operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Klausytis: %1" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Dinaminio adreso sritis: %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Netinkama LDAP konfigūracija. Negalima naudoti LDAP." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "Daugybinio dhcpServiceDN palaikymas nerealizuotas." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "DHCP paslaugos DN neapibrėžtas." @@ -2618,27 +2560,69 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Įvyko klaida kuriant %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Įvyko klaida atnaujinant %1." #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "Klaida įvyko kuriant cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "Įvyko klaida rašant į /etc/dhcpd.conf." +#~ msgid "DHCP server is running" +#~ msgstr "DHCP serveris veikia" + +#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running" +#~ msgstr "DHCP serveris neveikia" + +#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "&Paleisti DHCP serverį tuoj pat" + +#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "&Stabdyti DHCP serverį tuoj pat" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" +#~ msgstr "Į&rašyti nuostatas ir iš naujo paleisti DHCP serverį" + +#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Paleisti DHCP serverį" + +#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Stabdyti DHCP serverį" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Įrašyti nuostatas ir iš naujo paleisti DHCP serverį" + #~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" +#~ "To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" +#~ "Start DHCP Server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>DHCP serveris</big>\n" +#~ "Norėdami paleisti DHCP serverį kiekvieną kartą, kai paleidžiamas kompiuteris, pažymėkite \n" +#~ "Paleisti DHCP serverį." + +#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "Iš naujo paleisti DHCP serverį" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "Įrašyti nuostatas ir iš naujo paleisti DHCP serverį" + +#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "Palei&sti DHCP serverį" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "IP address %1 does not match\n" #~ "the current network %2/%3\n" #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/dns-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/dns-server.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/dns-server.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-30 21:53+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -309,8 +309,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -381,11 +380,10 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "Reikšmė" @@ -403,7 +401,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "Vardas" @@ -413,9 +411,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipas" @@ -428,8 +426,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "" @@ -459,12 +457,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zona" @@ -493,14 +490,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "Pašto serveris" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritetas" @@ -562,8 +559,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS zonos" @@ -585,7 +582,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP palaikymas aktyvus" @@ -612,141 +609,96 @@ msgstr "DNS serverio konfigūracija &ekspertams..." #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "Sričių vardų serveris (DNS)" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Drop Changes" -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "Pamiršti pakeitimus" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "Paleidimas" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "Pagrindinės parinktys" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "Žurnalavimas" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "Prieigos teisių sąrašai" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "TSIG raktai" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS server configuration" msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "DNS serverio konfigūracija" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Savitos taisyklės" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name servers" msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Zonos vardų serveriai" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name servers" msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Zonos vardų serveriai" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "Pridėti IP adresą" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4 arba IPv6 a&dresas" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1" msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "Nepavyksta rasti IP %1 vietinio ekvivalento" #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -754,11 +706,11 @@ msgstr "" #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Netinkamas IPv4 ar IPv6 adresas" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -767,46 +719,46 @@ "a-f raidžių, skaitmenų ir dvitaškių." #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "" #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Pridėti arba pakeisti parinktį" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "&Parinktis" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Reikšmė" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "&Keisti" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Dabartinės parinktys" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "Parinktis" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -815,7 +767,7 @@ "be jokios reikšmės?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -824,7 +776,7 @@ "„yes“ (taip) arba „no“ (ne). Tikrai nustatyti į %2?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -833,7 +785,7 @@ "Tikrai nustatyti į %2?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -842,7 +794,7 @@ "Tikrai nustatyti į %1?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -851,7 +803,7 @@ "Tikrai nustatyti į %1?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -860,77 +812,77 @@ "Tikrai pridėti kitą?\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Žurnalavimo tipas" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "&Sistemos žurnalas" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Rinkmena" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "Didžiausias &dydis (MB)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Daugiausia &versijų" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Papildomas žurnalavimas" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Į žurnalą rašyti visas DNS &užklausas" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Į žurnalą rašyti &zonos atnaujinimus" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Į žurnalą rašyti zonos perdavi&mus" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Pasirinkite rinkmeną žurnalui" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Vardas" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Dabartinis prieigos teisių sąrašas" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "Prieigos teisių sąrašas" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -939,12 +891,12 @@ "Tikrai jį pašalinti?\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "Nurodytas prieigos teisių sąrašo įrašas jau yra." #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Pridėti naują zoną " @@ -953,8 +905,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "Pagrindinis" @@ -964,9 +916,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Pagalbinis" @@ -975,36 +927,36 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Toliau" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Sukonfigūruotos DNS zonos" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "Zona, su nurodytu vardu, jau sukonfigūruota." #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "Nepavyko įrašyti konfigūracijos. Pakeisti nuostatas?" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save configuration files" msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "Įrašyti konfigūracijos rinkmenas" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -1012,40 +964,85 @@ "Prarasite visus pakeitimus.\n" "Tikrai nutraukti sričių vardų serverio (DNS) konfigūravimą neįrašius pakeitimų?" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Drop Changes" +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "Pamiršti pakeitimus" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "Paleidimas" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "Pagrindinės parinktys" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "Žurnalavimas" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "Prieigos teisių sąrašai" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "TSIG raktai" + #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "&Leisti dinaminius atnaujinimus" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG ra&ktas" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "A&utomatiškai kurti įrašus iš" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "&Zonos" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1054,34 +1051,34 @@ "diegimo paruošiamajame etape.\n" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "Neapibrėžtas nei vienas TSIG raktas." #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "Pridėtinas &vardų serveris" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "Va&rdų serverių sąrašas" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "Nurodytas vardų serveris jau yra." #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "Pridėtinas pašto serveris" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresas" @@ -1089,116 +1086,116 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioritetas" #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "Pašto persiuntimo sąrašas" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Nurodyta reikšmė nėra tinkamas pagr. kompiuterio vardas ar IP adresas." #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "Nurodytas pašto serveris jau yra." #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "sekundės" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "minutės" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "valandos" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "dienos" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "savaitės" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "&Serijinis num." #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TT&L" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "&Vienetai" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "Atna&ujinimas" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "V&ienetai" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "Ka&rtojimas" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "Ga&liojimas" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "Vi&enetai" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Mažiausiai" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "Vie&netai" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "Turi būti nurodytas zonos serijinis numeris." #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "Serijinis numeris turi būti iki %1 skaitmenų ilgio." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1213,104 +1210,104 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "Įrašo &raktas" #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "&Tipas" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "&Reikšmė" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Paslauga" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokolas" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "Sv&oris" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Prievadas" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: IPv4 srities vardo transliacija" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: IPv6 srities vardo transliacija" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME -- srities vardo pseudonimas" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: vardų serveris" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: pašto persiuntimas" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: atvirkštinė transliacija" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: tekstinis įrašas" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "Įrašo nuostatos" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "Sukonfigūruoti išteklių įrašai" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "Įrašo raktas" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1319,13 +1316,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "Netinkamas IPv6 adresas." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." @@ -1335,7 +1332,7 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Maximal length of a TXT record is %1 characters.\n" @@ -1348,72 +1345,66 @@ "Šis pranešimas turi %2 simbolių." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME negali nurodyti pats į save." #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "Įvyko vidinė klaida." #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "Zonų redaktorius" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "&Pagrindai" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "Vardų serv. į&rašai" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "Į&rašai" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "M&X įrašai" #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "Zonos nuostatos" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "&Išsamiau" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "Turi būti nurodytas bent vienas vardų serveris." @@ -1421,24 +1412,24 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "&Pagrindinio DNS serverio IP" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "Trūksta pagrindinio serverio" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1449,32 +1440,32 @@ "klaidų. Jei tęsite, veikiamoji zona bus pašalinta." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "Nenurodytas pagrindinis DNS serveris." #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "Nurodytas pagrindinis vardų serveris nėra tinkamas IP adresas." #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -2445,56 +2436,56 @@ msgstr "&Pašto persiuntimas" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Ruošiamas sričių vardų serverio (DNS) konfigūravimas" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Tikrinti aplinką" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Išvalyti DNS tarnybos podėlius" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Skaityti užkardos nuostatas" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Skaityti nuostatas" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Tikrinama aplinka..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Valomi DNS tarnybos podėliai..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos užkardos nuostatos..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos nuostatos..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2503,72 +2494,72 @@ "Klaida: " #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma sričių vardų serverio (DNS) konfigūracija" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Įrašyti konfigūracijos rinkmenas" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "Iš naujo paleisti DNS tarnybą" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Atnaujinti zonų rinkmenas" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "Derinti DNS paslaugą" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Iškviesti netconfig" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Įrašyti užkardos nuostatas" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "Įrašomos konfigūracijos rinkmenos..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Iš naujo paleidžiama DNS tarnyba..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "Atnaujinamos zonų rinkmenos..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "Derinamos DNS paslaugos..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "Iškviečiama netconfig..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos užkardos nuostatos..." #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" @@ -2581,47 +2572,47 @@ "Klaida: " #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Galas" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "Patarimas" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system" msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "DNS serveris paleidžiamas operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system" msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "DNS serveris nepaleidžiamas operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu" #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Sukonfigūruotos zonos: %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Bloga LDAP konfigūracija. Negalima naudoti LDAP." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "Įgalinti LDAP palaikymą?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2630,30 +2621,33 @@ "LDAP palaikymas nebus aktyvuotas." #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Nežinoma LDAP paleidimo klaida." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Kuriant %1 įvyko klaida." #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Klaida kuriant cn=defaultDNS,%1. Nenaudojamas LDAP." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Atnaujinant %1 įvyko klaida." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Klaida kuriant %1. Nenaudojamas LDAP." +#~ msgid "Ad&vanced" +#~ msgstr "&Išsamiau" + #~ msgid "When &Booting" #~ msgstr "Operacinės &sistemos paleidimo metu" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/docker.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/docker.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/docker.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 12:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -21,6 +21,116 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Kill Container" +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr "&Priverstinai stabdyti konteinerį" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Būsena" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "&Išeiti" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop Container" +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr "&Stabdyti konteinerį" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "Saugykla" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "Gairė" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminals" +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "Terminalai" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -62,14 +172,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "Veikiantys Docker konteineriai" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "Saugykla" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "Gairė" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "Atvaizdžio ID" @@ -90,15 +192,11 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "Atvaizdis" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "Komanda" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Būsena" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "Prievadai" @@ -136,10 +234,63 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "Nusiųsti" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "&Išeiti" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "Tikrai pašalinti atvaizdį „s“?" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Containers" +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr "Konteineriai" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Containers" +msgid "Container" +msgstr "Konteineriai" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/drbd.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/drbd.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/drbd.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-22 09:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>DRBD išteklių konfigūracija</big>" @@ -239,15 +239,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" @@ -273,11 +274,11 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>LVM konfigūravimas</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" @@ -286,20 +287,22 @@ "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>DRBD visuotinė konfigūracija</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "Norėdami uždrausti vieną iš drbdadm paviršinių patikrinimų, pažymėkite „Uždrausti IP tikrinimą“" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -315,7 +318,7 @@ " Dialogo langas spausdins apskaičiavimą kas „dialogo naujinimo“ sekundę,\n" " o norėdami visiškai uždrausti atvaizdavimą, nustatykite jį į 0. " -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Minor Count:\n" @@ -337,7 +340,7 @@ " pagal jų konfigūraciją, minimą šioje rinkmenoje. " #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" @@ -346,7 +349,7 @@ "Čia konfigūruokite drbd. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" @@ -365,7 +368,7 @@ "Tuomet paspauskite Konfigūruoti.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -376,7 +379,7 @@ "konfigūraciją.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -387,7 +390,7 @@ "keisti jų konfigūraciją. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." @@ -397,7 +400,7 @@ ">" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -408,7 +411,7 @@ "Tuomet spauskite atitinkamai Keisti arba Šalinti.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -420,7 +423,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -431,7 +434,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -442,52 +445,132 @@ " \n" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device identifier" msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Įrenginio identifikatorius" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "Įrašomas LVM podėlis..." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "Įgalinti LVM podėlį." +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Ištekliaus vardas" -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokolas" -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 -msgid "Node names must be different." +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Node names must be different." +msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Mazgų vardai turi būti skirtingi." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "" + +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Užpildykite visus laukus." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Node names must be different." +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "Mazgų vardai turi būti skirtingi." + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> @@ -595,70 +678,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Ruošiama DRBD konfigūracija" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Skaityti visuotines nuostatas" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Skaityti išteklius" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Perskaityti LVM konfigūraciją" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Skaityti tarnybos būseną" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Skaityti SUSE užkardos nuostatas." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos visuotinės nuostatos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Skaitomi ištekliai..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "Skaitomos LVM konfigūracijos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Skaitoma tarnybos būsena..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" msgid "" @@ -666,12 +749,12 @@ "%2" msgstr "Resursų grupių konfigūravimas" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma DRBD konfigūracija" @@ -679,47 +762,47 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Įrašyti visuotines nuostatas" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Įrašyti išteklius" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "Įrašyti LVM konfigūraciją" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Nustatyti tarnybos būseną" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Įrašyti SUSE užkardos nuostatas" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos visuotinės nuostatos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Įrašomi ištekliai..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "Įrašoma LVM konfigūracija..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Nustatoma tarnybos būsena..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Įrašomos SUSE užkardos nuostatos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Nepavyksta sukurti katalogo /etc/drbd.d." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/fcoe-client.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/fcoe-client.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/fcoe-client.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 18:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -533,39 +533,39 @@ msgstr "Įdiegti jį dabar?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Nepavyksta aptikti įrenginių." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "Nepavyksta paleisti winbind paslaugos." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot restart the service." msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "Nepavyksta perkrauti paslaugos." #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -573,112 +573,112 @@ msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Ruošiamas fcoe-client konfigūravimas" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Tikrinti įdiegtus paketus" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "Tikrinti paslaugas" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Aptikti tinklo plokštes" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Skaityti /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Tikrinami įdiegti paketai..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Tikrinamos paslaugos..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Ieškoma tinklo plokščių..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Skaitoma /etc/fcoe/config rinkmena..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Nepavyko paleisti paslaugų." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Nepavyksta aptikti įrenginių." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Nepavyksta skaityti /etc/fcoe/config." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma fcoe-client konfigūracija" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Įrašyti nustatymus" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Iš naujo paleisti FCoE paslaugą" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Derinti paslaugų paleidimą" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Įrašomi nustatymai..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Iš naujo paleidžiama FCoE paslauga..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Derinamas paslaugų paleidimas..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Nepavyksta įrašyti nuostatų į /etc/fcoe/config." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -687,43 +687,43 @@ "Daugiau informacijos rasite /var/log/YaST2/y2log." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Nepavyko iš naujo paleisti fcoe." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Nepavyksta įrašyti į /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "Bendra FCoE konfigūracija" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Sąsajos" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "Tinklo plokštė:" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "Paslaugų paleidimas" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "įgalintas" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uždraustas" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/firewall.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/firewall.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/firewall.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-04 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -20,6 +20,16 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" @@ -180,7 +190,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "Registravimo lygis" @@ -702,7 +712,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "Pradinis tinklas" @@ -713,8 +723,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokolas" @@ -768,28 +778,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "Užkl. IP" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "Užkl. prievadas" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "Nukreipti į IP" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "Nukreipti į prievadą" @@ -913,10 +923,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zona" @@ -1416,221 +1426,223 @@ msgstr "Pasirinkite pašalintiną elementą." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "Užkardos konfigūracija" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Paleidimo nuostatos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "Žinomos užkardos zonos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "Tinklo sąsajų konfigūracija" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "Leidžiamos paslaugos, prievadai ir protokolai" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "Transliavimo paketų nuostatas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "Maskaradinimo nuostatos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "Nukreipti užklausą į maskaradinimo IP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Registravimo nuostatos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "Užkardos konfigūracijos santrauka" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Firewall" msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "Įgalinti užkardą" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Firewall" msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "Įgalinti užkardą" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Rodyti dabartines nuostatas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "Užkardą paleisti kartu su operacine sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "Užkardą paleisti rankiniu būdu" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Išvardinti sukonfigūruotus elementus" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "Zonos trumpas pavadinimas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Pridėti naują įrašą" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Pašalinti įrašą" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "Tinklo sąsajos konfigūracijos pavadinimas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Registruojami priimti paketai (visi|krit|jokie)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Registruojami nepriimti paketai (visi|krit|jokie)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "Registruojami transliavimo paketai (taip|ne)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "Nustatyti reikšmę" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Prievado pavadinimas ar numeris; kableliais atskirti keli prievadai" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "Žinoma kita užkardos paslauga; kableliais atskirtos kelios paslaugos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "TCP prievado pavadinimas ar numeris; kableliais atskirti keli prievadai" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "UDP prievado pavadinimas ar numeris; kableliais atskirti keli prievadai" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "RPC prievado pavadinimas; kableliais atskirti keli prievadai" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "IP protokolo pavadinimas; kableliais atskirti keli protokolai" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "Nustatyti zonos apsaugą (taip|ne)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "Detali informacija" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Įgalinti parinktį" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Uždrausti parinktį" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "Pradinis tinklas, pvz., 0/0 ar 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "Protokolas (tcp|udp)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "Užklaustas išorinis IP (pasirinktinai)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "Užklaustas prievado pavadinimas arba numeris" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "Nukreipti į vidinį IP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "Nukreipti į vidinio IP prievadą (nebūtinai)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "Įrašo numeris" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "Naudoti prievadų pavadinimus vietoj prievadų numerių" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "Nežinoma zona %1." @@ -1643,180 +1655,180 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "Parametras %1 turi būti nustatytas." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Vardijamos žinomos užkardos zonos:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "Nuoroda" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Zonos pavadinimas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Santrauka:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Leidžiamas tik vienas parametras." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "Paleidimas:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "Užkarda įgalinama operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "Užkarda pašalinama iš operacinės sistemos paleidimo proceso..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "Užkarda įgalinta operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "Užkardą reikia paleisti rankiniu būdu" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Tinklo sąsajos užkardos zonose:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "Speciali užkardos eilutė" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Sąsaja" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Įrenginio pavadinimas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Pridedama speciali eilutė %1 zonoje %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Pridedama %1 sąsaja zonoje %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Pašalinama speciali eilutė %1 iš zonos %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Sąsaja %1 pašalinama iš %2 zonos..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "Registruoti viską" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "Registruoti tik kritinius" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "Nieko neregistruoti" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "Globalios registravimo nuostatos:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "Taisyklės tipas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "Reikšmė" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Priimtas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "Nepriimtas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "Registruojami transliavimo paketai:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "Registravimas įgalintas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "Registravimas uždraustas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "Trumpas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "Registravimo lygis" @@ -1825,168 +1837,181 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "Reikšmė %1 neleistina parinktyje %2." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "Leidžiami transliavimo prievadai:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "Prievadas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "Čia leidžiama tik viena veiksmo komandą." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "Apibrėžtos užkardos paslaugos:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "Paslaugos pavadinimas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "TCP prievadas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "UDP prievadas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "RPC prievadas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "IP protokolas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "Zonose leidžiamos paslaugos:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "Visos paslaugos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "Visa zona yra neapsaugota" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "Paslaugos ID" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "Papildomi leidžiami prievadai:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "Visi prievadai" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "Leidžiami papildomi IP protokolai zonose:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "Visi IP protokolai" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "IP protokolas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "Nežinoma paslauga %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "Apsauga gali būti nustatyta tik vidinėms zonoms." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "Bent vienas iš %1 privalo būti pasirinktas." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "Turi būti nurodyti bent viena veiksmo komanda iš %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "Nukreipti užklausą į maskaradinimo IP:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "Nežinomas prievado pavadinimas %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "Maskaradinimo nuostatos:" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 -msgid "Masquerading is %1" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Masquerading is %1" +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "Maskaradinimas yra %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "įgalintas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uždraustas" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/firstboot.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/firstboot.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/firstboot.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-04 13:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -121,13 +121,13 @@ msgstr "Žymė" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Būsena" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "Modulio pavadinimas" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Būsena" - #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ "\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "Nėra pakankamai vietos visų papildomų paketų įdiegimui." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/fonts.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/fonts.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/fonts.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -24,59 +24,59 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "Taškiniai šriftai" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "Nespalvotas vaizdavimas" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "Lygiapločių šriftų nespalvotas vaizdavimas" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "Numatyta" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "CFF šriftai" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/geo-cluster.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/geo-cluster.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/geo-cluster.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,10 +60,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Printer Configurations" @@ -123,17 +121,17 @@ msgstr "Žvalgikliai" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "Pridėti" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Keisti" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Pašalinti" @@ -141,19 +139,18 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication" -msgid "Authentification" +msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autentifikacija" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cancel" msgid "Ca&ncel" @@ -161,9 +158,9 @@ #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "Gerai" @@ -176,193 +173,196 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Key" -msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "Autentiškumo raktas" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Key" -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "Autentiškumo raktas" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Atšaukti" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please enter a password" msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Įveskite slaptažodį" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No entries." msgid "retries" msgstr "Nėra įrašų." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Height" msgid "weights" msgstr "Aukštis" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Expired" msgid "expire" msgstr "Nebegaliojantis" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Required patterns" msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "Reikalingi šablonai" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Action is invalid." msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "Neteisingas veiksmas." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "Įvestas netinkamas URL" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "Įvestas netinkamas URL" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "Įvestas netinkamas URL" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "Įvestas netinkamas URL" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Netmask cannot be empty." msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "Tinklo kaukė negali būti tuščia." #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Užkardos konfigūracija" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 #, fuzzy #| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Serverio administratoriaus el. pašto adresas" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 #, fuzzy #| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Serverio administratoriaus el. pašto adresas" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "Zonos vardas %1 jau yra." -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "Konfigūracijos pavadinimas negali būti tuščias." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "Konfigūracijos pavadinimas negali būti tuščias." #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Key is invalid." msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "Raktas yra negalioja." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "Įdiegtina programinė įranga:" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "Įdiegtina programinė įranga:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "Įdiegtina programinė įranga:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "ticket have to be filled!" @@ -370,20 +370,24 @@ #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to create the new map." -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "Nepavyko sukurti naujo plano." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " -msgstr "Nustatykite įgaliotojo serverio autentifikaciją" +#| msgid "Authentication Key" +msgid "Authentication file " +msgstr "Autentiškumo raktas" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid " created successfully." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" @@ -391,7 +395,7 @@ #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Choose configuration file:" @@ -400,7 +404,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration" -msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "Automatinis diegimas – konfigūracija" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -557,6 +561,11 @@ msgstr "Konfigūracijos santrauka ..." #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +#~ msgstr "Nustatykite įgaliotojo serverio autentifikaciją" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Software to be installed:" #~ msgid "site have to be filled" #~ msgstr "Įdiegtina programinė įranga:" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/installation.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/installation.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/installation.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-01 10:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Paleidžiama..." @@ -119,29 +119,29 @@ "kitoks, nei apraše.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "Paleisti paslaugą %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "Paleidžiama paslauga %1..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "Tinklas konfigūruojamas" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "Konfigūruojamas tinklas..." #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ "Pastaba: informaciją galėsite įvesti iš naujo." #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "Pradedamas diegimas..." @@ -212,28 +212,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." msgstr "Jei nesate užtikrintas, grįžkite atgal ir patikrinkite nuostatas." #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "Patvirtinti atnaujinimą" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." msgstr "Surinkta informacija, reikalinga atnaujinimui." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "Pradėti atna&ujinimą" @@ -283,51 +283,7 @@ msgstr "Įrenginiai įtraukiami į juodąjį sąrašą..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "Kuriamas AutoYaST profilis (pagal poreikį)..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Sistemos nuostatos leidžia sukurti AutoYaST profilį.\n" -"AutoYaST yra SUSE Linux diegimo būdas be naudotojo įsikišimo. AutoYaST\n" -"diegimui reikia profilio, kuriame nurodoma, kaip įdiegti sistemą. Pasirinkus šią\n" -"parinktį, esamos sistemos profilis bus įrašytas <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "Įdiegus įrašyti AutoYaST profilį į /root/autoinst.xml?" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "Klonuojamos sistemos konfigūracija..." - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "&Klonuojamos sistemos konfigūracija..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "AutoYaST profilis bus įrašytas į /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">neįrašyti</a>)." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "AutoYaST profilis nebus įrašytas (<a href=\"%1\">įrašyti</a>)." - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopijuojamos rinkmenos į įdiegtą sistemą..." @@ -524,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr "%1 %2 atnaujinimai" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Nežinomas produktas" @@ -553,52 +509,26 @@ "Pasirinkite, ar dabar paleisti atnaujinimą internetu.\n" "Galite praleisti šį žingsnį ir paleisti atnaujinimą internetu vėliau.\n" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "Kalba, klaviatūra ir licencija" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" -msgstr "Ka&lba" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "&Pastabos šiai versijai" -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "&Klaviatūros išdėstymas" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "&Sutinku su licencijos sąlygomis." - -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "&Klaviatūros tikrinimas" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "Licencijos sutartis" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "Licencijos &vertimai..." - #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -612,7 +542,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -625,7 +555,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -636,7 +566,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -649,7 +579,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -661,22 +591,55 @@ "iš diegimo proceso.\n" "\n" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "&Pastabos šiai versijai" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "Licencijos sutartis" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "Ka&lba" + +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "&Klaviatūros išdėstymas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "&Sutinku su licencijos sąlygomis." + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Prieš diegdami produktą, turite sutikti su jo licencijos sąlygomis" +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "Tikrinama įdiegta sistema..." + +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "&Klaviatūros tikrinimas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "Licencijos &vertimai..." + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -779,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr "autoyast2 paketas neįdiegtas. Dubliavimas uždraustas." #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "Sistema netrukus persikraus..." @@ -788,16 +751,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Išskleidžiamas atvaizdis..." #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -806,7 +769,7 @@ "Diegimas nutraukiamas...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." @@ -815,20 +778,20 @@ "YaST atvers programinės įrangos tvarkytuvę, kad galėtumėte patikrinti esamų paketų būseną." #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Atvaizdis atsiunčiamas %1/s greičiu" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "%1 atvaizdis atsiunčiamas %2/s greičiu" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Išskleidžiamas atvaizdis..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Išskleidžiamas %1 atvaizdis..." @@ -845,42 +808,45 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "Naudotinas &diskas" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "Pasirinkite diską, kuriame norite išskleisti sistemos atvaizdį. Visi diske esantys duomenys bus ištrinti, o diskas bus suskaidytas pagal atvaizdyje aprašytas taisykles. " -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Standusis diskas atvaizdžio išskleidimui" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Aptinkami prieinami valdikliai" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Disko aktyvavimas" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Konfigūruoti &DASD diskus" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Konfigūruoti &ZFCP diskus" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Konfigūruoti &FCoE sąsają" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Konfigūruot &iSCSIi diskus" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Keisti &tinklo konfigūraciją..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -899,7 +865,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Paleidžiama" @@ -924,71 +890,74 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Rodyti p&aketų atnaujinimus" +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "Vykdomas žingsnis: %1..." + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr " * %1" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "Diegimo klaida" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Pagrindinis diegimas baigiamas" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Kuriamas baigiamųjų scenarijų sąrašas..." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Baigta" + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Kopijuoti rinkmenas į įdiegtą sistemą" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Išsaugoti konfigūraciją" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Išsaugoti diegimo nuostatas" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Įdiegti paleidyklę" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Paruošti sistemą pirmajam paleidimui" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Tikrinamas etapas: %1..." -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 -msgid "Calling step %1..." -msgstr "Vykdomas žingsnis: %1..." - -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr " * %1" - -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Baigta" - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "Diegimo klaida" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -1010,27 +979,27 @@ msgstr "Ruošiamasi sistemos konfigūracijos paleidimui..." #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Diegimo parinktys" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "Prieš diegimą pridėti nuotolines &saugyklas" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "&Pridėti papildomus produktus iš atskiros laikmenos" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Diegimo parinktys</big> " #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -1041,7 +1010,7 @@ "Prieš diegimą pridėti nuotolines saugyklas." #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" @@ -1052,7 +1021,7 @@ "Pridėti papildomus produktus iš atskiros laikmenos.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "Žiūrėkite 'drivers.suse.com' svetainėje, jei diegiant jums reikia specialių aparatinės įrangos tvarkyklių." @@ -1179,7 +1148,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Įdiegiami paketai..." @@ -1213,7 +1182,7 @@ "pateikia trumpą naujų savybių ir pakeitimų santrauką.\n" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "Neįdiegtos jokios pastabos apie laidą." @@ -1238,88 +1207,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analizuojamas kompiuteris" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Bandyti USB įrenginius" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Bandomi USB įrenginiai..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Bandyti FireWire įrenginius" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Bandomi FireWire įrenginiai..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Tirti diskelių įrenginius" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Tiriami diskelių įrenginiai..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Bandyti standžiųjų diskų valdiklius" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Bandomi standžiųjų diskų valdikliai..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Įkelti branduolio modulius standžiųjų diskų valdikliams" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Įkeliami branduolio moduliai standžiųjų diskų valdikliams..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Bandyti standžiuosius diskus" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Bandomi standieji diskai..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Ieškoti sisteminių rinkmenų" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Ieškoma sisteminių rinkmenų..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Paruošti programinės įrangos tvarkytuvę" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Ruošiama programinės įrangos tvarkytuvė..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Tikrinama sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST tiria kompiuterio įrenginius ir įdiegtą sistemą..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1328,7 +1297,7 @@ "Žiūrėkite 'drivers.suse.com' svetainėje, jei diegiant jums reikia specialių aparatinės įrangos tvarkyklių." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1338,7 +1307,7 @@ "Patikrinkite savo įrenginius!\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1349,7 +1318,7 @@ "(ypač S/390 ar iSCSI sistemose)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1361,7 +1330,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1369,6 +1338,52 @@ "Nepavyko įkelti programinės įrangos saugyklų.\n" "Diegimas nutraukiamas." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +msgid "" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1422,8 +1437,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Pakeisti..." @@ -1638,7 +1653,7 @@ "konfigūruoti sistemą.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "Šiam diegimui nėra aprašytos eigos." @@ -1658,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigūruojama saistyklės talpykla..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Išsaugoma tinklo konfigūracija..." @@ -1712,6 +1727,26 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Išsaugoma įrenginių informacija..." +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clone System Configuration" +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "Klonuojamos sistemos konfigūracija..." + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Clone System Configuration" +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "&Klonuojamos sistemos konfigūracija..." + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -1779,39 +1814,56 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "Į įdiegtą sistemą kopijuojamos žurnalo rinkmenos..." +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device" +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "Įrenginys" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Export Configuration" +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "&Eksportuoti konfigūraciją" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Mažinamas PREP skaidinys..." #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "Tikrai atstatyti įprastas reikšmes?" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "Jūs prarasite visus pakeitimus." -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "Įrašytos konfigūracijos vieta" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "Nepavyko įrašyti konfigūracijos. Išsamesnė informacija žurnale." - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Pagal naudotojo pageidavimą praleidžiamas konfigūravimas" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1820,25 +1872,25 @@ "reikia sutvarkyti.\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Pritaikomas pasiūlymas esamoms nuostatoms..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analizuojama jūsų sistema..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "KLAIDA: Nėra pasiūlymo" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1851,42 +1903,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "Pralei&sti konfigūravimą" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "Na&udoti sekančią konfigūraciją" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "&Eksportuoti konfigūraciją" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Norėdami pakeisti antraštę, spauskite ant jos arba paspauskite mygtuką „Pakeisti...“." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Norėdami pakeisti parametrus, spauskite antraštę." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Atstatyti įprastus" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "Atna&ujinimas" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "Įd&iegti" @@ -1921,7 +1967,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1934,7 +1980,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1946,7 +1992,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1958,7 +2004,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1970,7 +2016,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1981,12 +2027,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML diegimo pasiūlymas" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1997,7 +2043,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2014,6 +2060,11 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Įgalinamas nuotolinis administravimas" +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "" + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -2021,19 +2072,111 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "Kuriama šakninės rinkmenų sistemos momentinė kopija..." +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "" + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Product" +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "Nežinomas produktas" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Klaida gaunant informaciją apie diegimo atvaizdžius" #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Išskleidžiama..." @@ -2041,19 +2184,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Talpinamos naudotojo parinktys..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Atkuriamos naudotojo parinktys..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." @@ -2061,6 +2204,35 @@ "Automatiškai nepavyksta išspręsti paketų priklausomybių.\n" "Jas išspręskite rankiniu būdu atsivėrusioje programinės įrangos tvarkytuvėje." +#~ msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." +#~ msgstr "Kuriamas AutoYaST profilis (pagal poreikį)..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sistemos nuostatos leidžia sukurti AutoYaST profilį.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST yra SUSE Linux diegimo būdas be naudotojo įsikišimo. AutoYaST\n" +#~ "diegimui reikia profilio, kuriame nurodoma, kaip įdiegti sistemą. Pasirinkus šią\n" +#~ "parinktį, esamos sistemos profilis bus įrašytas <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." + +#~ msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" +#~ msgstr "Įdiegus įrašyti AutoYaST profilį į /root/autoinst.xml?" + +#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +#~ msgstr "AutoYaST profilis bus įrašytas į /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">neįrašyti</a>)." + +#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." +#~ msgstr "AutoYaST profilis nebus įrašytas (<a href=\"%1\">įrašyti</a>)." + +#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Įrašytos konfigūracijos vieta" + +#~ msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." +#~ msgstr "Nepavyko įrašyti konfigūracijos. Išsamesnė informacija žurnale." + #~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" #~ msgstr "KLAIDA: Trūksta antraštės" @@ -2178,9 +2350,6 @@ #~ msgid "Network Card" #~ msgstr "Tinklo plokštė" -#~ msgid "Device" -#~ msgstr "Įrenginys" - #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Pasirinktos tinklo plokštės techninė informacija" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/iscsi-client.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/iscsi-client.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/iscsi-client.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 19:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -120,7 +120,6 @@ msgid "Add" msgstr "Pridėti" -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Keisti" @@ -181,41 +180,58 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "Paleidimas" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manually" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "Rankiniu būdu" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP adresas" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "Prievadas" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "Raktas" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "Reikšmė" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "Paslauga" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 #, fuzzy msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Prijungtas prie" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 #, fuzzy msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Disko panaudojimo apžvalga" @@ -223,7 +239,7 @@ #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -232,9 +248,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -457,30 +473,28 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "Skaitant registro rinkmeną įvyko klaida." -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "No record found." msgstr "Įrašų nerasta" #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "Nėra tinkamų IP adresų" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "ISO rinkmenos pavadinimas negali būti tuščias." #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 #, fuzzy msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "IPP klientas" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -493,13 +507,18 @@ "Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Įterpkite IP adresą." +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "" + #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Įterpkite prievadą." @@ -507,36 +526,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "Teisinga" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "Klaidinga" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Tęsti" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Atšaukti" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 #, fuzzy msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Plokštė '%1' jau sukonfigūruota." @@ -635,7 +654,7 @@ msgstr "Visi" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -643,15 +662,16 @@ "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "Atvaizdžio sukuti nepavyko." #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Konfigūracijos santrauka..." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/iscsi-lio-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/iscsi-lio-server.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/iscsi-lio-server.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 18:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -42,15 +42,14 @@ msgstr "Paslauga" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "Globalus" #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "Taikiniai" @@ -67,7 +66,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "Portalo grupė" @@ -90,7 +89,7 @@ msgstr "Reikia nustatyti tapatybę" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" @@ -103,153 +102,161 @@ msgstr "Kelias" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "Pridėti" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Keisti" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Pašalinti" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Client" -msgstr "Klientas" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Lun Mapping" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "Keisti LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Kopijuoti" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Be tapatybės nustatymo" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Įeinančios tapatybės nustatymas" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "Naudotojo vardas" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "Slaptažodis" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Siunčiamos tapatybės nustatymas" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Kraunantis &sistemai" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Rankiniu būdu" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Kraunantis sistemai" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Rankiniu būdu" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "" + #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "Raktas" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "Reikšmė" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "iSCSI LIO taikinio apžvalga" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI taikinys</h1>" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "Pridėti iSCSI taikinį" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" -msgstr "Keisti iSCSI taikinio kliento nuostatos" +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" +msgstr "Keisti iSCSI taikinio LUN nuostatos" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "Keisti iSCSI taikinio LUN nuostatos" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "iSCSI taikinio nuostatos ekspertams" @@ -398,19 +405,24 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." @@ -418,12 +430,12 @@ #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI taikinio IP/prievado ir LUN nuostatos</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -432,19 +444,19 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -453,205 +465,225 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "Problemos keičiant tapatybės atpažinimą" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "Netinkamas naudotojo vardas" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "Netinkamas slaptažodis." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "Pasirinktas Lun jau naudojamas!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "Pasirinktas vardas jau yra!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "Pasirinktas kelias jau yra!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "Kelias:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Naršyti" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "Pasirinkite rinkmeną arba įrenginį" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -msgid "Client Lun" -msgstr "Kliento LUN" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +msgid "Initiator LUN" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "Taikinio LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "Pokytis:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "Taikinio LUN %1 panaudotas daugiau nei vieną kartą!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "New client name:" -msgid "Client name:" -msgstr "Naujo kliento vardas:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +msgid "Initiator name:" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "Importuoti LUN iš TPG" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "Kliento vardas privalo būti užpildytas!" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 -msgid "Client name already exists!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client name already exists!" +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "Kliento vardas jau yra!" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -msgid "New client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New client name:" +msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "Naujo kliento vardas:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "Gerai" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Atšaukti" +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Uždrausta" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Uždrausta" + #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Tikrai trinti pažymėtą elementą?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Problema kuriant taikinį %1 su tpg %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Problema nustatant tinklo portalą į %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Problema šalinant lun %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "Taikinys negali būti tuščias." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "Taikinio portalo grupė negali būti tuščia." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "Taikinys jau egzistuoja." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Gaunamas" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Siunčiamas" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "Nieko" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "Uždrausta" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Problem removing lun %1" +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" +msgstr "Problema šalinant lun %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" +msgstr "Problema kuriant taikinį %1 su tpg %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Problem changing authentication" +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "Problemos keičiant tapatybės atpažinimą" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 @@ -664,11 +696,11 @@ msgstr "Paleidžiama..." #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" @@ -772,6 +804,20 @@ msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Konfigūracijos santrauka..." +#~ msgid "Client" +#~ msgstr "Klientas" + +#~ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +#~ msgstr "Keisti iSCSI taikinio kliento nuostatos" + +#~ msgid "Client Lun" +#~ msgstr "Kliento LUN" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "New client name:" +#~ msgid "Client name:" +#~ msgstr "Naujo kliento vardas:" + #~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" #~ msgstr "Paleisti SuSEconfig" Added: trunk/yast/lt/po/journalctl.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/journalctl.lt.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/journalctl.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# Lithuanian translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: lt\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/kdump.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/kdump.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/kdump.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 11:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -370,10 +370,8 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Tam, kad įsigaliotų pakeitimai, reikia iš naujo paleisti kompiuterį." @@ -1202,152 +1200,167 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "Į branduolio parinktį įtrauktos kelios sritys. Perrašyti jas?" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "" + #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Ruošiamas kdump konfigūravimas" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Skaitoma konfigūracijos rinkmena..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Skaitomos branduolio paleidimo parinktys" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Įvertinamos atminties ribos..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Skaitomi diskų skaidiniai..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading available memory..." msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Skaitoma prieinama atmintis..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Nepavyksta perskaityti rinkmenos /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Nepavyksta perskaityti branduolio paleidimo parinkčių." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Nepavyksta perskaityti prieinamos atminties." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma kdump konfigūracija" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Įrašyti nuostatas" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Atnaujinti operacinės sistemos paleidimo parinktis" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos nuostatos..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Atnaujinamos operacinės sistemos paleidimo parinktys" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nepavyksta įrašyti nustatymų." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Prie paleidyklės klaidų pridedamas „crashkernel“ parametras." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump būsena: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "įgalintas" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uždraustas" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernel parametro reikšmė(s): %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Atminties išklotinės formatas: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Atminties išklotinių paskirtis: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Atminties išklotinių skaičius: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/live-installer.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/live-installer.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/live-installer.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -43,27 +43,27 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "Įvertinama kopijuotina rinkmenų sistema..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "Kopijuojama šakninė rinkmenų sistema..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "Kopijuojamas demonstracinės sistemos atvaizdis..." #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "Kopijuojama %1..." #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -78,71 +78,53 @@ "skaidinį." #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "Nepavyko nukopijuoti demonstracinės sistemos atvaizdžio į standųjį diską." #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Diegimo nuostatos" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "Analizuojama sistema..." #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "Linux sisttema naudoja %1%% iš %2 disko" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "Nenaudoti disko %1" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Skaidiniai" #. end of partitioning summary -#. bootloader summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "System start-up" -msgstr "Sistemos įkrova" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -msgstr "Klausti, ar įkrauti Linux, ar esamą sistemą" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 -msgid "Boot only Linux" -msgstr "Įkrauti tik Linux" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 -msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -msgstr "Sistemos paleidimo delsa: %1 sekundės" - -#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Klaviatūra" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Laiko juosta" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "Keisti diegimo nuostatas" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." @@ -151,7 +133,7 @@ "Norėdami naujai įdiegti sistemą su rodomomis reikšmėmis, spauskite Priimti." #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -162,7 +144,7 @@ "arba naudodami meniu Keisti diegimo nuostatas.\n" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -277,7 +259,7 @@ "„Reset“ mygtuką ir paleiskite iš naujo." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopijuojamos rinkmenos į įdiegtą sistemą..." @@ -301,6 +283,18 @@ msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "reikšmėmisisisisisisisisisisisa laiko juosta..." +#~ msgid "System start-up" +#~ msgstr "Sistemos įkrova" + +#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" +#~ msgstr "Klausti, ar įkrauti Linux, ar esamą sistemą" + +#~ msgid "Boot only Linux" +#~ msgstr "Įkrauti tik Linux" + +#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" +#~ msgstr "Sistemos paleidimo delsa: %1 sekundės" + #~ msgid "Installation settings" #~ msgstr "Diegimo nuostatos" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/mail.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/mail.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/mail.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 11:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -311,69 +311,74 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "Išsiunčiamas paštas" +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "" + #. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS šifravimas" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "Ne" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "Naudoti" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "Priverstinai" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "&Maskaradinimas" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "&Atpažinimas" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "Gaunamas paštas" #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Išsamiau..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "Paleisti &fetchmail" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "rankinė" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "tarnyba" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "P&arsiuntimas" #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "&Pseudonimai ..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "&Virtualios sritys..." @@ -381,7 +386,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -395,7 +400,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -408,39 +413,39 @@ "Bandykite dar kartą.\n" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "Siuntėjo adreso perrašymas" #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "&Vietinis naudotojas" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "&Rodyti kaip" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "Šio naudotojo adresas jau apibrėžtas." #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "Netinkamas pašto adreso formatas." #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Maskaradinimas" #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "Maskaradinti &vietines sritis" @@ -450,23 +455,23 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "Ma&skaradinti kitas sritis" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "&Maskaradinamos sritys" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "Vietinis naudotojas" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "Rodyti kaip" @@ -475,23 +480,23 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "Pri&dėti" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "K&eisti" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Ša&linti" #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "Neteisingas srities vardas" @@ -499,106 +504,106 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "Siuntimo serverio autentiškumo patikra" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "Išsiunčiamo pašto &serveris" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "&Naudotojo vardas" #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Slaptažodis" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "Pašto priėmimas" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "Serveris" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokolas" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "Naudotojas" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Ša&linti" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "Gaunamo pašto nukreipimas" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "Pseudonim&as" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "&Paskirties vietos" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "Neteisingas pseudonimo formatas." #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "Šiam pseudonimui paskirties vietos jau apibrėžtos." #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "Pseudonimai" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Pseudonimas" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "Paskirties vietos" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "Virtualios sritys" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "Pašto konfigūravimas" #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Paleidžiama..." @@ -861,12 +866,12 @@ msgstr "Į IMAP serverį" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Bus įdiegta virusų skenavimo programa AMaViS.\n" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -877,56 +882,56 @@ "Configure a scanner manually." #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Bus įdiegta pašto gavimo programa Fetchmail.\n" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Įdiegsimas Dovecot IMAP serveris.\n" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "Paleidžiama pašto konfigūracija" #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "Nustatomas pašto perdavimo agentas (MTA)" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "Skaitomi pagrindiniai nustatyčai" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "Skaitomi maskaradinimo nustatymai" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "Skaitomi gavimo nustatymai" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "Skaitomos pseudonimų lentelės" #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "Skaitomi autentiškumo nustatymai..." #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -937,161 +942,161 @@ "%2" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "Įrašant fetchmail konfigūraciją, įvyko klaida." #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "Išsaugant rinkmeną %1, įvyko klaida." #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "Klaida vykdant config.postfix." #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "Paleidžiant paslaugą %1, įvyko klaida." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "Įrašomi pagrindinės nustatymai" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "Įrašomi maskaradinimo nustatymai" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "Įrašomos pseudonimų lentelės" #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "Įrašomi gavimo nustatymai" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "Įrašomi autentiškumo nustatymai..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "Baigiama įrašyti konfigūracijos rinkmenas" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Konfigūruojama su Postfix" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "Iš naujo paleidžiamos paslaugos" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "Išsaugoma pašto konfigūracija" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "Kita" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "Nuolatinis" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "Dial-up" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "Nieko" #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "Ryšio tipas" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "Išsiunčiamo pašto serveris" #. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "Nuo antraštė" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "Vietinės sritys" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "Maskaradinti kitas sritis" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "Maskaradinti naudotojus" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "Priimti nuotolinius SMTP prisijungimus" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Taip" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "Naudoti AMaViS" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "Naudoti DKIM" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "Virtualūs naudotojai" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autentifikacija" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/network.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/network.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/network.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-01 10:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +#: src/clients/host.rb:114 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Pagr. kompiuterio konfigūracijos santrauka:" @@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ msgstr "Nepavyko įdiegti parsiųstos laidos informacijos." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Atveriamas ryšys" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -344,13 +344,13 @@ "skaitykite registracijos žurnale.\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "Nėra URL susieto su laidos informacija. Bandymo internetu negalima atlikti." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -370,12 +370,12 @@ "skaitykite registracijos žurnale." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Ieškoti atnaujinimų" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ "skaitykite registracijos žurnale.\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Atsijungiama" @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Konfigūracijos klaida: sąsaja neparuošta." @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Maršrutizavimo konfigūracija" @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ msgstr "Tinklų sietuvas (vartai)" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Tinklo kaukė" @@ -662,76 +662,76 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "Maršrutų lentelėje nėra jokio įrašo „%1“ paskirčiai" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "%s persiuntimas įgalintas" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "%s persiuntimas uždraustas" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Įgalinamas %s persiuntimas..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Uždraudžiamas %s persiuntimas..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv4 persiuntimas:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv6 persiuntimas:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv4 ir IPv6 persiuntimas:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "Turi būti nurodyti bent paskirties ir tinklų sietuvų IP adresai." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "Pridedama „%1“ paskirtis prie maršrutų lentelės ..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "Turi būti nurodytas paskirties IP adresas." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "Turi būti nurodytas bent vienas parametras (tinklų sietuvas, tinklo kaukė, įrenginys, parinktys)" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "Atnaujinama „%1“ paskirtis maršrutų lentelėje ..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Pašalinama „%1“ paskirtis iš maršrutų lentelės ..." #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Dėmesio: nenaudojamas joks šifravimas." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 msgid "Change." msgstr "Pakeisti." @@ -832,70 +832,70 @@ msgstr "USB belaidė tinklo plokštė" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Nežinomas tinklo įrenginys" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Sukonfigūruota kaip %1" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Sukonfigūruota kaip %1 su tiekėju %2" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Sukonfigūruota kaip %1 su tiekėju %2 (protokolas %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Sukonfigūruota be adreso" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Sukonfigūruota be adreso" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Sukonfigūruota su adresu %1" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Sukonfigūruota su adresu %1 (nutolęs %2)" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Sukonfigūruota su %1" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Sukonfigūruota kaip %1 su adresu %2" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Sukonfigūruota kaip %1 su adresu %2 (nutolęs %3)" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Sukonfigūruota kaip %1 su %2" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Valdoma" @@ -1034,27 +1034,27 @@ msgstr "Pa&sirinkti registraciją:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Papildomi adresai" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "IPv4 adreso etiketė" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP adresas" #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "Pri&dėti" @@ -1063,8 +1063,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1074,156 +1074,156 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Ša&linti" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Sąsajos pavadinimas" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Sąsają priskirti prie užkardos &zonos" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "&Privaloma sąsaja" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Į&renginio tipas" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Konfigūracijos pavadinimas" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Tunelio savininkas" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Tunelio grupė" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN ID" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Susieti ir rikiuoti pagalbinius serverius" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "Aukštyn" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "Žemyn" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "Susieti pagalbinius serverius" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " msgstr "" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Naudoti iBFT reikšmes" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Dinaminis IP adresas" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "Abi DHCP versijos (4 ir 6)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "Tik DHCP 4 versija" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "Tik DHCP 6 versija" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Priskirtas pastovus IP adresas" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP adresas" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "&Potinklio kaukė" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "Pagrindinio &kompiuterio vardas" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "Nutolęs IP adr&esas" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "Netinkamas nuotolinis IP adresas." #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1231,13 +1231,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "Konfigūracija %1 jau yra." #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1251,20 +1251,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Nėra tinkamų IP adresų." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "Tinklo kaukė arba priešdėlio ilgis netinkamas" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Netinkamas pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ "Tikrai palikti tuščią kompiuterio vardą?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1289,60 +1289,60 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Bendra" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Įrenginio aktyvavimas" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Užkardos zona" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Didžiausias perdavimo paketas (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "Čia detaliai konfigūruokite tinklo plokštės nuostatas." #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresas" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Konfigūruoti savo IP adresą." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "Į&taisai" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Susieti pagalbinius serverius" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Belaidis" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd prioritetas" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1352,12 +1352,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Tinklo plokštės sąranka" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1553,23 +1564,23 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "Netinkama bootproto reikšmė." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "Netinkama startmode reikšmė." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "Statinei konfigūracijai reikalinga „ip“ parinktis." #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Įrenginys pašalintas." @@ -1627,7 +1638,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1639,7 +1650,7 @@ "Pirmiausia įtraukite papildomų produktų CD į YaST programinės įrangos saugyklas, \n" "tuomet iš naujo atverkite šį langą.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1657,20 +1668,20 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "Diegiama programinė aparatinė įranga" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "Kad būtų sėkmingai įdiegta programinė aparatinė įranga, reikia įvykdyti komandą „install_bcm43xx_firmware“. Vykdyti dabar?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Diegiant programinę aparatinę įrangą įvyko klaida." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1685,12 +1696,12 @@ "sąsaja nebebus valdoma su NetworkManager.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "Įtaisas, kurį pasirinkote, turi STARTMODE=nfsroot. Tikrai šalinti?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Tinklo konfigūravimo metodas" @@ -1699,7 +1710,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Tinklo nuostatos" @@ -1873,7 +1884,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Tinklo plokštė" @@ -1883,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr "&Ieškoti" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1892,7 +1903,7 @@ "Pasirinkite kitą." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 tinklo plokštės konfigūracija" @@ -1900,138 +1911,137 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 įrenginio nuostatos" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Prieigos vardas" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Prievado numeris" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Įgalinti antro &sluoksnio palaikymą" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Antro lygio &MAC adresas" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Skaitymo kanalas" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Rašymo kanalas" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Valdymo kanalas" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "Šiai sąsajai įveskite papildomas Parinktis (atskirtas tarpais)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Prievado numeris" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD laikimo laikas" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Pasirinkite prievado numerį šiai sąsajai." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Suderinamumo veiksena" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Išplėstinė veiksena" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Suderinamumo veiksena su OS/390 ir z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokolas" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Pasirinkite Protokolą šiai sąsajai." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2041,7 +2051,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Aparatinės įrangos dialogas" @@ -2566,29 +2576,29 @@ "esančioje tame pačiame kataloge." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4 &adreso etiketė" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Tinklo &kaukė" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Etiketė per ilga" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "Netinkamas IP adresas." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Potinklio kaukė neteisinga." @@ -2748,127 +2758,127 @@ #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Be šifravimo" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - atviras" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - bendras raktas" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA, 1 arba 2 versija)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA, 1 arba 2 versija)" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Belaidės tinklo plokštės konfigūracija" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Belaidžio įrenginio nuostatos" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "Veiks&ena" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "Pagrindinis" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "&Tinklo pavadinimas (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Skenuoti tinklą" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "&Autentiškumo patikros veiksena" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "Ši&fravimo raktas" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "Nuostatos &ekspertams" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "&WEP raktai" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "WPA tapatumo nustatymo veiksena galima tik valdomoje veiksenoje." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Šiai veiksenai nurodykite tinklo pavadinimą." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "Tinklo pavadinimas turi būti trumpesnis nei 32 simboliai." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "Slaptažodis turi būti sudarytas nuo 8 iki 63 simbolių (imtinai)." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "Raktas privalo turėti %1 šešioliktainių skaitmenų." #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "Neteisingas kodavimo raktas." #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "Šifravimo raktas privalo būti nurodytas šiam autentifikacijos būdui." #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -2966,27 +2976,27 @@ msgstr "AP skenavimo veiksena" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "Įveskite šifravimo raktą" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "Ra&ktas" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "Pagalba" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "Belaidžio tinklo raktai" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -3001,7 +3011,7 @@ "vieną raktą." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3016,50 +3026,50 @@ "64 bitų reikšmę." #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP raktai" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "&Rakto ilgis" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "Ne." #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "Raktas" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "Įprastas" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "Nu&statyti numatytu" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Pasirinkite liudijimą" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3068,47 +3078,47 @@ "arba nurodykite kliento liudijimą." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "Bet kuris" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP detalės" @@ -3123,24 +3133,44 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "Leisti nuotolinį &administravimą" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "Leisti nuotolinį &administravimą" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "Neleisti nuotolinio a&dministravimo" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" +#| "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +#| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" +#| "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" +#| "a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +#| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" "<big>Nuotolinio administravimo nuostatos</big>\n" "Jei ši savybė įjungta, jūs galėsite administruoti kompiuterį\n" @@ -3150,17 +3180,17 @@ "Ši nuotolinio administravimo forma ne tokia saugi, kaip SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Nuotolinio administravimo nuostatos" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Turi būti įdiegti šie paketai:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3172,78 +3202,28 @@ "\n" "Bandyti dar?\n" -#. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nežinomas" -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 -msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 -msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "DNS konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 -msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "DSL konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 -msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Kompiuterių vardų konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 -msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ISDN konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 -msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Tinklo plokščių konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 -msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Modemų konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 -msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Įgaliotojo serverio konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 -msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Tiekėjo konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 -msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Maršrutizavimo konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 -msgid "Configure mail now?" -msgstr "Ar dabar konfigūruoti paštą?" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 -msgid "Run configuration of %1?" -msgstr "Konfigūruoti %1?" - #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3252,33 +3232,33 @@ "YaST negali konfigūruoti kai kurių parinkčių." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Tinklo plokštės" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modemai" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN plokštės" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL įrenginiai" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Visi tinklo įrenginiai" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "Netinkamas kompiuterio vardas." @@ -3350,8 +3330,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "Pagr. kompiuterio vardas ir srities vardas" @@ -3377,28 +3357,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "Paieškos sąrašas gali turėti daugiausiai %1 sričių." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "Paieškos sąrašas gali turėti daugiausiai %1 simbolių." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "Paieškos sritis „%1“ nėra tinkama." #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Pagrindinio kompiuterio vardo ir vardų serverio konfigūracija" @@ -3432,27 +3412,27 @@ "kompiuterio pseudonimus, atskirtus kableliais.\n" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "Dabartinis kompiuteris" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "Pagr. kompiuterio vardai" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "Kompiuterio pseudonimai" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Kompiu&terio pseudonimai" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "Pseudonimo pavadinimas \"%1\" neteisingas." @@ -3488,40 +3468,40 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "&Paskirtis" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "Tinklo &kaukė" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "Tinklų si&etuvas" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "Į&renginys" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "Neteisinga paskirtis." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "Netinkamas tinklų sietuvo IP adresas." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "Neteisinga potinklo kaukė." #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Netinkamas numatytasis tinklų sietuvas." @@ -3747,35 +3727,35 @@ "(KDE Plasma aplinkos valdikliu arba nm-applet - GNOME).\n" "Įsitikinkite, kad ji paleista, o jei ne – paleiskit rankiniu būdu." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Bendros tinklo nuostatos" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "IPv6 protokolo nuostatos" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Įgalinti IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Nežinomas įrenginys" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP adresas" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Nepriskirtas joks IP adresas" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -3784,12 +3764,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Keisti įrenginį" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Tinklo įrenginio pasirinkimas" @@ -3798,7 +3778,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 msgid "configured" msgstr "sukonfigūruota" @@ -3847,7 +3827,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Atnaujinti konfigūraciją" @@ -3870,7 +3850,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Atnaujinama konfigūracija..." @@ -3882,100 +3862,100 @@ msgstr "Atnaujinama /etc/resolv.conf ..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Kompiuterio vardas: nustatytas DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Kompiuterio vardas bus įrašytas į /etc/hosts" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Vardų serveriai: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Paieškos sąrašai: %1" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "Atnaujinti /etc/hosts" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "Išsaugoma pagr. kompiuterio vardo konfigūracija" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "Atnaujinama /etc/hosts ..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Paleidžiamas tinklo konfigūravimas" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Aprikti tinklo įrenginius" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Skaityti informaciją apie tvarkyklę" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Skaityti įrenginio konfigūraciją" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Skaityti tinklo konfigūraciją" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Skaityti užkardos nuostatos" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Skaityti kompiuterio vardą ir DNS konfigūraciją" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Skaityti diegimo informaciją" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Įkelti maršrutizavimo konfigūraciją" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Pažiūrėti dabartinę būseną" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Aptinkamas ndiswrapper..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" @@ -3985,7 +3965,7 @@ "tačiau šis branduolio modulis nebuvo įkeltas.\n" "Įvykdyti komandą „modprobe ndiswrapper“?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -3994,282 +3974,275 @@ "Konfigūraciją patikrinkite rankiniu būdu.\n" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Ieškoma tinklo įrenginių..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Skaitoma įrenginio konfigūracija..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Skaitoma tinklo konfigūracija..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos užkardos nuostatos..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Skaitomi kompiuterio vardas ir DNS konfigūracija..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Įkeliu diegimo informaciją..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Įkeliamos maršruto parinktys..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Tikrinama dabartinė būsena..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Tam, kad įsigaliotų pakeitimai, reikia iš naujo paleisti kompiuterį." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Išsaugoma tinklo konfigūracija" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Įrašyti informaciją apie tvarkykles" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Įrašyti įrenginio konfigūraciją" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Įrašyti tinklo konfigūraciją" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Įrašyti maršruto parinkimo konfigūraciją" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Įrašyti kompiuterio vardą ir DNS konfigūraciją" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Konfigūruoti tinklo paslaugas" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Įrašyti užkardos nuostatos" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Aktyvuoti tinklo paslaugas" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Įrašomas /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Įrašoma įrenginio konfigūracija..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Įrašoma tinklo konfigūracija..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Išsaugoma maršrutizavimo konfigūracija..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Įrašomi kompiuterio vardas ir DNS konfigūracija..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Paruošiamos tinklo paslaugos..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos užkardos nuostatos..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Įjungiamos tinklo paslaugos..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Nėra veikiančio tinklo" -#. Import data -#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "" - #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Tinklo veiksena" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Sąsajas valdo NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Uždrausti NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Tradicinis tinklo nustatymas su NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Įgalinti NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Įgalintas IPv6 protokolo palaikymas" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Uždrausti IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Uždraustas IPv6 protokolo palaikymas" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 msgid "connected" msgstr "prisijungta" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Paleistas automatiškai, įkrovos metu" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Paleistas automatiškai, prijungus kabelį" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Valdomas su NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Iš viso nebus paleistas" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Paleistas rankiniu būdu" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP adresas priskirtas prie naudojamų" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP adresas: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP adresas: %s, potinklio kaukė %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Nesukonfigūruota" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Įrenginio pavadinimas: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Susiejami pagalbiniai serveriai." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Neprisijungta" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Jokios aparatinės įrangos informacijos" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Neįmanoma konfigūruoti tinklo plokštės, nes nėra branduolio įrenginio (eth0, wlan0). Paprastai to priežastis tame, kad trūksta programinės aparatinės įrangos (angl. firmware) (ypač belaidžiams įrenginiams). Daugiau informacijos ieškokite komandinėje eilutėje įvykdę „dmesg“." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4277,17 +4250,17 @@ "Įrenginys nesukonfigūruotas.\n" "Norėdami konfigūruoti, spauskite Keisti.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Reikia programinės aparatinės įrangos (angl. firmware)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "unknown" msgstr "nežinomas" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." @@ -4296,35 +4269,40 @@ "užkarda bus uždrausta." #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Konfigūruoti prisijungimų tvarkyklę" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Iš naujo paleisti paslaugas" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Išsaugoma nuotolinio administravimo konfigūracija" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Konfigūruojama prisijungimų tvarkyklė..." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Iš naujo paleidžiama paslauga..." -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Nepavyko įgalinti %{service} paslaugos" +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "Nepavyko įgalinti %{service} paslaugos" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4332,30 +4310,30 @@ msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Nuotolinis administravimas įjungtas." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Nuotolinis administravimas išjungtas." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "Įrašyti IP persiuntimo nuostatas" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "Įrašyti maršruto parinkimo nuostatas" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "Išsaugoma maršrutizavimo konfigūracija" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos IP persiuntimo nuostatos..." @@ -4364,22 +4342,22 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos maršrutizavimo nuostatos..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Tinklų sietuvas: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "IP persiuntimas, skirtas IPv4: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "IP persiuntimas, skirtas IPv6: %s" @@ -4398,6 +4376,42 @@ msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Neapsaugota)" +#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" + +#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "DNS konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" + +#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "DSL konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" + +#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Kompiuterių vardų konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ISDN konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" + +#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Tinklo plokščių konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" + +#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Modemų konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" + +#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Įgaliotojo serverio konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" + +#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Tiekėjo konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" + +#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Maršrutizavimo konfigūracija sėkmingai išsaugota" + +#~ msgid "Configure mail now?" +#~ msgstr "Ar dabar konfigūruoti paštą?" + +#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?" +#~ msgstr "Konfigūruoti %1?" + #~ msgid "Device boot protocol" #~ msgstr "Įrenginio įkrovos protokolas" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/nfs.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/nfs.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/nfs.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-05 13:53+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <>\n" @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ "tik 0..9, A..Z, a..z, taškus, - ir _." #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ "su prijungimo vieta „%1“." #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" @@ -372,12 +372,12 @@ msgstr "NFS kliento konfigūravimas" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Nepavyksta sukurti katalogo „%1“." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -388,52 +388,52 @@ "pakeista.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma NFS konfigūracija" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Sustabdyti paslaugas" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Paleisti paslaugas" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Stabdomos paslaugos..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Paleidžiamos paslaugos..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Įrašomi NFS kliento nustatymai. Palaukite..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "Nepavyksta prijungti NFS įrašų iš /etc/fstab." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS įrašai" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "sukonfigūruotas %1 įrašas" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/nis.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/nis.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/nis.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 09:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -265,8 +265,9 @@ msgstr "NIS serverių &adresai" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "&Transliavimas" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers @@ -380,11 +381,6 @@ msgstr "&Serveriai (atskirti tarpais arba kableliais)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "&Transliavimas" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" @@ -592,3 +588,6 @@ #: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS serveris nerastas." + +#~ msgid "Br&oadcast" +#~ msgstr "&Transliavimas" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/ntp-client.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/ntp-client.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/ntp-client.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 18:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Įrašoma NTP konfigūracija..." #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" msgstr "" @@ -37,49 +37,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "Pasirinktas nuostatas naudokite savo konfigūracijos kūrimui." #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "Neteisingas NTP serverio vardas %1" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "&NTP serverio adresas" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "&Paleisti NTP kaip tarnybą" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Į&rašyti NTP konfigūraciją" #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "S&inchronizuoti dabar" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Konfigūruoti..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -92,12 +92,12 @@ "reikalingas %1 paketas.\n" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Sinchronizuojama su NTP serveriu..." #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -310,273 +310,267 @@ msgstr "JJY imtuvai" #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "NTP kliento konfigūravimo modulis." #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "Rodyti NTP tarnybos būseną" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "Spausdinti visus sukonfigūruotų sinchronizavimų ryšius" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Įgalinti NTP tarnybą" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Uždrausti NTP tarnybą" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "Pridėti naują sinchronizavimo ryšį" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "Keisti esamą sinchronizavimo ryšį" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "Šalinti sinchronizavimo ryšį" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "Serverio adresas" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "Mazgo adresas" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "Adresas, kuriuo transliuoti" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "Adresas, iš kurio priimti transliaciją" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "Ryšio parinktys" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "Laikrodžio tvarkyklės kalibravimo parinktys" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Naudoti serverį pirminei sinchronizacijai" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Nenaudoti serverio pirminei sinchronizacijai" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "Sinchronizacijos kaimynas nenurodytas." #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "NTP tarnyba įgalinta." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "NTP tarnyba uždrausta." #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "Serveris" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "Mazgas" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Transliavimas" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "Priimama transliacija" #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "Vietinis radijo laikrodis" #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "Nepavyko nuskaityti nuostatų." #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "NTP serverio konfigūracija" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP konfigūravimas" -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Užkardos nuostatos" - -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Bendros nuostatos" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Saugumo nuostatos" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "Išsamus NTP konfigūravimas" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "Nauja sinchronizacija" #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Serverio nuostatos" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "NTP serveris" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Vietinis NTP serveris" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Viešas NTP serveris" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "NTP mazgas" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "Vietinis pamatinis generatorius" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Siunčiama transliacija" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Gaunama transliacija" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "&Rodyklės ID" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "&Sluoksnis" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "Kalibravimo postūmis 1" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "Kalibravimo postūmis 2" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "&1 vėliavėlė" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "&2 vėliavėlė" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "&3 vėliavėlė" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "&4 vėliavėlė" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "Laikrodžio tvarkyklės kalibravimas" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -585,7 +579,7 @@ "Palaukite... " #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -594,7 +588,7 @@ "Dabar galite saugiai nutraukti konfigūracijos įrankį spausdami Nutraukti." #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -603,7 +597,7 @@ "Palaukite... " #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -613,8 +607,8 @@ "Nutraukite išsaugojimą spausdami Nutraukti.\n" "Papildomas dialogas praneš, ar tai daryti saugu." -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" @@ -624,11 +618,9 @@ msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<big>Paleisti NTP demoną</big> \n" "Pasirinkite, ar paleisti NTP tarnybą dabar ir operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu.\n" @@ -657,7 +649,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -667,7 +659,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -682,14 +674,14 @@ "sinchronizacijos įrašą, pažymėkite jį ir spauskite Pašalinti." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -700,7 +692,7 @@ "arba su vietiniu prijungtu laikrodžiu, naudokite Išsamų konfigūravimą." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -709,7 +701,7 @@ "Pasirinkite konfigūruojamą laikrodžio tvarkyklę." #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -720,7 +712,7 @@ "Unit Number." #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" @@ -740,7 +732,7 @@ "ji turi būti sukurta rankiniu būdu." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -749,7 +741,7 @@ "Norėdami kalibruoti laikrodžio tvarkyklę, spauskite Tvarkyklės kalibravimą." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" @@ -763,7 +755,7 @@ "arba žiūrėkite http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" @@ -775,7 +767,7 @@ "Pažymėkite paslaugą, kurią norite pašalinti ir spauskite Šalinti.\n" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" @@ -786,7 +778,7 @@ "Pažymėkite paslaugą, kurią norite pašalinti ir spauskite Šalinti.\n" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -797,7 +789,7 @@ "sinchronizuotis, Adresą." #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -808,7 +800,7 @@ "tekstinį laukelį." #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -820,7 +812,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" @@ -833,7 +825,7 @@ "Parametrų tekstinį laukelį.Detaliau žiūrėkite\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -845,7 +837,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" @@ -855,7 +847,7 @@ "Pasirinkite čia pridedamo elemento tipą.\n" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" @@ -865,7 +857,7 @@ "pasirinkite Serveris.\n" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -874,7 +866,7 @@ "Mazgas." #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -883,7 +875,7 @@ "rinkitės Radijo laikrodis." #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" @@ -893,7 +885,7 @@ "Transliavimą." #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" @@ -903,7 +895,7 @@ "naudoti vietinio laiko nustatymui, rinkitės Priimti transliuojamus paketus." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -911,7 +903,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -921,7 +913,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -929,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -942,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" @@ -953,7 +945,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -963,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -976,7 +968,7 @@ "atskiros tvarkyklės. Some drivers do not use all the options." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" @@ -996,17 +988,17 @@ "Visi pakeitimai bus prarasti." #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Iš naujo paleisti NTP tarnybą" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Įrašyti nuostatas ir iš naujo paleisti NTP tarnybą" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1021,14 +1013,14 @@ "bet tarnyba vis tiek neveiks tinkamai." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1037,44 +1029,44 @@ msgstr "" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "Pasirinkite įrenginį" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "Viešieji NTP &serveriai" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "Pasirinkite NTP serverį." #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "Visos šalys" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "Š&alis" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "Ieškoma vietiniame tinkle esančių NTP serverių..." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1082,205 +1074,205 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "Jūsų tinkle nerasta nė vieno NTP serverio." #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "Adresas" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "Nepasirinktas joks serverois." #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "A&dresas" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "&Išsamus konfigūravimas" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "&Tvarkyklės kalibravimas" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "Sinchronizavimo &intervalas, minutėmis" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "Paleisti NTP tarnybą" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "Tik &rankiniu būdu" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "&Sinchronizuoti be tarnybos" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "Dabar ir operacinės &sistemos paleidimo metu" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "Paleisti NTP tarybą chroot &aplinkoje" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "" #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Rankinė" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Automatinė" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Pasirinkta" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "&Vykdymo laiko konfigūracijos taisyklė" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "&Savita taisyklė" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "&Naudoti atsitiktinius serverius iš pool.ntp.org" #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresas" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "Pa&sirinkti..." #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Bandyti" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "Sinchronizavimo tipas" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "Ro&dyti žurnalą..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "Laikrodžio &tipas" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "Sukurti &simbolinę nuorodą" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "Įren&ginys" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "Prieigos kontrolės parinktys" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Serveris" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "&Mazgas" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "&Radijo laikrodis" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "&Siunčiama transliacija" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "&Gaunama transliacija" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipas" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "&Vietinis tinklas" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "&Viešas NTP serveris" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "NTP serverio vieta" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "&Paieška" @@ -1294,146 +1286,91 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Ruošiama..." -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "Ruošiamas NTP kliento konfigūravimas" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "Skaityti tinklo konfigūraciją" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "Skaityti NTP nustatymus" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "Skaitoma tinklo konfigūracija..." - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "Skaitomos NTP nuostatos..." - -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "Įrašoma NTP kliento konfigūracija" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "Įrašyti NTP nuostatas" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "Iš naujo paleisti NTP tarnybą" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Įrašomos nuostatos..." - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "Iš naujo paleidžiama NTP tarnyba..." - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "Nepavyksta atnaujinti dinaminių konfigūracijos taisyklių." - -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "Nepavyksta iš naujo paleisti NTP tarnybos." - #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "NTP tarnyba paleidžiama startuojant sistemai." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP tarnyba nepaleidžiama startuojant sistemai." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Serveriai: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radijo laikrodžiai: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Mazgai: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Transliuoti laiko informaciją į : %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Priimti transliuojamą laiko informaciją iš: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Derinti statinę ir DHCP konfigūraciją." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Tik statinė konfigūracija" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Savitos konfigūracijos taisyklės." -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Bandomas NTP serveris..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Serveris pasiekiamas ir tinkamai atsako." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Serveris nepasiekiamas arba tinkamai neatsako." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" @@ -1441,6 +1378,72 @@ "Neįdiegus %1 paketo, nepavyksta pasiekti\n" "NTP serverio vietiniame tinkle.\n" +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "Ruošiamas NTP kliento konfigūravimas" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "Skaityti tinklo konfigūraciją" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "Skaityti NTP nustatymus" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "Skaitoma tinklo konfigūracija..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "Skaitomos NTP nuostatos..." + +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "Įrašoma NTP kliento konfigūracija" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "Įrašyti NTP nuostatas" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "Iš naujo paleisti NTP tarnybą" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Įrašomos nuostatos..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "Iš naujo paleidžiama NTP tarnyba..." + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "Nepavyksta atnaujinti dinaminių konfigūracijos taisyklių." + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "Nepavyksta iš naujo paleisti NTP tarnybos." + +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" +#~ msgstr "Užkardos nuostatos" + #~ msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." #~ msgstr "Nepavyksta įrašyti sysconfig kintamųjų." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/packager.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/packager.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/packager.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-24 19:39+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "Saugyklų tvarkytuvė parsiunčia informaciją..." @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Ruošiama..." @@ -560,11 +560,6 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "&Laikmena" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "Įrašoma programinės įrangos tvarkytuvės konfigūracija..." - #. default (minimal) priority of a repository #: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" @@ -600,7 +595,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -863,7 +858,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Išsamiau:" @@ -871,7 +866,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Bandyti vėl?" @@ -1433,42 +1428,42 @@ "„%2“?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Naujos saugyklos pridėjimas" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Tikrinti saugyklos tipą" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Pridėti saugyklą" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Skaityti saugyklos licenciją" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Tikrinamas saugyklos tipas" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Pridedama saugykla" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Saugyklos licencijos skaitymas" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Saugykla" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1485,8 +1480,8 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1495,7 +1490,7 @@ "iš URL „%1“." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1504,12 +1499,12 @@ "Pakeiskite protokolą arba išskleiskite ISO atvaizdį serverio pusėje." #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Pakeisti URL ir bandyti vėl?" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1517,6 +1512,11 @@ "Ieškoti SLP saugyklų negalite\n" "neįdiegę %1 paketo.\n" +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "Įrašoma programinės įrangos tvarkytuvės konfigūracija..." + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1524,19 +1524,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Įvyko klaida ruošiant diegimo aplinką." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Konfigūracinė rinkmena %1 laikmenoje nerasta." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1544,28 +1544,43 @@ "Neįdiegtas paketas %1. \n" "Negalite registruoti papildomų produktų." +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "Nežinomas produktas" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Palaukite..." + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Negalima naudoti papildomų produktų." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Kelias: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Papildomi produktai" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1573,37 +1588,30 @@ "Diegimo šaltinis (saugykla) dar turi ir papildomų saugyklų sąrašą.\n" "Pasirinkite tas, kurias norėtumėte naudoti.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Pasirinktini papildomi produktai" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Pridėti pasirinktus &produktus" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Įdėkite papildomų produktų %1 laikmeną" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Įdėkite %1 %2 laikmeną." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Nepavyksta pridėti produkto %1." -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "Nežinomas produktas" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" @@ -1630,27 +1638,27 @@ msgstr "Negalima nukopijuoti rakto į laikinąjį katalogą." #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "&Rodyti nepavykusių paketų sąrašą" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "&Rodyti visą žurnalą" #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "Nepavyko įdiegti kai kurių paketų" #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "Diegimą nutraukė naudotojas." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Laikmena Nr. %1" @@ -1658,13 +1666,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "Atlikta." @@ -1672,21 +1680,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Tolesnė: %1 -- %2" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Tolesnė: %1" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "Viso" @@ -1695,41 +1703,41 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Atsiunčiamas %1 (siuntimo dydis %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Liko paketų: %1%2)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Parsiunčiami paketai..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (Parsiųsta paketų: %1 iš %2)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Šalinamas %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Diegiamas %1 (įdiegto dydis %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Pritaikomas skirtumų RPM: %1" @@ -1854,7 +1862,9 @@ msgstr "Dėmesio: Produktas %s pašalinsimas" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "Klaida: Produktas %s automatiškai pašalinsimas." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", @@ -1876,12 +1886,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "„%1“ nerasta jokių saugyklų." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1892,31 +1902,31 @@ "parsisiųsti atnaujintas pastabas iš SUSE Linux Web serverio.\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Priderinama įkrauta laikmena..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Nepavyko priderinti paslaugų paketo saugyklos." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Ruošiamos saugyklos..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Įdėkite %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 nerastas" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1925,7 +1935,7 @@ "Norėdami sužinoti daugiau, žiūrėkite žurnalo rinkmeną %1." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1934,12 +1944,12 @@ "Programinės įrangos pasirinkimas bus pateiktas dar kartą." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Įvertinama paketų parinktis..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1950,36 +1960,48 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Nepavyksta perskaityti licencijos rinkmenos %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Norėdami deramai matyti produkto licenciją, kurdami atvaizdį laikmenos šakniniame aplanke patalpinkite license.tar.gz rinkmeną." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 msgid "&Language" msgstr "Ka&lba" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "&Sutinku su licencijos sąlygomis." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +#| "on the first media in the file %1" +msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" "Jei norite išspausdinti šią EULA, galite pirmiausia ją\n" "rasti pirmosios laikmenos rinkmenoje %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1993,18 +2015,18 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licencijos sutartis" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Tikrai nutraukti papildomo produkto diegimą?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2013,7 +2035,7 @@ "Tikrai nesutinkate su licencija?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2022,17 +2044,18 @@ "diegimas bus atšauktas. Tikrai nesutinkate?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Sistema išsijungia..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s licencija" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2138,7 +2161,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" @@ -2183,7 +2206,7 @@ msgstr "&Atsisiųsti saugyklų aprašo rinkmenas" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2192,7 +2215,7 @@ "pasirinkite ISO atvaizdis." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2201,86 +2224,86 @@ "nurodykite vietą iki rinkinio pirmosios laikmenos.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Serverio vardas" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Kelias iki katalogo arba ISO atvaizdžio" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO atvaizdis" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "N&FS v4 protokolas" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Prijungimo parinktys" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(numatyta)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Saugyklos URL" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotokolas" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "Saugyklos &URL" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Saugyklos URL" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS serveris" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD arba DVD laikmena" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Standusis diskas" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB atmintukas arba diskas" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Vietinis katalogas" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Vietinis ISO atvaizdis" @@ -2289,24 +2312,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Serveris ir katalogas" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Saugyklos pavadinimas negali būti tuščias." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&Saugyklos pavadinimas" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" @@ -2315,12 +2338,12 @@ "Naudokite Saugyklos pavadinimas norėdami nurodyti saugyklos pavadinimą. Jei jis tuščias, YaST naudos produkto pavadinimą (jei įmanoma) arba URL.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "&Paslaugos pavadinimas" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" @@ -2329,17 +2352,17 @@ "Rinkitės Paslaugos pavadinimas norėdami nurodyti paslaugos pavadinimą. Jei jis tuščias, YaST naudos paslaugos URL dalį kaip pavadinimą.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL negali būti tuščias." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2351,16 +2374,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Keisti URL dalis" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Keisti visą URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2370,7 +2393,7 @@ "Rinkitės Serverio vardas ir Kelias iki katalogo arba ISO atvaizdžio\n" "norėdami nurodyti NFS serverio kompiuterio pavadinimą ir kelią serveryje." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2383,16 +2406,16 @@ "rasite daugiau informacijos." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2401,12 +2424,12 @@ "Pasirinkite CD-ROM arba DVD-ROM, kad nurodytumėte laikmenos tipą." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO atvaizdžio rinkmena" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2415,7 +2438,7 @@ "arba katalogas neegzistuoja.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2424,7 +2447,7 @@ "arba rinkmena neegzistuoja.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2435,17 +2458,17 @@ "Vis tiek naudoti?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Kelias iki katalogo" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "&RMP pilnas katalogas" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2460,20 +2483,20 @@ "RPM pilnas katalogas.\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB didelės talpos laikmenos įrenginys" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Rinkmenų sistema" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "&Katalogas" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2493,7 +2516,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2504,11 +2527,11 @@ "norite naudoti tam tikrą rinkmenų sistemą, tuomet pasirinkite ją iš sąrašo.\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Diskų įrenginys" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2527,12 +2550,12 @@ "RPM pilnas katalogas.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Kelias iki ISO atvaizdžio" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2543,71 +2566,71 @@ "ISO atvaizdžio rinkmenos." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Serverio &vardas" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Prievadas" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Bendrinami duomenys" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO &atvaizdis" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Katalogas serveryje:" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "&Tapatybės nustatymas" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonimas" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Darbo grupė arba sritis" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Naudotojo vardas" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Slaptažodis" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2632,7 +2655,7 @@ "pasirinkite ISO atvaizdis.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2643,12 +2666,20 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Norėčiau įdiegti papildomų produktų" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..." +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "Tikrinama tinklo konfigūracija ..." + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2659,7 +2690,7 @@ "arba standžiajame diske." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2670,7 +2701,7 @@ "turėkite pasiekiamą produkto CD rinkinį arba DVD." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2685,7 +2716,7 @@ "pagrindinis kelias.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2698,25 +2729,25 @@ "pirmojo CD, pavyzdžiui, /data1/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Pasirinkite laikmenos tipą" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Įdėkite papildomų produktų CD" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Įdėkite papildomų produktų DVD" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "USB diskų neaptikta." #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2731,19 +2762,19 @@ "automatiškai atsiųs rinkmenas vėliau kai jų prireiks. \n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Laikmenos tipas" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Papildomi produktai" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "Netinkama URL schema „%s“." @@ -2935,12 +2966,12 @@ msgstr "Jūsų tinkle nerasta jokių SLP saugyklų." #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "„%1“ skaidiniui papildomai reikia %2 vietos." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -2949,7 +2980,7 @@ "arba ištrinkite kai kuriuos duomenis ar laikinas rinkmenas.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Nepasirinkite kai kurių paketų." @@ -2996,9 +3027,6 @@ #~ msgid "Initialize Software Manager" #~ msgstr "Paruošti programinės įrangos tvarkytuvę" -#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..." -#~ msgstr "Tikrinama tinklo konfigūracija ..." - #~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... " #~ msgstr "Ruošiama programinės įrangos tvarkytuvė ... " Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/pkg-bindings.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/pkg-bindings.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/pkg-bindings.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-29 20:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: lietuvių\n" @@ -47,12 +47,12 @@ msgstr "<BIG>Atnaujinama saugykla</BIG>Paketų tvarkyklė atnaujina saugyklos turinį..." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:655 +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "Paketo negalima pasirinkti įdiegimui." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:661 +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "Paketas nepasiekiemas." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/printer.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/printer.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/printer.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 11:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "Aprašas" @@ -445,8 +445,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Nieko nepasirinkta" @@ -3130,56 +3130,56 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "Rodyti" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "&Vietinius" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "&Nuotolinius" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigūracija" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "Vardas" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "Vieta" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "Įprastas" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "Būsena" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "&Atnaujinti sąrašą" #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "Spausdinti &bandomąjį puslapį" @@ -3189,7 +3189,7 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" @@ -3205,7 +3205,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3229,7 +3229,7 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" @@ -3238,67 +3238,67 @@ "(tai gali užtrukti)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "Nebenaudoti nepasiekiamo CUPS serverio „%1“?" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "Norėdami tęsti, privalote sutikti, kad nebebus naudojamas „%1“." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "Nepasiekiamas serveris privers laukti ir lems begalinę klaidų seką." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "%1 CUPS serveris" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Bandoma, ar spausdinimo serveris pasiekiamas..." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Pasirinkite įrašą." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "Negalima pašalinti." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "Tai nuotolinė konfigūracija. Galima pašalinti tik vietines konfigūracijas." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "Patvirtinkite pašalinimą" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "Pasirinkta konfigūracija bus iš karto ištrinta ir jos nebebus galima atstatyti." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "Pašalinti %1 konfigūraciją" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "Nepašalinti" @@ -3309,33 +3309,33 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Patvirtinkite klasės ištrynimą" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "Ištrintos klasės šiuo įrankiu negalima iš naujo sukurti." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "Atšaukiamos spausdinimo užduotys" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "Bandomasis puslapis neišspausdintas, nes spausdinimo užduotys atmestos." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Spausdinimas uždraustas" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "Bandomasis puslapis negali būti išspausdintas, nes eilei spausdinimas uždraustas." @@ -3344,25 +3344,25 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "Laukiama spausdinimo užduočių, kurios gali būti pašalintos prieš bandomojo puslapio spausdinimą." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Pašalinti %1 laukiančias spausdinimo užduotis" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "Pašalinti prieš bandomojo puslapio spausdinimą" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "Spausdinti bandomąjį puslapį po kitų užduočių" @@ -3370,7 +3370,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Nepavyko pašalinti visų %1 užduočių." @@ -3389,28 +3389,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Bandomasis spausdinimas" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "Spausdinti vieną arba du puslapius, pvz., dvipusiam spausdinimui" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "Vienas bandomasis puslapis" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "Du bandomieji puslapiai" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Nepavyko išspausdinti %1 bandomojo puslapio." @@ -3418,25 +3418,25 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Laukti kol bus išspausdintas bandomasis puslapis" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "Nusiųsti bandomąjį puslapį į %1. Turėtų netrukus spausdinti." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "Bandomasis puslapis sėkmingai atspausdintas" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "Nepavyko atspausdinti bandomojo puslapio" @@ -3456,53 +3456,53 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "Yra laukiančių spausdinimo užduočių, kurias dabar galima pašalinti." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Pašalinti visas laukiančias užduotis" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "Nepašalinti jų" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Visą žurnalą rasite /var/log/cups/error_log rinkmenoje." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "CUPS žurnalo informacija spausdinant bandomąjį puslapį %1 (tik anglų kalba)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "CUPS žurnalo informaciją rasite /var/log/cups/error_log rinkmenoje." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "Jei nepavyksta spausdinti per nuotolinę sistemą, bandykite kreipkis į nuotolinės sistemos administratorių." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "Nuotolinio CUPS serverio nuostatos nedera su pridedama konfigūracija." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "Negalima pakeisti" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "Tai nuotolinė konfigūracija. Galima pakeisti tik vietines konfigūracijas." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/rdp.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/rdp.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/rdp.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 16:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -105,52 +105,52 @@ msgstr "Užkardos nustatymai" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Įrašyti užkardos nuostatas" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "Konfigūruoti xrdp" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Iš naujo paleisti paslaugas" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "Sustabdyti paslaugas" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma nuotolinio administravimo konfigūracija" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos užkardos nuostatos..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "Konfigūruojama xrdp..." #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Iš naujo paleidžiama paslauga..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "Stabdomos paslaugos..." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Nuotolinis administravimas įjungtas." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Nuotolinis administravimas išjungtas." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/rear.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/rear.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/rear.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 14:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -254,15 +254,15 @@ msgstr "Skaitoma konfigūracija" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" -msgstr "Analizuojama sistema" - -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading general settings" msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Skaitomi pagrindiniai nustatyčai" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "Analizuojama sistema" + #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "Analizuojama sistema..." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/registration.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/registration.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/registration.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 12:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -23,27 +23,6 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "Vietiniai registracijos serveriai" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "Nepasirinktas joks registracijos serveris." - -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "SUSE klientų centras (%s)" - #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -60,9 +39,9 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -76,30 +55,30 @@ msgstr "Vietoj šio YaST modulio naudokite „%s“." #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Registracija sėkmingai pavyko." #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "Parsiunčiamas SSL liudijimas" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "Importuojamas SSL liudijimas" #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registruojama %d..." @@ -250,31 +229,27 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA256 kontrolinis kodas: " -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" - +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Baigėsi sujungimo laikas." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration code is invalid." msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Registracijos kodas netinka." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -290,41 +265,43 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." +msgstr "Jungiamasi prie registracijos serverio" + #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Užsiregistruoti nepavyko." - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration can not be performed." msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Registracija nepavyko." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Išsamiau: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -334,23 +311,23 @@ msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Importuojamas SSL liudijimas" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Importuojamas „%s“ liudijimas..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -358,6 +335,24 @@ "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "Netinkamas URL." + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 #, fuzzy @@ -366,7 +361,7 @@ msgstr "Išsaugoma nuotolinio administravimo konfigūracija" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -375,13 +370,13 @@ "patikrinkite savo sistemą." #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -390,7 +385,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Registruojama sistema..." @@ -399,8 +394,8 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." @@ -408,7 +403,7 @@ msgstr "Atnaujinama /etc/hosts ..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgid "Synchronizing Products..." @@ -420,33 +415,33 @@ #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Prieinami plėtiniai ir moduliai" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Įkeliama konfigūracija %1..." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registracijos plėtiniai ir moduliai" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait, while volumes are being detected." msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "Palaukite, kol bus aptikti tomai." #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No registration server selected." msgid "" @@ -455,7 +450,7 @@ msgstr "Nepasirinktas joks registracijos serveris." #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Would you like to use these mount points\n" @@ -469,7 +464,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?" msgid "" @@ -485,7 +480,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -496,39 +491,39 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Nežinomas produktas" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Nepavyko įrašyti saugyklų konfigūracijos." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Nepavyko atnaujinti „%s“ paslaugos." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Nepavyko pridėti „%s“ paslaugos." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Nepavyko išsaugoti „%s“ paslaugos." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Nepavyko atnaujinti „%s“ paslaugos" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No products found to be registered." msgid "" @@ -605,38 +600,42 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Details" msgstr "Išsamiau" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Pasirinkite plėtinį arba modulį, apie kurį norite sužinoti daugiau" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 #, fuzzy #| msgid " not available" msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr " pagalbos nėra" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "YaST leidžia pasirinkti iki %s papildinių." #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" @@ -655,7 +654,7 @@ msgstr "Čia galite matyti visus papildomus produktus, kurie įdiegti jūsų sistemoje." #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Prieinami plėtiniai ir moduliai" @@ -721,34 +720,34 @@ msgstr "Įkeliami prieinami papildomi produktai ir plėtiniai..." #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "Tikrai pašalinti „%s“?" #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "Sutikimas su plėtinio ar modulio licencija" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versija" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Architektūra" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "&Laidos tipas" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registracijos &kodas" @@ -772,10 +771,8 @@ msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Užregistruoti produktą" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "&El. pašto adresas" @@ -786,41 +783,41 @@ msgstr "Įdiegti atnaujinimo saugyklose prieinamas pataisas" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Serverio nuostatos" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Vietinis registracijos serveris" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server CA certificate:" msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "Serverio liudijimo įstaigos liudijimas:" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server CA certificate:" msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Serverio liudijimo įstaigos liudijimas:" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "nieko" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CA Certificate File" msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" @@ -828,24 +825,36 @@ #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Registruoti plėtinius ir modulius..." -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registering the System..." +msgid "Register System via %s" +msgstr "Registruojama sistema..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Server" +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" +msgstr "Registracijos serveris" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "Vietinis registracijos serveris" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "&Praleisti registraciją" #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" @@ -855,53 +864,36 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "Sistema jau užregistruota." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "Jei dabar praleisite registraciją, nepamirškite užsiregistruoti įdiegę sistemą." - #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Network Configuration..." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Tinklo konfigūravimas..." #. SSL error message @@ -928,22 +920,22 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) @@ -951,18 +943,6 @@ msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "Netinkamas URL." - -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "Vietinis registracijos serveris" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -995,17 +975,17 @@ msgstr "Pasirinkite naują paskirties architektūrą." #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "Tvarkyti saugyklas..." #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Prioritetas: %s" @@ -1078,19 +1058,19 @@ msgstr "Pasirinkite naują paskirties architektūrą." #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "Galimi &sprendimai" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration Summary" msgid "Migration Summary" @@ -1102,14 +1082,14 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "New product %1 will be installed" msgid "%s will be installed." @@ -1117,25 +1097,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1188,16 +1168,88 @@ "You can manually register the system from scratch." msgstr "" -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Local Registration Servers" +msgstr "Vietiniai registracijos serveriai" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No registration server selected." +msgid "No registration server selected" +msgstr "Nepasirinktas joks registracijos serveris." + +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "SUSE klientų centras (%s)" + +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Ieškoma..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Ieškoma vietinių registravimosi serverių..." +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server Settings" +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "Serverio nuostatos" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No registration server selected." +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "Nepasirinktas joks registracijos serveris." + +#~ msgid "Registration failed." +#~ msgstr "Užsiregistruoti nepavyko." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Local Registration Server" +#~ msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +#~ msgstr "Vietinis registracijos serveris" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +#~ "installation has completed." +#~ msgstr "Jei dabar praleisite registraciją, nepamirškite užsiregistruoti įdiegę sistemą." + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Edit Repositories" #~ msgid "Migration Repositories" #~ msgstr "Keisti saugyklas" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/reipl.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/reipl.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/reipl.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 18:40+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -32,11 +32,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "After shutdown, reload the system\n" +#| "with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Išjungę kompiuterį, paleiskite sistemą iš naujo\n" @@ -47,7 +52,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -61,7 +66,7 @@ "su WWPN '%2'\n" "ir LUN '%3'.\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/samba-client.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/samba-client.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/samba-client.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 14:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -851,86 +851,86 @@ msgstr "Diegiami reikalingi paketai..." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "PAM registracija" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "Naudoti Kerberos" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "Nenaudoti Kerberos" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "Įprastas realm" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "Numatyta sritis" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "KDC serverio adresas" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "Laikrodžio nuokrypis" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "KDC serveris: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "Numatytoji sritis: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "Įprastas Realm: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" msgstr "Įgalintas Kerberos tapatybės nustatymas: %1" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Taip" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "Ne" #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "Konfigūracija, gauta per DNS" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/samba-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/samba-server.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/samba-server.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 14:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -252,11 +252,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message #: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" +#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" +#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "Prie Samba serverio yra prisijungusių naudotojų,\n" "tad serverio konfigūracija buvo tik iš naujo įkelta, bet ne iš naujo paleista.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/security.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/security.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/security.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-28 09:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -123,204 +123,204 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nežinoma" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Naudoti „magic SysRq“ klavišus" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Naudoti saugius rinkmenų leidimus" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Nuotolinė prieiga prie ekrano tvarkyklės" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Vėl įrašyti sistemos laiką į aparatinį laikrodį" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Visada kurti sistemos žurnalą cron scenarijams" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "Paleisti DHCP tarnybą chroot aplinkoje" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "Paleisti DHCP tarnybą kaip dhcp naudotoją" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Nuotolinis root naudotojo prisijungimas per ekrano tvarkyklę" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Nuotolinė prieiga prie X serverio" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Nuotolinė prieiga prie pašto pristatymo posistemės" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Iš naujo paleisti paslaugas atnaujinimo metu" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Sustabdyti paslaugas pašalinimo metu" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "Įgalinti TCP sinchronizavimo slapukus" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4 persiuntimas" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6 persiuntimas" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable the service" msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "Įgalinti paslaugą" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable the service" msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Uždrausti paslaugą" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Konfigūruoti" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Įgalinta" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uždrausta" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Saugumo nuostata" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "Būsena" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Saugumo būsena" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "Pagalba" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " arba " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "Paleisties lygmenyje %1 nėra įgalintos šios pagrindinės sistemos paslaugos: %2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "Įgalintos visos pagrindinės paslaugos." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "Paleisties lygmenyje %1 įgalintos šios papildomos paslaugos: %2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "Peržiūrėkite paslaugų sąrašą ir uždrauskite nenaudojamas paslaugas." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "Įgalintos tik pagrindinės sistemos paslaugos." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "Aprašas" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Saugumo apžvalga" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "Pakeisti &būseną" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Aprašas" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "Analizuojama sistema..." #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Operacinės sistemos paleidimo nuostatos" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Operacinės sistemos paleidimo leidimai" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Įvairios nuostatos" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Slaptažodžių nuostatos" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Patikrinimai" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Slaptažodžio amžius" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ "nei didžiausias." #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -338,17 +338,17 @@ "Didžiausias slaptažodžio ilgis pasirinktam šifravimo motodui yra %1." #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Prisijungimo nustatymai" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "Prisijungimas" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ " Palaukite... " #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ "Saugiai nutraukite paleidimą spausdami Nutraukti." #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ " Palaukite... " #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." @@ -383,51 +383,9 @@ "<big>Išsaugojimo nutraukimas</big> \n" "Nutraukti išsaugojimo procedūrą spaudžiant Nutraukti." -#. Boot dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." -msgstr "" -"<big>Įkrovos saugumas</big>\n" -"Šiame dialoge keiskite įvairius įkrovos nustatymus susijusius su saugumu." - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server." -msgstr "" -"Vald(Ctrl) + Alt + Šalinti(Del) interpretacija:\n" -"Jai kas nors konsolėje paspaudė VALD + ALT + ŠALINTI klavišų kombinaciją,\n" -"operacinė sistema dažniausiai paleidžiama iš naujo. Kartais yra numatyta\n" -"ignoruoti šį įvykį, pavyzdžiui, kai sistema aptarnauja ir darbo stotį,\n" -"ir serverį." - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" -msgstr "" -"Prisijungimų tvarkytuvės išjungimo elgsena:\n" -"Nustatykite, kam leidžiama išjungti kompiuterį iš KDM.\n" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" "Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" @@ -436,7 +394,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" @@ -449,14 +407,14 @@ "prie bet kokia tinklo, įskaitant internetą." #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." @@ -465,12 +423,12 @@ "kokią nors paslaugą." #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." msgstr "Savitas nuostatas naudokite savos konfigūracijos kūrimui." #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -481,7 +439,7 @@ "saugomos „/etc/login.defs“ rinkmenoje." #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" @@ -494,7 +452,7 @@ "laukti pakartojimo. Pakankamai gera reikšmė yra <tt>3</tt> sekundės." #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" @@ -507,7 +465,7 @@ "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" @@ -518,7 +476,7 @@ "kompiuterio per prisijungimų tvarkyklę gali nebūti labai saugi." #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." @@ -527,7 +485,7 @@ " „/etc/login.defs“ rinkmenoje." #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" @@ -538,7 +496,7 @@ "atsižvelgiant į aukščiau paminėtas taisykles." #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" @@ -553,7 +511,7 @@ "reiškia, kad nebus tikrinama." #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" @@ -561,12 +519,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "Slaptažodžio kodavimo metodas:" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" @@ -577,7 +535,7 @@ "suderinamumas su kitomis sistemomis, naudokite jį." #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." @@ -586,12 +544,12 @@ "platinamieji paketai, bet ne kitos sistemos ar sena programinė įranga." #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." @@ -601,7 +559,7 @@ "ir ilgiausią laiką, kurį gali būti naudojamas slaptažodis." #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" @@ -612,7 +570,7 @@ "Kuo ilgesnis laikas, tuo mažesnė tikimybė, kad kas nors galės spėlioti slaptažodžius." #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." @@ -621,7 +579,7 @@ "Šiame dialoge keiskite įvairius nustatymus, naudojamus kuriant naudotojus." #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." @@ -630,7 +588,7 @@ "Nustatyti mažiausią ir didžiausią galimą naudotojo ID." #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." @@ -639,7 +597,7 @@ "Nustatyti mažiausią ir didžiausią galimą grupės ID." #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" "In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." @@ -648,7 +606,7 @@ "Šiame lange keiskite kitas su vietiniu saugumu susijusias nuostatas." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 #, fuzzy msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" @@ -673,7 +631,7 @@ "teisėmis, jei tai atsitinka atsitiktinai arba dėl įsilaužėlių." #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" @@ -689,7 +647,7 @@ " (kelios rinkmenos) ar root (visos rinkmenos)." #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" @@ -703,7 +661,7 @@ "išskirtinai ten, kur nurodo paieškos kelias (kintamasis PATH)." #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" @@ -718,7 +676,7 @@ "" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" @@ -737,7 +695,7 @@ "sistemą tampa gerokai lengvesnis." #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." @@ -746,7 +704,7 @@ " kas leidžia čia ieškoti paskiausiai." #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." @@ -755,7 +713,7 @@ "einamajame kataloge, su prefiksu „./“. Pavyzdžiui: „./configure“." #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" @@ -767,30 +725,30 @@ "debug'inimui). Smulkiau žr. /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Security Overview This is overview of the most important security settings." msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." msgstr "Saugumo apžvalga Pateikiama svarbiausių saugumo nuostatų apžvalga." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To change the current value click the link associated to the option." msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "Norėdami pakeisti esamą reikšmę, spragtelėkite su parinktimi susijusią nuorodą." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgstr "" #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" @@ -802,7 +760,7 @@ "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" "computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" @@ -810,23 +768,23 @@ "correct log messages." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" "X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" "to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" @@ -838,13 +796,13 @@ "Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" "The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" "itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" @@ -856,7 +814,7 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" @@ -868,23 +826,23 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "Ši nuostata taikoma tik IPv4." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "Ši nuostata taikoma tik IPv6." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 #, fuzzy msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "" @@ -892,20 +850,115 @@ "sistemos pakibimo atveju galėsite kažkiek valdyti programas (pvz., branduolio\n" "debug'inimui). Smulkiau žr. /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security related services." msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "Tam, kad sistema būtų darni ir veiktų su saugumu susijusios paslaugos, turi būti įgalintos pagrindinės sistemos paslaugos." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "Kiekviena veikianti paslauga yra potencialus saugumo atakos taikinys. Todėl patariama išjungti visas paslaugas, kurios sistemoje nėra naudojamos." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." +msgstr "" +"<big>Įkrovos saugumas</big>\n" +"Šiame dialoge keiskite įvairius įkrovos nustatymus susijusius su saugumu." + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +#| "workstation and server." +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"Vald(Ctrl) + Alt + Šalinti(Del) interpretacija:\n" +"Jai kas nors konsolėje paspaudė VALD + ALT + ŠALINTI klavišų kombinaciją,\n" +"operacinė sistema dažniausiai paleidžiama iš naujo. Kartais yra numatyta\n" +"ignoruoti šį įvykį, pavyzdžiui, kai sistema aptarnauja ir darbo stotį,\n" +"ir serverį." + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +#| "workstation and server." +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"Vald(Ctrl) + Alt + Šalinti(Del) interpretacija:\n" +"Jai kas nors konsolėje paspaudė VALD + ALT + ŠALINTI klavišų kombinaciją,\n" +"operacinė sistema dažniausiai paleidžiama iš naujo. Kartais yra numatyta\n" +"ignoruoti šį įvykį, pavyzdžiui, kai sistema aptarnauja ir darbo stotį,\n" +"ir serverį." + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +#| "workstation and server." +msgid "" +"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s" +msgstr "" +"Vald(Ctrl) + Alt + Šalinti(Del) interpretacija:\n" +"Jai kas nors konsolėje paspaudė VALD + ALT + ŠALINTI klavišų kombinaciją,\n" +"operacinė sistema dažniausiai paleidžiama iš naujo. Kartais yra numatyta\n" +"ignoruoti šį įvykį, pavyzdžiui, kai sistema aptarnauja ir darbo stotį,\n" +"ir serverį." + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" +msgid "" +"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" +msgstr "" +"Prisijungimų tvarkytuvės išjungimo elgsena:\n" +"Nustatykite, kam leidžiama išjungti kompiuterį iš KDM.\n" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Hibernate System:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +msgstr "" + #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 #, fuzzy @@ -973,163 +1026,238 @@ "Mažiausias grupės ID negali būti didesnis už\n" "didžiausią." -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "Vald(Ctrl) + Alt + Šalinti(Del) &interpretacija" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Ignoruoti" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "Paleisti iš naujo" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "Išjungti" +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "Tik root" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "Visi naudotojai" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "Niekas" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "Vald(Ctrl) + Alt + Šalinti(Del) &interpretacija" + #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "Leisti nuotolinę &grafinę registraciją" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "„&Magic SysRq“ klavišai" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "Uždrausti" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "Įgalinti visas funkcijas" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "&Uždelsimas po nesėkmingo bandymo prisiregistruoti" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Daugia&usiai" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "Maž&iausiai" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "KDM prisijungimų tvarkytojo &sistemos išjungimo elgsena:" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "Tik root" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "Visi naudotojai" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "Niekas" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Sistemos sustabdymas į diską" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Sustabdyti į diską gali visi" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Visada reikia patvirtinti tapatybę" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "Sl&aptažodžio šifravimo būdas" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "&Tikrinti naujus slaptažodžius" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "Įsi&mintų slaptažodžių skaičius" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "&Mažiausias galimas slaptažodžio ilgis" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "&Dienos iki įspėjimo apie slaptažodžio keitimą" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "Rinkmenų &leidimai" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Lengvas" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Saugus" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranojiškas" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Naudotojas, paleidžiantis updatedb" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Dau&giausiai" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Mažiausiai" +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" +msgstr "KDM prisijungimų tvarkytojo &sistemos išjungimo elgsena:" + #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Numatytosios saugumo konfigūracijos" @@ -1145,62 +1273,62 @@ msgstr "Ruošiama..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma saugumo konfigūracija" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Įrašyti saugumo nuostatas" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Įrašyti inittab nuostatas" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Įrašyti PAM nuostatas" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Atnaujinti sistemos nuostatas" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos saugumo nuostatos..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos inittab nuostatos..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos PAM nuostatos..." #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Atnaujinamos sistemos nuostatos..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Dabartinis saugumo lygmuo: Individualios nuostatos" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Dabartinis saugumo lygmuo: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/services-manager.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/services-manager.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/services-manager.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-22 09:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -274,11 +274,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "Nepavyko %{change}: %{service}. Būsena dabar: %{status}. " -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "Nepavyko %{change}: %{service}. " Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/snapper.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/snapper.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/snapper.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-30 17:22+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -52,132 +52,132 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "Aprašas" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "Naudotojo duomenys" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Išvalymo algoritmas" #. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Keisti momentinę kopiją %{num}" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "Keisti momentines kopijas %{pre} ir %{post}" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "prieš (%{pre})" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "po (%{post})" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Sukurti naują momentinę kopiją" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Paskira momentinė kopija" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "prieš" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "po, susieti su:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "Tikrai pašalinti momentinę kopiją %{num}?" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "Tikrai pašalinti momentines kopijas %{pre} ir %{post}?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Momentinės kopijos" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "pavienė" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "prieš ir po" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Skaitomas momentinių kopijų sąrašas..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Dabartinė konfigūracija" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipas" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Pradžios data" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Pabaigos data" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Naudotojo duomenys" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Rodyti pakeitimus" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Keisti" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -186,131 +186,131 @@ "Neįmanoma parodyti skirtumų." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Pasirinktos momentinės kopijos apžvalga" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Skaičiuojamos pakeistos rinkmenos..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Skaičiuojamos rinkmenų modifikacijos..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Sukurta nauja rinkmena." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Rinkmena pašalinta" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Rinkmenos turinys toks pat." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Rinkmenos nėra nė vienoje momentinėje kopijoje." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Pakeistas rinkmenos turinys." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Rinkmenos veiksena pakeista iš „%1“ į „%2“." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Rinkmenos savininkas pakeistas iš „%1“ į „%2“." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Rinkmenos savininko grupė pakeista iš „%1“ į „%2“." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "A&tstatyti iš pirmo" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Atstatyti" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "At&statyti iš antro" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Rodyti skirtumą tarp momentinės kopijos ir dabartinės sistemos" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Rodyti skirtumą tarp šios ir pasirinktos momentinės kopijos:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Rodyti skirtumą tarp pirmos ir antros momentinės kopijos" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Rodyti skirtumą tarp pirmos momentinės kopijos ir dabartinės sistemos" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Rodyti skirtumą tarp antros momentinės kopijos ir dabartinės sistemos" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "Momentinės kopijos sukūrimo laikas:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Pirmos momentinės kopijos sukūrimo laikas:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Antros momentinės kopijos sukūrimo laikas:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Atverti" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Atstatyti pasirinktas" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -341,17 +341,17 @@ "iš iš „%2“ momentinio būvio į dabartinę sistemą?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Atstatymui nebuvo pasirinkta nei viena rinkmena" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Atstatomos rinkmenos" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/storage.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/storage.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/storage.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-01 10:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -94,8 +94,7 @@ msgstr "&Kurti skaidinių sąranką..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -174,7 +173,13 @@ msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "Atskiram /home skaidiniui nepakanka vietos." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." +msgstr "Nenurodyta šakninė rinkmenų sistema!" + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -962,7 +967,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Pasiūlyti atskirą &Namų skaidinį" @@ -980,7 +985,7 @@ msgstr "Pasiūlymo tipas" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -995,7 +1000,7 @@ "Tikrai naudoti šią sąranką?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1010,7 +1015,7 @@ "Tikrai naudoti šią sąranką?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1025,7 +1030,7 @@ "Tikrai naudoti šią sąranką?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1041,7 +1046,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -1051,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1072,7 +1077,7 @@ "Tikrai naudoti šią sąranką?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1087,7 +1092,7 @@ "Tikrai norite išlaikyti esamą įkrovos skaidinio dydį?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1099,7 +1104,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1116,7 +1121,7 @@ "Ar norite naudoti sąranką be /boot skaidinio?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1135,11 +1140,11 @@ "\n" "Tikrai naudoti šią sąranką?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"\n" +"%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1285,7 +1290,7 @@ "Tikrai skaidinį palikti nesuženklintą?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1294,7 +1299,7 @@ "Prieš jį modifikuodami, pašalinkite jį iš RAID.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1303,7 +1308,7 @@ "Prieš jį modifikuodami, pašalinkite jį iš tomų grupės.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1312,7 +1317,7 @@ "Prieš jį modifikuodami, pašalinkite tomų grupę.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1321,7 +1326,7 @@ "Prieš ištrinami, pašalinkite jį iš RAID.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1329,12 +1334,12 @@ "Skaidinį (%2) naudoja %1.\n" "Prieš ištrindami, pašalinkite %1.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Negalima šalinti skaidinio, kuris yra prijungtas." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1343,7 +1348,7 @@ "bei yra naudojamas kitas didesnio numerio loginis skaidinys.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1356,7 +1361,7 @@ "Spauskite „Atšaukti“, nebent tiksliai žinote, ką darote.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1371,7 +1376,7 @@ "trinkite išplėstinį skaidinį.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1386,7 +1391,7 @@ "trinkite išplėstinį skaidinį.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1405,13 +1410,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Neužmirškite to, ką čia įvedėte!" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Tušti slaptažodžiai leidžiami." @@ -1440,7 +1445,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Įv&eskite slaptažodį rinkmenų sistemai:" @@ -1451,7 +1456,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Patikrinimui į&veskite slaptažodį dar kartą:" @@ -1474,7 +1479,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1485,7 +1490,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1844,7 +1849,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Įgalinti momentinių kopijų kūrimą" @@ -1859,17 +1864,17 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Tušti potomių vardai neleidžiami." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Potomio vardas %1 jau yra." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Ligi šiolei padaryti pakeitimai prarasti!" @@ -1912,7 +1917,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1931,7 +1936,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1950,7 +1955,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1982,7 +1987,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2187,7 +2192,7 @@ "kurio rinkmenų sistemos nėra arba ji nežinoma." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2211,12 +2216,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Rinkmenų sistema prijungta prie %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2226,12 +2231,12 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Atjungti" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2239,15 +2244,15 @@ "Galite atjungti dabar arba atšaukti.\n" "Jei nežinote, ką daryti, spauskite „Atšaukti“." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Neįmanoma sumažinti šiuo metu prijungto skaidinio." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Neįmanoma išplėsti šiuo metu prijungto skaidinio." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Neįmanoma keisti dydžio skaidinio, kuris yra prijungtas." @@ -2528,11 +2533,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Keisti" @@ -2563,9 +2566,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2587,8 +2589,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Keisti..." @@ -2605,8 +2606,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2670,32 +2670,39 @@ msgstr "Pasirinkite įrenginio vaidmenį." #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format partition" +msgid "EFI Boot Partition" +msgstr "Suženklinti skaidinį" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Operacinė sistema" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Duomenys ir ISV programos" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Mainų sritis (swap)" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Neformatuotas tomas" #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Vaidmuo" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2704,7 +2711,7 @@ "po to pasirinkite rinkmenų sistemos tipą." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" @@ -2715,7 +2722,7 @@ "bus ištrinti visi jo duomenys." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." @@ -2724,47 +2731,47 @@ "nurodykite prijungimo vietą (/, /boot, /home, /var ar kurią nors kitą)." #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Suženklinimo parinktys" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Suženklinti skaidinį" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Skaidinio nesuženklinti" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Skaidinio neprijungti" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Prijungimo parinktys" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Prijungti skaidinį" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Prijungimo vieta" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab parinktys..." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Šifruotos rinkmenos turi būti užšifruotos." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2777,17 +2784,17 @@ "Pažymėkite dar ir suženklinimo parinktį.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Šifruotoms rinkmenoms reikia prijungimo vietos." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs reikalauja prijungimo vietos." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2802,7 +2809,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2816,21 +2823,21 @@ "sustabdymui į diską.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Prarasite visus tome esančius duomenis!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "Slaptažodis" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Šitas įrenginys nepalaiko dydžio keitimo." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2840,7 +2847,7 @@ "Negalite keisti pasirinkto skaidinio dydžio, kadangi šiame skaidinyje esanti\n" "rinkmenų sistema nepalaiko dydžio keitimo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2849,7 +2856,7 @@ "jei jis yra prijungtas programine prasme." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2858,21 +2865,21 @@ "nes sistema regis nėra vientisa\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Keisti skaidinio %1 dydį" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Keisti loginio tomo %1 dydį" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Dabartinis dydis: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Dabar naudojama: %1" @@ -2880,8 +2887,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2893,33 +2900,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Didžiausias dydis (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Mažiausias dydis (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Savitas dydis" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Pasirinkite naują dydį." #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2929,7 +2936,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2938,12 +2945,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "%1 išvestis" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Peržvelgiami diskai..." @@ -3128,50 +3135,50 @@ msgstr "Įvesta netinkama sritis." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Pridėti %1 skaidinį" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Keisti skaidinį %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Nėra vietos, kur būtų galima pastumti skaidinį %1." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Pastumti skaidinį %1 toliau?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Patraukti skaidinį %1 atgal?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Perkelti skaidinį %1?" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Toliau" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Atgal" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Visų skaidinių ištrynimo patvirtinimas" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3179,30 +3186,35 @@ "„%1“ diskas turi bent vieną skaidinį.\n" "Jei tęsite, bus ištrinti šie skaidiniai:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Tikrai pašalinti visus „%1“ skaidinius?" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Nepasirinktas joks standusis diskas." #. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Diskas naudojamas, tad negalima jo keisti." #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Pasirinkite %1 naujos skaidinių lentelės tipą." #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." @@ -3211,29 +3223,29 @@ "%1 duomenys ir visi RAID bei tomų grupės, naudojamos %1." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Nepasirinktas joks diskas." #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "Tikrai pašalinti BIOS RAID %1?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "Šiame diske nėra ištrintinų skaidinių." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Neįmanoma sukurti skaidinio esančio %1." @@ -3241,15 +3253,15 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Nepasirinktas joks skaidinys." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3258,12 +3270,12 @@ "negalima keisti. Pirmiau įsitikinkite, kad %1 nenaudojamas." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Išplėstojo skaidinio negalima keisti." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3272,12 +3284,12 @@ "jo negalima perkelti." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Išplėstojo skaidinio negalima perkelti." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3286,12 +3298,12 @@ "negalima keisti. Pirmiau įsitikinkite, kad %1 nenaudojamas." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Išplėstojo skaidinio dydžio keisti negalima." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3301,7 +3313,7 @@ "partitions will be deleted.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3309,18 +3321,18 @@ "Šie skaidiniai bus ištrinti,\n" "visi juose esantys duomenys dings:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Tikrai pašalinti šiuos skaidinius?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" "Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3328,20 +3340,20 @@ "Šio disko negalima klonuoti. Nėra tinkamų\n" "diskų, kurie turėtų tokį patį skaidinių lygiavimą." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Klonuoti %1 skaidinių išdėstymą" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Prieinami paskirties diskai:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Pasirinkite klonavimo paskirties diską" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3350,7 +3362,7 @@ "Tikrai vykdyti dasdfmt diske %1?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3394,8 +3406,7 @@ msgstr "Perkelti" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Keisti dydį" @@ -3492,8 +3503,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3604,11 +3614,11 @@ msgstr "Pateiktas neteisingas slaptažodis." #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "LVM naudojamo skaitinio ištrynimo patvirtinimas" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3618,15 +3628,15 @@ "Siekiant išlaikyti vientisą sistemą, bus ištrinta ši\n" "tomų grupė ir jos loginiai tomai:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Skaidinį „%1“ ir tomų grupę „%2“ trinti dabar?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "RAID naudojamų skaidinių ištrynimo patvirtinimas" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3636,24 +3646,24 @@ "Siekiant išlaikyti vientisą sistemą, bus\n" "ištrinti šie RAID įrenginiai:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Šalinti skaidinį „%1“ ir RAID „%2“ dabar?" #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Tikrai pašalinti visus %1 skaidinius?" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Tikrai ištrinti %1?" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3663,7 +3673,7 @@ #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Skaidiniams nepriskirta" @@ -3671,31 +3681,31 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Nepriskirta" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Skaidinių pakeitimų nėra." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Skaidinių pakeitimai:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Kaupiklių nuostatos nepakeistos." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Kaupiklių nuostatos." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "Įdiegtini paketai." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "Paketų diegti nereikia." @@ -3816,12 +3826,12 @@ "kūrimo vėliavėlę." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Pridėti šifruotą rinkmeną" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Keisti šifruotą rinkmeną %1" @@ -4131,12 +4141,12 @@ msgstr "Naudojamas telkinys" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Pridėti loginį tomą prie %1" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Keisti loginį tomą %1, priklausantį %2" @@ -4174,9 +4184,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Nepažymėtas joks loginis tomas." @@ -4186,7 +4196,7 @@ msgstr "Neliko vietos tomų grupėje „%1“." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4195,7 +4205,7 @@ "Jo negalima keisti." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4575,17 +4585,17 @@ msgstr "Keisti įrenginius, naudojamus su RAID." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Pridėti RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Keisti RAID %1 dydį" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Keisti RAID %1" @@ -4870,7 +4880,7 @@ msgstr "Parodo diegimo santrauką." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Pridėti tmpfs prijungimą" @@ -5699,19 +5709,63 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Diske %1 veiksmo atlikti negalima.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" +#| "partition table.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" +#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Skaidymo įrankiui, kuris naudojamas skaidinių lentelės\n" +"keitimui, nepavyksta perskaityti disko %1\n" +"skaidymo lentelės arba šis įrankis jo nepalaiko.\n" +"\n" +"Galite naudoti disko %1 skaidinius tokius, kokie jie yra dabar;\n" +"arba galite juos suženklinti ir jiems priskirti prijungimo vietas,\n" +"tačiau čia negalite įtraukti skaidinių, redaguoti,\n" +"keisti jų dydžio ar juos šalinti.\n" + +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" +#| "partition table.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" +#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5725,15 +5779,25 @@ "tačiau čia negalite įtraukti skaidinių, redaguoti,\n" "keisti jų dydžio ar juos šalinti.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +#| "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" +#| "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +#| "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" +#| "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5747,7 +5811,7 @@ "tačiau čia negalite keisti jo dydžio ar šalinti.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5762,7 +5826,7 @@ "tačiau tuomet bus sunaikinti visi jūsų duomenys esantys visuose disko skaidiniuose.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5780,7 +5844,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Dydžio keitimas neįmanomas:" @@ -5793,7 +5857,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5806,7 +5870,7 @@ "Tikriausiai pateiktas neteisingas šifravimo slaptažodis.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5817,7 +5881,7 @@ "Bandykite dar kartą." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5829,24 +5893,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Į&veskite šifravimo slaptažodį:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Pateikti slaptažodį" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Šie užšifruoti tomai jau prieinami." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Užšifruoto tomo aktyvavimas" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5858,12 +5922,12 @@ "Jei šių tomų jums reikės atnaujinimo metu arba jei juose yra \n" "užšifruotas LVM fizinis tomas, tuomet nurodykite jų slaptažodžius." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Nurodyti šifravimo slaptažodžius?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5874,69 +5938,69 @@ "Slaptažodį mėginsima taikyti visiems įrenginiams." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Įveskite šifravimo slaptažodį" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Nėra užšifruotų tomų, kuriuos reiktų atrakinti." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Nurodykite slaptažodį kuriam nors iš šių įrenginių:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Nurodykite slaptažodį šiems įrenginiams:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Bandoma atrakinti tomus..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Slaptažodis neatrakina jokio tomo." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE diskas" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI diskas" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Diskas" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Nepavyko įdiegti reikalingų paketų." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Tęsti nepaisant klaidos?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "Skaidinio negalima sukurti, nes vis dar naudojami kiti disko skaidiniai." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -5946,7 +6010,7 @@ "Įrenginio %1 negalima keisti, nes jis turi aktyvų swap,\n" "kuris reikalingas diegimui.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -5956,7 +6020,7 @@ "Įrenginio %1 negalima keisti, nes jis turi diegimo duomenis,\n" "reikalingas diegimui.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -5966,7 +6030,7 @@ "Įrenginio %1 negalima pašalinti, nes jis turi aktyvų swap,\n" "kuris reikalingas diegimui.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -5976,7 +6040,7 @@ "Įrenginio %1 negalima pašalinti, nes jis turi diegimo duomenis,\n" "reikalingas diegimui.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5988,7 +6052,7 @@ "%2 įrenginį, kuris turi aktyvų swap, reikalingą\n" "diegimui.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5999,7 +6063,7 @@ "%2 įrenginį, kuris turi diegimui reikalingų duomenų.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6010,18 +6074,18 @@ "kiti disko %2 skaidiniai.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Nenurodyta šakninė rinkmenų sistema!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Įdiegti nepavyks!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -6671,52 +6735,41 @@ "Kaupiklių posistemę užrakino programa „%1“ (%2).\n" "Prieš tęsdami, užverkite šią programą." -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Kadangi rinkmenų sistema netvarkinga, keisti dydžio neįmanoma. Rinkmenų sistemą tikrinkite iš Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 -msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "Kurti pasiūlymą &LVM pagrindu" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 -msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" -msgstr "&Užšifruota tomų grupė" - #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Šakninio skaidinio rinkmenų sistema:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "&Namų skaidinio rinkmenų sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Padidinti &mainų sritį sustabdant kompiuterį į atmintį" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Siūlomos nuostatos" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" -"To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" -"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +"Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"Norėdami sukurti pasiūlymą LVM pagrindu, spauskite atitinkamą mygtuką.\n" -"LVM pagrindu sukurtą konfigūraciją galima užšifruoti.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6725,35 +6778,54 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Įveskite slaptažodį pasiūlytam šifravimui." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Slaptažodis:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Patikrinimui įveskite slaptažodį dar kartą:" +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Partition Based" +msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" +msgstr "&Skaidinių pagrindu" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" +msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "Kurti pasiūlymą &LVM pagrindu" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" +msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "Kurti pasiūlymą &LVM pagrindu" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. #. @@ -6797,6 +6869,16 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Matoma kaupiklių informacija:" +#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" +#~ msgstr "&Užšifruota tomų grupė" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" +#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Norėdami sukurti pasiūlymą LVM pagrindu, spauskite atitinkamą mygtuką.\n" +#~ "LVM pagrindu sukurtą konfigūraciją galima užšifruoti.\n" + #~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist." #~ msgstr "Nėra neišsaugotų pakeitimų." @@ -6993,9 +7075,6 @@ #~ msgid "Default Filesystem:" #~ msgstr "Numatytoji rinkmenų sistema:" -#~ msgid "&Partition Based" -#~ msgstr "&Skaidinių pagrindu" - #~ msgid "&LVM Based" #~ msgstr "&LVM pagrindu" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/update.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/update.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/update.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 09:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr "Jokia iš šių rinkmenų neegzistuoja: %1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -870,13 +870,13 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Nežinomas produktas" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ "Nepavyksta parinkti diegimui reikalingų šablonų:\n" "%{patterns}" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/users.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/users.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/users.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-28 09:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -129,624 +129,6 @@ msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "Neklausti trūkstamų duomenų; vietoj to grąžinti klaidą." -#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 -msgid "User Authentication Method" -msgstr "Naudotojų atpažinimo būdas" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Authentication \n" -"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" -"" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Atpažinimas \n" -"Čia galite pasirinkti naudotojų atpažinimo būdą .\n" -"" - -#. helptext 2/3 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "Rinkitės Vietinis, jei norite atpažinti naudotojus naudojant tik vietines rinkmenas /etc/passwd ir /etc/shadow." - -#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "Jei kompiuteryje yra anksčiau įdiegta ar tiesiog kita sistema, ja remiantis galima kurti naudotojus. Tai padarysite nuspaudę Nuskaityti naudotojo duomenis iš ankstesnio diegimo. Ši parinktis naudoja esamą namų katalogą arba gali sukurti naują kiekvienam naudotojui diegimo metu nurodytoje vietoje." - -#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 -msgid "&LDAP" -msgstr "&LDAP" - -#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 -msgid "N&IS" -msgstr "N&IS" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#. menubutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "&Samba" -msgstr "&Samba" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 -msgid "&Windows Domain" -msgstr "&Windows sritis" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 -msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" -msgstr "&Vietinis (/etc/passwd)" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 -msgid "eDirectory LDAP" -msgstr "eDirectory LDAP" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"Jei naudojate NIS arba LDAP serverį naudotojų duomenų saugojimui, arba\n" -"norite atpažinti naudotojus NT serveryje, pasirinkite atitinkamą reikšmę. \n" -"Tuomet tęskite savo kliento konfigūravimą spausdami Toliau" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"Jei naudojate NIS arba LDAP serverį naudotojų duomenų saugojimui, pasirinkite atitinkamą reikšmę.\n" -"Tuomet tęskite savo kliento konfigūravimą spausdami Toliau" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"Jei naudojate LDAP serverį naudotojų duomenų saugojimui, arba\n" -"norite atpažinti naudotojus NT serveryje, pasirinkite atitinkamą reikšmę. \n" -"Tuomet tęskite savo kliento konfigūravimą spausdami Toliau" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"Jei naudojate LDAP serverį naudotojų duomenų saugojimui, pasirinkite atitinkamą reikšmę.\n" -"Tuomet tęskite savo kliento konfigūravimą spausdami Toliau" - -#. helptext: additional kerberos support -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 -msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "&Nuskaityti naudotojo duomenis iš ankstesnio diegimo" - -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 -msgid "&Choose" -msgstr "&Pasirinkti" - -#. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 -msgid "Authentication Method" -msgstr "Atpažinimo būdas" - -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 -msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" -msgstr "Nustatyti &Kerberos naudotojų atpažinimą" - -#. selection box label -#. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 -msgid "&Select Users to Read" -msgstr "&Pasirinkti nuskaitytinus naudotojus" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 -msgid "Select or Deselect &All" -msgstr "Pažymėti &viską arba nebežymėti nieko" - -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 -msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "Sistemos administratoriaus „root“ slaptažodis" - -#. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "Neužmirškite to, ką čia įvedėte." - -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "root naudotojo &slaptažodis" - -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "&Patvirtinti slaptažodį" - -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "&Išbandyti klaviatūros išdėstymą" - -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 -msgid "E&xpert Options..." -msgstr "Nuostatos &ekspertams..." - -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Kitaip nei paprasti sistemos naudotojai, kurie rašo tekstus, kuria\n" -"paveikslėlius arba naršo po internetą, naudotojas „root“ yra kiekvienoje\n" -"sistemoje ir iškviečiamas tuomet, kai reikia atlikti administracines\n" -"užduotis. Prisijunkite kaip root tik tada, \n" -"kai norite būti sistemos administratoriumi.\n" -"\n" - -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Kadangi root naudotojo teisės išplėstos, „root“ slaptažodis turi būti pasirinktas\n" -"labai atidžiai. Rekomenduojama raidžių ir skaičių kombinacija. Norint užtikrinti,\n" -"kad slaptažodis įvestas teisingai, pakartokite procesą kitame laukelyje.\n" -"\n" - -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 -msgid "" -"\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Visos taisyklės, galiojančios naudotojo slaptažodžiui, galioja ir „root“ slaptažodžiui:\n" -"svarbios yra didžiosios ir mažosios raidės. Slaptažodis turi būti bent iš\n" -"5 simbolių ir, kaip taisyklė, neturėti specialiųjų simbolių (pvz. kirčiuotų raidžių arba umliautų).\n" -"\n" - -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Nepamirškite šio „root“ slaptažodžio.\n" -"" - -#. additional help text about password -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgstr "" -"Jei ketinate šį slaptažodį naudoti kurdami liudijimus,\n" -"jis turi būti bent %1 simbolių ilgio." - -#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "Norėdami patikrinti, kokią klaviatūra naudojatės, pabandykite ką nors rašyti ties laukeliu Išbandyti klaviatūros išdėstymą." - -#. report misspellings of the password -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -msgid "" -"The passwords do not match.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" -"Slaptažodžiai nesutampa.\n" -"Bandykite dar kartą." - -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. report if user forgot to enter a password -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" -"Neįvestas slaptažodis.\n" -"Bandykite dar kartą." - -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgstr "" -"Jei ketinate kurti liudijimus,\n" -"slaptažodį turi sudaryti bent %1 simboliai." - -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -msgid "Really use this password?" -msgstr "Tikrai naudoti šį slaptažodį?" - -#. Error msg (yes/no) -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 -msgid "" -"The root password could not be set.\n" -"You might not be able to log in.\n" -"Try setting it again?\n" -msgstr "" -"Nepavyksta nustatyti root slaptažodžio.\n" -"Jums gali nepavykti prisijungti.\n" -"Nustatyti iš naujo?\n" - -#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 -msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." -msgstr "Ruošiamas modulis naudotojų atpažinimo konfigūracijai..." - -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed.\n" -"Install it now?\n" -msgstr "" -"Paketas %1 nėra įdiegtas.\n" -"Įdiegti jį?\n" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -msgid "DES" -msgstr "DES" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 -msgid "MD5" -msgstr "MD5" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 -msgid "SHA-256" -msgstr "SHA-256" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 -msgid "SHA-512" -msgstr "SHA-512" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 -msgid "Password Encryption Type" -msgstr "Slaptažodžio šifravimo tipas" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 -msgid "&DES" -msgstr "&DES" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 -msgid "&MD5" -msgstr "&MD5" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 -msgid "SHA-&256" -msgstr "SHA-&256" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 -msgid "SHA-&512" -msgstr "SHA-&512" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "Authentication " -msgstr "Prisijungimo nuostatos" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." -msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "Pasirinktas %1 slaptažodžio šifravimo būdas." - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -msgid "User's &Full Name" -msgstr "Naudotojo &vardas ir pavardė" - -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -msgid "&Username" -msgstr "&Naudotojo prisijungimo vardas" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" -msgstr "Kartu tai ir sistemos &administratoriaus slaptažodis" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 -msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" -msgstr "Gauti s&istemos paštą" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 -msgid "&Automatic Login" -msgstr "&Automatinis naudotojo prisijungimas" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 -msgid "Create New User" -msgstr "Sukurti naują naudotoją" - -#. yes-no popup headline -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 -msgid "Empty User Login" -msgstr "Tuščias naudotojo prisijungimo vardas" - -#. yes-no popup contents -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" -"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" -"Leave it empty?" -msgstr "" -"Palikti naudotojo vardą tuščią prasminga\n" -"tik tinkle su naudotojų atpažinimo serveriu.\n" -"Palikti jį tuščią?" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" -"assign to this user account.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Įveskite šio naudotojo naudotojo vardą ir pavardę,\n" -"naudotojo prisijungimo vardą ir slaptažodį.\n" -"\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 -msgid "" -"\n" -"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Įvedant slaptažodį turite skirti mažąsias ir didžiąsias raides.\n" -"Slaptažodis negali turėti jokių specialių simbolių (pvz. kirčiuotų raidžių).\n" -"\n" - -#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" -" %2 and %3 characters.\n" -"" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Naudojant šį (%1) slaptažodžio šifrą, jo ilgis turi būti tarp\n" -" %2 ir %3 simbolių.\n" -"" - -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %s characters long." -msgstr "" -"Jei ketinate šį slaptažodį naudoti kurdami liudijimus,\n" -"jis turi būti bent %s simbolių ilgio." - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Įsitikinimui, kad slaptažodį įvedėte teisingai,\n" -"Pakartokite jį antrame laukelyje. Nepamirškite savo slaptažodžio.\n" -"\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 -msgid "" -"\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" -"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Prisijungimo vardui vartokite tik raides (be diakritinių ženklų), skaičius, ir <tt>._-</tt>\n" -"Nevartokite didžiųjų raidžių, nebent tikrai žinote, ką darote.\n" -"Šie naudotojų vardai turi didesnius apribojimus nei slaptažodžiai. Apribojimus galite\n" -"keisti reikalavimus rinkmenoje /etc/login.defs. Daugiau informacijos jos „man“ puslapiuose.\n" -"\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "Jei pirmajam naudotojui įvestą slaptažodį norite priskirti ir „root“ naudotojui, padėkite varnelę ties kartu tai ir sistemos administratoriaus slaptažodis." - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Čia sukuriami naudotojo vardas ir slaptažodis naudojami prisijungimui prie Linux sistemos. Jei įgalintas automatinis prisijungimas, nebus prašoma įvesti naudotojo vardo ir slaptažodžio. Šis naudotojas prisijungs automatiškai.\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Šiam naudotojui bus persiųstas „root“ paštas, jei pažymėsite „Gauti sisteminį paštą“.\n" - -#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well -#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) -#. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 -msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "Nuostatos ekspertams" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 -msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." -msgstr "Pasirinktas /etc/passwd naudotojų atpažinimo būdas." - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 -msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "Pasirinktas %s slaptažodžio šifravimo būdas." - -#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 -msgid "User %s will be imported." -msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "Importuosimas %s naudotojas." -msgstr[1] "Importuosimi %s naudotojai." -msgstr[2] "Importuosima %s naudotojų." -msgstr[3] "Importuosimas %s naudotojas." - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "&Pakeisti..." - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 -msgid "Summary" -msgstr "Santrauka" - -#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "" -"Jei ketinate kurti liudijimus,\n" -"slaptažodį turi sudaryti bent %s simboliai." - #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" @@ -868,11 +250,6 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Naujas naudotojo UID" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 -msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." -msgstr "Įrašoma naudotojų konfigūracija..." - #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -1123,93 +500,6 @@ msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekundės" -#. authentication type -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 -msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP" - -#. authentication type -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 -msgid "NIS" -msgstr "NIS" - -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 -msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" -msgstr "Samba (Windows sritis)" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" -msgstr "<%1>Root slaptažodis<%2> nustatytas" - -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" -msgstr "<%1>Root slaptažodis<%2> nenustatytas" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 -msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" -msgstr "Nesukonfigūruotas joks <%1>naudotojas<%2>" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" -msgstr "<%1>Naudotojų atpažinimo būdas<%2>: %3" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." -msgstr "<%1>Naudotojo atpažinimo būdas<%2>: %3 ir Kerberos." - -#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) -#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" -msgstr "<%1>Naudotojai<%2>, parinkti įkėlimui: %3" - -#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." -msgstr "Bus įkeltas <%1>naudotojas<%2> %3." - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" -msgstr "<%1>Naudotojas<%2> %3 sukonfigūruotas" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" -msgstr "<%1>Naudotojas<%2> %3 (%4) sukonfigūruotas" - -#. summary line -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 -msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" -msgstr "Slaptažodžio šifravimo būdas: %1" - -#. rich text label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Naudotojo nuostatos" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 -msgid "&User" -msgstr "&Naudotojas" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 -msgid "&Root Password" -msgstr "&Root slaptažodis" - #. password entering label #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" @@ -1372,6 +662,24 @@ "naudotojo šifravimo būdų būdams keisti,\n" "reikia įvesti naudotojo dabartinį slaptažodį." +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"Slaptažodžiai nesutampa.\n" +"Bandykite dar kartą." + #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -1402,6 +710,13 @@ msgstr "&Pakeisti namų katalogo savininką" #. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "Naudotojo &vardas ir pavardė" + +#. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "&Vardas" @@ -1416,11 +731,30 @@ msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "Nuotoliniams naudotojams gali būti pakeista tik narystė papildomose grupėse." +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&Naudotojo prisijungimo vardas" + #. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "Gauti s&istemos paštą" + +#. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "A&utomatinis naudotojo prisijungimas" +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "Kartu tai ir sistemos &administratoriaus slaptažodis" + #. check box label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" @@ -1590,6 +924,33 @@ msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "&Papildiniai" +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "Tuščias naudotojo prisijungimo vardas" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" +"Palikti naudotojo vardą tuščią prasminga\n" +"tik tinkle su naudotojų atpažinimo serveriu.\n" +"Palikti jį tuščią?" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "Tikrai naudoti šį slaptažodį?" + #. popup question #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" @@ -1681,6 +1042,20 @@ msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "Grupės &duomenys" +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +msgid "DES" +msgstr "DES" + +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "MD5" + #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -1694,6 +1069,32 @@ "Slaptažodis negali turėti jokių specialių simbolių (pvz. kirčiuotų raidžių).\n" "\n" +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Naudojant šį (%1) slaptažodžio šifrą, jo ilgis turi būti tarp\n" +" %2 ir %3 simbolių.\n" +"" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Įsitikinimui, kad slaptažodį įvedėte teisingai,\n" +"Pakartokite jį antrame laukelyje. Nepamirškite savo slaptažodžio.\n" +"\n" + #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -1859,6 +1260,19 @@ "slaptažodį.\n" "\n" +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Įveskite šio naudotojo naudotojo vardą ir pavardę,\n" +"naudotojo prisijungimo vardą ir slaptažodį.\n" +"\n" + #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" @@ -1899,6 +1313,25 @@ "keisti reikalavimus rinkmenoje /etc/login.defs. Daugiau informacijos jos „man“ puslapiuose.\n" "\n" +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Čia sukuriami naudotojo vardas ir slaptažodis naudojami prisijungimui prie Linux sistemos. Jei įgalintas automatinis prisijungimas, nebus prašoma įvesti naudotojo vardo ir slaptažodžio. Šis naudotojas prisijungs automatiškai.\n" + +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Šiam naudotojui bus persiųstas „root“ paštas, jei pažymėsite „Gauti sisteminį paštą“.\n" + #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." @@ -2670,7 +2103,8 @@ msgstr "Sisteminiai naudotojai" #. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Vietiniai naudotojai" @@ -2746,6 +2180,11 @@ msgstr "Samba grupės" #. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "NIS" + +#. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "SSSD" @@ -2765,6 +2204,11 @@ msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "&SSSD" +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "&Samba" + #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" @@ -2892,6 +2336,11 @@ "tinklo protokolai jų nepalaiko ir jūs galite turėti problemų su NIS.\n" "" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" @@ -2902,6 +2351,26 @@ msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "Šifravimo tipas" +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "&DES" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "&MD5" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "SHA-&256" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "SHA-&512" + #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" @@ -3197,6 +2666,12 @@ #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "Sisteminis" @@ -3533,6 +3008,15 @@ msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "Paketas %1 neprieinamas diegimui." +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"Paketas %1 nėra įdiegtas.\n" +"Įdiegti jį?\n" + #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" @@ -3550,6 +3034,425 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Ruošiama..." +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" +"Jei ketinate kurti liudijimus,\n" +"slaptažodį turi sudaryti bent %s simboliai." + +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +msgid "" +"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long." +msgstr "" +"Jei ketinate šį slaptažodį naudoti kurdami liudijimus,\n" +"jis turi būti bent %s simbolių ilgio." + +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "Įrašoma naudotojų konfigūracija..." + +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." +msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." +msgstr "Pasirinktas %1 slaptažodžio šifravimo būdas." + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "Slaptažodžio šifravimo tipas" + +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "Neužmirškite to, ką čia įvedėte." + +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "root naudotojo &slaptažodis" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "&Patvirtinti slaptažodį" + +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "&Išbandyti klaviatūros išdėstymą" + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Kitaip nei paprasti sistemos naudotojai, kurie rašo tekstus, kuria\n" +"paveikslėlius arba naršo po internetą, naudotojas „root“ yra kiekvienoje\n" +"sistemoje ir iškviečiamas tuomet, kai reikia atlikti administracines\n" +"užduotis. Prisijunkite kaip root tik tada, \n" +"kai norite būti sistemos administratoriumi.\n" +"\n" + +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Kadangi root naudotojo teisės išplėstos, „root“ slaptažodis turi būti pasirinktas\n" +"labai atidžiai. Rekomenduojama raidžių ir skaičių kombinacija. Norint užtikrinti,\n" +"kad slaptažodis įvestas teisingai, pakartokite procesą kitame laukelyje.\n" +"\n" + +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +msgid "" +"\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Visos taisyklės, galiojančios naudotojo slaptažodžiui, galioja ir „root“ slaptažodžiui:\n" +"svarbios yra didžiosios ir mažosios raidės. Slaptažodis turi būti bent iš\n" +"5 simbolių ir, kaip taisyklė, neturėti specialiųjų simbolių (pvz. kirčiuotų raidžių arba umliautų).\n" +"\n" + +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Nepamirškite šio „root“ slaptažodžio.\n" +"" + +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "Sistemos administratoriaus „root“ slaptažodis" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"Neįvestas slaptažodis.\n" +"Bandykite dar kartą." + +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" +"Local users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "Rinkitės Vietinis, jei norite atpažinti naudotojus naudojant tik vietines rinkmenas /etc/passwd ir /etc/shadow." + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create New User" +msgid "Create new user" +msgstr "Sukurti naują naudotoją" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +msgid "" +"\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Įvedant slaptažodį turite skirti mažąsias ir didžiąsias raides.\n" +"Slaptažodis negali turėti jokių specialių simbolių (pvz. kirčiuotų raidžių).\n" +"\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The password length should be between %{min}\n" +" and %{max} characters.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Naudojant šį (%1) slaptažodžio šifrą, jo ilgis turi būti tarp\n" +" %2 ir %3 simbolių.\n" +"" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +msgid "" +"\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Prisijungimo vardui vartokite tik raides (be diakritinių ženklų), skaičius, ir <tt>._-</tt>\n" +"Nevartokite didžiųjų raidžių, nebent tikrai žinote, ką darote.\n" +"Šie naudotojų vardai turi didesnius apribojimus nei slaptažodžiai. Apribojimus galite\n" +"keisti reikalavimus rinkmenoje /etc/login.defs. Daugiau informacijos jos „man“ puslapiuose.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "Jei pirmajam naudotojui įvestą slaptažodį norite priskirti ir „root“ naudotojui, padėkite varnelę ties kartu tai ir sistemos administratoriaus slaptažodis." + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "&Nuskaityti naudotojo duomenis iš ankstesnio diegimo" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +msgid "" +"\n" +"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"be imported.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +msgid "Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"a local user.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Users" +msgid "Local User" +msgstr "Vietiniai naudotojai" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +msgid "" +"The new username cannot be blank.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +msgid "" +"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create New User" +msgid "&Create New User" +msgstr "Sukurti naują naudotoją" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "&Nuskaityti naudotojo duomenis iš ankstesnio diegimo" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Users" +msgid "Choose Users" +msgstr "Sisteminiai naudotojai" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +msgid "&Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "&Automatinis naudotojo prisijungimas" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No user was specified." +msgid "No users selected" +msgstr "Nenurodytas naudotojas." + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User %s will be imported." +#| msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." +msgid "%d user will be imported" +msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" +msgstr[0] "Importuosimas %s naudotojas." +msgstr[1] "Importuosimi %s naudotojai." +msgstr[2] "Importuosima %s naudotojų." +msgstr[3] "Importuosimas %s naudotojas." + +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "&Pasirinkti nuskaitytinus naudotojus" + +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "Pažymėti &viską arba nebežymėti nieko" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "SHA-256" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "SHA-512" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" +msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "Slaptažodžio šifravimo būdas: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgid "Password &Encryption Type" +msgstr "Slaptažodžio šifravimo tipas" + +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "Naudotojo nuostatos" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Naudotojas" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "&Root slaptažodis" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "<%1>Root slaptažodis<%2> nustatytas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "<%1>Root slaptažodis<%2> nenustatytas" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "Nesukonfigūruotas joks <%1>naudotojas<%2>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." +msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" +msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" +msgstr[0] "Bus įkeltas <%1>naudotojas<%2> %3." +msgstr[1] "Bus įkeltas <%1>naudotojas<%2> %3." +msgstr[2] "Bus įkeltas <%1>naudotojas<%2> %3." +msgstr[3] "Bus įkeltas <%1>naudotojas<%2> %3." + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "<%1>Naudotojas<%2> %3 sukonfigūruotas" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "<%1>Naudotojas<%2> %3 (%4) sukonfigūruotas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" +msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "Slaptažodžio šifravimo būdas: %1" + #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" @@ -4007,7 +3910,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -4026,202 +3929,202 @@ "juos prijungsite teisingai. Tęsti naudotojo konfigūraciją?" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "Keli naudotojai tenkina įvestas sąlygas." #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Paleidžiamas naudotojų ir grupių konfigūravimas" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "Skaityti numatytąsias prisijungimo nuostatas" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "Skaityti numatytąsias sistemos nuostatas" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "Skaityti konfigūracijos tipą" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "Skaityti naudotojo individualias nuostatas" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "Skaityti naudotojus ir grupes" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "Sukurti talpyklos struktūras" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos numatytosios prisijungimo nuostatos..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos numatytosios sistemos nuostatos..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "Skaitomas konfigūracijos tipas..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos individualios nuostatos..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "Skaitomi naudotojai ir grupės..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "Kuriamos duomenų struktūros..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "Naudotojas neegzistuoja." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "Grupė neegzistuoja." #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma naudotojų ir grupių konfigūracija" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "Įrašyti LDAP naudotojus ir grupes" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "Įrašyti grupes" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "Tikrinti pašalintus naudotojus" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "Įrašyti naudotojus" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "Įrašyti slaptažodžius" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "Įrašyti individualias nuostatas" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "Įrašyti numatytas prisijungimo nuostatas" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "Įrašomi LDAP naudotojai ir grupės..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "Įrašomos grupės..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "Tikrinami pašalinti naudotojai..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "Įrašomi naudotojai..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "Įrašomi slaptažodžiai..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos individualios nuostatos..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos numatytosios prisijungimo nuostatos..." #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "Rinkmena %s nebuvo tinkamai perskaityta, todėl nebus įrašyta." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "Šalinant naudotojus įvyko klaida." #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "Rinkmena %s nebuvo tinkamai perskaityta, todėl nebus įrašyta." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "Nustatant root pašto persiuntimą įvyko klaida." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "Šiam naudotojų tipui UID neprieinamas." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4231,7 +4134,7 @@ "Pasirinkite tinkamą sveikąjį skaičių nuo %i iki %i." #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4240,7 +4143,7 @@ "Tikrai jį naudoti?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4252,7 +4155,7 @@ "Tikrai jį naudoti?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4264,7 +4167,7 @@ "Tikrai norite pakeisti naudotojo tipą į „vietinį“?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4275,7 +4178,7 @@ "nes ID yra mažesnis už %i.\n" "Tikrai pakeisti naudotojo tipą į „sisteminį“?" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" @@ -4284,7 +4187,7 @@ "Esamas naudotojo vardas gali priklausyti NIS ar LDAP naudotojui.\n" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -4295,7 +4198,7 @@ "Pasirinkite kitą." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." @@ -4304,7 +4207,7 @@ "būti dvitaškio (:). Bandykite dar." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -4315,7 +4218,7 @@ "Pašalinkite perteklių." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -4326,7 +4229,7 @@ "Bandykite dar kartą." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -4336,7 +4239,7 @@ "Rinkitės kitą kelią iki namų katalogo." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." @@ -4345,7 +4248,7 @@ "Bandykite dar kartą." #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -4356,7 +4259,7 @@ "Ar naudoti šį kelią?" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -4366,7 +4269,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -4378,7 +4281,7 @@ "Ar naudoti šį katalogą?\n" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4392,7 +4295,7 @@ "Naudoti šį katalogą?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" @@ -4401,12 +4304,12 @@ "Naudoti šį apvalkalą?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "Šiam grupių tipui GID neprieinamas." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4416,7 +4319,7 @@ "Pasirinkite tinkamą sveikąjį skaičių nuo %i iki %i." #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4425,7 +4328,7 @@ "Tikrai jį naudoti?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4437,7 +4340,7 @@ "Tikrai jį naudoti?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4449,7 +4352,7 @@ "Tikrai norite pakeisti grupės tipą į „vietinę“?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4461,7 +4364,7 @@ "Tikrai pakeisti grupės tipą į „sisteminę“?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4470,7 +4373,7 @@ "Bandykite dar kartą." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4480,7 +4383,7 @@ "Bandykite dar kartą." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4493,7 +4396,7 @@ "Bandykite dar." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" @@ -4503,13 +4406,13 @@ "ir anksčiau apibrėžtos grupės pavadinimo.\n" "Pasirinkite kitą pavadinimą." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "Naudotojas %s neegzistuoja." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4519,7 +4422,7 @@ "yra naudotojų, kuriems ji yra pagrindinė." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4530,22 +4433,22 @@ "Pirma ištrinkite naudotojus iš grupės." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Naudotojai</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Grupės</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Prisijungimo nuostatos</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Naudotojas „%1“ sukonfigūruotas prisijungti automatiškai" @@ -4565,21 +4468,21 @@ "elemento su DN „%s“. Sukurti jį dabar?" #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Kerberos konfigūracija" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "Nepavyksta įvykdyti kadmin.local." @@ -4711,7 +4614,7 @@ #. the ']' is or-ed... #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4722,7 +4625,7 @@ "Bandykite dar." #. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" "For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" @@ -4737,7 +4640,7 @@ "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4748,37 +4651,37 @@ "Bandykite vėl." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "Naudojote grupės pavadinimą kaip slaptažodžio dalį." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "Jūs naudojote naudotojo vardą kaip slaptažodžio dalį." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "Slaptažodžiui naudojote tik mažąsias raides." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "Slaptažodžiui naudojote tik didžiąsias raides." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "Slaptažodyje yra tekstas, kurį vienodai galima perskaityti bet kuria kryptimi." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "Slaptažodyje naudojote tik skaitmenis." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4788,7 +4691,7 @@ "Slaptažodis bus nukirptas iki %s simbolių." #. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4798,13 +4701,13 @@ "%s." #. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "Slaptažodį turi sudaryti bent %i simboliai." #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4813,7 +4716,7 @@ "Bandykite dar kartą." #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4823,7 +4726,7 @@ "Bandykite dar." #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4836,7 +4739,7 @@ "Pamėginkite dar kartą." #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" @@ -4846,15 +4749,13 @@ "vardo ir esamo naudotojo vardo.\n" "Pasirinkite kitą." -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "Gaunamas papildinys %1..." -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "Paleidžiamas %1 papildinys..." @@ -4921,6 +4822,144 @@ msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "Yra keletas naudotojų, tenkinančių įvestas sąlygas." +#~ msgid "User Authentication Method" +#~ msgstr "Naudotojų atpažinimo būdas" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Authentication \n" +#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Atpažinimas \n" +#~ "Čia galite pasirinkti naudotojų atpažinimo būdą .\n" +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +#~ msgstr "Jei kompiuteryje yra anksčiau įdiegta ar tiesiog kita sistema, ja remiantis galima kurti naudotojus. Tai padarysite nuspaudę Nuskaityti naudotojo duomenis iš ankstesnio diegimo. Ši parinktis naudoja esamą namų katalogą arba gali sukurti naują kiekvienam naudotojui diegimo metu nurodytoje vietoje." + +#~ msgid "&LDAP" +#~ msgstr "&LDAP" + +#~ msgid "N&IS" +#~ msgstr "N&IS" + +#~ msgid "&Windows Domain" +#~ msgstr "&Windows sritis" + +#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" +#~ msgstr "&Vietinis (/etc/passwd)" + +#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP" +#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +#~ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jei naudojate NIS arba LDAP serverį naudotojų duomenų saugojimui, arba\n" +#~ "norite atpažinti naudotojus NT serveryje, pasirinkite atitinkamą reikšmę. \n" +#~ "Tuomet tęskite savo kliento konfigūravimą spausdami Toliau" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jei naudojate NIS arba LDAP serverį naudotojų duomenų saugojimui, pasirinkite atitinkamą reikšmę.\n" +#~ "Tuomet tęskite savo kliento konfigūravimą spausdami Toliau" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" +#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +#~ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jei naudojate LDAP serverį naudotojų duomenų saugojimui, arba\n" +#~ "norite atpažinti naudotojus NT serveryje, pasirinkite atitinkamą reikšmę. \n" +#~ "Tuomet tęskite savo kliento konfigūravimą spausdami Toliau" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jei naudojate LDAP serverį naudotojų duomenų saugojimui, pasirinkite atitinkamą reikšmę.\n" +#~ "Tuomet tęskite savo kliento konfigūravimą spausdami Toliau" + +#~ msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +#~ msgstr "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." + +#~ msgid "&Choose" +#~ msgstr "&Pasirinkti" + +#~ msgid "Authentication Method" +#~ msgstr "Atpažinimo būdas" + +#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" +#~ msgstr "Nustatyti &Kerberos naudotojų atpažinimą" + +#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..." +#~ msgstr "Nuostatos &ekspertams..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jei ketinate šį slaptažodį naudoti kurdami liudijimus,\n" +#~ "jis turi būti bent %1 simbolių ilgio." + +#~ msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +#~ msgstr "Norėdami patikrinti, kokią klaviatūra naudojatės, pabandykite ką nors rašyti ties laukeliu Išbandyti klaviatūros išdėstymą." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n" +#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jei ketinate kurti liudijimus,\n" +#~ "slaptažodį turi sudaryti bent %1 simboliai." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The root password could not be set.\n" +#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n" +#~ "Try setting it again?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nepavyksta nustatyti root slaptažodžio.\n" +#~ "Jums gali nepavykti prisijungti.\n" +#~ "Nustatyti iš naujo?\n" + +#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." +#~ msgstr "Ruošiamas modulis naudotojų atpažinimo konfigūracijai..." + +#~ msgid "Authentication " +#~ msgstr "Prisijungimo nuostatos" + +#~ msgid "Expert Settings" +#~ msgstr "Nuostatos ekspertams" + +#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." +#~ msgstr "Pasirinktas /etc/passwd naudotojų atpažinimo būdas." + +#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s." +#~ msgstr "Pasirinktas %s slaptažodžio šifravimo būdas." + +#~ msgid "&Change..." +#~ msgstr "&Pakeisti..." + +#~ msgid "Summary" +#~ msgstr "Santrauka" + +#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" +#~ msgstr "Samba (Windows sritis)" + +#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" +#~ msgstr "<%1>Naudotojų atpažinimo būdas<%2>: %3" + +#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." +#~ msgstr "<%1>Naudotojo atpažinimo būdas<%2>: %3 ir Kerberos." + +#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" +#~ msgstr "<%1>Naudotojai<%2>, parinkti įkėlimui: %3" + #~ msgid "No Password Entered" #~ msgstr "Slaptažodis neįvestas" Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/vm.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/vm.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/vm.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 12:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ msgstr "Konfigūruojama virtualioji mašina..." #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "Palaikoma tik x86_64 architektūros virtualių mašinų priegloba. O jūsų architektūra yra " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -50,158 +50,158 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Patikrinti įdiegtus paketus" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Tinklo tilto konfigūracija" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Konfigūruojamas VM serveris (sritis 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>VM serverio konfigūracija</big>VM serverio konfigūracija (sritis 0) turi dvi dalis." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "Pirmiausia į sistemą įdiegiami reikalingi paketai. Po to paleidyklė pakeičiama į GRUB (jei iki šiol nenaudota) ir prie paleidyklės meniu pridedamas Xen skyrius, jei jo nėra." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "GRUB reikalingas todėl, kad jis palaiko keleriopo sistemos paleidimo standartą, reikalingą Xen ir Linux branduolio įkėlimui." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "Kuomet konfigūracija sėkmingai užbaigta, tuomet įmanoma paleisti VM serverį per kompiuterio paleidyklės menu." #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Diegimas bus nutrauktas." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "„Hypervisor“ ir įrankiai įdiegti." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "Konfigūruojama virtualioji mašina..." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "KVM serveris" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "KVM įrankiai" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "libvirt LXC konteineriai" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "libvirt LXC tarnybos" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "Virtualizacijos kliento įrankiai." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Xen serveris" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Xen įrankiai" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Diegimas bus nutrauktas." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Diegimas bus nutrauktas." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Veikiama tekstinėje veiksenoje. Vis tiek įdiegti grafinius elementus?" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Tikrinami paketai..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Įdiegiami paketai..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Nepavyksta įdiegti reikalingų paketų." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Atnaujinamos grub2 konfigūracijos rinkmenos..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Konfigūruojamas numatytasis tinklo tiltas..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Tinklo tiltas." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "Normaliai tinklo konfigūracijai yra rekomenduojama virtualiosios mašinos priegloba, tinklo tiltas.Ar konfigūruoti numatytąjį tinklo tiltą?" @@ -214,33 +214,33 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "Xen svečių diegimui, perkraukite kompiuterį ir iš paleidyklės meniu pasirinkite Xen skyrių.\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "Xen svečių diegimui, perkraukite kompiuterį ir iš paleidyklės meniu pasirinkite Xen skyrių.\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "„Xen Hypervisor“ ir įrankiai įdiegti." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "„Hypervisor“ ir įrankiai įdiegti." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/vpn.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/vpn.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/vpn.lt.po 2016-09-02 21:37:53 UTC (rev 96694) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 12:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -220,14 +220,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The selected option is already present." msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Pažymėtas parametras jau yra esantis." #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "" @@ -318,106 +318,106 @@ msgstr "Ar norėtumėte pakeisti CD ir pamėginti dar kartą ?" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "" #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "Pavadinimas" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "Aprašas" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "Norėdami sukurti naują tinklų sietuvą arba klientą, spauskite „Naujas VPN“." #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "Visi IPv4 tinklai (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "Visi IPv6 tinklai (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "Apriboti CIDR, atskirti kableliais:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "Ryšio pavadinimas: " -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipas" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "Tinklų sietuvas (serveris)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "Klientas" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "Scenarijus: " -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "Saugus prisijungimas naudojant liudijimą" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Leisti prisijungti Android, iOS, MacOS X naudotojams" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Leisti prisijungti Windows 7, Windows 8 naudotojams" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "Keisti prisijungimo duomenis" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Require SASL Authentication" msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "Reikalauti SASL tapatybės nustatymo" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "Naudojant liudijimą" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "VPN tinklų sietuvo IP" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "" @@ -514,34 +514,34 @@ msgstr "%s nepasiekiamas LDAP kataloge." #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "Nepavyko įdiegti IPSec paketų." #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Nepavyko paleisti IPSec tarnybos.." #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "Nepavyko nuostatų pritaikyti sistemai." #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr " Nepavyko iš naujo paleisti SuSE užkardos." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -549,30 +549,35 @@ msgstr "" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "VPN bendrosios nuostatos" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "Įgalinti VPN (IPSec) tarnybą: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" -msgstr "Sumažinti TCP MSS iki 1024: %s" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" +msgstr "Sumažinti TCP MSS" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "Tinklų sietuvas ir prisijungimai" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "" #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read current connection setup" msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Skaityti esamą ryšio konfigūraciją" + +#~ msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +#~ msgstr "Sumažinti TCP MSS iki 1024: %s"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96693 - trunk/yast/lo/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Sep '16

02 Sep '16

Author: minton Date: 2016-09-02 23:37:40 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96693 Added: trunk/yast/lo/po/journalctl.lo.po Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/add-on.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/auth-client.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/auth-server.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/autoinst.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/base.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/bootloader.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/ca-management.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/cio.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/cluster.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/control.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/country.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/crowbar.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/dhcp-server.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/dns-server.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/docker.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/drbd.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/fcoe-client.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/firewall.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/firstboot.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/fonts.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/geo-cluster.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/installation.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/iscsi-client.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/iscsi-lio-server.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/kdump.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/live-installer.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/mail.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/network.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/nfs.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/nis.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/ntp-client.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/packager.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/pkg-bindings.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/printer.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/rdp.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/rear.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/registration.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/reipl.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/samba-client.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/samba-server.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/security.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/services-manager.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/snapper.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/storage.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/update.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/users.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/vm.lo.po trunk/yast/lo/po/vpn.lo.po Log: lo merged Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/add-on.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/add-on.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/add-on.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -67,13 +67,14 @@ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "" -#. error report -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 -msgid "Failed to add add-on product." +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "" +#. just report error #: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "" #. placeholder for unknown path Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/auth-client.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/auth-client.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/auth-client.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,1110 +16,1666 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 -msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Realm name" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 -msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 -msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Principal Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" + +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter realm name." +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Reset" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Please enter server URI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "Please enter DN of search base." +msgstr "" + +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" + +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +msgid "(not specified)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +msgid "Secure LDAP communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +msgid "Do Not Use Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +msgid "Test Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "Extended Options" +msgstr "" + +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +msgid "All Authentication Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Add Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Edit Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Delete Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "User Logon Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Change Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "User Logon Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Full Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Network Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +msgid "Identity Domains" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Extended options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "" + #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "" #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "" #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "" +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Global Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Name switch" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Auto-Mount" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "SSH Public Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" +msgstr "" + #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "" -#. Overview of all config sections -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Global Configuration" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Stopped" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 -msgid "Sections" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 -msgid "New Service/Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Join Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Leave Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Clear Domain Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +msgid "Service Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +msgid "Domain Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." +msgstr "" + +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "Use this domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. #. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 -msgid "Customisation - %s" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Name" +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Value" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Description" +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "More Parameters" +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Name filter:" +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" -#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 -msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 -msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" + #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to continue?" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 -msgid "No domain enabled" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +msgid "No domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" -"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -#. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 -msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "" -#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" msgstr "" -#. New service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Service" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 -msgid "Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 -msgid "Domain name (example.com)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Identification provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "Authentication provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Activate Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr "" -#. Create new service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "" -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Current status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Gathering status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +msgid "" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" +"\n" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "Enable the domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Please enter the domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "" + +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" msgstr "" -#. NSS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" -#. PAM configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" -#. SUDO configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#. SSH configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" - -#. autofs may only start after sssd is started -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 -msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "" - -#. end Export -#. ################################################################ -#. ################################################################ -#. Summary() -#. returns html formated configuration summary -#. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 -msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 -msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 -msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 -msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/auth-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/auth-server.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/auth-server.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -291,8 +291,7 @@ msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "" @@ -435,12 +434,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "" @@ -466,8 +465,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" @@ -475,7 +474,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -556,8 +555,8 @@ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "" @@ -1816,8 +1815,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2191,7 +2189,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2259,7 +2257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2420,237 +2418,237 @@ msgstr "" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/autoinst.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/autoinst.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/autoinst.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "" @@ -49,14 +49,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -237,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -245,73 +244,57 @@ msgstr "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -365,8 +348,15 @@ "%1" msgstr "" -#. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> @@ -374,65 +364,51 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "" #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "" @@ -476,55 +452,63 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "" @@ -532,15 +516,15 @@ msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "" @@ -552,7 +536,15 @@ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "" @@ -561,26 +553,27 @@ #. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the #. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc #. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "" #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "" #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -654,11 +647,11 @@ #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" @@ -669,19 +662,19 @@ #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "" @@ -920,6 +913,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1370,8 +1368,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "" @@ -1486,7 +1483,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1496,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr "" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1826,67 +1823,6 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "" - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "" - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "" - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2101,12 +2037,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2117,45 +2053,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2165,14 +2101,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2181,7 +2117,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2284,20 +2220,20 @@ msgstr "" #. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 msgid "Cannot update system time." msgstr "" @@ -2318,72 +2254,72 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "" #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 msgid "Post" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 msgid "Init" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2391,76 +2327,76 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "" #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "" #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 msgid "Ok" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2468,43 +2404,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "" @@ -2547,14 +2483,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "" #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2562,7 +2498,7 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 #, fuzzy msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Couldn't open file: %s." @@ -2570,7 +2506,7 @@ #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/base.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/base.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/base.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -75,230 +75,230 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "" #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "" #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" msgstr "" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" msgstr "" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "" #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr "" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "" #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "" #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "" #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "" #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "" @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "" @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "" @@ -422,14 +422,14 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "" @@ -461,12 +461,12 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "" @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" @@ -525,22 +525,22 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "" @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -560,55 +560,55 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "" #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -616,12 +616,12 @@ msgstr "" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" @@ -680,46 +680,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -762,27 +762,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "" @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -798,22 +798,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "" @@ -867,19 +867,19 @@ msgstr "" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "" @@ -990,9 +990,75 @@ "F keys are not available." msgstr "" +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "" + +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +msgid "running" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1000,7 +1066,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1008,7 +1074,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1184,7 +1250,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1207,7 +1273,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1408,27 +1474,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1438,7 +1504,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1448,7 +1514,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1456,18 +1522,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "" @@ -1495,7 +1561,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" @@ -1506,7 +1572,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -1570,19 +1636,19 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 msgid "Error:" msgstr "" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 msgid "Message:" msgstr "" @@ -1635,7 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "" @@ -1721,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "" @@ -1813,6 +1879,224 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "" + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "" + #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." @@ -1854,20 +2138,20 @@ msgstr "" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -1876,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -1887,8 +2171,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -1898,29 +2182,29 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -1928,7 +2212,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -1938,60 +2222,60 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " msgstr "" #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." msgstr "" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 -msgid "Firewall Settings" +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1999,27 +2283,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -2029,389 +2313,389 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2422,14 +2706,14 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" "or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2445,135 +2729,6 @@ "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "" - -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -2658,61 +2813,14 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception -#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService() -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. $[ -#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" : [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], -#. ] -#. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "" - -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "" - #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -2726,35 +2834,75 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +msgid "Checking file conflicts..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +msgid "A File Conflict Detected" +msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +msgid "This message will be available at %s" +msgstr "" + #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2763,57 +2911,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2824,34 +2972,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2860,7 +3008,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2870,83 +3018,83 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2954,99 +3102,99 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3056,64 +3204,64 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3124,27 +3272,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3152,20 +3300,20 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3229,12 +3377,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3242,34 +3390,34 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" @@ -3281,7 +3429,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3290,7 +3438,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3299,7 +3447,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3307,7 +3455,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3320,125 +3468,125 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Failed to parse: %s." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3450,7 +3598,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3464,7 +3612,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3476,16 +3624,16 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3496,7 +3644,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3507,62 +3655,62 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3576,7 +3724,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3590,12 +3738,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3608,7 +3756,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3621,12 +3769,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -3640,7 +3788,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -3654,17 +3802,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -3674,7 +3822,7 @@ msgstr "" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -3682,7 +3830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -3690,7 +3838,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3699,23 +3847,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3729,12 +3877,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3747,7 +3895,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" @@ -3756,83 +3904,83 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 -msgid "Slide Sho&w" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +msgid "&Details" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -msgid "&Details" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" @@ -4427,37 +4575,45 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" -"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" msgstr "" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgstr "" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." -msgstr "" - -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 -msgid "" +msgid_plural "" "Files %s have been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" #. error report #: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 @@ -4465,7 +4621,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4496,7 +4652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4504,7 +4660,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -4571,13 +4727,13 @@ #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "" #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "" @@ -4653,8 +4809,8 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "" @@ -5398,51 +5554,3 @@ "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "" - -#. Content for the help -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" -"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" -"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -msgid "running" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/bootloader.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/bootloader.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/bootloader.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,935 +16,446 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option" +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 -msgid "Print value of specified option" +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 -msgid "The key of the option" +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The value of the option" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "&Device" msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 -msgid "Value was not specified." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 -msgid "Option was not specified." +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "" -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 -msgid "Value: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 -msgid "Specified option does not exist." +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<big>Boot Menu</big> " +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition)." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +msgid "Default" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"Boot from Root Partition." +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer" +"Boot Loader Type \n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use Boot Loader." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section." +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "yes" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 -msgid "" -"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push Add.\n" -"To remove a disk, push Remove." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 -msgid "&Default Boot Section" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 -msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +msgid "" +"Timeout in Seconds \n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +msgid "" +"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +msgid "" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 -msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 -msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 -msgid "Re&type Password" -msgstr "" - -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "Secure Boot" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "" - -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." -msgstr "" - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 -msgid "&Vga Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." -msgstr "" - -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -msgid "Text Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -msgid "Unspecified" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 msgid "remove" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 -msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 -msgid "Use &graphical console" +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 -msgid "&Console resolution" +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 -msgid "&Console theme" +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 -msgid "Use &serial console" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 -msgid "&Console arguments" +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 -msgid "Select File" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "" - -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 -msgid "&Start from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "" - -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 msgid "" -"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader." +"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" -"Please wait... " +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 -msgid "" -"To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click Edit Configuration Files." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -" In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -" Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or Delete to delete the selected section." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "" -"- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer." +" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;." +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Installation Details \n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Type \n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use Boot Loader." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Options \n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"Boot Loader Options." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Expert Manual Configuration \n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" -"Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 msgid "" -"Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique." +"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push Add.\n" +"To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" -"Select the type of the new section to create." +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section." +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start." +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 -msgid "" -"Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 -msgid "" -"Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 -msgid "The password must not be empty." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 -msgid "" -"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" -"do not match. Retype the password." -msgstr "" - -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 -msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "" - +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers #. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "" - -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 -msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and -#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 -msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" - -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" - #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 msgid "Booting" @@ -956,184 +467,120 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" +"Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" +"Please wait... " msgstr "" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "" - -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "" - #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "" - #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "" - #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/ca-management.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/ca-management.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/ca-management.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -128,8 +128,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "" @@ -201,8 +200,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "" @@ -1836,42 +1834,41 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "" #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "" -#. Popup displaying openssl error messages -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "" @@ -2150,8 +2147,7 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "" @@ -2197,28 +2193,23 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/cio.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/cio.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/cio.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" +msgid "no" msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" +msgid "yes" msgstr "" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/cluster.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/cluster.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/cluster.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" @@ -199,169 +199,169 @@ msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "" @@ -452,96 +452,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/control.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/control.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/control.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,238 +15,573 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -" " +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -msgid "Installation Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -msgid "Live Installation Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 -msgid "Disk" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 -msgid "Time Zone" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +msgid "Disk" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 -msgid "User Settings" +msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +msgid "User Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 -msgid "System for Update" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -msgid "Update" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +msgid "System for Update" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 -msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Update" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Congratulations!\n" +"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +"Visit us at %1.\n" +"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/country.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/country.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/country.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "" #. summary label @@ -735,56 +735,56 @@ "Enter the correct date.\n" msgstr "" -#. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -802,12 +802,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "" @@ -895,180 +895,185 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/crowbar.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/crowbar.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/crowbar.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,19 +20,9 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "" - -#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" msgstr "" #. combobox label @@ -44,11 +34,11 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product for SMT server\n" "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" @@ -167,124 +157,132 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "" -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 msgid "User Name" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "" #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -292,91 +290,91 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -385,7 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "" @@ -430,37 +428,37 @@ msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/dhcp-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/dhcp-server.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/dhcp-server.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -56,9 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "" @@ -98,242 +96,247 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "" #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "" + #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "" @@ -358,190 +361,150 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "" - -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" "One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." @@ -549,60 +512,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -610,48 +573,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -659,10 +622,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -670,61 +633,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -732,8 +695,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -741,135 +704,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -882,15 +845,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -902,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" @@ -1115,7 +1078,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "" @@ -1139,7 +1102,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" @@ -1150,9 +1113,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "" @@ -1168,51 +1131,51 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1220,80 +1183,80 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "" @@ -1572,8 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1591,17 +1553,9 @@ "is enabled." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 +#. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" -"<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" -"To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"Start DHCP Server." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -1609,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1617,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1637,14 +1591,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1652,7 +1606,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1661,7 +1615,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1670,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1679,14 +1633,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1696,14 +1650,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1711,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1730,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" @@ -1739,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" @@ -1748,21 +1702,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -1770,14 +1724,14 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -1785,40 +1739,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -1827,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" @@ -1838,7 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -1846,14 +1800,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." msgstr "" #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -1861,14 +1815,14 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -1878,45 +1832,45 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." msgstr "" #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "" #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." msgstr "" #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." msgstr "" #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." msgstr "" #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." msgstr "" #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -1924,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -1934,23 +1888,23 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "" @@ -1960,101 +1914,101 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "" #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2062,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2070,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2078,206 +2032,195 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "" - #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "" -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2288,101 +2231,101 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "" @@ -2390,22 +2333,22 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "" #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/dns-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/dns-server.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/dns-server.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -297,8 +297,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -369,11 +368,10 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "" @@ -391,7 +389,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "" @@ -401,9 +399,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "" @@ -416,8 +414,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "" @@ -447,12 +445,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "" @@ -481,14 +478,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" @@ -550,8 +547,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +570,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" @@ -598,131 +595,88 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -730,181 +684,181 @@ msgstr "" #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "" #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" msgstr "" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" msgstr "" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" msgstr "" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "" @@ -913,8 +867,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "" @@ -924,9 +878,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "" @@ -935,107 +889,150 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "" #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" msgstr "" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "" + #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" @@ -1043,116 +1040,116 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "" #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "" #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1163,104 +1160,104 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "" #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1269,13 +1266,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." @@ -1285,79 +1282,73 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "" #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "" #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "" #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "" @@ -1365,24 +1356,24 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1390,32 +1381,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -2188,197 +2179,197 @@ msgstr "" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " msgstr "" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." msgstr "" #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/docker.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/docker.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/docker.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,6 +15,110 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -56,14 +160,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "" @@ -84,15 +180,11 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "" @@ -128,10 +220,59 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/drbd.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/drbd.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/drbd.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" @@ -219,15 +219,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" @@ -253,11 +254,11 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" @@ -266,20 +267,22 @@ "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -289,7 +292,7 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -299,14 +302,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -315,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -323,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -331,14 +334,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -346,7 +349,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -355,7 +358,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -363,7 +366,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -371,50 +374,126 @@ msgstr "" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "" -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 -msgid "Node names must be different." +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +msgid "Node name can not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "" + +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> @@ -516,81 +595,81 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -598,46 +677,46 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/fcoe-client.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/fcoe-client.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/fcoe-client.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -484,33 +484,33 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "" #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -518,154 +518,154 @@ msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/firewall.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/firewall.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/firewall.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,6 +15,16 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" @@ -166,7 +176,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "" @@ -556,7 +566,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "" @@ -567,8 +577,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" @@ -622,28 +632,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "" @@ -763,10 +773,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "" @@ -1248,217 +1258,219 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "" @@ -1471,180 +1483,180 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "" @@ -1653,167 +1665,178 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 -msgid "Masquerading is %1" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/firstboot.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/firstboot.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/firstboot.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -110,11 +110,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Module Name" +msgid "Status" msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" +msgid "Module Name" msgstr "" #. translators: dialog text @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/fonts.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/fonts.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/fonts.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,59 +18,59 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/geo-cluster.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/geo-cluster.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/geo-cluster.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -59,10 +59,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -114,17 +112,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" @@ -132,25 +130,24 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Authentification" +msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "" @@ -159,177 +156,184 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "" -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "" #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid " created successfully." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/installation.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/installation.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/installation.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -93,29 +93,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "" @@ -171,28 +171,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." msgstr "" #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "" @@ -239,47 +239,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -456,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -483,52 +443,26 @@ "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" msgstr "" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "" - -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "" - #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -538,7 +472,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -547,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -555,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -564,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -572,22 +506,53 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "" + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -677,7 +642,7 @@ msgstr "" #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" @@ -686,43 +651,43 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "" #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "" @@ -739,42 +704,43 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -793,7 +759,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" @@ -818,71 +784,74 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "" +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "" + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr "" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 -msgid "Checking stage: %1..." +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." msgstr "" -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 -msgid "Calling step %1..." +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 +msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr "" - -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -904,27 +873,27 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -932,7 +901,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" @@ -940,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" @@ -1049,7 +1018,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "" @@ -1081,7 +1050,7 @@ msgstr "" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "" @@ -1104,102 +1073,102 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1207,7 +1176,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1216,12 +1185,58 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +msgid "" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1273,8 +1288,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" @@ -1456,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "" @@ -1476,7 +1491,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1530,6 +1545,22 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -1587,64 +1618,77 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "" +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "" -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1655,42 +1699,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1718,7 +1756,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1728,7 +1766,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1737,7 +1775,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1746,7 +1784,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1755,7 +1793,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1763,12 +1801,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1777,7 +1815,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1791,6 +1829,11 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "" +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "" + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -1798,19 +1841,109 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "" + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "" #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "" @@ -1818,19 +1951,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "" #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/iscsi-client.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/iscsi-client.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/iscsi-client.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -105,7 +105,6 @@ msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" @@ -163,47 +162,62 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +msgid "manual" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -212,9 +226,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -395,27 +409,25 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "" -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 msgid "No record found." msgstr "" #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -428,13 +440,18 @@ "Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "" + #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -442,36 +459,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -560,7 +577,7 @@ msgstr "" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -568,12 +585,13 @@ "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/iscsi-lio-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/iscsi-lio-server.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/iscsi-lio-server.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -36,15 +36,14 @@ msgstr "" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "" #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "" @@ -61,7 +60,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "" @@ -95,153 +94,159 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Client" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Lun Mapping" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "" + #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "" @@ -361,19 +366,24 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." @@ -381,12 +391,12 @@ #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -395,19 +405,19 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -416,202 +426,208 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -msgid "Client Lun" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -msgid "Client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 -msgid "Client name already exists!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -msgid "New client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -625,11 +641,11 @@ msgstr "" #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/lo/po/journalctl.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/journalctl.lo.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/journalctl.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +# Laotian translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: lo\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/kdump.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/kdump.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/kdump.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -360,10 +360,8 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -1094,148 +1092,163 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "" + #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/live-installer.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/live-installer.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/live-installer.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -36,27 +36,27 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "" #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "" #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -66,78 +66,60 @@ msgstr "" #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "" #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "" #. end of partitioning summary -#. bootloader summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "System start-up" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 -msgid "Boot only Linux" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 -msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -msgstr "" - -#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -145,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -232,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/mail.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/mail.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/mail.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -243,69 +243,74 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "" +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "" + #. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "" #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "" #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "" @@ -313,7 +318,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -324,7 +329,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -333,39 +338,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "" #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "" @@ -375,23 +380,23 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "" @@ -400,23 +405,23 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "" @@ -424,106 +429,106 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -762,12 +767,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -775,56 +780,56 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -832,160 +837,160 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "" #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "" #. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/network.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/network.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/network.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +#: src/clients/host.rb:114 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "" @@ -315,26 +315,26 @@ msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -345,26 +345,26 @@ msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "" @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "" @@ -638,76 +638,76 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "" #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -808,70 +808,70 @@ msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "" @@ -998,27 +998,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "" @@ -1027,8 +1027,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1038,156 +1038,156 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " msgstr "" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1195,13 +1195,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1212,20 +1212,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1243,60 +1243,60 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 msgid "&General" msgstr "" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1306,12 +1306,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1505,23 +1516,23 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "" #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" @@ -1579,7 +1590,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1587,7 +1598,7 @@ "to this configuration dialog.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1600,20 +1611,20 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1623,12 +1634,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1637,7 +1648,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1799,7 +1810,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1809,14 +1820,14 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1824,138 +1835,137 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1963,7 +1973,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2417,29 +2427,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2596,127 +2606,127 @@ #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "" #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "" #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -2799,27 +2809,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -2829,7 +2839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -2839,97 +2849,97 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "" @@ -2944,38 +2954,46 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -2983,111 +3001,61 @@ "Try again?\n" msgstr "" -#. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 -msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 -msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 -msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 -msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 -msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 -msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 -msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 -msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 -msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 -msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 -msgid "Configure mail now?" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 -msgid "Run configuration of %1?" -msgstr "" - #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3159,8 +3127,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "" @@ -3186,28 +3154,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "" #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3239,27 +3207,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3295,40 +3263,40 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "" #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3547,47 +3515,47 @@ "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3596,7 +3564,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 msgid "configured" msgstr "" @@ -3645,7 +3613,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3668,7 +3636,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -3680,440 +3648,436 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" -#. Import data -#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "" - #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4121,30 +4085,30 @@ msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "" @@ -4153,22 +4117,22 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/nfs.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/nfs.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/nfs.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -126,14 +126,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." msgstr "" #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -344,12 +344,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -357,52 +357,52 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/nis.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/nis.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/nis.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -230,8 +230,9 @@ msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers @@ -342,11 +343,6 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/ntp-client.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/ntp-client.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/ntp-client.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" msgstr "" @@ -30,66 +30,66 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -294,310 +294,302 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "" #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 @@ -618,7 +610,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -628,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -638,14 +630,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -653,14 +645,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -668,7 +660,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -680,14 +672,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -696,7 +688,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -705,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -713,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -721,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -729,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -738,7 +730,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -746,7 +738,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -758,49 +750,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -808,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -818,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -826,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -839,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -847,7 +839,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -857,7 +849,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -866,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -880,17 +872,17 @@ msgstr "" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -900,14 +892,14 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -916,44 +908,44 @@ msgstr "" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -961,205 +953,205 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "" #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "" #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "" #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "" @@ -1173,147 +1165,155 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "" -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "" - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "" - -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "" - #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" + +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "" + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/packager.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/packager.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/packager.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -489,11 +489,6 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "" - #. default (minimal) priority of a repository #: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" @@ -529,7 +524,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -762,7 +757,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -770,7 +765,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1269,42 +1264,42 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1316,32 +1311,37 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" msgstr "" +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "" + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1349,82 +1349,88 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." msgstr "" +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" @@ -1446,27 +1452,27 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "" #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1474,13 +1480,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1488,21 +1494,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1511,41 +1517,41 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1668,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", @@ -1684,12 +1690,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1697,50 +1703,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1749,34 +1755,42 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1787,42 +1801,43 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -1918,7 +1933,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "" @@ -1963,100 +1978,100 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2065,53 +2080,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2121,23 +2136,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2146,42 +2161,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2189,17 +2204,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2209,20 +2224,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2235,7 +2250,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2243,11 +2258,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2259,12 +2274,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2272,71 +2287,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2351,7 +2366,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2360,12 +2375,16 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2373,7 +2392,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2381,7 +2400,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2391,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2400,25 +2419,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2428,19 +2447,19 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "" @@ -2625,18 +2644,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/pkg-bindings.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/pkg-bindings.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/pkg-bindings.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:655 +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:661 +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/printer.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/printer.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/printer.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -206,8 +206,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "" @@ -438,8 +438,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "" @@ -2539,56 +2539,56 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "" #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "" @@ -2598,7 +2598,7 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" @@ -2611,7 +2611,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -2626,74 +2626,74 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "" #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "" @@ -2704,33 +2704,33 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "" #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -2739,26 +2739,26 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Failed to parse: %s." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "" @@ -2766,7 +2766,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Failed to parse: %s." @@ -2786,28 +2786,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Failed to parse: %s." @@ -2816,25 +2816,25 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "" @@ -2854,54 +2854,54 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Failed to parse: %s." #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/rdp.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/rdp.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/rdp.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -92,52 +92,52 @@ msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "" #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/rear.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/rear.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/rear.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -230,11 +230,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" +msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/registration.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/registration.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/registration.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,27 +15,6 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "" - -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "" - #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -52,9 +31,9 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -68,30 +47,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -228,29 +207,25 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" - +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -266,39 +241,39 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 -msgid "Registration failed." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -308,23 +283,23 @@ msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -332,26 +307,44 @@ "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -360,7 +353,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" @@ -369,14 +362,14 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "" @@ -386,34 +379,34 @@ #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -421,7 +414,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -435,7 +428,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -446,39 +439,39 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -547,34 +540,38 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" @@ -589,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" @@ -645,32 +642,32 @@ msgstr "" #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "" #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" @@ -694,10 +691,8 @@ msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -706,56 +701,64 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "" @@ -763,51 +766,34 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" - #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Network Configuration..." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" #. SSL error message @@ -832,22 +818,22 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) @@ -855,16 +841,6 @@ msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "" - -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -895,17 +871,17 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "" @@ -964,17 +940,17 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "" @@ -984,38 +960,38 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1062,15 +1038,66 @@ "You can manually register the system from scratch." msgstr "" -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Local Registration Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "No registration server selected" +msgstr "" + +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "" +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Could not mount floppy disk" #~ msgstr "Couldn't open file: %s." Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/reipl.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/reipl.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/reipl.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/samba-client.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/samba-client.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/samba-client.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -787,86 +787,86 @@ msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "" #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/samba-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/samba-server.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/samba-server.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/security.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/security.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/security.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -115,280 +115,247 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr "" #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." msgstr "" #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." msgstr "" -#. Boot dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" "Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" @@ -397,33 +364,33 @@ msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -431,7 +398,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" @@ -440,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" @@ -449,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" @@ -457,14 +424,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" @@ -472,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" @@ -482,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" @@ -490,12 +457,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" @@ -503,26 +470,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" @@ -530,35 +497,35 @@ msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" "In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" @@ -576,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" @@ -586,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" @@ -595,7 +562,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" "system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" @@ -604,7 +571,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" @@ -615,21 +582,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" "will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" @@ -637,26 +604,26 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgstr "" #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" @@ -668,7 +635,7 @@ "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" "computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" @@ -676,23 +643,23 @@ "correct log messages." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" "X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" "to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" @@ -704,13 +671,13 @@ "Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" "The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" "itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" @@ -722,7 +689,7 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" @@ -734,38 +701,86 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +msgid "" +"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +msgid "" +"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Hibernate System:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +msgstr "" + #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" @@ -823,163 +838,236 @@ "maximum." msgstr "" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "" + #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "" @@ -995,61 +1083,61 @@ msgstr "" #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/services-manager.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/services-manager.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/services-manager.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -267,11 +267,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/snapper.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/snapper.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/snapper.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,263 +46,263 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -323,17 +323,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/storage.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/storage.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/storage.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -80,8 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -143,7 +142,11 @@ msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -759,7 +762,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -777,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -787,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -797,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -807,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -818,7 +821,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -828,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -841,7 +844,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -851,7 +854,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -863,7 +866,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -874,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -886,11 +889,11 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"\n" +"%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" @@ -988,53 +991,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1043,7 +1046,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1053,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1063,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1078,13 +1081,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1111,7 +1114,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1122,7 +1125,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1142,7 +1145,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1151,7 +1154,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1448,7 +1451,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1463,17 +1466,17 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1505,7 +1508,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1518,7 +1521,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1531,7 +1534,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1553,7 +1556,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1712,7 +1715,7 @@ msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -1727,12 +1730,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1740,26 +1743,26 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2017,11 +2020,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" @@ -2052,9 +2053,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2076,8 +2076,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "" @@ -2094,8 +2093,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2155,39 +2153,44 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +msgid "EFI Boot Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "" #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2195,54 +2198,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2251,17 +2254,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2271,7 +2274,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2280,56 +2283,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2337,8 +2340,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2350,33 +2353,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2386,7 +2389,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2395,12 +2398,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2583,108 +2586,113 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "" #. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "" #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "" @@ -2692,51 +2700,51 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -2746,50 +2754,50 @@ "partitions will be deleted.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" "Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -2829,8 +2837,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "" @@ -2921,8 +2928,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3025,50 +3031,50 @@ msgstr "" #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" "RAID device will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3076,7 +3082,7 @@ #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "" @@ -3084,31 +3090,31 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "" @@ -3206,12 +3212,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "" @@ -3506,12 +3512,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3545,9 +3551,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "" @@ -3557,14 +3563,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3905,17 +3911,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4178,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "" @@ -4903,38 +4909,51 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4944,7 +4963,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4958,7 +4977,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4971,7 +4990,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4980,7 +4999,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4988,7 +5007,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -4997,24 +5016,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5022,12 +5041,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5035,97 +5054,97 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5133,7 +5152,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5141,7 +5160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5149,18 +5168,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5742,50 +5761,41 @@ "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 -msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 -msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" -"To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" -"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +"Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5794,35 +5804,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. #. Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/update.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/update.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/update.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -756,19 +756,19 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/users.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/users.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/users.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -124,540 +124,6 @@ msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "" -#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 -msgid "User Authentication Method" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Authentication \n" -"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 2/3 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" - -#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 -msgid "&LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 -msgid "N&IS" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#. menubutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "&Samba" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 -msgid "&Windows Domain" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 -msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 -msgid "eDirectory LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext: additional kerberos support -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 -msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 -msgid "&Choose" -msgstr "" - -#. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 -msgid "Authentication Method" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 -msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" -msgstr "" - -#. selection box label -#. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 -msgid "&Select Users to Read" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 -msgid "Select or Deselect &All" -msgstr "" - -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 -msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "" - -#. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 -msgid "E&xpert Options..." -msgstr "" - -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 -msgid "" -"\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. additional help text about password -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" - -#. report misspellings of the password -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -msgid "" -"The passwords do not match.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. report if user forgot to enter a password -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgstr "" - -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -msgid "Really use this password?" -msgstr "" - -#. Error msg (yes/no) -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 -msgid "" -"The root password could not be set.\n" -"You might not be able to log in.\n" -"Try setting it again?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 -msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." -msgstr "" - -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed.\n" -"Install it now?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -msgid "DES" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 -msgid "MD5" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 -msgid "SHA-256" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 -msgid "SHA-512" -msgstr "" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 -msgid "Password Encryption Type" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 -msgid "&DES" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 -msgid "&MD5" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 -msgid "SHA-&256" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 -msgid "SHA-&512" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "Authentication " -msgstr "" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 -msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -msgid "User's &Full Name" -msgstr "" - -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -msgid "&Username" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 -msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 -msgid "&Automatic Login" -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 -msgid "Create New User" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup headline -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 -msgid "Empty User Login" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup contents -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" -"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" -"Leave it empty?" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" -"assign to this user account.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 -msgid "" -"\n" -"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" -" %2 and %3 characters.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %s characters long." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 -msgid "" -"\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" -"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well -#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) -#. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 -msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 -msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." -msgstr "" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 -msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "" - -#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 -msgid "User %s will be imported." -msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 -msgid "Summary" -msgstr "" - -#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "" - #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" @@ -779,11 +245,6 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 -msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." -msgstr "" - #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -1024,93 +485,6 @@ msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#. authentication type -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 -msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. authentication type -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 -msgid "NIS" -msgstr "" - -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 -msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 -msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." -msgstr "" - -#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) -#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 -msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. rich text label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 -msgid "&User" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 -msgid "&Root Password" -msgstr "" - #. password entering label #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" @@ -1262,6 +636,22 @@ "enter the user's current password." msgstr "" +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -1285,6 +675,13 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "" @@ -1299,11 +696,30 @@ msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "" +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + #. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "" +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "" + #. check box label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" @@ -1471,6 +887,30 @@ msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "" +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "" + #. popup question #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" @@ -1559,6 +999,20 @@ msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "" +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +msgid "DES" +msgstr "" + +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "" + #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -1568,6 +1022,24 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -1686,6 +1158,15 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" @@ -1711,6 +1192,21 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +msgstr "" + #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." @@ -2325,7 +1821,8 @@ msgstr "" #. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -2401,6 +1898,11 @@ msgstr "" #. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "" + +#. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "" @@ -2420,6 +1922,11 @@ msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "" +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "" + #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" @@ -2535,6 +2042,11 @@ "" msgstr "" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" @@ -2545,6 +2057,26 @@ msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "" +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "" + #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" @@ -2802,6 +2334,12 @@ #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "" @@ -3077,6 +2615,13 @@ msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "" +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" + #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" @@ -3094,6 +2639,346 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +msgid "" +"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long." +msgstr "" + +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "" + +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +msgid "" +"\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" +"Local users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +msgid "Create new user" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +msgid "" +"\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The password length should be between %{min}\n" +" and %{max} characters.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +msgid "" +"\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +msgid "" +"\n" +"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"be imported.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +msgid "Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"a local user.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +msgid "Local User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +msgid "" +"The new username cannot be blank.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +msgid "" +"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +msgid "&Create New User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +msgid "Choose Users" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +msgid "&Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +msgid "No users selected" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +msgid "%d user will be imported" +msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "" + +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +msgid "Password &Encryption Type" +msgstr "" + +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" +msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "" + #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" @@ -3535,7 +3420,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -3547,202 +3432,202 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3750,14 +3635,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3766,7 +3651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3775,7 +3660,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3783,14 +3668,14 @@ "Really change the user type to 'system'?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -3798,14 +3683,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -3813,7 +3698,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -3821,7 +3706,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -3829,14 +3714,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -3844,7 +3729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -3852,7 +3737,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -3861,7 +3746,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -3871,19 +3756,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3891,14 +3776,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3907,7 +3792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3916,7 +3801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3925,14 +3810,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -3940,7 +3825,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -3949,20 +3834,20 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -3970,7 +3855,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -3978,22 +3863,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" @@ -4011,21 +3896,21 @@ msgstr "" #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "" @@ -4142,7 +4027,7 @@ #. the ']' is or-ed... #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4150,7 +4035,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" "For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" @@ -4160,7 +4045,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4168,37 +4053,37 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4206,7 +4091,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4214,20 +4099,20 @@ msgstr "" #. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4235,7 +4120,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4244,22 +4129,20 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/vm.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/vm.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/vm.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -40,151 +40,151 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -197,26 +197,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/lo/po/vpn.lo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lo/po/vpn.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) +++ trunk/yast/lo/po/vpn.lo.po 2016-09-02 21:37:40 UTC (rev 96693) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -196,12 +196,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "" @@ -282,102 +282,102 @@ msgstr "" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "" #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "" #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "" @@ -462,34 +462,34 @@ msgstr "" #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "" #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to parse: %s." msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Failed to parse: %s." #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -497,28 +497,28 @@ msgstr "" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "" #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96692 - trunk/yast/ku/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Sep '16

02 Sep '16

Author: minton Date: 2016-09-02 23:37:28 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96692 Added: trunk/yast/ku/po/journalctl.ku.po Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/add-on.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-client.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/autoinst.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/base.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/bootloader.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/ca-management.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/cio.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/cluster.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/control.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/country.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/crowbar.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/dhcp-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/dns-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/docker.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/drbd.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/fcoe-client.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/firewall.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/firstboot.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/fonts.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/geo-cluster.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/installation.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-client.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-lio-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/kdump.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/live-installer.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/mail.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/network.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/nfs.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/nis.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/ntp-client.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/packager.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/pkg-bindings.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/printer.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/rdp.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/rear.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/registration.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/reipl.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-client.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-server.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/security.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/services-manager.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/snapper.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/storage.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/update.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/users.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/vm.ku.po trunk/yast/ku/po/vpn.ku.po Log: ku merged Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/add-on.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/add-on.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/add-on.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -68,13 +68,14 @@ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "" -#. error report -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 -msgid "Failed to add add-on product." +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "" +#. just report error #: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "" #. placeholder for unknown path Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-client.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-client.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-client.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,1138 +16,1720 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 -msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Realm name" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 -msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 -msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Principal Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name" +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "Nav" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" + +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter realm name." +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Reset" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Please enter server URI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "Please enter DN of search base." +msgstr "" + +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" + +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +msgid "(not specified)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" +msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" +msgstr "Tu bi rastî dixwazî vê têketinê jê bibî?" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Home Directory" +msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" +msgstr "Pelrêça &Mal" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +msgid "Secure LDAP communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +msgid "Do Not Use Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +msgid "Test Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "Extended Options" +msgstr "" + +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +msgid "All Authentication Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Add Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Edit Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delete" +msgid "Delete Realm" +msgstr "Jê Bibe" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "User Logon Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Change Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "User Logon Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirin" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirin" + +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nav" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Nirx" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Full Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Domain Name" +msgid "Network Domain" +msgstr "Navê &Qadê" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +msgid "Identity Domains" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Daxwiyanî" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Extended options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "Parzûn:" + #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 #, fuzzy #| msgid "None" msgid "None." msgstr "Ne Yek Jî" #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parameters" msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "Parametre" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parameters" msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "Parametre" #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. Overview of all config sections -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" -msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Veavakirin" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "Name switch" +msgstr "Parzûn:" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Auto-Mount" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "SSH Public Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Daemon Status: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Running" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Home Directory" -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "Pelrêça &Mal" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Domain Name" +msgid "Join Domain" +msgstr "Navê &Qadê" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Domain Name" +msgid "Leave Domain" +msgstr "Navê &Qadê" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Clear Domain Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Selection" -msgid "Sections" +msgid "Service Options" msgstr "Hilbijartin" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 -msgid "New Service/Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Domain Name" +msgid "Domain Options" +msgstr "Navê &Qadê" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "Use this domain" msgstr "" +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. #. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Custom Xgl options" -msgid "Customisation - %s" +msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "Vebijarkên Xgl yên taybet" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Nav" +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Please select a domain among the list." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Value" -msgstr "Nirx" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" +msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" +msgstr "Tu bi rastî dixwazî vê têketinê jê bibî?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Daxwiyanî" +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Parameters" -msgid "More Parameters" -msgstr "Parametre" +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Filter:" -msgid "Name filter:" -msgstr "Parzûn:" +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" -#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 -msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" -msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" -msgstr "Tu bi rastî dixwazî vê têketinê jê bibî?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +msgstr "" +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" + #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to continue?" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Notification is enabled" -msgid "No domain enabled" +msgid "No domain" msgstr "Agahdarî çalak e" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" -"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -#. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 -msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "" -#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" msgstr "" -#. New service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Servîs" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Domain Name" -msgid "Domain" -msgstr "Navê &Qadê" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 -msgid "Domain name (example.com)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Identification provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "Authentication provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Activate Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr "" -#. Create new service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "" -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Current status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Gathering status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +msgid "" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" +"\n" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "Enable the domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Please enter the domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "" + +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" msgstr "" -#. NSS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" -#. PAM configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" -#. SUDO configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#. SSH configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" -#. autofs may only start after sssd is started -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 -msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Parameters" +#~ msgid "More Parameters" +#~ msgstr "Parametre" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Servîs" -#. end Export -#. ################################################################ -#. ################################################################ -#. Summary() -#. returns html formated configuration summary -#. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 -msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 -msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 -msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 -msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" -msgstr "" - #~ msgid "OK" #~ msgstr "Temam" @@ -1156,6 +1738,3 @@ #~ msgid "Add" #~ msgstr "Lê Zêde Bike" - -#~ msgid "Delete" -#~ msgstr "Jê Bibe" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-server.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/auth-server.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -293,8 +293,7 @@ msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "" @@ -437,12 +436,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "Nasnav" @@ -468,8 +467,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokol" @@ -477,7 +476,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -558,8 +557,8 @@ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "" @@ -1820,8 +1819,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2195,7 +2193,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2263,7 +2261,7 @@ msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2424,237 +2422,237 @@ msgstr "" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Bila dîsa biceribîne?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "Hilbijêre" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "Jor" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "Jêr" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "Dergeh" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "Roj" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Saet" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Xulek" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Çirke" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/autoinst.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/autoinst.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/autoinst.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-11 15:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "" @@ -53,14 +53,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -247,7 +246,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -255,75 +254,59 @@ msgstr "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Pêşketin" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 tê veavakirin" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -377,8 +360,15 @@ "%1" msgstr "" -#. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> @@ -386,65 +376,51 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "" #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "" @@ -488,55 +464,63 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving language..." msgid "Setting up language..." @@ -546,17 +530,17 @@ msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting the service..." msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "" @@ -572,7 +556,17 @@ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "Nivîsandina veavakirinên bixweber..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring language..." +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "Ziman veava dike..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "" @@ -581,7 +575,7 @@ #. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the #. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc #. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Products" msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." @@ -590,19 +584,20 @@ #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Ziman veava dike..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -676,11 +671,11 @@ #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Hilbijartina Nivîsbariyê" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" @@ -691,19 +686,19 @@ #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "" @@ -946,6 +941,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1400,8 +1400,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "Mîheng" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Peldank Hilbijêre" @@ -1516,7 +1515,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1526,7 +1525,7 @@ msgstr "Beşa %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1864,67 +1863,6 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "" - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "" - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "Protokola nenas ya %1." - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2144,12 +2082,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2160,45 +2098,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2208,14 +2146,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2224,7 +2162,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2327,24 +2265,24 @@ msgstr "" #. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving time zone..." msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "Herêma demê tê tomarkirin..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Opening file..." msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "Pel tê vekirin..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings." msgid "Cannot update system time." @@ -2367,18 +2305,18 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Ajoker" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not detected." msgid "Not yet cloned." @@ -2386,23 +2324,23 @@ #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Dabeşkirin" @@ -2410,33 +2348,33 @@ #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 msgid "Post" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 msgid "Init" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Dabeşkirin" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nayê Zanîn" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2444,76 +2382,76 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "" #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "" #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 msgid "Ok" msgstr "Baş e" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2521,43 +2459,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Pakêtên tê Werin Rakirin" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "" @@ -2600,14 +2538,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "" #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2615,7 +2553,7 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." @@ -2624,7 +2562,7 @@ #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" @@ -2642,6 +2580,9 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&Temam" +#~ msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +#~ msgstr "Protokola nenas ya %1." + #~ msgid "Mouse" #~ msgstr "Mişk" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/base.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/base.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/base.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-08 00:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team\n" @@ -79,79 +79,79 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "" #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Fermana Nenas: %1" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "" #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "Tu alîkarî tune ye" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Ferman '%1'" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -160,14 +160,14 @@ " Vebijêrk:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -176,137 +176,137 @@ " Mînak:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "" #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <ferman> [verbose] [bijare]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <ferman> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <ferman> [bijare]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <ferman> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Ferman:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "Tu alîkarî tune ye." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "Ji bo lîsteya bijareyên heyî 'yast2 %1 <ferman> help' bixebitînin." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "nenas" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "an jî '%1'" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "" #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "" #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "" #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Amade" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Tê Amadekirin" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Tê Bidawîkirin" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "Qeda" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "erê an na?" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "erê" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "na" @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Sazkirinê Bet&al Bike" @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "" @@ -442,14 +442,14 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "Sazkirinê &Bidomîne" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "Sazkirinê &Betal Bike" @@ -483,14 +483,14 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "An error occurred while gathering system information." msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "Demê anîna agahiyên pergalê de çewtiyek çêbû." #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Demê Destpêka Komputerê" @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Bi destan" @@ -556,22 +556,22 @@ msgstr "Li ser xinetd ve" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Li ser &xinetd ve" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Destpêkirina Servîsê" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "Servîs dixebite" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "Servîs naxebite" @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" @@ -603,48 +603,48 @@ "servîsê, %3 bi kar bîne.\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Servîsê Niha Bide Destpêkirin" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Servîsê Niha Bigire" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Guherandinan Tomar Bike û Niha Servîsê Nû ve Bide Destpêkirin" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "Niha Servîsê Bide &Destpêkirin" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "Niha Servîsê B&igire" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Guherandinan T&omar Bike û Niha Servîsê Nû ve Bide Destpêkirin" #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Veke û Bigire Bike" #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Rewşên Derbasdar:" #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -652,12 +652,12 @@ msgstr "" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Jêr" @@ -716,46 +716,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "Pela hatiye dîyar kirin tune ye." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -763,14 +763,14 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -798,27 +798,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "Nasnameya &Mifte" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Hilberîne" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "" @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -834,22 +834,22 @@ msgstr "Nasnameya Mifte" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Navê Pelê" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "" @@ -903,19 +903,19 @@ msgstr "" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Yên din" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "" @@ -1030,9 +1030,91 @@ "F keys are not available." msgstr "" +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" +msgstr "Xwendina mîhengên berê" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "Xwendina mîhengên berê" + +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "Destpêkirina Servîsê" + +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "Rewşên Derbasdar:" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "During Boot" +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "Demê Destpêka Komputerê" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "running" +msgstr "Hişyarî" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop" +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "&Raweste" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start" +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "Destpê bike" + #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1042,7 +1124,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1052,7 +1134,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1230,7 +1312,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Derbas be" @@ -1253,7 +1335,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Nasnav" @@ -1472,27 +1554,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila sazkirinê betal bike?" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1505,7 +1587,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1515,7 +1597,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1526,18 +1608,18 @@ "Tu dê hewceyê nû ve sazkirinê bî." #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila betal bike?" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "Hemû guherandin wê winda bin!" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Kitekit..." @@ -1565,7 +1647,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Erê" @@ -1576,7 +1658,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "Na" @@ -1640,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "Çewtiyên Rojnivîskê: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Warning:" #| msgid_plural "Warnings:" @@ -1648,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr "Hişyarî:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error:" #| msgid_plural "Errors:" @@ -1657,8 +1739,8 @@ #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Message:" #| msgid_plural "Messages:" @@ -1714,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "Jê &Bibe" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Guhêrbar" @@ -1800,7 +1882,7 @@ msgstr "" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "" @@ -1892,6 +1974,226 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Demê xwendina rojnivîskê de çewtî çêbû." +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "TCP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "UDP " + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "RPC" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "IP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Nivîsandina Veavakirina Astenga-Ewlehiyê" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê binivîse" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê tên nivîsîn..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "Nivîsandina mîhengan têk çû" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "Protokola (%1) nenas" + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service: %1" +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "Servîs: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "Servîsa '%1' nayê zanîn " + #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." @@ -1935,20 +2237,20 @@ msgstr "" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Navrû yên &Torê bi Dergeha Vekirî di Astenga-ewlehiyê de" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -1961,7 +2263,7 @@ "Bila bidomîne?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -1977,8 +2279,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -1993,29 +2295,29 @@ "Bila bidomîne?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "&Tevî Hilbijêre" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "&Yekê jî Hilnebijêrî" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2023,7 +2325,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2033,14 +2335,14 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " msgstr "" #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2049,48 +2351,48 @@ "heye." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Dergehê di Astenga-Ewlehiyê de Veke" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Kitekitên Astenga-Ewlehiyê" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Dergehê di &Astenga-Ewlehiyê de Veke" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "&Kitekitên Astenga-Ewlehiyê" -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall Details" -msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "Kitekitên Astenga-Ewlehiyê" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "Astenga-ewlehiyê vekirî ye" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê" @@ -2098,27 +2400,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nenas" @@ -2128,362 +2430,362 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Zêdetir Navnîşan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê ARCnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Girêdana bi Bluetooth" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Tora Bond" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Karta ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Navrû ya Kanal Bi Kanal re (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Girêdana DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Çêkirîtî " -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Înternet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê Ethernet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Navrû ya Hipersockets (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Girêdana ISDN" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Cîhaza Torê ya Enfarûjê" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Cîhaza Enfarûj" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê OSA LCS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Paşve Zivirîn" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express an Cîhaza QDIO (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Cîhaza Torê USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Cîhaza Torê VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Bêqablo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Karta Torê ya Bêqablo" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Tora XP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "LAN a ferazî" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Pir" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Pira Torê" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "TUNnel a Torê" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "TAP a Torê" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Cîhaza nenas" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Navnîşana DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Tu navnîşana IP nehatiye diyarkirin" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Cureyê Cîhazê" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Navê Cîhazê" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Navnîşana IP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Nasnameya Cîhazê" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DSL Connection" msgid "Connected" @@ -2491,28 +2793,28 @@ #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Mêvandarên di vê LAN ê de tên venihêrîn..." #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "Pêşkêşkerên &NFS" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "Mêvandarên D&ûr" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2523,14 +2825,14 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" "or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2546,135 +2848,6 @@ "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "TCP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "UDP " - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "RPC" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "IP" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Nivîsandina Veavakirina Astenga-Ewlehiyê" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê binivîse" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê tên nivîsîn..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "Nivîsandina mîhengan têk çû" - -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "Protokola (%1) nenas" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -2763,63 +2936,14 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "Tu pergalekê li ser SSH saz dikî, lê te dergeha SSH di astenga-ewlehiyê de venekirî ye." -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception -#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService() -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. $[ -#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" : [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], -#. ] -#. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "" - -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service: %1" -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "Servîs: %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "Servîsa '%1' nayê zanîn " - #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Ew pakêt hewce ne ku bên sazkirin:" +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -2833,35 +2957,75 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Rake" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +msgid "Checking file conflicts..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +msgid "A File Conflict Detected" +msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +msgid "This message will be available at %s" +msgstr "" + #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Pakêta %1 (%2) tê daxistin..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Daxistina Pakêtê" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Pakêta %1 xêrab e, kontrola tevlibûnê pêk nehat." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Bila sazkirina pakêtê nû ve biceribîne?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Bila sazkirinê betal bike?" @@ -2870,57 +3034,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Çewtî: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Pakêta %1 (%2) tê rakirin..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Pakêta %1 (%2) tê sazkirin..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Rakirina Pakêtê" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Sazkirina Pakêtê" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Rakirina pakêta %1 pêk nehat." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Sazkirina pakêta %1 pêk nehat." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2931,27 +3095,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Milê A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Milê B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Dîsk %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Nîvçe %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -2960,7 +3124,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" @@ -2973,7 +3137,7 @@ "Kontrol bike ka pelrêç tê gihîştin." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" @@ -2987,51 +3151,51 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Bixweber-Nûkirinê Derbas be " #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Bavêje" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "B&ixweber Derdora CD û DVD yan Bavêje " #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Bila sazkirinê nû ve biceribîne?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Bila derdorê derbas be?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Guh nade derdorê xêrab..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Arşîva %1 tê Afirandin" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." @@ -3040,32 +3204,32 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Nekarî rave ya arşîva dûr bîne." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Demê anîna meta-dana de çewtiyek çêbû." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Arşîv nederbasdar e." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Meta-dana ya arşîvê nederbasdar e." @@ -3073,92 +3237,92 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Bila dubare bike?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Meta-dana ya arşîvê nederbasdar e." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Arşîva %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Pakêta delta RPM %1 (%2) tê daxistin..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Daxistina Pakêta Delta RPM" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Pakêta delta RPM %1 tê sepandin..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Sepandina pakêta delta RPM " #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paket: " #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Skrîpta %1 (pîne %2) destpê dike..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Xebitandina Skrîptê" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Pîne:" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skrîpt:" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Derketana Skrîptê" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3167,7 +3331,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3177,65 +3341,65 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Nû Bike" #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Tê daxistin" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Tê Daxistin: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "Rewş" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3246,27 +3410,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3277,20 +3441,20 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Navê Bikarhêner:" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "&Kitekitan nîşan bide" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Mezinahî:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3355,12 +3519,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3368,34 +3532,34 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Pejirandina Lîsansa Pakêtê: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "&Dipejirînim" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "&Napejirînim" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" @@ -3407,7 +3571,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3416,7 +3580,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3425,7 +3589,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3433,7 +3597,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3446,144 +3610,144 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 #, fuzzy msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Sazkirina Pakêtê" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 #, fuzzy msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Peyamên Rojnivîskê: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paket: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Sazkirina Pakêtê" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 #, fuzzy msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Paket: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 #, fuzzy msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paket: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 #, fuzzy msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Sazkirina Pakêtê" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paket" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 #, fuzzy msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Tê Daxistin: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Rewş" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Tê sazkirin..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 #, fuzzy msgid "Details" msgstr "&Kîtekît" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installing Package" msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Sazkirina Pakêtê" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Finish" msgid "Finish" msgstr "&Biqedine" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Sazkirinê Bet&al Bike" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Sazkirina Pakêtê" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 #, fuzzy msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Paket" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 #, fuzzy msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Paket" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Rakirina Pakêtê" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3595,7 +3759,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3609,7 +3773,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3621,16 +3785,16 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3641,7 +3805,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3652,64 +3816,64 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "Nasname: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "ŞûnaTiliyê: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Nav: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Hat afirandin: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Dîroka bidawîbûnê: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 #, fuzzy #| msgid "ID: %1" msgid "ID: " msgstr "Nasname: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Nav: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "ŞûnaTiliyê:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Afirandî:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Dîroka bidawîbûnê:" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3723,7 +3887,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3737,12 +3901,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3755,7 +3919,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3768,12 +3932,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -3787,7 +3951,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -3801,17 +3965,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -3821,7 +3985,7 @@ msgstr "" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -3829,7 +3993,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -3837,7 +4001,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3846,23 +4010,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3876,12 +4040,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3894,7 +4058,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" @@ -3903,85 +4067,85 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Tê sazkirin..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medya" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Rakirina Pakêtê" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "Dem" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Ew pakêt hewce ne ku bên sazkirin:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "&Nîşeyên Weşanê" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "&Kîtekît" + +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Nîşan&dana Slaytê" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -msgid "&Details" -msgstr "&Kîtekît" - #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Aborting the Upgrade" msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Betalkirina Bilindkirinê" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Abort Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Sazkirinê &Betal Bike" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Sazkirina Pakêtê" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -3990,7 +4154,7 @@ "ji sazkirinê derkevî?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Hat Betal kirin" @@ -4587,21 +4751,18 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Cîhaza Bluetooth" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -#| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" -"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" msgstr "" -"Pela %1 bi destan hatiye guherandin.\n" -"YaST di be ku hinek guherandinan winda bike" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -4609,35 +4770,42 @@ "Pelên %1 bi destan hatine guherandin.\n" "YaST di be ku hinek guherandinan winda bike" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 -msgid "Do not show this message anymore" -msgstr "Vê peyamê êdî nîşan nede" - -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" #| "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgid "" -"File %s has been created manually.\n" -"YaST might lose this file." +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" msgstr "" "Pela %1 bi destan hatiye guherandin.\n" "YaST di be ku hinek guherandinan winda bike" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +msgid "Do not show this message anymore" +msgstr "Vê peyamê êdî nîşan nede" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" #| "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgid "" +"File %s has been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose this file." +msgid_plural "" "Files %s have been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" -"Pelên %1 bi destan hatine guherandin.\n" +msgstr[0] "" +"Pela %1 bi destan hatiye guherandin.\n" "YaST di be ku hinek guherandinan winda bike" +msgstr[1] "" +"Pela %1 bi destan hatiye guherandin.\n" +"YaST di be ku hinek guherandinan winda bike" #. error report #: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 @@ -4645,7 +4813,7 @@ msgstr "Demê afirandina initrd de çewtiyek çêbû." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4676,7 +4844,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4684,7 +4852,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -4757,13 +4925,13 @@ #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/ç" @@ -4847,8 +5015,8 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modules" msgid "Module" @@ -5595,68 +5763,17 @@ "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service Start" -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "Destpêkirina Servîsê" +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#~| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Files %s have been created manually.\n" +#~ "YaST might lose these files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pelên %1 bi destan hatine guherandin.\n" +#~ "YaST di be ku hinek guherandinan winda bike" -#. Content for the help -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" -"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" -"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Current Status: " -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "Rewşên Derbasdar:" - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "During Boot" -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "Demê Destpêka Komputerê" - -#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "Xwendina mîhengên berê" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Warning" -msgid "running" -msgstr "Hişyarî" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Stop" -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "&Raweste" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Start" -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "Destpê bike" - #~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." #~ msgstr "Arşîva derdorê ya rastî nayê girêdan." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/bootloader.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/bootloader.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/bootloader.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,959 +16,480 @@ "Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option" +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fstab options" -msgid "Set a global option" -msgstr "Vebijêrkên Fstab" - -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 -msgid "Print value of specified option" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 -msgid "The key of the option" -msgstr "" +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Settings" +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "Mîhengên Bikarhêner" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The value of the option" -msgstr "" - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 -msgid "Value was not specified." -msgstr "" - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 -msgid "Option was not specified." -msgstr "" - -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Value: " -msgid "Value: %s" -msgstr "Nirx:" +#| msgid "Hard Disks" +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "&Dîskên Sabît" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 -msgid "Specified option does not exist." -msgstr "" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Cîhaz" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<big>Boot Menu</big> " +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" -"Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition)." +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"Boot from Root Partition." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section." +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +msgid "Default" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" -"Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"Boot Loader Type \n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use Boot Loader." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Secure" +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" +msgstr "Ewle" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Erê" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 -msgid "" -"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push Add.\n" -"To remove a disk, push Remove." -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Status Location: %1" +msgstr "Partîsyon: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 -msgid "&Default Boot Section" -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 -msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" -msgstr "" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" -msgstr "" - -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 -msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 -msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "&Nasnav" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 -msgid "Re&type Password" -msgstr "" - -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Other Options" -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "Vebijêrkên Din" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Other Options" -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "Vebijêrkên Din" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Secure" -msgid "Secure Boot" -msgstr "Ewle" +msgid "Change Location: %s" +msgstr "Partîsyon: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Other Options" -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "Vebijêrkên Din" - -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +msgid "" +"Timeout in Seconds \n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +msgid "" +"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +msgid "" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 -msgid "&Vga Mode" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -msgid "Text Mode" +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -msgid "Unspecified" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "[set]" msgid "set" msgstr "[avakirî]" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 msgid "remove" msgstr "rakirin" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 #, fuzzy #| msgid "change" msgid "do not change" msgstr "biguherîne" -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 -msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 -msgid "Use &graphical console" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Possible &Solutions" -msgid "&Console resolution" -msgstr "&Çareseriyên Gengaz" +#| msgid "Secure" +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" +msgstr "Ewle" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Console" -msgid "&Console theme" -msgstr "Konsol" +#| msgid "Secure" +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" +msgstr "Ewle" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 -msgid "Use &serial console" +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 -msgid "&Console arguments" +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 -msgid "Select File" -msgstr "Pel Hilbijêre" - -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 -msgid "&Start from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Yên Din" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "" - -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 msgid "" -"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader." +"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" -"Please wait... " +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 -msgid "" -"To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click Edit Configuration Files." -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Possible &Solutions" +msgid "&Console resolution" +msgstr "&Çareseriyên Gengaz" -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -" In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu." -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Console" +msgid "&Console theme" +msgstr "Konsol" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -" Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or Delete to delete the selected section." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "" -"- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer." +" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;." +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Installation Details \n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Type \n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use Boot Loader." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Options \n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"Boot Loader Options." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Expert Manual Configuration \n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" -"Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 msgid "" -"Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique." +"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push Add.\n" +"To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" -"Select the type of the new section to create." +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section." -msgstr "" +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Options" +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" +msgstr "Vebijêrkên Din" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start." -msgstr "" +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Options" +msgid "Boot&loader Options" +msgstr "Vebijêrkên Din" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 -msgid "" -"Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment." -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Secure" +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgstr "Ewle" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 -msgid "" -"Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 -msgid "The password must not be empty." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 -msgid "" -"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" -"do not match. Retype the password." -msgstr "" - -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 -msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "" - +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers #. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "User Settings" -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "Mîhengên Bikarhêner" - -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Hard Disks" -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "&Dîskên Sabît" - -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "&Cîhaz" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 -msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and -#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 -msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" - -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" - #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 msgid "Booting" @@ -980,199 +501,151 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" - -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan çalak e (<a href=\"%1\">neçalak bike</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Sazkirina ji wêneyan neçalak e (<a href=\"%1\">çalak bike</a>)" - -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" +"Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "Partîsyon: %1" - -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" +"Please wait... " msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "Partîsyon: %1" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Secure" -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "Ewle" - -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "" - #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" -msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Options" +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" +msgstr "Vebijêrkên Din" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "" - #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "" - #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Fstab options" +#~ msgid "Set a global option" +#~ msgstr "Vebijêrkên Fstab" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Value: " +#~ msgid "Value: %s" +#~ msgstr "Nirx:" + +#~ msgid "&Password" +#~ msgstr "&Nasnav" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Secure" +#~ msgid "Secure Boot" +#~ msgstr "Ewle" + +#~ msgid "Select File" +#~ msgstr "Pel Hilbijêre" + +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "Yên Din" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Distribution Upgrade" #~ msgid "D&istributor" #~ msgstr "Bilindkirina Dîstribûsyonê" @@ -1198,8 +671,5 @@ #~ msgid "Other Options" #~ msgstr "Vebijêrkên Din" -#~ msgid "Yes" -#~ msgstr "Erê" - #~ msgid "No" #~ msgstr "Na" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/ca-management.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/ca-management.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/ca-management.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-11 20:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -130,8 +130,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "&Nasnav:" @@ -203,8 +202,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Nasnavên nû hev nagirin." @@ -1876,42 +1874,41 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "" #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Dawî" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "Derkeve" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "" -#. Popup displaying openssl error messages -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "Kitekit" @@ -2190,8 +2187,7 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "N&asnava LDAP:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "&Nasnava Bawernameyê:" @@ -2237,28 +2233,23 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "Nasnava &Nû" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/cio.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/cio.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/cio.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgstr "Hatiye bikaranîn" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "na" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "erê" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" -msgstr "na" - #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/cluster.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/cluster.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/cluster.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ msgstr "Tora Bond" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 #, fuzzy #| msgid "E-Mail Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" @@ -229,195 +229,195 @@ msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Running Script" msgid "Running" msgstr "Xebitandina Skrîptê" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Service is not running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "Servîs naxebite" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start the Service Now" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "Servîsê Niha Bide Destpêkirin" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start the Service Now" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Servîsê Niha Bide Destpêkirin" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Veke û Bigire Bike" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Rewşên Derbasdar:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start the Service Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Servîsê Niha Bide Destpêkirin" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Servîsê Niha Bigire" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Host" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lê Zêde Bike" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete" msgid "Del" msgstr "Jê Bibe" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit" msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Serast Bike" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Pel Hilbijêre" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested packages" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Pakêtên tên pêşniyaz kirin" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Username" msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Navê Bikarhêner Têkevê" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a file to load." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Ji bo barkirinê pelekî hilbijêre." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "" @@ -510,41 +510,41 @@ msgstr "Amadekirin..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Amadekirina Veavakirina CASA" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Xwendina danegeh" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Xwendina mîhengên berê" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê binivîse" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Danegeh dixwîne..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Mîhengên berê dixwîne..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -552,71 +552,71 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Sazkirina pakêtên hewce pêk nehat." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Finishing configuration..." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Veavakirinê bi dawî tîne..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Nikare danegeh1 bixwîne." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Nikare danegeh2 bixwîne." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Nikare cîhazan bibîne." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Tomarkirina Veavakirina CASA" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/control.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/control.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/control.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,305 +17,651 @@ "X-Poedit-Language: Kurdish\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf8\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" -#| "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -" " +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " msgstr "" -"Sazkirina &berhemê; di makînaya we de qedîya. Piştî\n" -"tikandina Biqedîne, hûn dikarin têkevin pergalê.\n" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" "\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +"\n" +"Sazkirin serkeftî qeda.\n" +"Pergala we ji bo bikaranînê amade ye.\n" +"Bi Dawî Bû bitikîne ji bo têketina pergalê de.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Jê kerema xwe serî lê de http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"\n" +"\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "Sermase ya GNOME" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "Sermase ya KDE" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "Sermasê XFCE" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "Sermase ya KDE" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Sazkirinê" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Pêşdîtin" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +msgid "Expert" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Sazkirina Zindî" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Mîhengan Rojane Bike" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Torê" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Reqalavê" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Amadekirin" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirinên Torê Tomar Dike" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network TAP" msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "TAP a Torê" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Bi Xêr Hatî" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Çalak Kirina Dîskê" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Çalak Kirina Dîskê" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update" +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "Sazkirina ji Torê" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "Berhemên Têxe-Tê" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Dîsk" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Herêma Demê" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Çavkaniyên ji Torê" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "Berhemên Têxe-Tê" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Hilbijartina Sermasê" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Bikarhêner" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Sazkirin" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Pêşdîtina Sazkirinê" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation" +msgid "Installer Cleanup" +msgstr "Sazkirin" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Sazkirin" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Pergal ji bo Rojanekirinê" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 msgid "Update" msgstr "Rojane Bike" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "Kurtasî Rojane Bike" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Veavakirin" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Sazkirina Bingeh" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên AutoYaST" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirin" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Pergalê" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Sazkirin serkeftî qeda.\n" -#~ "Pergala we ji bo bikaranînê amade ye.\n" -#~ "Bi Dawî Bû bitikîne ji bo têketina pergalê de.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Jê kerema xwe serî lê de http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\t" +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Sazkirin serkeftî qeda.\n" +"Pergala we ji bo bikaranînê amade ye.\n" +"Bi Dawî Bû bitikîne ji bo têketina pergalê de.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Jê kerema xwe serî lê de http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"\n" +"\t" -#~ msgid "Overview" -#~ msgstr "Pêşdîtin" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System for Update" +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "Pergal ji bo Rojanekirinê" +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Network Configuration" -#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Veavakirina Torê" +#| msgid "Initialization..." +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "Amade dike..." -#~ msgid "Installation Summary" -#~ msgstr "Kurtebêja Sazkirinê" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Update Summary" -#~ msgstr "Kurtasî Rojane Bike" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina Torê" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirinên Torê Tomar Dike" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Kurtebêja Sazkirinê" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" +#| "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Congratulations!\n" +"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +"Visit us at %1.\n" +"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"Sazkirina &berhemê; di makînaya we de qedîya. Piştî\n" +"tikandina Biqedîne, hûn dikarin têkevin pergalê.\n" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "Sermase ya GNOME" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "Sermase ya KDE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "XFCE Desktop" +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "Sermasê XFCE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "Sermase ya KDE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "Çavkaniyên ji Torê" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Hilbijartina Sermasê" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Sazkirina Berhemên Têxe-Tê" @@ -357,9 +703,6 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\t" -#~ msgid "Initialization..." -#~ msgstr "Amade dike..." - #~ msgid "Configuring network..." #~ msgstr "Torê veava dike..." @@ -378,9 +721,6 @@ #~ msgid "Network" #~ msgstr "Tor" -#~ msgid "Online Update" -#~ msgstr "Sazkirina ji Torê" - #~ msgid "Release Notes" #~ msgstr "Nîşeyên Weşanê" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/country.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/country.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/country.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-08 00:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "" #. summary label @@ -756,8 +756,8 @@ "Enter the correct date.\n" msgstr "" -#. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Locale Settings" msgid "Other &Settings..." @@ -765,49 +765,49 @@ #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Herêm" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Herêma Demê" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -825,12 +825,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "" @@ -918,181 +918,186 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Îtalyanî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portekîzî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portuguese (Brazil)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Yewnanî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Felemenkî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danîmarkî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norveçkî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Swêdî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Fînikî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Çekî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slovakî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Macarî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polonî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Rûsî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Sirpkî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lîtwanî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Tirkî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Zimanê Xirwatî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Zimanê Belçîkayî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Zimanê Îzlandî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukraynî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Kamboçî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreyî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Erebî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tajikî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Çîniya Dêrîn" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Çîniya Hêsan" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Romanî" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/crowbar.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/crowbar.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/crowbar.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -22,19 +22,9 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "" - -#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" msgstr "" #. combobox label @@ -48,11 +38,11 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product for SMT server\n" "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" @@ -195,118 +185,128 @@ msgstr "Navnîşana &IP" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nav" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "" -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server" msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "Pêşkêşker" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository" msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "Arşîv" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository" msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "Arşîv" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository" msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "Arşîv" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "Pêşkêşkera STM" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "Pêşkêşkera STM" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SMT Server" msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "Pêşkêşkera STM" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Bijare" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Name" msgid "User Name" msgstr "&Navê Bikarhêner:" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "Nasnav" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Reset Password" msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "Nasnavê &Vegerîne-Serî" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User name must not be empty." msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "Navê bikarhêner divê vala nebe." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 #, fuzzy #| msgid "New passwords do not match." msgid "" @@ -315,26 +315,26 @@ msgstr "Nasnavên nû hev nagirin." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "Meta-dana ya arşîvê nederbasdar e." #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "neçalak" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgid "" @@ -344,14 +344,14 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgid "" @@ -360,91 +360,91 @@ msgstr "Meta-dana ya arşîvê nederbasdar e." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "Navnîşana IP" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "Navnîşana IP" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Settings" msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Bikarhêner" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Bridge" msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "Pira Torê" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "Tora Bond" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network" msgid "Net&works" msgstr "Tor" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repositories" msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "Arşîv" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ msgstr "" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" @@ -504,21 +504,21 @@ msgstr "Amadekirin..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Amadekirina Veavakirina CASA" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Test the Configuration" msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "Veavakirinê Biceribîne" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Preparing configuration..." msgid "Reading the configuration..." @@ -526,23 +526,23 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Tomarkirina Veavakirinên Proxy" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/dhcp-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/dhcp-server.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/dhcp-server.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -56,9 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "" @@ -98,242 +96,247 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "" #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "Ne Yek Jî" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "" + #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Kom" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "" @@ -358,190 +361,150 @@ msgstr "Çirke" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "Bi destan" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Bi destan" -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "" - -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Navê Cîhazê" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Hilbijêre" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Navnîşana DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" "One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." @@ -549,60 +512,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Navê &Qadê" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Yeke" @@ -610,48 +573,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -659,10 +622,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -670,61 +633,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Standard" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -732,8 +695,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -741,135 +704,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nav" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "Cure" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nav" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Navnîşana &IP" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Înternet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -882,15 +845,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -902,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" @@ -1115,7 +1078,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "" @@ -1139,7 +1102,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" @@ -1150,9 +1113,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "" @@ -1168,51 +1131,51 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "Navê &Mêvandar" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1220,80 +1183,80 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Tor" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Navê Mêvandarê" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "" @@ -1572,8 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1591,17 +1553,9 @@ "is enabled." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 +#. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" -"<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" -"To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"Start DHCP Server." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -1609,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1617,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1637,14 +1591,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1652,7 +1606,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1661,7 +1615,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1670,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1679,14 +1633,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1696,14 +1650,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1711,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1730,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" @@ -1739,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" @@ -1748,21 +1702,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -1770,14 +1724,14 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -1785,40 +1739,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -1827,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" @@ -1838,7 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -1846,14 +1800,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." msgstr "" #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -1861,14 +1815,14 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -1878,45 +1832,45 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." msgstr "" #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "" #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." msgstr "" #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." msgstr "" #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." msgstr "" #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." msgstr "" #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -1924,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -1934,23 +1888,23 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "" @@ -1960,101 +1914,101 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "" #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "Vekirî" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "Girtî" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2062,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2070,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2078,206 +2032,195 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "" - #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "" -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "Pêş&ketî" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "&Navê Komê" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Derdorê kontrol bike" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2288,101 +2231,101 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê binivîse" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê tên nivîsîn..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "" @@ -2390,22 +2333,22 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "" #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/dns-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/dns-server.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/dns-server.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -297,8 +297,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -369,11 +368,10 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "Nirx" @@ -391,7 +389,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nav" @@ -401,9 +399,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "Cure" @@ -416,8 +414,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "" @@ -447,12 +445,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "" @@ -481,14 +478,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Pêşanî" @@ -550,8 +547,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +570,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" @@ -600,133 +597,88 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Upload Changes" -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "Guherînan &Bar Bike" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "Rojnivîsk" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -734,181 +686,181 @@ msgstr "" #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "" #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Nirx" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "Vebijêrk" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" msgstr "" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" msgstr "" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Pel" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nav" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" msgstr "" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "" @@ -917,8 +869,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "Bingeh" @@ -928,9 +880,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "" @@ -939,109 +891,154 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "" #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save configuration" msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "Veava yan tomar bike" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" msgstr "" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Upload Changes" +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "Guherînan &Bar Bike" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "Rojnivîsk" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "" + #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Navnîşan" @@ -1049,116 +1046,116 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Pêşanî" #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Çirke" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Xulek" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Saet" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "Roj" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "" #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "Cardin Bi&ceribîne" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Herî-kêm" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1169,104 +1166,104 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "" #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Servîs" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokol" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Dergeh" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1275,13 +1272,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." @@ -1291,79 +1288,73 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "" #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "" #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "" #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "Pêş&ketî" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "" @@ -1371,24 +1362,24 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1396,32 +1387,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -2202,203 +2193,206 @@ msgstr "" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Derdorê kontrol bike" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " msgstr "" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." msgstr "" #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP Initialization" msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Amadekirina LDAP" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Ad&vanced" +#~ msgstr "Pêş&ketî" + #~ msgid "&Manually" #~ msgstr "Bi destan" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/docker.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/docker.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/docker.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,6 +15,118 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue" +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr "&Bidomîne" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Rewş" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Derkeve" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue" +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr "&Bidomîne" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "Arşîv" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tab" +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "Hilpekîn" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -74,16 +186,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "Arşîv" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Tab" -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "Hilpekîn" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "" @@ -110,15 +212,11 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "Ferman" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Rewş" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Port" msgid "Ports" @@ -166,14 +264,65 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "Şîrov&e" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Exit" -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "Derkeve" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "Tu bi rastî dixwazî vê têketinê jê bibî?" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Contains" +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr "Werdigire " + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Contains" +msgid "Container" +msgstr "Werdigire " + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/drbd.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/drbd.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/drbd.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drdb.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-11 00:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" @@ -239,15 +239,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" @@ -273,13 +274,13 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Congratulations!" msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "Serkeftin!" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" @@ -288,20 +289,22 @@ "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -311,7 +314,7 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -321,14 +324,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -337,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -345,7 +348,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -353,14 +356,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" @@ -376,7 +379,7 @@ "%1 an jî %2 bi kar bîne." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -385,7 +388,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -393,7 +396,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -401,56 +404,134 @@ msgstr "" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Veavakirina XPRAM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device id" msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Nasnameya cîhazê" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "" -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokol" -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User name must not be empty." -msgid "Node names must be different." +msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Navê bikarhêner divê vala nebe." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "" + +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "Navê bikarhêner divê vala nebe." + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> @@ -556,87 +637,87 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save configuration" msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Veava yan tomar bike" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê binivîse" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Preparing configuration..." msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "Veavakirin tên amadekirin..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -644,55 +725,55 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save configuration" msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "Veava yan tomar bike" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê binivîse" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "Veavakirinên YaST tên nivîsîn..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê tên nivîsîn..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/fcoe-client.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/fcoe-client.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/fcoe-client.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -552,39 +552,39 @@ msgstr "Tu dixwazî vê niha saz bikî?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Nikare cîhazan bibîne." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "Nikare servîsa '%1' bide destpêkirin" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "Nikare servîsa '%1' bide destpêkirin" #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -592,183 +592,183 @@ msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Amadekirina Veavakirina CASA" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Pakêtên RPM yên sazkirî kontrol dike..." #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Rawestandina servîsan" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Karta Torê Ethernet" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Pakêtên RPM yên sazkirî kontrol dike..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for %1 in %2..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "%1 ya di %2 de kontrol dike..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Cîhazan dibîne..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Servîs destpê dikin..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Nikare cîhazan bibîne." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read settings file." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Nikare pela mîhengan bixwîne." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving casa-ats Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirinên casa-ats Tomar Dike" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart the service" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Nû ve destpêkirina servîsê" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Destpêkirina servîsan" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting the service..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse li ser '%1'" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Servîs destpê dikin..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read settings file." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Nikare pela mîhengan bixwîne." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reipl Configuration" msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Reipl" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Interface" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "&Navrû" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -776,11 +776,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "çalak" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "neçalak" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/firewall.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/firewall.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/firewall.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,6 +15,16 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" @@ -166,7 +176,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "" @@ -556,7 +566,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "" @@ -567,8 +577,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokol" @@ -622,28 +632,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "" @@ -763,10 +773,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "" @@ -1250,221 +1260,223 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Xgl" msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "Xgl Çalak Bike" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable IrDA" msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "IrDA Neçalak Bike" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "" @@ -1477,180 +1489,180 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Navê Cîhazê" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "Nirx" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "" @@ -1659,167 +1671,178 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "Dergeh" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 -msgid "Masquerading is %1" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "çalak" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "neçalak" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/firstboot.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/firstboot.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/firstboot.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -110,13 +110,13 @@ msgstr "Etîket" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Rewş" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Rewş" - #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ "\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/fonts.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/fonts.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/fonts.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,61 +18,61 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fonts" msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "Curenivîs" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/geo-cluster.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/geo-cluster.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/geo-cluster.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -59,10 +59,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resource Configuration" @@ -120,17 +118,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lê Zêde Bike" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Jê Bibe" @@ -138,19 +136,18 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Notification" -msgid "Authentification" +msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Agahdarî" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Ca&ncel" @@ -158,9 +155,9 @@ #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "Temam" @@ -171,117 +168,122 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of reipl" -msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of reipl" +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" +msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "%1 navnîşanekê IPv4 yê derbasdar nîn." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repositories" msgid "retries" msgstr "Arşîv" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Expired" msgid "expire" msgstr "Dema bikaranînê bi dawî bûye" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 #, fuzzy #| msgid "R&equired pattern" msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "Nîgarên p&êwist" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "Meta-dana ya arşîvê nederbasdar e." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "URL ya têketî nederbasdar e" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "URL ya têketî nederbasdar e" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "URL ya têketî nederbasdar e" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "URL ya têketî nederbasdar e" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User name must not be empty." msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "Navê bikarhêner divê vala nebe." #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgid "Firewall Configuration" @@ -289,84 +291,90 @@ #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 #, fuzzy #| msgid " already exists." msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr " jixwe heye." -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of reipl" msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of reipl" msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "Meta-dana ya arşîvê nederbasdar e." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CA saved to file." msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "CA di pelê de hat tomarkirin." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CA saved to file." msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "CA di pelê de hat tomarkirin." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to read the AutoYaST profile." -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "Xwendina profîla AutoYaST pêk nehat." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of reipl" +msgid "Authentication file " +msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid " created successfully." msgstr "" #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resource Configuration" msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" @@ -374,7 +382,7 @@ #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of reipl" msgid "Choose configuration file:" @@ -383,7 +391,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Bixweber" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/installation.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/installation.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/installation.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-26 09:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team\n" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Tê Amadekirin..." @@ -97,29 +97,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "Destpêkirina servîsa %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "" @@ -175,28 +175,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." msgstr "" #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "&Rojanekirinê Bide Destpêkirin" @@ -247,51 +247,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Writing the sysconfig settings..." -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "Mîhengên sysconfig dinivîse..." - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Writing the sysconfig settings..." -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "Mîhengên sysconfig dinivîse..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Pelan ji ber digire pergala hatiye sazkirin..." @@ -493,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "Jê %1 ê rojane bike %2 ê" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Koma Nayê Zanîn" @@ -523,54 +479,28 @@ "Rojanekirina ji torê niha bixebitîne hilbijêre.\n" "An jî niha vê gavê derbas be û rojanekirinê paşê bixebitîne.\n" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" -msgstr "&Ziman" - -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "Niştecihbûna &Klavye yê" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "Ez Peymana Lîsansê &Dipejirînim." - -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Keyboard" -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "Klavye" +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Nîşeyên Weşanê" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "Peymana Lîsansê" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "&Wergerên Lîsansê..." - #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -580,7 +510,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -594,7 +524,7 @@ "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -605,7 +535,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -618,7 +548,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -630,24 +560,57 @@ "pêvajoya sazkirinê.\n" "\n" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Nîşeyên Weşanê" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "Peymana Lîsansê" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "&Ziman" + +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "Niştecihbûna &Klavye yê" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "Ez Peymana Lîsansê &Dipejirînim." + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "Pergala sazkirî tê kontrol kirin..." + +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keyboard" +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "Klavye" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "&Wergerên Lîsansê..." + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -755,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr "" #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" @@ -764,16 +727,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "" #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgid "" @@ -782,27 +745,27 @@ msgstr "Sazkirin tê amadekirin..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "" @@ -819,46 +782,47 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Çalak Kirina Dîskê" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Monitor" msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Dîmenderê Veava Bike" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Veava yên torê tên tomarkirin..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -877,7 +841,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Tê Amadekirin" @@ -902,74 +866,77 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "" +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "" + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr "" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "Moda Sazkirinê" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Qedandina Sazkirina Bingeh" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Bi dawî bû." + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Veava yan tomar bike" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Vebijêrkên sazkirinê tomar bike" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Pela rojnivîska %1 ya YaST kontrol dike..." -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 -msgid "Calling step %1..." -msgstr "" - -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr "" - -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Bi dawî bû." - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "Moda Sazkirinê" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -993,31 +960,31 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Mode" msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Moda Sazkirinê" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Congratulations!" msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "Serkeftin!" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -1025,7 +992,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" @@ -1033,7 +1000,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" @@ -1142,7 +1109,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "" @@ -1174,7 +1141,7 @@ msgstr "" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "" @@ -1197,108 +1164,108 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..." msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Avêtina hemû cîhazên girêdayî..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialize package manager" msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Amadekirina rêveberê pakêtê" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing package manager..." msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Rêveberê pakêtê tê amadekirin..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1306,7 +1273,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1315,12 +1282,58 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +msgid "" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1372,8 +1385,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Biguherîne..." @@ -1565,7 +1578,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "" @@ -1585,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Veava yên torê tên tomarkirin..." @@ -1643,6 +1656,26 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the sysconfig settings..." +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "Mîhengên sysconfig dinivîse..." + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the sysconfig settings..." +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "Mîhengên sysconfig dinivîse..." + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -1710,66 +1743,81 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "Pelên têketinê ji ber digire pergala hatiye saz kirin..." +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device" +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "Cîhaz" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirinên Bixweber" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "" -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "Veavakirinên Bixweber" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1780,44 +1828,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "Veavakirinên Bixweber" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Bizîvire nirxên asayî" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Rojane Bike" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Saz Bike" @@ -1845,7 +1885,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1855,7 +1895,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1864,7 +1904,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1873,7 +1913,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1882,7 +1922,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1890,12 +1930,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1904,7 +1944,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1920,6 +1960,11 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Sazkirin tê amadekirin..." +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "" + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -1927,19 +1972,110 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "" + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "Koma Nayê Zanîn" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Xwendina agahiyan der barê wêneyên sazkirinê de pêk nehat" #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying %1..." msgid "Deploying..." @@ -1949,24 +2085,29 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Jêçêtirdîtinên bikarhêner tên tomar kirin..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Jêçêtirdîtinên bikarhêner nû ve tên tomar kirin..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Veavakirinên Bixweber" + #~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." #~ msgstr "Derdora sazkirinê tê amade kirin..." @@ -2021,9 +2162,6 @@ #~ msgid "Network Card" #~ msgstr "Karta Torê" -#~ msgid "Device" -#~ msgstr "Cîhaz" - #~ msgid "&IP Address" #~ msgstr "Navnîşana &IP" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-client.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-client.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-client.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -109,7 +109,6 @@ msgid "Add" msgstr "Lê Zêde Bike" -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" @@ -171,47 +170,64 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "Destpê bike" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manually" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "Bi destan" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Navnîşana IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "Dergeh" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "Mifte" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "Nirx" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servîs" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -220,9 +236,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -403,29 +419,27 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "" -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 msgid "No record found." msgstr "" #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Port Name" msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "Navê &Dergehê" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -438,13 +452,18 @@ "Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "" + #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -452,36 +471,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Bidomîne" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -576,7 +595,7 @@ msgstr "Hemû" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -584,13 +603,14 @@ "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Kurtebêja veavakirinê ..." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-lio-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-lio-server.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/iscsi-lio-server.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -38,15 +38,14 @@ msgstr "Servîs" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "Gerdûnî" #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "argentina" @@ -69,7 +68,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Portugal" msgid "Portal group" @@ -100,7 +99,7 @@ msgstr "Piştrastkirin" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 #, fuzzy #| msgid "TUN" msgid "LUN" @@ -115,73 +114,74 @@ msgstr "Rêç" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lê Zêde Bike" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit" msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Serast Bike" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Jê Bibe" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Client" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Lun Mapping" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authors" msgid "Auth" msgstr "Nivîskar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit" msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "&Serast Bike" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit Entry" msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "Têketinê &Serast Bike" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Notification" msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Agahdarî" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Communication" @@ -189,63 +189,67 @@ msgstr "Ragihandin" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "Navê Bikarhêner" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "Nasnav" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "Bi destan" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Bi destan" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "" + #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "Mifte" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "Nirx" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CASA Configuration" msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" @@ -253,29 +257,30 @@ #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "" @@ -395,19 +400,24 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." @@ -415,12 +425,12 @@ #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -429,19 +439,19 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -450,228 +460,234 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Username" msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "Navê Bikarhêner Têkevê" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Old Password:" msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "Nasnava &Berê:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Path" msgid "Path:" msgstr "Rêç" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Bigere" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a file to load." msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "Ji bo barkirinê pelekî hilbijêre." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -msgid "Client Lun" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Changes:" msgid "Change:" msgstr "Guherîn:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "New group name" -msgid "Client name:" -msgstr "Navê komê yê nû" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +msgid "Initiator name:" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host name must not be empty." -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "Navê mêvandar(host) divê vala nebe." #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 #, fuzzy #| msgid " already exists." -msgid "Client name already exists!" +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr " jixwe heye." -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 #, fuzzy #| msgid "New group name" -msgid "New client name:" +msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "Navê komê yê nû" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "Temam" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&Betal" +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Neçalak Bû" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Neçalak Bû" + #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila têketana hilbijartî jê bibe?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User name must not be empty." msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "Navê bikarhêner divê vala nebe." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 #, fuzzy #| msgid " already exists." msgid "The target already exists." msgstr " jixwe heye." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "Ne Yek Jî" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "Neçalak Bû" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -687,11 +703,11 @@ msgstr "Amadekirin..." #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" @@ -805,6 +821,11 @@ msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Kurtebêja veavakirinê ..." +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "New group name" +#~ msgid "Client name:" +#~ msgstr "Navê komê yê nû" + #~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" #~ msgstr "Xebitandina SuSEconfig" Added: trunk/yast/ku/po/journalctl.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/journalctl.ku.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/journalctl.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +# Kurdish translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: ku\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/kdump.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/kdump.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/kdump.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -364,10 +364,8 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -1104,148 +1102,163 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "" + #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "çalak" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "neçalak" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/live-installer.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/live-installer.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/live-installer.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-26 09:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -37,15 +37,15 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "%1 ji ber tê girtin..." @@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "%1 ji ber tê girtin..." #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -68,78 +68,60 @@ msgstr "" #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Sazkirinê" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "" #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "%1%% yê dîska %2 ji bo Linux bi kar bîne" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "Dîska %1 bi kar neyne" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Dabeşkirin" #. end of partitioning summary -#. bootloader summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "System start-up" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 -msgid "Boot only Linux" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 -msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -msgstr "" - -#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Klavye" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Herêma Demê" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -147,7 +129,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -234,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Pelan ji ber digire pergala hatiye sazkirin..." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/mail.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/mail.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/mail.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -243,73 +243,78 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "" +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "" + #. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "Na" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "" #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Kitekit..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Manual" msgid "manual" msgstr "Bi Destan" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Daemon" msgid "daemon" msgstr "Servîs" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "" #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "" @@ -317,7 +322,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -328,7 +333,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -337,39 +342,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "" #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "" @@ -379,23 +384,23 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "" @@ -404,23 +409,23 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "Lê Z&êde Bike" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Serast Bike" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Jê Bi&be" #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "" @@ -428,106 +433,106 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Nasnav" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "Pêşkêşker" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokol" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "Bikarhêner" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Jê &Bibe" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Amadekirin..." @@ -768,12 +773,12 @@ msgstr "Pêşkêşker" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -781,56 +786,56 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -838,163 +843,163 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "" #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "SuSEconfig Dixebitîne..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "Yên Din" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "Ne Yek Jî" #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "" #. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Erê" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/network.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/network.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/network.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 01:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +#: src/clients/host.rb:114 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "" @@ -355,26 +355,26 @@ msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -385,26 +385,26 @@ msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "" @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ msgstr "Neqeba Torê" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Rûpoşa Torê" @@ -678,76 +678,76 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "" #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 msgid "Change." msgstr "Biguherîne." @@ -848,72 +848,72 @@ msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Monitor" msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Dîmenderê Veava Bike" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "" @@ -1040,12 +1040,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 Address Label" @@ -1053,16 +1053,16 @@ #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Navnîşana IP" #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "Lê Zê&de Bike" @@ -1071,8 +1071,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1082,158 +1082,158 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Jê &Bibe" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Navê Navrû yê" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Cureyê &Cîhazê" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "VLAN" msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "Jor" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "Jêr" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " msgstr "" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Navnîşana &IP" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "Rûpoşa &Bin-torê" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "Navê &Mêvandarê" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1241,13 +1241,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1258,20 +1258,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1289,60 +1289,60 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Giştî" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Navnîşan" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hişkalav" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Bêqablo" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1352,12 +1352,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1551,23 +1562,23 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "" #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" @@ -1627,7 +1638,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1635,7 +1646,7 @@ "to this configuration dialog.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1648,20 +1659,20 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1671,12 +1682,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1685,7 +1696,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Torê" @@ -1851,7 +1862,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Karta &Torê" @@ -1861,14 +1872,14 @@ msgstr "&Lêgere" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1876,138 +1887,137 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "Navê &Dergehê" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Hejmara Dergehê" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Hejmara &Dergehê" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokol" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 #, fuzzy #| msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgid "" @@ -2017,7 +2027,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2471,31 +2481,31 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "Navnîşana IP" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2652,127 +2662,127 @@ #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "Bingeh" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "" #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "" #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -2855,27 +2865,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "&Mifte" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "Alîkarî" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -2885,7 +2895,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -2895,97 +2905,97 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "Dirêjiya &Miftê" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "No." #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "Mifte" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "Wekî Standard &Ava Bike" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "Hema yek" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "" @@ -3000,38 +3010,46 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Ew pakêt hewce ne ku bên sazkirin:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3039,111 +3057,61 @@ "Try again?\n" msgstr "" -#. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nayê Zanîn" -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 -msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 -msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 -msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 -msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 -msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 -msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 -msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 -msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 -msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 -msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 -msgid "Configure mail now?" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 -msgid "Run configuration of %1?" -msgstr "" - #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3217,8 +3185,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "" @@ -3244,28 +3212,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "" #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3297,27 +3265,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3355,42 +3323,42 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "&Hedef" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Netmask" msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "Rûpoşa Torê" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "&Neqeba Torê" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "Cî&haz" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "" #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3621,37 +3589,37 @@ "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Settings" msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Torê" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Cîhaza nayê zanîn" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Navnîşana DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Tu navnîşana IP nehatiye diyarkirin" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -3660,12 +3628,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3674,7 +3642,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 #, fuzzy #| msgid "configure" msgid "configured" @@ -3737,7 +3705,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Update Configuration" msgid "Update configuration" @@ -3762,7 +3730,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Preparing configuration..." msgid "Updating configuration..." @@ -3776,413 +3744,406 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Navê Mêvandar: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Cîhazan dibîne..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirinên Torê Tomar Dike" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê binivîse" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê tên nivîsîn..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" -#. Import data -#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "" - #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not connected" msgid "connected" msgstr "Negirêdayî" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Navnîşana IP: %1/%2" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Navê Cîhazê: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Negirêdayî" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "unknown" msgstr "nenas" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." msgid "" @@ -4191,35 +4152,38 @@ msgstr "Pakêta SuSEfirewall2 sazkirî nîn, astenga-ewlehiyê wê neçalak be." #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4227,30 +4191,30 @@ msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "" @@ -4259,24 +4223,24 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Gateway: %1" msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Neqeba Torê: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/nfs.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/nfs.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/nfs.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-18 01:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -130,14 +130,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." msgstr "" #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -350,12 +350,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Nekarî pelrêça '%1' biafirîne." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -363,52 +363,52 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Rawestandina servîsan" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Destpêkirina servîsan" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Servîs radiweste..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Servîs destpê dikin..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "Têketinên NFS" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/nis.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/nis.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/nis.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -230,8 +230,9 @@ msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers @@ -344,11 +345,6 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/ntp-client.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/ntp-client.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/ntp-client.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-11 00:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" msgstr "" @@ -32,68 +32,68 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Pêşkêşkera NTP" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Veava yan tomar bike" #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Veava bike..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -298,310 +298,302 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "Navnîşana pêşkêşker" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "Pêşkêşker" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Weşan" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Giştî" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "" #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "Pêşkêşkera NTP" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "Ala &1" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "Ala &2" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "Ala &3" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "Ala &4" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 @@ -622,7 +614,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -632,7 +624,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -642,14 +634,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -657,14 +649,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -672,7 +664,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -684,14 +676,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -700,7 +692,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -709,7 +701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -717,7 +709,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -725,7 +717,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -733,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -742,7 +734,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -750,7 +742,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -762,49 +754,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -812,7 +804,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -822,7 +814,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -830,7 +822,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -843,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -851,7 +843,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -861,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -870,7 +862,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -884,17 +876,17 @@ msgstr "" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -904,14 +896,14 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -920,44 +912,44 @@ msgstr "" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "&Welat" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -965,205 +957,205 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "" #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "Navnîşan" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "N&avnîşan" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "Tenê Bi &Destan" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "" #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Bi Destan" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Bixweber" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Bijare" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Navnîşan" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "&Hilbijêre..." #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Biceribîne" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "&Cureyê Demjimêrê" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Cîhaz" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Pêşkêşker" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "Cure" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "&Lêgerîn" @@ -1177,150 +1169,158 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Amadekirin..." -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "" - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "" - -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "" - #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Pêşkêşker: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "" + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "Configure..." #~ msgstr "Veavakirin..." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/packager.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/packager.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/packager.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 01:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Tê Amadekirin..." @@ -496,13 +496,6 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "&Medya" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "Veava yên torê tên tomarkirin..." - #. default (minimal) priority of a repository #: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" @@ -538,7 +531,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -778,7 +771,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Kitekit:" @@ -786,7 +779,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Bila dîsa biceribîne?" @@ -1293,47 +1286,47 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Çavkanî" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Çavkanî" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Çavkanî" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Çavkanî" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Çavkanî" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Çavkanî" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1345,32 +1338,39 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" msgstr "" +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "Veava yên torê tên tomarkirin..." + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1378,86 +1378,94 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." msgstr "" +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Ji kerema xwe li bendê bimîne..." + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Guh nade derdorê xêrab..." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Guh nade derdorê xêrab..." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" @@ -1479,31 +1487,31 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "Sazkirina pakêta %1 pêk nehat." #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Mode" msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "Moda Sazkirinê" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Medium" msgid "Medium %1" @@ -1513,13 +1521,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "Qediya." @@ -1527,7 +1535,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1536,7 +1544,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1545,7 +1553,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "Bi giştî" @@ -1554,45 +1562,45 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Mayî: %1)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Daxistina Pakêtê" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (Mayî: %1)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1 jê dibe" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1715,7 +1723,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", @@ -1731,12 +1739,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1744,50 +1752,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1796,34 +1804,42 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Ziman" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ez Peymana Lîsansê &Dipejirînim." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1834,36 +1850,37 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Peymana Lîsansê" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 #, fuzzy #| msgid " License Agreement" @@ -1871,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "Peymana Lîsansê" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -1971,7 +1988,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "" @@ -2018,41 +2035,41 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "Navê &Pêşkêşker" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount point" msgid "Mount Options" @@ -2060,21 +2077,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standard)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository" msgid "&URL of the Repository" @@ -2083,39 +2100,39 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Dîska Sabît" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2124,53 +2141,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2180,23 +2197,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2205,42 +2222,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2248,17 +2265,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2268,20 +2285,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "Pergala &Pelan" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2294,7 +2311,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2302,11 +2319,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2318,12 +2335,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2331,71 +2348,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "&Navê Pêşkêşker" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Dergeh" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Parvekirin" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonîm" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Navê &Bikarhêner" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Nasnav" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2410,7 +2427,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2419,12 +2436,18 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No network interfaces are configured" +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "Tu navrû yên torê neyên veavakirin" + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2432,7 +2455,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2440,7 +2463,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2450,7 +2473,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2459,27 +2482,27 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detect the devices" msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Dîtina cîhazan" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2489,12 +2512,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Cureyê Medya" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Product" msgid "Add On Product" @@ -2503,7 +2526,7 @@ #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." @@ -2690,19 +2713,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Recommended packages" msgid "Deselect some packages." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/pkg-bindings.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/pkg-bindings.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/pkg-bindings.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 02:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,12 +45,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:655 +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:661 +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "Pakêt tune ye." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/printer.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/printer.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/printer.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -210,8 +210,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "Daxwiyanî" @@ -452,8 +452,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "" @@ -2559,56 +2559,56 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirin" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nav" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "Rewş" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "" #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "" @@ -2618,7 +2618,7 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" @@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -2646,74 +2646,74 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "" #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "" @@ -2724,33 +2724,33 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "" #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -2759,25 +2759,25 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "" @@ -2785,7 +2785,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "" @@ -2804,28 +2804,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "" @@ -2833,25 +2833,25 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "" @@ -2871,53 +2871,53 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/rdp.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/rdp.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/rdp.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -104,67 +104,67 @@ msgstr "Kitekitên Astenga-Ewlehiyê" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê binivîse" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure" msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "Veava Bike" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart the service" msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Nû ve destpêkirina servîsê" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "Rawestandina servîsan" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirinên Torê Tomar Dike" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê tên nivîsîn..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuring hardware..." msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "Reqalavê veava dike... " #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stopping services..." msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "Servîs radiweste..." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Notification is enabled" msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Agahdarî çalak e" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Notification is disabled" msgid "Remote administration is disabled." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/rear.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/rear.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/rear.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -258,15 +258,15 @@ msgstr "Veavakirinên Torê Tomar Dike" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the settings file..." msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Pela mîhengan dixwîne..." +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing the target system..." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/registration.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/registration.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/registration.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,31 +17,6 @@ "X-Poedit-Language: Kurdish\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf8\n" -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "Tomarkirin" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "Tomarkirin" - -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "" - #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -60,9 +35,9 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -78,34 +53,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Log files written successfully." msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Pelên rojnivîsk serkeftî hatin nivîsîn." #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "Daxistina Pakêtê" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -274,31 +249,27 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "ŞûnaTiliyê:" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" - +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Meta-dana ya arşîvê nederbasdar e." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -314,36 +285,36 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Registration failed." +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" @@ -352,7 +323,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -362,23 +333,23 @@ msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -386,6 +357,24 @@ "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 #, fuzzy @@ -394,20 +383,20 @@ msgstr "Veava yên torê tên tomarkirin..." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -416,7 +405,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" @@ -425,8 +414,8 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Update to %1" @@ -434,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr "Rojane bike %1 ê" #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Synchronizing Products..." @@ -446,33 +435,33 @@ #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Tomarkirin" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Tomarkirin" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "" @@ -481,7 +470,7 @@ msgstr "Tomarkirin" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -489,7 +478,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -503,7 +492,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -514,7 +503,7 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown error" msgid "Unknown product" @@ -522,33 +511,33 @@ #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -617,7 +606,11 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details" @@ -625,30 +618,30 @@ #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unavailable" msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "Tune ye" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" @@ -665,7 +658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" @@ -733,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr "" #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete '%s'?" @@ -741,28 +734,28 @@ #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Guherto" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release" msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "Weşan" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Registration &Code" @@ -790,10 +783,8 @@ msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "&Bibe Endam" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Email Address" msgid "&E-mail Address" @@ -806,64 +797,74 @@ msgstr "Çavkaniyên Heyî" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Tomarkirin" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "ne yek jî" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +msgid "Register System via %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" msgstr "Tomarkirin" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Tomarkirin" #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" @@ -873,52 +874,37 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" - #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Network Configuration..." -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "Veava yên torê tên tomarkirin..." #. SSL error message #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 @@ -944,22 +930,22 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) @@ -967,18 +953,6 @@ msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "" - -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "Tomarkirin" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -1013,21 +987,21 @@ msgstr "Veavakirinê Biceribîne" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Repositories..." msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "Arşîvan tomar bike..." #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL: %1" msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Priority" msgid "Priority: %s" @@ -1096,19 +1070,19 @@ msgstr "Veavakirinê Biceribîne" #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "&Çareseriyên Gengaz" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration summary..." msgid "Migration Summary" @@ -1120,14 +1094,14 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installed: " msgid "%s will be installed." @@ -1135,25 +1109,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1206,18 +1180,85 @@ "You can manually register the system from scratch." msgstr "" -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Local Registration Servers" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "No registration server selected" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking..." msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Kontrol dike..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "" +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration" +#~ msgid "Registration failed." +#~ msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration" +#~ msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +#~ msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Online Repositories" #~ msgid "Migration Repositories" #~ msgstr "Çavkaniyên ji Torê" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/reipl.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/reipl.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/reipl.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 23:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-client.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-client.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-client.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -801,86 +801,86 @@ msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Erê" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "Na" #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-server.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-server.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/samba-server.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/security.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/security.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/security.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 02:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -117,288 +117,255 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nayê Zanîn" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The address of the server" msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Navnîşana pêşkêşker" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart the service" msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Nû ve destpêkirina servîsê" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Rawestandina servîsan" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Servîsa ZMD &Neçalak Bika" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Veava Bike" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Çalak" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Neçalak" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "Rewş" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Rewşa Ewlekariyê" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "Alîkarî" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " û" #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "Daxwiyanî" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Daxuyanî" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." msgstr "" #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "Têketin" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." msgstr "" -#. Boot dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" "Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" @@ -407,33 +374,33 @@ msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -441,7 +408,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" @@ -450,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" @@ -459,7 +426,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" @@ -467,14 +434,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" @@ -482,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" @@ -492,7 +459,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" @@ -500,12 +467,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" @@ -513,26 +480,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" @@ -540,35 +507,35 @@ msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" "In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" @@ -586,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" @@ -596,7 +563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" @@ -605,7 +572,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" "system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" @@ -614,7 +581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" @@ -625,21 +592,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" "will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" @@ -647,26 +614,26 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgstr "" #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" @@ -678,7 +645,7 @@ "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" "computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" @@ -686,23 +653,23 @@ "correct log messages." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" "X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" "to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" @@ -714,13 +681,13 @@ "Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" "The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" "itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" @@ -732,7 +699,7 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" @@ -744,38 +711,86 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +msgid "" +"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +msgid "" +"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Hibernate System:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +msgstr "" + #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 #, fuzzy @@ -841,167 +856,240 @@ "maximum." msgstr "" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Nebîne" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "Nûdestpêkirin" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "Tenê root" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "Tu kes" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "" + #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disabled" msgid "Disable" msgstr "Neçalak" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "Tenê root" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "Tu kes" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "System Information" msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Agahiyên Pergalê" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "Destûrên &Pelê" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Hêsan" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Ewle" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Herî-kêm" +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "" @@ -1017,66 +1105,66 @@ msgstr "Amadekirin..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Update Settings" msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Mîhengan Rojane Bike" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating runlevel settings..." msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Mîhengên asta-xebitandinê rojane dike..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/services-manager.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/services-manager.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/services-manager.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -299,11 +299,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/snapper.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/snapper.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/snapper.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -48,14 +48,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "Daxwiyanî" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Name" msgid "User data" @@ -63,43 +63,43 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Space Free (%1)" msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Cihê Vala (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installed (%1)" msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Sazkirî (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New " msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Nû Biafirîne" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the database..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -107,244 +107,244 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Printer" msgid "Pre" msgstr "Çaper" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila '%1' jê bibe?" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila '%1' jê bibe?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "Sîngapur" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the database..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Danegeh dixwîne..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Reqalavê" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 #, fuzzy #| msgid "UID" msgid "ID" msgstr "UID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "Cure" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Dîroka Destpêkê" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Dîroka Dawî" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User ID" msgid "User Data" msgstr "Nasnameya Bikarhêner" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&View Changes" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Guherînan &Bibîne" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "Pêş %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing log files ..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Pelên rojnivîsk dinivîse ..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File name required." msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Navê pelê pêwist e." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Pela %1 tune ye. " #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Desktop Selection" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Hilbijartina Sermasê" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Veke" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Desktop Selection" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Hilbijartina Sermasê" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "" @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -367,19 +367,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/storage.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/storage.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/storage.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-27 02:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -86,8 +86,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -151,7 +150,11 @@ msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -779,7 +782,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -797,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -807,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -817,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -827,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -838,7 +841,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -848,7 +851,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -861,7 +864,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -871,7 +874,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -883,7 +886,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -894,7 +897,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -906,11 +909,11 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"\n" +"%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1009,53 +1012,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1064,7 +1067,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1074,7 +1077,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1084,7 +1087,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1099,13 +1102,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1133,7 +1136,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Nasnavê Binivîse:" @@ -1145,7 +1148,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Nasnavê Binivîse:" @@ -1166,7 +1169,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1175,7 +1178,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1486,7 +1489,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1503,19 +1506,19 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr " jixwe heye." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 #, fuzzy #| msgid " already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr " jixwe heye." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1547,7 +1550,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1560,7 +1563,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1573,7 +1576,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1595,7 +1598,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1754,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -1769,12 +1772,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1782,28 +1785,28 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Girêdan" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2070,11 +2073,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Serast Bike" @@ -2106,9 +2107,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2133,8 +2133,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Serastkirin..." @@ -2151,8 +2150,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2214,41 +2212,47 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 #, fuzzy +msgid "EFI Boot Partition" +msgstr "&Partîsyon" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Operation" msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Çalakî" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "" #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2256,54 +2260,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Xala Girêdanê" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2312,17 +2316,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2332,7 +2336,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2341,59 +2345,59 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Hemû guherandin wê winda bin!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "Nasnav" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Mezinahiya giştî: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2401,8 +2405,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2414,34 +2418,34 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Mezinahiya Bêhtirîn (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Mezinahiya Bêhtirîn (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Mezinahiya Taybet" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2451,7 +2455,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2460,12 +2464,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Derketana %1" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2657,59 +2661,59 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partition: %1" msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Partîsyon: %1" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Forward" msgstr "&Teşe" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila %1 jê bibe?" @@ -2717,53 +2721,58 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "" #. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "" #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila %1 jê bibe?" #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "" @@ -2771,51 +2780,51 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -2825,51 +2834,51 @@ "partitions will be deleted.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila %1 jê bibe?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" "Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -2912,8 +2921,7 @@ msgstr "Rake" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize" msgstr "Mezinahiyê biguherîne..." @@ -3010,8 +3018,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3118,50 +3125,50 @@ msgstr "Nasnav pêwist e." #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" "RAID device will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Bi rastî bila %1 jê bibe?" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3169,7 +3176,7 @@ #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Partitions" msgid "Unpartitioned" @@ -3179,34 +3186,34 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Fonksîyona girêdanên bişkojkan:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Packages:" msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "Pakêt:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgid "No packages need to be installed." @@ -3306,12 +3313,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "" @@ -3614,12 +3621,12 @@ msgstr "%1 hatiye bikaranîn" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3653,9 +3660,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "" @@ -3665,14 +3672,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4013,17 +4020,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4290,7 +4297,7 @@ msgstr "Sazkirin tê amadekirin..." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "" @@ -5045,38 +5052,51 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5086,7 +5106,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5100,7 +5120,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5113,7 +5133,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5122,7 +5142,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5130,7 +5150,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5139,28 +5159,28 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Nasnavê Binivîse:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Nasnav" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5168,14 +5188,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Dixwazî carek din biceribînî?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5183,54 +5203,54 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2 cîhazên jêr dîyar kir" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hard Disk" msgid "Disk" msgstr "Dîska Sabît" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID:" @@ -5238,50 +5258,50 @@ #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Sazkirina pakêta %1 pêk nehat." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5289,7 +5309,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5297,7 +5317,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5305,18 +5325,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5912,52 +5932,43 @@ "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 -msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 -msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Proxy Settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Pêşkêşkera Cîgir" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" -"To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" -"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +"Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5966,36 +5977,51 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Nasnav:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Nasnavê Binivîse:" +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Partitions" +msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" +msgstr "&Partîsyon" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. #. Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/update.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/update.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/update.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 02:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -763,19 +763,19 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/users.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/users.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/users.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-18 03:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omer Ensari <oensari(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -126,544 +126,6 @@ msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "" -#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 -msgid "User Authentication Method" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Authentication \n" -"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 2/3 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" - -#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 -msgid "&LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 -msgid "N&IS" -msgstr "N&IS" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#. menubutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "&Samba" -msgstr "&Samba" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 -msgid "&Windows Domain" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 -msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 -msgid "eDirectory LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext: additional kerberos support -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 -msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 -msgid "&Choose" -msgstr "&Hilbijêre" - -#. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 -msgid "Authentication Method" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 -msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" -msgstr "" - -#. selection box label -#. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 -msgid "&Select Users to Read" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 -msgid "Select or Deselect &All" -msgstr "" - -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 -msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "" - -#. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "Nasnavê Pişt&rast Bike" - -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 -msgid "E&xpert Options..." -msgstr "" - -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 -msgid "" -"\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. additional help text about password -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" - -#. report misspellings of the password -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -msgid "" -"The passwords do not match.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. report if user forgot to enter a password -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgstr "" - -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Reset Password" -msgid "Really use this password?" -msgstr "Nasnavê &Vegerîne-Serî" - -#. Error msg (yes/no) -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 -msgid "" -"The root password could not be set.\n" -"You might not be able to log in.\n" -"Try setting it again?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 -msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." -msgstr "" - -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed.\n" -"Install it now?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -msgid "DES" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 -msgid "MD5" -msgstr "MD5" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 -msgid "SHA-256" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 -msgid "SHA-512" -msgstr "" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 -msgid "Password Encryption Type" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 -msgid "&DES" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 -msgid "&MD5" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 -msgid "SHA-&256" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 -msgid "SHA-&512" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Welcome!" -msgid "Authentication " -msgstr "Bi Xêr Hatî!" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 -msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -msgid "User's &Full Name" -msgstr "" - -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -msgid "&Username" -msgstr "Navê &Bikarhêner" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 -msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 -msgid "&Automatic Login" -msgstr "Têketina &Bixweber" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 -msgid "Create New User" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup headline -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 -msgid "Empty User Login" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup contents -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" -"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" -"Leave it empty?" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" -"assign to this user account.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 -msgid "" -"\n" -"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" -" %2 and %3 characters.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %s characters long." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 -msgid "" -"\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" -"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well -#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) -#. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 -msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 -msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." -msgstr "" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 -msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "" - -#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 -msgid "User %s will be imported." -msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "&Biguherîne..." - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 -msgid "Summary" -msgstr "Kurtasî" - -#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "" - #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" @@ -785,11 +247,6 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 -msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." -msgstr "" - #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -1030,93 +487,6 @@ msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Çirke" -#. authentication type -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 -msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. authentication type -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 -msgid "NIS" -msgstr "" - -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 -msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 -msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." -msgstr "" - -#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) -#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 -msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. rich text label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Mîhengên Bikarhêner" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 -msgid "&User" -msgstr "&Bikarhêner" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 -msgid "&Root Password" -msgstr "" - #. password entering label #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" @@ -1268,6 +638,22 @@ "enter the user's current password." msgstr "" +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -1291,6 +677,13 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "Navê &Pêş" @@ -1305,11 +698,30 @@ msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "" +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "Navê &Bikarhêner" + #. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "" +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "" + #. check box label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" @@ -1477,6 +889,32 @@ msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "" +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Reset Password" +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "Nasnavê &Vegerîne-Serî" + #. popup question #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" @@ -1565,6 +1003,20 @@ msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "" +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +msgid "DES" +msgstr "" + +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "MD5" + #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -1574,6 +1026,24 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -1692,6 +1162,15 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" @@ -1717,6 +1196,21 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +msgstr "" + #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." @@ -2359,7 +1853,8 @@ msgstr "" #. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -2435,6 +1930,11 @@ msgstr "" #. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "" + +#. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "" @@ -2454,6 +1954,11 @@ msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "" +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "&Samba" + #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" @@ -2569,6 +2074,11 @@ "" msgstr "" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" @@ -2579,6 +2089,26 @@ msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "" +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "" + #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" @@ -2836,6 +2366,12 @@ #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "Pergal" @@ -3111,6 +2647,13 @@ msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "" +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" + #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" @@ -3128,6 +2671,352 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Amadekirin..." +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +msgid "" +"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long." +msgstr "" + +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "" + +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "Nasnavê Pişt&rast Bike" + +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +msgid "" +"\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" +"Local users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +msgid "Create new user" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +msgid "" +"\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The password length should be between %{min}\n" +" and %{max} characters.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +msgid "" +"\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +msgid "" +"\n" +"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"be imported.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +msgid "Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"a local user.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local" +msgid "Local User" +msgstr "Herêmî" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +msgid "" +"The new username cannot be blank.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +msgid "" +"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +msgid "&Create New User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Choose" +msgid "Choose Users" +msgstr "&Hilbijêre" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +msgid "&Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "Têketina &Bixweber" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +msgid "No users selected" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +msgid "%d user will be imported" +msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "" + +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password of the user" +msgid "Password &Encryption Type" +msgstr "Nasnava bikarhêner:" + +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "Mîhengên Bikarhêner" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Bikarhêner" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" +msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "" + #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" @@ -3569,7 +3458,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -3581,202 +3470,202 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "Bikarhêner tuneye." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "Kom tuneye." #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3784,14 +3673,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3800,7 +3689,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3809,7 +3698,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3817,14 +3706,14 @@ "Really change the user type to 'system'?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -3832,14 +3721,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -3847,7 +3736,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -3855,7 +3744,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -3863,14 +3752,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -3878,7 +3767,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -3886,7 +3775,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -3895,7 +3784,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -3905,19 +3794,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3925,14 +3814,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3941,7 +3830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3950,7 +3839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3959,14 +3848,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -3974,7 +3863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -3983,21 +3872,21 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, fuzzy, perl-format #| msgid "User does not exist." msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "Bikarhêner tuneye." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4005,7 +3894,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4013,22 +3902,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" @@ -4046,23 +3935,23 @@ msgstr "" #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Veavakirina Cîgir (Proxy)" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "" @@ -4179,7 +4068,7 @@ #. the ']' is or-ed... #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4187,7 +4076,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" "For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" @@ -4197,7 +4086,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4205,37 +4094,37 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4243,7 +4132,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4251,20 +4140,20 @@ msgstr "" #. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4272,7 +4161,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4281,22 +4170,20 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "" @@ -4358,7 +4245,21 @@ msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "N&IS" +#~ msgstr "N&IS" + #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Welcome!" +#~ msgid "Authentication " +#~ msgstr "Bi Xêr Hatî!" + +#~ msgid "&Change..." +#~ msgstr "&Biguherîne..." + +#~ msgid "Summary" +#~ msgstr "Kurtasî" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Password of the user" #~ msgid "No Password Entered" #~ msgstr "Nasnava bikarhêner:" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/vm.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/vm.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/vm.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -40,161 +40,161 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 #, fuzzy #| msgid "X server" msgid "KVM server" msgstr "Pêşkêşkera X" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Virtualization" msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "Ferazîkirin" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 #, fuzzy #| msgid "X server" msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Pêşkêşkera X" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Admin Tools" msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Amûrên Rêveber" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Preparing configuration..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Veavakirin tên amadekirin..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -207,26 +207,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ku/po/vpn.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ku/po/vpn.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) +++ trunk/yast/ku/po/vpn.ku.po 2016-09-02 21:37:28 UTC (rev 96692) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -208,14 +208,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Username is required" msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Navê bikarhêner pêwist e" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "" @@ -308,106 +308,106 @@ msgstr "" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "" #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nav" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "Daxwiyanî" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "" #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Connection Settings" msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "Mîhengên Girêdanê" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "Cure" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Gateway" msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "Neqeba Torê" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "" @@ -494,36 +494,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "Sazkirina pakêtên hewce pêk nehat." #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "" #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to read the AutoYaST profile." msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "Xwendina profîla AutoYaST pêk nehat." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -531,30 +531,30 @@ msgstr "" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Locale Settings" msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "Mîhengên Herêmî" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "" #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96691 - trunk/yast/ko/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Sep '16

02 Sep '16

Author: minton Date: 2016-09-02 23:37:14 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96691 Added: trunk/yast/ko/po/journalctl.ko.po Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/add-on.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/autoinst.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/ca-management.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/cio.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/cluster.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/control.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/crowbar.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/dhcp-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/dns-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/docker.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/drbd.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/fcoe-client.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/firstboot.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/fonts.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/geo-cluster.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/installation.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-client.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-lio-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/kdump.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/live-installer.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/mail.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/network.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/nfs.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/nis.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/ntp-client.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/packager.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/pkg-bindings.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/printer.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/rdp.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/rear.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/registration.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/reipl.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-client.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-server.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/security.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/services-manager.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/snapper.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/sound.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/update.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/users.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/vm.ko.po trunk/yast/ko/po/vpn.ko.po Log: ko merged Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/add-on.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/add-on.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/add-on.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-13 10:20+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -87,15 +87,16 @@ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>미디어: %1, 경로: %2, 제품: %3</li>\n" -#. error report -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +msgstr "Add-on \"%1\" 이 \"%2\" 를 통해 사용할 수 있도록 해주세요." + +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "Add-On 제품을 추가하는 데 실패했습니다." -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." -msgstr "Add-on \"%1\" 이 \"%2\" 를 통해 사용할 수 있도록 해주세요." - #. placeholder for unknown path #. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media #. placeholder for unknown directory Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-client.ko.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-10 13:02+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -19,1185 +19,1813 @@ "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: UTF-8\n" -#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 -msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Realm name" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 -msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 -msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Principal Name" +msgstr "" + +# src/isdn/complex.ycp:266 src/modem/complex.ycp:207 +# src/provider/complex.ycp:186 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "None" -msgid "None." -msgstr "없음" +#| msgid "Name" +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "이름" -#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" + +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Modem Parameters" -msgid "Mandatory Parameters" -msgstr "모뎀 매개변수" +#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." +msgid "Please enter realm name." +msgstr "새로운 프로파일의 이름을 입력하십시오." -# src/isdn/interface.ycp:242 -# DIALOG TEXTS -# Connection dialog caption -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Reset" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +# ComboBox label +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Optional Parameter File" -msgid "Optional Parameters" -msgstr "선택적 매개 변수 파일" +#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" +msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" +msgstr "인증 모드(&A)" -#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 -msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -# summary item -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Please enter server URI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "Please enter DN of search base." +msgstr "" + +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" + +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +msgid "(not specified)" +msgstr "" + +# popup text +# /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +# now delete partition!! +# popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" -msgstr "인증된 클라이언트" +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" +msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" +msgstr "정말 파티션 %1을 지우길 원하십니까?" -#. Overview of all config sections -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "전체적인 설정" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" msgstr "로그인 시 홈 디렉터리 작성" -# command line help text for an action -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +msgid "Secure LDAP communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +msgid "Do Not Use Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +msgid "Test Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "Extended Options" +msgstr "" + +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" +msgstr "" + +# ComboBox label +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" -msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" -msgstr "NTP 데몬을 활성화합니다." +#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" +msgid "All Authentication Realms" +msgstr "인증 모드(&A)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Add Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Edit Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Sections: %1" -msgid "Sections" -msgstr "섹션: %1" +#| msgid "Delete" +msgid "Delete Realm" +msgstr "삭제" -# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "User Logon Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Services" -msgid "New Service/Domain" -msgstr "네트워크 서비스" +#| msgid "Basic Settings:" +msgid "Change Settings" +msgstr "기본 설정:" -# option description -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Selected Service" -msgid "Delete Service/Domain" -msgstr "선택된 서비스" +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "User Logon Configuration" +msgstr "전체적인 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. -#. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Custom Registration Server" -msgid "Customisation - %s" -msgstr "사용자 등록 서버" +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "전체적인 설정" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:266 src/modem/complex.ycp:207 # src/provider/complex.ycp:186 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Full Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New Domain" +msgid "Network Domain" +msgstr "새 도메인 추가" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New Domain" +msgid "Identity Domains" +msgstr "새 도메인 추가" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" -#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Extended options" +msgstr "" + +# label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "필터:" + +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "None" +msgid "None." +msgstr "없음" + +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" -msgid "More Parameters" +msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "모뎀 매개변수" +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:242 +# DIALOG TEXTS +# Connection dialog caption +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Parameter File" +msgid "Optional Parameters" +msgstr "선택적 매개 변수 파일" + +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "Global Options" +msgstr "전체적인 설정" + # label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" -msgid "Name filter:" +msgid "Name switch" msgstr "필터:" -#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 -msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +# ComboBox label +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "인증 모드(&A)" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Sudo" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Auto-Mount" msgstr "" -#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "SSH Public Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Daemon Status: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Running" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile." -msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." -msgstr "활성화된 프로파일은 삭제할 수 없습니다." +#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgid "Create Home Directory" +msgstr "로그인 시 홈 디렉터리 작성" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Enable domain data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Join Domain" +msgstr "도메인" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Leave Domain" +msgstr "도메인" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Clear Domain Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sections: %1" +msgid "Service Options" +msgstr "섹션: %1" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Domain Options" +msgstr "도메인" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." +msgstr "" + +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "Use this domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Custom Registration Server" +msgid "Options - %s" +msgstr "사용자 등록 서버" + +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Please select a domain among the list." +msgstr "" + # popup text # /////////////////////////////////////////////////// # now delete partition!! # popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" -msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "정말 파티션 %1을 지우길 원하십니까?" +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 +msgid "" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +msgstr "" + +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +msgstr "" + +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" + #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" # DIALOG TEXTS # Modem datails dialog caption #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem parameter details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "자세한 모뎀 변수" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to continue?" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" -msgid "No domain enabled" +msgid "No domain" msgstr "로깅 활성화" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" -"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -#. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 -msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "" -#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" -msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" -msgstr "중단하거나 다시 시도 하시겠습니까?\n" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" +msgstr "" -#. New service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "서비스" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 -msgid "Domain" -msgstr "도메인" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 -msgid "Domain name (example.com)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Identification:" -msgid "Identification provider:" -msgstr "ID:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" +msgstr "" -# ComboBox label -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" -msgid "Authentication provider:" -msgstr "인증 모드(&A)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Activate Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr "" -#. Create new service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "These services will be enabled" -msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." -msgstr "이 서비스들은 사용가능하게 될 것입니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "(DNS error)" +msgstr "" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." -msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." -msgstr "새로운 프로파일의 이름을 입력하십시오." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This domain is already defined." -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." -msgstr "이 도메인은 이미 정의되었습니다." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Already enrolled" +msgstr "" -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Current status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Gathering status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +msgid "" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" +"\n" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" +msgstr "" + +# command line help text for an action +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" +msgid "Enable the domain" +msgstr "NTP 데몬을 활성화합니다." + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." +msgid "Please enter the domain name." +msgstr "새로운 프로파일의 이름을 입력하십시오." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This domain is already defined." +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "이 도메인은 이미 정의되었습니다." + +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" msgstr "" -#. NSS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" -#. PAM configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" -#. SUDO configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#. SSH configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" # Progress stage -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Base DN for the database" msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "데이타베이스용 베이스 DN" # configuration will be saved in ldap? -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP secure port" msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP 보안 포트" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" # dialog caption -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "고정 주소를 갖는 호스트의 IP 주소(또는 호스트 이름)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" # continue-cancel popup -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The configuration of the NIS client will be saved.\n" msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "NIS 클라이언트에 대한 설정이 저장될 것입니다.\n" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" -#. autofs may only start after sssd is started -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 -msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "" +# summary item +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Authenticated Clients" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "인증된 클라이언트" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "" +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Network Services" +#~ msgid "New Service/Domain" +#~ msgstr "네트워크 서비스" -#. end Export -#. ################################################################ -#. ################################################################ -#. Summary() -#. returns html formated configuration summary -#. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 -msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -msgstr "" +# option description +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Selected Service" +#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +#~ msgstr "선택된 서비스" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 -msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Modem Parameters" +#~ msgid "More Parameters" +#~ msgstr "모뎀 매개변수" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 -msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile." +#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +#~ msgstr "활성화된 프로파일은 삭제할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 -msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" +#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +#~ msgstr "중단하거나 다시 시도 하시겠습니까?\n" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "서비스" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Identification:" +#~ msgid "Identification provider:" +#~ msgstr "ID:" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "These services will be enabled" +#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +#~ msgstr "이 서비스들은 사용가능하게 될 것입니다." + #~ msgid "Default value: " #~ msgstr "기본 값:" @@ -1214,15 +1842,9 @@ #~ msgid "New" #~ msgstr "새로 만들기" -#~ msgid "Add New Domain" -#~ msgstr "새 도메인 추가" - #~ msgid "Name:" #~ msgstr "이름:" -#~ msgid "Basic Settings:" -#~ msgstr "기본 설정:" - #~ msgid "Services:" #~ msgstr "서비스:" @@ -1234,8 +1856,5 @@ #~ msgid "Edit" #~ msgstr "편집" -#~ msgid "Delete" -#~ msgstr "삭제" - #~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" #~ msgstr "SPAM 차단" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-server.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/auth-server.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-server.ko.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-10 13:28+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -336,8 +336,7 @@ # check box #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정" @@ -484,12 +483,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "은(는) 잘못된 LDAP DN 입니다." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "열쇠글" @@ -515,8 +514,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜" @@ -524,7 +523,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "StartTLS 사용" @@ -606,8 +605,8 @@ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "" @@ -1959,8 +1958,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2368,7 +2366,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "색인 캐시 (IDL 캐시)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2442,7 +2440,7 @@ msgstr "색인 추가" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "열쇠글 정책 설정" @@ -2615,256 +2613,256 @@ msgstr "디렉터리가 존재하지 않습니다. 작성 하시겠습니까?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "인증에 실패했습니다. 열쇠글이 틀린 것 같습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "오류 메시지: '" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "다시 시도 하시겠습니까?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "사용 가능한 속성 종류" # message box -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "선택한 속성 종류" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "이 규칙을 적용시킴" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 # Frame title -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "항목 DN" # frame label -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "선택" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "접근 레벨 정의" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "하위 DN" # table header -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "그룹 DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "접근 제어 규칙 편집" # check box label - restore option -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "대상 개체" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "거르개에 해당:" # menubutton label -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "LDAP 거르개" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "특성" # Button label -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" # menu button item -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "접근 단위" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "누가" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "" # push button # Button label -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "위" # push button -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "아래" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" # Tv frequency table -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "대상" # label of the Filter menu ( keep it short ) - filters out a set of packages # Labels and menu entries for the YaST Online Update # label of the Online Update 'Filter' menu (keep it short) -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "거르개" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" # table header -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "포트" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" # combo box item -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "일" # combo box item -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "시간" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "분" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "초" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/autoinst.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/autoinst.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/autoinst.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 16:58+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "약간의 시간이 소요될 수 있습니다." @@ -54,14 +54,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -280,7 +279,7 @@ # Help text for last dialog of base installation #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -292,80 +291,64 @@ # Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "처리" # Dialog title for SuSEconfig dialog #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "자동설치 설정에 따라서 시스템을 설정중입니다." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" # src/config/proxy.y2cc:21 #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 설정" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 설정 안함" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "포스트-스크립트 실행 중" -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Determine running services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "실행 중인 서비스 확인" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" # src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 # src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "설정 완료 중" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 #, fuzzy #| msgid "processing resource %1" msgid "Processing resource %1" @@ -429,8 +412,15 @@ "%1" msgstr "SuSEconfig 스크립트가 실패되었습니다." -#. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> @@ -438,7 +428,7 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -446,23 +436,24 @@ "\n" "시스템이 자동설치를 위해 준비하는 동안 기다려 주십시요.\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "하드웨어 검사" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "갱신 및 제어파일 읽기" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "제어파일 분석" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "초기 구성" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "자동 설치를 위해서 시스템을 준비하는 중" @@ -470,38 +461,23 @@ # src/modem/complex.ycp:207 src/provider/complex.ycp:186 # command line help text for the test action #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "사전 검사 단계" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "하드웨어 검사 중..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "제어파일 분석중" @@ -546,58 +522,68 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "자동 설치를 위해 시스템을 준비하는 동안 잠시 기다려 주세요." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "선행 사용자 스크립트 실행" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "일반 설정사항 설정(&C)" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "언어 설정" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "파티션 계획 만들기" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "부트로더 설정" # dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "등록" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "소프트웨어 선택 설정" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Volume Groups" msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 구성" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure Drives" +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "드라이브 설정" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "선행 사용자 스크립트 실행 중..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "일반 설정사항 적용 중" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set up language" msgid "Setting up language..." @@ -607,17 +593,17 @@ msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "파티션 구성 중..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "부트로더 설정 중..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repairing file system..." msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "파일 시스템 복구 중..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "소프트웨어 선택 적용 중..." @@ -632,7 +618,20 @@ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "Kickstart 파일을 가져오는 중..." + +# src/config/proxy.y2cc:21 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring language..." +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "언어 구성 중..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "자동설치를 위해서 시스템 준비중..." @@ -641,7 +640,7 @@ #. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the #. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc #. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." @@ -651,12 +650,12 @@ #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "언어 구성 중..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -664,8 +663,9 @@ "파티션을 구성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" "다시 시도하세요.\n" -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -745,11 +745,11 @@ #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "소프트웨어 선택" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" @@ -764,21 +764,21 @@ #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding installation source..." msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "설치 소스 추가..." -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "꾸러미 데이터베이스 읽고있는 중..." @@ -1056,6 +1056,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 장치 이름" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1564,8 +1569,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "설정" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "디렉터리 선택" @@ -1706,7 +1710,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "RNG 유효성 검사와 함께 XML을 확인하는 중..." @@ -1717,7 +1721,7 @@ msgstr "섹션 %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "RNC 유효성 검사와 함께 XML을 확인하는 중..." @@ -2122,69 +2126,6 @@ "오직 포맷되지 않은 준비된 LVM과 RAID 파티션만을 생성할 수 있습니다.\n" "\n" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "HTTP(S) 프로토콜을 통해 '%1' URL을 찾을 수 없습니다. 서버에서 %2 코드를 반환했습니다." - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "FTP 프로토콜을 통해 '%1' URL을 찾을 수 없습니다. 서버에서 %2 코드를 반환했습니다." - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "%1/%2에서 파일을 읽는 데 실패했습니다.\n" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "%1에서 파일을 읽는 데 실패했습니다.\n" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "%1을(를) 마운트하는 데 실패했습니다." - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "CD의 파일 읽기에 실패했습니다. 경로: %1/%2." - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "%1 원격 파일을 검색할 수 없습니다." - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "" - -# error popup - mount failed, %1 is device file name (e.g. /dev/fd0) -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "%1 파일을 찾을 수 없습니다." - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "TFTP 프로토콜을 통해 '%1' URL을 찾을 수 없습니다." - -# Unknown printer AnYtHiNg -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "알 수 없는 프로토콜 %1 입니다." - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2474,12 +2415,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "XML 파서가 autoyast 프로파일을 구문 분석하는 동안 오류를 보고했습니다. 오류 메시지 내용:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2495,45 +2436,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "프로파일 선택" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "플로피로부터 제어 파일을 가져오는 중입니다." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "TFTP 서버에서 제어 파일(%1)을 가져오는 중: %2" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "NFS 서버에서 제어 파일(%1)을 가져오는 중: %2" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "HTTP 서버에서 제어 파일(%1)을 가져오는 중: %2" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "FTP 서버에서 제어 파일(%1)을 가져오는 중: %2" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "파일로 부터 제어 파일을 복사 하는 중: %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "장치로 부터 제어 파일을 복사하는 중: /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "기본 위치에서 제어 파일을 복사하는 중입니다." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "알 수 없는 소스" @@ -2543,7 +2484,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2553,7 +2494,7 @@ "구성 관리 시스템을 사용하면 제어 파일의 거의 모든\n" " 리소스를 구성할 수 있습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2567,7 +2508,7 @@ "설치하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2678,24 +2619,24 @@ msgstr "새 GPG 키 가져오지 않음" #. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Syncing server..." msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "서버 동기화 중..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing failed." msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "구문 분석에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot mount file system." msgid "Cannot update system time." @@ -2721,17 +2662,17 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "드라이브" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not detected." msgid "Not yet cloned." @@ -2739,55 +2680,55 @@ #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "사전 설치 스크립트" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "사후 설치 스크립트" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chroot 스크립트" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "초기 스크립트" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Postpartitioning 스크립트" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 msgid "Post" msgstr "Post" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Postpartitioning" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2797,29 +2738,29 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding repository %1 failed" msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "저장소 %1 추가에 실패" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installing packages" msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "패키지 설치 중" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Retrieving image file..." msgid "Store image to ..." @@ -2827,24 +2768,24 @@ #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Archive created successfully" msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "아카이브가 성공적으로 생성되었습니다." #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2852,7 +2793,7 @@ # translators: error message #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" @@ -2860,30 +2801,30 @@ # translators: error message #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "구성 파일을 읽을 수 없습니다." #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "ISO 이미지 디렉토리를 생성하는 중..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "" # button for message box with help text -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 msgid "Ok" msgstr "확인" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2891,20 +2832,20 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "ISO 이미지 작성 중..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "ISO 이미지 작성 중..." # result message, %1 is card name -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" @@ -2913,29 +2854,29 @@ # list detected #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "선택한 패턴" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "개별적으로 선택된 꾸러미들" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "제거할 꾸러미" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "필수 커널 꾸러미" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "패턴을 설정할 수 없음: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "꾸러미 해결기 실행에 실패했습니다. autoyast 프로파일의 사용자 소프트웨어 섹션을 확인하세요." @@ -2987,14 +2928,14 @@ # Routing dialog caption #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "구성 데이터 수집 중..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Please enter the password twice" msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." @@ -3004,7 +2945,7 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Couldn't write section %1 to file %2" msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." @@ -3013,7 +2954,7 @@ #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Please enter the correct password." msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." @@ -3034,6 +2975,38 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "확인(&O)" +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +#~ msgstr "HTTP(S) 프로토콜을 통해 '%1' URL을 찾을 수 없습니다. 서버에서 %2 코드를 반환했습니다." + +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +#~ msgstr "FTP 프로토콜을 통해 '%1' URL을 찾을 수 없습니다. 서버에서 %2 코드를 반환했습니다." + +#~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +#~ msgstr "%1/%2에서 파일을 읽는 데 실패했습니다.\n" + +#~ msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +#~ msgstr "%1에서 파일을 읽는 데 실패했습니다.\n" + +#~ msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +#~ msgstr "%1을(를) 마운트하는 데 실패했습니다." + +#~ msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +#~ msgstr "CD의 파일 읽기에 실패했습니다. 경로: %1/%2." + +#~ msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +#~ msgstr "%1 원격 파일을 검색할 수 없습니다." + +# error popup - mount failed, %1 is device file name (e.g. /dev/fd0) +#~ msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +#~ msgstr "%1 파일을 찾을 수 없습니다." + +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +#~ msgstr "TFTP 프로토콜을 통해 '%1' URL을 찾을 수 없습니다." + +# Unknown printer AnYtHiNg +#~ msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +#~ msgstr "알 수 없는 프로토콜 %1 입니다." + #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "런레벨 설정" @@ -3167,9 +3140,6 @@ #~ "보다 많은 정보를 원하시면 문서를 참조 하십시오.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "Configure Drives" -#~ msgstr "드라이브 설정" - #~ msgid "&Drive" #~ msgstr "드라이브(&D)" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-08 04:04+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -78,28 +78,28 @@ msgstr "이 YaST2 모듈은 명령줄 인터페이스를 지원하지 않습니다." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' 도움말'을 사용하십시오." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 도움말'을 사용하십시오." #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "알수없는 명령: %1" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "%1 옵션의 값을 찾을수 없습니다." # translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "'%1' 명령을 위해 알려지지 않는 옵션: %2" @@ -107,21 +107,21 @@ #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "'%1' 옵션을 위해 부적당한 값: %2" # translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr " '%1' 옵션을 위한 부적당한 값 -- 기대된 '%2', 받아들여진 %3 " # translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "'%1' 옵션에는 값을 지정할 수 없습니다. 지정된 값: %2" @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ # %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시오." @@ -137,18 +137,18 @@ # %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시오." # translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "%1 YaST 설정 모듈\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "사용가능한 도움말 없습니다." @@ -156,13 +156,13 @@ # translators: %1 is the command name #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "'%1 명령" # translators: command line options #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ " 옵션:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ " [string] 형식의 옵션은 'option=값' 같는 형태로 기입되어야 합니다." #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -190,12 +190,12 @@ # translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "이것은 YaST 모듈입니다." #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "기본 구문:" @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ # translate <command> and [options] only! #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <명령> [verbose] [옵션들]" @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ # translate <command> only! #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <명령> 도움말" @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ # translate <command> and [options] only! #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <명령> [옵션들]" @@ -227,110 +227,110 @@ # translate <command> only! #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <명령> 도움말" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "명령들:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "사용가능한 도움말이 없습니다." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<오류: 잘못된 도움말>" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr " 사용 가능한 옵션들의 목록을 위해서 'yast2 %1 <명령> 도움말'을 운영 하십시오. " #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 누락되었습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 비어 있습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오." # translators: fallback name for a module at command line #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "알수없음" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "또는 '%1'" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "'%1' 명령을 명시합니다." #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "그 명령중에 명시: %1." # size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "그 명령중에 한개를 명시: %1." #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "이 모듈에 대한 유저 인터페이스를 이용할 수 없습니다." #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "준비" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "초기화 중" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "완료중" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "완료" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "완료중(변경 없이)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "예 또는 아니요를 선택하십시오." #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "예" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "아니요" @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "설치 오류" @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ msgstr "%1 꾸러미를 제거하시겠습니까?" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "이 설치 모드에 대해 정의된 워크플로가 없습니다." @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "계속 설치(&C)" @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "설치 중단(&A)" @@ -529,13 +529,13 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "추가 작업을 통합하는 동안 내부 오류가 발생했습니다." # message popup, %1 is a label of some widget #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "%1 의 값이 부적당합니다." @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "부팅 중" @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동" @@ -606,26 +606,26 @@ msgstr "Via xinetd" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Via xinetd(&X)" # header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "서비스 시작" # service status - label # service sttus - label #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "서비스가 실행되고 있습니다." # service sttus - label #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "서비스가 실행되고 있지 않습니다." @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" @@ -659,49 +659,49 @@ # Pushbutton for starting the DNS server #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "서비스 지금 시작" # Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "서비스 지금 중지" # menubutton entry, try to keep short #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "변경 사항을 저장하고 서비스 지금 재시작" # Pushbutton for starting the DNS server #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "서비스 지금 시작(&S)" # Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "서비스 지금 중지(&T)" # menubutton entry, try to keep short #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "변경 사항을 저장하고 서비스 지금 재시작(&A)" # Frame label (stoping starting DNS server) #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "설정/해제" # Current status #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "현재 상태: " @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ # Final step of the isntallation wizard - 3/4 #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -721,13 +721,13 @@ # check box #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP 지원 활성화" # check box #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP 지원 활성화(&L)" @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ # push button #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "아래(&D)" @@ -798,12 +798,12 @@ # error report #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "TSIG 키 ID를 지정하지 않았습니다." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ "이를 제거하시겠습니까?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -822,29 +822,29 @@ # yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "키가 만들어집니다. 계속하시겠습니까?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "TSIG 키 작성에 실패했습니다." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "지정한 파일은 존재하지 않습니다." # message popup #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "지정된 파일에 TSIG 키가 없습니다." # yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ # Expert Mode Configuration - Zones 1/2 #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ "이 대화 상자를 사용하여 TSIG 키를 관리합니다.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ " 선택하고 추가를 클릭하십시오.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ " 클릭하십시오.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -907,19 +907,19 @@ # dialog caption: #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "기존 TSIG 키 추가" # Frame label - adding new server key #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "새 TSIG 키 작성" # Table header item - new server key - name #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "키 ID(&K)" @@ -930,13 +930,13 @@ # ) ), # Pushbutton - generate new server key #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "생성(&G)" # Table header - DNS key listing #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "현재 TSIG 키" @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -953,25 +953,25 @@ msgstr "키 ID" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "파일 이름" # combobox header #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "선택된 옵션(&S)" # heading / label #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "현재 설정:" # error report #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "선택한 옵션은 이미 존재합니다." @@ -1042,21 +1042,21 @@ " 이동합니다." #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "기타(&O)" # report message #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "장치가 구성되지 않았습니다" # Selectionbox caption #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "구성하려면 편집을 누르십시오." @@ -1217,9 +1217,109 @@ "몇몇 환경에서는 F 키 전체 또는 일부를\n" "사용할 수 없습니다." +# progress stage +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Other Settings." +msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" +msgstr "기타 설정을 읽습니다." + +# progress stage +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Other Settings." +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "기타 설정을 읽습니다." + +# header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "서비스 시작" + +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "현재 상태" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Operating System Boot" +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "운영 체제 부트" + +# this string is usually used as headline of a popup +# update warning +# the user has selected a 64bit partition (x86_64) for update +# but booted with the 32bit DVD (x86) +# This will replace all 64bit packages with 32bit counterparts. +# It is technically possibly but probably not what the user intended. +# update warning +# the user has selected a 32bit partition on a x86-64 computer for update +# but booted with the 64bit DVD (x86-64) +# This will replace all 64bit packages with 32bit counterparts. +# It is technically possibly but probably not what the user intended. +# install warning +# the computer system has a 64bit (x86-64) bit processor but +# the user booted from a 32bit installation medium +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "running" +msgstr "경고" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "S&top now ..." +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "지금 중지(&T) ..." + +# Button label +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stopped" +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "중지됨" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start it now?" +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "지금 시작하시겠습니까?" + #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1229,7 +1329,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1239,7 +1339,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1449,7 +1549,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "생략(&S)" @@ -1477,7 +1577,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "열쇠글(&P)" @@ -1718,31 +1818,31 @@ # Confirm user request to abort installation #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "정말 설치를 중단하시겠습니까?" # Confirm user request to abort System Repair #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "정말로 YaST 복구 시스템을 취소하시겠습니까?" # Button that will really abort the repair #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "시스템 복구 중지" # Button that will continue with the repair #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "시스템 복구 계속(&C)" # Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1758,7 +1858,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1774,7 +1874,7 @@ # right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1786,19 +1886,19 @@ # Confirm aborting the program #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "정말로 중지합니까?" # Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "모든 변경을 잃어버리게 될 것입니다.!" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "세부 사항(&D)..." @@ -1828,7 +1928,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" @@ -1839,7 +1939,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "아니요" @@ -1919,19 +2019,19 @@ msgstr "로그 오류: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "경고:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 msgid "Error:" msgstr "오류:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 msgid "Message:" msgstr "메세지:" @@ -1984,7 +2084,7 @@ msgstr "삭제(&l)" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "변수(&V)" @@ -2085,7 +2185,7 @@ msgstr "암호문 입력" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "%1 GPG 키 잠금을 해제하기 위한 암호문을 입력하세요." @@ -2200,6 +2300,246 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "로그를 읽는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." +# summary text - unknown DMA mode is selected +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "알 수 없는 영역" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" +"'%1' 인터페이스는 방화벽 영역에 할당되지 않았습니다.\n" +"YaST2 Firewall을 실행하여 할당하십시오.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "외부 영역" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "내부 영역" + +# check box +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "DMZ" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "TCP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "UDP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "RPC" + +# Table header item - IP of the host +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "IP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" +"'%1' 인터페이스는 여러 방화벽 영역에 포함되어 있습니다.\n" +"구성 작업을 계속 진행할 경우 오류가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" +" \n" +" 구성을 그대로 두고 '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'에서 수동으로\n" +" 수정하는 것이 좋습니다." + +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "방화벽 구성 초기화" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "네트워크 장치 검사" + +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "현재 설정 불러오기" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "충돌을 일으킬 가능성이 있는 서비스 검사" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "네트워크 장치 검사 중..." + +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "현재 설정 불러오는 중..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "충돌을 일으킬 가능성이 있는 서비스 검사 중..." + +# menubutton item +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "방화벽 구성 기록" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장" + +# progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "방화벽 서비스 조정" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장 중..." + +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 +# progress step +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "방화벽 서비스 조정 중..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "설정사항 쓰기 실패됨" + +# Unknown printer AnYtHiNg +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "알 수 없는 프로토콜 (%1)" + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service: %1" +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "서비스: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GPG Public Keys" +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "GPG 공용 키" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "알 수 없는 서비스 '%1'" + # error message #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 @@ -2247,13 +2587,13 @@ msgstr "영역에 인터페이스가 할당되지 않았습니다." #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "방화벽 포트가 열린 네트워크 인터페이스(&N)" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be unselected:\n" @@ -2266,7 +2606,7 @@ "%1" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2279,7 +2619,7 @@ " 계속하시겠습니까?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2295,8 +2635,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2311,33 +2651,33 @@ " 계속하시겠습니까?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "방화벽 포트가 열린 네트워크 인터페이스(&I)" # pushbutton label # Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "전체 선택(&A)" # pushbutton label # Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "전체 선택 취소(&N)" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2345,7 +2685,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2358,7 +2698,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " @@ -2367,7 +2707,7 @@ "%2을(를) 클릭하십시오. " #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2377,33 +2717,35 @@ # item of menu button #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "방화벽 포트 열기" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "방화벽 세부 사항" # item of menu button #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "방화벽 포트 열기(&F)" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "방화벽 자세히(&D)..." # check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 -msgid "Firewall Settings" +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "방화벽 설정" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "방화벽이 열렸습니다." @@ -2413,15 +2755,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "모뎀" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "네트워크 카드" @@ -2429,27 +2771,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" @@ -2459,420 +2801,420 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "추가 주소" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet 네트워크 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "비동기 전송 모드(ATM)" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:256 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:51 #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth 연결" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "네트워크 결합" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "워크스테이션용 공용 링크 접근(CLAW)" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:251 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:338 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" # Selection box item # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL 연결" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "더미" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "더미 네트워크 장치" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "엔터프라이즈 시스템 커넥터" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:273 # combo box entry, networking technology name #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "이더넷" # src/config/lan.y2cc:21 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "이더넷 네트워크 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI 네트워크 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "FICON(Fiberchannel System Connector)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "고성능 병렬 인터페이스(HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "하이퍼소켓" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "하이퍼소켓 인터페이스 (HSI)" # src/config/isdn.y2cc:21 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN 연결" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "적외선통신" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "적외선 네트워크 장치" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "적외선 통신 장치" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" # src/config/lan.y2cc:21 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS 네트워크 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "루프백" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "루프백 장치" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet 네트워크 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "패러럴 라인" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "병렬 라인 연결" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express 또는 QDIO 장치(QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 캡슐화(Encapssulation)장치" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "시리얼 라인" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "직렬 라인 연결" # combo box entry, networking technology name #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "토큰링" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "토큰링 네트워크 카드" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB 네트워크 장치" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare 네트워크 장치" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "무선" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "무선 네트워크 카드" # Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP 네트워크" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" # screen title for uml disks -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "가상 LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "브릿지" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "네트워크 브리지" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "네트워크 TUNnel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "네트워크 TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand 장치" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "알수 없는 장치" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP 주소" # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "할당된 IP 주소 없음" # ComboBox label #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "장치 종류" # tree node string -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # Textentry label - IP address of the host -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소" # table column headings -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "장치 ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "연결됨" # label message #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "이 LAN상에서 호스트 검색 중..." # selection box label #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "NFS 서버들(&N)" # selection box label #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "원격 호스트들(&m)" # selection box label #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "내보낸 디렉터리(&E)" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2887,7 +3229,7 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" msgid "" @@ -2896,7 +3238,7 @@ "or continue without network." msgstr "설치 및 Linuxrc 에서 네트워크 설정 다시 시작" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2921,153 +3263,6 @@ "포트 번호는 0에서 65535 사이의 숫자입니다.\n" " 공백은 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "외부 영역" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "내부 영역" - -# check box -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "DMZ" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "TCP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "UDP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "RPC" - -# Table header item - IP of the host -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "IP" - -# summary text - unknown DMA mode is selected -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "알 수 없는 영역" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" -"'%1' 인터페이스는 여러 방화벽 영역에 포함되어 있습니다.\n" -"구성 작업을 계속 진행할 경우 오류가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" -" \n" -" 구성을 그대로 두고 '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'에서 수동으로\n" -" 수정하는 것이 좋습니다." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" -"'%1' 인터페이스는 방화벽 영역에 할당되지 않았습니다.\n" -"YaST2 Firewall을 실행하여 할당하십시오.\n" - -# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "방화벽 구성 초기화" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "네트워크 장치 검사" - -# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "현재 설정 불러오기" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "충돌을 일으킬 가능성이 있는 서비스 검사" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "네트워크 장치 검사 중..." - -# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "현재 설정 불러오는 중..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "충돌을 일으킬 가능성이 있는 서비스 검사 중..." - -# menubutton item -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "방화벽 구성 기록" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장" - -# progress stage -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "방화벽 서비스 조정" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장 중..." - -# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -# progress step -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "방화벽 서비스 조정 중..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "설정사항 쓰기 실패됨" - -# Unknown printer AnYtHiNg -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "알 수 없는 프로토콜 (%1)" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -3166,65 +3361,16 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다." -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception -#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService() -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. $[ -#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" : [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], -#. ] -#. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "" - -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service: %1" -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "서비스: %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "알 수 없는 서비스 '%1'" - # Popup Text #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "다음의 꾸러미가 설치 되어 있어야 합니다:" # Popup Text +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -3239,38 +3385,79 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "설치 제거(&U)" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgid "Checking file conflicts..." +msgstr "충돌을 일으킬 가능성이 있는 서비스 검사 중..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +msgid "A File Conflict Detected" +msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" +msgstr[0] "" + +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +msgid "This message will be available at %s" +msgstr "" + # message in a progress popup #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1(%2) 꾸러미 다운로드 중..." # label in a popup informing about currently processed action #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "꾸러미 다운로드 중" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "꾸러미 %1 파일은 깨졌습니다. 무결성 확인 실패." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "꾸러미 설치를 다시 시도하시겠습니까?" # Confirm user request to abort installation #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "설치를 중단하시겠습니까?" @@ -3279,15 +3466,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "오류: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" @@ -3300,39 +3487,39 @@ "잠시 후 소프트웨어 관리 모듈을 실행하여 시스템을 확인하세요." #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1(%2) 꾸러미 설치 제거 중..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1(%2) 꾸러미 설치 중..." # progress stages -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "꾸러미 설치 제거 중" # progress stages -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "꾸러미 설치 중" # error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "%1 꾸러미 제거에 실패했습니다." # error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "%1 꾸러미의 설치를 실패하였습니다." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3341,7 +3528,7 @@ "잠시 후 소프트웨어 관리 모듈을 실행하여 시스템을 확인하세요." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3359,13 +3546,13 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "A면" # media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "B면" @@ -3373,18 +3560,18 @@ # %1 is integer number (greater than 1) # %2 is processor model name #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (디스크 %2)" # label of a combo box (medium means floppy or hard disk) #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (매체 %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3393,7 +3580,7 @@ "삽입하십시오." #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3406,7 +3593,7 @@ "디렉터리에 접근할 수 있는지 확인해주세요." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3421,53 +3608,53 @@ # Button label #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "새로고침 생략" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "꺼냄(&E)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "CD 또는 DVD 를 자동으로 꺼냄(&U)" # Confirm user request to abort installation #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "설치를 다시 시도하시겠습니까?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "미디어를 생략하시겠습니까?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "잘못된 미디어 무시 중..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL(&U)" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "%1 저장소 만드는 중" # message popup #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." @@ -3477,32 +3664,32 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "원격 저장소 설명을 검색할 수 없습니다." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "새 메타데이터를 검색하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "저장소가 올바르지 않습니다." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "저장소 메타데이터가 올바르지 않습니다." @@ -3510,96 +3697,96 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "다시 시도 하시겠습니까?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "%1 저장소 탐색 중" # message popup #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "저장소를 탐색하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "저장소 탐색 세부항목." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "저장소 메타데이터가 올바르지 않습니다." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "저장소 %1" # message in a progress popup #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1(%2) 델타 RPM 꾸러미 다운로드 중..." # label in a popup informing about currently processed action #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "델타 RPM 꾸러미 다운로드 중" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "%1 델타 RPM 꾸러미 적용 중..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "델타 RPM 꾸러미 적용 중" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "꾸러미:" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "%1 스크립트(패치 %2) 시작하는 중..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "스크립트 실행 중" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "패치:" # a pre script (included in a YOU patch) #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "스크립트:" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "스크립트의 출력" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3608,7 +3795,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3624,41 +3811,41 @@ # Button label #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "새로 고침 생략(&S)" # frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "다운로드 중" # message in a progress popup #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "다운로드 중: %1" # heading of popup #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "꾸러미 데이터베이스 확인 중" # message in a progress popup #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "꾸러미 데이터베이스를 다시 만들고 있습니다. 이 작업은 시간이 많이 걸릴 수 있습니다." # error message, %1 is the cause for the error #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3668,17 +3855,17 @@ # message in a progress popup #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "꾸러미 데이터베이스를 전환합니다. 이 처리는 약간의 시간이 걸립니다." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" # error message, %1 is the cause for the error #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3688,12 +3875,12 @@ # translators: progress step 1/1 #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "RPM 데이터베이스 읽는 중..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "설치된 꾸러미 읽는 중" @@ -3704,28 +3891,28 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "RPM 데이터베이스 검색 중..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "대상 초기화에 실패했습니다." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM 데이터베이스 읽기" # summary item #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "사용자 인증" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3737,20 +3924,20 @@ # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "자세히 보기(&d)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "크기:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "자동 재시도까지 남은 시간: %1" @@ -3829,12 +4016,12 @@ # error popup #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "요구된 꾸러미의 설치가 실패하였습니다." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3845,12 +4032,12 @@ " YaST가 제대로 작동하지 않을 수 있습니다.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "필요한 꾸러미를 설치하지 않으면 계속 진행할 수 없습니다." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3859,22 +4046,22 @@ "YaST가 제대로 작동하지 않습니다.\n" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "꾸러미 라이센스 확인: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "동의합니다.(&A)" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "동의하지 않습니다(&D)" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" @@ -3893,7 +4080,7 @@ "꾸러미 사용권에 거부하려면 동의하지 않습니다를 클릭하세요." #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3907,7 +4094,7 @@ "\t\t 표시됩니다. 항목에 대한 설명을 보려면 목록에서 해당 항목을 선택하십시오.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3921,7 +4108,7 @@ "\t\t 상황에 맞는 메뉴로도 모든 항목의 상태를 변경할 수 있습니다.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3933,7 +4120,7 @@ "\t\t 선택할 수 있는 세부적인 소프트웨어 꾸러미 선택 창이 열립니다.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3953,137 +4140,137 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "소프트웨어 선택 및 시스템 작업" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(기타)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "설치가 성공적으로 완료" # the headline of the help popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "꾸러미 설치에 실패" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "오류 메시지: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "실패한 꾸러미: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "설치된 꾸러미: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "업데이트된 꾸러미: %1" # text is shown in a line of a package list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "제거된 꾸러미: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "설치되지 않은 꾸러미: %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "꾸러미" # Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "진행 시간: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "전체 설치 크기: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "전체 다운로드 크기: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "종합" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "설치 로그" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:277 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "세부 사항" # progress stages #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installing Package" msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "꾸러미 설치 중" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "이 보고서 확인" # Button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "완료" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "꾸러미 관리자 접근에 실패" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of installed packages." msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "<BIG>설치 요약</BIG> 이곳에 설치된 꾸러미의 간략한 소개가 있습니다." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "설치 보고" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "설치된 꾸러미" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "업데이트된 꾸러미" # text is shown in a line of a package list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "제거된 꾸러미" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "계류되는 꾸러미" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -4095,7 +4282,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4116,7 +4303,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file %1 from repository %2\n" @@ -4142,16 +4329,16 @@ "파일을 사용하시겠습니까?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "서명되지 않은 꾸러미" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "서명되지 않은 파일" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" @@ -4176,7 +4363,7 @@ "꾸러미를 설치하시겠습니까?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No checksum for file %1 was found the repository.\n" @@ -4201,70 +4388,70 @@ "파일을 사용하시겠습니까?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "체크섬을 찾을 수 없습니다." #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" # label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: NIS Groups', 'Filter: Custom' #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "지문: %1" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 # Proposal for uml user name #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "이름: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "생성: %1" # menubutton item -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "만료됨: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 # Proposal for uml user name #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "이름:" # label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: NIS Groups', 'Filter: Custom' #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "지문:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "생성:" # menubutton item #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "만료됨:" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Package %1 from repository %2\n" @@ -4298,7 +4485,7 @@ "꾸러미를 설치하시겠습니까?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 from repository %2\n" @@ -4333,12 +4520,12 @@ # error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "유효성 확인에 실패했습니다." #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4359,7 +4546,7 @@ "꾸러미를 설치하시겠습니까?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4381,12 +4568,12 @@ # summary text - unknown DMA mode is selected #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "알 수 없는 GnuPG 키" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" @@ -4420,7 +4607,7 @@ "생략하는 것이 가장 안전합니다." #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" @@ -4454,17 +4641,17 @@ "생략하는 것이 가장 안전합니다." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "검증되지 않은 공개 키로 서명됨" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "키를 신뢰하고 가져옵니다(&T)" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4479,7 +4666,7 @@ "키 소유자가 어느 정도의 제어력을 갖게 됩니다." #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" @@ -4495,7 +4682,7 @@ "<tt>%1</tt> 키의 소유자가 작성한 꾸러미도 이 경고를 표시합니다." #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4503,7 +4690,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4528,23 +4715,23 @@ "키가 정말로 그 소유자에게 속하는 것인지 확인해야 합니다." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "경고: 키가 만료되었습니다!" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "검증되지 않은 GnuPG 키 가져오기" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "신뢰(&T)" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4578,12 +4765,12 @@ "파일을 사용하시겠습니까?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "잘못된 다이제스트" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4614,7 +4801,7 @@ "파일을 사용하시겠습니까?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "알 수 없는 다이제스트" @@ -4623,67 +4810,67 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "설치 중..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "미디어" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "계류되는 꾸러미" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "시간" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "작업 수행:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while packages are being installed." msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "꾸러미를 설치하는 동안 기다려 주십시오." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "설치 중단 꾸러미 설치는 중단 버튼을 눌러 중단할 수 있습니다. 하지만, 이로인해 시스템이 불안정하거나, 기초 시스템 구성요소가 설치되지 않아 부팅이 안될 수도 있습니다." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "%s 출시 정보" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 -msgid "Slide Sho&w" -msgstr "슬라이드 쇼(&W)" - # src/isdn/interface.ycp:277 #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 msgid "&Details" msgstr "세부 사항(&D)" +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +msgid "Slide Sho&w" +msgstr "슬라이드 쇼(&W)" + # power saving scheme name, combo box and default contents of text entry #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Update" msgid "Performing Upgrade" @@ -4694,7 +4881,7 @@ # The step is considered finished when the last module # with the same 'label' is finished. #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" @@ -4702,12 +4889,12 @@ # the headline of the help popup #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "꾸러미 설치" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4716,7 +4903,7 @@ "종료하시겠습니까?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "중단됨" @@ -5333,21 +5520,18 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Bluetooth 장치" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -#| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" -"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" msgstr "" -"%1 파일이 수동으로 변경되었습니다.\n" -"YaST 의 일부 변경사항을 잃어버릴 수 있습니다." #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -5355,34 +5539,38 @@ "%1 파일들이 수동으로 변경되었습니다.\n" "YaST 의 일부 변경사항을 잃어버릴 수 있습니다." -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 -msgid "Do not show this message anymore" -msgstr "이 메세지를 다시 표시하지 않음" - -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" #| "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgid "" -"File %s has been created manually.\n" -"YaST might lose this file." +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" msgstr "" "%1 파일이 수동으로 변경되었습니다.\n" "YaST 의 일부 변경사항을 잃어버릴 수 있습니다." -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +msgid "Do not show this message anymore" +msgstr "이 메세지를 다시 표시하지 않음" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" #| "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgid "" +"File %s has been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose this file." +msgid_plural "" "Files %s have been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" -"%1 파일들이 수동으로 변경되었습니다.\n" +msgstr[0] "" +"%1 파일이 수동으로 변경되었습니다.\n" "YaST 의 일부 변경사항을 잃어버릴 수 있습니다." # error report @@ -5392,7 +5580,7 @@ msgstr "initrd 생성 도중 오류가 발생했습니다." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5443,7 +5631,7 @@ # Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -5455,7 +5643,7 @@ "그리고 마지막 구성요소는 숫자로 시작할 수 없습니다." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5561,13 +5749,13 @@ # it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/s" @@ -5674,8 +5862,8 @@ # translators: table entry for server modules #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "모듈" @@ -6483,85 +6671,17 @@ "DNS 서버에 의해 관리되는 %1에 역방향 영역이 없습니다.\n" "%2 호스트 이름을 추가할 수 없습니다." -# header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service Start" -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "서비스 시작" +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#~| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Files %s have been created manually.\n" +#~ "YaST might lose these files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 파일들이 수동으로 변경되었습니다.\n" +#~ "YaST 의 일부 변경사항을 잃어버릴 수 있습니다." -#. Content for the help -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" -"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" -"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "현재 상태" - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Operating System Boot" -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "운영 체제 부트" - -# progress stage -#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Read Other Settings." -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "기타 설정을 읽습니다." - -# this string is usually used as headline of a popup -# update warning -# the user has selected a 64bit partition (x86_64) for update -# but booted with the 32bit DVD (x86) -# This will replace all 64bit packages with 32bit counterparts. -# It is technically possibly but probably not what the user intended. -# update warning -# the user has selected a 32bit partition on a x86-64 computer for update -# but booted with the 64bit DVD (x86-64) -# This will replace all 64bit packages with 32bit counterparts. -# It is technically possibly but probably not what the user intended. -# install warning -# the computer system has a 64bit (x86-64) bit processor but -# the user booted from a 32bit installation medium -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Warning" -msgid "running" -msgstr "경고" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "S&top now ..." -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "지금 중지(&T) ..." - -# Button label -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Stopped" -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "중지됨" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Start it now?" -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "지금 시작하시겠습니까?" - # FIXME # currently unused #~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 16:38+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -18,559 +18,313 @@ # command line help text for Bootloader module #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "부트 로더 구성 모듈입니다." -# command line help text for summary action -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" -msgstr "부트 로더의 구성 요약입니다." +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." +msgstr "부트파티션이 NFS 형식입니다. 부트 로더를 설치할 수 없었습니다." -# menubutton item -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set a global option" -msgid "Delete a global option" -msgstr "전역 옵션 선택" +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" +msgstr "부트 로더 설정" -# menubutton item -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option" -msgstr "전역 옵션 선택" +# message box +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "장치 맵은 최소한 하나의 장치를 포함해야 함" -# command line help text for print action -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 -msgid "Print value of specified option" -msgstr "지정된 옵션의 값을 출력합니다." +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "디스크 순서 설정" -# command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 -msgid "The key of the option" -msgstr "옵션의 키입니다." +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "디스크(&i)" -# command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The value of the option" -msgstr "옵션의 값입니다." +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "장치(&D)" -# src/config/dns.y2cc:21 -# command line error report -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 -msgid "Value was not specified." -msgstr "값을 지정하지 않았습니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." +msgstr "" -# src/config/dns.y2cc:21 -# command line error report -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 -msgid "Option was not specified." -msgstr "옵션을 지정하지 않았습니다." +# src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 +# src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 +# progress line +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "부트 로더 구성 저장 중..." -# command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Value: %1" -msgid "Value: %s" -msgstr "값: %1" - -# command line error report -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 -msgid "Specified option does not exist." -msgstr "지정된 옵션이 없습니다." - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<big>Boot Menu</big> " -msgstr "<big>부트 메뉴</big> " - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n" +#| "For details, read the related chapter \n" +#| "in the documentation. \n" msgid "" -"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" -"파티션 테이블에서 부트 파티션에 대한 활성 플래그 설정 \n" -"부트 로더가 포함되어 있는 파티션을 활성화합니다. 그러면 일반 MBR 코드가 활성 \n" -"파티션을 부팅하게 됩니다. 이전 BIOS의 경우 MBR에 부트 로더가 설치되어\n" -"있더라도 하나의 파티션을 활성화해야 합니다." +"\n" +"이제 시스템이 종료됩니다.%1%2\n" +"자세한 내용은 설명서의 관련 장을\n" +"참조하세요.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" -msgstr "" -"제한 시간(초) \n" -"기본 커널을 부를때까지 부트 로더가 기다리는 시간을 지정합니다.\n" +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "이제 시스템이 다시 시작 됩니다..." -# help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" -msgstr "" -"기본값으로 설정 을 누르면 선택한 섹션이 기본값으로\n" -"표시됩니다. 부팅되면 부트 로더는 부트 메뉴를 제공하고\n" -"커널 또는 부팅할 다른 OS에 대한 사용자의 선택을\n" -"기다립니다. 대기 시간동안 키를 누르지 않으면 기본 커널\n" -"또는 OS가 부팅됩니다. 부트 로더 메뉴의 섹션 순서는 위와\n" -"아래 버튼을 사용하여 변경할 수 있습니다.\n" +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +msgid "&Boot Loader" +msgstr "부트 로더(&B)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition)." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "" -"MBR에 일반 부트 코드 기록 디스크의 마스터 부트 레코드를 일반 코드로 대체(활성 파티션을 부팅하는\n" -"OS 독립 코드)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"Boot from Root Partition." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "" -"부트 파티션에서 부팅은 권장 옵션 중 하나이며 루트 파티션에서 부팅도\n" -" 마찬가지입니다." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer" +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "" -"컴퓨터에 또 다른 운영 체제가 또 설치되어 있을 때는 마스터 부트 레코드에서 부팅이 권장되지 \n" -"않습니다" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section." -msgstr "" -"적합한 파티션이 있는 경우에는 루트 파티션에서 부팅을 사용하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" -" 이 섹션에서 시작하도록 다른 루트 관리자를 구성해야 하는 경우에 마스터 부트 레코드를 업데이트하려면\n" -" 부트 로더 옵션에서 파티션 테이블에서 부트 파티션에 대한 활성 플래그 설정과 MBR에 일반 부트 코드 쓰기 \n" -" 중 하나를 선택합니다." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " (default)" +msgid "Default" +msgstr "(기본)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 +# popup - Continue/Cancel +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"부트 로더를 설치하지 않으면 시스템이\n" +" 시작되지 않을 수 있습니다.\n" +" \n" +" 계속하시겠습니까?\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "사용자 정의 부트 파티션 을 사용하면 부팅할 파티션을 선택할 수 있습니다." - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 +# help text 1/1, alt. 2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" -"MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +"Boot Loader Type \n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use Boot Loader." msgstr "" -"MD 어레이는 2개의 디스크로 구성됩니다. MD 어레이 용장도 활성화\n" -"로 각각의 디스크 MBR에 GRUB을 기록합니다." +"부트 로더 종류 \n" +"부트 로더 설치 및 설치할 부트 로더를 선택하려면\n" +"부트 로더를 사용하세요." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." -msgid "" -"Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." -msgstr "" -"직렬 연결 사용으로 직렬 콘솔에 사용할 매개 변수를\n" -"지정 할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 grub 설명서(<code>info grub</code>)를 참조하세요." +# summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" +msgstr "부트 로더 유형: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Terminal Definition \n" -#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." -msgid "" -"Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." -msgstr "" -"터미널 정의 \n" -"사용하려는 터미널의 종류를 정의합니다. 직렬 터미널(예: 직렬 콘솔)의 경우\n" -" <code>serial</code>을 지정해야 합니다. 또한 명령에 <code>console</code>을 \n" -" <code>serial console</code>로 전달해도 됩니다. 이러한 경우 키를 눌렀던 터미널이\n" -" GRUB 터미널로 선택됩니다." +#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" +msgstr "GSS 보안 활성화(&G)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." -msgstr "" -"기본값이 실패하면 섹션 fallback에는 기본 섹션이 부팅 불가능한\n" -" 경우에 부팅하는 데 사용할 섹션 번호 목록이 포함되어 있습니다." - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "부트 메뉴 숨기기 를 선택하면 부팅 할 때 메뉴가 표시되지 않습니다." - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -#| "it in Retype Password." -msgid "" -"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." -msgstr "" -"열쇠글로 부트 로더 보호 \n" -"부트 메뉴에 열쇠글을 지정하여 접근할때 입력하도록 합니다. YaST는 해당 열쇠글을 열쇠글 다시 입력에서\n" -"다시 입력한 경우에만 받아들입니다." +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "예" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push Add.\n" -"To remove a disk, push Remove." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" msgstr "" -"<big>디스크 순서</big> \n" -"BIOS의 순서에 따라 디스크 순서를 지정하려면 위와\n" -"아래 버튼을 사용하여 디스크 순서를 재조정합니다.\n" -"디스크를 추가할 땐 추가를,\n" -"제거할 땐 제거를 누르세요." -# table cell / label -# frame -# table cell / label -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" -msgstr "부트 로더 위치" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +msgid "Status Location: %1" +msgstr "위치 상태: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "부트 파티션에 대한 파티션 테이블에서 플래그 활성 설정(&A)" +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" +msgstr "하드 디스크 순서: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" -msgstr "제한 시간(초)(&T)" +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +msgid " (extended)" +msgstr " (extended)" -# table item / label -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 -msgid "&Default Boot Section" -msgstr "기본 부트 섹션(&D)" +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +msgid " (MBR)" +msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 -msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" -msgstr "MBR에 일반 부트 코드 쓰기(&G)" - -# label / table entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" -msgstr "사용자 정의 부트 파티션" - -# radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" -msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드에서 부팅" - -# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" -msgstr "루트 파티션에서 부팅" - -# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" -msgstr "부트 파티션에서 부팅" - -# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" -msgstr "확장 파티션으로 부팅" - -# src/isdn/interface.ycp:242 -# DIALOG TEXTS -# Connection dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" -msgstr "직렬 연결 매개 변수(&P)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" -msgstr "기본값이 실패한 경우 Fallback 섹션" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" -msgstr "부팅 시 메뉴 숨기기(&H)" - -# translators: command line help text for add option -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" -msgstr "메뉴 인터페이스용 열쇠글(&S)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" -msgstr "디버깅 플래그(&I)" - -# Heading text -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 -msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" -msgstr "열쇠글로 부트 로더 보호(&E)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 -msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" -msgstr "" - -# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:143 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:154 -# src/provider/dialogs.ycp:325 -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "열쇠글(&P)" - -# password textentry -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 -msgid "Re&type Password" -msgstr "열쇠글 재입력(&t)" - -# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "루트 파티션에서 부팅(&R)" - -# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "부트 파티션에서 부팅(&T)" - -# label / table entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "사용자 정의 부트 파티션(&U)" - -# table cell / label -# frame -# table cell / label -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "부트 로더 위치" - -# radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드에서 부팅(&M)" - -# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" -msgstr "확장 파티션으로 부팅(&E)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" -msgstr "MD 배열 여분 허용" - -# table cell / label -# frame -# table cell / label -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "부트 로더 옵션" +#| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "MBR로 부터 부팅 활성화 (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">비활성화</a>" -# Provider dialog caption -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "추가된 커널 매개변수: %1" +#| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "MBR로 부터 부팅 비활성화 (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">활성화</a>" -# table cell / label -# frame -# table cell / label -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "부트 로더 옵션" +#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "/boot 파티션으로 부터 부팅 활성화 (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">비활성화</a>" -# table cell / label -# frame -# table cell / label -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "부트 로더 옵션" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Secure" -msgid "Secure Boot" -msgstr "안전한" +#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "/boot 파티션으로 부터 부팅 비활성화 (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">활성화</a>" -# yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Enable &Quota Support" -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" -msgstr "Quota 지원 활성화(&Q)" +#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "\"/\" 으로 부터 부팅 활성화 (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">비활성화</a>" -# table cell / label -# frame -# table cell / label -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "부트 로더 위치" +#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "\"/\" 으로 부터 부팅 비활성화 (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">활성화</a>" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "선택적 커널 명령줄 매개 변수 로 커널로 전달할 추가 매개 변수를 정의할 수 있습니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Location: %1" +msgid "Change Location: %s" +msgstr "위치 변경: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "VGA 모드 로 부팅 시 커널에서 설정하는 콘솔 에 대한 VGA 모드를 지정합니다." +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" +msgstr "제한 시간(초)(&T)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +msgid "" +"Timeout in Seconds \n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" +"제한 시간(초) \n" +"기본 커널을 부를때까지 부트 로더가 기다리는 시간을 지정합니다.\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" +msgstr "부트 파티션에 대한 파티션 테이블에서 플래그 활성 설정(&A)" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +msgid "" +"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" +"파티션 테이블에서 부트 파티션에 대한 활성 플래그 설정 \n" +"부트 로더가 포함되어 있는 파티션을 활성화합니다. 그러면 일반 MBR 코드가 활성 \n" +"파티션을 부팅하게 됩니다. 이전 BIOS의 경우 MBR에 부트 로더가 설치되어\n" +"있더라도 하나의 파티션을 활성화해야 합니다." -# Provider dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "선택적 커널 명령줄 매개변수(&P)" +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" +msgstr "MBR에 일반 부트 코드 쓰기(&G)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 -msgid "&Vga Mode" -msgstr "VGA 모드(&V)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +msgid "" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition)." +msgstr "" +"MBR에 일반 부트 코드 기록 디스크의 마스터 부트 레코드를 일반 코드로 대체(활성 파티션을 부팅하는\n" +"OS 독립 코드)" +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" +msgstr "부팅 시 메뉴 숨기기(&H)" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." +msgstr "부트 메뉴 숨기기 를 선택하면 부팅 할 때 메뉴가 표시되지 않습니다." + # table header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe Source Type" -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "소스 종류 탐색" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" -msgstr "%1x%2, %3비트(모드 %4)" +# Provider dialog caption +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" +msgstr "선택적 커널 명령줄 매개변수(&P)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." -msgstr "기본 8 픽셀 글꼴 모드." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "선택적 커널 명령줄 매개 변수 로 커널로 전달할 추가 매개 변수를 정의할 수 있습니다." -# command description -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -msgid "Text Mode" -msgstr "텍스트 모드" +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Unspecified" -msgid "Unspecified" -msgstr "불확실(&U)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "[set]" msgid "set" @@ -578,195 +332,308 @@ # to translators: sound card has been removed from the machine #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 msgid "remove" msgstr "제거" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not change name" msgid "do not change" msgstr "이름이 변경하지 않음" -# Item of cards list: -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 +# yes-no popup +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Autodetected card" -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" -msgstr "자동검색된 카드" +#| msgid "Enable &Quota Support" +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" +msgstr "Quota 지원 활성화(&Q)" -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" +msgstr "GSS 보안 활성화(&G)" + +# yes-no popup +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &Quota Support" +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" +msgstr "Quota 지원 활성화(&Q)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +msgstr "" + +# Heading text +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" +msgstr "열쇠글로 부트 로더 보호(&E)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" +msgstr "" + +# password textentry +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +msgid "Re&type Password" +msgstr "열쇠글 재입력(&t)" + +# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 +# error popup +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgstr "열쇠글은 생략할 수 없습니다." + +# error popup +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +msgid "" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." +msgstr "" +"'열쇠글'과 '열쇠글 재입력'\n" +"이 일치하지 않습니다. 열쇠글을 다시 입력하세요." + +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#| "it in Retype Password." +msgid "" +"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." +msgstr "" +"열쇠글로 부트 로더 보호 \n" +"부트 메뉴에 열쇠글을 지정하여 접근할때 입력하도록 합니다. YaST는 해당 열쇠글을 열쇠글 다시 입력에서\n" +"다시 입력한 경우에만 받아들입니다." + +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "새 그래픽 메뉴 파일 선택" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use &serial console" msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "직렬 콘솔 사용(&S)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "충돌 결과:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Console arguments" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "콘솔 인수(&C)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 +# Item of cards list: +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Autodetected card" +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +msgstr "자동검색된 카드" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "직렬 콘솔 사용(&S)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "콘솔 인수(&C)" -#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +# table item / label +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +msgid "&Default Boot Section" +msgstr "기본 부트 섹션(&D)" + +# help 3/4 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +msgid "" +" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" +"기본값으로 설정 을 누르면 선택한 섹션이 기본값으로\n" +"표시됩니다. 부팅되면 부트 로더는 부트 메뉴를 제공하고\n" +"커널 또는 부팅할 다른 OS에 대한 사용자의 선택을\n" +"기다립니다. 대기 시간동안 키를 누르지 않으면 기본 커널\n" +"또는 OS가 부팅됩니다. 부트 로더 메뉴의 섹션 순서는 위와\n" +"아래 버튼을 사용하여 변경할 수 있습니다.\n" -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 -msgid "Select File" -msgstr "파일 선택" +# table cell / label +# frame +# table cell / label +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "부트 로더 위치" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "부트파티션이 NFS 형식입니다. 부트 로더를 설치할 수 없었습니다." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" +msgstr "" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" -msgstr "부트 로더 설정" +# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgstr "부트 파티션에서 부팅(&T)" -# To translators: label message -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "현재 부트 로더에 대해 설정된 옵션이 없습니다." +# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot from Root Partition" +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" +msgstr "루트 파티션에서 부팅" -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "부트 로더(&B)" +# radio button +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드에서 부팅(&M)" -# popup - Continue/Cancel -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 -msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"부트 로더를 설치하지 않으면 시스템이\n" -" 시작되지 않을 수 있습니다.\n" -" \n" -" 계속하시겠습니까?\n" +# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" +msgstr "확장 파티션으로 부팅(&E)" -# pushbutton -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "구성 파일 편집(&D)" +# label / table entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "사용자 정의 부트 파티션(&U)" -# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 -# radiobutton -# menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" -msgstr "새로운 구성 설정(&P)" +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Order" +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" +msgstr "디스크 순서" -# menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 -msgid "&Start from Scratch" -msgstr "핸디캡없이 시작(&S)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +msgid "" +"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push Add.\n" +"To remove a disk, push Remove." +msgstr "" +"<big>디스크 순서</big> \n" +"BIOS의 순서에 따라 디스크 순서를 지정하려면 위와\n" +"아래 버튼을 사용하여 디스크 순서를 재조정합니다.\n" +"디스크를 추가할 땐 추가를,\n" +"제거할 땐 제거를 누르세요." -# menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "디스크로부터 설정 다시 읽기(&R)" +# Provider dialog caption +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" +msgstr "추가된 커널 매개변수: %1" -# menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "하드 디스크의 MBR 저장" +# table cell / label +# frame +# table cell / label +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" +msgstr "부트 로더 옵션" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "디스크에 부트로더 부트 코드 기록" +# table cell / label +# frame +# table cell / label +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgid "Boot&loader Options" +msgstr "부트 로더 옵션" -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "기타" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgstr "GSS 보안 활성화(&G)" -# message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "MBR을 성공적으로 복원했습니다." +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "파티셔닝 때문에 부트 로더를 제대로 설치할 수 없습니다." -# message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "MBR 복원에 실패했습니다." +# combo box item, summary string, table item +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" +msgstr "어떤 부트 로더도 설치하지 않습니다." -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "부트로더의 설정 기록에 실패했습니다." +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "부팅" -# table cell / label -# frame -# table cell / label -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" -msgstr "부트 로더 옵션(&L)" +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "부팅(&B)" -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "부트 로더 설치 세부 사항(&D)" +# warning text in the summary rixhtext +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "어떤 부트 로더도 설치하기위해서 선택할 수 없습니다. 여러분의 시스템은 부팅할 수 없습니다." +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "파티셔닝 때문에 부트 로더를 제대로 설치할 수 없습니다." + # help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" +#| "Change the settings of your boot loader." msgid "" "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader." +"Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" "<BIG>부트 로더 구성 도구</BIG> \n" "부트 로더의 설정을 변경합니다." # src/isdn/complex.ycp:72 # help text -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -774,703 +641,689 @@ "<BIG>부트 로더 구성 저장 중</BIG> \n" "잠시 기다려 주십시오... " -# help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1" -msgstr "" -"기타에서는\n" -"부트 로더 구성 파일을 수동으로 편집하고, 현재 구성을 지우고, \n" -" 새 구성을 제안하고, 아무 것도 없는 상태에서 시작하거나 디스크에 저장된 구성을\n" -" 다시 읽을 수 있습니다. %1" +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" +msgstr "지원되지 않는 하드웨어 플랫폼 %1 과 부트로더 %2 의 조합" -# help text 1/1 -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 -msgid "" -"To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click Edit Configuration Files." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -"부트 로더 구성 파일들을 수동으로 편집하기 위해서는 \n" -"편집 설정 파일을 클릭하세요." -# help 1/4 -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -" In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"\n" -"표에서, 부트메뉴안에서의 하나의 항목을 각각이 선택을 나타낸다.\n" -"" +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." +msgstr "레이드에 부트장치가 있습니다: %1. 시스템을 부팅할 수 없습니다." -# help 2/4 -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -" Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section." -msgstr "" -"선택된 섹션의 정보를 보기 위해서 편집을\n" -"선택하세요." +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "부트 장치가 소프트웨어 RAID1에 있습니다. 다른 부트로더 위치를 선택하세요.(예. 마스터 부트 레코드)" -# help 3/4 -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" -" 기본값으로 설정을 누르면 선택한 섹션이 기본값으로 \n" -"표시됩니다. 부팅할 때 부트 로더는 부트 메뉴를 제공하며\n" -" 커널 또는 기타 부팅할 OS에 대한 사용자의 선택을\n" -" 기다립니다. 제한 시간 내에 키를 누르지 않으면 기본 커널\n" -" 또는 OS가 부팅됩니다. 부트 로더 메뉴의 섹션 순서는\n" -" 위와 아래 버튼을 사용하여 변경할 수 있습니다." -# help 4/4 -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or Delete to delete the selected section." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." msgstr "" -"새 부트 로더 섹션을 만들려면 추가를 누르고\n" -"선택한 섹션을 삭제하려면 삭제를 누르십시오." -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." msgstr "" -"<big>부트 로더 위치</big> \n" -"다음과 같은 방법으로 부트 관리자(%1)를 설치할 수 있습니다." -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer." -msgstr "" -"- 마스터 부팅 레코드(MBR) 사용.\n" -"컴퓨터에 다른 운영 체제가 설치되어 있는 경우에는 이 방법을 사용하지\n" -" 않는 것이 좋습니다." +# progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 +msgid "Check boot loader" +msgstr "부트 로더 검사 " -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;." -msgstr "" -"\n" -"- <tt>/boot</tt> 또는 <tt>/</tt>(루트) 파티션의 부트 섹터 사용.\n" -" 적합한 파티션이 있는 경우에는 이 방법을 사용하는 것이\n" -" 좋습니다. 필요할 경우 부트 로더 설치 세부 사항의\n" -" 부트 로더 파티션 활성화 및 MBR을 일반 코드로 대체를\n" -" 설정하여 마스터 부팅 레코드를 업데이트하거나\n" -" 다른 부트 관리자를 구성하여 &product;을(를)\n" -" 시작합니다." +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +msgid "Read partitioning" +msgstr "파티션 읽는 중" -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option." -msgstr "" -"\n" -"- 몇몇 다른 파티션 사용. 이 방법을 선택할 때에는 시스템의\n" -" 제한 사항을 고려해야 합니다." +# progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +msgid "Load boot loader settings" +msgstr "부트 로더 설정들 적재" -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." -msgstr "" -"예를 들어, 대부분의 PC에는 1024보다\n" -"작은 하드 디스크 실린더로 부팅을 제한하는\n" -" BIOS 제한이 있습니다. 사용하는 부트 관리자에 따라 논리적\n" -" 파티션에서 부팅을 할 수도 있고 하지 못할 수도 있습니다." +# progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 +msgid "Checking boot loader..." +msgstr "부트 로더를 검사 중..." -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." -msgstr "" -"\n" -"입력 필드에 파티션의 장치 이름(예: <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> 또는\n" -" <tt>/dev/sdb</tt>)을 입력하십시오." +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +msgid "Reading partitioning..." +msgstr "파티션을 읽는 중..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Installation Details \n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." -msgstr "" -"부트 로더 설치 세부 사항 \n" -"장치 매핑과 같은 고급 부트 로더 설치 옵션을 조정하려면\n" -"부트 로더 설치 세부 사항을 클릭하세요." +# progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." +msgstr "부트 로더 설정을 적재 중..." -# help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Type \n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use Boot Loader." -msgstr "" -"부트 로더 종류 \n" -"부트 로더 설치 및 설치할 부트 로더를 선택하려면\n" -"부트 로더를 사용하세요." +# progress bar caption +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 +msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" +msgstr "부트 로더 구성을 초기화합니다." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Options \n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"Boot Loader Options." -msgstr "" -"<big>부트 로더 옵션</big> \n" -"제한 시간과 같은 부트 로더 옵션을 조정하려면\n" -"부트 로더 옵션을 클릭하세요." +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 +msgid "Create initrd" +msgstr "initrd 생성" -# help text 1/1 -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Expert Manual Configuration \n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" -"Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." -msgstr "" -"전문가 수동 설정 \n" -"여기서는 부트 로더 구성을 수동으로 편집합니다.\n" -" 주의: 최종 구성 파일에서는 들여쓰기가 달라질 수 있습니다." +# progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" +msgstr "부트 로더 구성 파일 저장" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique." -msgstr "" -"섹션 이름 \n" -"부트 로더 섹션 이름을 지정하려면 섹션 이름을 사용하세요. 섹션에는\n" -"고유 이름을 사용해야 합니다." +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 +msgid "Creating initrd..." +msgstr "initrd 생성 중..." -# help text 1/4 -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" -"Select the type of the new section to create." -msgstr "" -"<big>새 섹션 유형</big> \n" -"작성할 새 섹션 유형을 선택합니다." +# src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 +# src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 +# progress line +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." +msgstr "부트 로더 구성 저장 중..." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section." -msgstr "" -"현재 선택한 섹션을 복제하려면 선택한 섹션 복제를\n" -"선택합니다. 그런 다음 선택한 섹션과 다르게 설정할 옵션을\n" -" 수정합니다." +# src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 +# src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 +# progress line +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 +msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" +msgstr "부트 로더 구성 저장 중" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start." -msgstr "" -"이미지 섹션 을 선택하여 불러와서 시작할 새 리눅스 커널 또는\n" -"다른 이미지를 추가합니다." +# command line help text for summary action +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" +#~ msgstr "부트 로더의 구성 요약입니다." -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 -msgid "" -"Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment." -msgstr "" -"새 리눅스 커널 또는 기타 이미지를 추가하는데 이를 Xen 환경에서 \n" -"시작하려면 Xen 섹션을 선택합니다." +# menubutton item +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Set a global option" +#~ msgid "Delete a global option" +#~ msgstr "전역 옵션 선택" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 -msgid "" -"Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" -"디스크 파티션의 부트 섹터를 로드 및 시작하는 섹션을\n" -"추가하려면 기타 시스템(체인로더)을 선택합니다. 이것은\n" -" 다른 운영 체제를 부팅하는 데 사용됩니다." +# menubutton item +#~ msgid "Set a global option" +#~ msgstr "전역 옵션 선택" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" -"메뉴 섹션을 선택하여 파티션으로부터\n" -"구성 파일(다른 부트섹션 목록) 불러오기를 추가합니다. 이것은 다른 OS 를 부팅하는데\n" -"사용됩니다." +# command line help text for print action +#~ msgid "Print value of specified option" +#~ msgstr "지정된 옵션의 값을 출력합니다." -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "하드 디스크 순서: %1" +# command line help text for an option +#~ msgid "The key of the option" +#~ msgstr "옵션의 키입니다." -# combo box item, summary string, table item -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "어떤 부트 로더도 설치하지 않습니다." +# command line help text for an option +#~ msgid "The value of the option" +#~ msgstr "옵션의 값입니다." -# combo box item, summary string, table item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "어떤 부트 로더도 설치 안함" +# src/config/dns.y2cc:21 +# command line error report +#~ msgid "Value was not specified." +#~ msgstr "값을 지정하지 않았습니다." -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "기본 부트 로더를 설치합니다." +# src/config/dns.y2cc:21 +# command line error report +#~ msgid "Option was not specified." +#~ msgstr "옵션을 지정하지 않았습니다." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "기본 부트 로더 설치" +# command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Value: %1" +#~ msgid "Value: %s" +#~ msgstr "값: %1" -# fallback bootloader name, keep short -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "부트 로더" +# command line error report +#~ msgid "Specified option does not exist." +#~ msgstr "지정된 옵션이 없습니다." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "부트 로더" +#~ msgid "<big>Boot Menu</big> " +#~ msgstr "<big>부트 메뉴</big> " -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" -"부트 로더가 지정되어 있지 않으면 이 기능을\n" -"사용할 수 없습니다." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +#~ "Boot from Root Partition." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "부트 파티션에서 부팅은 권장 옵션 중 하나이며 루트 파티션에서 부팅도\n" +#~ " 마찬가지입니다." -# yes-no popup question -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" -"정말 부트 로더 구성을 저장하지 않습니까?\n" -"변경 사항을 모두 잃을것입니다.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +#~ "installed on your computer" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "컴퓨터에 또 다른 운영 체제가 또 설치되어 있을 때는 마스터 부트 레코드에서 부팅이 권장되지 \n" +#~ "않습니다" -# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 -# error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 -msgid "The password must not be empty." -msgstr "열쇠글은 생략할 수 없습니다." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +#~ "partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +#~ "in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~ "to start this section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "적합한 파티션이 있는 경우에는 루트 파티션에서 부팅을 사용하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" +#~ " 이 섹션에서 시작하도록 다른 루트 관리자를 구성해야 하는 경우에 마스터 부트 레코드를 업데이트하려면\n" +#~ " 부트 로더 옵션에서 파티션 테이블에서 부트 파티션에 대한 활성 플래그 설정과 MBR에 일반 부트 코드 쓰기 \n" +#~ " 중 하나를 선택합니다." -# error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 -msgid "" -"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" -"do not match. Retype the password." -msgstr "" -"'열쇠글'과 '열쇠글 재입력'\n" -"이 일치하지 않습니다. 열쇠글을 다시 입력하세요." +#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +#~ msgstr "사용자 정의 부트 파티션 을 사용하면 부팅할 파티션을 선택할 수 있습니다." -# error popup -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "%1기본 부트 로더 위치로 지정하시겠습니까?\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" +#~ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "MD 어레이는 2개의 디스크로 구성됩니다. MD 어레이 용장도 활성화\n" +#~ "로 각각의 디스크 MBR에 GRUB을 기록합니다." -# error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 -msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" -msgstr "" -"이 볼륨 레이블은 이미 사용 중입니다.\n" -"다른 이름을 사용하십시오.\n" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" +#~| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" +#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "직렬 연결 사용으로 직렬 콘솔에 사용할 매개 변수를\n" +#~ "지정 할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 grub 설명서(<code>info grub</code>)를 참조하세요." -# yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" -"부트 로더 설정을 저장하는 중 오류가 생겼습니다\n" -"부트 로더 설정을 다시 시도 하세요?\n" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Terminal Definition \n" +#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Terminal Definition \n" +#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" +#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "터미널 정의 \n" +#~ "사용하려는 터미널의 종류를 정의합니다. 직렬 터미널(예: 직렬 콘솔)의 경우\n" +#~ " <code>serial</code>을 지정해야 합니다. 또한 명령에 <code>console</code>을 \n" +#~ " <code>serial console</code>로 전달해도 됩니다. 이러한 경우 키를 눌렀던 터미널이\n" +#~ " GRUB 터미널로 선택됩니다." -# warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -# 'date' command output -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"경고!\n" -"\n" -"현재 %1의 MBR은 지금 %2에 저장된 MBR과 함께\n" -"덮어쓰기가 될 것입니다.\n" -"\n" -"단지 MBR에 안에 있는 부팅 코드는 덮으쓰기가 될 것 입니다.\n" -"그 파티션 테이블은 변화지 않고 계속 존재 합니다.\n" -"\n" -"계속 하시겠습니까?\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "기본값이 실패하면 섹션 fallback에는 기본 섹션이 부팅 불가능한\n" +#~ " 경우에 부팅하는 데 사용할 섹션 번호 목록이 포함되어 있습니다." -# PushButton -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "예, 재작성(&Y)" +# table cell / label +# frame +# table cell / label +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations" +#~ msgstr "부트 로더 위치" -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "파티셔닝 때문에 부트 로더를 제대로 설치할 수 없습니다." +# label / table entry +#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "사용자 정의 부트 파티션" -# message box -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "장치 맵은 최소한 하나의 장치를 포함해야 함" +# radio button +#~ msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" +#~ msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드에서 부팅" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "디스크 순서 설정" +# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) +#~ msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "부트 파티션에서 부팅" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "디스크(&i)" +# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) +#~ msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" +#~ msgstr "확장 파티션으로 부팅" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "장치(&D)" +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:242 +# DIALOG TEXTS +# Connection dialog caption +#~ msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" +#~ msgstr "직렬 연결 매개 변수(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 -msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" +#~ msgstr "기본값이 실패한 경우 Fallback 섹션" -#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and -#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 -msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" +# translators: command line help text for add option +#~ msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" +#~ msgstr "메뉴 인터페이스용 열쇠글(&S)" -# src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 -# src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 -# progress line -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "부트 로더 구성 저장 중..." +#~ msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" +#~ msgstr "디버깅 플래그(&I)" -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 +# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:143 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:154 +# src/provider/dialogs.ycp:325 +#~ msgid "&Password" +#~ msgstr "열쇠글(&P)" + +# radiobutton, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) +#~ msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#~ msgstr "루트 파티션에서 부팅(&R)" + +#~ msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" +#~ msgstr "MD 배열 여분 허용" + +# table cell / label +# frame +# table cell / label +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Options" +#~ msgstr "부트 로더 옵션" + #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n" -#| "For details, read the related chapter \n" -#| "in the documentation. \n" -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"이제 시스템이 종료됩니다.%1%2\n" -"자세한 내용은 설명서의 관련 장을\n" -"참조하세요.\n" +#~| msgid "Secure" +#~ msgid "Secure Boot" +#~ msgstr "안전한" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "이제 시스템이 다시 시작 됩니다..." +# table cell / label +# frame +# table cell / label +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Location" +#~ msgstr "부트 로더 위치" -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "부팅" +#~ msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +#~ msgstr "VGA 모드 로 부팅 시 커널에서 설정하는 콘솔 에 대한 VGA 모드를 지정합니다." -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "부팅(&B)" +#~ msgid "&Vga Mode" +#~ msgstr "VGA 모드(&V)" -# warning text in the summary rixhtext -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "어떤 부트 로더도 설치하기위해서 선택할 수 없습니다. 여러분의 시스템은 부팅할 수 없습니다." +#~ msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" +#~ msgstr "%1x%2, %3비트(모드 %4)" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "파티셔닝 때문에 부트 로더를 제대로 설치할 수 없습니다." +#~ msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." +#~ msgstr "기본 8 픽셀 글꼴 모드." -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "MBR로 부터 부팅 활성화 (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">비활성화</a>" +# command description +#~ msgid "Text Mode" +#~ msgstr "텍스트 모드" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "MBR로 부터 부팅 비활성화 (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">활성화</a>" +#~| msgid "&Unspecified" +#~ msgid "Unspecified" +#~ msgstr "불확실(&U)" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "/boot 파티션으로 부터 부팅 활성화 (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">비활성화</a>" +#~ msgid "Select File" +#~ msgstr "파일 선택" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "/boot 파티션으로 부터 부팅 비활성화 (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">활성화</a>" +# To translators: label message +#~ msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." +#~ msgstr "현재 부트 로더에 대해 설정된 옵션이 없습니다." -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "\"/\" 으로 부터 부팅 활성화 (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">비활성화</a>" +# pushbutton +#~ msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" +#~ msgstr "구성 파일 편집(&D)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "\"/\" 으로 부터 부팅 비활성화 (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">활성화</a>" +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 +# radiobutton +# menubutton item, keep as short as possible +#~ msgid "&Propose New Configuration" +#~ msgstr "새로운 구성 설정(&P)" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" +# menubutton item, keep as short as possible +#~ msgid "&Start from Scratch" +#~ msgstr "핸디캡없이 시작(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Change Location: %1" -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "위치 변경: %1" +# menubutton item, keep as short as possible +#~ msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" +#~ msgstr "디스크로부터 설정 다시 읽기(&R)" -# summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "부트 로더 유형: %1" +# menubutton item, keep as short as possible +#~ msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "하드 디스크의 MBR 저장" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr " (extended)" +#~ msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" +#~ msgstr "디스크에 부트로더 부트 코드 기록" -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr " (MBR)" +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "기타" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "위치 상태: %1" +# message popup +#~ msgid "MBR restored successfully." +#~ msgstr "MBR을 성공적으로 복원했습니다." -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "GSS 보안 활성화(&G)" +# message popup +#~ msgid "Failed to restore MBR." +#~ msgstr "MBR 복원에 실패했습니다." -# command line error report, %1 is model name -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "알 수 없는 부트로더: %1" +#~ msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." +#~ msgstr "부트로더의 설정 기록에 실패했습니다." -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 -msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "지원되지 않는 하드웨어 플랫폼 %1 과 부트로더 %2 의 조합" +# table cell / label +# frame +# table cell / label +#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Options" +#~ msgstr "부트 로더 옵션(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" +#~ msgstr "부트 로더 설치 세부 사항(&D)" -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 -msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "레이드에 부트장치가 있습니다: %1. 시스템을 부팅할 수 없습니다." +# help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From Other,\n" +#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +#~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "기타에서는\n" +#~ "부트 로더 구성 파일을 수동으로 편집하고, 현재 구성을 지우고, \n" +#~ " 새 구성을 제안하고, 아무 것도 없는 상태에서 시작하거나 디스크에 저장된 구성을\n" +#~ " 다시 읽을 수 있습니다. %1" -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "부트 장치가 소프트웨어 RAID1에 있습니다. 다른 부트로더 위치를 선택하세요.(예. 마스터 부트 레코드)" +# help text 1/1 +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To edit boot loader configuration files\n" +#~ "manually, click Edit Configuration Files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "부트 로더 구성 파일들을 수동으로 편집하기 위해서는 \n" +#~ "편집 설정 파일을 클릭하세요." -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 -msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" +# help 1/4 +#~ msgid "" +#~ " In the table, each section represents one item\n" +#~ "in the boot menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "표에서, 부트메뉴안에서의 하나의 항목을 각각이 선택을 나타낸다.\n" +#~ "" -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" +# help 2/4 +#~ msgid "" +#~ " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" +#~ "selected section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "선택된 섹션의 정보를 보기 위해서 편집을\n" +#~ "선택하세요." -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." -msgstr "" +# help 3/4 +#~ msgid "" +#~ " By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" +#~ "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" +#~ "a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" +#~ "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" +#~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" +#~ "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " 기본값으로 설정을 누르면 선택한 섹션이 기본값으로 \n" +#~ "표시됩니다. 부팅할 때 부트 로더는 부트 메뉴를 제공하며\n" +#~ " 커널 또는 기타 부팅할 OS에 대한 사용자의 선택을\n" +#~ " 기다립니다. 제한 시간 내에 키를 누르지 않으면 기본 커널\n" +#~ " 또는 OS가 부팅됩니다. 부트 로더 메뉴의 섹션 순서는\n" +#~ " 위와 아래 버튼을 사용하여 변경할 수 있습니다." -# progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 -msgid "Check boot loader" -msgstr "부트 로더 검사 " +# help 4/4 +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" +#~ "or Delete to delete the selected section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "새 부트 로더 섹션을 만들려면 추가를 누르고\n" +#~ "선택한 섹션을 삭제하려면 삭제를 누르십시오." -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 -msgid "Read partitioning" -msgstr "파티션 읽는 중" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" +#~ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>부트 로더 위치</big> \n" +#~ "다음과 같은 방법으로 부트 관리자(%1)를 설치할 수 있습니다." -# progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 -msgid "Load boot loader settings" -msgstr "부트 로더 설정들 적재" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" +#~ "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" +#~ "on the computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "- 마스터 부팅 레코드(MBR) 사용.\n" +#~ "컴퓨터에 다른 운영 체제가 설치되어 있는 경우에는 이 방법을 사용하지\n" +#~ " 않는 것이 좋습니다." -# progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 -msgid "Checking boot loader..." -msgstr "부트 로더를 검사 중..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" +#~ "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +#~ "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" +#~ "Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +#~ "to update the master boot record\n" +#~ "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~ "to start &product;." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- <tt>/boot</tt> 또는 <tt>/</tt>(루트) 파티션의 부트 섹터 사용.\n" +#~ " 적합한 파티션이 있는 경우에는 이 방법을 사용하는 것이\n" +#~ " 좋습니다. 필요할 경우 부트 로더 설치 세부 사항의\n" +#~ " 부트 로더 파티션 활성화 및 MBR을 일반 코드로 대체를\n" +#~ " 설정하여 마스터 부팅 레코드를 업데이트하거나\n" +#~ " 다른 부트 관리자를 구성하여 &product;을(를)\n" +#~ " 시작합니다." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 -msgid "Reading partitioning..." -msgstr "파티션을 읽는 중..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" +#~ "when selecting this option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- 몇몇 다른 파티션 사용. 이 방법을 선택할 때에는 시스템의\n" +#~ " 제한 사항을 고려해야 합니다." -# progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 -msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." -msgstr "부트 로더 설정을 적재 중..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" +#~ "limit that restricts booting to\n" +#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" +#~ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "예를 들어, 대부분의 PC에는 1024보다\n" +#~ "작은 하드 디스크 실린더로 부팅을 제한하는\n" +#~ " BIOS 제한이 있습니다. 사용하는 부트 관리자에 따라 논리적\n" +#~ " 파티션에서 부팅을 할 수도 있고 하지 못할 수도 있습니다." -# progress bar caption -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 -msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" -msgstr "부트 로더 구성을 초기화합니다." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "입력 필드에 파티션의 장치 이름(예: <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> 또는\n" +#~ " <tt>/dev/sdb</tt>)을 입력하십시오." -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 -msgid "Create initrd" -msgstr "initrd 생성" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot Loader Installation Details \n" +#~ "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" +#~ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "부트 로더 설치 세부 사항 \n" +#~ "장치 매핑과 같은 고급 부트 로더 설치 옵션을 조정하려면\n" +#~ "부트 로더 설치 세부 사항을 클릭하세요." -# progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" -msgstr "부트 로더 구성 파일 저장" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot Loader Options \n" +#~ "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" +#~ "Boot Loader Options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>부트 로더 옵션</big> \n" +#~ "제한 시간과 같은 부트 로더 옵션을 조정하려면\n" +#~ "부트 로더 옵션을 클릭하세요." -# progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "부트 로더 설치" +# help text 1/1 +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Expert Manual Configuration \n" +#~ "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" +#~ "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "전문가 수동 설정 \n" +#~ "여기서는 부트 로더 구성을 수동으로 편집합니다.\n" +#~ " 주의: 최종 구성 파일에서는 들여쓰기가 달라질 수 있습니다." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 -msgid "Creating initrd..." -msgstr "initrd 생성 중..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Section Name \n" +#~ "Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +#~ "name must be unique." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "섹션 이름 \n" +#~ "부트 로더 섹션 이름을 지정하려면 섹션 이름을 사용하세요. 섹션에는\n" +#~ "고유 이름을 사용해야 합니다." +# help text 1/4 +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" +#~ "Select the type of the new section to create." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>새 섹션 유형</big> \n" +#~ "작성할 새 섹션 유형을 선택합니다." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" +#~ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" +#~ "selected section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "현재 선택한 섹션을 복제하려면 선택한 섹션 복제를\n" +#~ "선택합니다. 그런 다음 선택한 섹션과 다르게 설정할 옵션을\n" +#~ " 수정합니다." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" +#~ "to load and start." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "이미지 섹션 을 선택하여 불러와서 시작할 새 리눅스 커널 또는\n" +#~ "다른 이미지를 추가합니다." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" +#~ "but to start it in a Xen environment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "새 리눅스 커널 또는 기타 이미지를 추가하는데 이를 Xen 환경에서 \n" +#~ "시작하려면 Xen 섹션을 선택합니다." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" +#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "booting other operating systems." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "디스크 파티션의 부트 섹터를 로드 및 시작하는 섹션을\n" +#~ "추가하려면 기타 시스템(체인로더)을 선택합니다. 이것은\n" +#~ " 다른 운영 체제를 부팅하는 데 사용됩니다." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" +#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "booting other operating systems." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "메뉴 섹션을 선택하여 파티션으로부터\n" +#~ "구성 파일(다른 부트섹션 목록) 불러오기를 추가합니다. 이것은 다른 OS 를 부팅하는데\n" +#~ "사용됩니다." + +# combo box item, summary string, table item +#~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "어떤 부트 로더도 설치 안함" + +#~ msgid "Install the default boot loader" +#~ msgstr "기본 부트 로더를 설치합니다." + +#~ msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "기본 부트 로더 설치" + +# fallback bootloader name, keep short +#~ msgid "Boot loader" +#~ msgstr "부트 로더" + +#~ msgid "Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "부트 로더" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This function is not available if the boot\n" +#~ "loader is not specified." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "부트 로더가 지정되어 있지 않으면 이 기능을\n" +#~ "사용할 수 없습니다." + +# yes-no popup question +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +#~ "All changes will be lost.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "정말 부트 로더 구성을 저장하지 않습니까?\n" +#~ "변경 사항을 모두 잃을것입니다.\n" + +# error popup +#~ msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" +#~ msgstr "%1기본 부트 로더 위치로 지정하시겠습니까?\n" + +# error popup +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The name selected is already used.\n" +#~ "Use a different one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "이 볼륨 레이블은 이미 사용 중입니다.\n" +#~ "다른 이름을 사용하십시오.\n" + +# yes-no popup +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred during boot loader\n" +#~ "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "부트 로더 설정을 저장하는 중 오류가 생겼습니다\n" +#~ "부트 로더 설정을 다시 시도 하세요?\n" + +# warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of +# 'date' command output +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning!\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" +#~ "saved at %2.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" +#~ "The partition table remains unchanged.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "경고!\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "현재 %1의 MBR은 지금 %2에 저장된 MBR과 함께\n" +#~ "덮어쓰기가 될 것입니다.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "단지 MBR에 안에 있는 부팅 코드는 덮으쓰기가 될 것 입니다.\n" +#~ "그 파티션 테이블은 변화지 않고 계속 존재 합니다.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "계속 하시겠습니까?\n" + +# PushButton +#~ msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" +#~ msgstr "예, 재작성(&Y)" + +# command line error report, %1 is model name +#~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" +#~ msgstr "알 수 없는 부트로더: %1" + # progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." -msgstr "부트 로더 설정파일을 저장 중 ... " +#~ msgid "Install boot loader" +#~ msgstr "부트 로더 설치" # progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "부트 로더를 설치 중..." +#~ msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +#~ msgstr "부트 로더 설정파일을 저장 중 ... " -# src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 -# src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 -# progress line -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 -msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" -msgstr "부트 로더 구성 저장 중" +# progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#~ msgid "Installing boot loader..." +#~ msgstr "부트 로더를 설치 중..." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Distribution:" @@ -1514,9 +1367,6 @@ #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "섹션 이름을 지정해야 합니다." -#~ msgid "Disk Order" -#~ msgstr "디스크 순서" - #~ msgid "Boot Menu" #~ msgstr "부트 메뉴" @@ -2020,9 +1870,6 @@ #~ msgid " (\"/\")" #~ msgstr " (\"/\")" -#~ msgid " (default)" -#~ msgstr "(기본)" - #~ msgid "Sections: %1" #~ msgstr "섹션: %1" @@ -2905,9 +2752,6 @@ #~ msgid "image" #~ msgstr "이미지" -#~ msgid "Yes" -#~ msgstr "예" - #~ msgid "No" #~ msgstr "아니요" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/ca-management.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/ca-management.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/ca-management.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-19 10:27+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -147,8 +147,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "열쇠글(&P):" @@ -228,8 +227,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "새 열쇠글이 일치하지 않습니다." @@ -2088,14 +2086,14 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "인증서 작성 중..." #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -2104,29 +2102,28 @@ "수 있습니다.\n" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "완료됨" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "설정을 저장하시겠습니까?" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "종료" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "정말로 저장하지 않고 끝내시겠습니까?" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:277 -#. Popup displaying openssl error messages -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "세부 사항" @@ -2456,8 +2453,7 @@ # second version of user password, retyped to avoid typos # please use newline if it is longer than 48 characters -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "인증서 열쇠글(&P):" @@ -2509,30 +2505,25 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 형식의 인증서 및 암호화되지 않은 키(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 형식의 인증서 및 암호화된 키(&E)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "DER 형식의 인증서(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "PKCS12 형식의 인증서 및 키(&T)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "PKCS12와 유사하고 CA 체인 포함(&L)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:143 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:154 # src/provider/dialogs.ycp:325 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "새 열쇠글(&N)" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/cio.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/cio.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/cio.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ msgstr "사용됨" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "아니요" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "예" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" -msgstr "아니요" - #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/cluster.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/cluster.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/cluster.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgstr "카드를 구성할 때 테스트 사운드를 재생합니다." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # text entry #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Last IP Address:" msgid "Multicast Address:" @@ -273,45 +273,45 @@ msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "GSS 보안 활성화(&G)" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "실행 중" # status of cound card -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "실행중이지 않음" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "부팅" # Radiobutton label - DNS starting # Radiobutton label -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" @@ -319,89 +319,89 @@ # Radiobutton label - DNS starting # Radiobutton label -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "끄기 -- 수동으로 서버 시작" # Frame label (stoping starting DNS server) -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "설정/해제" # Current status -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "현재 상태: " # Pushbutton for starting the DNS server -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Squid Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Squid 지금 시작" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "방화벽 지금 중지" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Main Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "주 호스트" # Pushbutton label - add host into list -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "지연 시간" # Button label -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "파일 선택" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "제안된 fstab 행" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" # error message -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a user name." msgid "Enter a hostname" @@ -409,21 +409,21 @@ # translators: error message for share command line action # must provide the share name -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write hostname" msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "호스트 이름을 기입" # label of a text input field -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a filename" msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "파일이름을 입력" # label of a text input field -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ # For translators %1 is archive file name (e.g. /tmp/backup.tar) #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 already exists.\n" @@ -444,50 +444,50 @@ "덮어 쓰시겠습니까?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "키 파일을 구문 분석하는 데 실패했습니다." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "이미지 만들기에 실패했습니다." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ # progress label #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" @@ -614,13 +614,13 @@ # Progress stage #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "데이타베이스 읽기" # Progress stage #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "이전의 설정사항 읽기" @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # Progress stage 5/5 #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" @@ -636,19 +636,19 @@ # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "데이타 베이스를 읽고 있습니다..." # Progress step 3/5 #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "이전 설정값을 읽고 있습니다..." # Progress step 5/5 #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -657,11 +657,11 @@ # progress step #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages" msgid "Cannot install required package" @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ # translators: error message #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" @@ -677,19 +677,19 @@ # Error message #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "데이터베이스1을 읽을 수 없습니다." # Error message #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "database2를 읽을 수 없습니다." # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "장치를 검색할 수 없습니다." @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ # FIXME check abort correctly # PowerManagement read dialog caption #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" @@ -705,12 +705,12 @@ # translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "세팅 기록" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" @@ -718,19 +718,19 @@ # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "변경사항을 파일에 저장하는 중..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/control.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/control.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/control.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-20 10:42+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -19,212 +19,250 @@ "X-Poedit-Country: KOREA, REPUBLIC OF\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" -#| "Congratulations!\n" -#| "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -#| "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -#| "Visit us at %1.\n" -#| "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -#| "\t " +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -" " +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " msgstr "" "\n" -"축하합니다!\n" -"컴퓨터에 오픈수세 설치를 마쳤습니다.\n" -"완료를 클릭하면 시스템에 로그인할 수 있습니다.\n" -"%1 에 방문해보세요.\n" -"즐거운 시간 보내시기 바랍니다! 당신의 오픈수세 개발팀\n" +"\n" +"설치가 성공적으로 완료되었습니다.\n" +"이제 시스템을 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" +"시스템에 로그인하려면 완료를 클릭하십시오.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"http://www.novell.com/linux/를 방문하여 주십시오.\n" +"\n" "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"데스크톱 환경에서 기본으로 제공하는 웹 브라우저, 오피스 모음이나\n" -"게임, 컴퓨터 관리 유틸리티외에 필요한 응용프로그램을 별도로\n" -"선택할 수 있습니다.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"오픈수세에서는 다양한 데스크톱 환경을 제공합니다. 가장 폭넓게\n" -"이용되고 있는 데스크톱 환경은 그놈(GNOME)과 KDE 입니다.\n" -"오픈수세 커뮤니티는 이 환경들을 동등하게 지원합니다.\n" -"양 쪽 다 쓰기 쉽게 디자인 되어 있고, 사용에 아무런 제약이\n" -"없습니다. 각각의 데스크톱 환경에는 그만의 독특한 모양이\n" -"있어 개인의 취향에 맞게 선택하시면 됩니다." +# Table header item - listing mail servers +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +msgid "CIM Server" +msgstr "CIM 서버" -# Headline for X11 configuration screen: -# The user selects screen resolution and color depth. -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "그놈 데스크톱" - -# Headline for X11 configuration screen: -# The user selects screen resolution and color depth. -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "KDE 데스크톱" - -# Headline for X11 configuration screen: -# The user selects screen resolution and color depth. -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE 데스크톱" - -# Headline for X11 configuration screen: -# The user selects screen resolution and color depth. -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "LXDE 데스크톱" - -# button text -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "최소 X 윈도우" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "대체 데스크탑" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "최소 서버 사양(텍스트 모드)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "설치 설정" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "개요" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +msgid "Expert" +msgstr "고급" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "라이브 설치 설정" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "업데이트 설정" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "네트워크 설정" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "하드웨어 구성정보" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "준비" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "네트워크 구성 저장" # table item / label -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Setup" msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "네트워크 설정" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "환영합니다" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "네트워크 활성화" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "디스크 활성화" # the type of user set -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "시스템 분석" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update" +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "온라인 업데이트" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "Add-On 제품" + # tree node string -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk" msgstr "디스크" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "시간대" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "온라인 저장소" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "Add-On 제품" - -# Headline for X11 configuration screen: -# The user selects screen resolution and color depth. -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "데스크톱 선택" - # screen title for uml options -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "사용자 설정" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "설치" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "설치 개요" @@ -232,143 +270,461 @@ # collapsed to one single user-visible step. # The step is considered finished when the last module # with the same 'label' is finished. -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "설치 실행" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation" +msgid "Installer Cleanup" +msgstr "설치" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "설치" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "업데이트할 시스템" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 msgid "Update" msgstr "업데이트" +# the label for Filter: Installation summary +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "업데이트 요약" + # power saving scheme name, combo box and default contents of text entry -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "업데이트 실행" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "구성" - # 'label' is what the user will see -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "기본 설치" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST 설정" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "구성" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "시스템 구성" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "설치가 성공적으로 완료되었습니다.\n" -#~ "이제 시스템을 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" -#~ "시스템에 로그인하려면 완료를 클릭하십시오.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "http://www.novell.com/linux/를 방문하여 주십시오.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\t" +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"설치가 성공적으로 완료되었습니다.\n" +"이제 시스템을 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" +"시스템에 로그인하려면 완료를 클릭하십시오.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"http://www.novell.com/linux/를 방문하여 주십시오.\n" +"\n" +"\t" -# Table header item - listing mail servers -#~ msgid "CIM Server" -#~ msgstr "CIM 서버" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System for Update" +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "업데이트할 시스템" -#~ msgid "Overview" -#~ msgstr "개요" +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Expert" -#~ msgstr "고급" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary." +msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initialization..." +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "초기화..." + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 -#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration" -#~ msgstr " 네트워크 서비스 구성" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr " 네트워크 서비스 구성" -#~ msgid "Installation Summary" -#~ msgstr "설치 요약" +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "네트워크 구성 저장" -# the label for Filter: Installation summary -#~ msgid "Update Summary" -#~ msgstr "업데이트 요약" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "설치 요약" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "Congratulations!\n" +#| "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#| "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#| "Visit us at %1.\n" +#| "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#| "\t " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Congratulations!\n" +"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +"Visit us at %1.\n" +"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"축하합니다!\n" +"컴퓨터에 오픈수세 설치를 마쳤습니다.\n" +"완료를 클릭하면 시스템에 로그인할 수 있습니다.\n" +"%1 에 방문해보세요.\n" +"즐거운 시간 보내시기 바랍니다! 당신의 오픈수세 개발팀\n" +"\t" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#| "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#| "manage your computer.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#| "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#| "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#| "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#| "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#| "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" +"데스크톱 환경에서 기본으로 제공하는 웹 브라우저, 오피스 모음이나\n" +"게임, 컴퓨터 관리 유틸리티외에 필요한 응용프로그램을 별도로\n" +"선택할 수 있습니다.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"오픈수세에서는 다양한 데스크톱 환경을 제공합니다. 가장 폭넓게\n" +"이용되고 있는 데스크톱 환경은 그놈(GNOME)과 KDE 입니다.\n" +"오픈수세 커뮤니티는 이 환경들을 동등하게 지원합니다.\n" +"양 쪽 다 쓰기 쉽게 디자인 되어 있고, 사용에 아무런 제약이\n" +"없습니다. 각각의 데스크톱 환경에는 그만의 독특한 모양이\n" +"있어 개인의 취향에 맞게 선택하시면 됩니다." + +# Headline for X11 configuration screen: +# The user selects screen resolution and color depth. +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "그놈 데스크톱" + +# Headline for X11 configuration screen: +# The user selects screen resolution and color depth. +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "KDE 데스크톱" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "최소 서버 사양(텍스트 모드)" + +# Headline for X11 configuration screen: +# The user selects screen resolution and color depth. +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "XFCE Desktop" +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "XFCE 데스크톱" + +# Headline for X11 configuration screen: +# The user selects screen resolution and color depth. +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "LXDE 데스크톱" + +# button text +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "최소 X 윈도우" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "대체 데스크탑" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "최소 서버 사양(텍스트 모드)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "온라인 저장소" + +# Headline for X11 configuration screen: +# The user selects screen resolution and color depth. +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "데스크톱 선택" + # Button that will really abort the installation #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Add-On 제품 설치" @@ -412,9 +768,6 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\t" -#~ msgid "Initialization..." -#~ msgstr "초기화..." - #~ msgid "Configuring network..." #~ msgstr "네트워크 설정 중..." @@ -448,9 +801,6 @@ #~ msgid "Customer Center" #~ msgstr "고객 센터" -#~ msgid "Online Update" -#~ msgstr "온라인 업데이트" - #~ msgid "Release Notes" #~ msgstr "버전 변경사항" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-25 19:11+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -54,11 +54,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"'%1' 키보드 배열은 잘못되었습니다. 가능한 값을 보려면 'list' 명령을 사용하십" -"시오." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "'%1' 키보드 배열은 잘못되었습니다. 가능한 값을 보려면 'list' 명령을 사용하십시오." # label text #. summary item @@ -96,16 +93,9 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -#| "keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX." -#| "\n" -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"여기서 설정한 값은 콘솔 키보드에만 적용됩니다. 그래픽 사용자 인터페이스에" -"서 키보드를 구성하려면 SaX와 같은 다른 도구를 사용하십시오.\n" +#| msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "여기서 설정한 값은 콘솔 키보드에만 적용됩니다. 그래픽 사용자 인터페이스에서 키보드를 구성하려면 SaX와 같은 다른 도구를 사용하십시오.\n" # dialog caption #. heading text @@ -196,16 +186,14 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "설치하는 동안 및 설치된 시스템에 사용할 키보드 배열을\n" " 선택합니다. \n" " 테스트에서 배열을 테스트합니다.\n" -" 반복 속도 및 지연과 같은 고급 옵션을 사용하려면 고급 설정을 선택합니" -"다.\n" +" 반복 속도 및 지연과 같은 고급 옵션을 사용하려면 고급 설정을 선택합니다.\n" " \n" # general help trailer @@ -226,17 +214,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "시스템에 사용할 키보드 배열 을 선택하세요.\n" -"반복 속도 및 지연과 같은 자세한 설정을 하려면 고급 설정 을 선택하세요." -"\n" -"사용자 데스크탑 환경의 키보드 배열 도구 안에서 기타 배열과 같은 옵션을 찾" -"을 수 있습니다.\n" +"반복 속도 및 지연과 같은 자세한 설정을 하려면 고급 설정 을 선택하세요.\n" +"사용자 데스크탑 환경의 키보드 배열 도구 안에서 기타 배열과 같은 옵션을 찾을 수 있습니다.\n" # Screen title for keyboard screen #. Screen title for keyboard screen @@ -389,10 +373,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1은(는) 유효한 언어가 아닙니다. 가능한 값을 보려면 list 명령을 사용하십시오." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1은(는) 유효한 언어가 아닙니다. 가능한 값을 보려면 list 명령을 사용하십시오." # label text #. label text @@ -444,13 +426,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"선택한 주 언어 및 보조 언어를 지원하는 추가 꾸러미가 설치됩니다. 필요하지 않" -"은 꾸러미는 제거됩니다.\n" +"선택한 주 언어 및 보조 언어를 지원하는 추가 꾸러미가 설치됩니다. 필요하지 않은 꾸러미는 제거됩니다.\n" " " # help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -496,11 +476,6 @@ # help text, continued #. help text, continued #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "You can select Abort Installation at any time to abort the\n" -#| "installation process.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -543,19 +518,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"주 언어에 따라 키보드 배열을 변경하려면 키보드 배열 적용을 선택합니" -"다.\n" -"주 언어에 따라 현재 시간대를 변경하려면 시간대 적용을 선택합니다. 키보" -"드 배열 또는 시간대가 이미 기본 언어 설정으로 적용되어 있다면, 개별 옵션은 비" -"활성화 됩니다.\n" +"주 언어에 따라 키보드 배열을 변경하려면 키보드 배열 적용을 선택합니다.\n" +"주 언어에 따라 현재 시간대를 변경하려면 시간대 적용을 선택합니다. 키보드 배열 또는 시간대가 이미 기본 언어 설정으로 적용되어 있다면, 개별 옵션은 비활성화 됩니다.\n" "\n" # Help text 1.5/6 @@ -618,15 +587,13 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"ctype 만: 루트가 일반 사용자와 같은 LC_CTYPE을 갖습니다. 다른 값들" -"은\n" +"ctype 만: 루트가 일반 사용자와 같은 LC_CTYPE을 갖습니다. 다른 값들은\n" "설정되지 않습니다. \n" "예: 루트가 일반 사용자와 같은 로케일 설정을 갖습니다. \n" "아니요: 루트의 모든 로케일 변수가 설정되지 않습니다.\n" @@ -634,14 +601,8 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"세부 로케일 설정을 사용하면 주 대화 상자 목록에서 제공하지 않는 주 " -"언어에 대한 로케일을 설정할 수 있습니다. 선택한 로케일의 경우 번역을 사용하" -"지 못할 수도 있습니다." +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "세부 로케일 설정을 사용하면 주 대화 상자 목록에서 제공하지 않는 주 언어에 대한 로케일을 설정할 수 있습니다. 선택한 로케일의 경우 번역을 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다." # heading text #. heading text @@ -720,8 +681,7 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "이 미디어에는 한국어 환경에 필요한 도구 중 일부만 포함 되어있습니다.\n" @@ -734,8 +694,7 @@ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"선택한 언어는 텍스트 모드에서 사용할 수 없습니다. 설치에는 영어가 사용되지" -"만\n" +"선택한 언어는 텍스트 모드에서 사용할 수 없습니다. 설치에는 영어가 사용되지만\n" "새 시스템에는 선택한 언어가 사용됩니다." # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 @@ -769,7 +728,9 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New value for hardware clock" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "하드웨어 시간을 위한 새 값" # heading / label @@ -831,21 +792,17 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"하드웨어 시간 설정 기준에서 시스템 설정 시간이 지역 시간인지 UTC인지 " -"지정합니다.\n" +"하드웨어 시간 설정 기준에서 시스템 설정 시간이 지역 시간인지 UTC인지 지정합니다.\n" " Microsoft Windows와 같은 다른 운영 체제가 설치된 대부분의 PC는\n" " 지역 시간을 사용합니다.\n" " 리눅스가 설치된 컴퓨터는 보통\n" @@ -869,14 +826,11 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -888,16 +842,9 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The current system time and date are displayed. If required change " -#| "them to the correct values manually, or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</" -#| "p>" -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"현재 시스템 날짜 및 시간이 표시됩니다. 적절하게 직접 변경시키거나, " -"NTP(Network Time Protocol)를 사용할 수도 있습니다." +#| msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required change them to the correct values manually, or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "현재 시스템 날짜 및 시간이 표시됩니다. 적절하게 직접 변경시키거나, NTP(Network Time Protocol)를 사용할 수도 있습니다." # IRC helptext 3/3 #. help text, cont. @@ -974,60 +921,57 @@ "정확한 날짜를 입력하십시오.\n" # push button -#. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 -#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "고급 설정(&S)..." #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "날짜 및 시간 (NTP 설정됨)" # heading text #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "날짜 및 시간" # Ask for UTC vs. Localtime # label text #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 -#| msgid "&Hardware Clock Set To UTC" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "UTC로 하드웨어 시간 설정(&H)" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "지역(&R)" # title for selection box 'timezone' # label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "지역 시간대(&Z)" # heading text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 -#| msgid "Date and Time" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "날짜 및 시간:" # Local connection config dialog help 1/5 # Remote connection config dialog help 1/5 #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -1036,11 +980,10 @@ "<big>시간대 및 시간 설정</big>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" @@ -1052,7 +995,7 @@ " \n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -1064,12 +1007,12 @@ # Screen title for timezone screen #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "시간 및 시간대" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "유효한 시간대를 선택하십시오." @@ -1160,183 +1103,190 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "스페인어 (라틴 아메리카)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "이탈리아어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "포르투칼어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "포르투칼어 (브라질)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "포르투갈어 (브라질 - US accents)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "그리스어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "화란어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "덴마크어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "노르웨이어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "스웨덴어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "핀란드어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "체코어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "체코어 (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "슬로바키아어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "슬로바키아어 (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "슬로바니아어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "헝가리어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "폴란드어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "러시아어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "세르비아어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "에스토니아어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "리투아니아어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "터어키어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "크로아티아어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "일본어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "벨기에어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "드보락" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "아이슬란드어" # "TW" : _("Taiwan R.O.C."), #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "우크라이나어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "크메르어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "한국어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "아라비아어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "타지크어" # dialog subtitle #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "중국어 번체" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "중국어 간체" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "루마니아어" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Internal Zone" msgid "US International" @@ -1344,13 +1294,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "잠금용 장치에는 Scroll Lock, Num Lock 및 Caps Lock 설정을 적용할 장" -#~ "치 목록을 공백으로 구분하여 입력합니다.\n" +#~ "잠금용 장치에는 Scroll Lock, Num Lock 및 Caps Lock 설정을 적용할 장치 목록을 공백으로 구분하여 입력합니다.\n" #~ " " # label text @@ -1384,27 +1332,14 @@ #~ "앞으로 YaST에서 X11의 키보드 레이아웃을 변경할 수 없게 되었습니다.\n" #~ "데스크톱 환경에서 제공되는 응용프로그램을 사용하세요." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly " -#~ "using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP " -#~ "permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "지금 동기화를 누르면, 선택한 NTP 서버를 이용하여 시스템 시간을 " -#~ "조정합니다. NTP를 계속 사용하려면 NTP 구성 저장을 활성화 시키면 됩" -#~ "니다." +#~ msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +#~ msgstr "지금 동기화를 누르면, 선택한 NTP 서버를 이용하여 시스템 시간을 조정합니다. NTP를 계속 사용하려면 NTP 구성 저장을 활성화 시키면 됩니다." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP " -#~ "configuration. Press Accept to save your changes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "설정 버튼으로 고급 NTP 구성을 열 수 있습니다. 변경사항을 저장하" -#~ "려면 적용을 눌러주세요." +#~ msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration. Press Accept to save your changes." +#~ msgstr "설정 버튼으로 고급 NTP 구성을 열 수 있습니다. 변경사항을 저장하려면 적용을 눌러주세요." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network " -#~ "is configured." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "NTP 서버와 동기화는 네트워크 설정을 마친 뒤에만 할 수 있습니다." +#~ msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +#~ msgstr "NTP 서버와 동기화는 네트워크 설정을 마친 뒤에만 할 수 있습니다." #~ msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" #~ msgstr "잘못된 NTP 서버 호스트이름 %1" @@ -1417,15 +1352,8 @@ #~ msgstr "시간 및 날짜" # help text -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The current system time and date are displayed. Change them to the " -#~ "correct values manually, or select a NTP server to adapt your time " -#~ "automatically. Use Configure to run the NTP client configuration.</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "현재 시스템 시간 및 날짜가 표시됩니다. 시간과 날짜를 수동으로 변경하거" -#~ "나, NTP 서버로 자동 변경하고 싶으면 설정을 눌러 NTP 클라이언트 설정" -#~ "을 실행하세요." +#~ msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. Change them to the correct values manually, or select a NTP server to adapt your time automatically. Use Configure to run the NTP client configuration." +#~ msgstr "현재 시스템 시간 및 날짜가 표시됩니다. 시간과 날짜를 수동으로 변경하거나, NTP 서버로 자동 변경하고 싶으면 설정을 눌러 NTP 클라이언트 설정을 실행하세요." #~ msgid "United Arab Emirates" #~ msgstr "아랍 에미리트 연방" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/crowbar.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/crowbar.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/crowbar.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -26,19 +26,9 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "DRBD 의 구성" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "" - -#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" msgstr "" #. combobox label @@ -52,11 +42,11 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product for SMT server\n" "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" @@ -211,33 +201,36 @@ # src/isdn/complex.ycp:266 src/modem/complex.ycp:207 # src/provider/complex.ycp:186 #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Found Error" msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "유저를 찾을수 없습니다." -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Target Name" msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "대상 이름" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + # Popup text #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -250,80 +243,87 @@ "다른 이름을 선택하세요." #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP Server &URL" msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "LDAP 서버 URL(&U)" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Repository Name" msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "저장소 이름(&R)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Found Error" msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "유저를 찾을수 없습니다." #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository URL" msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "저장소 URL" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add Repository" msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "저장소 추가" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote WINS Server" +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "원격 WINS 서버" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "원격 WINS 서버" # Textentry with IP address of print server #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Finger Server" msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "Finger 서버" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "사용자 정의" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 msgid "User Name" msgstr "사용자 이름" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "열쇠글" # User account information, second version of group password, # please use newline if it is longer than 48 characters #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the &Password" msgid "Repeat the Password" @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # translators: error message #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgid "User name cannot be empty." @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ # popup text #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ # Popup text #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # translators: error message for wrong LDAP source #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid" msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" @@ -375,12 +375,12 @@ # translators: service status radio button label # translators: server module status #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "비활성화" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgid "" @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgid "" @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgid "" @@ -414,14 +414,14 @@ # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "서버 이름 '%1' 은 네트워크에서 기존의 것이 아닙니다." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "IP address %1 does not match\n" @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ "네트워크와 일치하지 않습니다.\n" #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # text entry #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgid "Min IP Address" @@ -450,13 +450,13 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # text entry #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "최대 IP 주소(&X)" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "IP address %1 does not match\n" @@ -468,58 +468,58 @@ # popup message #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "최하위 주소는 최상위 주소보다 낮아야 합니다." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" # screen title for uml options #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Settings" msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "사용자 설정" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Mode" msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "네트워크 모드" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "네트워크 결합" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network" msgid "Net&works" msgstr "네트워크" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repositories" msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "저장소" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:134 # CDCreator overview dialog caption #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview" msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ # translators: progress stage 1/1 #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the configuration" msgid "Read the configuraton" @@ -616,21 +616,21 @@ # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "설정 불러오는 중..." # progress step #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" # src/config/isdn.y2cc:11 src/isdn/wizards.ycp:63 src/isdn/wizards.ycp:84 # IPsec read dialog caption #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" @@ -638,13 +638,13 @@ # translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "세팅 기록" # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/dhcp-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/dhcp-server.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/dhcp-server.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-03 12:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -64,9 +64,7 @@ # dialog caption #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "고정 주소를 갖는 모든 정의된 호스트 열거" @@ -113,174 +111,182 @@ # ComboBox label #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "사용할 네트워크 인터페이스 선택" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "현재 사용 중인 인터페이스 인쇄 및 기타 사용 가능한 인터페이스 열거" # Table label for basic-options listing #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "현재 옵션 인쇄" # menubutton item #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "전역 옵션 선택" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "옵션 키(예: ntp-servers)" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "옵션 값(예: IP 주소)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "범위를 할당하는 동적 주소의 최하위 IP 주소" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "범위를 할당하는 동적 주소의 최상위 IP 주소" # Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "초 단위 기본 임대 시간" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "초 단위 최대 임대 시간" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "DHCP 서버가 활성화되었습니다." #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "DHCP 서버가 비활성화되었습니다." # table entry, %1 is IP address #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "호스트: %1" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:260 #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "하드웨어: %1" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # translators: IP address for the new host #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "IP 주소: %1" # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # command line error report #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "호스트 이름을 지정하지 않았습니다." # command line error report #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "지정한 호스트가 존재하지 않습니다." #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "없음" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "선택한 인터페이스: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "기타 인터페이스: %1" # command line error report #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "지정한 인터페이스가 존재하지 않습니다." # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # command line error report #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "인터페이스를 이용한 작업을 지정하지 않았습니다." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "옵션 키를 설정해야 합니다." # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # popup message #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "값을 설정해야 합니다." # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # frame #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "주소 범위: %1-%2" # Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "기본 임대 시간: %1" # Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "최대 임대 시간: %1" # yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "구성을 저장하지 못했습니다. 설정을 변경하시겠습니까?" +# yes-no popup +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "구성을 저장하지 못했습니다. 설정을 변경하시겠습니까?" + # dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정" @@ -288,104 +294,104 @@ #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "전역 옵션" # dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "서브넷 설정" # dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "고정 주소를 갖는 호스트" # radio button #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "공유 네트워크" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # radio button #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "주소 풀" # dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "그룹 전용 옵션" # table header # tree node string - means "class of hardware" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "클래스" # radio button #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "서브넷(&S)" # src/config/dns.y2cc:11 # radio button #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "호스트(&H)" # radio button #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "공유 네트워크(&N)" # radio button #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "그룹(&G)" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # radio button #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "주소 풀(&P)" # radio button #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "클래스(&C)" # frame #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "선언 형식" # frame #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "선언 형식" # dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "인터페이스 구성" @@ -393,8 +399,8 @@ # item of a menu button #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "TSIG 키 관리" @@ -422,7 +428,7 @@ # Changing dialogs depending on tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 시작" @@ -430,9 +436,9 @@ #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "시작" @@ -440,54 +446,54 @@ # DIALOG TEXTS # title of ISDN service selection dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 카드 선택" # dialog caption #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "카드 선택" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 전역 설정" # dialog caption #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "전역 설정" # dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 동적 DHCP" # dialog caption #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "동적 DHCP" # dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 호스트 관리" # dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "호스트 관리" @@ -496,91 +502,42 @@ # Wireless expert dialog caption # Frame label #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "DHCP 서버: 전문가 설정" # dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "전문가 설정" # radio button #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "부팅 시(&B)" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:258 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:52 #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "수동(&M)" # radio button #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "부팅 시" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:258 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:52 #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동" -# service status - label -# service sttus - label -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "DHCP 서버가 실행되고 있습니다." - -# service sttus - label -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "DHCP 서버가 실행되고 있지 않습니다." - -# check box -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "DHCP 서버 지금 시작(&S)" - -# Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "DHCP 서버 지금 중지(&T)" - -# menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "지금 설정 저장 및 DHCP 서버 재시작(&N)" - -# check box -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "DHCP 서버 지금 시작" - -# Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "DHCP 서버 지금 중지" - -# menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "지금 설정 저장 및 DHCP 서버 재시작" - # Changing dialogs depending on tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments" msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" @@ -588,62 +545,62 @@ # menubutton entry, try to keep short #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "DHCP 서버용 네트워크 카드" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "선택됨" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "인터페이스 이름" # tree node string #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름" # Table header item - IP of the host #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "선택(&S)" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "선택 취소(&D)" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP 주소" # Popup text #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "네트워크 인터페이스를 적어도 하나는 선택해야 합니다." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected network interface has currently no configuration (no assigned IP address \n" @@ -660,70 +617,70 @@ # configuration will be saved in ldap? #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "LDAP 지원(&L)" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP 서버 이름(&N)(선택 사항)" # text entry #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "도메인 네임(&D)" # Textentry with IP address of primary name server #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "주 이름 서버 IP(&P)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:324 src/services/dns.ycp:160 # Textentry with IP address of secondary name server #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "보조 이름 서버 IP(&S)" # Textentry with IP address of default router #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "기본 게이트웨이(라우터)(&G)" # Textentry with IP address of time server #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP 시간 서버(&T)" # Textentry with IP address of print server #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "프린트 서버(&P)" # Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "WINS 서버(&W)" # Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "기본 임대 시간(&L)" # Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "단위(&U)" @@ -733,32 +690,32 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "지정한 값은 유효한 호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소가 아닙니다." # dialog caption #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "서브넷 정보" # radio button #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "현재 네트워크(&N)" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "현재 넷마스크(&M)" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "넷마스크 비트(&T)" @@ -766,7 +723,7 @@ # text entry #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "최소 IP 주소(&I)" @@ -775,14 +732,14 @@ # text entry #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "최대 IP 주소(&X)" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP 주소 범위" @@ -792,10 +749,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "첫 번째 IP 주소(&F)" @@ -805,68 +762,68 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "마지막 IP 주소(&L)" # checkbox #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "동적 BOOTP 허용(&B)" # Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "임대 시간" # push button label #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "기본(&D)" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "최대(&M)" # Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "단위(&T)" # push button #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "아무 것도 없는 상태에서 새 DNS 영역 만들기" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "현재 DNS 영역 편집" # radiobutton #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "현재 영역 정보 가져오기" # check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "DNS 서버 동기화(&S)..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -876,8 +833,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "IP 주소 범위 양 끝에 값을 입력하십시오." @@ -885,8 +842,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -896,7 +853,7 @@ # Label of the registered hosts table #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "등록된 호스트" @@ -905,20 +862,20 @@ # Table header item - Name of the host # Textentry label - name of the host #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" # MAC address of the host # Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "하드웨어 주소" # Network type of the host #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "종류" @@ -926,13 +883,13 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # Frame label - configuration of particular host #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "설정 목록" # Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "이름(&N)" @@ -940,39 +897,39 @@ # text entry #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소(&I)" # MAC address of the host # Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "하드웨어 주소(&H)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:273 # combo box entry, networking technology name #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "이더넷(&E)" # combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "토큰링(&T)" # Pushbutton label - change host in list #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "목록에서 변경(&H)" # Pushbutton label - delete host from list #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "목록에서 삭제(&T)" @@ -980,15 +937,15 @@ # combo box entry, networking technology name #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "이더넷" # combo box entry, networking technology name #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "토큰링" @@ -996,63 +953,63 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "하드웨어 주소가 잘못되었습니다.\n" # message popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "하드웨어 주소에는 고유한 이름을 사용해야 합니다." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "호스트 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." # translators: popup error message for "add share" # translators: error message for "add share" command line action #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "%1(이)라는 이름을 갖는 호스트가 이미 존재합니다." # message popup #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "호스트 IP를 입력하십시오." # A popup error text # error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "하드웨어 주소를 정의해야 합니다." # error popup #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "먼저 호스트를 선택하십시오." # A popup error text # error popup #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "입력 값을 정의해야 합니다." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -1073,15 +1030,15 @@ " 계속하시겠습니까?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\"은(는) 유효한 DHCP 서버 명령줄 옵션이 아닙니다." -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "DHCP 서버 명령줄 옵션 \"-%1\"에 인수가 필요합니다." -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1110,7 +1067,7 @@ # dialog caption, %1 is step number #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP 서버 마법사(%1/4)" @@ -1454,7 +1411,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "마지막 IP 주소는 첫 번째 IP 주소보다 높아야 합니다." @@ -1487,7 +1444,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "호스트 이름이 잘못되었습니다." @@ -1499,9 +1456,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "IP 주소가 잘못되었습니다." @@ -1520,13 +1477,13 @@ # progress step #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "DNS 영역 항목 다시 생성 중..." # dialog caption: #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "새 DNS 레코드 추가" @@ -1534,7 +1491,7 @@ # text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "호스트 이름(&H)" @@ -1543,26 +1500,26 @@ # progress step #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "DNS 서버에 DHCP 범위 %1-%2 추가 중..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "범위 일치 DNS 레코드 제거" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "DNS 서버에서 %1-%2 범위의 레코드 제거 중..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1571,7 +1528,7 @@ "DNS 서버가 여기에 레코드를 쓸 수 없습니다.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1581,18 +1538,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "%1 영역을 만들 수 없습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "DNS 역방향 레코드 동기화 중..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you cancel, all changes made in the DNS server will be lost.\n" @@ -1606,62 +1563,62 @@ # text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "도메인(&D)" # this is a menu entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "네트워크(&N)" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "(&m)넷마스크" # Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "DNS 영역 레코드" # src/config/dns.y2cc:11 # text entry #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "호스트 이름" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "할당된 IP" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "추가(&A)..." # src/isdn/interface.ycp:242 #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "특수 업무(&S)" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "새 DNS 레코드 범위 추가" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "마법사를 실행해 아무 것도 없는 상태에서 DNS 영역을 다시 씀 " #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "%1 역방향 영역과 동기화" @@ -1669,7 +1626,7 @@ # DIALOG TEXTS # title of ISDN service selection dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "DHCP 서버: DNS 서버 동기화" @@ -2005,8 +1962,7 @@ # help text 1/2 #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -2034,21 +1990,9 @@ "이 옵션은 방화벽이 활성화된 경우에만\n" "사용할 수 있습니다." -# help text 1/4 -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" -"To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"Start DHCP Server." -msgstr "" -"<big>DHCP 서버</big>\n" -"컴퓨터를 시작할 때마다 DHCP 서버를 실행하려면\n" -" DHCP 서버 시작을 설정합니다." - # help text 2/4 #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -2062,7 +2006,7 @@ # Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -2074,7 +2018,7 @@ # help text 3/4 #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -2090,7 +2034,7 @@ # help text 4/4 #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -2106,7 +2050,7 @@ # help text 1/3, alt. 1 #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." @@ -2116,7 +2060,7 @@ # help text 1/3, alt. 1 #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -2128,7 +2072,7 @@ # help text 1/3, alt. 3 #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -2142,7 +2086,7 @@ # help text 1/3, alt. 4 #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -2156,7 +2100,7 @@ # help text 1/3, alt. 5 #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -2170,7 +2114,7 @@ # help text 1/3, alt. 6 #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." @@ -2180,7 +2124,7 @@ # help text 2/3 #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -2196,7 +2140,7 @@ # help text 3/3 #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." @@ -2206,7 +2150,7 @@ # help text 1/4 #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -2218,7 +2162,7 @@ # help text 2/4 #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -2234,7 +2178,7 @@ # help text 3/4 #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -2248,7 +2192,7 @@ # help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" @@ -2261,7 +2205,7 @@ "같은 호스트에서 실행되는 경우 필드를 비워 둘 수 있습니다." #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" @@ -2276,7 +2220,7 @@ # src/isdn/complex.ycp:221 # Wizard Installation - Step 1 #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" @@ -2285,7 +2229,7 @@ "DHCP 서버용으로 사용할 네트워크 카드 목록 중에서 한 개 이상 선택합니다.\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" @@ -2295,7 +2239,7 @@ # Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -2306,7 +2250,7 @@ # Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." @@ -2316,7 +2260,7 @@ # Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -2329,7 +2273,7 @@ # src/isdn/ip.ycp:50 # Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." @@ -2339,7 +2283,7 @@ # Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." @@ -2349,13 +2293,13 @@ # Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." msgstr "프린트 서버는 이 서버를 기본 프린트 서버로 설정합니다." # Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." @@ -2365,7 +2309,7 @@ # Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." @@ -2374,7 +2318,7 @@ "요청해야 하는 시간을 설정합니다." #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" @@ -2394,7 +2338,7 @@ # Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/3 #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" @@ -2420,7 +2364,7 @@ # Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/3 #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -2432,7 +2376,7 @@ # Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/3 #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." @@ -2442,7 +2386,7 @@ # Final step of the isntallation wizard - 4/4 #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2454,7 +2398,7 @@ # host management help 1/3 #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." @@ -2464,7 +2408,7 @@ # host management help 1/3 #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -2480,19 +2424,19 @@ # host management help 1/3 #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." msgstr "호스트를 제거하려면 해당 호스트를 선택한 다음 목록에서 삭제를 클릭합니다." # help text 1/7 #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "추가할 선언 형식을 선택합니다." # help text 2/7, optional #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." @@ -2502,7 +2446,7 @@ # help text 3/7, optional #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." @@ -2512,7 +2456,7 @@ # help text 4/7, optional #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." @@ -2522,7 +2466,7 @@ # help text 5/7, optional #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." @@ -2532,7 +2476,7 @@ # help text 6/7, optional #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -2544,7 +2488,7 @@ # help text 7/7, optional #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -2559,11 +2503,11 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "주소(&D)" @@ -2571,15 +2515,15 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "입력한 주소가 올바르지 않습니다." # message popup #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "주소를 최소한 하나 이상 지정해야 합니다." @@ -2590,9 +2534,9 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "값(&V)" @@ -2600,36 +2544,36 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "입력한 주소가 올바르지 않습니다." # message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "주소 쌍을 최소한 하나 이상 지정해야 합니다." # table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "설정" # table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "해제" # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "값을 지정해야 합니다." @@ -2637,44 +2581,44 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "새 주소(&N)" # int field #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "새 값(&N)" # label (in role of help text) #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "공백을 사용하여 여러 주소를 구분하십시오." # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # push button #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "주소 쌍 추가(&A)" # popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "최하위 주소는 최상위 주소보다 낮아야 합니다." # label -- help text #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "만약 이것을 변경한다면, 또한 syslog 설정을 업데이트해야 합니다." # combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "하드웨어 형식(&H)" @@ -2683,27 +2627,27 @@ # translation would decrease the understandability #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "맥 어드레스(&M)" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "최하위 IP 주소(&L)" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "최상위 IP 주소(&H)" # Yes-No popup #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2712,7 +2656,7 @@ "잃게 됩니다. 종료하시겠습니까?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2723,7 +2667,7 @@ " 계속하시겠습니까?" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2734,7 +2678,7 @@ " 영역에 할당하려면 YaST 방화벽 구성을 실행하십시오." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2744,8 +2688,8 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2753,81 +2697,67 @@ "자동 설치를 준비하는 동안에는 이 기능을\n" "사용할 수 없습니다." -# menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "DHCP 서버 재시작" - -# menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "설정 저장 및 DHCP 서버 재시작" - # tree widget #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "구성된 선언(&C)" # push button #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "동적 DNS(&D)" # combo box #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "정방향 영역 TSIG 키(&K)" # combo box #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "역방향 영역 TSIG 키(&K)" # popup headline #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "인증 키가 있는 파일 선택" -# check box -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" -msgstr "DHCP 서버 시작(&S)" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "" # check box #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "Chroot Jail에서 DHCP 서버 실행(&R)" # menu button -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "고급(&V)" # item of a menu button #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "로그 표시(&L)" # item of a menu button #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "인터페이스 구성(&I)" @@ -2835,104 +2765,104 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "네트워크 주소(&N)" # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "네트워크 마스크(&M)" # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "그룹 이름(&N)" # src/config/dns.y2cc:11 # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "풀 이름(&N)" # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "공유 네트워크 이름(&N)" # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "클래스 이름(&N)" # multi selection box #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "사용 가능한 인터페이스" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "선택한 인터페이스에 대해 방화벽 열기(&F)" # check box #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "이 서브넷에 대해 동적 DNS 활성화(&E)" # check box #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "전역 동적 DNS 설정 업데이트(&U)" # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "영역(&Z)" # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "주 DNS 서버(&P)" # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "역방향 영역(&V)" # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "주 DNS 서버(&I)" # Push Button - start expert configuration #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "DHCP 서버 전문가 구성(&E)..." # Dhcp-server read dialog caption #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정 초기화" # progress stage #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "환경 검사" @@ -2940,53 +2870,53 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # Progress stage 5/5 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 불러오기" # dialog caption #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정 읽기" # dialog caption #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS 서버 설정 읽기" # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "환경 검사 중..." # Progress step 5/5 #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 불러오는 중..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정 읽는 중..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS 서버 설정 읽는 중..." # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료" # error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -3003,7 +2933,7 @@ " 지금 중단합니다." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -3013,7 +2943,7 @@ # yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -3024,96 +2954,96 @@ # src/config/isdn.y2cc:11 src/isdn/wizards.ycp:63 src/isdn/wizards.ycp:84 # Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정을 저장 중" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정 쓰기" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장" # progress stage #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP 서버 재시작" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS 서버 설정 쓰기" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "DHCP 서버 설정 쓰는 중..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장 중..." # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "DHCP 서버를 재시작하는 중..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS 서버 설정 쓰는 중..." # error report #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "DHCP 데몬을 재시작하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." # summary string #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP 서버는 부팅 시 시작됩니다." # summary string #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP 서버는 부팅 시 시작되지 않습니다." # translators: table entry for Listen statements #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "수신 대기: %1" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # frame #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "동적 주소 범위: %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 구성이 잘못되었습니다. LDAP를 사용할 수 없습니다." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "여러 dhcpServiceDN에 대한 지원이 구현되지 않았습니다." # error report #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "DHCP 서비스 DN이 정의되지 않았습니다." @@ -3124,30 +3054,85 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "%1을(를) 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." # error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "%1을(를) 업데이트하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." # error report #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1을(를) 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." # error report #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "/etc/dhcpd.conf를 쓰는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." +# service status - label +# service sttus - label +#~ msgid "DHCP server is running" +#~ msgstr "DHCP 서버가 실행되고 있습니다." + +# service sttus - label +#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running" +#~ msgstr "DHCP 서버가 실행되고 있지 않습니다." + +# check box +#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DHCP 서버 지금 시작(&S)" + +# Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server +#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DHCP 서버 지금 중지(&T)" + +# menubutton entry, try to keep short +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" +#~ msgstr "지금 설정 저장 및 DHCP 서버 재시작(&N)" + +# check box +#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DHCP 서버 지금 시작" + +# Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server +#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DHCP 서버 지금 중지" + +# menubutton entry, try to keep short +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "지금 설정 저장 및 DHCP 서버 재시작" + +# help text 1/4 #~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" +#~ "To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" +#~ "Start DHCP Server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>DHCP 서버</big>\n" +#~ "컴퓨터를 시작할 때마다 DHCP 서버를 실행하려면\n" +#~ " DHCP 서버 시작을 설정합니다." + +# menubutton entry, try to keep short +#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "DHCP 서버 재시작" + +# menubutton entry, try to keep short +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "설정 저장 및 DHCP 서버 재시작" + +# check box +#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "DHCP 서버 시작(&S)" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "IP address %1 does not match\n" #~ "the current network %2/%3\n" #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/dns-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/dns-server.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/dns-server.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-03 12:09+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -343,8 +343,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -428,11 +427,10 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" @@ -455,7 +453,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" @@ -468,9 +466,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "종류" @@ -484,8 +482,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "전달자" @@ -520,12 +518,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "영역" @@ -559,7 +556,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "메일서버" @@ -567,7 +564,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "우선 순위" @@ -644,8 +641,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS 영역" @@ -671,7 +668,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP 지원 활성화(&L)" @@ -705,102 +702,51 @@ # Expert dialog title plus dialog title for every single dialog ("DNS Server - DNS Zones") # Changing dialogs #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS 서버" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog" -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "대화상자 변경 적용" - -# Tree Menu Item & Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "시작" - -# Tree Menu Item & Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "기본 옵션" - -# Tree Menu Item - DNS & Dialog Label - expert settings -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "로그인" - -# Tree Menu Item - DNS & Dialog Label - expert settings -# multi selection box -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "ACL" - -# Tree Menu Item - DNS & Dialog Label - expert settings -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "TSIG 키" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "" # dialog caption #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS server configuration" msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "DNS 서버 구성" # Second entry - customise analyse (headline) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "사용자 정의 정책" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "" # selection box #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name servers" msgid "Using system name servers" @@ -808,52 +754,52 @@ # selection box #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name servers" msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "영역 이름 서버" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소 추가" # allowed value description - IP adress #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4 또는 IPv6 주소(&D)" # Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "전달자 목록(&L)" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "사용자 %1의 계정을 생성할 수 없습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -862,12 +808,12 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "IPv4 또는 IPv6 주소가 잘못되었습니다." # Translators: dot: "." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -877,19 +823,19 @@ # error report #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "지정한 전달자는 이미 존재합니다." # Frame label for Basic-Options #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "옵션 추가 또는 변경" # Combobox for choosing the basic-option #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "옵션(&P)" @@ -897,8 +843,8 @@ # Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "값(&V)" @@ -906,25 +852,25 @@ # Pushbutton - Change Record #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "변경(&H)" # Table label for basic-options listing #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "현재 옵션" # Table header item - basic-options listing #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "옵션" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -934,7 +880,7 @@ # translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -943,7 +889,7 @@ "%2(으)로 설정하시겠습니까?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -952,7 +898,7 @@ "%2(으)로 설정하시겠습니까?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -961,7 +907,7 @@ "%1(으)로 설정하시겠습니까?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -970,7 +916,7 @@ "%1(으)로 설정하시겠습니까?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -980,89 +926,89 @@ # Table header - logging options #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "로그 형식" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "시스템 로그(&S)" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "파일(&F)" # IntField - max. log size #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "최대 크기(MB)(&S)" # IntField - max. log age #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "최대 버전(&V)" # Frame label - additional-logging #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "추가 로깅" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:324 src/services/dns.ycp:160 # Checkbox - additional-logging #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "모든 DNS 쿼리 기록(&Q)" # Checkbox - additional-logging #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "영역 업데이트 기록(&U)" # Checkbox - additional-logging #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "영역 전송 기록(&T)" # popup headline #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "기록할 파일 선택" # Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "옵션 설정" # Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "이름(&N)" # Table header - ACL-options listing #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "현재 ACL 목록" # Table header item - ACL-options #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -1072,13 +1018,13 @@ # error message #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "지정한 ACL 항목은 이미 존재합니다." # Frame label - DNS adding zone #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "새 영역 추가" @@ -1088,8 +1034,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "주" @@ -1100,9 +1046,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "보조" @@ -1112,34 +1058,34 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "전달" # src/config/proxy.y2cc:21 # Table header - DNS listing zones #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "구성된 DNS 영역" # error report #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "지정한 이름의 영역은 이미 구성되었습니다." # yes-no popup #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "구성을 저장하지 못했습니다. 설정을 변경하시겠습니까?" # progress stage #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save configuration files" msgid "Saving the configuration failed" @@ -1147,7 +1093,7 @@ # Yes-No popup #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -1155,47 +1101,98 @@ "모든 변경 사항을 잃게 됩니다.\n" "저장하지 않고 DNS 서버를 종료하시겠습니까?" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog" +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "대화상자 변경 적용" + +# Tree Menu Item & Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "시작" + +# Tree Menu Item & Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "기본 옵션" + +# Tree Menu Item - DNS & Dialog Label - expert settings +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "로그인" + +# Tree Menu Item - DNS & Dialog Label - expert settings +# multi selection box +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "ACL" + +# Tree Menu Item - DNS & Dialog Label - expert settings +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "TSIG 키" + # check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "동적 업데이트 허용(&L)" # combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG 키(&K)" # check box #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "영역 전송 사용(&Z)" # Combobox item #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "자동으로 기록 작성" # Table header item - DNS listing zones # table header #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "영역(&E)" # push button #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "연결된 역방향 영역" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1205,13 +1202,13 @@ # error report #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "TSIG 키가 정의되지 않았습니다." # Textentry - adding nameserver #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "추가할 이름 서버(&N)" @@ -1220,27 +1217,27 @@ # selection box label #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "이름 서버 목록(&M)" # error message #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "지정한 이름 서버는 이미 존재합니다." # Frame label - adding mail server #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "추가할 메일 서버" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # Textentry - addind mail server - Name #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "주소(&A)" @@ -1250,137 +1247,137 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "우선 순위(&P)" # Table label - listing mail servers #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "메일 릴레이 목록" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:453 # A popup error message #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "지정한 값은 유효한 호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소가 아닙니다." # error message #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "지정한 메일 서버는 이미 존재합니다." # DNS Settings time units (combobox item) #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "초" # DNS Settings time units (combobox item) #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "분" # DNS Settings time units (combobox item) #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "시간" # DNS Settings time units (combobox item) #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "일" # DNS Settings time units (combobox item) #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "주" # Textentry - setting Serial for zone #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "일련 번호(&A)" # Textentry - setting TTL for zone #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TTL(&L)" # Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "단위(&U)" # IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value # text entry #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "갱신(&Q)" # Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "단위(&I)" # IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "재시도(&Y)" # text entry #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "만료(&P)" # Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "단위(&N)" # IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "최소(&M)" # Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "단위(&T)" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "영역의 일련 번호를 반드시 지정해야 합니다." # error report, %1 is an integer #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "일련 번호는 %1자릿수를 넘지 않아야 합니다." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1396,9 +1393,9 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "레코드 키(&R)" @@ -1406,9 +1403,9 @@ #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "형식(&Y)" @@ -1416,95 +1413,95 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "값(&U)" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "서비스(&S)" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜(&P)" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "가중치(&W)" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "포트(&P)" # combo box item, A is more technical description #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: IPv4 도메인 이름 변환" # combo box item, A is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: IPv6 도메인 이름 변환" # combo box item, CNAME is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: 도메인 이름의 별칭" # combo box item, NS is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: 이름 서버" # combo box item, MX is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: 메일 릴레이" # combo box item, PTR is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: 역방향 변환" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: 서비스 기록" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: 텍스트 기록" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "" # Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "레코드 설정" # Table label - Records listing #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "구성된 리소스 레코드" # Table menu item - Records listing #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "레코드 키" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" @@ -1524,13 +1521,13 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "IPv6 주소가 잘못되었습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." @@ -1540,7 +1537,7 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Maximal length of a TXT record is %1 characters.\n" @@ -1553,12 +1550,12 @@ "이 메시지는 %2 자 깁니다." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME은 자신을 가리킬 수 없습니다." #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "내부 오류가 발생했습니다." @@ -1566,46 +1563,46 @@ # dialog caption #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "영역 편집기" # Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "기본(&B)" # Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "NS 레코드(&D)" # Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "SOA(&S)" # Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "레코드(&E)" # Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "MX 레코드(&X)" @@ -1613,23 +1610,15 @@ #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "영역에 대한 설정" -# Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -# menu button -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "고급(&V)" - # message popup #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "최소 한 개의 DNS 서버를 설정해야 합니다." @@ -1637,7 +1626,7 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" @@ -1650,17 +1639,17 @@ "레코드 변경을 수동으로 하려면 레코드 양식 자동으로 생성 기능을 비활성화 시키면 됩니다." #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "마스터 DNS 서버 IP(&M)" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "마스터 서버 누락" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1671,39 +1660,39 @@ " 계속 진행하면 현재 영역이 제거됩니다." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "정의된 마스터 DNS 서버가 없습니다." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:453 # A popup error message #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "지정한 마스터 이름 서버의 IP 주소가 유효하지 않습니다." # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # text entry #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "새 전달자 IP 주소(&F)" # radio button #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "현재 영역 전달자(&Z)" # Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor # dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "영역 편집기 전달" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -2942,19 +2931,19 @@ # DNS server read dialog caption #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "DNS 서버 구성 초기화 중" # progress stage #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "환경 검사" # progress stage #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNS 데몬의 캐시 플러시" @@ -2962,48 +2951,48 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # Progress stage 5/5 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 읽기" # progress stage #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "설정값 읽기" # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "환경 검사 중..." # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "DNS 데몬의 캐시를 플러시하는 중..." # Progress step 5/5 #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 읽는 중..." # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "설정을 읽는 중..." # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" # error report -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -3014,83 +3003,83 @@ # src/config/isdn.y2cc:11 src/isdn/wizards.ycp:63 src/isdn/wizards.ycp:84 # DNS server read dialog caption #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "DNS 서버 구성 저장 중" # progress stage #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "구성 파일 저장" # progress stage #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNS 데몬 재시작" # progress stage #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "영역 파일 업데이트" # progress stage #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "DNS 서비스 조정" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Netconfig 호출" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 쓰기" # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "구성 파일을 저장하는 중..." # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "DNS 데몬을 재시작하는 중..." # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "영역 파일을 업데이트하는 중..." # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "DNS 서비스를 조정하는 중..." # translators: progress step 2/3 #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "netconfig 호출하는 중..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 쓰는 중..." # error report #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" @@ -3104,50 +3093,50 @@ # radio button, type of zone #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "스텁" # type of zone to be used in summary #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "힌트" # summary string #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "DNS 서버는 그 시스템이 부팅할때 시작합니다." # summary string #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "DNS 서버는 시스템이 부팅될때 시작되지 않습니다." # src/config/proxy.y2cc:21 # summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "구성된 영역: %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 구성이 잘못되었습니다. LDAP를 사용할 수 없습니다." # yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "LDAP 지원을 사용하시겠습니까?" # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -3156,7 +3145,7 @@ "LDAP 지원이 활성화되지 않습니다." #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." @@ -3166,28 +3155,33 @@ # error report # Error report #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "%1을(를) 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." # error report #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "cn=defaultDNS,%1을(를) 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다. LDAP를 사용하고 있지 않습니다." # error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "%1을(를) 업데이트하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." # error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "%1을(를) 생성하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다. LDAP를 사용하고 있지 않습니다." +# Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +# menu button +#~ msgid "Ad&vanced" +#~ msgstr "고급(&V)" + # radio button #~ msgid "When &Booting" #~ msgstr "부팅 시(&B)" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/docker.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/docker.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/docker.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,6 +18,122 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +# header text +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr " 컨테이너" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "상태" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "종료" + +# header text +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr " 컨테이너" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "저장소" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tab" +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "탭" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminals" +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "터미널" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -85,16 +201,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "인터넷 접속 테스트 중" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "저장소" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Tab" -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "탭" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image" @@ -125,16 +231,12 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "이미지" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "명령" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "상태" - # table header -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Port" msgid "Ports" @@ -186,15 +288,68 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "주석" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Exit" -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "종료" - # yes-no popup contents #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this user?" msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "정말로 이 사용자를 삭제하시겠습니까?" + +# header text +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr " 컨테이너" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "" + +# header text +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "Container" +msgstr " 컨테이너" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/drbd.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/drbd.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/drbd.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-22 16:51+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ # Local connection config dialog help 1/5 # Remote connection config dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" @@ -280,15 +280,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" @@ -316,13 +317,13 @@ # Local connection config dialog help 1/5 # Remote connection config dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>s390 reIPL 구성</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" @@ -331,22 +332,24 @@ "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" # Local connection config dialog help 1/5 # Remote connection config dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>DRBD 의 전체 구성</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "\"IP 확인 비활성화\"로 drbdadm의 정상 확인 1개를 비활성화" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -362,7 +365,7 @@ " 대화상자는 '대화상자-새로고침' 으로 설정한 시간으로 카운트하는것 외에, \n" " 0 으로 설정하여 다시 그리기를 완료시킬 수 도 있습니다." -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -377,7 +380,7 @@ " " #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Drbd Configuration</big> \n" @@ -390,7 +393,7 @@ "여기서 Drbd 를 설정합니다. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -404,7 +407,7 @@ # src/isdn/complex.ycp:153 #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -415,7 +418,7 @@ " 대화 상자가 추가로 열립니다.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big> \n" @@ -431,7 +434,7 @@ "여기에서 구성을 편집할 수 있습니다. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." @@ -441,7 +444,7 @@ # src/isdn/complex.ycp:239 #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -454,7 +457,7 @@ # src/isdn/complex.ycp:226 # Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -466,7 +469,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -479,7 +482,7 @@ # src/isdn/complex.ycp:226 # Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -490,63 +493,143 @@ " \n" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Global Configuration of DRBD" msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "DRBD 의 전체 구성" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "" # ComboBox label -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device type" msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "장치 종류" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..." msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "SCPM 데이터베이스를 기록하는 중..." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable TLS" msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "TLS 활성화" +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "자원 이름" -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜" +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # popup message -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile name must be set." -msgid "Node names must be different." +msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "프로파일 이름을 지정해야 합니다." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "" + +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "" + +# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 +# popup message +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Profile name must be set." +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "프로파일 이름을 지정해야 합니다." + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> @@ -673,91 +756,91 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" # error message - %1 is file name -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "idmapd.conf에 쓸 수 없습니다." #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD 구성 초기화 중" # translators: progress stage 1/4 #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "전체 설정 읽기" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "자원 읽기" # translators: progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configurations" msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "구성 읽기" # progress stage -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "데몬 상태 읽기" # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # Progress stage 5/5 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정을 읽습니다." # translators: progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "전체 설정 읽는 중..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "자원 읽는 중..." # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "구성 읽는 중..." # progress step -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "데몬 상태 읽는 중..." # progress step -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:" msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "ipsec.conf를 저장하지 못했습니다." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" msgid "" @@ -765,14 +848,14 @@ "%2" msgstr "자원 그룹의 설정" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" # src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 # src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD 구성 기록 중" @@ -781,65 +864,65 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "전역 설정 기록" # progress stage label -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "자원 기록" # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write configuration" msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "설정저장" # progress stage -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "데몬 상태 지정" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 쓰기" # Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "전역 설정 기록 중..." # progress step label -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "자원 기록 중..." # src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 # src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing configuration..." msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "설정 저장 중..." # progress step -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "데몬 상태 설정 중..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 쓰는 중..." # error popup message -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/fcoe-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/fcoe-client.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/fcoe-client.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -658,41 +658,41 @@ msgstr "지금 설치하시겠습니까?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "장치를 검색할 수 없습니다." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "winbind 서비스를 시작할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" # translators: error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot restart the service." msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "서비스를 재시작할 수 없습니다." #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" @@ -709,12 +709,12 @@ # Progress stage 1/5 #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "설치된 꾸러미 점검" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ # src/config/lan.y2cc:21 # Popup text #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ # Progress stage 2/5 #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -739,14 +739,14 @@ # Progress step 1/5 #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "설치된 RPM 꾸러미 확인 중..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." @@ -755,13 +755,13 @@ # src/config/lan.y2cc:21 # Popup text #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "네트워크 카드 검색 중" # Progress step 2/9 #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -770,13 +770,13 @@ # progress step #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" # error popup text #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." @@ -784,13 +784,13 @@ # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "장치를 검색할 수 없습니다." # translators: error message #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" @@ -806,12 +806,12 @@ # translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "세팅 기록" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ # progress bar states # progress stage #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust spooler services" msgid "Adjust start of services" @@ -828,12 +828,12 @@ # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "세팅을 기록하고 있습니다..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 # progress step #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." @@ -850,13 +850,13 @@ # error report #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/ntp.conf." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "/etc/ntp.conf에 설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ # error popup text #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ # error report #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ # Local connection config dialog help 1/5 # Remote connection config dialog help 1/5 #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgid "General FCoE configuration" @@ -889,21 +889,21 @@ # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "인터페이스" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" # error popup text #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -911,13 +911,13 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "활성화" # translators: service status radio button label # translators: server module status -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "비활성화" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-08 03:58+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -16,6 +16,16 @@ "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" @@ -189,7 +199,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "로깅 레벨" @@ -745,7 +755,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "소스 네트워크" @@ -756,8 +766,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜" @@ -818,7 +828,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "필수 IP" @@ -826,21 +836,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "필수 포트" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "IP로 리디렉션" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "포트로 리디렉션" @@ -973,10 +983,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "영역" @@ -1529,62 +1539,62 @@ msgstr "삭제할 아이템을 선택하세요." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "방화벽 설정" # label text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "시작 설정" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "알려진 방화벽 영역" # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "네트워크 인터페이스 구성" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "허용된 서비스, 포트 및 프로토콜" # progress stage, text in dialog (short) (infinitive) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "브로드캐스트 패킷 설정" # Translators: progress label #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "마스커레이딩 설정" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "마스커레이드된 IP로 리디렉션 요청" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "로깅 설정" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "방화벽 구성 요약" # Progress step 3/3 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable firewall" msgid "Enables firewall" @@ -1592,7 +1602,7 @@ # Progress step 3/3 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable firewall" msgid "Disables firewall" @@ -1600,168 +1610,170 @@ # progress stage, text in dialog (short) (infinitive) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "현재 설정 표시" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "부팅 과정 중에 방화벽 시작" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "수동으로 방화벽 시작" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "아직 설정되지 않았습니다." # Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name # text entry #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "짧은 영역 이름" # command line help text for add action #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "새 레코드 추가" # translators: command line help text for remove action #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "레코드 제거" # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "네트워크 인터페이스 구성 이름" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "허용된 패킷 로깅(모두|중요|없음)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "허용되지 않은 패킷 로깅(모두|중요|없음)" # radio button, NTP relationship type #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "브로드캐스트 패킷(예|아니요)" # help text for option 'value' #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "값 설정" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "포트 이름 또는 번호; 다중 포트 쉼표로 구분" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "알려진 방화벽 서비스; 다중 서비스 쉼표로 구분" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "TCP 포트 이름 또는 번호; 다중 포트 쉼표로 구분" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "UDP 포트 이름 또는 번호; 다중 포트 쉼표로 구분" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "RPC 포트 이름; 다중 포트 쉼표로 구분" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "IP 프로토콜 이름; 다중 프로토콜 쉼표로 구분" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "영역 보호 설정(예|아니요)" # command description #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "세부 정보" # progress stages #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "옵션 활성화" # heading text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "옵션 비활성화" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "소스 네트워크(예: 0/0 또는 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "프로토콜(tcp|udp)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "요청된 외부 IP(선택 사항)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "요청된 포트 이름 또는 번호" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "내부 IP로 리디렉션" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "IP의 포트로 리디렉션(선택 사항)" # Table menu item - Records listing #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "레코드 번호" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "포트 번호 대신 포트 이름 사용" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "%1은(는) 알 수 없는 영역입니다." @@ -1775,25 +1787,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "%1 매개변수를 설정해야 합니다." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "알려진 방화벽 영역 목록:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "바로 가기" @@ -1802,20 +1814,20 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "영역 이름" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "요약:" # src/isdn/ifdetails.ycp:125 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "하나의 매개변수만 사용할 수 있습니다." @@ -1823,152 +1835,152 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "시작:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "부팅 과정 중에 방화벽 활성화 중..." # Progress step 5/5 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "부팅 과정에서 방화벽 제거 중..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "부팅 과정 중에 방화벽을 활성화합니다." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "방화벽을 수동으로 시작해야 합니다." # RichText label #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "방화벽 영역의 네트워크 인터페이스:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "특수 방화벽 문자열" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "인터페이스" # tree node string #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름" # status message - %1 is device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is mode name (udma2), %3 is result (Success/Failed) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "특수 문자열 %1을(를) %2 영역에 추가 중..." # status message - %1 is device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is mode name (udma2), %3 is result (Success/Failed) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "인터페이스 %1을(를) %2 영역에 추가 중..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "특수 문자열 %1을(를) %2 영역에서 제거 중..." # status message - %1 is device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is mode name (udma2), %3 is result (Success/Failed) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "인터페이스 %1을(를) %2 영역에서 제거 중..." # combobox label #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "모두 기록" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "중요한 내용만 기록" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "기록하지 않음" # translators: menu item to show a LDAP-related settings #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "전역 로깅 설정:" # table header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "규칙 유형" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" # Button label #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "허용됨" # Button label #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "허용되지 않음" # radio button, NTP relationship type #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "브로드캐스트 패킷 로깅:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "로깅 활성화" # translators: service status radio button label # translators: server module status #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "로깅 비활성화" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "짧음" # translators: toggle button label #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "로깅 상태" @@ -1977,32 +1989,32 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "%1 값은 %2 옵션에 대해 사용할 수 없습니다." # radio button, NTP relationship type #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "허용되는 브로드캐스트 포트:" # table header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "포트" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "여기서는 하나의 작업 명령만 사용할 수 있습니다." @@ -2010,152 +2022,165 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "정의된 방화벽 서비스:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "서비스 이름" # table header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "TCP 포트" # table header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "UDP 포트" # table header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "RPC 포트" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "IP 프로토콜" # check box #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "영역에서 허용된 서비스:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "모든 서비스" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "보호되지 않은 전체 영역" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "서비스 ID" # additional file (included in a YOU patch) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "추가로 허용된 포트:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "모든 포트" # check box #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "영역에서 추가로 허용된 IP 프로토콜:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "모든 IP 프로토콜" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "IP 프로토콜" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "%1은(는) 알 수 없는 서비스입니다." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "내부 영역에 대해서만 보호를 설정할 수 있습니다." # message popup #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "%1을(를) 적어도 하나는 설정해야 합니다." # message popup #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "%1에서 작업 명령을 적어도 하나는 설정해야 합니다." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "마스커레이드된 IP로 리디렉션 요청:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "%1은(는) 알 수 없는 포트 이름입니다." # Translators: progress label #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "마스커레이딩 설정:" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "" + # Translators: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 -msgid "Masquerading is %1" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Masquerading is %1" +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "마스커레이딩 상태: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "활성화" # translators: service status radio button label # translators: server module status #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "비활성화" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/firstboot.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/firstboot.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/firstboot.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-28 11:19+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -134,16 +134,16 @@ msgid "Label" msgstr "라벨" +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "상태" + # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:310 # Text entry label #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "모듈 이름" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "상태" - #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ "\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "추가 꾸러미를 설치하기 위해 필요한 공간이 충분하지 않습니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/fonts.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/fonts.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/fonts.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -21,63 +21,63 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bitmap Editors" msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "비트맵 편집기" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "기본" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fonts" msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "폰트" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/geo-cluster.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/geo-cluster.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/geo-cluster.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,10 +60,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Printer Configurations" @@ -126,18 +124,18 @@ # Pushbutton label - add host into list #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" # Button label #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "삭제" @@ -145,8 +143,7 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" @@ -154,12 +151,12 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication" -msgid "Authentification" +msgid "Authentication" msgstr "인증" # Button label #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cancel" msgid "Ca&ncel" @@ -167,9 +164,9 @@ #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "확인" @@ -183,93 +180,97 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Key" -msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "인증 키" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +msgstr "" + # summary item -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Key" -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "인증 키" # Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Basics" msgid "Basic" msgstr "기본(&B)" # Button label -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" # Searchdialog -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please enter a password" msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "열쇠글을 입력해주세요." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "NFS entries" msgid "retries" msgstr "NFS 항목" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Height" msgid "weights" msgstr "세로" # menubutton item -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Expired" msgid "expire" msgstr "만료됨" # list detected -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Required patterns" msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "필수 패턴" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Action is invalid." msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "동작이 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 #, fuzzy #| msgid "' is not valid." msgid "expire is invalid" @@ -278,7 +279,7 @@ # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # translators: error message for wrong LDAP source -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "acquireafter is invalid" @@ -287,17 +288,17 @@ # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 # translators: error message for wrong LDAP source -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "입력한 URL 이 올바르지 않음" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy #| msgid "' is not valid." msgid "weights is invalid" @@ -305,7 +306,7 @@ # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # error popup -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgid "ticket can not be empty" @@ -313,80 +314,79 @@ # menubutton item #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "방화벽 구성" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Local IP address of your machine" msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "당신의 머신을 위한 로컬 IP 주소(&L)" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Local IP address of your machine" msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "당신의 머신을 위한 로컬 IP 주소(&L)" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "%1 영역 이름은 이미 존재합니다." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "구성 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "구성 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Key is invalid." msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "키가 잘못되었습니다." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "설치 될 소프트웨어:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "설치 될 소프트웨어:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "ticket have to be filled!" @@ -394,21 +394,25 @@ #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to create the installation RAM disk." -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "설치 RAM 디스크를 생성하지 못했습니다." -# popup headline -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 +# summary item +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " -msgstr "프록시에 대한 인증을 설정합니다." +#| msgid "Authentication Key" +msgid "Authentication file " +msgstr "인증 키" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid " created successfully." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" @@ -417,7 +421,7 @@ # progress stage #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Choose configuration file:" @@ -427,7 +431,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration" -msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "자동설치 - 구성" # Initialization dialog contents @@ -604,7 +608,13 @@ msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "구성 요약..." +# popup headline #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +#~ msgstr "프록시에 대한 인증을 설정합니다." + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Software to be installed:" #~ msgid "site have to be filled" #~ msgstr "설치 될 소프트웨어:" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/installation.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/installation.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/installation.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-19 14:41+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." @@ -144,32 +144,32 @@ "다르게 보입니다.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "%1 서비스 시작" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "%1 서비스를 시작하는 중..." # screen title for uml options #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "네트워크 설정 조정" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while network settings are being adjusted..." msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "네트워크 설정이 조정되는 동안 잠시 기다려 주세요..." #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ "참고: 몇 가지 정보를 다시 입력해야 합니다." #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "설치 시작 중..." @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." msgstr "불확실한 내용이 있으면 이전으로 돌아가 설정을 확인하십시오." @@ -252,14 +252,14 @@ #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "업데이트 확인" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All information required to perform an update is now complete." msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "업데이트 시작(&U)" @@ -324,61 +324,7 @@ msgstr "%1 서비스를 시작하는 중..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST 프로파일을 작성하려면 복제를 사용하십시오.\n" -"AutoYaST를 이용하면 사용자 개입 없이 SUSE 리눅스 설치를 완료할 수 있습니다. \n" -"AutoYaST는 설치된 시스템의 상태를 파악 하기 위해 프로필을 필요로 합니다.\n" -"이 옵션을 선택하면 현재 시스템의 프로파일이 <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>에 저장됩니다." - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "시스템 설정 저장 중" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "설정을 건너뜁니다(&S)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "설치될 시스템으로 파일 복사 중..." @@ -599,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr "%1 %2 에 대한 업데이트" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" @@ -628,61 +574,29 @@ "온라인 업데이트 실행 여부를 선택하십시오.\n" "이 단계를 건너뛰고 나중에 실행 할 수도 있습니다.\n" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "" -# menue label text -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" -msgstr "언어(&L)" - -# title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -# menue label text -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "키보드 배열(&K)" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "사용권 계약에 동의합니다.(&A)" - -# title for input field to test the keyboard setting -# (no more than about 25 characters!) -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Keyboard &test:" -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "키보드 시험(&t)" +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "출시 메모" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "사용권 계약" - -# combo box item, PTR is more technical description -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "사용권 번역본(&T)..." - # help text for initial (first time) language screen #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -696,7 +610,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -716,7 +630,7 @@ # help text, continued #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -728,7 +642,7 @@ # help text, continued #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -742,7 +656,7 @@ # help text, continued #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -754,24 +668,63 @@ "설치를 중단할 수 있습니다.\n" "\n" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "출시 메모" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "사용권 계약" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +# menue label text +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "언어(&L)" + +# title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +# menue label text +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "키보드 배열(&K)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "사용권 계약에 동의합니다.(&A)" + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "설치된 시스템 검사 중..." + +# title for input field to test the keyboard setting +# (no more than about 25 characters!) +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keyboard &test:" +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "키보드 시험(&t)" + +# combo box item, PTR is more technical description +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "사용권 번역본(&T)..." + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -883,7 +836,7 @@ msgstr "autoyast2 꾸러미가 설지되지 않았습니다. 복제가 비활성화됩니다." #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "이제 시스템이 다시 시작 됩니다..." @@ -894,17 +847,17 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "이미지를 배치하는 중..." # error report #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Deploying from images has failed.\n" @@ -917,7 +870,7 @@ "설치를 중단합니다..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Debugging has been turned on.\n" @@ -931,23 +884,23 @@ # label in a popup informing about currently processed action #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "%1/초 의 속도로 이미지 다운로드 중" # label in a popup informing about currently processed action -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "%1 이미지 다운로드(%2/초 의 속도로) 중" # label in a popup informing about currently processed action #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "이미지를 배치하는 중..." # label in a popup informing about currently processed action -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "%1 이미지를 배치하는 중..." @@ -964,48 +917,49 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "사용 가능한 컨트롤러 검색" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "디스크 활성화" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "DASD 디스크 구성(&D)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "ZFCP 디스크 구성(&Z)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure &Resources" msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "리소스 설정(&R)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "iSCSI 디스크 구성(&I)" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "네트워크 구성 저장 중..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -1024,7 +978,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "초기화 중" @@ -1058,74 +1012,77 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "꾸러미 변경사항 표시(&A)" +# progress title, %1 is queue name +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "%1 단계 호출하는 중..." + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr " * %1" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "설치 오류" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "기본 설치 완료중" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "완료 스크립트 목록 생성을 호출..." +# progress step +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "완료됨" + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "설치된 시스템으로 파일 복사" # summary heading: configured shares #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "설정 저장" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "설치 설정 저장" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "부트 관리자 설치" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "처음 부팅을 위한 시스템 준비" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "스테이지 %1 확인 중..." -# progress title, %1 is queue name -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 -msgid "Calling step %1..." -msgstr "%1 단계 호출하는 중..." - -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr " * %1" - -# progress step -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "완료됨" - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "설치 오류" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -1149,19 +1106,19 @@ msgstr "초기 시스템 구성을 준비 중..." #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Mode" msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "설치 모드" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "설치전에 온라인 저장소 추가(&A)" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "In&clude Add-On Products from Separate Media" msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" @@ -1169,7 +1126,7 @@ # Read dialog help 1/2 #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Installation Mode</big> \n" @@ -1180,7 +1137,7 @@ "원하는 항목을 선택하세요:" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -1191,7 +1148,7 @@ "설치전에 온라인 저장소 추가를 선택하세요." #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1207,7 +1164,7 @@ " 별도의 미디어에 있는 Add-On 제품 포함을 선택하십시오.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" @@ -1348,7 +1305,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "꾸러미 설치 중..." @@ -1389,7 +1346,7 @@ "여기에서는 새로운 기능 및 변경 사항에 대해 간략하게 설명합니다." #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "설치된 출시 정보 없음." @@ -1419,94 +1376,94 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "컴퓨터 분석" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB 장치 검색" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB 장치 검색 중..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire 장치 검색" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "FireWire 장치 검색 중..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "플로피 디스크 장치 검색" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "플로피 디스크 장치 검색 중..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "하드디스크 컨트롤러 검색" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "하드디스크 컨트롤러 검색 중..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "하드디스크 컨트롤러를 위한 커널 모듈 적재" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "하드디스크 컨트롤러를 위한 커널 모듈 적재 중..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "하드디스크 검색" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "하드디스크 검색 중..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "시스템 파일 검색" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "시스템 파일 검색 중..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialize package manager" msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "꾸러미 관리자 초기화" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing package manager..." msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "꾸러미 관리자 초기화 중..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "시스템 검색" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..." msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "설치된 시스템과 컴퓨터 하드웨어를 구성하는 동안 잠시 기다려 주세요..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1519,7 +1476,7 @@ "하드웨어를 점검하십시오.\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1532,7 +1489,7 @@ "설치에 필요한 하드디스크를 찾지못했습니다.\n" "하드웨어를 점검하십시오.\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1548,7 +1505,7 @@ "(s390 또는 iSCSI 시스템 등)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1566,7 +1523,7 @@ # error report #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1574,6 +1531,52 @@ "소프트웨어 저장소 초기화에 실패.\n" "설치가 중단됩니다." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +msgid "" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1630,8 +1633,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "변경(&C)..." @@ -1871,7 +1874,7 @@ "클릭하십시오.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "이런 종류의 설지를 위한 작업흐름 없음." @@ -1897,7 +1900,7 @@ # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "네트워크 구성 저장 중..." @@ -1964,6 +1967,26 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "하드웨어 구성 저장 중..." +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "시스템 설정 저장 중" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "설정을 건너뜁니다(&S)" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -2031,6 +2054,34 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "설치될 시스템으로 로그 파일 복사 중..." +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device" +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "장치" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "설정을 건너뜁니다(&S)" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 #, fuzzy @@ -2039,35 +2090,22 @@ msgstr "리눅스 파티션을 검색 중..." #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "정말로 기본값으로 다시 설정하겠습니까?" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "모든 변경사항을 적용하지 않습니다." -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "자동 구성" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "사용자 요청에 따라 하드웨어 구성을 생략중" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -2077,25 +2115,25 @@ # error report #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "제안사항을 현재 설정에 반영 중..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "시스템 분석중..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "오류: 제안 없음" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -2108,49 +2146,41 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "설정을 건너뜁니다(&S)" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "다음 설정 사용(&U)" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "설정을 건너뜁니다(&S)" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "변경하고자 하는 항목을 클릭하거나, \"변경...\" 메뉴를 사용해 변경하십시오." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "변경하고자 하는 항목을 클릭하거나, \"변경...\" 메뉴를 사용해 변경하십시오." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "기본값으로 재설정(&R)" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "업데이트(&U)" # Button label -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "설치(&I)" @@ -2190,7 +2220,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -2203,7 +2233,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -2217,7 +2247,7 @@ # General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2231,7 +2261,7 @@ # General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2243,7 +2273,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2255,12 +2285,12 @@ # Proposal in uml module #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML 설치 제안" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -2271,7 +2301,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2290,6 +2320,11 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "원격 관리" +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "" + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -2297,22 +2332,114 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "루트 파일시스템 복사 중..." +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "" + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Product" +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "설치 이미지에 대한 정보를 읽는데 실패" # label in a popup informing about currently processed action #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "배치하는 중..." @@ -2321,19 +2448,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "사용자 환경설정 저장 중..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "사용자 환경설정 복원 중..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n" @@ -2345,6 +2472,28 @@ "설치도중에는 꾸러미의 의존성을 자동으로 해결해주지 않습니다.\n" "나중에 꾸러미 관리자를 열어서 수동으로 해결할 수 있을것입니다." +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +#~| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#~| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#~| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "AutoYaST 프로파일을 작성하려면 복제를 사용하십시오.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST를 이용하면 사용자 개입 없이 SUSE 리눅스 설치를 완료할 수 있습니다. \n" +#~ "AutoYaST는 설치된 시스템의 상태를 파악 하기 위해 프로필을 필요로 합니다.\n" +#~ "이 옵션을 선택하면 현재 시스템의 프로파일이 <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>에 저장됩니다." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +#~ msgstr "자동 구성" + #~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" #~ msgstr "오류: 제목 누락" @@ -2508,9 +2657,6 @@ #~ msgid "Network Card" #~ msgstr "네트워크 카드" -#~ msgid "Device" -#~ msgstr "장치" - # translators: command line help text for show action #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "선택된 네트워크 카드의 하드웨어 정보" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-client.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-client.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:53+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -134,7 +134,6 @@ msgstr "추가" # Button label -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" @@ -203,53 +202,71 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "시작" +# src/isdn/interface.ycp:258 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:52 +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manually" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "수동" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # Textentry label - IP address of the host #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소" # table header -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "포트" # Table header item - DNS key listing # table header -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "키" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "서비스" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "연결된 대상" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "검색된 대상" # the headline of the disk space popup #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터 개요" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -258,9 +275,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "iSCSI 이니시에이터 검색" @@ -515,32 +532,30 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "선택한 대상에서 로그아웃하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 msgid "No record found." msgstr "기록을 찾을 수 없습니다." # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "IP 주소가 잘못됨" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # error popup -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "포트는 비워둘 수 없음" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initiator Name" msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "이니시에이터 이름" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" @@ -571,15 +586,20 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # text entry -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "IP 주소를 입력하십시오." +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "" + # User account information, second version of group password, # please use newline if it is longer than 48 characters #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "포트를 입력하세요." @@ -588,32 +608,32 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "참" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "거짓" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "이 TargetName을 가진 대상이 이미 연결되었습니다. 데이터 손상을 방지할 수 있도록 다중 경로 지정이 활성화되어야 합니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "계속" # Button label -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" @@ -622,7 +642,7 @@ # error message - the entered ip address is already # configured for another virtual host #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "대상이 이미 연결되어있습니다." @@ -729,7 +749,7 @@ msgstr "모두" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> differ.\n" @@ -745,8 +765,9 @@ "이전 initiatorname이 iBFT의 값으로 바뀌고 백업이 작성됩니다.\n" "다른 initiatorname을 사용하려면 BIOS에서 변경하세요." -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Target connection failed.\n" @@ -755,7 +776,7 @@ # TODO FIXME: your code here... # Configuration summary text for autoyast #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "구성 요약..." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-lio-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-lio-server.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/iscsi-lio-server.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -51,8 +51,7 @@ msgstr "서비스" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "전체" @@ -60,7 +59,7 @@ #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "대상" @@ -80,7 +79,7 @@ # progress stage label #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write groups" msgid "Portal group" @@ -116,7 +115,7 @@ msgstr "사용자 인증" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" @@ -132,96 +131,95 @@ # Pushbutton label - add host into list #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" # Button label #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "삭제" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Clients" -msgid "Client" -msgstr "클라이언트" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" +msgstr "" # tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mappings" -msgid "Lun Mapping" +msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "매핑" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authors" msgid "Auth" msgstr "저자" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit " msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "편집" # push button -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit &SOA" msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "SOA 편집(&S)" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" # summary item #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "인증 없음" # summary item -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "들어오는 인증" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "사용자 이름" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "열쇠글" @@ -229,53 +227,57 @@ # list<string> lmod = []; # list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; # Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "나가는 인증" # radio button #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "부팅 시(&B)" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:258 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:52 #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "수동(&M)" # radio button #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "부팅 시" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:258 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:52 #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "" + # Table header item - DNS key listing # table header #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "키(&K)" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "값" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 #, fuzzy #| msgid "iSCSI Target Overview" msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" @@ -283,26 +285,27 @@ #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI 대상</h1>" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "iSCSI 대상 추가" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target" -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "iSCSI 대상 수정" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target" msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" @@ -310,7 +313,7 @@ # dialog caption #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "iSCSI 대상 전문가 설정" @@ -490,7 +493,10 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 @@ -498,17 +504,19 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" #| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" "인증 형식을 선택합니다. 인증 안 됨이나 수신 및 송신 중 하나(두 가지 모두 선택할 수 도 있음)를 사용합니다. 그런 다음 사용자와 열쇠글을 삽입합니다. \n" "수신 인증의 경우 또 다른 한 쌍을 추가하거나 편집 및 삭제할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" @@ -522,14 +530,14 @@ #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI 대상</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -538,21 +546,21 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values.\n" msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "새 대상을 만듭니다. 템플릿 값을 올바른 값으로 대체합니다.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -561,11 +569,11 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "모든 추가 구성 옵션을 추가, 편집 또는 삭제할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" @@ -579,185 +587,199 @@ # summary item #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable fingerprint authentication" msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "지문 인식 활성화" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid server name." msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "서버 이름이 잘못되었습니다." # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid password." msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "열쇠글이 잘못되었습니다." # error report -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The selected option is already present" -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "선택하신 옵션은 이미 존재합니다." # command line error report, %1 is queue name -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used." msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "지정한 대기열 이름 %1은(는) 이미 사용 중입니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "" # error report -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The selected option is already present" msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "선택하신 옵션은 이미 존재합니다." # Input field for path -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "경로:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "찾아보기" # Unix device /dev/(lp|usb/lp|ttyS)* -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "파일 또는 장치 선택" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Clients" -msgid "Client Lun" -msgstr "클라이언트" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +msgid "Initiator LUN" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Target Name" msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "대상 이름" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Changes:" msgid "Change:" msgstr "변경:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You must specify at least one authentication mechanism." msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "최소 한개 이상의 인증 매커니즘을 지정해야 합니다." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Clients" -msgid "Client name:" -msgstr "클라이언트" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +msgid "Initiator name:" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "디스크로부터 CA 가져오기" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Alias name must not be empty." -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "별칭 이름은 비워져 있으면 안됩니다." # Popup text #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name already exists!" -msgid "Client name already exists!" +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "구성 이름이 이미 있습니다!" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -msgid "New client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "확인" # Button label -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "취소" +# translators: service status radio button label +# translators: server module status +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "비활성화" + +# translators: service status radio button label +# translators: server module status +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "비활성화" + # yes-no popup #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "선택한 항목을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Setting UDP port to %1" msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "UDP 포트를 %1 로 설정 중" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "%1을 제거하는 중에 문제가 발생하였습니다.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # translators: error message #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "대상은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # translators: error message -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." @@ -765,13 +787,13 @@ # translators: popup error message for "add share" # translators: error message for "add share" command line action -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "대상은 이미 존재합니다." # Translators: dialog caption # frame label -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Incoming Mail" msgid "Incoming" @@ -779,61 +801,83 @@ # Translators: dialog caption # frame label -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "발신 메일" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "없음" -# translators: service status radio button label -# translators: server module status -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "비활성화" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +# Error report +# error report +# Error report +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" +"%1 디렉토리를 만드는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" +"%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +# Error report +# error report +# Error report +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" +"%1 디렉토리를 만드는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" +"%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" +# Error report +# error report +# Error report +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" +"%1 디렉토리를 만드는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" +"%2" # Error report # error report # Error report -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n" #| "%2" -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" "%1 디렉토리를 만드는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다.\n" "%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "" +# summary item +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable fingerprint authentication" +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "지문 인식 활성화" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 @@ -849,11 +893,11 @@ msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" @@ -978,6 +1022,26 @@ msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "구성 요약..." +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Clients" +#~ msgid "Client" +#~ msgstr "클라이언트" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target" +#~ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +#~ msgstr "iSCSI 대상 수정" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Clients" +#~ msgid "Client Lun" +#~ msgstr "클라이언트" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Clients" +#~ msgid "Client name:" +#~ msgstr "클라이언트" + #~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" #~ msgstr "SuSEconfig 실행" Added: trunk/yast/ko/po/journalctl.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/journalctl.ko.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/journalctl.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# Korean translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: ko\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/kdump.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/kdump.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/kdump.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-22 12:48+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -412,10 +412,8 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "변경 사항을 적용하려면 시스템을 다시 시작해야 합니다." @@ -1373,21 +1371,36 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "커널 옵션에 범위 설정이 포함되었습니다. 재기록 하시겠습니까?" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "" + #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1396,35 +1409,35 @@ # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump 구성 초기화 중" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "설정 파일 읽는 중..." # dialog caption #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "커널 부팅 옵션 읽는 중..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "디스크 파티션을 읽는 중..." # Progress step #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading available memory..." msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." @@ -1432,110 +1445,110 @@ # error report #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/kdump 설정 파일을 읽을 수 없음" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "커널 부팅 옵션을 읽을 수 없습니다." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "사용가능한 메모리를 읽을 수 없습니다." # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump 구성 저장 중" # translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "설정 기록" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "부팅 옵션 업데이트" # translators: progress step 1/1 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "설정을 기록하고 있습니다..." # progress step #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "부팅 옵션 업데이트 중..." # progress step #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "설정을 기록할 수 없습니다." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "부트로더에 crashkernel 매개변수를 추가 중입니다." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump 상태: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "활성화" # translators: service status radio button label # translators: server module status -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "비활성화" # To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernel 옵션의 값: %1" # button text -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "덤프 형식: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "덤프 대상: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "덤프 수: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/live-installer.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/live-installer.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/live-installer.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-28 11:47+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -42,27 +42,27 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "파일시스템 복사 측정 중..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "루트 파일시스템 복사 중..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "라이브 이미지 복사 중..." #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "%1 복사 중..." #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -72,72 +72,54 @@ msgstr "" #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "라이브 이미지를 하드디스크로 복사하는데 실패했습니다." #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "설치 설정" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "시스템 분석 중..." #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "%2 리눅스 디스크의 %1%% 사용" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "%1 디스크 사용하지 않음" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "파티션 작업" -#. end of partitioning summary -#. bootloader summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "System start-up" -msgstr "시스템 시작" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -msgstr "리눅스로 부팅 할것인지 기존시스템으로 부팅 할것인지 여부" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 -msgid "Boot only Linux" -msgstr "리눅스만 부팅" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 -msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -msgstr "시스템 시작 타임아웃: %1 초" - # tree node string -#. end of bootloader summary +#. end of partitioning summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "키보드" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "시간대" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "설치 설정 변경" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." @@ -146,7 +128,7 @@ "보이는 값으로 새롭게 설치하려면 적용를 선택하십시오." #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -162,7 +144,7 @@ "설치 설정 변경 버튼을 사용해서 변경하세요." #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -301,7 +283,7 @@ "누르면 다시 시작 할 수 있습니다." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "설치될 시스템으로 파일 복사 중..." @@ -330,6 +312,18 @@ msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "시간대 저장 중..." +#~ msgid "System start-up" +#~ msgstr "시스템 시작" + +#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" +#~ msgstr "리눅스로 부팅 할것인지 기존시스템으로 부팅 할것인지 여부" + +#~ msgid "Boot only Linux" +#~ msgstr "리눅스만 부팅" + +#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" +#~ msgstr "시스템 시작 타임아웃: %1 초" + #~ msgid "Installation settings" #~ msgstr "설치 설정" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/mail.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/mail.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/mail.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-21 13:09+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -362,65 +362,72 @@ # frame label #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "발신 메일" +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server." +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "메일 서버에 대한 로컬 도메인을 정의할 수 없습니다." + #. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "아니요" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "사용" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "항상 사용" # Translators: button # TODO ... -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "머스커레이딩(&M)" # Translators: button # TODO ... -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "인증(&A)" # Translators: dialog caption # frame label #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "수신 메일" #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "세부 사항(&D)..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "fetchmail 시작(&F)" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:258 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:52 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "[manually set]" msgid "manual" msgstr "[수동으로 설정]" # User name for user: "ntp" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FTP daemon" msgid "daemon" @@ -428,18 +435,18 @@ # frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "다운로드(&D)" # pushbutton #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "앨리어스(&A)" # pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "버츄얼 도메인(&V)" @@ -451,7 +458,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -469,7 +476,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -483,7 +490,7 @@ # Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "재 작성한 보낸 사람 주소" @@ -491,38 +498,38 @@ # Translators: combo box label #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "로컬 사용자(&L)" # Translators: text entry label #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "표시(&D)" # Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "이 사용자를 위한 주소는 이미 설정되어 있습니다." # error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "이 메일 주소의 포맷은 일치하지 않습니다." # Translators: dialog caption #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "머스커레이딩" # Translators: radio button label #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "로컬 도메인 머스커레이드(&l)" @@ -538,26 +545,26 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "다른 도메인들 머스커레이드(&S)" # Translators: text entry label #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "머스커레이드를 위한 도메인들(&M)" # Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "로컬 사용자" # Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "출력" @@ -566,18 +573,18 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "추가(&A)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "편집(&E)" # Button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "삭제(&t)" @@ -585,7 +592,7 @@ # Already in Translation Memory #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "도메인 이름이 일치하지 않습니다" @@ -597,25 +604,25 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "보내는 메일서버 인증" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "보내는 메일 서버(&S)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:143 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:154 # src/provider/dialogs.ycp:325 #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "열쇠글(&P)" @@ -623,57 +630,57 @@ # Translators: dialog caption #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "메일 다운로드" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "서버" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "사용자" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "삭제(&l)" # Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "수신 메일 전송" # text entry #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "앨리어스(&A)" # Translators: text entry label #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "보낼곳(&D)" # Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "이 앨리어스 포맷은 일치하지 않습니다." # Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "이 앨리어스를 위한 목적지는 이미 설정되었습니다." @@ -681,39 +688,39 @@ # Translators: dialog caption #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr " Aliases " # Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "앨리어스" # Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "보낼곳" # Translators: dialog caption #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "가상 도메인" # Translators: dialog caption #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "메일 설정" # Initialization dialog contents #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." @@ -1026,12 +1033,12 @@ # Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "바이러스 스캐너인 AmaViS가 설치될 것입니다.\n" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -1043,13 +1050,13 @@ # Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "메일 다운로드 유틸리티인 Fetchmail이 설치될 것 입니다.\n" # Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cyrus-imapd, an IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" @@ -1057,7 +1064,7 @@ # Translators: dialog caption #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "메일 설정 초기화" @@ -1065,31 +1072,31 @@ # do not translate MTA #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "메일 전송 에이전트(MTA) 결정" # Translators: progress label #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "일반 설정 불러오기" # Translators: progress label #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "머스커레이딩 설정 불러오기" # Translators: progress label #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "다운로드 설정 불러오기" # Translators: progress label #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "앨리어스 테이블 읽기" @@ -1097,7 +1104,7 @@ # smtp-auth #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "인증설정 정보를 읽고 있습니다..." @@ -1107,7 +1114,7 @@ #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -1119,20 +1126,20 @@ # Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "fetchmail 설정 기록 오류" # Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "%1 파일 기록 오류" # Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error running SuSEconfig." msgid "Error running config.postfix" @@ -1142,25 +1149,25 @@ #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "%1 서비스 시작 중 오류." # Translators: progress label #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "일반 설정 기록" # Translators: progress label #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "머스커레이딩 설정 기록" # Translators: progress label #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "앨리어스 테이블 기록" @@ -1170,19 +1177,19 @@ #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "다운로드 설정 기록" # Translators: progress label #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "인증 설정을 기록하고 있습니다..." # Translators: progress label #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "설정 파일 기록 완료" @@ -1190,7 +1197,7 @@ # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 # Routing dialog caption #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Routing Configuration" msgid "Running Config Postfix" @@ -1198,98 +1205,98 @@ # Translators: progress label #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "서비스 재시작" # Translators: dialog caption #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "메일 설정 저장" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "기타" # Translators: radio button label #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "전용선" # Translators: radio button label #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "전화접속" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "없음" # summary header; mail transfer agent #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" # summary header #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "연결 종류" # summary header #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "발송 메일 서버" # summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header #. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "보내는 사람" # summary item #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "로컬 도메인" # summary item #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "다른 도메인 머스커레이드" # summary item #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "사용자 머스커레이드" # summary header #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "원격 SMTP 연결을 받아들입니다." -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" # summary header #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr " AMaViS 사용" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use DIAG" msgid "Use DKIM" @@ -1297,19 +1304,19 @@ # summary item #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr " Fetchmail " # summary item #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "가상 사용자" # summary item #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "인증" @@ -1873,9 +1880,6 @@ #~ "열쇠글이 일치하지 않습니다.\n" #~ "다시 시도하십시오." -#~ msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "메일 서버에 대한 로컬 도메인을 정의할 수 없습니다." - #~ msgid "Defined Domains" #~ msgstr "정의된 도메인" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/network.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/network.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/network.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:50+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +#: src/clients/host.rb:114 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "호스트 구성 요약:" @@ -413,14 +413,14 @@ # label of combobox where the log is selected #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "연결 여는 중" # popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -429,13 +429,13 @@ "자세한 내용은 로그에서 확인하세요.\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "출시 정보의 URL 이 지정되어 있지 않습니다. 인터넷 접속 테스트를 할 수 없습니다." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ # popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -470,13 +470,13 @@ "로그에서 자세한 내용을 확인하세요." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "패치 확인" # popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ "로그에서 자세한 내용을 확인하세요.\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "연결 닫는 중" @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration Error : uninitialized interface!" msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "라우팅 구성" @@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "게이트웨이" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "넷마스크" @@ -845,13 +845,13 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "라우팅 테이블에는 목적지 '%1' 에 대한 항목이 없음" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding is enabled" msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" @@ -859,84 +859,84 @@ # status information for command line #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding is disabled" msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "IP 포워딩이 비활성화됨" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabling IP forwarding..." msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "IP 포워딩 활성화..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disabling IP forwarding..." msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "IP 포워딩 비활성화..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "IP 포워딩:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IP 포워딩:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IP 포워딩:" # message popup -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 #, fuzzy #| msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified" msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "목적지와 게이트웨이 IP 주소를 최소한 하나를 지정해야 합니다." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "라우팅 테이블에 '%1' 목적지 추가 중..." # message popup -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination IP address must be specified" msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "목적지 IP 주소를 지정해야 함" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "최소한 다음의 매개변수(게이트웨이, 넷마스크, 장치, 옵션) 중 하나를 지정해야 함" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "라우팅 테이블의 '%1' 목적지 업데이트 중 ..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "라우팅 테이블로부터 목적지 '%1' 를 삭제 중..." #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "경고: 암호화가 사용되지 않았습니다." # item of a combo box #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 msgid "Change." msgstr "변경하십시오." @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "알 수 없는 네트워크 장치" @@ -1063,65 +1063,65 @@ #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "%1로 설정됨" # Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "%1는 서비스제공자가 %2로 설정이 되었습니다." # ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "%1는 서비스제공자 %2로 설정이 되었습니다.(프로토콜 %3)" # Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "주소 없이 설정(NONE)" # Network card status (%1 is address) #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "주소 없이 구성되었습니다." # Network card status (%1 is address) #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "%1 주소로 구성되었습니다." # Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "%1 주소(%2 원격)로 구성되었습니다." # src/config/proxy.y2cc:21 # Network card status (%1 is protocol) #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "%1으(로) 구성됨" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "%1는 주소 %2로 설정이 되었습니다." #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "%1는 주소 %2로 설정이 되었습니다.(원격 %3)" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "%1은 %2로 설정이 되었습니다." @@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ # ComboBox item #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "관리됨" @@ -1271,13 +1271,13 @@ msgstr "로그 선택(&S):" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "추가 주소" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 Address Label" @@ -1286,16 +1286,16 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소" #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "추가(&D)" @@ -1304,8 +1304,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1315,38 +1315,38 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "삭제(&L)" # tree node string -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "인터페이스 이름(&N)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "애매한 지침입니다!" # RichText label #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "방화벽 영역의 인터페이스 할당(&Z)" # tree node string #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "필수 인터페이스(&M)" # ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "장치 형식(&D)" @@ -1354,36 +1354,36 @@ # TextEntry label #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "구성 이름(&C)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "터널 소유자" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "터널 그룹" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "브릿지된 장치" # src/clients/lan_proposal.ycp:62 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "VLAN의 실제 인터페이스(&V)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "VLAN" msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Slaves" msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" @@ -1391,16 +1391,16 @@ # push button # Button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "위" # push button -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "아래" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "보조 연결(&S)" @@ -1408,11 +1408,11 @@ # frame # table cell / label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "연결 드라이버 옵션(&B)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the bond driver options, and edit it if necessary. " msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " @@ -1420,35 +1420,35 @@ #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "동적 주소" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP 버전 4 와 6 전부" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "DHCP 버전 4 전용" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "DHCP 버전 6 전용" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Statically assigned IP Address" msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" @@ -1457,42 +1457,42 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP 주소(&I)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "서브넷 마스크(&S)" # src/config/dns.y2cc:11 # text entry -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "호스트 이름(&H)" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "원격 IP 주소(&E)" # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "원격 IP 주소가 정확하지 않습니다." #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "S/390(&S)" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1504,13 +1504,13 @@ # Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "%1 구성이 이미 있습니다." #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1525,23 +1525,23 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "올바른 IP 주소가 없습니다." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No valid netmask or prefix lenght." msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "올바른 넷마스크나 머릿말 길이가 없습니다." # table item - specified time is invalid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "호스트 이름이 잘못되었습니다." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1567,28 +1567,28 @@ # Pushbutton - generate new server key #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 msgid "&General" msgstr "일반(&G)" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "장치 활성화" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "방화벽 영역" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "최대 전송 단위 (MTU)" # Details dialog help 1/8 #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "여기에서는 네트워크 카드 세부 설정을 구성합니다." @@ -1596,30 +1596,30 @@ # Textentry - addind mail server - Name #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 msgid "&Address" msgstr "주소(&A)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:205 #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "IP 주소를 설정하십시오." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "하드웨어(&H)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "보조 본드(&B)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "무선(&W)" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1637,12 +1637,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "네트워크 카드 설정" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" @@ -1844,22 +1855,22 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Impossible value for bootproto!" msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "장치 활성화 프로토콜에 사용할 수 없는 값입니다!" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Impossible value for startmode!" msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "시작모드에 사용할 수 없는 값입니다!" # progeress bar label -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For static configuration \"ip\" option is needed!" msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." @@ -1868,7 +1879,7 @@ # report message #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "장치가 삭제되었습니다." @@ -1940,7 +1951,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" @@ -1958,7 +1969,7 @@ "펌웨어를 설치하려면 YaST 소프트웨어 저장소에 Add-On CD를 추가한 뒤 \n" "이 설정 대화상자를 다시 시작하세요.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device needs a firmware to function properly. It can be usually downloaded from your driver vendor web page.\n" @@ -1981,23 +1992,23 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "펌웨어 설치 중" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For successful firmware installation the, 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now ?" msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "펌웨어 설치를 완료하려면, 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' 스크립트를 실행할 필요가 있습니다. 지금 실행할까요?" # error message -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "펌웨어를 설치하는 도중 오류가 발생했습니다." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -2012,13 +2023,13 @@ " 인터페이스를 더 이상 NetworkManager로 관리할 수 없습니다.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "선택하고 있는 장치는 STARTMODE=nfsroot 입니다. 정말 삭제하시겠습니까?" # table item / label #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "네트워크 설정 방법" @@ -2028,7 +2039,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "네트워크 설정" @@ -2239,7 +2250,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "네트워크 카드(&N)" @@ -2251,7 +2262,7 @@ # Popup text #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2261,7 +2272,7 @@ # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 네트워크 카드 설정" @@ -2270,32 +2281,32 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 장치 설정" # src/config/dns.y2cc:11 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "포트 이름(&P)" # src/config/dns.y2cc:11 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "포트 번호" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IPA 취득 활성화(&E)" # yes-no popup #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "계층 2 지원 활성화(&L)" @@ -2303,105 +2314,105 @@ # test entry, MAC better not to be translated, # translation would decrease the understandability #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "계층 2 MAC 주소(&M)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "채널 읽기" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "채널 쓰기" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "채널 제어" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "이 인터페이스에 대한 포트 이름을 입력하십시오(대소문자 구분)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "이 인터페이스에 대한 추가 옵션을 입력하십시오(공백으로 구분)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "이 인터페이스에 대해 IP 주소 취득을 활성화해야 하는 경우 IPA 취득 활성화를 선택하십시오." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "이 카드가 계층 2 지원 기능으로 구성된 경우 계층 2 지원 활성화를 선택하십시오." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "이 카드가 계층 2 지원 기능으로 구성된 경우 계층 2 MAC 주소를 입력하십시오." # src/config/dns.y2cc:11 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "포트 번호(&P)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "LANCMD 시간 초과(&L)" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "이 인터페이스에 대한 포트 번호를 선택하십시오." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "이 인터페이스에 대한 LANCMD 시간 초과를 선택하십시오." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "호환성 모드" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "확장 모드" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC 기반 tty(리눅스 대 리눅스 연결)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "OS/390 및 z/OS와의 호환성 모드" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "프로토콜(&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "이 인터페이스에 대한 프로토콜을 선택하십시오." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "피어 이름(&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2410,8 +2421,7 @@ "(예: 연결에 사용할 z/VM 사용자 이름)(대소문자 구분).\n" # error report -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "An error occured while creating device.\n" @@ -2426,7 +2436,7 @@ # tree node string #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "하드웨어 대화상자" @@ -3184,19 +3194,19 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IP 주소" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "(&m)넷마스크" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "레이블이 너무 깁니다." @@ -3204,13 +3214,13 @@ # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "IP 주소가 정확하지 않습니다." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "서브넷 마스크가 잘못되었습니다." @@ -3410,142 +3420,142 @@ # Text entry label #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "암호화 없음" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - 공개" # ComboBox item #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - 공유 키" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA 버전 1 또는 2)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA 버전 1 또는 2)" # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "무선 네트워크 카드 설정" # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "무선 장치 설정들" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "작동 모드(&p)" # ComboBox item #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "애드혹" # ComboBox item #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "주" # Text entry label #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "네트워크 이름(ESSID)(&t)" # radio button -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "네트워크 탐색" # ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "인증 모드(&A)" # Text entry label #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "암호화 키(&E)" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "전문가 설정(&x)" # Frame label #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP 키(&W)" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "WPA 인증 모드는 관리됨 작동 모드에서만 가능합니다." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "이 모드에 대한 네트워크 이름을 지정하십시오." # Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "네트워크 이름은 32자 미만이어야 합니다." # error popup #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "비밀문구는 8에서 63글자 사이여야 합니다(8과 63 포함)." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "키는 %1자릿수의 16진수여야 합니다." # Popup text #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "암호화 키가 적절하지 않습니다." #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "이 인증 모드에 대해서는 암호화 키를 지정해야 합니다." # Popup text #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3662,29 +3672,29 @@ # Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "암호화 키 입력" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "키(&K)" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "도움말" # Wireless keys dialog caption #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "무선 키" # Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -3700,7 +3710,7 @@ # Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3716,13 +3726,13 @@ # Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP 키" # ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "키 길이(&K)" @@ -3730,33 +3740,33 @@ # src/modem/complex.ycp:202 #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "번호" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "키(&K)" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "기본" # PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "기본값으로 설정(&S)" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "인증서 선택" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" @@ -3765,7 +3775,7 @@ "않을 뿐만 아니라 악의가 있는 네트워크에 접속해버리는 위험성이 있습니다. CA 없이 계속합니까?" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3774,51 +3784,51 @@ "입력하십시오." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "모두" # encryption type #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" # TV norm #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:277 # Push button label #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP 세부 사항" @@ -3834,25 +3844,45 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "원격 관리 허용(&A)" +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "원격 관리 허용(&A)" + # RadioButton label #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "원격 관리 허용 하지 않음(&D)" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" +#| "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +#| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" +#| "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" +#| "a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +#| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" "<big>원격 관리 설정</big>\n" "이 기능을 활성화 하면, 사용하는 머신을 다른 머신에서 원격으로 \n" @@ -3862,17 +3892,17 @@ "이러한 원격 관리 방식은 SSH를 사용하는 것보다 보안성이 떨어집니다.\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "원격 관리 설정" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "다음의 꾸러미가 설치되어 있어야 합니다:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3884,89 +3914,35 @@ "\n" "다시 시도 하시겠습니까?\n" -#. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알수없음" -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 -msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "구성이 성공적으로 저장되었습니다." - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 -msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "DNS 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 -msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "DSL 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 -msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 -msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ISDN 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." - -# src/config/lan.y2cc:11 -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 -msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "네트워크 카드 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 -msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "모뎀 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 -msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Proxy 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 -msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "서비스 제공자 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 -msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "라우팅 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." - -# src/dsl/wizards.ycp:33 src/lan/wizards.ycp:32 src/routines/routines.ycp:128 -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 -msgid "Configure mail now?" -msgstr "지금 메일을 설정하시겠습니까?" - -# src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 -# src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 -msgid "Run configuration of %1?" -msgstr "%1을 설정하시겠습니까?" - #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "네트워크 카드" @@ -3975,31 +3951,31 @@ # Table label # Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Modems" msgstr "모뎀" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:251 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:338 #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN 카드" # Table label # Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL 장치" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "모든 네트워크 장치" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "호스트 이름이 잘못되었습니다." @@ -4085,8 +4061,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "호스트 이름 및 도메인 이름" @@ -4115,30 +4091,30 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "검색 목록에는 최대 %1개 도메인이 표시됩니다." # popup text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "검색 목록에는 최대 %1개 문자가 표시됩니다." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "'%1' 검색 도메인이 잘못되었습니다." # DNS dialog caption #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "호스트 이름 및 네임서버 구성" @@ -4173,28 +4149,28 @@ "호스트 별명들을 쉼표로 구분하여 입력하십시오.\n" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "현재 호스트" # src/config/dns.y2cc:11 #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "호스트 이름" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "호스트 별명들" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "호스트 별명들(&t)" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "알리아스 명칭\"%1\"은 사용 불가능 합니다." @@ -4238,17 +4214,17 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "목적지(&D)" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Net&mask" msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "(&m)넷마스크" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "게이트웨이(&G)" @@ -4260,30 +4236,30 @@ # Table header # _("No."), # Table header 4/4 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "장치(&V)" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "대상이 잘못되었습니다." # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "게이트웨이 IP 주소가 잘못되었습니다." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "서브넷 마스크가 잘못되었습니다." #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "기본 게이트웨이가 잘못되었습니다." @@ -4561,39 +4537,39 @@ msgstr "" # screen title for uml options -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "일반 네트워크 설정" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "IPv6 프로토콜 설정" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 활성화" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "알수 없는 장치" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP 주소" # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "할당된 IP 주소 없음" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4602,13 +4578,13 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "장치 변경(&C)" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "네트워크 장치 선택" @@ -4617,7 +4593,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not configured" msgid "configured" @@ -4686,7 +4662,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "설정 업데이트" @@ -4713,7 +4689,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "구성 업데이트 중..." @@ -4727,119 +4703,119 @@ # Summary text #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "호스트 이름: DHCP에 의해 설정됨" # Summary text #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "호스트 이름: %1" # summary part -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "/etc/hosts에 호스트 이름이 기록되지 않습니다." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:321 src/services/dns.ycp:158 # Summary text #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "네임 서버들: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "검색 대상: %1" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "/etc/hosts 업데이트" # src/config/isdn.y2cc:11 src/isdn/wizards.ycp:63 src/isdn/wizards.ycp:84 # FIXME check abort correctly # PowerManagement read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "호스트 이름 구성 저장 중" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "/etc/hosts 업데이트 중..." # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "네트워크 구성 초기화" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "네트워크 장치 탐색" # Progress stage 2/9 #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "드라이버 정보 읽기" # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "장치 설정 불러오기" # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "네트워크 설정 불러오기" # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 불러오기" # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 # Progress stage 6/9 #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "호스트 이름 및 DNS 구성 읽기" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "설치 정보 불러오기" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "라우팅설정 불러오기" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "현재 상태 검색" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:251 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:338 #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting for ndiswrapper..." msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "ndiswrapper를 검색하는 중..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is a ndiswrapper configuration detected,\n" @@ -4854,7 +4830,7 @@ "커널 묘듈이 읽혀지지 않습니다.\n" "ndiswrapper를 읽어들입니까?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "ndiswrapper kernel module wasn't loaded.\n" @@ -4867,47 +4843,47 @@ "수동으로 설정을 확인하세요." #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "장치를 탐색하고 있습니다..." # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "장치 설정 불어오는 중..." # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "네트워크 설정 불러오는 중..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 불러오는 중..." # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # Progress step 6/9 #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "호스트 이름 및 DNS 구성 읽는 중..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "설치 정보 불러오는 중..." # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "라우팅 설정 불러오는 중..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "현재 상태 검색 중..." @@ -4916,13 +4892,13 @@ # src/modules/Modem.ycp:158 #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To apply this change a reboot is needed." msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." @@ -4930,215 +4906,208 @@ # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "네트워크 구성 저장" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "드라이버 정보 저장" # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "장치 설정 쓰기" # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "네트워크 설정 쓰기" # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "라우팅 설정 저장" # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # Progress stage 6/10 #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "호스트 이름 및 DNS 구성 쓰기" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "네트워크 서비스 설정" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "네트워크 서비스 활성화" # Progress step 2/10 #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf를 쓰는 중..." # src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 # src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "장치 설정 쓰기중..." # src/config/lan.y2cc:11 #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "네트워크 설정 쓰기중..." # src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 # src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "라우팅 설정 저장 중..." # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # Progress step 6/10 #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "호스트 이름 및 DNS 구성 쓰는 중..." # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "네트워크 서비스 설정 중..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장 중..." # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "네트워크 서비스 활성화중..." # screen title for uml options -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "No network running" msgstr "실행 중인 네트워크 없음" -#. Import data -#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "" - # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "네트워크 모드" # tree node #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager로 제어되는 인터페이스" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager 비활성화" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "ifup를 사용한 기존 네트워크 설정 방법" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager 활성화" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "IPv6 프로토콜 지원이 활성화됨" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 비활성화" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "IPv6 프로토콜 지원이 비활성화됨" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not connected" msgid "connected" msgstr "연결 안됨" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "부팅 시 자동으로 시작됨" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "케이블 연결 시 자동으로 시작됨" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager 에 의해 관리됨" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "전혀 시작되지 않습니다." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "수동으로 시작됨" # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "다음을 사용하여 IP 주소 할당" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # translators: IP address for the new host -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" @@ -5146,7 +5115,7 @@ # src/isdn/ip.ycp:70 src/isdn/ip.ycp:99 src/provider/details.ycp:45 # src/provider/details.ycp:95 src/provider/details.ycp:121 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -5154,47 +5123,47 @@ #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "구성되지 않음" # label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "장치 이름: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "보조 서버 결합" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "연결 안됨" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "hwinfo 없음" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "커널 장치(eth0, wlan0)가 없기때문에 네트워크 카드의 설정을 할 수 없습니다. 이것은 가끔 펌웨어가 없어서 나타나는 현상이기도 합니다.(무선랜 같은 경우). dmesg 로 자세히 확인해볼 수 있습니다." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -5207,18 +5176,18 @@ "을 눌러 설정하세요.\n" # translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "필요한 펌웨어" # translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." msgid "" @@ -5228,38 +5197,43 @@ # src/dsl/wizards.ycp:33 src/lan/wizards.ycp:32 src/routines/routines.ycp:128 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "디스플레이 관리자 설정" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "서비스 재시작" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "원격 관리 구성 저장 중" # src/config/proxy.y2cc:21 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "디스플레이 관리자 설정 중..." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "서비스 재시작 중..." -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed." msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "'uml' 서비스를 활성화하지 못했습니다." +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed." +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "'uml' 서비스를 활성화하지 못했습니다." + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -5268,12 +5242,12 @@ # label in proposal text #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "원격 관리가 활성화 되었습니다." # label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "원격 관리가 비활성화 되었습니다." @@ -5281,22 +5255,22 @@ # enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. # Translators: progress label #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "IP 포워딩 설정 기록" # translators: progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "라우팅 설정 기록" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "라우팅 구성 저장 중" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "IP 포워딩 설정 기록 중..." @@ -5306,26 +5280,26 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "라우팅 설정을 기록 중..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Gateway: %1" msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "게이트웨이: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "IP 포워딩:" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" @@ -5347,6 +5321,46 @@ msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(보호되지 않음)" +#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "구성이 성공적으로 저장되었습니다." + +#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "DNS 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." + +#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "DSL 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." + +#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." + +#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ISDN 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." + +# src/config/lan.y2cc:11 +#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "네트워크 카드 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." + +#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "모뎀 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." + +#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Proxy 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." + +#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "서비스 제공자 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." + +#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "라우팅 설정이 성공적으로 저장 되었습니다." + +# src/dsl/wizards.ycp:33 src/lan/wizards.ycp:32 src/routines/routines.ycp:128 +#~ msgid "Configure mail now?" +#~ msgstr "지금 메일을 설정하시겠습니까?" + +# src/config/modem.y2cc:11 src/modem/complex.ycp:96 src/modem/wizards.ycp:65 +# src/modem/wizards.ycp:84 +#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?" +#~ msgstr "%1을 설정하시겠습니까?" + #~ msgid "Device boot protocol" #~ msgstr "장치 부트 프로토콜" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/nfs.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/nfs.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/nfs.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-30 17:14+0900\n" "Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ # error popup message #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ "항목이 포함되어 있습니다." #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -413,13 +413,13 @@ # error popup message #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "'%1' 디렉터리를 생성할 수 없습니다." # error popup message #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -432,53 +432,53 @@ # src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 # src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "NFS 구성 쓰기" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "서비스 중지" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "서비스 시작" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "서비스 중지 중..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "서비스 시작 중..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "NFS 클라이언트 설정을 쓰고 있습니다. 잠시 기다려 주십시오..." # error popup message #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "/etc/fstab 으로부터 NFS 항목을 마운트할 수 없습니다." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS 항목" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1개 항목이 구성되었습니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/nis.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/nis.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/nis.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:51+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -276,9 +276,10 @@ msgstr "NIS서버주소(&A)" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" -msgstr "브로드캐스트(&O)" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" +msgstr "브로드캐스트(&B)" # pushbutton label, find nis servers # Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) @@ -411,11 +412,6 @@ msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "(&S)서버 (스페이스 또는 콤마로 구분)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "브로드캐스트(&B)" - # checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 @@ -635,6 +631,9 @@ msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS 서버를 찾을 수 없습니다." +#~ msgid "Br&oadcast" +#~ msgstr "브로드캐스트(&O)" + #~ msgid "If you are using DHCP and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module." #~ msgstr "DHCP를 사용하고 있고 서버에서 NIS 도메인 이름 또는 도메인 서버를 제공하고 있다면, 여기서 동작시킬 수 있습니다. 네트워크 모듈에서 바로 DHCP 서버를 설정 할 수 있습니다. " Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/ntp-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/ntp-client.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/ntp-client.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:53+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "NIS 설정 기록 중..." #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" msgstr "지금 동기화를 누르면, 선택한 NTP 서버를 이용하여 시스템 시간을 조정합니다. NTP를 계속 사용하려면 NTP 구성 저장을 활성화 시키면 됩니다." @@ -33,28 +33,28 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "설정 버튼으로 고급 NTP 구성을 열 수 있습니다." #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "NTP 서버와 동기화는 네트워크 설정을 마친 뒤에만 할 수 있습니다." #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "잘못된 NTP 서버 호스트이름 %1" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "NTP 서버 주소(&N)" # User name for user: "ntp" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 #, fuzzy #| msgid "NTP daemon" msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" @@ -62,24 +62,24 @@ # button label (run YaST client for NTP) #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP 구성 저장(&S)" # frame #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "지금 동기화(&N)" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "설정(&C)..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -93,12 +93,12 @@ # check box #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "DNS 서버와 동기화 중..." #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -351,216 +351,211 @@ # command line help text for NTP client module #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "NTP 클라이언트 구성 모듈입니다." # command line help text for an action #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP 데몬의 상태를 출력합니다." # command line help text for an action #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "구성되어 있는 모든 동기화 관계를 출력합니다." # command line help text for an action #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP 데몬을 활성화합니다." # command line help text for an action #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP 데몬을 비활성화합니다." # command line help text for an action #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "새 동기화 관계를 추가합니다." # command line help text for an action #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "기존 동기화 관계를 편집합니다." # command line help text for an action #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "동기화 관계를 삭제합니다." # command line help text for an option #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "서버 주소" # command line help text for an option #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "peer 주소" # command line help text for an option #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "브로드캐스트 할 주소" # command line help text for an option #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "브로드캐스트를 허용할 주소" # command line help text for an option #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "관계 옵션" # command line help text for an option #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "시간 드라이버 보정 옵션" # command line help text for an option #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "서버를 초기 동기화에 사용" # command line help text for an option #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "서버를 초기 동기화에 사용하지 않음" # error report for command line #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "동기화 피어를 지정하지 않았습니다." # error report for command line #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "지정한 동기화 피어를 찾을 수 없습니다." # status information for command line #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "NTP 데몬이 활성화 되었습니다." # status information for command line -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "NTP 데몬이 비활성화 되었습니다." # table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "서버" # table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "피어" # table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "브로드캐스트" # table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "브로드캐스트 허용" # table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "유닛 번호: %1" # table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "로컬 라디오 클럭" # command line error message #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "설정을 읽지 못했습니다." #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "NTP 서버 구성" # button label (run YaST client for NTP) #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP 구성" -# check box -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "방화벽 설정" - # Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "일반 설정" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "보안 설정" # dialog label #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "고급 NTP 구성" # frame #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "새 동기화" # dialog caption #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "서버 설정" @@ -568,14 +563,13 @@ # text entry label # combo box label #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "NTP 서버" # default name for the server #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "로컬 NTP 서버" @@ -583,8 +577,7 @@ # text entry label # combo box label #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "공공 NTP 서버" @@ -592,87 +585,87 @@ # text entry label # combo box label #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "NTP 피어" # dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "로컬 참조 클럭" # table cell, NTP relationship type #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "나가는 브로드캐스트" # table cell, NTP relationship type #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "들어오는 브로드캐스트" # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "참조 ID(&R)" # int field #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "계층(&S)" # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "보정 오프셋 1" # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "보정 오프셋 2" # check box #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "플래그 &1" # check box #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "플래그 &2" # check box #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "플래그 &3" # check box #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "플래그 &4" # dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "클럭 드라이버 보정" # Read dialog help 1/2 #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -682,7 +675,7 @@ # Read dialog help 2/2 #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -692,7 +685,7 @@ # Write dialog help 1/2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -702,7 +695,7 @@ # Write dialog help 2/2 #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -713,8 +706,8 @@ "이 작업이 안전한지 여부를 알려 주는 대화 상자가 나타납니다." # help text 1/4 -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" @@ -724,11 +717,9 @@ msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<big>NTP 데몬 시작</big> \n" "시스템 부팅 시 NTP 데몬을 시작할지 여부를 선택합니다.\n" @@ -768,7 +759,7 @@ "서버의 개요 설정으로, 각각의 서버에 대한 접근 제어 플래그를 설정 할 수 있습니다. 추가로 이 옵션은 NTP를 DHCP 이용하여 설정 했을 경우 이용할 수 있습니다.\n" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -784,7 +775,7 @@ # help text 3/4 #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -800,7 +791,7 @@ # help text 4/4 #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" @@ -810,7 +801,7 @@ # help text to a button #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -822,7 +813,7 @@ # help text 1/4 #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -832,7 +823,7 @@ # help text 2/4 #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -844,7 +835,7 @@ # help text 3/4 #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -864,7 +855,7 @@ # help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -874,7 +865,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/2 #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -888,7 +879,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/2 #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -901,7 +892,7 @@ " 로컬 NTP 서버 또는 공공 NTP 서버를 선택하십시오." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -913,7 +904,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 2 #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -925,7 +916,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 3 #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -937,7 +928,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 4 #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -950,7 +941,7 @@ # help text 3/4, optional #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Options</big> \n" @@ -968,7 +959,7 @@ "옵션에 옵션을 넣어주세요.\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm을 확인하세요." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -988,7 +979,7 @@ # help text 1/6 #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -998,7 +989,7 @@ # help text 2/6 #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -1008,7 +999,7 @@ # help text 3/6 #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -1018,7 +1009,7 @@ # help text 4/6 #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -1028,7 +1019,7 @@ # help text 5/6 #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -1038,7 +1029,7 @@ # help text 6/6 #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -1047,7 +1038,7 @@ "이를 로컬 시간 설정에 사용하려면 들어오는 브로드캐스트를 선택합니다." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -1059,7 +1050,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/2 #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -1074,7 +1065,7 @@ " 그런 다음 발견된 서버 목록에서 서버를 선택합니다." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -1085,7 +1076,7 @@ " 국가에 대한 NTP 서버만 표시하려면 국가에서 선택합니다." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -1106,7 +1097,7 @@ " 자신에게 근접한 NTP를 찾아볼 수도 있습니다." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -1116,7 +1107,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -1132,7 +1123,7 @@ # help text 1/2 #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -1146,7 +1137,7 @@ # help text 2/2 #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "For information about the meaning of the options, install package\n" @@ -1172,18 +1163,18 @@ # progress stage #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "NTP 데몬 다시 시작" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "설정 저장 및 NTP 데몬 다시 시작" # yes-no popup -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1198,7 +1189,7 @@ "있습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1207,7 +1198,7 @@ " 호스트 이름, IPv4 주소 또는 IPv6 주소가 아닙니다." #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1221,7 +1212,7 @@ # popup header #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "장치 선택" @@ -1230,40 +1221,40 @@ # combo box label #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "공공 NTP 서버(&S)" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "NTP 서버를 선택하십시오." #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "모든 국가" # ComboBoxlabel for country list #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "국가(&C)" # Label text #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "네트워크에서 NTP 서버 검색 중..." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1274,7 +1265,7 @@ " 실행되고 있기 때문일 수 있습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "네트워크에서 NTP 서버를 찾을 수 없습니다." @@ -1282,39 +1273,39 @@ # table header #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "주소" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:324 src/services/dns.ycp:160 # popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "서버를 선택하지 않았습니다." # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "주소(&d)" # dialog label #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "고급 구성(&V)" # push button label #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "드라이버 보정(&D)" # dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the Synchronization Peer Type" msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" @@ -1322,18 +1313,18 @@ # progress stage #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "NTP 데몬 시작" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:258 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:52 #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "수동으로만(&M)" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" @@ -1341,7 +1332,7 @@ # radio button #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Now and On &Boot" msgid "Now and on &Boot" @@ -1349,45 +1340,45 @@ # check box #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "Chroot Jail에서 NTP 데몬 실행(&J)" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "NTP 서비스를 제한할때만 서버 설정(&R)" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:258 src/isdn/lowlevel.ycp:52 #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "수동" # Combobox item #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "자동" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "사용자 정의" # src/dsl/complex.ycp:134 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "런타임 구성 정책(&R)" # Second entry - customise analyse (headline) #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "사용자 정의 정책(&C)" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "pool.ntp.org 에서 무작위 서버 사용(&U)" @@ -1396,106 +1387,106 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "주소(&A)" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "선택(&S)..." #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "테스트(&T)" # frame #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "동기화 유형" # item of a menu button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "로그 표시(&L)..." # combo box label #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "시간 형식(&T)" # int field #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "유닛 번호(&N)" # check box #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "심볼릭 링크 만들기(&S)" # text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "장치(&D)" # frame #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "접근 제어 옵션" # radio button, NTP relationship type #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "서버(&S)" # radio button, NTP relationship type #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "피어(&P)" # radio button, NTP relationship type #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "라디오 클럭(&R)" # table cell, NTP relationship type #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "나가는 브로드캐스트(&O)" # table cell, NTP relationship type #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "들어오는 브로드캐스트(&I)" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "형식" # this is a menu entry #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "로컬 네트워크(&A)" @@ -1503,18 +1494,18 @@ # text entry label # combo box label #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "공공 NTP 서버(&P)" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "NTP 서버 위치" # push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "찾아보기(&L)" @@ -1530,176 +1521,106 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 -# NtpClient read dialog caption -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "NTP 클라이언트 설정을 초기화 중" - -# src/config/lan.y2cc:11 -# progress stage -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "네트워크 구성 읽기" - -# progress stage -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "NTP 설정 읽기" - -# src/config/lan.y2cc:11 # progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "네트워크 설정을 읽는 중..." - -# progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "NTP 설정을 읽는 중..." - -# progress step -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" -# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 -# NtpClient read dialog caption -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "NTP 클라이언트 구성을 저장하는 중" - -# progress stage -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "NTP 설정 기록" - -# progress stage -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "NTP 데몬 다시 시작" - -# progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "설정을 기록 중..." - -# progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "NTP 데몬을 다시 시작하는 중..." - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "동적 구성 정책을 업데이트 할 수 없습니다." - -# error report -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "NTP 데몬을 다시 시작할 수 없습니다." - # summary string #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "시스템을 시작할 때 NTP 데몬을 시작합니다." # summary string #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP 데몬을 자동으로 시작하지 않습니다." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:321 src/services/dns.ycp:158 # summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "서버: %1" # summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "라디오 클럭: %1" # summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "피어: %1" # summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "다음에 대한 브로드캐스트 시간 정보: %1" # summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "다음에서 브로드캐스트된 시간 정보 허용: %1" # src/config/dns.y2cc:21 # Progress stage 6/10 #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "고정 및 DHCP 구성을 결합합니다." # pushbutton #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "단독 고정 구성 입니다." # src/dsl/complex.ycp:134 -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "사용자 정의 구성 정책입니다." # src/isdn/interface.ycp:87 # progress step -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "NTP 서버 테스트 중..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "서버가 연결되어 있고 적절히 응답합니다." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "서버가 연결되어 있지 않고 응답하지 않습니다." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" @@ -1711,7 +1632,89 @@ "내부 네트워크에서 NTP 서버를 검색할 수 없습니다.\n" "%1 꾸러미 없이 설치되었습니다." +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 +# NtpClient read dialog caption +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "NTP 클라이언트 설정을 초기화 중" + +# src/config/lan.y2cc:11 +# progress stage +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "네트워크 구성 읽기" + +# progress stage +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "NTP 설정 읽기" + +# src/config/lan.y2cc:11 +# progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "네트워크 설정을 읽는 중..." + +# progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "NTP 설정을 읽는 중..." + +# src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:63 +# NtpClient read dialog caption +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "NTP 클라이언트 구성을 저장하는 중" + +# progress stage +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "NTP 설정 기록" + +# progress stage +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "NTP 데몬 다시 시작" + +# progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "설정을 기록 중..." + +# progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "NTP 데몬을 다시 시작하는 중..." + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "동적 구성 정책을 업데이트 할 수 없습니다." + # error report +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "NTP 데몬을 다시 시작할 수 없습니다." + +# check box +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" +#~ msgstr "방화벽 설정" + +# error report #~ msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." #~ msgstr "sysconfig 변수들을 저장할 수 없습니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/packager.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/packager.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/packager.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-13 01:36+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while the repository manager downloads the repository details..." msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." @@ -623,13 +623,6 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "미디어(&M)" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Saving the package manager configuration..." -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "꾸러미 관리자 구성 저장 중..." - # IntField - adding mail server - Priority # int field #. default (minimal) priority of a repository @@ -671,7 +664,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -971,7 +964,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "세부 사항" @@ -979,7 +972,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "다시 시도하시겠습니까?" @@ -1622,44 +1615,44 @@ "?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "새 저장소 추가 중" # frame label, around checkbuttons -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "저장소 종류 확인" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "저장소 추가" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "저장소 사용권 읽기" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "저장소 종류 확인 중" # command line help text for add action -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "저장소 추가 중" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "저장소 사용권 읽는 중" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "저장소" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" @@ -1683,8 +1676,8 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1693,7 +1686,7 @@ "저장소를 작성할 수 없습니다." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1703,12 +1696,12 @@ # Frame label for Basic-Options #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "URL 변경하고 다시 시도하시겠습니까?" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" @@ -1720,6 +1713,13 @@ "%1 꾸러미 설치 없이 SLP \n" "저장소를 검색할 수 없습니다." +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving the package manager configuration..." +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "꾸러미 관리자 구성 저장 중..." + # error message #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. @@ -1728,19 +1728,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "설치 시스템을 준비하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "%1 제어 파일을 미디어에서 찾을 수 없습니다." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgid "" @@ -1748,9 +1748,25 @@ "The add-on product cannot be registered." msgstr "%1 꾸러미가 설치되지 않았습니다. 서비스가 편집될수 없습니다." +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" + +# this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "잠시 기다려주세요..." + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "추가 제품을 사용할 수 없습니다." @@ -1758,23 +1774,23 @@ # %1 is integer number (greater than 1) # %2 is processor model name #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" # Proposal for home directory of uml user -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, 경로: %2" # selection box label #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "추가 제품" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The installation repository contains also the listed additional repositories.\n" @@ -1787,24 +1803,24 @@ "사용하고자 하는 것을 선택하세요." # selection box label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "추가 제품 선택" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "선택한 제품 추가(&P)" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Add-On 제품 CD를 삽입하십시오." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" @@ -1812,17 +1828,10 @@ # error message - %1 is file name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "%1 제품을 추가할 수 없습니다." -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 #, fuzzy @@ -1853,25 +1862,25 @@ msgstr "임시 디렉터리에 키를 복사할 수 없습니다." #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "실패한 꾸러미 목록 표시(&S)" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "전체 로그 표시(&S)" # error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation of Some Packages Failed" msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "일부 꾸러미 설치 실패" #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation aborted." msgid "Installation aborted by user." @@ -1879,7 +1888,7 @@ # label of a combo box (medium means floppy or hard disk) #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Medium: %1" msgid "Medium %1" @@ -1889,13 +1898,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "완료되었습니다." @@ -1903,7 +1912,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1914,7 +1923,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1923,7 +1932,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "합계" @@ -1933,12 +1942,12 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1 다운로드 중(다운로드 크기 %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (Remaining: %1, %2 packages)" msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" @@ -1947,7 +1956,7 @@ # label in a popup informing about currently processed action #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." @@ -1955,7 +1964,7 @@ # label in a popup informing about currently processed action #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" @@ -1963,19 +1972,19 @@ #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1 삭제" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "%1 설치 중 (설치후 크기 %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "다음 델타 RPM 적용 중: %1" @@ -2132,8 +2141,10 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "%1 꾸러미가 업데이트 됨" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") @@ -2148,12 +2159,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "'%1' 에서 저장소를 찾을 수 없음." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -2171,33 +2182,33 @@ " 다운로드할 수 있습니다." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "부팅된 미디어 통합 중..." # error report #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "서비스 팩 저장소 통합에 실패." # progress stage title #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "저장소 초기화 중..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1 CD 1 을 삽입" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 을 찾을 수 없음" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -2206,7 +2217,7 @@ "자세한 내용은 %1 로그 파일에서 확인하십시오." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -2215,12 +2226,12 @@ "소프트웨어 제안이 다시 호출됩니다." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "꾸러미 선택을 분석하는 중..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2229,37 +2240,49 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "%1 저작권 파일을 읽을 수 없음" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" # menue label text #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 msgid "&Language" msgstr "언어(&L)" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "사용권 계약에 동의합니다.(&A)" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +#| "on the first media in the file %1" +msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" "이 EULA의 인쇄는 첫번째 미디어의 \n" "%1 파일로 할 수 있습니다." #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2273,19 +2296,19 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "사용권 계약" # Confirm user request to abort installation #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Add-On 제품 설치를 중단하시겠습니까?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2294,7 +2317,7 @@ "정말 동의를 거부 하시겠습니까?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2304,11 +2327,12 @@ # progress step #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "시스템 종료 중..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 #, fuzzy #| msgid " License Agreement" @@ -2316,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr "사용권 계약" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" @@ -2434,7 +2458,7 @@ # tree node string (System Management BIOS) #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgid "S&MB/CIFS" @@ -2483,7 +2507,7 @@ msgstr "저장소 설명 파일 내려받기(&D)" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2492,7 +2516,7 @@ "파일이면 ISO 이미지를 설정합니다." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2501,68 +2525,68 @@ "해당 미디어의 첫 번째 미디어 위치를 설정하세요.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "서버 이름(&S)" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "디렉터리 또는 ISO 이미지 경로(&P)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 이미지(&I)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "NFS v4 프로토콜(&F)" # Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "마운트 옵션" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(기본)" # translators: command line help text for groupname option -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "저장소의 URL" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "프로토콜(&r)" # translators: command line help text for groupname option #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "저장소의 URL(&U)" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "저장소 URL" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS 서버" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD 또는 DVD 미디어" @@ -2570,23 +2594,23 @@ # are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used # try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "하드디스크" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB 스틱 또는 디스크" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "로컬 디렉터리" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "내부 ISO 이미지" @@ -2595,26 +2619,26 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "서버 디렉터리" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # translators: error message #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "저장소 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "저장소 이름(&R)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" @@ -2623,12 +2647,12 @@ "저장소 이름을 사용하여 저장소의 이름을 지정합니다. 만약 비어 있을경우 YaST 제품이름 또는 URL을 이름으로 지정합니다.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "서비스 이름(&S)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" @@ -2639,17 +2663,17 @@ # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # error popup #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL을 비워 둘 수 없습니다." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL(&U)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2661,16 +2685,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "URL의 부분 편집" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "전체 URL 편집" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2680,7 +2704,7 @@ "서버 이름과 디렉터리 경로 또는 ISO 이미지\n" "를 사용하여 NFS 서버 호스트 이름과 경로를 지정." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2689,16 +2713,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM(&C)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "DVD-ROM(&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2707,13 +2731,13 @@ "미디어의 종류를 지정하려면 CD-ROM이나 DVD-ROM을 설정합니다." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO 이미지 파일" # error message #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2722,7 +2746,7 @@ "아니거나 없는 디렉터리입니다.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2731,7 +2755,7 @@ "아니거나 없는 파일입니다.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2742,17 +2766,17 @@ "사용 하시겠습니까?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "디렉터리 경로(&P)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "순수 RPM 디렉터리(&P)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" @@ -2774,22 +2798,22 @@ "체크하세요." #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "USB 대용량 저장 장치(&U)" # type of item (displayed in the table) #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "파일 시스템(&F)" # type of item (displayed in the table) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "디렉터리(&C)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" @@ -2818,7 +2842,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system which is used on the device will be automatically\n" @@ -2835,11 +2859,11 @@ # combo box label #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "디스크 장치(&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Disk</big> \n" @@ -2867,12 +2891,12 @@ "선택하세요." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 이미지 경로(&P)" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2883,74 +2907,74 @@ " 경로를 지정 합니다." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "서버 이름(&N)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "포트(&P)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "공유(&S)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO 이미지(&I)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "서버상의 디렉터리:(&D)" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "인증(&t)" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "익명(&A)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "작업그룹 또는 도메인(&W)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:143 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:154 # src/provider/dialogs.ycp:325 #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "열쇠글(&P)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "FTP(&F)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "HTTP(&T)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTTPS(&P)" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2975,7 +2999,7 @@ "파일이면 ISO 이미지를 설정합니다.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2986,12 +3010,20 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" +# src/config/lan.y2cc:11 +# translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..." +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "네트워크 구성 확인 중..." + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -3002,7 +3034,7 @@ "하드디스크로 설정할 수 있습니다." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -3013,7 +3045,7 @@ " 사용 가능한 제품 CD 세트나 DVD가 필요합니다." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -3037,7 +3069,7 @@ " 기본 경로만 있으면 됩니다.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -3056,29 +3088,29 @@ " /data1/CD1)를 지정하십시오.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the media type." msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "미디어 종류를 선택하십시오." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Add-On 제품 CD를 삽입하십시오." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Add-On 제품 DVD를 삽입하십시오." # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:324 src/services/dns.ycp:160 # popup error message #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "검색된 USB 디스크 없음." #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Download Files \n" @@ -3100,12 +3132,12 @@ "나중에 필요할 때 자동으로 다운로드 합니다. \n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "미디어 종류" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Product" msgid "Add On Product" @@ -3117,7 +3149,7 @@ #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." @@ -3336,12 +3368,12 @@ msgstr "네트워크에서 SLP 저장소를 찾을 수 없습니다." #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "\"%1\" 파티션에 %2 디스크 공간이 더 필요합니다." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Deselect some packages or delete some data\n" @@ -3354,7 +3386,7 @@ "취소하거나 일부 데이터 또는 임시 파일을 삭제하십시오." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please deselect some packages." msgid "Deselect some packages." @@ -3414,11 +3446,6 @@ #~ msgid "Initialize Software Manager" #~ msgstr "꾸러미 관리자 초기화" -# src/config/lan.y2cc:11 -# translators: progress step -#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..." -#~ msgstr "네트워크 구성 확인 중..." - #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Initializing Package Manager ... " #~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... " Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/pkg-bindings.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/pkg-bindings.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/pkg-bindings.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-16 10:19+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ msgstr "<BIG>저장소 새로 고치는 중</BIG>꾸러미 관리자가 저장소 내용을 업데이트 합니다..." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:655 +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "설치하기 위해 꾸러미가 선택할 수 없습니다." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:661 +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "꾸러미가 사용가능한 상태가 아닙니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/printer.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/printer.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/printer.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-01 19:51+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -243,8 +243,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" @@ -511,8 +511,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "아무 것도 선택하지 않았음" @@ -3824,53 +3824,53 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "표시" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "로컬(&L)" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "원격(&R)" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "구성" # table header #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "위치" # table header #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "기본값" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "목록 새로 고침(&R)" @@ -3878,7 +3878,7 @@ # src/modem/complex.ycp:207 src/provider/complex.ycp:186 # command line help text for the test action #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "테스트 페이지 인쇄(&T)" @@ -3888,7 +3888,7 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A local running CUPS daemon is required but it seems to be not accessible.\n" @@ -3909,7 +3909,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" @@ -3942,27 +3942,27 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "" #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of further failures." msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." @@ -3970,14 +3970,14 @@ # dialog label #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "%1 CUPS 서버" # result of testing #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The print server is accessible." msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." @@ -3987,37 +3987,37 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "항목을 선택하세요." # translators: error message - default host cannot be deleted -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "삭제할 수 없음" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "이것은 원격 구성입니다. 로컬 구성만 삭제 할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "삭제 완료" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "선택한 구성은 바로 삭제되고 복구 할 수 없습니다." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "구성 %1 삭제" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "삭제 하지 않음" @@ -4029,26 +4029,26 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of a Class" msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "클래스 구성" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 #, fuzzy #| msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "이 형식의 영역은 이 도구로 편집할 수 없습니다." # list detected -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "인쇄 작업 거부 중" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "인쇄작업 거부로 테스트 페이지를 인쇄할 수 없습니다." @@ -4056,12 +4056,12 @@ #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "인쇄 출력 비활성화" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "인쇄출력 비활성화로 테스트 페이지를 인쇄할 수 없습니다." @@ -4070,27 +4070,27 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "시험 인쇄를 하기전에 삭제해야 할지도 모르는 인쇄 작업이 대기 중 입니다." # list detected #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "%1 에 대해 대기 중인 인쇄 작업 삭제" # translators: progress stage 1/2 #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "시험 인쇄를 시작하기 전에 대기 중인 작업 삭제" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "다른 작업을 마친 후에 시험 인쇄" @@ -4098,7 +4098,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "%1 에 대기 중인 모든 작업을 삭제하는데 실패했습니다." @@ -4119,14 +4119,14 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Test printing" msgid "Test printout" msgstr "프린팅 테스트(&T)" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "" @@ -4134,7 +4134,7 @@ # src/modem/complex.ycp:207 src/provider/complex.ycp:186 # command line help text for the test action #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Print test page" msgid "Single test page" @@ -4144,7 +4144,7 @@ # TRANSLATORS: keep this short! Only translations in languages # with encodings ISO-8859-[1|2|15] will be used. #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 test page" msgid "Two test pages" @@ -4153,7 +4153,7 @@ # error report #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "%1 용 테스트 페이지 인쇄에 실패했습니다." @@ -4161,7 +4161,7 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Wait Until Testprint Finished" msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" @@ -4169,7 +4169,7 @@ #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sent testpage to %1. It should start to print soon." msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." @@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@ #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The test was successful" msgid "Testpage printout was successful" @@ -4187,7 +4187,7 @@ # push button #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Test printing" msgid "Testpage printing failed" @@ -4209,53 +4209,53 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "바로 삭제해야 할지도 모르는 인쇄 작업이 대기 중입니다." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "모든 대기 중인 작업 삭제" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "삭제 하지 않음" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "원격 CUPS 서버의 설정을 구성에 추가할 때 충돌이 있습니다." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "수정할 수 없음" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "이것은 원격 구성입니다. 로컬 구성만 수정할 수 있습니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/rdp.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/rdp.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/rdp.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -123,52 +123,52 @@ msgstr "방화벽 설정" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장" # button label #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Later" msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "나중에 구성" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "서비스 재시작" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "서비스 중지" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "원격 관리 구성 저장 중" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "방화벽 설정 저장 중..." # src/config/proxy.y2cc:21 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuring hardware..." msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "하드웨어 설정 중..." #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "서비스 재시작 중..." # progress step label -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stopping services..." msgid "Stopping the service..." @@ -176,12 +176,12 @@ # label in proposal text #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "원격 관리가 활성화 되었습니다." # label in proposal text #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "원격 관리가 비활성화 되었습니다." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/rear.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/rear.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/rear.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -301,16 +301,16 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading firewall settings" +msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgstr "방화벽 설정 불러오는 중" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "시스템 분석 중..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reading firewall settings" -msgid "Reading rear settings" -msgstr "방화벽 설정 불러오는 중" - #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/registration.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/registration.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/registration.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-12 01:22+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -22,35 +22,6 @@ "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" # dialog caption -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Use custom registration server " -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "사용자 등록 서버 사용" - -# radiobutton -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "Novell 고객 센터 구성" - -# dialog caption #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -70,9 +41,9 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -88,27 +59,27 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration was successful." msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "등록에 성공하였습니다." #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" # error popup text #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "SMT 인증서 파일 다운로드에 실패" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Import Certificate" msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" @@ -118,8 +89,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." @@ -318,31 +289,27 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "지문:" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" - +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination is invalid." msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "대상이 잘못되었습니다." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -359,36 +326,36 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "등록 코드" +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." +msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration can not be performed." msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "등록을 실행할 수 없습니다." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" @@ -397,7 +364,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -407,23 +374,23 @@ msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -431,6 +398,26 @@ "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid value." +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "잘못된 값입니다." + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 #, fuzzy @@ -439,20 +426,20 @@ msgstr "원격 관리 구성 저장 중" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -461,7 +448,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" @@ -470,8 +457,8 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." @@ -480,7 +467,7 @@ # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgid "Synchronizing Products..." @@ -493,7 +480,7 @@ #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" @@ -501,7 +488,7 @@ msgstr "등록 모듈 도움말" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgid "Loading Migration Products..." @@ -509,21 +496,21 @@ # dialog caption #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "등록 모듈 도움말" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait, while volumes are being detected." msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "볼륨을 감지하는 중입니다. 기다려 주세요." #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use custom registration server " msgid "" @@ -533,7 +520,7 @@ # popup text #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Would you like to use these mount points\n" @@ -545,7 +532,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?" msgid "" @@ -563,7 +550,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -574,7 +561,7 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown error" msgid "Unknown product" @@ -583,7 +570,7 @@ # progress stages #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting registration..." msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." @@ -591,27 +578,27 @@ #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No product found in the repository" msgid "" @@ -686,7 +673,11 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details" @@ -694,31 +685,31 @@ #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" # part of a text #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 #, fuzzy #| msgid "is not available" msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "유용하지 않습니다." #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" @@ -739,7 +730,7 @@ msgstr "이곳에서 시스템에 설치된 모든 Add-On 제품을 확인할 수 있습니다." #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" @@ -819,7 +810,7 @@ # yes-no popup #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete '%s'?" @@ -829,22 +820,22 @@ # tree node string - CPU information #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Vendor Identifier" msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "제조업체 식별자" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "버전(&V)" # tree node string -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "아키텍쳐(&A)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Release" msgid "&Release Type" @@ -852,9 +843,9 @@ # dialog caption #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" @@ -889,10 +880,8 @@ # src/dsl/complex.ycp:147 src/lan/complex.ycp:191 # table header -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Email Address" msgid "&E-mail Address" @@ -906,27 +895,27 @@ # dialog caption #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SMT Server Settings" msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "SMT 서버 설정" # dialog caption -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server CA certificate:" msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" @@ -934,19 +923,19 @@ # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server CA certificate:" msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "서버 CA 인증:" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "없음" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:111 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select Certificate File" msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" @@ -955,23 +944,37 @@ # dialog caption #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "등록 모듈 도움말" # dialog caption -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register System via %s" +msgstr "등록 코드" + +# dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" +msgstr "등록 서버:" + +# dialog caption +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" # dialog caption -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" @@ -979,7 +982,7 @@ # dialog caption #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" @@ -989,54 +992,37 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" - # radiobutton #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Novell 고객 센터 구성" # IPsec configure1 dialog caption @@ -1067,22 +1053,22 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) @@ -1090,21 +1076,6 @@ msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Invalid value." -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "잘못된 값입니다." - -# dialog caption -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -1141,14 +1112,14 @@ # Progress step 2/3 #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Repositories..." msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "저장소 저장 중..." #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL: %1" msgid "URL: %s" @@ -1156,7 +1127,7 @@ # Table header item - listing mail servers #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Priority" msgid "Priority: %s" @@ -1233,20 +1204,20 @@ msgstr "새 대상 구조를 선택하세요." #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "" # rich text item #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "가능한 해결책(&S)" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration Summary" msgid "Migration Summary" @@ -1258,14 +1229,14 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." msgid "%s will be installed." @@ -1273,25 +1244,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1347,20 +1318,96 @@ "You can manually register the system from scratch." msgstr "" -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +# dialog caption +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "Local Registration Servers" +msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use custom registration server " +msgid "No registration server selected" +msgstr "사용자 등록 서버 사용" + +# radiobutton +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Novell 고객 센터 구성" + +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking..." msgid "Searching..." msgstr "확인 중..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use local registration server" msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "로컬 등록 서버 사용" +# dialog caption +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "SMT 서버 설정" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use custom registration server " +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "사용자 등록 서버 사용" + +# dialog caption +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registration failed." +#~ msgstr "등록 코드" + +# dialog caption +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Local Registration Server" +#~ msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +#~ msgstr "로컬 등록 서버" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "&List of Repositories" #~ msgid "Migration Repositories" #~ msgstr "저장소 목록(&L)" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/reipl.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/reipl.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/reipl.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-22 12:03+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -30,11 +30,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "After shutdown, reload the system\n" +#| "with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "종료 후, DASD '%1' 로 부터 시스템과\n" @@ -45,7 +50,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -58,7 +63,7 @@ "(WWPN '%2', LUN '%3')(으)로부터\n" "IPL 과 시스템을 다시 불러옵니다.\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-client.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-client.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 17:13+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -1032,61 +1032,61 @@ msgstr "요구된 꾸러미 설치 중..." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "PAM 로그인" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "kerberos 사용" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "kerberos 사용하지 않음" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "기본 영역" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "기본 도메인" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "KDC 서버 주소" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "시간차" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "KDC 서버: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "워크그룹 또는 도메인: %1" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "기본 영역: %1 " # Translators: button # TODO ... #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" @@ -1094,24 +1094,24 @@ #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "아니요" # textentry label #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "DNS를 통해 구성을 취득" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ "다시 시도하십시오.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-server.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-server.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/samba-server.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-14 17:46+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -294,11 +294,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message #: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" +#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" +#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "현재 이 삼바 서버에 사용자가 연결되어 있기 때문에,\n" "서버 구성을 다시 시작하는 대신 다시 로드했습니다.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/security.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/security.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/security.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-20 13:50+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -122,221 +122,221 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "알 수 없음" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "매직 SysRq 키 사용" # push button -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "secure 파일 권한 사용" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "디스플레이 관리자에 원격 접근" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "하드웨어 시계에 시스템 시간을 기록" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "항상 cron 스크립트의 syslog 메시지를 생성함" # check box -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "Chroot 에서 DHCP 데몬 실행" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "DHCP 데몬을 dhcp 사용자가 실행" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable remote root login in the display manager" msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "디스플레이 관리자에서 원격 루트 로그인 비활성화" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable remote access to the X server" msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "X 서버에 원격 접근 비활성화" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "전자 우편 전송 하위시스템에 원격 접근" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "서비스 재시작" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable service stop on removal" msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "제거에서 서비스 중지 비활성화" # checkbox -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "TCP syncookies 활성화" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IP 포워딩:" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IP 포워딩:" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable the service" msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "서비스 활성화" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable the service" msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "서비스 비활성화" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "설정" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "활성화" # translators: service status radio button label # translators: server module status -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "비활성화" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "보안 설정" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "상태" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "보안 상태" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "도움말" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " 또는 " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "이 기초 시스템 서비스는 런레벨 %1 에서 활성화되지 않았음: %2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "모든 기초 서비스를 활성화합니다." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "이 추가 서비스는 런레벨 %1 에서 활성화됨: %2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "서비스의 목록을 확인하고 사용하지 않는 모든 서비스를 비활성화 합니다." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "기초 시스템 서비스만 활성화 합니다." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "보안 개요" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "변경 상태(&S)" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "설명(&D)" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "시스템 분석 중..." #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "부트 설정" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "부트 권한" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "기타 설정" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "열쇠글 설정" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "검사" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "열쇠글 사용 기간" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ "없습니다." #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -354,17 +354,17 @@ "선택한 암호화 방법의 최대 열쇠글 길이는 %1입니다." #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "로그인 설정" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "로그인" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ " 잠시 기다려 주십시오... " #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ "지금 중단을 누르면 구성 유틸리티를 안전하게 중단할 수 있습니다." #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ # Write dialog help 2/2 #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." @@ -400,53 +400,9 @@ "<big>저장 중단</big> \n" "중단을 누르면 저장이 중단됩니다." -# Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 -#. Boot dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." -msgstr "" -"<big>부트 보안</big>\n" -"이 대화 상자에서는 보안과 관련된 다양한 부트 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다." - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server." -msgstr "" -"Ctrl + Alt + Del의 해석:\n" -"콘솔에서 사용자가 Ctrl + Alt + Del 키를 동시에 누를 때\n" -"시스템에서 수행할 작업을 구성합니다.\n" -"일반적으로 시스템 다시 시작이 수행됩니다. 이 이벤트를 무시하는 것이\n" -"나은 경우도 있는데, 예를 들어 시스템이 워크스테이션과 서버의\n" -"역할을 모두 수행하는 경우가 그렇습니다." - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" -msgstr "" -"로그인 관리자의 시스템 종료 동작:\n" -"KDM으로 부터 시스템 종료 허용할 사용자를 설정합니다.\n" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" "Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" @@ -460,7 +416,7 @@ " " #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" @@ -473,14 +429,14 @@ "유형이든 네트워크에 연결된 컴퓨터용." #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." @@ -489,12 +445,12 @@ "제공하는 컴퓨터용." #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." msgstr "사용자 설정: 사용자 정의 구성을 만듭니다." #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -505,7 +461,7 @@ " 주로 /etc/login.defs 파일에 저장됩니다." #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" @@ -518,7 +474,7 @@ "필요가 없도록 시간을 짧게 설정하십시오. 적절한 값은 3초(<tt>3</tt>)입니다." #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" @@ -537,7 +493,7 @@ "" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" @@ -548,7 +504,7 @@ "관리자를 사용하여 컴퓨터에 원격 접근할 경우 보안상 위험이 따를 수 있습니다." #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." @@ -557,7 +513,7 @@ "주로 /etc/login.defs 파일에 저장됩니다." #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" @@ -568,7 +524,7 @@ "이 항목을 선택하면 이러한 규칙에 따라 열쇠글을 점검합니다." #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" @@ -588,7 +544,7 @@ "무시됩니다. 이 옵션은 새 열쇠글 확인을 설정했을 때만 작동합니다." #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" @@ -599,12 +555,12 @@ "열쇠글을 저장하지 말아야 할 경우 0을 입력하십시오." #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "열쇠글 암호화 방법:" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "des, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" @@ -620,7 +576,7 @@ "다른 시스템간의 호환이 필요하다면 이 방법을 사용하십시오." #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." @@ -629,12 +585,12 @@ "MD5를 지원하지만, 다른 시스템이나 오래된 소프트웨어는 지원하지 않습니다." #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." @@ -643,7 +599,7 @@ "최소 기간 및 최대 기간을 날짜 단위로 설정합니다." #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" @@ -654,7 +610,7 @@ "누군가가 열쇠글을 추측할 수 있는 가능성이 줄어듭니다." #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." @@ -663,7 +619,7 @@ "이 대화 상자에서는 사용자 생성에 사용되는 다양한 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다." #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." @@ -672,7 +628,7 @@ "가능한 사용자 ID의 최소값 및 최대값을 설정합니다." #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." @@ -681,7 +637,7 @@ "가능한 그룹 ID의 최소값 및 최대값을 설정합니다." #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" "In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." @@ -690,7 +646,7 @@ "이 대화 상자에서는 로컬 보안과 관련된 여러 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" @@ -721,7 +677,7 @@ " X 응용 프로그램 및 setuid 프로그램을 사용할 수 있는 사용자를 지정해야 합니다.\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" @@ -737,7 +693,7 @@ # Misc dialog help 10/14 #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" @@ -751,7 +707,7 @@ # Misc dialog help 11/14 #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" "system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" @@ -764,7 +720,7 @@ "검색 경로(PATH 변수)를 통해서만 실행 파일을 검색합니다." #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" @@ -781,7 +737,7 @@ " 트로이 목마가 실행될 가능성이 높습니다." #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." @@ -790,7 +746,7 @@ "마지막으로 검색하게 합니다." #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." @@ -799,7 +755,7 @@ "붙여 실행해야 합니다. 예: \"./configure\"." #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" "will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" @@ -810,34 +766,34 @@ " 제어할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt를 참조하십시오." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Security Overview This is overview of the most important security settings." msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." msgstr "보안 개요 이것은 기타 주요 보안 설정의 개요입니다." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To change the current value click the link associated to the option." msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "현재 값을 변경하려면 옵션에 조합할 수 있는 링크를 클릭하세요." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgstr "보안 상태 행에 체크되어 있으면 옵션에 대한 현재의 값이 안전하다는것을 의미합니다." #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing in the system." msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "현재 값을 읽을 수 없습니다. 아마 서비스가 설치되어있지 않거나 시스템에 옵션이 누락되었을 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 #, fuzzy #| msgid "A display manager provides for a graphical login screen and can be accessed across the network by an X server running on another system if so configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that are being used.If you don't need XDMCP for remote graphical logins then disable this option." msgid "" @@ -851,7 +807,7 @@ "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "디스플레이 관리자는 GUI 로그인 화면을 제공하고 다른 시스템에 동작하는 X 서버로부터 네트워크를 사용하여 접근 할 수도 있습니다.창에 표시되는 데이터는 네트워크를 통해서도 접근할 수 있습니다. 사용하는 네트워크가 신뢰되지 않을 경우 네트워크 통신 내용이 유출되어 디스플레이 GUI 내용이 보여지고 사용하는 사용자 이름과 열쇠글에도 접근 할 수 있게 됩니다.원격 GUI 로그인 기능인XDMCP 이 필요 없는 경우 이 옵션을 비활성화 하세요." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the computer. By consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the ability of the system to create correct log messages." msgid "" @@ -861,31 +817,31 @@ "correct log messages." msgstr "시스템을 시작할 때 시스템 시간은 하드웨어 시계에 맞춰지므로 시스템 종료 전에 하드웨어 시계를 맞추는 작업이 필요합니다.시스템 시간을 정확하게 맞춰야 올바른 로그 메시지를 작성할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually determined by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems, and the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log record.From this standpoint, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "시스템에서 잘 동작하지 않는 것은 일반적으로 그 동작이 안정 유무에 의해 정해집니다. 평소에 발생하는 이벤트에 대한 Syslog 메시지는 문제의 원인을 찾는데 중요하고, 모든 로그보다 단일 기록이 보다 많은 정보를 얻을 수 있습니다.이 관점으로 볼 때 시스템 이벤트의 syslog 메시지는 그것이 존재할 경우에 유용합니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Chroot execution environments are used to constrain a process to only those files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgstr "Chroot 실행 환경은 하위디렉터리로 구분된 파일만을 배치하여 루트 디렉터리를 그 디렉터리로 실행시키는것입니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize the possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Please note that dhcpd must not run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgstr "DHCP 클라이언트 데몬은 dhcpd 를 사용자로 동작시켜 프로그램 코드에 있을 수 있는 취약성에 대비하여 위험성을 최소한으로 줄여야 합니다.dhcpd 는 root 로 실행하면 안되는것 외에 CAP_SYS_CHROOT 기능을 사용하여 chroot 실행 환경에 제한을 하면 더 효과적임을 알아두세요." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Administrators should care to not log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root through the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgstr "관리자는 X 윈도우 세션에 root 로 로그인 하지 않도록 주의하여 root 권한 사용을 최소화 해야 합니다.이 옵션은 부주의한 관리자를 돕는것은 아니고, 공격자가 열쇠글을 추려내거나 획득했을 경우 디스플레이 관리자를 통해 root 로그인을 못하도록 방해하는 것입니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 #, fuzzy #| msgid "X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a different system and can display their content on the X server through network connections.When enabled it makes the X server listen on a port 6000 plus the display number. Since the network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore subject to network sniffing, and since another port held open by a program - here the X server - opens attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X Window clients across a network, the use of secure shell (ssh) is recommended, which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgid "" @@ -899,7 +855,7 @@ "Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "X 윈도우 클라이언트(예, 사용자의 디스플레이에 프로그램 열기)는 물리 머신에 실행되고 있는 X 서버에 접속합니다. 프로그램은 다른 시스템으로 실행시킬 수 있고 X 서버의 내용을 네트워크 연결을 통해 표시할 수 있습니다.이 기능을 활성화할 땐 X 서버 청취 포트 6000 + 디스플레이 번호로 대기합니다. 이 때 네트워크 트래픽에는 전송 상태가 암호화 되지 않고 네트워크 통신이 감청될 수 있습니다. 추가로 X 서버와 같은 프로그램으로 열리는 다른 포트가 공격 대상이 될 수도 있습니다. 안전한 설정은 이것을 비활성화 하는수 밖에 없습니다.네트워크를 통해 X 윈도우 클라이언트를 표시하려면 암호화 쉘(ssh) 을 사용하세요 암호화된 SSH 연결의 내부(SSH 터널링)에서 X 윈도우 클라이언트와 서버 사이의 통신이 이루어 지게 � ��니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose itself to the outside of the system by default because it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol then disable this option." msgid "" @@ -907,7 +863,7 @@ "itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "전자 우편 전송 하위시스템은 항상 시작됩니다. 하지만 기본적으로는 외부로부터 SMTP의 25 포트로 접속할 수 있도록 설정되어 있지 않기 때문에 시스템의 외부에 공개하지 않습니다.SMTP 프로토콜을 사용하여 시스템 앞으로 보낸 전자 우편을 전송하지 않는 경우 이 옵션을 비활성화 하세요." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 #, fuzzy #| msgid "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being updated, then the service is restarted after the files of the package are installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do, considering that many services either need their binaries accessible in the filesystem or their configuration files. These services would just continue to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific reason to do so." msgid "" @@ -921,7 +877,7 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "현재 실행 중인 서비스를 포함한 꾸러미를 업데이트 하는 경우 꾸러미에 있는 파일을 설치 한 뒤에 서비스를 다시 실행 할 필요가 있습니다.이러한 동작이 많이 있을 수록 유용하고 안전하지만 서비스에 따라서는 파일 시스템에 있는 바이너리나 설정 파일에 접근 할 필요가 생기는 경우도 있습니다. 예를 들어 데몬 실행을 죽여야 할 경우도 있습니다.이 설정은 특별한 이유가 있는 경우에만 설정해야 합니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being uninstalled, then the service is stopped before the files of the package are removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do, considering that many services either need their binaries accessible in the filesystem or their configuration files. These services would just continue to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific reason to do so." msgid "" @@ -935,42 +891,141 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "현재 실행 중인 서비스를 포함한 꾸러미를 업데이트 하는 경우 꾸러미에 있는 파일을 설치 한 뒤에 서비스를 다시 실행 할 필요가 있습니다.이러한 동작이 많이 있을 수록 유용하고 안전하지만 서비스에 따라서는 파일 시스템에 있는 바이너리나 설정 파일에 접근 할 필요가 생기는 경우도 있습니다. 예를 들어 데몬 실행을 죽여야 할 경우도 있습니다.이 설정은 특별한 이유가 있는 경우에만 설정해야 합니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 #, fuzzy #| msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations, but in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source the Enabled setting can bring problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, the syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgstr "시스템이 다수의 접속 요구를 받아들이면 부하를 받고 메모리 한계에 다달아 결과적으로 서비스 거부(DoS) 상태에 빠집니다.syncookies 의 사용은 이런 경우에 도움이 되지만 이 설정을 활성화 하고 있을 경우에 다수의 정당한 접속 요구에도 과부하 접속으로 인식하여 TCP의 접속을 못하게 됩니다.다만 이 부분의 경우 syncookies 의 사용은 SYN flood DoS 공격에 대한 1차 방위선이 되기 때문에 활성화로 두는것이 안전합니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." msgstr "IP 포워딩이란 받아 들인 네트워크 패킷을 전달하는 의미이지만, 시스템으로 설정한 네트워크 인터페이스 가운데 1개로 전달하는 것이 아닙니다. 예를 들어, 네트워크 인터페이스 주소.시스템이 네트워크 통신 을 ISO/OSI 레이어 3에서 전송하는 경우 그것은 라우터라고 불립니다. 라우터로서 동작을 필요로 하지 않는 경우 이 옵션을 비활성화 하세요." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "이 설정은 IPv4 에만 적용됩니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "이 설정은 IPv6 에만 적용됩니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "매직 SysRq 키 활성화는 시스템이 크래쉬 상태(예, 커널 디버깅 도중)이나 무응답 상태 있을 경우 몇개의 조작을 받을 수 있게 합니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "/etc/permissions.* 파일에는 사전 정의된 파일의 권한 정보가 있습니다. 가장 제한하기 힘든 파일 권한은 'secure' 또는 'paranoid' 파일입니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security related services." msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "기초 시스템 서비스는 시스템의 정당성을 유지하기 위해 활성화 해야 하는 항목으로 보안에 관한 서비스를 실행하기 위해 필요합니다." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "각각 실행 중인 서비스는 모두 잠재적인 보안 공격의 표적이 될 수 있습니다. 때문에, 시스템으로 사용하고 있지 않은 모든 서비스는 비활성화 해두는것이 좋습니다." +# Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." +msgstr "" +"<big>부트 보안</big>\n" +"이 대화 상자에서는 보안과 관련된 다양한 부트 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다." + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +#| "workstation and server." +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"Ctrl + Alt + Del의 해석:\n" +"콘솔에서 사용자가 Ctrl + Alt + Del 키를 동시에 누를 때\n" +"시스템에서 수행할 작업을 구성합니다.\n" +"일반적으로 시스템 다시 시작이 수행됩니다. 이 이벤트를 무시하는 것이\n" +"나은 경우도 있는데, 예를 들어 시스템이 워크스테이션과 서버의\n" +"역할을 모두 수행하는 경우가 그렇습니다." + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +#| "workstation and server." +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"Ctrl + Alt + Del의 해석:\n" +"콘솔에서 사용자가 Ctrl + Alt + Del 키를 동시에 누를 때\n" +"시스템에서 수행할 작업을 구성합니다.\n" +"일반적으로 시스템 다시 시작이 수행됩니다. 이 이벤트를 무시하는 것이\n" +"나은 경우도 있는데, 예를 들어 시스템이 워크스테이션과 서버의\n" +"역할을 모두 수행하는 경우가 그렇습니다." + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +#| "workstation and server." +msgid "" +"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s" +msgstr "" +"Ctrl + Alt + Del의 해석:\n" +"콘솔에서 사용자가 Ctrl + Alt + Del 키를 동시에 누를 때\n" +"시스템에서 수행할 작업을 구성합니다.\n" +"일반적으로 시스템 다시 시작이 수행됩니다. 이 이벤트를 무시하는 것이\n" +"나은 경우도 있는데, 예를 들어 시스템이 워크스테이션과 서버의\n" +"역할을 모두 수행하는 경우가 그렇습니다." + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" +msgid "" +"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" +msgstr "" +"로그인 관리자의 시스템 종료 동작:\n" +"KDM으로 부터 시스템 종료 허용할 사용자를 설정합니다.\n" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Hibernate System:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +msgstr "" + #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 #, fuzzy @@ -1041,34 +1096,120 @@ "최소 그룹 ID 값은 최대값보다 클 수\n" "없습니다." -# ComboBox label -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "Ctrl + Alt + Del의 해석(&I)" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "무시" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "재시작" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "컴퓨터 끄기" +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "루트만" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "모든 사용자" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "익명사용자" + +# ComboBox label +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "Ctrl + Alt + Del의 해석(&I)" + #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "원격 그래픽 로그인 허용(&G)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Magic SysRq Keys" msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" @@ -1077,57 +1218,37 @@ # translators: service status radio button label # translators: server module status #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "비활성화" # yes-no popup #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable AppArmor Functions" msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "AppArmor 기능 활성화" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "잘못된 로그인 후에 기다리는 시간(&D)" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "최대(&U)" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "최소(&I)" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "KDM 로그인 관라자의 시스템 종료 동작(&S):" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "루트만" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "모든 사용자" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "익명사용자" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "System Information" msgid "System Hybernation" @@ -1135,85 +1256,94 @@ # progress stage #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot open the virtual machine console." msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "가상 머신 콘솔을 열 수 없습니다." #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "" # summary item #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Realms" msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "인증 영역" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "열쇠글 암호화 방법(&A)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "새 열쇠글 확인(&C)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "기억할 열쇠글 수(&E)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "허용되는 열쇠글의 최소 길이(&M)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "열쇠글 만료 경고 기간(&D)" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "파일 권한(&F)" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "낮은" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "안전한" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "강력한" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "updatedb를 수행할 사용자(&U)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "최대(&X)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "최소(&M)" +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" +msgstr "KDM 로그인 관라자의 시스템 종료 동작(&S):" + #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "사전 정의된 보안 구성" @@ -1230,69 +1360,69 @@ msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "보안 구성 저장" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "보안 설정 기록" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "inittab 설정 기록" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAM 설정 기록" # progress bar stage # progress stage #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save system settings" msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "시스템 설정사항 저장" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "보안 설정을 기록하는 중..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "inittab 설정을 기록하는 중..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAM 설정을 기록하는 중..." # progress step #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving system settings..." msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "시스템 설정사항을 저장하는 중..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "현재 보안 레벨: 사용자 설정" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "현재 보안 레벨: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/services-manager.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/services-manager.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/services-manager.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -317,13 +317,13 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "%1: 장치의 상태를 변경할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/snapper.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/snapper.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/snapper.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -52,15 +52,15 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User name" msgid "User data" @@ -68,21 +68,21 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C&leanup Script" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "스크립트 지우기(&L)" #. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify %1" msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "%1 수정" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify %1" msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ # table cell, %1 is device name (eg. /dev/hda1) #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "PReP (%1)" msgid "Pre (%{pre})" @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ # table entry, %1 is IP address #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host %1" msgid "Post (%{post})" @@ -106,14 +106,14 @@ # push button #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New " msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "새로 작성" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the list of profiles" msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -121,18 +121,18 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" # yes-no popup #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" @@ -140,31 +140,31 @@ # yes-no popup #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "'%1'을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "싱가포르" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the list of profiles" msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." @@ -172,49 +172,49 @@ # dialog caption #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Current Configuration:" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "현재 구성:" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "형식" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "시작 날짜" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "끝 날짜" # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 # Frame title -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "사용자 데이타" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Show Changes" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "변경사항 보기(&S)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "수정" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -222,21 +222,21 @@ # option description #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected Service" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "선택된 서비스" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "다음 %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." @@ -244,27 +244,27 @@ # table cell, NTP relationship type #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "실패한 확인 승인" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" # to translators: sound card has been removed from the machine #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Card removed" msgid "File was removed." msgstr "카드 제거됨" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ # %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d, # eg. nfsserver #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." @@ -280,101 +280,101 @@ # popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Nothing was modified yet." msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "수정 사항이 없습니다." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 #, fuzzy #| msgid "R&estore and Reset" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "복원 및 재설정(&E)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore Options" msgid "Restore" msgstr "복원 옵션" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "새로 고침 선택됨(&F)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "열기(&O)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "새로 고침 선택됨(&F)" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgid "" @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgid "" @@ -399,19 +399,19 @@ msgstr "모듈 '%1' 의 설정을 사용자의 현재 시스템에 적용하시겠습니까?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "설치하기 위해 선택한 꾸러미가 없습니다." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "파일 복구" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/sound.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/sound.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/sound.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-25 18:57+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ #. popup error message #: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." -msgstr "" -"사운드 카드 데이타베이스를 발견하지 못했습니다. 설치정보를 확인하십시오." +msgstr "사운드 카드 데이타베이스를 발견하지 못했습니다. 설치정보를 확인하십시오." # translators: command line help text for Tv module #. translators: command line help text for Sound module @@ -38,9 +37,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for add action #: src/clients/sound.rb:79 msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." -msgstr "" -"사운드 카드를 추가합니다. 매개 변수를 지정하지 않으면 첫 번째로 검색되는 사운" -"드 카드가 추가됩니다." +msgstr "사운드 카드를 추가합니다. 매개 변수를 지정하지 않으면 첫 번째로 검색되는 사운드 카드가 추가됩니다." #. help text for unknownd parameters #: src/clients/sound.rb:84 @@ -74,12 +71,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"특정 모듈 매개변수의 값입니다. 'show' 명령을 사용하면 허용된 매개변수 목록을 " -"볼 수 있습니다." +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "특정 모듈 매개변수의 값입니다. 'show' 명령을 사용하면 허용된 매개변수 목록을 볼 수 있습니다." #. translators: command line help text for volume action #: src/clients/sound.rb:131 @@ -89,12 +82,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"특정 채널의 값입니다(0-100). 'channels' 명령을 사용하면 사용 가능한 채널의 목" -"록을 볼 수 있습니다." +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "특정 채널의 값입니다(0-100). 'channels' 명령을 사용하면 사용 가능한 채널의 목록을 볼 수 있습니다." # translators: command line help text for modules action #. translators: command line help text for modules action @@ -617,14 +606,11 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore " -"the original settings." +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." msgstr "" "이 대화상자에서 선택된 사운드 카드의 각 채널 음량을 설정할 수 있습니다. \n" -"음량 설정을 저장하려면 다음을 누르시고, 원래 설정으로 복귀하시려면 " -"뒤로를 누르십시오." +"음량 설정을 저장하려면 다음을 누르시고, 원래 설정으로 복귀하시려면 뒤로를 누르십시오." # dialog header #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name @@ -1013,11 +999,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "설정하는 옵션을 새로운 값으로 사용하려면 설정을 선택하십시오.\n" -"만일 선택된 옵션의 가능한 값을 알고있다면 가능한 값을 선택 하시면됩니" -"다. \n" +"만일 선택된 옵션의 가능한 값을 알고있다면 가능한 값을 선택 하시면됩니다. \n" "모든 값을 다시 설정하고자 한다면 전체 재설정을 누르십시오.\n" -"수치는 10진수 또는 16진수로 넣을수 있습니다. (16진수는 Ox를 앞에 붙일" -"수 있습니다).\n" +"수치는 10진수 또는 16진수로 넣을수 있습니다. (16진수는 Ox를 앞에 붙일수 있습니다).\n" "\n" # help text - mixer setting 1/4 @@ -1282,9 +1266,6 @@ "\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 -#| msgid "" -#| "PulseAudio daemon can used to play sounds,\n" -#| "use PulseAudio Configuration to enable or disable it." msgid "" "PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\n" "Use PulseAudio Configuration to enable or disable it.\n" @@ -1294,19 +1275,16 @@ #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." msgstr "" -"인덱스가 0인 사운드 장치가 시스템 및 응용 프로그램에서 사용하는 기본 장치" -"입니다.\n" +"인덱스가 0인 사운드 장치가 시스템 및 응용 프로그램에서 사용하는 기본 장치입니다.\n" "선택한 사운드 장치를 기본 장치로 설정하려면 기타를 사용하십시오." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" "OSS(Open Sound System)를 사용하는 응용 프로그램은 aoss 래퍼를 사용하여\n" @@ -1583,16 +1561,12 @@ # help text for joystick configuration 1/4 #~ msgid "" #~ "In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, " -#~ "just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.\n" +#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "이 대화상자에서 조이스틱의 종류를 명시하십시오.\n" -#~ "만약, 목록에 조이스틱 종류가 없으면, 일반 아날로그 조이스틱을 선택" -#~ "하십시오.\n" -#~ "이곳에서는 어떠한 USB 조이스틱도 찾지 못할 것입니다. 만약, USB 장치를 " -#~ "가지고 있다면,\n" +#~ "만약, 목록에 조이스틱 종류가 없으면, 일반 아날로그 조이스틱을 선택하십시오.\n" +#~ "이곳에서는 어떠한 USB 조이스틱도 찾지 못할 것입니다. 만약, USB 장치를 가지고 있다면,\n" #~ "조이스틱에 플러그인만 하고 사용을 시작할 수 있습니다.\n" # label above list of joystick types @@ -1627,15 +1601,11 @@ #~ msgstr "발견하지 못했습니다." #~| msgid "" -#~| "Select a schema file in the list and press Delete to remove it " -#~| "from the\n" +#~| "Select a schema file in the list and press Delete to remove it from the\n" #~| "configuration file." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to " -#~ "remove the configuration" +#~ msgid "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to remove the configuration" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "목록에서 스키마 파일을 선택하고 삭제를 누르면 스키마 파일이 구" -#~ "성\n" +#~ "목록에서 스키마 파일을 선택하고 삭제를 누르면 스키마 파일이 구성\n" #~ "파일에서 제거됩니다." # progress bar label @@ -1676,17 +1646,12 @@ #~ msgstr "<big>사운드 카드<big>" # helptext -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +#~| msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." #~ msgid "Here is an overview of the detected joysticks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "여기에서는 Add-On 제품을 생성하기 위한 데이터의 개요를 볼 수 있습니다." -#~ "" +#~ msgstr "여기에서는 Add-On 제품을 생성하기 위한 데이터의 개요를 볼 수 있습니다." #~| msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add " -#~ "button." +#~ msgid "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add button." #~ msgstr "새 DASD 디스크를 구성하려면 추가를 클릭합니다." # According to QIM Screenshot @@ -1708,9 +1673,7 @@ #~ msgid "There is no soundcard with unconfigured joystick." #~ msgstr "번호가 %1인 카드가 없습니다." -#~| msgid "" -#~| "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -#~| "restored." +#~| msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected joystick configuration is not active.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1770,11 +1733,8 @@ #~ "가지고 있지 않다면, 조이스틱 없음을 선택하십시오.\n" # help text for joystick configuration 3/4 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "테스트를 누르면 선택된 조이스틱 종류의 기능을 테스트 합니다." +#~ msgid "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick type." +#~ msgstr "테스트를 누르면 선택된 조이스틱 종류의 기능을 테스트 합니다." # help text for joystick configuration 4/4 #~ msgid "" @@ -1792,12 +1752,10 @@ # helptext #~ msgid "" #~ "Two or more sound cards in your system support joysticks.\n" -#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure " -#~ "Joystick.\n" +#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure Joystick.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "두개이상의 사운드 카드에서 조이스틱을 지원합니다.\n" -#~ "조이스틱을 설정하기 위해서는, 사운드카드를 선택하고 조이스틱 설정</" -#~ "B>을 누르세요.\n" +#~ "조이스틱을 설정하기 위해서는, 사운드카드를 선택하고 조이스틱 설정을 누르세요.\n" # popup message text #~ msgid "The configured cards do not support the joystick." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 16:54+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -118,8 +118,7 @@ # FIXME! Reused old trans intentionally! # FIXME! #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -217,7 +216,13 @@ msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." +msgstr "루트 파일시스템 복사 중..." + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -1119,7 +1124,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "별도의 홈 파티션 제안(&H)" @@ -1138,7 +1143,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1154,7 +1159,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You tried to mount a fat partition to one of\n" @@ -1179,7 +1184,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You tried to mount a fat partition to the\n" @@ -1202,7 +1207,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You tried to mount a fat partition to the\n" @@ -1225,7 +1230,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -1236,7 +1241,7 @@ # popup text %1 is a number #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1258,7 +1263,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning:\n" @@ -1280,7 +1285,7 @@ "정말 이 크기를 부트 파티션으로 사용하시겠습니까?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1295,7 +1300,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1323,7 +1328,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1343,11 +1348,11 @@ "\n" "정말 이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"\n" +"%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1546,7 +1551,7 @@ # popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. /dev/md0 #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1556,7 +1561,7 @@ # popup text %1 is replaced by a name #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1566,7 +1571,7 @@ # popup text %1 is replaced by a name #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1576,7 +1581,7 @@ # popup text %2 is a partition name, %1 is the raid name #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1585,7 +1590,7 @@ "삭제하기 전에 먼저 RAID에서 장치를 제거하십시오.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1593,12 +1598,12 @@ "장치(%2)를 %1에서 사용하고 있습니다.\n" "삭제하기 전에 먼저 %1을(를) 제거하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" @@ -1614,7 +1619,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1634,7 +1639,7 @@ # popup text, Do not translate LVM. #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1648,7 +1653,7 @@ # popup text, Do not translate LVM. #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1663,7 +1668,7 @@ # popup text, Do not translate LVM. #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1686,15 +1691,15 @@ # advise user to remember his new password #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "이곳에 입력한 열쇠글을 잊어버리지 않도록 주의하세요." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "열쇠글 비워두기 허용." @@ -1735,7 +1740,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1750,7 +1755,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1783,7 +1788,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1795,7 +1800,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -2244,7 +2249,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -2263,19 +2268,19 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "빈 열쇠글은 허용되지 않습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "%1 영역 이름은 이미 존재합니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2318,7 +2323,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2345,7 +2350,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -2363,7 +2368,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -2396,7 +2401,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2646,7 +2651,7 @@ "존재하지 않는 파일시스템이 있는 장치에 할당하는것은 허용되지 않습니다." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2681,12 +2686,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2694,34 +2699,34 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unmounting %1$s" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "%1$s을(를) 언마운트 중" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" # popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "%1에 파티션을 생성할 수 없습니다." # popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "%1에 파티션을 생성할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -3049,11 +3054,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" @@ -3084,9 +3087,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -3110,8 +3112,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "편집..." @@ -3128,8 +3129,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -3209,31 +3209,38 @@ msgstr "새 파티션의 크기를 선택하세요." #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format partition" +msgid "EFI Boot Partition" +msgstr "파티션 포맷" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "운영 체제" # frame #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "델타 RPM 응용 프로그램 진행" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "" # summary item: selected role for the samba server #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Role: %s" msgid "Role" @@ -3241,7 +3248,7 @@ # helptext for popup create partition line 1 of 6 #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -3250,7 +3257,7 @@ "포맷할지 결정하세요." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -3265,7 +3272,7 @@ # helptext for popup create partition line 2 of 6 #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -3278,51 +3285,51 @@ "(/, /boot, /usr, /var, 등.)" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "포맷 옵션" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "파티션 포맷" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "파티션을 포맷하지 않음" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "파티션을 마운트 하지 않음" # Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "마운트 옵션" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "파티션 마운트" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "마운트 포인트" # button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fstab 옵션(&T)..." # popup message #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Crypt 파일은 암호화 되어야 합니다." # popup text #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -3335,19 +3342,19 @@ "포맷 옵션에 대해서도 확인 하세요.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Crypt 파일은 마운트 포인트가 필요합니다." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Crypt 파일은 마운트 포인트가 필요합니다." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -3362,7 +3369,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -3384,23 +3391,23 @@ "\n" # Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "모든 변경을 잃어버리게 될 것입니다.!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "열쇠글" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -3411,7 +3418,7 @@ " 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" # popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "" @@ -3420,7 +3427,7 @@ msgstr "%1에 파티션을 생성할 수 없습니다." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -3433,23 +3440,23 @@ "때문에 %1 파티션 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "%1 파티션 크기 조정" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "%1 논리 볼륨 크기 조정" # heading / label #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "현재 크기: %1" # table header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "현재 사용: %1" @@ -3459,8 +3466,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3473,7 +3480,7 @@ # IntField - max. log size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" @@ -3481,26 +3488,26 @@ # IntField - max. log size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "최소 크기 (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "사용자 정의 크기" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "새 크기를 선택하세요." #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -3510,7 +3517,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3519,12 +3526,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "%1 의 출력" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "디스크 다시 검색 중..." @@ -3746,36 +3753,36 @@ msgstr "입력한 영역이 잘못되었습니다." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "%1 에 파티션 추가" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr " %1 파티션 편집" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition." msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "확장 파티션에 공간이 남아있지 않습니다." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap" msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "파티션 %1을 스왑으로 조절합니다." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount partition" msgid "Move partition %1?" @@ -3783,22 +3790,22 @@ # radio button, type of zone #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "전달" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "배경" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "모든 파티션의 삭제 확인" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3807,7 +3814,7 @@ "계속할 경우 이 파티션은 삭제됩니다." # popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "정말 \"%1\"에 있는 모든 파티션을 삭제하시겠습니까?" @@ -3816,25 +3823,30 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "하드 디스크를 선택하지 않았습니다." +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." +msgstr "" + # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478 # translators: error message #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "디스크가 사용 중이고 수정할 수 없습니다." #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "%1 의 새 파티션 테이블 형식을 선택하세요." #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." @@ -3845,20 +3857,20 @@ # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:324 src/services/dns.ycp:160 # popup error message #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "디스크를 선택하지 않았습니다." #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "정말 BIOS RAID %1 을 삭제합니까?" # popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" @@ -3866,13 +3878,13 @@ # To translators: label message #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "이 디스크에는 삭제할 파티션이 없습니다." # popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "%1에 파티션을 생성할 수 없습니다." @@ -3881,15 +3893,15 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "선택한 파티션이 없습니다." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3898,14 +3910,14 @@ "없습니다. %1 을 편집하려면 사용을 해제시켜야 합니다." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "확장 파티션을 편집할 수 없습니다." # FIXME # currently unused #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgid "" @@ -3914,14 +3926,14 @@ msgstr "/var 파티션 %1을(를) 마운트할 수 없습니다.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 #, fuzzy #| msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "확장 파티션을 편집할 수 없습니다." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3930,12 +3942,12 @@ "할 수 없습니다. %1 을 크기 변경하려면 사용을 해제시켜야 합니다." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "확장 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3945,52 +3957,52 @@ "partitions will be deleted.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" msgstr "" # yes-no popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete the selected option?" msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "정말 선택한 옵션을 제거하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" "Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repair Partition Table of %1" msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "%1의 파티션 테이블 복구" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 #, fuzzy #| msgid "A&vailable are:" msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "사용 가능(&V):" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select some packages to install." msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "설치할 꾸러미를 선택하세요." #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3999,7 +4011,7 @@ "%1 디스크에서 dasdfmt를 실행하시겠습니까?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -4046,8 +4058,7 @@ msgstr "위로(&U)" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "크기 조정" @@ -4164,8 +4175,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -4304,11 +4314,11 @@ msgstr "비밀번호가 틀렸습니다." #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "LVM으로 사용되는 파티션 삭제 확인" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\"\n" @@ -4324,16 +4334,16 @@ "볼륨을 삭제할것입니다.:" # translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "지금 \"%1\" 파티션과 \"%2\" 볼륨 그룹을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "RAID로 사용되는 파티션 삭제 확인" # popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. /dev/md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\"\n" @@ -4349,25 +4359,25 @@ "같은 RAID 장치를 삭제 합니다:" # to translators: * Create extended partition 1.2 GB (hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "지금 \"%1\" 파티션과 RAID \"%2\" 를 삭제하시겠습니까?" # popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "%1의 모든 파티션을 삭제하시겠습니까?" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "%1을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -4377,7 +4387,7 @@ #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unpartitioned Space" msgid "Unpartitioned" @@ -4387,35 +4397,35 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unallocated Space" msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "할당되지 않은 공간" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "파티션 변경 사항이 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "파티션 변경 사항:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "저장매체 설정 변경 사항이 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "저장매체 설정:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Storage settings:" msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "저장매체 설정:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgid "No packages need to be installed." @@ -4556,12 +4566,12 @@ "파일을 사용해 주세요." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Crypt 파일 추가" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Crypt 파일 %1 편집" @@ -4904,13 +4914,13 @@ # popup heading #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "%1 에 논리적 볼륨 추가" # popup heading #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "%2의 논리 볼륨 %1 편집" @@ -4952,9 +4962,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "논리 볼륨을 선택하지 않았습니다." @@ -4966,7 +4976,7 @@ msgstr "볼륨 그룹 \"%1\" 남은 공간이 없습니다." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -4981,7 +4991,7 @@ " 파일을 복구할 수 없습니다.\n" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" @@ -5394,17 +5404,17 @@ msgstr "RAID 로 사용되는 장치를 변경합니다." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAID 추가 %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 크기 변경" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 편집" @@ -5715,7 +5725,7 @@ # Frame label - DNS adding zone #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add to Zone" msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" @@ -6726,13 +6736,13 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "" # popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6746,11 +6756,45 @@ #| "disk here.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"%1 디스크의 파티셔닝을 파티션 테이블 변경에\n" +" 사용되는 파티션 도구로 읽을 수 없거나\n" +" 이 도구에서 지원하지 않습니다.\n" +" \n" +" %1 디스크의 파티션을 있는 그대로 사용하거나, 포맷하고\n" +" 마운트 포인트를 할당할 수 있습니다. 하지만 여기서는 해당\n" +" 디스크의 파티션을 추가, 편집, 크기 조정 또는 제거할 수\n" +" 없습니다.\n" + +# popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable by\n" +#| "the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" +#| "partition table or is not supported by this tool.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You may use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +#| "format them and assign mount points to them, but you\n" +#| "cannot add, edit, resize, or remove partitions from that\n" +#| "disk here.\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6765,8 +6809,8 @@ " 없습니다.\n" # popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6780,11 +6824,11 @@ #| "disk here.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6799,7 +6843,7 @@ " 없습니다.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6822,7 +6866,7 @@ "그러나 이 기능은 디스크애 존재하는 모든 파티션의 데이터를 파괴합니다.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6840,7 +6884,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "크기를 조정할 수 없습니다." @@ -6853,7 +6897,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -6873,7 +6917,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6885,7 +6929,7 @@ # error popup #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6903,7 +6947,7 @@ # Translators: popup dialog heading #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" @@ -6911,23 +6955,23 @@ # Heading text #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "열쇠글 입력" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "암호화 볼륨 그룹" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6936,14 +6980,14 @@ msgstr "" # popup question -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "재시도 하시겠습니까?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6952,13 +6996,13 @@ # Translators: popup dialog heading #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "암호화 키 입력" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" @@ -6966,7 +7010,7 @@ # vendor and device information strings as stored # in the hardware-probing database. #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" @@ -6976,46 +7020,46 @@ # vendor and device information strings as stored # in the hardware-probing database. #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2에서 아래 장치를 검색했습니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" # this is a heading -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "DASD 디스크" # this is a heading -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "DASD 디스크" # tree node string -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "디스크" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 #, fuzzy #| msgid "RAID" msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "RAID" msgid "MD RAID" @@ -7025,21 +7069,21 @@ #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "요구된 꾸러미의 설치가 실패하였습니다." # src/config/proxy.y2cc:21 # Popup text # %1 is either replaced by "logical volume" or by "partition" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Continue resizing the %1?" msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "%1의 크기 조정 작업을 계속하시겠습니까?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -7049,7 +7093,7 @@ "파일 시스템을 마운트할 수 없기 때문에\n" "%1 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -7059,7 +7103,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치 작업에 필요한 스왑이 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "설정을 변경할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -7069,7 +7113,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치 작업에 필요한 설치 데이터가 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "설정을 변경할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -7079,7 +7123,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치 작업에 필요한 스왑이 포함되어 있기 때문에 \n" "삭제할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -7089,7 +7133,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치 작업에 필요한 설치데이터가 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "삭제할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -7107,7 +7151,7 @@ "간접적으로 변경하게 되므로\n" "삭제할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -7123,7 +7167,7 @@ "간접적으로 변경하게 되므로 삭제할 수 없습니다.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -7137,20 +7181,20 @@ "%1 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "루트 파일시스템 복사 중..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add the following resolvables failed: %1" msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" @@ -7897,70 +7941,51 @@ "저장매체 부시스템은 응용프로그램 \"%1\" (%2) 에 의해 잠겼습니다.\n" "계속하기 전에 응용프로그램을 종료시켜야 합니다." -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "일관성이 없는 파일 시스템으로 인해 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다. Windows에서 파일 시스템을 확인해 보십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" -msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "LVM 기반 계획안 만들기(&L)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" -msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" -msgstr "암호화 볼륨 그룹" - # heading text #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "파일 시스템 옵션:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "별도의 홈 파티션 제안(&H)" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:242 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Special settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "기타 설정" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "To create an LVM based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\n" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" -"To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" -"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +"Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"\n" -"LVM 기반 제안을 만들려면 해당 버튼을 선택하세요.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7969,28 +7994,28 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" # heading text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "암호화에 대한 열쇠글을 입력하세요." # PasswordEntry label #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "열쇠글:" @@ -7998,10 +8023,29 @@ # Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "확인을 위해 같은 열쇠글을 다시 입력하세요:" +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Partition Based" +msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" +msgstr "파티션 기반(&P)" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" +msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "LVM 기반 계획안 만들기(&L)" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" +msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "LVM 기반 계획안 만들기(&L)" + # src/isdn/interface.ycp:235 #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -8053,6 +8097,22 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "저장매체 장치의 정보 표시:" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" +#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" +#~ msgstr "암호화 볼륨 그룹" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "\n" +#~| "To create an LVM based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" +#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "LVM 기반 제안을 만들려면 해당 버튼을 선택하세요.\n" + #~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist." #~ msgstr "저장되지 않은 변경 내용이 있습니다." @@ -8323,9 +8383,6 @@ #~ msgid "Default Filesystem:" #~ msgstr "기본 파일 시스템:" -#~ msgid "&Partition Based" -#~ msgstr "파티션 기반(&P)" - # src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 #~ msgid "&LVM Based" #~ msgstr "LVM 기반(&L)" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/update.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/update.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/update.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.ko.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-03 13:21+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ msgstr "다음 파일이 모두 없습니다:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -978,19 +978,19 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "알 수 없는 제품" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation" msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/users.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/users.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/users.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-14 17:32+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -140,701 +140,6 @@ msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "놓친 데이터를 묻지 않고, 오류가 있을시 반환됩니다." -# caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" -#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 -msgid "User Authentication Method" -msgstr "사용자 인증 방법" - -# help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Authentication \n" -"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" -"" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"인증 \n" -" 시스템 사용자가 사용할 인증 방법을 선택합니다.\n" -" " - -# helptext 2/3 -# helptext 2/3 -#. helptext 2/3 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "로컬 파일인 /etc/passwd 및 /etc/shadow만을 사용하여 사용자 인증을 수행하려면 로컬을 선택합니다.." - -#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "이전 설치나 대체 시스템을 갖고 있다면 이 원본을 기반으로 사용자를 만들 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 이전 설치로부터 사용자 데이터 읽어 오기를 선택합니다. 이 옵션은 사용자별로 이 설치를 위해 기존 홈 디렉터리를 사용하거나 지정된 위치에 새 홈 디렉터리를 만듭니다." - -# just the name (do not translate) -# radiobutton to select ldap user auth. -#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 -msgid "&LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP(&L)" - -# radiobutton to select nis user auth. -#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 -msgid "N&IS" -msgstr "NIS(&I)" - -# just the name (do not translate) -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#. menubutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "&Samba" -msgstr "Samba(&S)" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 -msgid "&Windows Domain" -msgstr "Windows 도메인(&W)" - -# radio button -# radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 -msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" -msgstr "로컬(/etc/passwd)(&O)" - -# type of item (displayed in the table) -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 -msgid "eDirectory LDAP" -msgstr "eDirectory LDAP" - -# helptext 3/3 -# helptext 3/3 -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"NIS 또는 LDAP 서버를 사용하여 사용자 데이터를 저장하거나\n" -"NT 서버에 대해 사용자를 인증하고자 할 경우, 적절한 값을 선택한 후\n" -" 다음을 눌러 클라이언트 구성을 계속하십시오." - -# helptext 3/3 -# helptext 3/3 -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"NIS 또는 LDAP 서버를 사용하여 사용자 데이터를 저장할 경우, 적절한\n" -"값을 선택한 후 다음을 눌러 클라이언트 구성을 계속하십시오." - -# helptext 3/3 -# helptext 3/3 -#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"LDAP 서버를 사용하여 사용자 데이터를 저장하거나 NT 서버에\n" -"대해 사용자를 인증하고자 할 경우, 적절한 값을 선택한 후\n" -" 다음을 눌러 클라이언트 구성을 계속하십시오." - -# helptext 3/3 -# helptext 3/3 -#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"LDAP 서버를 사용하여 사용자 데이터를 저장할 경우, 적절한\n" -"값을 선택한 후 다음을 눌러 클라이언트 구성을 계속하십시오." - -#. helptext: additional kerberos support -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "사용자 데이터 원본 구성 후 Kerberos를 구성하려면 Kerberos 인증 설정을 선택하십시오." - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 -msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "이전 설치로부터 사용자 데이터 읽어 오기(&R)" - -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 -msgid "&Choose" -msgstr "선택(&C)" - -# frame title for authentication methods -#. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 -msgid "Authentication Method" -msgstr "인증 방법" - -# string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); -# list<string> lmod = []; -# list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; -# Translators: dialog caption -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 -msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" -msgstr "Kerberos 인증 설정(&K)" - -# yes-no popup headline -#. selection box label -#. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 -msgid "&Select Users to Read" -msgstr "읽을 사용자 선택(&S)" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 -msgid "Select or Deselect &All" -msgstr "모두 선택 또는 선택 취소(&A)" - -# Title for root-password dialogue -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 -msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "시스템 관리자 \"root\"에 대한 열쇠글" - -# advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "이곳에 입력한 열쇠글을 잊어버리지 않도록 주의하세요." - -# translators: command line help text for add option -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "루트 사용자에 대한 열쇠글(&P)" - -# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:143 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:154 -# src/provider/dialogs.ycp:325 -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "열쇠글 확인(&F)" - -# title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -# menue label text -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "키보드 배열 검사(&T)" - -# push button -# Menu Buton label -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 -msgid "E&xpert Options..." -msgstr "전문가 옵션(&X)..." - -# help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"텍스트를 작성하거나 그래픽을 만들거나 인터넷을 탐색하는\n" -" 일반 사용자와는 달리 \"root\" 사용자는 모든 시스템에\n" -" 존재하면서 관리 작업이 필요할 경우 해당 역할을\n" -" 수행하게 됩니다. 시스템 관리자 역할을\n" -" 수행해야 할 경우에는 루트로만 로그인하십시오.\n" -" \n" - -# help text, continued 2/5 -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"root 사용자는 광대한 권한을 가지고 있기 때문에\n" -"\"root\"의 열쇠글은 주의 깊게 선택해야 합니다. \n" -"숫자와 문자의 조합을 권장합니다. 열쇠글은 보안을 위해 정확하게 입력하고,\n" -"두번째 필드에 재입력을 합니다.\n" -"\n" - -# help text, continued 3/5 -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 -msgid "" -"\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"사용자 열쇠글에 관한 모든 규칙들은 \"root\" 열쇠글에도 적용됩니다:\n" -"열쇠글은 기본적으로 대문자, 소문자를 구분하여야 합니다. 최소 5자 이상이어야 \n" -"하며, 통상적으로 악센트 같은 특수 문자를 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" -"\n" - -# help text, continued 5/5 -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"이 \"root\" 열쇠글을 잊어버리지 마십시오.\n" -" " - -#. additional help text about password -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgstr "" -"만들 인증서에 이 열쇠글을 사용하려면 열쇠글 길이가\n" -"%1자 이상이어야 합니다." - -#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "현재 키보드 배열이 바르게 선택되고 있는 것을 확인하려면, 키보드 배열 검사 에 글을 입력해보세요." - -# popup text -#. report misspellings of the password -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -msgid "" -"The passwords do not match.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" -"열쇠글이 일치하지 않습니다.\n" -"다시 시도하세요." - -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. report if user forgot to enter a password -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" -"열쇠글을 입력하지 않았습니다.\n" -"다시 시도하세요." - -# yes/no popup text -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgstr "" -"인증서를 만들려면 열쇠글 길이가\n" -"%1 자 이상이어야 합니다." - -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -msgid "Really use this password?" -msgstr "정말 이 열쇠글을 사용하시겠습니까?" - -# Error msg -#. Error msg (yes/no) -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 -msgid "" -"The root password could not be set.\n" -"You might not be able to log in.\n" -"Try setting it again?\n" -msgstr "" -"루트 열쇠글을 설정할 수 없습니다.\n" -"로그인 할 수 없는 것 같습니다.\n" -" 설정을 다시 시도하시겠습니까?\n" - -# For translators: Caption of the progress bar in the time of reading -#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 -msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." -msgstr "인증 구성을 위해 모듈 초기화..." - -# popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed.\n" -"Install it now?\n" -msgstr "" -"'%1'꾸러미가 시스템에 설치되어 있지 않습니다.\n" -"지금 설치하시겠습니까?\n" - -# encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -msgid "DES" -msgstr "DES" - -# encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 -msgid "MD5" -msgstr "MD5" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 -msgid "SHA-256" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 -msgid "SHA-512" -msgstr "" - -# menubutton label -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 -msgid "Password Encryption Type" -msgstr "열쇠글 암호화 형식" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 -msgid "&DES" -msgstr "" - -# Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 -msgid "&MD5" -msgstr "MD5(&M)" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 -msgid "SHA-&256" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 -msgid "SHA-&512" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Login Settings" -msgid "Authentication " -msgstr "로그인 설정" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." -msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "열쇠글 암호화 방식으로 %1(을)를 사용합니다." - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" - -# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -msgid "User's &Full Name" -msgstr "사용자의 실제 이름(&F)" - -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -msgid "&Username" -msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" - -# Title for root-password dialogue -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" -msgstr "이 열쇠글을 시스템 관리자 열쇠글로 사용(&S)" - -# checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 -msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" -msgstr "시스템 메일 수신(&y)" - -# checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 -msgid "&Automatic Login" -msgstr "자동 로그인(&A)" - -# push button -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 -msgid "Create New User" -msgstr "새 사용자 만들기" - -# The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -# system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -# yes-no popup headline -#. yes-no popup headline -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 -msgid "Empty User Login" -msgstr "사용자 로그인 비워 두기" - -# yes-no popup contents -#. yes-no popup contents -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" -"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" -"Leave it empty?" -msgstr "" -"인증 서버가 있는 네트워크 환경에서만\n" -"사용자 이름을 비워 둘 수 있습니다.\n" -" 비워 두시겠습니까?" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" -"assign to this user account.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"이 사용자 계정에 할당할 사용자 전체 이름, 사용자 이름 및 \n" -"열쇠글을 입력하세요.\n" -"\n" - -# help text 1/4 -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 -msgid "" -"\n" -"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"열쇠글을 입력할 때에는 대문자와 소문자를 구분하여 \n" -"사용하십시오. 열쇠글에는 악센트 같은 특수 문자를 포함할 수 없습니다\n" -"\n" - -# help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" -" %2 and %3 characters.\n" -"" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"현재 열쇠글 암호화(%1)와 함께, 열쇠글의 길이는 \n" -"%2 에서 %3 자 이내로 합니다.\n" -"" - -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %s characters long." -msgstr "" -"만들 인증서에 이 열쇠글을 사용하려면 열쇠글 길이가\n" -"%1자 이상이어야 합니다." - -# help text 4/4 -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"현재 입력한 열쇠글 확인을 위해 두번째 공란에 같은\n" -"열쇠글을 다시 입력합니다. 설정한 열쇠글을 잊지 않도록 주의하시기 바랍니다.\n" -"\n" - -# alternative help text 2/7 -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 -msgid "" -"\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" -"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"사용자 이름에는 문자(악센트 문자 제외), 숫자 및 <tt>._-</tt>만 사용하십시오.\n" -"의도적인 것이 아니라면 이 항목에 대문자를 사용하지 마십시오.\n" -"사용자 이름에는 열쇠글보다 더 엄격한 제한 사항이 있습니다. /etc/login.defs\n" -"파일에서 제한 사항을 다시 정의할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 맨 페이지를 참조하십시오.\n" -"\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "이 열쇠글을 시스템 관리자 열쇠글로 사용 을 선택해두면 처음 사용자의 열쇠글을 root 열쇠글로도 사용하게 됩니다." - -# helptext 2/3 -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"여기서 만든 사용자 이름과 열쇠글은 리눅스 시스템에 로그인하고 작업할 때 필요합니다. 자동 로그인을 활성화하면 로그인 절차가 생략됩니다. 해당 사용자는 자동으로 로그인됩니다.\n" - -# help text 4/7 -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"시스템 메일 수신을 선택하면 루트에 대한 메일이 이 사용자에게 전달됩니다.\n" - -# dialog caption -#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well -#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) -#. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 -msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "전문가 설정" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 -msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." -msgstr "인증은 로컬의 /etc/passwd 를 사용합니다." - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." -msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "열쇠글 암호화 방식으로 %1(을)를 사용합니다." - -#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "User %1 will be imported." -msgid "User %s will be imported." -msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "%1 사용자를 가져옵니다." -msgstr[1] "%1 사용자를 가져옵니다." - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "변경(&C)..." - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 -msgid "Summary" -msgstr "요약" - -# yes/no popup text -#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" -#| "the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "" -"인증서를 만들려면 열쇠글 길이가\n" -"%1 자 이상이어야 합니다." - # translators: command line help text for Users module #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 @@ -978,13 +283,6 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "사용자의 새 UID입니다." -# src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 -# src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 -msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." -msgstr "사용자 구성 기록 중..." - # helptext 1/3 #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 @@ -1273,94 +571,6 @@ msgid "Seconds" msgstr "초" -#. authentication type -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 -msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP" - -#. authentication type -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 -msgid "NIS" -msgstr "NIS" - -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 -msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" -msgstr "삼바 (윈도우 도메인)" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" -msgstr "<%1>루트 열쇠글<%2> 이 설정되어 있음" - -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" -msgstr "<%1>루트 열쇠글<%2> 이 설정되어 있지 않음" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 -msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" -msgstr "<%1>사용자<%2> 가 설정되어 있지 않음" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" -msgstr "<%1>인증 방법<%2>: %3" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." -msgstr "<%1>인증 방법<%2>: %3 와 Kerberos." - -#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) -#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" -msgstr "<%1>사용자<%2> %3 을 가져오도록 선택" - -#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." -msgstr "<%1>사용자<%2> %3 을 가져옴" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" -msgstr "<%1>사용자<%2> %3 가 설정됨" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" -msgstr "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) 가 설정됨" - -#. summary line -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 -msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" -msgstr "열쇠글 암호화 방법: %1" - -# screen title for uml options -#. rich text label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "사용자 설정" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 -msgid "&User" -msgstr "사용자(&U)" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 -msgid "&Root Password" -msgstr "루트 열쇠글(&R)" - #. password entering label #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" @@ -1543,6 +753,25 @@ "수정하는 데 필요한 데이터에 접근하려면\n" "해당 사용자의 현재 열쇠글을 입력하세요." +# popup text +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"열쇠글이 일치하지 않습니다.\n" +"다시 시도하세요." + #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -1569,6 +798,14 @@ msgid "&Change directory owner" msgstr "디렉터리 소유자를 변경(&C)" +# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "사용자의 실제 이름(&F)" + # text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 @@ -1587,12 +824,33 @@ msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "원격 사용자의 경우 추가 그룹 구성원만 변경할 수 있습니다." +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "사용자 이름(&U)" + # checkbox label #. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "시스템 메일 수신(&y)" + +# checkbox label +#. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "자동 로그인(&U)" +# Title for root-password dialogue +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "이 열쇠글을 시스템 관리자 열쇠글로 사용(&S)" + # check box label #. check box label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 @@ -1794,6 +1052,37 @@ msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "플러그인(&G)" +# The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +# system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +# yes-no popup headline +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "사용자 로그인 비워 두기" + +# yes-no popup contents +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" +"인증 서버가 있는 네트워크 환경에서만\n" +"사용자 이름을 비워 둘 수 있습니다.\n" +" 비워 두시겠습니까?" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "정말 이 열쇠글을 사용하시겠습니까?" + # Proposal for home directory of uml user #. popup question #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 @@ -1899,6 +1188,22 @@ msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "그룹 데이터(&D)" +# encryption type +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +msgid "DES" +msgstr "DES" + +# encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "MD5" + # help text 1/4 #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 @@ -1913,6 +1218,34 @@ "열쇠글에는 악센트 문자와 같은 특수 문자가 포함되면 안됩니다.\n" "\n" +# help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"현재 열쇠글 암호화(%1)와 함께, 열쇠글의 길이는 \n" +"%2 에서 %3 자 이내로 합니다.\n" +"" + +# help text 4/4 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"현재 입력한 열쇠글 확인을 위해 두번째 공란에 같은\n" +"열쇠글을 다시 입력합니다. 설정한 열쇠글을 잊지 않도록 주의하시기 바랍니다.\n" +"\n" + # Help text 0/6 #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 @@ -2097,6 +1430,19 @@ "열쇠글을 입력하세요.\n" "\n" +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"이 사용자 계정에 할당할 사용자 전체 이름, 사용자 이름 및 \n" +"열쇠글을 입력하세요.\n" +"\n" + # help text 2/7 #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 @@ -2139,6 +1485,27 @@ " 파일에서 제한 사항을 다시 정의할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 man 페이지를 참조하십시오.\n" " \n" +# helptext 2/3 +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"여기서 만든 사용자 이름과 열쇠글은 리눅스 시스템에 로그인하고 작업할 때 필요합니다. 자동 로그인을 활성화하면 로그인 절차가 생략됩니다. 해당 사용자는 자동으로 로그인됩니다.\n" + +# help text 4/7 +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"시스템 메일 수신을 선택하면 루트에 대한 메일이 이 사용자에게 전달됩니다.\n" + # help text 5/7 #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 @@ -2966,7 +2333,8 @@ # the type of user set #. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "로컬 사용자" @@ -3055,6 +2423,11 @@ msgstr "삼바 그룹" #. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "NIS" + +#. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "" @@ -3075,6 +2448,12 @@ msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "" +# just the name (do not translate) +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "Samba(&S)" + # radiobutton #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 @@ -3223,6 +2602,11 @@ " 그러나 일부 네트워크 프로토콜은 이를 지원하지 않으며 NIS와 문제가 생길 수 있습니다.\n" " " +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + # menubutton label #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 @@ -3235,6 +2619,27 @@ msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "암호화 종류" +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "" + +# Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "MD5(&M)" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "" + #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" @@ -3565,6 +2970,12 @@ #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "시스템" @@ -3938,6 +3349,16 @@ msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr " %1 꾸러미는 설치 할 수 없습니다." +# popup label (%1 is package to install) +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"'%1'꾸러미가 시스템에 설치되어 있지 않습니다.\n" +"지금 설치하시겠습니까?\n" + # dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 @@ -3957,6 +3378,459 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화하고 있습니다..." +# yes/no popup text +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" +#| "the password should have at least %1 characters." +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" +"인증서를 만들려면 열쇠글 길이가\n" +"%1 자 이상이어야 합니다." + +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long." +msgid "" +"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long." +msgstr "" +"만들 인증서에 이 열쇠글을 사용하려면 열쇠글 길이가\n" +"%1자 이상이어야 합니다." + +# src/config/dsl.y2cc:11 src/dsl/complex.ycp:73 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:172 +# src/dsl/wizards.ycp:61 src/dsl/wizards.ycp:80 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "사용자 구성 기록 중..." + +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." +msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." +msgstr "열쇠글 암호화 방식으로 %1(을)를 사용합니다." + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + +# menubutton label +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "열쇠글 암호화 형식" + +# advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "이곳에 입력한 열쇠글을 잊어버리지 않도록 주의하세요." + +# translators: command line help text for add option +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "루트 사용자에 대한 열쇠글(&P)" + +# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:143 src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:154 +# src/provider/dialogs.ycp:325 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "열쇠글 확인(&F)" + +# title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +# menue label text +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "키보드 배열 검사(&T)" + +# help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"텍스트를 작성하거나 그래픽을 만들거나 인터넷을 탐색하는\n" +" 일반 사용자와는 달리 \"root\" 사용자는 모든 시스템에\n" +" 존재하면서 관리 작업이 필요할 경우 해당 역할을\n" +" 수행하게 됩니다. 시스템 관리자 역할을\n" +" 수행해야 할 경우에는 루트로만 로그인하십시오.\n" +" \n" + +# help text, continued 2/5 +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"root 사용자는 광대한 권한을 가지고 있기 때문에\n" +"\"root\"의 열쇠글은 주의 깊게 선택해야 합니다. \n" +"숫자와 문자의 조합을 권장합니다. 열쇠글은 보안을 위해 정확하게 입력하고,\n" +"두번째 필드에 재입력을 합니다.\n" +"\n" + +# help text, continued 3/5 +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +msgid "" +"\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"사용자 열쇠글에 관한 모든 규칙들은 \"root\" 열쇠글에도 적용됩니다:\n" +"열쇠글은 기본적으로 대문자, 소문자를 구분하여야 합니다. 최소 5자 이상이어야 \n" +"하며, 통상적으로 악센트 같은 특수 문자를 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" +"\n" + +# help text, continued 5/5 +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"이 \"root\" 열쇠글을 잊어버리지 마십시오.\n" +" " + +# Title for root-password dialogue +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "시스템 관리자 \"root\"에 대한 열쇠글" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"열쇠글을 입력하지 않았습니다.\n" +"다시 시도하세요." + +# helptext 2/3 +# helptext 2/3 +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" +"Local users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "로컬 파일인 /etc/passwd 및 /etc/shadow만을 사용하여 사용자 인증을 수행하려면 로컬을 선택합니다.." + +# push button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create New User" +msgid "Create new user" +msgstr "새 사용자 만들기" + +# help text 1/4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +msgid "" +"\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"열쇠글을 입력할 때에는 대문자와 소문자를 구분하여 \n" +"사용하십시오. 열쇠글에는 악센트 같은 특수 문자를 포함할 수 없습니다\n" +"\n" + +# help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The password length should be between %{min}\n" +" and %{max} characters.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"현재 열쇠글 암호화(%1)와 함께, 열쇠글의 길이는 \n" +"%2 에서 %3 자 이내로 합니다.\n" +"" + +# alternative help text 2/7 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +msgid "" +"\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"사용자 이름에는 문자(악센트 문자 제외), 숫자 및 <tt>._-</tt>만 사용하십시오.\n" +"의도적인 것이 아니라면 이 항목에 대문자를 사용하지 마십시오.\n" +"사용자 이름에는 열쇠글보다 더 엄격한 제한 사항이 있습니다. /etc/login.defs\n" +"파일에서 제한 사항을 다시 정의할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 맨 페이지를 참조하십시오.\n" +"\n" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "이 열쇠글을 시스템 관리자 열쇠글로 사용 을 선택해두면 처음 사용자의 열쇠글을 root 열쇠글로도 사용하게 됩니다." + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "이전 설치로부터 사용자 데이터 읽어 오기(&R)" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +msgid "" +"\n" +"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"be imported.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +msgid "Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"a local user.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +# the type of user set +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Users" +msgid "Local User" +msgstr "로컬 사용자" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +msgid "" +"The new username cannot be blank.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +msgid "" +"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +# push button +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create New User" +msgid "&Create New User" +msgstr "새 사용자 만들기" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "이전 설치로부터 사용자 데이터 읽어 오기(&R)" + +# the type of user set +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Users" +msgid "Choose Users" +msgstr "시스템 사용자" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +msgid "&Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +# checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "자동 로그인(&A)" + +# command line error report +# error message +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No user was specified." +msgid "No users selected" +msgstr "사용자가 지정되어 있지 않습니다." + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User %1 will be imported." +msgid "%d user will be imported" +msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" +msgstr[0] "%1 사용자를 가져옵니다." +msgstr[1] "%1 사용자를 가져옵니다." + +# yes-no popup headline +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "읽을 사용자 선택(&S)" + +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "모두 선택 또는 선택 취소(&A)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" +msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "열쇠글 암호화 방법: %1" + +# menubutton label +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgid "Password &Encryption Type" +msgstr "열쇠글 암호화 형식" + +# screen title for uml options +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "사용자 설정" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "사용자(&U)" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "루트 열쇠글(&R)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "<%1>루트 열쇠글<%2> 이 설정되어 있음" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "<%1>루트 열쇠글<%2> 이 설정되어 있지 않음" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "<%1>사용자<%2> 가 설정되어 있지 않음" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." +msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" +msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" +msgstr[0] "<%1>사용자<%2> %3 을 가져옴" +msgstr[1] "<%1>사용자<%2> %3 을 가져옴" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "<%1>사용자<%2> %3 가 설정됨" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) 가 설정됨" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" +msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "열쇠글 암호화 방법: %1" + # User name for user: "root" #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 @@ -4477,7 +4351,7 @@ # second %s the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab) #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -4498,94 +4372,94 @@ # error message # error message #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "입력 조건에 해당하는 사용자가 여러 명입니다." # progress caption #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "사용자 및 그룹 구성 초기화 중" # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "기본 로그인 설정사항 읽기" # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "기본 시스템 설정사항 읽기" # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "설정 방식 읽기" # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "사용자 정의 설정 읽기" # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "사용자 및 그룹 읽기" # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "캐쉬 구조를 만듬" # progress step label #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "기본 로그인 설정사항을 읽는 중..." # progress step label # progress step label #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "기본 시스템 설정 읽는 중..." # src/clients/lan_auto.ycp:58 # progress step label #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "설정 방식 읽는 중..." # progress step label #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "사용자 정의 설정을 읽는 중..." # progress step label #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "사용자와 그룹을 읽는 중..." # progress step label #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "캐시구조를 만드는 중..." # final progress step label #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "완료됨" @@ -4593,122 +4467,122 @@ # %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d, # eg. nfsserver #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "사용자가 존재하지 않습니다." # command line error report, %1 is queue name #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "그룹이 존재하지 않습니다." # progress caption #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "사용자 및 그룹 구성 기록" # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "LDAP 사용자와 그룹 설정을 기록" # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "그룹 기록" # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "삭제한 사용자를 점검" # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "사용자를 기록" # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "열쇠글을 기록" # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "사용자 설정사항을 기록" # progress stage label #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "기본 로그인 설정사항을 기록" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "LDAP 사용자와 그룹을 기록하는 중..." # progress step label #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "그룹을 기록하는 중..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "지워진 사용자를 검사하는 중..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "사용자를 기록하는 중..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "열쇠글을 기록하는 중..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "사용자정의 설정사항을 기록하는 중..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "기본 로그인 설정사항을 기록하는 중..." # error popup (%s is a file name) #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "%s 파일을 정확히 읽지 못했으므로 이 파일을 기록할 수 없습니다." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "사용자를 제거하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." # error popup (%s is a file name) #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "%s 파일을 정확히 읽지 못했으므로 이 파일을 기록할 수 없습니다." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." @@ -4716,19 +4590,19 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "루트 메일에 대한 전달을 설정하는 동안 오류가 발생했습니다." # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "이 유형의 사용자에 대해 사용할 수 있는 UID가 없습니다." # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4739,7 +4613,7 @@ # error popup #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4748,7 +4622,7 @@ "이것을 사용하시겠습니까?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4761,7 +4635,7 @@ # popup question #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4774,7 +4648,7 @@ # popup question #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4785,7 +4659,7 @@ "작기 때문에 시스템 ID입니다.\n" " 사용자 유형을 '시스템'으로 변경하시겠습니까?" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -4799,7 +4673,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -4811,7 +4685,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." @@ -4821,7 +4695,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -4833,7 +4707,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -4845,7 +4719,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -4856,7 +4730,7 @@ # error message #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." @@ -4866,7 +4740,7 @@ # yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -4878,7 +4752,7 @@ # yes/no popup #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -4890,7 +4764,7 @@ # yes/no popup #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, fuzzy, perl-format #| msgid "" #| "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4907,7 +4781,7 @@ # yes/no popup #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4922,7 +4796,7 @@ # popup question #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" @@ -4931,13 +4805,13 @@ "이 쉘을 사용하시겠습니까?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "이 유형의 그룹에 대해 사용할 수 있는 GID가 없습니다." # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4948,7 +4822,7 @@ # error popup #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4957,7 +4831,7 @@ "이것을 사용하시겠습니까?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4970,7 +4844,7 @@ # popup question #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4983,7 +4857,7 @@ # popup question #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4996,7 +4870,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -5006,7 +4880,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -5017,7 +4891,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -5031,7 +4905,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" @@ -5044,7 +4918,7 @@ # Error message. # %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d, # eg. nfsserver -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "%s 사용자가 존재하지 않습니다." @@ -5052,7 +4926,7 @@ # warning popup # error message: group cannot be deleted #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -5065,7 +4939,7 @@ # warning popup # error message: group cannot be deleted #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -5077,23 +4951,23 @@ # summary label #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>사용자</h3>" # summary label #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>그룹</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>로그인 설정</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "%1 사용자는 자동 로그인으로 설정됨" @@ -5117,23 +4991,23 @@ # dialog caption #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Quota Configuration" msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "쿼터 구성" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "" @@ -5276,7 +5150,7 @@ # error popup #. the ']' is or-ed... #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -5287,7 +5161,7 @@ "다시 시도하세요." #. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" "For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" @@ -5303,7 +5177,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -5315,30 +5189,30 @@ # popup question #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "그룹 이름을 열쇠글의 일부로 사용했습니다." # popup question #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "사용자 이름을 열쇠글의 일부로 사용했습니다." # popup question #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "열쇠글에 소문자만 사용했습니다." # The login name contains uppercase 1/3 #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "열쇠글에 대문자만 사용했습니다." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You have used a palindrom for the password." msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." @@ -5346,13 +5220,13 @@ # popup question #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "열쇠글에 숫자만 사용했습니다." # popup question #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -5363,7 +5237,7 @@ # popup question #. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -5374,14 +5248,14 @@ # yes/no popup text #. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "열쇠글에는 적어도 %i 자를 사용해야 합니다." # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -5391,7 +5265,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -5402,7 +5276,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -5416,7 +5290,7 @@ # error popup #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" @@ -5426,15 +5300,13 @@ "충돌이 있습니다.\n" " 다른 이름을 입력해보십시오." -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "확장 %1 푸는 중..." -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "확장 %1 푸는 중..." @@ -5518,6 +5390,175 @@ msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "입력한 조건을 만족하는 사용자가 둘 이상 있습니다." +# caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" +#~ msgid "User Authentication Method" +#~ msgstr "사용자 인증 방법" + +# help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Authentication \n" +#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "인증 \n" +#~ " 시스템 사용자가 사용할 인증 방법을 선택합니다.\n" +#~ " " + +#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +#~ msgstr "이전 설치나 대체 시스템을 갖고 있다면 이 원본을 기반으로 사용자를 만들 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 이전 설치로부터 사용자 데이터 읽어 오기를 선택합니다. 이 옵션은 사용자별로 이 설치를 위해 기존 홈 디렉터리를 사용하거나 지정된 위치에 새 홈 디렉터리를 만듭니다." + +# just the name (do not translate) +# radiobutton to select ldap user auth. +#~ msgid "&LDAP" +#~ msgstr "LDAP(&L)" + +# radiobutton to select nis user auth. +#~ msgid "N&IS" +#~ msgstr "NIS(&I)" + +#~ msgid "&Windows Domain" +#~ msgstr "Windows 도메인(&W)" + +# radio button +# radiobutton to select local user auth. +#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" +#~ msgstr "로컬(/etc/passwd)(&O)" + +# type of item (displayed in the table) +#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP" +#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP" + +# helptext 3/3 +# helptext 3/3 +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +#~ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "NIS 또는 LDAP 서버를 사용하여 사용자 데이터를 저장하거나\n" +#~ "NT 서버에 대해 사용자를 인증하고자 할 경우, 적절한 값을 선택한 후\n" +#~ " 다음을 눌러 클라이언트 구성을 계속하십시오." + +# helptext 3/3 +# helptext 3/3 +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "NIS 또는 LDAP 서버를 사용하여 사용자 데이터를 저장할 경우, 적절한\n" +#~ "값을 선택한 후 다음을 눌러 클라이언트 구성을 계속하십시오." + +# helptext 3/3 +# helptext 3/3 +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" +#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +#~ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LDAP 서버를 사용하여 사용자 데이터를 저장하거나 NT 서버에\n" +#~ "대해 사용자를 인증하고자 할 경우, 적절한 값을 선택한 후\n" +#~ " 다음을 눌러 클라이언트 구성을 계속하십시오." + +# helptext 3/3 +# helptext 3/3 +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LDAP 서버를 사용하여 사용자 데이터를 저장할 경우, 적절한\n" +#~ "값을 선택한 후 다음을 눌러 클라이언트 구성을 계속하십시오." + +#~ msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +#~ msgstr "사용자 데이터 원본 구성 후 Kerberos를 구성하려면 Kerberos 인증 설정을 선택하십시오." + +#~ msgid "&Choose" +#~ msgstr "선택(&C)" + +# frame title for authentication methods +#~ msgid "Authentication Method" +#~ msgstr "인증 방법" + +# string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); +# list<string> lmod = []; +# list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; +# Translators: dialog caption +#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" +#~ msgstr "Kerberos 인증 설정(&K)" + +# push button +# Menu Buton label +#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..." +#~ msgstr "전문가 옵션(&X)..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "만들 인증서에 이 열쇠글을 사용하려면 열쇠글 길이가\n" +#~ "%1자 이상이어야 합니다." + +#~ msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +#~ msgstr "현재 키보드 배열이 바르게 선택되고 있는 것을 확인하려면, 키보드 배열 검사 에 글을 입력해보세요." + +# yes/no popup text +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n" +#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "인증서를 만들려면 열쇠글 길이가\n" +#~ "%1 자 이상이어야 합니다." + +# Error msg +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The root password could not be set.\n" +#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n" +#~ "Try setting it again?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "루트 열쇠글을 설정할 수 없습니다.\n" +#~ "로그인 할 수 없는 것 같습니다.\n" +#~ " 설정을 다시 시도하시겠습니까?\n" + +# For translators: Caption of the progress bar in the time of reading +#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." +#~ msgstr "인증 구성을 위해 모듈 초기화..." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Login Settings" +#~ msgid "Authentication " +#~ msgstr "로그인 설정" + +# dialog caption +#~ msgid "Expert Settings" +#~ msgstr "전문가 설정" + +#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." +#~ msgstr "인증은 로컬의 /etc/passwd 를 사용합니다." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." +#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s." +#~ msgstr "열쇠글 암호화 방식으로 %1(을)를 사용합니다." + +#~ msgid "&Change..." +#~ msgstr "변경(&C)..." + +#~ msgid "Summary" +#~ msgstr "요약" + +#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" +#~ msgstr "삼바 (윈도우 도메인)" + +#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" +#~ msgstr "<%1>인증 방법<%2>: %3" + +#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." +#~ msgstr "<%1>인증 방법<%2>: %3 와 Kerberos." + +#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" +#~ msgstr "<%1>사용자<%2> %3 을 가져오도록 선택" + #~ msgid "No Password Entered" #~ msgstr "입력된 열쇠글이 없음" Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/vm.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/vm.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/vm.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-28 14:50+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ msgstr "가상 머신 구성 중..." #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" # we are already in UML, for nested UML we would need # nested UML kernel (CONFIG_NEST_LEVEL=1) which is not present #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "설치된 꾸러미 확인" @@ -59,172 +59,172 @@ # Commandline help title # Network cards summary dialog caption #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "네트워크 브리지 구성" # description of configuration object #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "VM 서버(도메인 0) 구성" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>VM 서버 구성</big>VM 서버(도메인 0)의 구성에는 두 개 부분이 있습니다." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "필요한 꾸러미가 먼저 시스템에 설치됩니다. 그런 다음 부트 로더가 GRUB로 전환되고(사용되고 있지 않은 경우) Xen 섹션이 없는 경우 부트 로더로 추가됩니다." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 #, fuzzy #| msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel." msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "Xen과 리눅스 커널을 부팅하는 데 필요한 다중 부팅 표준을 지원하기 때문에 GRUB가 필요합니다." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "구성이 성공적으로 완료되면 부트 로더 메뉴에서 VM 서버를 부팅할 수 있습니다." #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "설치가 중단됩니다." # text describing selections are not available (it's a label - keep it short!) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Hypervisor와 도구가 설치되었습니다." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "가상 머신 구성 중..." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Admin tools" msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "관리 도구" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" # text describing selections are not available (it's a label - keep it short!) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "Hypervisor와 도구가 설치되었습니다." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Broken server" msgid "Xen server" msgstr "브로큰 서버" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Admin tools" msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "관리 도구" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "설치가 중단됩니다." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "설치가 중단됩니다." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "텍스트 모드로 실행 중입니다. GUI 구성요소를 설치하시겠습니까?" # Progress step 1/5 #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "꾸러미 점검 중..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "꾸러미 설치 중..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "필요한 꾸러미를 설치할 수 없습니다." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "설정 파일을 업데이트 중..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "기본 네트워크 브리지 구성 중..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "네트워크 브리지." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "가상 머신 호스팅을 위한 일반 네트워크 구성에는 네트워크 브리지가 필요합니다.기본 네트워크 브리지를 설정하시겠습니까?" @@ -237,38 +237,38 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "Xen 게스트 설치 후에는 컴퓨터를 다시 시작하여 부트 로더 메뉴에서 Xen 을 선택하세요.\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "Xen 게스트 설치 후에는 컴퓨터를 다시 시작하여 부트 로더 메뉴에서 Xen 을 선택하세요.\n" # text describing selections are not available (it's a label - keep it short!) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor와 도구가 설치되었습니다." # text describing selections are not available (it's a label - keep it short!) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor와 도구가 설치되었습니다." # text describing selections are not available (it's a label - keep it short!) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/vpn.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ko/po/vpn.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) +++ trunk/yast/ko/po/vpn.ko.po 2016-09-02 21:37:14 UTC (rev 96691) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -252,14 +252,14 @@ # command line error report, %1 is queue name #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used." msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "지정한 대기열 이름 %1은(는) 이미 사용 중입니다." #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "" @@ -364,102 +364,102 @@ msgstr "CD를 바꾸고 다시 시도 하시겠습니까?" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "" # src/isdn/complex.ycp:266 src/modem/complex.ycp:207 # src/provider/complex.ycp:186 #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "설명" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "" #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All networks" msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "모든 네트워크" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "" # src/isdn/interface.ycp:242 # DIALOG TEXTS # Connection dialog caption -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Connection Management" msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "연결 관리" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "형식" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Master Server" msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "마스터 서버" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clients" msgid "Client" msgstr "클라이언트" # Allow to choose a directory -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose Scenario" msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "시나리오 선택" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You must select a certificate." msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "인증서를 선택해야 합니다." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 #, fuzzy #| msgid "External credentials" msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "외부 인증서" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "" @@ -467,30 +467,30 @@ # list<string> lmod = []; # list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; # Translators: dialog caption -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Requires Authentication" msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "서버에 인증 필요" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "" # Progress stage 3/5 -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read certificates" msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "인증서 읽기" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Default &Gateway IP" msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "기본 게이트웨이 IP(&G)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "" @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ msgstr "이 디스크에서는 Smart 를 사용할 수 없습니다." #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." @@ -622,34 +622,34 @@ # progress stage #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "CUPS 데몬 시작에 실패함" #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "시스템 설정 적용에 실패했습니다." #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" # Error message popup: -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to create the new map." msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "새로운 맵 작성에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -658,36 +658,36 @@ # dialog caption #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Global Settings" msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "전역 설정" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable VPN Services" msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "VPN 서비스 활성화" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "" # Roadwarrior Dialog caption -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create Client Connection" msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "클라이언트 연결 만들기" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "" #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read current connection setup" msgid "A client connecting to "

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96690 - trunk/yast/kn/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Sep '16

02 Sep '16

Author: minton Date: 2016-09-02 23:36:59 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96690 Added: trunk/yast/kn/po/journalctl.kn.po Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/add-on.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-client.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/autoinst.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/base.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/bootloader.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/ca-management.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/cio.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/cluster.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/control.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/country.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/crowbar.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/dhcp-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/dns-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/docker.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/drbd.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/fcoe-client.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/firewall.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/firstboot.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/fonts.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/geo-cluster.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/installation.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-client.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-lio-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/kdump.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/live-installer.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/mail.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/network.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/nfs.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/nis.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/ntp-client.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/packager.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/pkg-bindings.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/printer.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/rdp.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/rear.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/registration.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/reipl.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-client.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-server.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/security.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/services-manager.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/snapper.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/storage.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/update.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/users.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/vm.kn.po trunk/yast/kn/po/vpn.kn.po Log: kn merged Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/add-on.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/add-on.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/add-on.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -67,13 +67,14 @@ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "" -#. error report -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 -msgid "Failed to add add-on product." +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "" +#. just report error #: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "" #. placeholder for unknown path Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-client.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-client.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-client.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,1118 +16,1682 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 -msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Realm name" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 -msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 -msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "None." +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" msgstr "" -#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 -msgid "Mandatory Parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 -msgid "Optional Parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" msgstr "" -#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 -msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Principal Name" msgstr "" -#. Overview of all config sections -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Mouse configuration" -msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" +#| msgid "Host Name" +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "ಹೋಸ್ಟ್ ಹೆಸರು" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 -msgid "Sections" +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 -msgid "New Service/Domain" +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter realm name." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. -#. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 -msgid "Customisation - %s" +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Reset" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Please enter server URI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "Please enter DN of search base." +msgstr "" + +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" + +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +msgid "(not specified)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +msgid "Secure LDAP communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +msgid "Do Not Use Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +msgid "Test Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "Extended Options" +msgstr "" + +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +msgid "All Authentication Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Add Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Edit Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Delete Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "User Logon Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Change Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "User Logon Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Host Name" msgid "Name" msgstr "ಹೋಸ್ಟ್ ಹೆಸರು" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Value" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Full Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Network Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +msgid "Identity Domains" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "More Parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Extended options" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "ಫಿಲ್ಟರ್:" -#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "None." +msgstr "" + +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "Mandatory Parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Optional Parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Global Options" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "Name switch" +msgstr "ಫಿಲ್ಟರ್:" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Auto-Mount" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "SSH Public Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Daemon Status: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Running" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Create Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Enable domain data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Join Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Leave Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Clear Domain Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Types" +msgid "Service Options" +msgstr "ಸೇವೆ(ಸರ್ವಿಸ್) ಬಗೆಗಳು" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +msgid "Domain Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." +msgstr "" + +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "Use this domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +msgid "Options - %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Please select a domain among the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" +msgstr "" + +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 -msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 -msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 +msgid "" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +msgstr "" + +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +msgstr "" + +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" + #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to continue?" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 -msgid "No domain enabled" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +msgid "No domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" -"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -#. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 -msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "" -#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" msgstr "" -#. New service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service Types" -msgid "Service" -msgstr "ಸೇವೆ(ಸರ್ವಿಸ್) ಬಗೆಗಳು" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 -msgid "Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 -msgid "Domain name (example.com)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Identification provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "Authentication provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Activate Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr "" -#. Create new service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "" -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Current status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Gathering status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +msgid "" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" +"\n" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "Enable the domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Please enter the domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "" + +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" msgstr "" -#. NSS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" -#. PAM configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" -#. SUDO configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#. SSH configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" - -#. autofs may only start after sssd is started -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 -msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "" - -#. end Export -#. ################################################################ -#. ################################################################ -#. Summary() -#. returns html formated configuration summary -#. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 -msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 -msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 -msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 -msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-server.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/auth-server.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -293,8 +293,7 @@ msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "" @@ -437,12 +436,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "" @@ -468,8 +467,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" @@ -477,7 +476,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -558,8 +557,8 @@ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "" @@ -1820,8 +1819,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2195,7 +2193,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2263,7 +2261,7 @@ msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2424,237 +2422,237 @@ msgstr "" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "ವೈಶಿಷ್ಟ್ಯಗಳು" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/autoinst.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/autoinst.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/autoinst.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "" @@ -49,14 +49,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -237,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -245,73 +244,57 @@ msgstr "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -365,8 +348,15 @@ "%1" msgstr "" -#. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> @@ -374,65 +364,51 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "" #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "" @@ -476,55 +452,63 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "" @@ -532,15 +516,15 @@ msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "" @@ -552,7 +536,15 @@ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "" @@ -561,26 +553,27 @@ #. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the #. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc #. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "" #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "" #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -654,11 +647,11 @@ #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" @@ -669,19 +662,19 @@ #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "" @@ -920,6 +913,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1370,8 +1368,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "" @@ -1486,7 +1483,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1496,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr "" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1826,67 +1823,6 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "" - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "" - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "" - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2101,12 +2037,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2117,45 +2053,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2165,14 +2101,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2181,7 +2117,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2284,20 +2220,20 @@ msgstr "" #. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 msgid "Cannot update system time." msgstr "" @@ -2318,72 +2254,72 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "" #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 msgid "Post" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 msgid "Init" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2391,76 +2327,76 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "" #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "" #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 msgid "Ok" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2468,43 +2404,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "" @@ -2547,14 +2483,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "" #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2562,14 +2498,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/base.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/base.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/base.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -75,230 +75,230 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "" #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "" #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" msgstr "" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" msgstr "" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "" #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr "" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "" #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "" #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "" #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "" #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "" @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "" @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "" @@ -422,14 +422,14 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "" @@ -461,12 +461,12 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "" @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" @@ -525,22 +525,22 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "" @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -560,55 +560,55 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "" #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -616,12 +616,12 @@ msgstr "" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" @@ -680,46 +680,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -762,27 +762,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "" @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -798,22 +798,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "" @@ -867,19 +867,19 @@ msgstr "" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "" @@ -990,9 +990,79 @@ "F keys are not available." msgstr "" +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Types" +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "ಸೇವೆ(ಸರ್ವಿಸ್) ಬಗೆಗಳು" + +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "running" +msgstr "ಎಚ್ಚರಿಕೆ" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1000,7 +1070,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1008,7 +1078,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1184,7 +1254,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1207,7 +1277,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1410,27 +1480,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1440,7 +1510,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1450,7 +1520,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1458,18 +1528,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "" @@ -1497,7 +1567,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" @@ -1508,7 +1578,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -1572,19 +1642,19 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 msgid "Error:" msgstr "" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 msgid "Message:" msgstr "" @@ -1637,7 +1707,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "" @@ -1723,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "" @@ -1815,6 +1885,224 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "" + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "" + #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." @@ -1856,20 +2144,20 @@ msgstr "" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -1878,7 +2166,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -1889,8 +2177,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -1900,29 +2188,29 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -1930,7 +2218,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -1940,60 +2228,60 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " msgstr "" #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." msgstr "" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 -msgid "Firewall Settings" +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -2001,27 +2289,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -2031,389 +2319,389 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2424,14 +2712,14 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" "or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2447,135 +2735,6 @@ "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "" - -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -2660,61 +2819,14 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception -#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService() -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. $[ -#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" : [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], -#. ] -#. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "" - -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "" - #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -2728,35 +2840,75 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +msgid "Checking file conflicts..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +msgid "A File Conflict Detected" +msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +msgid "This message will be available at %s" +msgstr "" + #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2765,57 +2917,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2826,34 +2978,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2862,7 +3014,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2872,83 +3024,83 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2956,99 +3108,99 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3058,64 +3210,64 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3126,27 +3278,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3154,20 +3306,20 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3231,12 +3383,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3244,34 +3396,34 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" @@ -3283,7 +3435,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3292,7 +3444,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3301,7 +3453,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3309,7 +3461,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3322,124 +3474,124 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3451,7 +3603,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3465,7 +3617,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3477,16 +3629,16 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3497,7 +3649,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3508,64 +3660,64 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host Name:" msgid "Name: " msgstr "ಹೋಸ್ಟ್ ಹೆಸರು:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3579,7 +3731,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3593,12 +3745,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3611,7 +3763,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3624,12 +3776,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -3643,7 +3795,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -3657,17 +3809,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -3677,7 +3829,7 @@ msgstr "" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -3685,7 +3837,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -3693,7 +3845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3702,23 +3854,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3732,12 +3884,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3750,7 +3902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" @@ -3759,85 +3911,85 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Warning" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "ಎಚ್ಚರಿಕೆ" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 -msgid "Slide Sho&w" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +msgid "&Details" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -msgid "&Details" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" @@ -4432,37 +4584,45 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" -"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" msgstr "" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgstr "" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." -msgstr "" - -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 -msgid "" +msgid_plural "" "Files %s have been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" #. error report #: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 @@ -4470,7 +4630,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4501,7 +4661,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4509,7 +4669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -4576,13 +4736,13 @@ #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "" #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "" @@ -4658,8 +4818,8 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "" @@ -5403,55 +5563,3 @@ "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service Types" -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "ಸೇವೆ(ಸರ್ವಿಸ್) ಬಗೆಗಳು" - -#. Content for the help -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" -"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" -"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Warning" -msgid "running" -msgstr "ಎಚ್ಚರಿಕೆ" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/bootloader.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/bootloader.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/bootloader.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,935 +16,446 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option" +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 -msgid "Print value of specified option" +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 -msgid "The key of the option" +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The value of the option" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "&Device" msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 -msgid "Value was not specified." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 -msgid "Option was not specified." +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "" -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 -msgid "Value: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 -msgid "Specified option does not exist." +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<big>Boot Menu</big> " +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition)." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +msgid "Default" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"Boot from Root Partition." +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer" +"Boot Loader Type \n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use Boot Loader." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section." +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "yes" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 -msgid "" -"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push Add.\n" -"To remove a disk, push Remove." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 -msgid "&Default Boot Section" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 -msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +msgid "" +"Timeout in Seconds \n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +msgid "" +"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +msgid "" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 -msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 -msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 -msgid "Re&type Password" -msgstr "" - -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "Secure Boot" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "" - -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." -msgstr "" - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 -msgid "&Vga Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." -msgstr "" - -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -msgid "Text Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -msgid "Unspecified" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 msgid "remove" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 -msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 -msgid "Use &graphical console" +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 -msgid "&Console resolution" +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 -msgid "&Console theme" +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 -msgid "Use &serial console" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 -msgid "&Console arguments" +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 -msgid "Select File" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "" - -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 -msgid "&Start from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "" - -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 msgid "" -"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader." +"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" -"Please wait... " +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 -msgid "" -"To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click Edit Configuration Files." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -" In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -" Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or Delete to delete the selected section." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "" -"- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer." +" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;." +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Installation Details \n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Type \n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use Boot Loader." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Options \n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"Boot Loader Options." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Expert Manual Configuration \n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" -"Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 msgid "" -"Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique." +"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push Add.\n" +"To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" -"Select the type of the new section to create." +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section." +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start." +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 -msgid "" -"Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 -msgid "" -"Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 -msgid "The password must not be empty." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 -msgid "" -"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" -"do not match. Retype the password." -msgstr "" - -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 -msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "" - +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers #. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "" - -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 -msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and -#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 -msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" - -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" - #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 msgid "Booting" @@ -956,185 +467,121 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" +"Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" +"Please wait... " msgstr "" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "" - -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "" - #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "" - #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "" - #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/ca-management.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/ca-management.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/ca-management.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -128,8 +128,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "" @@ -201,8 +200,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "" @@ -1836,42 +1834,41 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "" #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "" -#. Popup displaying openssl error messages -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "" @@ -2150,8 +2147,7 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "" @@ -2197,28 +2193,23 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/cio.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/cio.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/cio.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" +msgid "no" msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" +msgid "yes" msgstr "" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/cluster.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/cluster.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/cluster.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" @@ -215,171 +215,171 @@ msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Current Mouse Type: %1" msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "ಪ್ರಸಕ್ತ ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಬಗೆ : %1" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "" @@ -472,103 +472,103 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/control.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/control.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/control.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,240 +15,579 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -" " +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -msgid "Installation Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -msgid "Live Installation Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 -msgid "Disk" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 -msgid "Time Zone" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +msgid "Disk" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 -msgid "User Settings" +msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +msgid "User Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 -msgid "System for Update" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -msgid "Update" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +msgid "System for Update" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 -msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Update" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Congratulations!\n" +"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +"Visit us at %1.\n" +"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/country.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/country.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/country.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "" #. summary label @@ -735,56 +735,56 @@ "Enter the correct date.\n" msgstr "" -#. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -802,12 +802,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "" @@ -895,180 +895,185 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/crowbar.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/crowbar.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/crowbar.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,19 +20,9 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "" - -#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" msgstr "" #. combobox label @@ -44,11 +34,11 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product for SMT server\n" "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" @@ -173,132 +163,140 @@ msgstr "MAC ವಿಳಾಸ" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host Name" msgid "Name" msgstr "ಹೋಸ್ಟ್ ಹೆಸರು" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "" -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Directory Name" msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "ಡೈರೆಕ್ಟರೀ ಹೆಸರು" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Directory Name" msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "ಡೈರೆಕ್ಟರೀ ಹೆಸರು" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host Name" msgid "User Name" msgstr "ಹೋಸ್ಟ್ ಹೆಸರು" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "" #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -306,95 +304,95 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "MAC ವಿಳಾಸ" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "MAC ವಿಳಾಸ" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -403,7 +401,7 @@ msgstr "" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "" @@ -450,21 +448,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Reading the configuration..." @@ -472,23 +470,23 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/dhcp-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/dhcp-server.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/dhcp-server.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -56,9 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "" @@ -98,242 +96,247 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "" #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "" + #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "" @@ -358,190 +361,150 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "" - -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" "One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." @@ -549,60 +512,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -610,48 +573,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -659,10 +622,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -670,61 +633,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -732,8 +695,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -741,135 +704,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "ಬಗೆ" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -882,15 +845,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -902,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" @@ -1115,7 +1078,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "" @@ -1139,7 +1102,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" @@ -1150,9 +1113,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "" @@ -1168,51 +1131,51 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1220,80 +1183,80 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "" @@ -1572,8 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1591,17 +1553,9 @@ "is enabled." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 +#. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" -"<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" -"To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"Start DHCP Server." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -1609,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1617,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1637,14 +1591,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1652,7 +1606,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1661,7 +1615,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1670,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1679,14 +1633,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1696,14 +1650,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1711,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1730,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" @@ -1739,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" @@ -1748,21 +1702,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -1770,14 +1724,14 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -1785,40 +1739,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -1827,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" @@ -1838,7 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -1846,14 +1800,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." msgstr "" #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -1861,14 +1815,14 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -1878,45 +1832,45 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." msgstr "" #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "" #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." msgstr "" #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." msgstr "" #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." msgstr "" #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." msgstr "" #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -1924,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -1934,23 +1888,23 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "" @@ -1960,101 +1914,101 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "" #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2062,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2070,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2078,206 +2032,195 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "" - #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "" -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2288,101 +2231,101 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "" @@ -2390,22 +2333,22 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "" #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/dns-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/dns-server.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/dns-server.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -297,8 +297,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -369,11 +368,10 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "" @@ -391,7 +389,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "" @@ -401,9 +399,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "ಬಗೆ" @@ -416,8 +414,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "" @@ -447,12 +445,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "" @@ -481,14 +478,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" @@ -550,8 +547,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +570,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" @@ -598,131 +595,88 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -730,181 +684,181 @@ msgstr "" #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "" #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" msgstr "" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" msgstr "" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" msgstr "" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "" @@ -913,8 +867,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "" @@ -924,9 +878,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "" @@ -935,109 +889,152 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "" #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" msgstr "" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "" + #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" @@ -1045,116 +1042,116 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "" #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "" #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1165,104 +1162,104 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "" #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1271,13 +1268,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." @@ -1287,79 +1284,73 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "" #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "" #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "" #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "" @@ -1367,24 +1358,24 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1392,32 +1383,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -2190,197 +2181,197 @@ msgstr "" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " msgstr "" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." msgstr "" #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/docker.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/docker.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/docker.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,6 +15,110 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -56,14 +160,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "" @@ -84,15 +180,11 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "" @@ -128,10 +220,59 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/drbd.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/drbd.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/drbd.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" @@ -233,15 +233,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" @@ -267,11 +268,11 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" @@ -280,20 +281,22 @@ "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -303,7 +306,7 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -313,14 +316,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -329,7 +332,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -337,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -345,14 +348,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -360,7 +363,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -369,7 +372,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -377,7 +380,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -385,54 +388,130 @@ msgstr "" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "ಫಿಲ್ಟರ್:" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "" -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 -msgid "Node names must be different." +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +msgid "Node name can not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "" + +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> @@ -534,85 +613,85 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -620,50 +699,50 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/fcoe-client.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/fcoe-client.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/fcoe-client.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -496,33 +496,33 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "" #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -530,157 +530,157 @@ msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/firewall.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/firewall.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/firewall.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,6 +15,16 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" @@ -166,7 +176,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "" @@ -556,7 +566,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "" @@ -567,8 +577,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" @@ -622,28 +632,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "" @@ -763,10 +773,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "" @@ -1248,217 +1258,219 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "" @@ -1471,180 +1483,180 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "" @@ -1653,167 +1665,178 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 -msgid "Masquerading is %1" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/firstboot.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/firstboot.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/firstboot.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -110,11 +110,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Module Name" +msgid "Status" msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" +msgid "Module Name" msgstr "" #. translators: dialog text @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/fonts.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/fonts.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/fonts.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,59 +18,59 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/geo-cluster.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/geo-cluster.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/geo-cluster.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -59,10 +59,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" @@ -118,17 +116,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" @@ -136,17 +134,18 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Authentification" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Ca&ncel" @@ -154,9 +153,9 @@ #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "" @@ -167,97 +166,102 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" -msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Firewall Configuration" @@ -265,70 +269,78 @@ #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "" -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "" #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " -msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Authentication file " +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid " created successfully." msgstr "" #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" @@ -336,7 +348,7 @@ #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Choose configuration file:" @@ -345,7 +357,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" -msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/installation.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/installation.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/installation.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -95,29 +95,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "" @@ -173,28 +173,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." msgstr "" #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "" @@ -241,51 +241,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -462,7 +418,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -489,52 +445,26 @@ "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" msgstr "" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "" - -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "" - #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -544,7 +474,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -553,7 +483,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -561,7 +491,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -570,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -578,22 +508,53 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "" + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -683,7 +644,7 @@ msgstr "" #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" @@ -692,43 +653,43 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "" #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "" @@ -745,43 +706,46 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" -msgstr "" +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 @@ -799,7 +763,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" @@ -824,71 +788,74 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "" +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "" + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr "" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 -msgid "Checking stage: %1..." +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." msgstr "" -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 -msgid "Calling step %1..." +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 +msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr "" - -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -910,27 +877,27 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -938,7 +905,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" @@ -946,7 +913,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" @@ -1055,7 +1022,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "" @@ -1087,7 +1054,7 @@ msgstr "" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "" @@ -1110,102 +1077,102 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1213,7 +1180,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1222,12 +1189,58 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +msgid "" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1279,8 +1292,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" @@ -1462,7 +1475,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "" @@ -1482,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1536,6 +1549,26 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -1593,64 +1626,79 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "" +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "" -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1661,44 +1709,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1726,7 +1766,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1736,7 +1776,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1745,7 +1785,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1754,7 +1794,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1763,7 +1803,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1771,12 +1811,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1785,7 +1825,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1801,6 +1841,11 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "" + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -1808,19 +1853,109 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "" + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "" #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "" @@ -1828,19 +1963,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "" #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-client.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-client.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-client.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -107,7 +107,6 @@ msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" @@ -165,47 +164,62 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +msgid "manual" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -214,9 +228,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -397,29 +411,27 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "" -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 msgid "No record found." msgstr "" #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Directory Name" msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "ಡೈರೆಕ್ಟರೀ ಹೆಸರು" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -432,13 +444,18 @@ "Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "" + #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -446,36 +463,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -564,7 +581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -572,12 +589,13 @@ "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-lio-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-lio-server.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/iscsi-lio-server.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -38,15 +38,14 @@ msgstr "ಸೇವೆ(ಸರ್ವಿಸ್) ಬಗೆಗಳು" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "" #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "" @@ -63,7 +62,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "" @@ -86,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "" @@ -101,127 +100,132 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Client" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Lun Mapping" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User" msgid "Username" msgstr "ಬಳಕೆದಾರ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "" + #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" @@ -229,29 +233,30 @@ #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "" @@ -371,19 +376,24 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." @@ -391,12 +401,12 @@ #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -405,19 +415,19 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -426,210 +436,216 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SLP Browser" msgid "Browse" msgstr "SLP ವೀಕ್ಷಕ(ಬ್ರೌಸರ್)" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -msgid "Client Lun" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -msgid "Client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 -msgid "Client name already exists!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -msgid "New client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&OK" msgid "OK" msgstr "ಸರಿ(&O)" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "ರದ್ದು ಮಾಡು(&C)" +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete this item?" msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "ಈ ಅಂಶವನ್ನು ನಿಜವಾಗಿಯೂ ಅಳಿಸಬೇಕೆ?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -643,11 +659,11 @@ msgstr "" #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/kn/po/journalctl.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/journalctl.kn.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/journalctl.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +# Kannada translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: kn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/kdump.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/kdump.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/kdump.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -360,10 +360,8 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -1094,148 +1092,163 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "" + #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/live-installer.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/live-installer.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/live-installer.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -36,27 +36,27 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "" #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "" #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -66,78 +66,60 @@ msgstr "" #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "" #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "" #. end of partitioning summary -#. bootloader summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "System start-up" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 -msgid "Boot only Linux" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 -msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -msgstr "" - -#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -145,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -232,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/mail.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/mail.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/mail.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -243,69 +243,74 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "" +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "" + #. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "" #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "" #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "" @@ -313,7 +318,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -324,7 +329,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -333,39 +338,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "" #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "" @@ -375,23 +380,23 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "" @@ -400,23 +405,23 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "" @@ -424,106 +429,106 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "ಬಳಕೆದಾರ" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -762,12 +767,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -775,56 +780,56 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -832,161 +837,161 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "" #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "" #. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/network.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/network.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/network.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +#: src/clients/host.rb:114 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "" @@ -315,26 +315,26 @@ msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -345,26 +345,26 @@ msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "" @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "" @@ -638,76 +638,76 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "" #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -808,70 +808,70 @@ msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "" @@ -998,27 +998,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "" @@ -1027,8 +1027,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1038,156 +1038,156 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " msgstr "" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1195,13 +1195,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1212,20 +1212,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1243,60 +1243,60 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 msgid "&General" msgstr "" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1306,12 +1306,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1505,23 +1516,23 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "" #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" @@ -1579,7 +1590,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1587,7 +1598,7 @@ "to this configuration dialog.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1600,20 +1611,20 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1623,12 +1634,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1637,7 +1648,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1799,7 +1810,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1809,14 +1820,14 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1824,138 +1835,137 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1963,7 +1973,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2417,29 +2427,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2596,127 +2606,127 @@ #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "" #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "" #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -2799,27 +2809,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -2829,7 +2839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -2839,97 +2849,97 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "" @@ -2944,38 +2954,46 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -2983,111 +3001,61 @@ "Try again?\n" msgstr "" -#. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 -msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 -msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 -msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 -msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 -msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 -msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 -msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 -msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 -msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 -msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 -msgid "Configure mail now?" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 -msgid "Run configuration of %1?" -msgstr "" - #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3161,8 +3129,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "" @@ -3188,28 +3156,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "" #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3241,27 +3209,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3297,40 +3265,40 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "" #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3549,47 +3517,47 @@ "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3598,7 +3566,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 msgid "configured" msgstr "" @@ -3651,7 +3619,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Update configuration" @@ -3676,7 +3644,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Updating configuration..." @@ -3690,440 +3658,436 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" -#. Import data -#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "" - #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4131,30 +4095,30 @@ msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "" @@ -4163,22 +4127,22 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/nfs.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/nfs.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/nfs.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -126,14 +126,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." msgstr "" #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -344,12 +344,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -357,52 +357,52 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/nis.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/nis.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/nis.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -230,8 +230,9 @@ msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers @@ -344,11 +345,6 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/ntp-client.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/ntp-client.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/ntp-client.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" msgstr "" @@ -30,66 +30,66 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -294,310 +294,302 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "" #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 @@ -618,7 +610,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -628,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -638,14 +630,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -653,14 +645,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -668,7 +660,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -680,14 +672,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -696,7 +688,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -705,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -713,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -721,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -729,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -738,7 +730,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -746,7 +738,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -758,49 +750,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -808,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -818,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -826,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -839,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -847,7 +839,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -857,7 +849,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -866,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -880,17 +872,17 @@ msgstr "" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -900,14 +892,14 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -916,44 +908,44 @@ msgstr "" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -961,205 +953,205 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "" #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "" #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "" #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "ಬಗೆ" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "" @@ -1173,147 +1165,155 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "" -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "" - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "" - -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "" - #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" + +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "" + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/packager.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/packager.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/packager.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -490,13 +490,6 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" - #. default (minimal) priority of a repository #: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" @@ -532,7 +525,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -765,7 +758,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -773,7 +766,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1272,42 +1265,42 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1319,32 +1312,39 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" msgstr "" +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1352,82 +1352,88 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." msgstr "" +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" @@ -1449,27 +1455,27 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "" #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1477,13 +1483,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1491,21 +1497,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1514,41 +1520,41 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1671,7 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", @@ -1687,12 +1693,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1700,50 +1706,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1752,34 +1758,42 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1790,42 +1804,43 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -1921,7 +1936,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "" @@ -1966,100 +1981,100 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2068,53 +2083,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2124,23 +2139,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2149,42 +2164,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2192,17 +2207,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2212,20 +2227,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2238,7 +2253,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2246,11 +2261,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2262,12 +2277,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2275,71 +2290,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2354,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2363,12 +2378,16 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2376,7 +2395,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2384,7 +2403,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2394,7 +2413,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2403,25 +2422,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2431,19 +2450,19 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "" @@ -2628,18 +2647,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/pkg-bindings.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/pkg-bindings.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/pkg-bindings.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:655 +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:661 +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/printer.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/printer.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/printer.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "" @@ -440,8 +440,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "" @@ -2542,56 +2542,56 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "" #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "" @@ -2601,7 +2601,7 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -2629,74 +2629,74 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "" #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "" @@ -2707,33 +2707,33 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "" #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -2742,25 +2742,25 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "" @@ -2768,7 +2768,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "" @@ -2787,28 +2787,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "" @@ -2816,25 +2816,25 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "" @@ -2854,53 +2854,53 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/rdp.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/rdp.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/rdp.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -98,54 +98,54 @@ msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "" #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/rear.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/rear.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/rear.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -238,11 +238,11 @@ msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" +msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/registration.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/registration.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/registration.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,27 +15,6 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "" - -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "" - #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -52,9 +31,9 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -68,30 +47,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -228,29 +207,25 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" - +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -266,39 +241,39 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 -msgid "Registration failed." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -308,23 +283,23 @@ msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -332,6 +307,24 @@ "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 #, fuzzy @@ -340,20 +333,20 @@ msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -362,7 +355,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" @@ -371,14 +364,14 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "" @@ -388,34 +381,34 @@ #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -423,7 +416,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -437,7 +430,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -448,39 +441,39 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -549,34 +542,38 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" @@ -591,7 +588,7 @@ msgstr "" #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" @@ -649,7 +646,7 @@ msgstr "" #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete this item?" msgid "Really delete '%s'?" @@ -657,28 +654,28 @@ #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Permissions" msgid "&Version" msgstr "ಅನುಮತಿಗಳು" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" @@ -702,10 +699,8 @@ msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MAC Address" msgid "&E-mail Address" @@ -716,56 +711,64 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "" @@ -773,52 +776,37 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" - #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Network Configuration..." -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. SSL error message #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 @@ -842,22 +830,22 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) @@ -865,16 +853,6 @@ msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "" - -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -905,17 +883,17 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "" @@ -974,17 +952,17 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration summary." msgid "Migration Summary" @@ -996,38 +974,38 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1074,15 +1052,66 @@ "You can manually register the system from scratch." msgstr "" -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Local Registration Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "No registration server selected" +msgstr "" + +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "" +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." #~ msgid "Registering Migration Products..." Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/reipl.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/reipl.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/reipl.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-client.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-client.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-client.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -787,86 +787,86 @@ msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "" #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-server.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-server.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/samba-server.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/security.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/security.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/security.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -115,280 +115,247 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr "" #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." msgstr "" #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." msgstr "" -#. Boot dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" "Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" @@ -397,33 +364,33 @@ msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -431,7 +398,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" @@ -440,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" @@ -449,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" @@ -457,14 +424,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" @@ -472,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" @@ -482,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" @@ -490,12 +457,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" @@ -503,26 +470,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" @@ -530,35 +497,35 @@ msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" "In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" @@ -576,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" @@ -586,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" @@ -595,7 +562,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" "system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" @@ -604,7 +571,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" @@ -615,21 +582,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" "will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" @@ -637,26 +604,26 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgstr "" #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" @@ -668,7 +635,7 @@ "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" "computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" @@ -676,23 +643,23 @@ "correct log messages." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" "X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" "to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" @@ -704,13 +671,13 @@ "Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" "The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" "itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" @@ -722,7 +689,7 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" @@ -734,38 +701,86 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +msgid "" +"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +msgid "" +"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Hibernate System:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +msgstr "" + #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" @@ -823,163 +838,236 @@ "maximum." msgstr "" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "" + #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "" @@ -995,61 +1083,61 @@ msgstr "" #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/services-manager.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/services-manager.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/services-manager.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -277,11 +277,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/snapper.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/snapper.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/snapper.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User" msgid "User data" @@ -61,262 +61,262 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe" msgid "Pre" msgstr "ಪರೀಕ್ಷಿಸು" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete this item?" msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "ಈ ಅಂಶವನ್ನು ನಿಜವಾಗಿಯೂ ಅಳಿಸಬೇಕೆ?" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete this item?" msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "ಈ ಅಂಶವನ್ನು ನಿಜವಾಗಿಯೂ ಅಳಿಸಬೇಕೆ?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "ಬಗೆ" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User" msgid "User Data" msgstr "ಬಳಕೆದಾರ" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File name" msgid "File was removed." msgstr "ಕಡತದ ಹೆಸರು" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -337,17 +337,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/storage.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/storage.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/storage.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -82,8 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -145,7 +144,11 @@ msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -761,7 +764,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -779,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -789,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -799,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -809,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -820,7 +823,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -830,7 +833,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -843,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -853,7 +856,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -865,7 +868,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -876,7 +879,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -888,11 +891,11 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"\n" +"%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" @@ -990,53 +993,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1045,7 +1048,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1055,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1065,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1080,13 +1083,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1113,7 +1116,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1124,7 +1127,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1144,7 +1147,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1153,7 +1156,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1452,7 +1455,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1467,17 +1470,17 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1509,7 +1512,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1522,7 +1525,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1535,7 +1538,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1557,7 +1560,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1716,7 +1719,7 @@ msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -1731,12 +1734,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1744,26 +1747,26 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2021,11 +2024,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" @@ -2056,9 +2057,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2080,8 +2080,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "" @@ -2098,8 +2097,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2159,39 +2157,44 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +msgid "EFI Boot Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "" #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2199,54 +2202,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2255,17 +2258,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2275,7 +2278,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2284,56 +2287,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2341,8 +2344,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2354,33 +2357,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2390,7 +2393,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2399,12 +2402,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2587,108 +2590,113 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "" #. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "" #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "" @@ -2696,51 +2704,51 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -2750,50 +2758,50 @@ "partitions will be deleted.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" "Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -2833,8 +2841,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "" @@ -2925,8 +2932,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3029,50 +3035,50 @@ msgstr "" #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" "RAID device will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3080,7 +3086,7 @@ #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "" @@ -3088,31 +3094,31 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "" @@ -3210,12 +3216,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "" @@ -3510,12 +3516,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3549,9 +3555,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "" @@ -3561,14 +3567,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3909,17 +3915,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4182,7 +4188,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "" @@ -4913,38 +4919,51 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4954,7 +4973,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4968,7 +4987,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4981,7 +5000,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4990,7 +5009,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4998,7 +5017,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5007,24 +5026,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5032,12 +5051,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5045,97 +5064,97 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5143,7 +5162,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5151,7 +5170,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5159,18 +5178,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5752,50 +5771,41 @@ "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 -msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 -msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" -"To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" -"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +"Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5804,35 +5814,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. #. Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/update.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/update.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/update.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -756,19 +756,19 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/users.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/users.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/users.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -124,540 +124,6 @@ msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "" -#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 -msgid "User Authentication Method" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Authentication \n" -"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 2/3 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" - -#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 -msgid "&LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 -msgid "N&IS" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#. menubutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "&Samba" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 -msgid "&Windows Domain" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 -msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 -msgid "eDirectory LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext: additional kerberos support -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 -msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 -msgid "&Choose" -msgstr "" - -#. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 -msgid "Authentication Method" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 -msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" -msgstr "" - -#. selection box label -#. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 -msgid "&Select Users to Read" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 -msgid "Select or Deselect &All" -msgstr "" - -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 -msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "" - -#. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 -msgid "E&xpert Options..." -msgstr "" - -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 -msgid "" -"\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. additional help text about password -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" - -#. report misspellings of the password -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -msgid "" -"The passwords do not match.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. report if user forgot to enter a password -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgstr "" - -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -msgid "Really use this password?" -msgstr "" - -#. Error msg (yes/no) -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 -msgid "" -"The root password could not be set.\n" -"You might not be able to log in.\n" -"Try setting it again?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 -msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." -msgstr "" - -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed.\n" -"Install it now?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -msgid "DES" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 -msgid "MD5" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 -msgid "SHA-256" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 -msgid "SHA-512" -msgstr "" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 -msgid "Password Encryption Type" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 -msgid "&DES" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 -msgid "&MD5" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 -msgid "SHA-&256" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 -msgid "SHA-&512" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "Authentication " -msgstr "" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 -msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -msgid "User's &Full Name" -msgstr "" - -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -msgid "&Username" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 -msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 -msgid "&Automatic Login" -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 -msgid "Create New User" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup headline -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 -msgid "Empty User Login" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup contents -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" -"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" -"Leave it empty?" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" -"assign to this user account.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 -msgid "" -"\n" -"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" -" %2 and %3 characters.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %s characters long." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 -msgid "" -"\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" -"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well -#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) -#. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 -msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 -msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." -msgstr "" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 -msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "" - -#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 -msgid "User %s will be imported." -msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 -msgid "Summary" -msgstr "" - -#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "" - #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" @@ -779,11 +245,6 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 -msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." -msgstr "" - #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -1024,93 +485,6 @@ msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#. authentication type -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 -msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. authentication type -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 -msgid "NIS" -msgstr "" - -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 -msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 -msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." -msgstr "" - -#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) -#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 -msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. rich text label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 -msgid "&User" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 -msgid "&Root Password" -msgstr "" - #. password entering label #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" @@ -1262,6 +636,22 @@ "enter the user's current password." msgstr "" +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -1285,6 +675,13 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "" @@ -1299,11 +696,30 @@ msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "" +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + #. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "" +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "" + #. check box label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" @@ -1471,6 +887,30 @@ msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "" +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "" + #. popup question #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" @@ -1559,6 +999,20 @@ msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "" +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +msgid "DES" +msgstr "" + +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "" + #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -1568,6 +1022,24 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -1686,6 +1158,15 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" @@ -1711,6 +1192,21 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +msgstr "" + #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." @@ -2327,7 +1823,8 @@ msgstr "" #. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -2403,6 +1900,11 @@ msgstr "" #. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "" + +#. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "" @@ -2422,6 +1924,11 @@ msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "" +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "" + #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" @@ -2537,6 +2044,11 @@ "" msgstr "" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" @@ -2547,6 +2059,26 @@ msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "" +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "" + #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" @@ -2804,6 +2336,12 @@ #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "" @@ -3079,6 +2617,13 @@ msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "" +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" + #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" @@ -3096,6 +2641,346 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +msgid "" +"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long." +msgstr "" + +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "" + +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +msgid "" +"\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" +"Local users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +msgid "Create new user" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +msgid "" +"\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The password length should be between %{min}\n" +" and %{max} characters.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +msgid "" +"\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +msgid "" +"\n" +"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"be imported.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +msgid "Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"a local user.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +msgid "Local User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +msgid "" +"The new username cannot be blank.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +msgid "" +"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +msgid "&Create New User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +msgid "Choose Users" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +msgid "&Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +msgid "No users selected" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +msgid "%d user will be imported" +msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "" + +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +msgid "Password &Encryption Type" +msgstr "" + +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" +msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "" + #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" @@ -3537,7 +3422,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -3549,202 +3434,202 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3752,14 +3637,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3768,7 +3653,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3777,7 +3662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3785,14 +3670,14 @@ "Really change the user type to 'system'?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -3800,14 +3685,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -3815,7 +3700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -3823,7 +3708,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -3831,14 +3716,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -3846,7 +3731,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -3854,7 +3739,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -3863,7 +3748,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -3873,19 +3758,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3893,14 +3778,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3909,7 +3794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3918,7 +3803,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3927,14 +3812,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -3942,7 +3827,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -3951,20 +3836,20 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -3972,7 +3857,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -3980,22 +3865,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" @@ -4013,23 +3898,23 @@ msgstr "" #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration" msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "" @@ -4146,7 +4031,7 @@ #. the ']' is or-ed... #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4154,7 +4039,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" "For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" @@ -4164,7 +4049,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4172,37 +4057,37 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4210,7 +4095,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4218,20 +4103,20 @@ msgstr "" #. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4239,7 +4124,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4248,22 +4133,20 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/vm.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/vm.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/vm.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -40,153 +40,153 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -199,26 +199,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/kn/po/vpn.kn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/kn/po/vpn.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) +++ trunk/yast/kn/po/vpn.kn.po 2016-09-02 21:36:59 UTC (rev 96690) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -198,12 +198,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "" @@ -286,104 +286,104 @@ msgstr "" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "" #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host Name" msgid "Name" msgstr "ಹೋಸ್ಟ್ ಹೆಸರು" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "" #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "ಬಗೆ" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "" @@ -468,32 +468,32 @@ msgstr "" #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "" #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "" #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -501,28 +501,28 @@ msgstr "" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "" #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96689 - trunk/yast/km/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Sep '16

02 Sep '16

Author: minton Date: 2016-09-02 23:36:46 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96689 Added: trunk/yast/km/po/journalctl.km.po Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/add-on.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/auth-client.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/auth-server.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/autoinst.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/base.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/bootloader.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/ca-management.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/cio.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/cluster.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/control.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/country.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/crowbar.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/dhcp-server.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/dns-server.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/docker.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/drbd.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/fcoe-client.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/firewall.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/firstboot.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/fonts.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/geo-cluster.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/installation.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/iscsi-client.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/iscsi-lio-server.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/kdump.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/live-installer.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/mail.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/network.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/nfs.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/nis.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/ntp-client.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/packager.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/pkg-bindings.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/printer.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/rdp.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/rear.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/registration.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/reipl.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/samba-client.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/samba-server.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/security.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/services-manager.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/snapper.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/storage.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/update.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/users.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/vm.km.po trunk/yast/km/po/vpn.km.po Log: km merged Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/add-on.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/add-on.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/add-on.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-04 15:16+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -85,15 +85,16 @@ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>មេឌៀ ៖ %1, ផ្លូវ ៖ %2, ផលិតផល ៖ %3</li>\n" -#. error report -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +msgstr "សូមបង្កើតផ្នែកបន្ថែម \"%1\" អាចឲ្យប្រើបានតាមរយៈ \"%2\"" + +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបន្ថែមផលិតផលបន្ថែម" -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." -msgstr "សូមបង្កើតផ្នែកបន្ថែម \"%1\" អាចឲ្យប្រើបានតាមរយៈ \"%2\"" - #. placeholder for unknown path #. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media #. placeholder for unknown directory Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/auth-client.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/auth-client.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/auth-client.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,1162 +16,1774 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 -msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Realm name" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 -msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 -msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Principal Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name" +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះ" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" + +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." +msgid "Please enter realm name." +msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះមួយ សម្រាប់ទម្រង់ថ្មី ។" + +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Reset" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" +msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" +msgstr "របៀបផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់" + +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Please enter server URI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "Please enter DN of search base." +msgstr "" + +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" + +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +msgid "(not specified)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" +msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" +msgstr "តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់លុបភាគ %1 ឬ ?" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" +msgstr "បង្កើតថតផ្ទះ ពេលចូល" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +msgid "Secure LDAP communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +msgid "Do Not Use Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +msgid "Test Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "Extended Options" +msgstr "" + +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" +msgid "All Authentication Realms" +msgstr "របៀបផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Add Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Edit Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delete" +msgid "Delete Realm" +msgstr "លុប" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "User Logon Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Settings:" +msgid "Change Settings" +msgstr "ការកំណត់មូលដ្ឋាន ៖" + +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "User Logon Configuration" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសកល" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសកល" + +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះ" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "តម្លៃ" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Full Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Domain" +msgstr "សេវាបណ្ដាញ" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +msgid "Identity Domains" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "ការពិពណ៌នា" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Extended options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "តម្រង ៖" + #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 #, fuzzy #| msgid "None" msgid "None." msgstr "គ្មាន" #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រម៉ូដឹម" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Optional Parameter File" msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "ឯកសារប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រស្រេចចិត្ត" #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" -msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវដែលបានផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ" - -#. Overview of all config sections -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Global Configuration" +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "Global Options" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសកល" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "Name switch" +msgstr "តម្រង ៖" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "របៀបផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Auto-Mount" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "SSH Public Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Daemon Status: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Running" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "បង្កើតថតផ្ទះ ពេលចូល" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Enable domain data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" -msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" -msgstr "បើកដេមិន NTP" +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Join Domain" +msgstr "ដែន" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Leave Domain" +msgstr "ដែន" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Clear Domain Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Sections: %1" -msgid "Sections" +msgid "Service Options" msgstr "ផ្នែក ៖ %1" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Services" -msgid "New Service/Domain" -msgstr "សេវាបណ្ដាញ" +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Domain Options" +msgstr "ដែន" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Selected Service" -msgid "Delete Service/Domain" -msgstr "សេវាដែលបានជ្រើស" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." +msgstr "" +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "Use this domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. #. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Custom Registration Server" -msgid "Customisation - %s" +msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "ឈ្មោះ" +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Please select a domain among the list." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Value" -msgstr "តម្លៃ" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" +msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" +msgstr "តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់លុបភាគ %1 ឬ ?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "ការពិពណ៌នា" +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Modem Parameters" -msgid "More Parameters" -msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រម៉ូដឹម" +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Filter:" -msgid "Name filter:" -msgstr "តម្រង ៖" +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" -#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Really delete section %1?" -msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." -msgstr "ពិតជាចង់លុបផ្នែក %1?" +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" -msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" -msgstr "តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់លុបភាគ %1 ឬ ?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +msgstr "" +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" + #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to continue?" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" -msgid "No domain enabled" +msgid "No domain" msgstr "បានបើកការចុះកំណត់ហេតុ" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" -"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -#. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 -msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "" -#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?" -msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" -msgstr "តើអ្នកចង់អនុញ្ញាតការចូលដំណើរការទៅឃ្លាំងទម្រង់ឬទេ ?" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" +msgstr "" -#. New service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "សេវា" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 -msgid "Domain" -msgstr "ដែន" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 -msgid "Domain name (example.com)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Identification:" -msgid "Identification provider:" -msgstr "អត្តសញ្ញាណ ៖" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" -msgid "Authentication provider:" -msgstr "របៀបផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Activate Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr "" -#. Create new service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "These services will be enabled" -msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." -msgstr "សេវាទាំងនេះនឹងបើក" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "(DNS error)" +msgstr "" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." -msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." -msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះមួយ សម្រាប់ទម្រង់ថ្មី ។" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This domain is already defined." -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." -msgstr "ដែននេះត្រូវបានកំណត់រួចហើយ ។" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Already enrolled" +msgstr "" -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Current status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Gathering status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +msgid "" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" +"\n" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" +msgid "Enable the domain" +msgstr "បើកដេមិន NTP" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." +msgid "Please enter the domain name." +msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះមួយ សម្រាប់ទម្រង់ថ្មី ។" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This domain is already defined." +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "ដែននេះត្រូវបានកំណត់រួចហើយ ។" + +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" msgstr "" -#. NSS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" -#. PAM configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" -#. SUDO configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#. SSH configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Base DN for the database" msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "DN មូលដ្ឋានសម្រាប់មូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP secure port" msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "ច្រកសុវត្ថិភាព LDAP" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP (ឬឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន) របស់ម៉ាស៊ីន ដែលមានអាសយដ្ឋានថេរ" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "កញ្ចប់កម្មវិធីម៉ោនស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ នឹងត្រូវបានដំឡើង។\n" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" -#. autofs may only start after sssd is started -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 -msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Authenticated Clients" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវដែលបានផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Selected Service" +#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +#~ msgstr "សេវាដែលបានជ្រើស" -#. end Export -#. ################################################################ -#. ################################################################ -#. Summary() -#. returns html formated configuration summary -#. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 -msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Modem Parameters" +#~ msgid "More Parameters" +#~ msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រម៉ូដឹម" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 -msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Really delete section %1?" +#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +#~ msgstr "ពិតជាចង់លុបផ្នែក %1?" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 -msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?" +#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +#~ msgstr "តើអ្នកចង់អនុញ្ញាតការចូលដំណើរការទៅឃ្លាំងទម្រង់ឬទេ ?" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 -msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "សេវា" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Identification:" +#~ msgid "Identification provider:" +#~ msgstr "អត្តសញ្ញាណ ៖" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "These services will be enabled" +#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +#~ msgstr "សេវាទាំងនេះនឹងបើក" + #~ msgid "Cancel" #~ msgstr "បោះបង់" @@ -1184,17 +1796,11 @@ #~ msgid "New" #~ msgstr "ថ្មី" -#~ msgid "Basic Settings:" -#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់មូលដ្ឋាន ៖" - #~ msgid "Add" #~ msgstr "បន្ថែម" #~ msgid "Edit" #~ msgstr "កែសម្រួល" -#~ msgid "Delete" -#~ msgstr "លុប" - #~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" #~ msgstr "ការការពារ SPAM" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/auth-server.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/auth-server.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/auth-server.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -302,8 +302,7 @@ msgstr "ចុះឈ្មោះនៅឯដេមិន &SLP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" @@ -446,12 +445,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធគណនីសម្រាប់ការថតចម្លង" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "មិនមែនជា LDAP DN ត្រឹមត្រូវ" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" @@ -477,8 +476,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "ពិធីការ" @@ -486,7 +485,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនរបស់ក្រុមហ៊ុនផ្តល់" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "ប្រើ StartTLS" @@ -567,8 +566,8 @@ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "ការសាកល្បងបានត្រឡប់សារកំហុសដូចខាងក្រោម ៖" @@ -1881,8 +1880,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2256,7 +2254,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "ឃ្លាំងសម្ងាត់លិបិក្រម (ឃ្លាំងសម្ងាត់ IDL)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2326,7 +2324,7 @@ msgstr "បន្ថែមលិបិក្រម" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់គោលនយោបាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់" @@ -2487,237 +2485,237 @@ msgstr "មិនមានថតឡើយ ។ បង្កើតវាឬ ?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ ។ ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ប្រហែលជាមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "សារកំហុសគឺ ៖ '" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "ព្យាយាមម្តងទៀត ?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "ប្រភេទគុណលក្ខណៈដែលមាន" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "ប្រភេទគុណលក្ខណៈដែលបានជ្រើស" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "អ្នកណាគួរឲ្យច្បាប់នេះអនុវត្ត" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "ធាតុ DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "ជ្រើស" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "កំណត់កម្រិតចូលដំណើរការ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "បន្តការវាយតម្លៃច្បាប់នេះ (\"បន្ត\")" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "DN មែកធាងរង" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "ក្រុម DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "កែសម្រួលច្បាប់ត្រួតពិនិត្យការចូលដំណើរការ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "វត្ថុគោលដៅ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "ផ្គូផ្គងតម្រង ៖" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "តម្រង LDAP" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "គុណលក្ខណៈ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "កែសម្រួល" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "កម្រិតចូលដំណើរការ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "នណា" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "ការត្រួតពិនិត្យលំហូរ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "ឡើងលើ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "ចុះក្រោម" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "គោលដៅ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "តម្រង" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្រុមហ៊ុនផ្ដល់" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "ច្រក" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទការថតសម្លង" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "ចន្លោះពេលនៃការថតចម្លង" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "ថ្ងៃ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "ម៉ោង" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "នាទី" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "វិនាទី" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "ការយោងបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនគោលដៅ" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "តើអ្នកនៅតែចង់បន្តឬ ?" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "សូមផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ថាម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើគោលដៅត្រូវបានបើកទៅកាន់ LDAPsync provider" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "អនុញ្ញាក្រុមហ៊ុនផ្ដល់ ldapsync សម្រាប់មូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យនេះ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "ប្រតិបត្តិការ" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/autoinst.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/autoinst.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/autoinst.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 08:44+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "ប្រហែលជាត្រូវការពេលមួយរយៈ" @@ -52,14 +52,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -259,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារមួយពីតារាងជាមុនសិន ។" #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -270,75 +269,59 @@ "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "វឌ្ឍនភាព" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រព័ន្ធ ដោយយោងទៅតាមការកំណត់ដំឡើងស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ %1" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "មិនស្ថិតក្នុងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ %1" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "កំពុងប្រតិបត្តិ Post-Scripts" -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Determine running services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "កំណត់សេវាដែលកំពុងរត់" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងបញ្ចប់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "ដំណើរការធនធាន %1" @@ -398,8 +381,15 @@ "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការរត់ image-script ៖\n" "%1" -#. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> @@ -407,7 +397,7 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -415,59 +405,45 @@ "\n" "សូមរង់ចាំ ខណៈពេលប្រព័ន្ធត្រូវបានរៀបចំ សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ។\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "ស្ទង់រកផ្នែករឹង" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "ទៅយក និងអានឯកសារបញ្ជា" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "ញែកឯកសារវត្ថុបញ្ជា" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដំបូង" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "រៀបចំប្រព័ន្ធសម្រាប់ការដំឡើងស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "ដំណាក់កាលមុនការស្ទង់រក" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "កំពុងស្ទង់រកផ្នែករឹង..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "ញែកឯកសារវត្ថុបញ្ជា" @@ -511,57 +487,67 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "សូមរង់ចាំខណៈពេលប្រព័ន្ធត្រូវបានរៀបចំ សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ។" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "ប្រតិបត្តិស្គ្រីបរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ដែលរត់មុនដំឡើង" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការកំណត់ទូទៅ" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "រៀបចំភាសា" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "បង្កើតប្លង់ភាគថាស" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "ការចុះឈ្មោះ" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជម្រើសផ្នែកទន់" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Volume Groups" msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធក្រុមភាគ" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure Drives" +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដ្រាយ" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "កំពុងប្រតិបត្តិស្គ្រីបរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ដែលរត់មុនដំឡើង..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការកំណត់ទូទៅ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set up language" msgid "Setting up language..." @@ -571,17 +557,17 @@ msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតប្លង់ភាគថាស..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repairing file system..." msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "កំពុងជួសជុលប្រព័ន្ធ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជម្រើសផ្នែកទន់..." @@ -595,7 +581,19 @@ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងនាំចូលឯកសារ Kickstart..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring language..." +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធភាសា..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "កំពុងរៀបចំប្រព័ន្ធសម្រាប់ការដំឡើងស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" @@ -604,7 +602,7 @@ #. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the #. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc #. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." @@ -613,12 +611,12 @@ #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធភាសា..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -626,8 +624,9 @@ "មានកំហុសខណៈពេលកំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធភាគថាស ។\n" "សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។\n" -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -707,11 +706,11 @@ #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "ការជ្រើសផ្នែកទន់" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" @@ -726,19 +725,19 @@ #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "ទីតាំងរបស់ប្រភពដំឡើង (ដូចជា http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "inst-source របស់ប្រព័ន្ធនេះ (អ្នកមិនអាចបង្កើតរូបភាពបានទេ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកជ្រើសវា)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការប្រើប្រភពដំឡើងនោះ" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "កំពុងអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យកញ្ចប់..." @@ -990,6 +989,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះឧបករណ៍ Volgroup" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1479,8 +1483,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "ជ្រើសថត" @@ -1604,7 +1607,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យ XML ដែលមានសុពលកម្ម RNG..." @@ -1614,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr "ភាគ %1 ៖ " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យ XML ដែលមានសុពលកម្ម RNC..." @@ -1992,67 +1995,6 @@ "នៅពេលរៀបចំ ។\n" "\n" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញ URL '%1' តាមរយៈពិធីការ HTTP(S) ។ ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើបានត្រឡប់កូដ %2 ។" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញ URL '%1' តាមរយៈពិធីការ FTP ។ ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើបានត្រឡប់កូដ %2 ។" - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "ការអានឯកសារនៅលើ %1/%2 បានបរាជ័យ ។\n" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "បានបរាជ័យនៅពេលកំពុងអានឯកសារលើ %1 ។\n" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "ការម៉ោន %1 បានបរាជ័យ ។" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "ការអានឯកសារមួយនៅលើស៊ីឌីបានបរាជ័យ ។ ផ្លូវ ៖ %1/%2 ។" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "ឯកសារពីចម្ងាយ %1 មិនអាចទាញយកបានទេ" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "%1 មិនត្រូវបានម៉ោនទេ ហើយម៉ោនបានបរាជ័យ" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "ឯកសារ %1 មិនអាចរកឃើញទេ" - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញ URL '%1' តាមរយៈពិធីការ TFTP ។" - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "ពិធីការដែលមិនស្គាល់ %1 ។" - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2319,12 +2261,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ញែក XML បានរាយការណ៍កំហុសមួយ ខណៈពេលញែកទម្រង់ autoyast ។ សារកំហុសគឺ ៖\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2340,45 +2282,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "ជ្រើសទម្រង់" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "កំពុងទៅយកឯកសារបញ្ជាពីថាសទន់ ។" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "កំពុងទៅយកឯកសារបញ្ជា (%1) ពីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ TFTP ៖ %2 ។" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "កំពុងទៅយកឯកសារបញ្ជា (%1) ពីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS ៖ %2 ។" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "កំពុងទៅយកឯកសារបញ្ជា (%1) ពីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ HTTP ៖ %2 ។" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "កំពុងទៅយកឯកសារបញ្ជា (%1) ពីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ FTP ៖ %2 ។" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "ចម្លងឯកសារបញ្ជាពីឯកសារ ៖ %1 ។" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "ចម្លងឯកសារបញ្ជាពីឧបករណ៍ ៖ /dev/%1 ។" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "ចម្លងឯកសារបញ្ជាពីទីតាំងលំនាំដើម ។" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ប្រភព ។" @@ -2388,7 +2330,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2398,7 +2340,7 @@ "ស្ទើរតែគ្រប់ធនធានទាំងអស់របស់ឯកសារបញ្ជា អាចត្រូវបាន\n" "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ដោយប្រើប្រព័ន្ធគ្រប់គ្រងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2412,7 +2354,7 @@ "ដើម្បីដំឡើងប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងទៀត ដោយប្រើ AutoYaST ។\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2518,24 +2460,24 @@ msgstr "ការមិននាំចូលសោ GPG ថ្មី" #. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Syncing server..." msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើសមកាលកម្មម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing failed." msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "ការញែកបានបរាជ័យ ។" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot mount file system." msgid "Cannot update system time." @@ -2558,17 +2500,17 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "ដ្រាយ" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not detected." msgid "Not yet cloned." @@ -2576,55 +2518,55 @@ #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "ស្គ្រីបមុនដំឡើង" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "ស្គ្រីបក្រោយដំឡើង" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "ស្គ្រីប Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "ស្គ្រីប Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "ស្គ្រីបក្រោយការចែកភាគថាស" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 msgid "Pre" msgstr "មុន" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 msgid "Post" msgstr "ប្រកាស" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "ក្រោយការចែកជាភាគ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "មិនស្គាល់" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2634,31 +2576,31 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបន្ថែមឃ្លាំង %1" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "បានបរាជ័យការបង្កើតរូបភាព អំឡុងពេលការដំឡើងលំនាំ ។ សូមពិនិត្យមើល /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "បង្កើតរូបភាព - ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្កើតរូបភាព អំឡុងពេលដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ ។ សូមពិនិត្យមើល /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "ផ្ទុករូបភាពទៅកាន់..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." @@ -2666,16 +2608,16 @@ "ឥឡូវនេះ អ្នកអាចធ្វើការផ្លាស់ប្ដូររូបភាពក្នុង %1/\n" "ប្រសិនបើ អ្នកចុចប៊ូតុងយល់ព្រម រូបភាពនឹងត្រូវបានបង្ហាប់ និងមិនអាចត្រូវបានធ្វើការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទៀតទេ ។" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្ហាប់រូបភាពនៅក្នុង '%1' ។ សូមពិនិត្យមើល /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "រូបភាពត្រូវបានបង្កើតដោយជោគជ័យ" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2684,30 +2626,30 @@ "អ្នកអាចបង្កើតឯកសារនោះជាមួយ 'ls -F > directory.yast' ប្រសិនបើវាបាត់ ។" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "មិនអាចអាន '%1' បានទេ ។ ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "មិនអាចអាន '%1' បានទេ ។ បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្កើត ISO" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "កំពុងរៀបចំរចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឯកសារ ISO..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសម្រាប់ឌីវីឌី" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 msgid "Ok" msgstr "យល់ព្រម" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2717,43 +2659,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "ផ្ទុករូបភាព ISO ទៅកាន់ ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតឯកសារ ISO ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "បានបង្កើត ISO ដោយជោគជ័យនៅ %1" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "លំនាំដែលបានជ្រើស" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានជ្រើសដោយឡែកៗ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលត្រូវយកចេញ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "បង្ខំកញ្ចប់ខឺណែល" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "មិនអាចកំណត់លំនាំ ៖ %1 ។" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "កម្មវិធីដោះស្រាយកញ្ចប់ បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការរត់ ។ សូមពិនិត្យមើលភាគកម្មវិធីរបស់អ្នកនៅក្នុងទម្រង់ autoyast ។" @@ -2801,14 +2743,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "កំពុងប្រមូលទិន្នន័យកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "ទម្រង់ AutoYaST ដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីប ។ សូមបញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ពីរដង ។" @@ -2816,14 +2758,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរភាគ %1 ទៅឯកសារ %2 បានទេ ។" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "ទម្រង់ AutoYaST ដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីប ។ សូមបញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" @@ -2841,6 +2783,39 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "យល់ព្រម" +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +#~ msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញ URL '%1' តាមរយៈពិធីការ HTTP(S) ។ ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើបានត្រឡប់កូដ %2 ។" + +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +#~ msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញ URL '%1' តាមរយៈពិធីការ FTP ។ ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើបានត្រឡប់កូដ %2 ។" + +#~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +#~ msgstr "ការអានឯកសារនៅលើ %1/%2 បានបរាជ័យ ។\n" + +#~ msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +#~ msgstr "បានបរាជ័យនៅពេលកំពុងអានឯកសារលើ %1 ។\n" + +#~ msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +#~ msgstr "ការម៉ោន %1 បានបរាជ័យ ។" + +#~ msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +#~ msgstr "ការអានឯកសារមួយនៅលើស៊ីឌីបានបរាជ័យ ។ ផ្លូវ ៖ %1/%2 ។" + +#~ msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +#~ msgstr "ឯកសារពីចម្ងាយ %1 មិនអាចទាញយកបានទេ" + +#~ msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +#~ msgstr "%1 មិនត្រូវបានម៉ោនទេ ហើយម៉ោនបានបរាជ័យ" + +#~ msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +#~ msgstr "ឯកសារ %1 មិនអាចរកឃើញទេ" + +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +#~ msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញ URL '%1' តាមរយៈពិធីការ TFTP ។" + +#~ msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +#~ msgstr "ពិធីការដែលមិនស្គាល់ %1 ។" + #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្រិតរត់" @@ -2972,9 +2947,6 @@ #~ "សម្រាប់ព័ត៌មានបន្ថែម សូមមើលឯកសារ ។\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "Configure Drives" -#~ msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដ្រាយ" - #~ msgid "&Drive" #~ msgstr "ដ្រាយ" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/base.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/base.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/base.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 08:46+0700\n" "Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n" @@ -78,79 +78,79 @@ msgstr "ម៉ូឌុល YaST2 នេះ មិនគាំទ្រចំណុចប្រទាក់បន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាឡើយ ។" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "ប្រើ 'ជំនួយ' ដើម្បីមើលបញ្ជីពេញលេញ នៃពាក្យបញ្ជាដែលមាន ។" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "ប្រើ 'ជំនួយ yast2 %1' ដើម្បីមើលបញ្ជីពេញលេញ នៃពាក្យបញ្ជាដែលមាន ។" #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ពាក្យបញ្ជា ៖ %1" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "ជម្រើស '%1' បាត់តម្លៃ ។" #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "ជម្រើសដែលមិនស្គាល់សម្រាប់ពាក្យបញ្ជា '%1' ៖ %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "តម្លៃមិនត្រឹមត្រូវសម្រាប់ជម្រើស '%1' ៖ %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "តម្លៃមិនត្រឹមត្រូវសម្រាប់ជម្រើស '%1' -- រំពឹង '%2', បានទទួល %3" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "ជម្រើស '%1' មិនអាចមានតម្លៃឡើយ ។ តម្លៃដែលបានផ្ដល់ ៖ %2" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "ប្រើ 'ជំនួយ %1 %2' ដើម្បីមើលបញ្ជីពេញលេញ នៃជម្រើសដែលមាន ។" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "ប្រើ 'ជំនួយ yast2 %1 %2' ដើម្បីមើលបញ្ជីពេញលេញ នៃជម្រើសដែលមាន ។" #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "ម៉ូឌុលកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ YaST ៖ %1\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "គ្មានជំនួយ" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "ពាក្យបញ្ជា '%1'" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ " ជម្រើស ៖" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ " ជម្រើសនៃប្រភេទ [string] ត្រូវតែបានសរសេរនៅក្នុងទម្រង់ 'ជម្រើស=តម្លៃ' ។" #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -177,137 +177,137 @@ " ឧទាហរណ៍ ៖" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "នេះជាម៉ូឌុល YaST2 មួយ ។" #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "វាក្យសម្ពន្ធគោល ៖" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <ពាក្យបញ្ជា> [verbose] [ជម្រើស]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <command> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <command> [options]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <command> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "ពាក្យបញ្ជា ៖" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "គ្មានជំនួយ ។" #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<Error: invalid help>" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "រត់ 'yast2 %1 <ពាក្យបញ្ជា> help' ដើម្បីមើលបញ្ជីនៃជម្រើសដែលមានទាំងអស់ ។" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "បាត់ឈ្មោះឯកសារគោលដៅ (ជម្រើស 'xmlfile') ។ ប្រើជម្រើសបន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជា xmlfile=<target_XML_file> ។" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "ឈ្មោះឯកសារគោលដៅ (ជម្រើស 'xmlfile') គឺទទេ ។ ប្រើជម្រើសបន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជា xmlfile=<target_XML_file> ។" #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "មិនស្គាល់" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "ឬ '%1'" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "បញ្ជាក់ពាក្យបញ្ជា '%1' ។" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "បញ្ជាក់ពាក្យបញ្ជាមួយក្នុងចំណោមពាក្យបញ្ជាទាំងអស់ ៖ %1 ។" #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "បញ្ជាក់ពាក្យបញ្ជាតែមួយប៉ុណ្ណោះ ក្នុងចំណោមពាក្យបញ្ជាទាំងអស់ ៖ %1 ។" #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "គ្មានចំណុចប្រទាក់អ្នកប្រើ សម្រាប់ម៉ូឌុលនេះទេ ។" #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "រួចហើយ" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "កំពុងបញ្ចប់" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "ធ្វើរួច" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "កំពុងបោះបង់ (ដោយមិនផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "បាទ/ចាស ឬទេ?" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "បាទ/ចាស" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "ទេ" @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "កំហុសក្នុងការដំឡើង" @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ msgstr "រកកញ្ចប់ %1 ចេញ ?" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "មិនបានកំណត់លំហូរការងារ សម្រាប់របៀបដំឡើងនេះឡើយ ។" @@ -446,14 +446,14 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "បន្តការដំឡើង" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "បោះបង់ការដំឡើង" @@ -487,12 +487,12 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "កំហុសខាងក្នុងមួយបានកើតឡើង នៅពេលរួមបញ្ចូលលំហូរការងារបន្ថែម ។" #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "តម្លៃរបស់ %1 មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "អំឡុងពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម" @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "ដោយដៃ" @@ -558,22 +558,22 @@ msgstr "តាមរយៈ xinetd" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "តាមរយៈ xinetd" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "ការចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "សេវាកំពុងរត់" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "សេវាមិនកំពុងរត់ឡើយ" @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" @@ -605,48 +605,48 @@ "ហើយចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឡើងវិញភ្លាមៗ ។\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឥឡូវនេះ" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "បញ្ឈប់សេវាឥឡូវនេះ" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "រក្សាទុកការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ហើយចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឡើងវិញឥឡូវនេះ" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឥឡូវនេះ" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "បញ្ឈប់សេវាឥឡូវនេះ" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "រក្សាទុកការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ហើយចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឡើងវិញឥឡូវនេះ" #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "បិទ បើក" #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "ស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖ " #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -657,12 +657,12 @@ "សូមកំណត់ %1 ។" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "ការគាំទ្រ LDAP សកម្ម" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "ការគាំទ្រ &LDAP សកម្ម" @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "ចុះក្រោម" @@ -724,12 +724,12 @@ msgstr "ឯកសារដែលបានបញ្ជាក់មានរួចហើយ ។ សរសេរវាឡើងវិញឬ ?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់សោ TSIG មិនបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ "យកវាចេញឬ ?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -747,27 +747,27 @@ "នៅលើថាសរបស់អ្នក ។ យកវាចេញឬ ?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "សោនឹងត្រូវបានបង្កើតឥឡូវនេះ ។ បន្តឬ ?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "ការបង្កើតសោ TSIG បានបរាជ័យ ។" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "មិនមានឯកសារដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "ឯកសារដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ មិនមានសោ TSIG ណាមួយឡើយ ។" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ "កូនសោចាស់នឹងត្រូវបានយកចេញ ។ បន្តឬ ?" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ "សូមប្រើប្រអប់នេះ ដើម្បីគ្រប់គ្រងសោ TSIG ។\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ "នៃឯកសារដែលកូនសោ ហើយចុច បន្ថែម ។\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ "កំណត់អត្តសញ្ញាណសោ បន្ទាប់មកចុច បង្កើត ។\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -828,27 +828,27 @@ "តែឈប់ប្រើវា នៅក្នុងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជាមុនសិន ។\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "បន្ថែមសោ TSIG ដែលមានស្រាប់មួយ" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "បង្កើតកូនសោ TSIG ថ្មីមួយ" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់កូនសោ" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "បង្កើត" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "កូនសោ TSIG បច្ចុប្បន្ន" @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -864,22 +864,22 @@ msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់កូនសោ" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "ឈ្មោះឯកសារ" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "ជម្រើសដែលបានជ្រើស" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "ជម្រើសបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖ " #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "ជម្រើសដែលបានជ្រើសមានរួចហើយ ។" @@ -943,19 +943,19 @@ "ឬចុះក្រោមនៅក្នុងបញ្ជី ។" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "ផ្សេងទៀត" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍មិនត្រូវបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធទេ" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "ចុច កែសម្រួល ដើម្បីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" @@ -1107,9 +1107,91 @@ "ក្នុងបរិស្ថានមួយចំនួន គ្រាប់ចុច F\n" "ខ្លះ ឬទាំងអស់មិនមានឡើយ ។" +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Other Settings." +msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" +msgstr "អានការកំណត់ផ្សេងទៀត ។" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Other Settings." +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "អានការកំណត់ផ្សេងទៀត ។" + +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "ការចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា" + +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "ស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Operating System Boot" +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការចាប់ផ្ដើម" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "running" +msgstr "ការព្រមាន" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "S&top now ..." +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ឥឡូវ ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stopped" +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "បានបញ្ឈប់" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start it now?" +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមវាឥឡូវ ?" + #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1119,7 +1201,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1129,7 +1211,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1307,7 +1389,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "រំលង" @@ -1330,7 +1412,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" @@ -1555,27 +1637,27 @@ msgstr "រកមិនឃើញឯកសារគ្រោងការណ៍ Kerberos" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "ពិតជាបោះបង់ការដំឡើងឬ ?" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "ពិតជាបោះបង់ការជួសជុលប្រព័ន្ធរបស់ YaST ឬ ?" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "បោះបង់ការជួសជុលប្រព័ន្ធ" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "បន្តជួសជុលប្រព័ន្ធ" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1588,7 +1670,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1602,7 +1684,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1613,18 +1695,18 @@ "អ្នកត្រូវតែដំឡើងវាឡើងវិញ ។" #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "ពិតជាបោះបង់ឬ ?" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់នឹងបាត់បង់ !" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "លម្អិត..." @@ -1652,7 +1734,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "បាទ/ចាស" @@ -1663,7 +1745,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "ទេ" @@ -1727,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr "ចុះកំណត់ហេតុកំហុស ៖ %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Warning:" #| msgid_plural "Warnings:" @@ -1735,7 +1817,7 @@ msgstr "ការព្រមាន ៖" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error:" #| msgid_plural "Errors:" @@ -1744,8 +1826,8 @@ #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Message:" #| msgid_plural "Messages:" @@ -1801,7 +1883,7 @@ msgstr "លុប" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "អថេរ" @@ -1897,7 +1979,7 @@ msgstr "បញ្ចូលឃ្លាសម្ងាត់" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "បញ្ចូលឃ្លាសម្ងាត់ដើម្បីដោះសោ GPG %1 ៖" @@ -2003,6 +2085,235 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលអានកំណត់ហេតុ ។" +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "តំបន់ដែលមិនស្គាល់" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" +"ចំណុចប្រទាក់ '%1' មិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់តម្លៃទៅតំបន់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងណាមួយឡើយ ។\n" +"រត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងរបស់ YaST2 ហើយផ្ដល់តម្លៃវា ។\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "តំបន់ខាងក្រៅ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "តំបន់ខាងក្នុង" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "តំបន់ស" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "TCP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "UDP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "RPC" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "IP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" +"ចំណុចប្រទាក់ '%1' ត្រូវបានរួមបញ្ចូលក្នុងតំបន់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងច្រើន ។\n" +"ការបន្តជាមួយនឹងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ អាចនឹងបង្កើតកំហុស ។\n" +"\n" +"យើងសូមផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ ឲ្យអ្នកចេញពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ \n" +"ហើយជួសជុលវាដោយដៃក្នុងឯកសារ '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall' ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "ពិនិត្យសេវាដែលអាចនឹងប៉ះទង្គិចគ្នា" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យសេវាដែលអាចនឹងប៉ះទង្គិចគ្នា..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "លៃតម្រូវសេវាជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "កំពុងលៃតម្រូវសេវាជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "ការសរសេរការកំណត់បានបរាជ័យ" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "ពិធីការដែលមិនស្គាល់ (%1)" + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service: %1" +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "សេវា ៖ %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GPG Public Keys" +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "កូនសោសាធារណៈ GPG" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "សេវាមិនស្គាល់ '%1'" + #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." @@ -2044,13 +2355,13 @@ msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់មិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់តម្លៃទៅតំបន់ណាមួយទេ" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញដែលមានច្រកចំហក្នុងជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" @@ -2059,7 +2370,7 @@ "%1\n" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2072,7 +2383,7 @@ "បន្តឬ ?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2088,8 +2399,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2104,29 +2415,29 @@ "បន្តឬ ?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញ ដែលមានច្រកចំហក្នុងជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "ជ្រើសទាំងអស់" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "មិនជ្រើសអ្វីទាំងអស់" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2134,7 +2445,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2147,7 +2458,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " @@ -2156,7 +2467,7 @@ "សូមចុច %2 ។ " #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2165,46 +2476,48 @@ "បើកប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "បើកច្រកក្នុងជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតអំពីជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "បើកច្រកក្នុងជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតអំពីជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 -msgid "Firewall Settings" +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "ការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងបើក" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "ម៉ូឌឹម" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញ" @@ -2212,27 +2525,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "មិនស្គាល់" @@ -2242,389 +2555,389 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានបន្ថែមទៀត" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញ ARCnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "ប៊្លូធូស" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "ការតភ្ជាប់ប៊្លូធូស" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "ចំណង" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "ចងបណ្ដាញ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "កាត ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "ការតភ្ជាប់ DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "អត់ចេះសោះ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញចម្លែក" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "អ៊ីសឺរណិត" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញអ៊ីសឺរណិត" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញ FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ការតភ្ជាប់ ISDN" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញអ៊ីនហ្វ្រារ៉េដ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍អ៊ីនហ្វ្រារ៉េដ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញ OSA LCS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ Loopback" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញ Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "ខ្សែប៉ារ៉ាឡែល" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "ការតភ្ជាប់ខ្សែប៉ារ៉ាឡែល" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express ឬឧបករណ៍ QDIO (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ស្រោប IPv6-in-IPv4" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "ខ្សែសៀរៀល" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "ការតភ្ជាប់ខ្សែជាសៀរៀល" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញ Token Ring" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "ឥតខ្សែ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញឥតខ្សែ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "បណ្ដាញ XP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "LAN និម្មិត" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "ប្រ៊ីត" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "ប្រ៊ីតបណ្ដាញ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "TUNnel បណ្ដាញ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "TAP បណ្ដាញ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ InfiniBand" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ដែលមិនស្គាល់" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "គ្មានអាសយដ្ឋាន IP បានកំណត់" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទឧបករណ៍" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះឧបករណ៍" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់ឧបករណ៍" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "បានតភ្ជាប់" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "កំពុងស្កេនម៉ាស៊ីនក្នុង LAN នេះ..." #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ &NFS" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនពីចម្ងាយ" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "ថតដែលបាននាំចេញ" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2639,7 +2952,7 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" msgid "" @@ -2648,7 +2961,7 @@ "or continue without network." msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមការដំឡើងឡើងវិញ និងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញនៅក្នុង Linuxrc" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2673,142 +2986,6 @@ "លេខច្រកអាចជាលេខពី 0 ទៅ 65535 ។\n" "មិនអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យមានដកឃ្លាឡើយ ។\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "តំបន់ខាងក្រៅ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "តំបន់ខាងក្នុង" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "តំបន់ស" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "TCP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "UDP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "RPC" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "IP" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "តំបន់ដែលមិនស្គាល់" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" -"ចំណុចប្រទាក់ '%1' ត្រូវបានរួមបញ្ចូលក្នុងតំបន់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងច្រើន ។\n" -"ការបន្តជាមួយនឹងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ អាចនឹងបង្កើតកំហុស ។\n" -"\n" -"យើងសូមផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ ឲ្យអ្នកចេញពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ \n" -"ហើយជួសជុលវាដោយដៃក្នុងឯកសារ '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall' ។" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" -"ចំណុចប្រទាក់ '%1' មិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់តម្លៃទៅតំបន់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងណាមួយឡើយ ។\n" -"រត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងរបស់ YaST2 ហើយផ្ដល់តម្លៃវា ។\n" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "ពិនិត្យសេវាដែលអាចនឹងប៉ះទង្គិចគ្នា" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យសេវាដែលអាចនឹងប៉ះទង្គិចគ្នា..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "លៃតម្រូវសេវាជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "កំពុងលៃតម្រូវសេវាជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "ការសរសេរការកំណត់បានបរាជ័យ" - -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "ពិធីការដែលមិនស្គាល់ (%1)" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -2901,63 +3078,14 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "អ្នកកំពុងដំឡើងប្រព័ន្ធមួយពីលើ SSH ប៉ុន្តែអ្នកមិនបានបើកច្រក SSH លើជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងឡើយ ។" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception -#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService() -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. $[ -#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" : [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], -#. ] -#. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "" - -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service: %1" -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "សេវា ៖ %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "សេវាមិនស្គាល់ '%1'" - #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ទាំងនេះ ត្រូវតែដំឡើង ៖" +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -2971,35 +3099,76 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "លុប" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgid "Checking file conflicts..." +msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យសេវាដែលអាចនឹងប៉ះទង្គិចគ្នា..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +msgid "A File Conflict Detected" +msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" +msgstr[0] "" + +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +msgid "This message will be available at %s" +msgstr "" + #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "កំពុងទាញយកកញ្ចប់ %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "កំពុងទាញយកកញ្ចប់" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "កញ្ចប់ %1 ខូចហើយ ការពិនិត្យភាពត្រឹមត្រូវបានបរាជ័យ ។" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "ព្យាយាមការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ម្ដងទៀត ?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "បោះបង់ការដំឡើង ?" @@ -3008,15 +3177,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "កំហុស ៖ %1 ៖" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3025,35 +3194,35 @@ "ប្រព័ន្ធ គួរតែត្រូវបានបញ្ជាក់នៅពេលក្រោយ ដោយដំណើរការម៉ូឌុលគ្រប់គ្រងកម្មវិធី\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "កំពុងលុបកញ្ចប់ %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "កំពុងលុបកញ្ចប់..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "ការយកកញ្ចប់ %1 ចេញបានបរាជ័យ ។" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ %1 បានបរាជ័យ ។" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3062,7 +3231,7 @@ "ប្រព័ន្ធគួរតែបញ្ជាក់នៅពេលក្រោយ ដោយការដំណើរការម៉ូឌុលការគ្រប់គ្រងកម្មវិធី ។" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3077,27 +3246,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "ផ្នែក A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "ផ្នែក B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (ថាស %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3106,7 +3275,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3119,7 +3288,7 @@ "ពិនិត្យមើលថាតើ ថតអាចចូលដំណើរការបានដែរឬទេ ។" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3133,83 +3302,83 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "រំលងការធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់ដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "ច្រានចេញ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "ច្រានឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកស៊ីឌី ឬឌីវីឌីដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "ព្យាយាមការដំឡើងម្ដងទៀត ?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "រំលងឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក ?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "កំពុងមិនអើពើឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកដែលខូច..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតឃ្លាំង %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើតឃ្លាំង ។" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "មិនអាចទៅយកសេចក្ដីពិពណ៌នាឃ្លាំងពីចម្ងាយបានឡើយ ។" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "កំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលទៅយកទិន្នន័យមេតាថ្មី ។" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "ឃ្លាំងមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "ទិន្នន័យមេតាឃ្លាំងមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" @@ -3217,92 +3386,92 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "កំពុងស្ទង់ឃ្លាំង %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "កំហុសបានកើតឡើងខណៈពេលស្ទង់ឃ្លាំង ។" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការស្ទង់ឃ្លាំង ។" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "ទិន្នន័យមេតាឃ្លាំងមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "ឃ្លាំង %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "កំពុងទាញយកកញ្ចប់ RPM ដែលតា %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "ការទាញយកកញ្ចប់ RPM ដែលតា" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "កំពុងអនុវត្តកញ្ចប់ RPM ដែលតា %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "ការអនុវត្តកញ្ចប់ RPM ដែលតា" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "កញ្ចប់ ៖ " #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមស្គ្រីប %1 (បំណះ %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "កំពុងរត់ស្គ្រីប..." #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "បំណះ ៖ " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "ស្គ្រីប ៖" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "លទ្ធផលស្គ្រីប" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3311,7 +3480,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3326,36 +3495,36 @@ "អាចបាត់បង់ ឬហួសសម័យ ។" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "រំលងការធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់" #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "ការទាញយក" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "ការទាញយក ៖ %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យកញ្ចប់" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "កំពុងស្ថាបនាមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យកញ្ចប់ឡើងវិញ ។ ដំណើរការនេះ អាចត្រូវការពេលវេលាខ្លះ ។" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3364,16 +3533,16 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "កំពុងបម្លែងមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យកញ្ចប់ ។ ដំណើរការនេះ អាចត្រូវការពេលខ្លះ ។" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "ស្ថានភាព" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3382,12 +3551,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "កំពុងអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ RPM..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "កំពុងអានកញ្ចប់ដែលបានដំឡើង" @@ -3398,27 +3567,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "កំពុងស្កេនមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ RPM..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "ការចាប់ផ្ដើមរបស់គោលដៅ បានបរាជ័យ ។" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "អានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ RPM" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវអ្នកប្រើ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3429,20 +3598,20 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "បង្ហាញលម្អិត" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "ទំហំ ៖" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "ពេលវេលានៅសល់ ដែលត្រូវព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀតដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ៖ %1" @@ -3523,12 +3692,12 @@ "ឲ្យដោះស្រាយដោយដៃនៅក្នុងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងផ្នែកទន់ ។" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលទាមទារបានបរាជ័យ ។" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3539,12 +3708,12 @@ "YaST អាចនឹងមិនដំណើរការត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "មិនអាចបន្ត ដោយមិនដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលទាមទារបានឡើយ ។" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3553,22 +3722,22 @@ "YaST អាចនឹងដំណើរការមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។\n" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "អះអាងអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណកញ្ចប់ ៖ %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "ខ្ញុំយល់ព្រម" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "ខ្ញុំមិនយល់ព្រមទេ" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" @@ -3587,7 +3756,7 @@ "ដើម្បីច្រានចោលអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណរបស់កញ្ចប់ សូមចុច ខ្ញុំមិនយល់ព្រមទេ ។" #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3601,7 +3770,7 @@ "\t\tដើម្បីមើលសេចក្ដីពិពណ៌នាសម្រាប់ធាតុមួយ ជ្រើសវានៅក្នុងបញ្ជី ។\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3615,7 +3784,7 @@ "\t\t ជាមួយនឹងម៉ឺនុយបរិបទ អ្នកក៏អាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរស្ថានភាពរបស់ធាតុទាំងអស់បានដែរ ។\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3627,7 +3796,7 @@ "\t\t ដែលអ្នកអាចមើល និងជ្រើសកញ្ចប់កម្មវិធីនីមួយៗបាន ។\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3647,134 +3816,134 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "ការជ្រើសផ្នែកទន់ និងភារកិច្ចប្រព័ន្ធ" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(បន្ថែមទៀត)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់ការដំឡើងដោយជោគជ័យ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "សារកំហុស ៖ %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបរាជ័យ ៖ %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានដំឡើង ៖ %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព ៖ %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានយកចេញ ៖ %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលមិនទាន់បានដំឡើង ៖ %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "កញ្ចប់" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "ពេលវេលាដែលកន្លងហួស ៖ %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "ទំហំដែលបានដំឡើងសរុប ៖ %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "ទំហំដែលបានទាញយកសរុប ៖ %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "ស្ថិតិ" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "កំណត់ហេតុការដំឡើង" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "លម្អិត" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installing Package" msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Finish" msgid "Finish" msgstr "បញ្ចប់" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការចូលដំណើរការការគ្រប់គ្រងកម្មវិធី" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of installed packages." msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "<BIG>សេចក្ដីសង្ខេបរបស់ការដំឡើង</BIG> នេះជាសេចក្ដីសង្ខេបរបស់កញ្ចប់ដែលបានដំឡើង ។" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Error" msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "កំហុសក្នុងការដំឡើង" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានដំឡើង" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលបានយកចេញ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលនៅសល់" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3786,7 +3955,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3806,7 +3975,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3825,16 +3994,16 @@ "ប្រើ ទោះយ៉ាងណាក៏ដោយ ?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលមិនបានចុះហត្ថលេខា" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "ឯកសារដែលមិនបានចុះហត្ថលេខា" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3851,7 +4020,7 @@ "ដំឡើងវាទោះបីយ៉ាងណាក៏ដោយ ?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3868,62 +4037,62 @@ "ប្រើវា ទោះយ៉ាងណាក៏ដោយ ?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "រកមិនឃើញឆេកសាំងឡើយ" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់ ៖ %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "ស្នាមម្រាមដៃ ៖ %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "ឈ្មោះ ៖ %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "បានបង្កើត ៖ %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "ផុតកំណត់ ៖ %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់ ៖" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "ឈ្មោះ ៖ " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "ស្នាមម្រាមដៃ ៖ " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "បានបង្កើត ៖ " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "ផុតកំណត់ ៖ " #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3946,7 +4115,7 @@ "ដំឡើងវា ទោះយ៉ាងណាក៏ដោយ ?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3969,12 +4138,12 @@ "ប្រើវា ទោះយ៉ាងណាក៏ដោយ ?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលសុពលកម្មបានបរាជ័យ" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3995,7 +4164,7 @@ "ដំឡើងវា ទោះជាយ៉ាងណាក៏ដោយ ?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4016,12 +4185,12 @@ "ដំឡើងវា ទោះជាយ៉ាងណាក៏ដោយ ?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "កូនសោ GnuPG ដែលមិនស្គាល់" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4044,7 +4213,7 @@ "ក្នុងការរំលងកញ្ចប់ ។\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4067,17 +4236,17 @@ "ក្នុងការរំលងវា ។\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "បានចុះហត្ថលេខាដោយកូនសោសាធារណៈ ដែលមិនគួរឲ្យជឿទុកចិត្ត" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "ទុកចិត្តលើសោ និងនាំចូលកូនសោ" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4092,7 +4261,7 @@ "មានចំនួនវត្ថុបញ្ជាជាក់លាក់នៅលើកម្មវិធីនៅក្នុងប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក ។" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -4103,7 +4272,7 @@ "កញ្ចប់ ឬឃ្លាំងដែលបានបង្កើតដោយម្ចាស់កូនសោនឹងមិនត្រូវបានប្រើឡើយ ។" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4114,7 +4283,7 @@ "(%2) ៖" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4127,23 +4296,23 @@ "ពិតជារបស់ម្ចាស់នោះមែន មុនពេលនាំចូលវា ។" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "ការព្រមាន ៖ សោផុតកំណត់ហើយ !" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "នាំចូលកូនសោ GnuPG ដែលមិនគួរឲ្យទុកចិត្ត" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "ជឿទុកចិត្ត" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4166,12 +4335,12 @@ "ប្រើវា ទោះជាយ៉ាងណាក៏ដោយ ?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Digest មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4192,7 +4361,7 @@ "ប្រើវា ទោះជាយ៉ាងណាក៏ដោយ ?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Digest ដែលមិនស្គាល់" @@ -4201,84 +4370,84 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើង..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "មេឌៀ" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលនៅសល់" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "រយៈពេល" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "បានធ្វើអំពើ ៖" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ ។" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "បោះបង់ការដំឡើង អ្នកអាចបោះបង់ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដោយប្រើប៊ូតុង បោះបង់ ។ ទោះយ៉ាងណា ប្រព័ន្ធគឺអាចស្ថិតនៅក្នុងស្ថានភាពមិនស្ថិតស្ថេរ ឬមិនអាចប្រើបាន ឬវាមិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមបាន ប្រសិនបើមិនបានដំឡើងសមាសភាពប្រព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋាននោះទេ ។" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "ឯកសារចេញផ្សាយ" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិត" + +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "បញ្ចាំងស្លាយ" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -msgid "&Details" -msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិត" - #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Update" msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "អនុវត្តការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "អនុវត្តការដំឡើង" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4287,7 +4456,7 @@ "បោះបង់ការដំឡើងឬ ?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "បានបោះបង់" @@ -4882,17 +5051,18 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ប៊្លូធូស" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" -"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" msgstr "" -"ឯកសារ %1 ត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរដោយដៃ ។\n" -"YaST អាចបាត់បង់ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរមួយចំនួន\n" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -4900,12 +5070,22 @@ "ឯកសារ %1 ត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរដោយដៃ ។\n" "YaST អាចបាត់បង់ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរមួយចំនួន" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgstr "" +"ឯកសារ %1 ត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរដោយដៃ ។\n" +"YaST អាចបាត់បង់ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរមួយចំនួន\n" + +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "កុំបង្ហាញសារនេះតទៅទៀត" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" @@ -4913,30 +5093,20 @@ msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." -msgstr "" +msgid_plural "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr[0] "" "ឯកសារ %1 ត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរដោយដៃ ។\n" "YaST អាចបាត់បង់ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរមួយចំនួន\n" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" -#| "YaST might lose some of the changes" -msgid "" -"Files %s have been created manually.\n" -"YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" -"ឯកសារ %1 ត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរដោយដៃ ។\n" -"YaST អាចបាត់បង់ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរមួយចំនួន" - #. error report #: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "កំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង អំឡុងពេលបង្កើត initrd ។" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4971,7 +5141,7 @@ "ដែលត្រូវបានបំបែកដោយសញ្ញា (:) ។" #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4982,7 +5152,7 @@ "ឬចុងបញ្ចប់នៃសមាសភាគឡើយ ហើយសមាសភាគចុងក្រោយមិនគួរផ្ដើមដោយតួលេខឡើយ ។" #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5085,13 +5255,13 @@ #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/វិ." @@ -5172,8 +5342,8 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "ម៉ូឌុល" @@ -5960,68 +6130,17 @@ "មិនមានតំបន់បញ្ច្រាសសម្រាប់ %1 ដែលគ្រប់គ្រងដោយម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS របស់អ្នកឡើយ ។\n" "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន %2 មិនអាចត្រូវបានបន្ថែមឡើយ ។" -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service Start" -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "ការចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា" +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#~| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Files %s have been created manually.\n" +#~ "YaST might lose these files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ឯកសារ %1 ត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរដោយដៃ ។\n" +#~ "YaST អាចបាត់បង់ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរមួយចំនួន" -#. Content for the help -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" -"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" -"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "ស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖" - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Operating System Boot" -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការចាប់ផ្ដើម" - -#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Read Other Settings." -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "អានការកំណត់ផ្សេងទៀត ។" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Warning" -msgid "running" -msgstr "ការព្រមាន" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "S&top now ..." -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ឥឡូវ ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Stopped" -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "បានបញ្ឈប់" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Start it now?" -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមវាឥឡូវ ?" - #~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." #~ msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកឃ្លាំងត្រឹមត្រូវ មិនអាចត្រូវបានម៉ោនបានទេ ។" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/bootloader.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/bootloader.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/bootloader.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 10:42+0700\n" "Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n" @@ -18,679 +18,580 @@ "X-Language: km-KH\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "ម៉ូឌុលកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" -msgstr "សង្ខេបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." +msgstr "ភាគចាប់ផ្ដើមគឺជាប្រភេទ NFS ។ កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមមិនអាចត្រូវបានដំឡើងទេ ។" -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set a global option" -msgid "Delete a global option" -msgstr "កំណត់ជម្រើសសកល" +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" +msgstr "ការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option" -msgstr "កំណត់ជម្រើសសកល" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "បញ្ជីឧបករណ៍ត្រូវតែមានឧបករណ៍យ៉ាងហោច ១" -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 -msgid "Print value of specified option" -msgstr "បោះពុម្ពតម្លៃរបស់ជម្រើសដែលបានបញ្ជាក់" +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "ការកំណត់លំដាប់ថាស" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 -msgid "The key of the option" -msgstr "គន្លឺះជម្រើស" +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "ថាស" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The value of the option" -msgstr "តម្លៃជម្រើស" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "ឧបករណ៍" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 -msgid "Value was not specified." -msgstr "មិនបានបញ្ជាក់តម្លៃ ។" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." +msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 -msgid "Option was not specified." -msgstr "ជម្រើសមិនបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។" +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..." -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Value: %1" -msgid "Value: %s" -msgstr "តម្លៃ ៖ %1" - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 -msgid "Specified option does not exist." -msgstr "មិនមានជម្រើសដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។" - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<big>Boot Menu</big> " -msgstr "<big>ម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម</big> " - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n" +#| "For details, read the related chapter \n" +#| "in the documentation. \n" msgid "" -"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" -"កំណត់ទង់ជាតិសកម្មនៅក្នុងតារាងភាគថាសសម្រាប់ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម \n" -"ដើម្បីធ្វើឲ្យភាគថាសសកម្ម ដែលមានកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។ នៅពេលនោះកូដ MBR ទូទៅ\n" -"នឹងចាប់ផ្ដើមភាគថាសសកម្ម ។ BIOSes ដែលចាស់គឺទាមទារភាគថាសមួយសកម្ម ទោះបីជា\n" -"បានដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធនៅក្នុង MBR ក៏ដោយ ។" +"\n" +"ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នកនឹងត្រូវបិទនៅពេលនេះ ៖%1%2\n" +"ចំពោះសេចក្ដីលម្អិត សូមអាចជំពូកដែលទាកទង \n" +"នៅក្នុងឯកសារ ។ \n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" -msgstr "" -"ពេលវេលាត្រូវអស់ \n" -"បញ្ជាក់ពេលវេលាដែលកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធត្រូវរង់ចាំរហូតដល់ខឺណែលលំនាំដើមត្រូវបានផ្ទុក ។\n" +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធនឹងចាប់ផ្ដើមឥឡូវនេះ..." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" -msgstr "" -" ដោយសង្កត់ កំណត់ជាលំនាំដើម អ្នកនឹងសម្គាល់ផ្នែកដែល\n" -"បានជ្រើសជាលំនាំដើម ។ នៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធនឹងផ្ដល់ \n" -"នូវម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម និងរង់ចាំឲ្យអ្នកប្រើជ្រើសខឺណែល ឬប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេង\n" -"ដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ ប្រសិនបើមិនបានសង្កត់គ្រាប់ចុចណាមួយមុនពេលអស់ពេល\n" -"នៅខឺណែល ឬប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេងនឹងត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ លំដាប់នៃផ្នែកនៅក្នុង\n" -"កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធគឺអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរបានដោយប្រើប៊ូតុង ឡើងលើ និងចុះក្រោម ។\n" +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +msgid "&Boot Loader" +msgstr "កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition)." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "" -"សរសេរកូដចាប់ផ្ដើមទូទៅទៅកាន់ MBR ដើម្បីជំនួស master boot record នៃថាសរបស់អ្នកដែលមានកូដទូទៅ (កូដឯករាជ្យរបស់ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការដែល\n" -"ចាប់ផ្ដើមភាគថាសសកម្ម) ។" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"Boot from Root Partition." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "" -"ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម គឺជាជម្រើសមួយដែលបានផ្ដល់អានុសាសន៍ ហើយជម្រើសផ្សេងទៀតគឺ\n" -"ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស Root ។" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer" +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "" -"ចាប់ផ្ដើមពី Master Boot Record គឺមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ទេ នៅពេលដែលអ្នកបានដំឡើង\n" -"ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេងនៅលើកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នក" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section." -msgstr "" -"ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស Root គឺជាជម្រើសដែលបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ នៅពេលដែលមានភាគថាស\n" -"សមរម្យ ។ ជ្រើស កំណត់ទង់ជាតិសកម្មនៅក្នុងតារាងភាគថាសសម្រាប់ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម និងសរសេរកូដចាប់ផ្ដើមទូទៅទៅកាន់ MBR\n" -"នៅក្នុង ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម ដើម្បីធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព master boot record នៅពេលដែលត្រូវការ ។ ឬកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធី\n" -"ចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្សេងទៀតរបស់អ្នកដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្នែកនេះ ។" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកជ្រើសភាគថាសដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើម ។" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." -msgstr "" -"អារេ MD គឺបង្កើតឡើងពីថាសចំនួន ២ ។ អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យភាពសាមញ្ញសម្រាប់អារេ\n" -"អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យសរសេរ GRUB ទៅកាន់ MBR នៃថាសទាំងពីរ ។" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." -msgid "" -"Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." -msgstr "" -"ប្រើកុងសូលសៀរៀល អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកកំណត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រដែលត្រូវប្រើ\n" -"សម្រាប់កុងសូលសៀរៀល ។ សូមមើលឯកសារ grub (<code>info grub</code>) ។" +#| msgid " (default)" +msgid "Default" +msgstr " (លំនាំដើម)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Terminal Definition \n" -#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -"ការកំណត់ស្ថានីយ \n" -"កំណត់ប្រភេទស្ថានីយដែលអ្នកចង់ប្រើ ។ ចំពោះស្ថានីយសៀរៀល (ឧ. កុងសូលសៀរៀល)\n" -"អ្នកត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់ <code>serial</code> ។ អ្នកក៏អាចហុច <code>console</code> ទៅ\n" -"ពាក្យបញ្ជាជា <code>serial console</code> ។ ក្នុងករណីនេះ ស្ថានីយដែលអ្នក\n" -"ចុចគ្រាប់ចុចណាមួយនោះ នឹងត្រូវបានជ្រើសជាស្ថានីយ GRUB ។" +"\n" +"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធណាមួយ នោះប្រព័ន្ធ\n" +"អាចនឹងមិនចាប់ផ្ដើម ។\n" +"\n" +"បន្ដឬ ?\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +"Boot Loader Type \n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use Boot Loader." msgstr "" -"ផ្នែក Fallback នៅពេលដែលបរាជ័យលំនាំដើម មានបញ្ជីនៃលេខផ្នែក\n" -"ដែលនឹងត្រូវបានប្រើសម្រាប់ការចាប់ផ្ដើម ក្នុងករណីដែលផ្នែកលំនាំដើមមិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមបាន ។" +"ប្រភេទកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ \n" +"ដើម្បីជ្រើសថាតើត្រូវដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធមួយឬទេ ហើយតើត្រូវដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធណាមួយ\n" +"សូមប្រើ កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ។" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "ការជ្រើសរើស លាក់ម៉ឺនុយនៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម នឹងលាក់ម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម ។" +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" +msgstr "ប្រភេទកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ៖ %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -#| "it in Retype Password." -msgid "" -"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." -msgstr "" -"ការពារកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់ \n" -"កំណត់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលត្រូវការសម្រាប់ចូលដំណើរការម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ YaST យល់ព្រមទទួលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ លុះត្រាតែអ្នកវាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ចូលម្ដងទៀត\n" -"នៅក្នុង វាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ម្ដងទៀត ។" +#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" +msgstr "បើកសុវត្ថិភាព GSS" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push Add.\n" -"To remove a disk, push Remove." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "yes" msgstr "" -"<big>លំដាប់ថាស</big> \n" -"ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់លំដាប់ថាសដែលអាស្រ័យតាមលំដាប់ក្នុង BIOS សូមប្រើ\n" -"ប៊ូតុង ឡើងលើ និងចុះក្រោម ដើម្បីតម្រៀបលំដាប់ថាសឡើងវិញ ។\n" -"ដើម្បីបន្ថែមថាស គឺត្រូវចុច បន្ថែម ។\n" -"ដើម្បីយកថាសចេញ ត្រូវចុច យកចេញ ។" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" -msgstr "ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "កំណត់ទង់ជាតិសកម្មនៅក្នុងតារាងភាគថាសសម្រាប់ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" -msgstr "ពេលវេលាត្រូវអស់" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 -msgid "&Default Boot Section" -msgstr "ផ្នែកចាប់ផ្តើមលំនាំដើម" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 -msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" -msgstr "សរសេរកូដចាប់ផ្ដើមទូទៅទៅកាន់ MBR" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" -msgstr "ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពី Master Boot Record" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស Root" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសដែលបានពង្រីក (Extended)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" -msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រតភ្ជាប់សៀរៀល" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" -msgstr "ផ្នែក Fallback ប្រសិនបើបរាជ័យលំនាំដើម" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" -msgstr "លាក់ម៉ឺនុយនៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" -msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ចំណុចប្រទាក់ម៉ឺនុយ" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" -msgstr "ទង់ជាតិបំបាត់កំហុស" - -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 -msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" -msgstr "ការពារកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយពាក្យសម្ងាត់" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 -msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" msgstr "" -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +msgid "Status Location: %1" +msgstr "ទីតាំងស្ថានភាព ៖ %1" -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 -msgid "Re&type Password" -msgstr "វាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ម្ដងទៀត" +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" +msgstr "លំដាប់ថាសរឹង ៖ %1" -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស Root" +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +msgid " (extended)" +msgstr " (បន្ថែម)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម" +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +msgid " (MBR)" +msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពី Master Boot Record" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសបន្ថែម" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" -msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតភាពសាមញ្ញសម្រាប់អារេ MD" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "បានបើកការចាប់ផ្ដើមពី MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">បិទ</a>" -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រខឺណែលដែលបានបន្ថែម ៖ %1" +#| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "បានបិទការចាប់ផ្ដើមពី MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">បើក</a>" -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "បានបើកការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">បិទ</a>" -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Secure" -msgid "Secure Boot" -msgstr "សុវត្ថិភាព" +#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "បានបិទការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">បើក</a>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Enable &Quota Support" -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" -msgstr "បើកការគាំទ្រកូតា" +#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "បានបើកការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសថាស \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">បិទ</a>" -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "បានបិទការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">បើក</a>" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាខឺណែលស្រេចចិត្ត អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកកំណត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ថែមដើម្បីហុចទៅកាន់ខឺណែល ។" +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Location: %1" +msgid "Change Location: %s" +msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទីតាំង ៖ %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "របៀប Vga កំណត់របៀប VGA សម្រាប់ កុងសូល ដែលខឺណែលគួរតែកំណត់នៅពេលដែលចាប់ផ្ដើម ។" +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" +msgstr "ពេលវេលាត្រូវអស់" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +msgid "" +"Timeout in Seconds \n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" +"ពេលវេលាត្រូវអស់ \n" +"បញ្ជាក់ពេលវេលាដែលកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធត្រូវរង់ចាំរហូតដល់ខឺណែលលំនាំដើមត្រូវបានផ្ទុក ។\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" +msgstr "កំណត់ទង់ជាតិសកម្មនៅក្នុងតារាងភាគថាសសម្រាប់ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +msgid "" +"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" +"កំណត់ទង់ជាតិសកម្មនៅក្នុងតារាងភាគថាសសម្រាប់ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម \n" +"ដើម្បីធ្វើឲ្យភាគថាសសកម្ម ដែលមានកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។ នៅពេលនោះកូដ MBR ទូទៅ\n" +"នឹងចាប់ផ្ដើមភាគថាសសកម្ម ។ BIOSes ដែលចាស់គឺទាមទារភាគថាសមួយសកម្ម ទោះបីជា\n" +"បានដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធនៅក្នុង MBR ក៏ដោយ ។" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាខឺណែលស្រេចចិត្ត" +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" +msgstr "សរសេរកូដចាប់ផ្ដើមទូទៅទៅកាន់ MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 -msgid "&Vga Mode" -msgstr "របៀប Vga" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +msgid "" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition)." +msgstr "" +"សរសេរកូដចាប់ផ្ដើមទូទៅទៅកាន់ MBR ដើម្បីជំនួស master boot record នៃថាសរបស់អ្នកដែលមានកូដទូទៅ (កូដឯករាជ្យរបស់ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការដែល\n" +"ចាប់ផ្ដើមភាគថាសសកម្ម) ។" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" +msgstr "លាក់ម៉ឺនុយនៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." +msgstr "ការជ្រើសរើស លាក់ម៉ឺនុយនៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម នឹងលាក់ម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម ។" + +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe Source Type" -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "ការស្ទង់ប្រភេទប្រភព" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" -msgstr "%1x%2, %3 ប៊ីត( របៀប %4)" +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" +msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាខឺណែលស្រេចចិត្ត" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." -msgstr "របៀបពុម្ពអក្សរ ៨ ភីកសែលស្តង់ដារ" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាខឺណែលស្រេចចិត្ត អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកកំណត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្របន្ថែមដើម្បីហុចទៅកាន់ខឺណែល ។" -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -msgid "Text Mode" -msgstr "របៀបអត្ថបទ" +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -msgid "Unspecified" -msgstr "មិនបានបញ្ជាក់" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "[set]" msgid "set" msgstr "[កំណត់]" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 msgid "remove" msgstr "យកចេញ" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not change name" msgid "do not change" msgstr "កុំផ្លាស់ប្ដូរឈ្មោះ" -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Autodetected card" -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" -msgstr "កាតដែលបានរកឃើញស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" +#| msgid "Enable &Quota Support" +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" +msgstr "បើកការគាំទ្រកូតា" -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" +msgstr "បើកសុវត្ថិភាព GSS" + +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &Quota Support" +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" +msgstr "បើកការគាំទ្រកូតា" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" +msgstr "ការពារកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយពាក្យសម្ងាត់" + +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +msgid "Re&type Password" +msgstr "វាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ម្ដងទៀត" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនអាចទទេ ។" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +msgid "" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." +msgstr "" +"'ពាក្យសម្ងាត់' និង'ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលបានវាយម្តងទៀត'\n" +"មិនផ្គូផ្គង ។ វាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ម្ដងទៀត ។" + +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#| "it in Retype Password." +msgid "" +"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." +msgstr "" +"ការពារកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់ \n" +"កំណត់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលត្រូវការសម្រាប់ចូលដំណើរការម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ YaST យល់ព្រមទទួលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ លុះត្រាតែអ្នកវាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ចូលម្ដងទៀត\n" +"នៅក្នុង វាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ម្ដងទៀត ។" + +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារម៉ឺនុយក្រាហ្វិកថ្មី" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use &serial console" msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "ប្រើកុងសូលសៀរៀល" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "ដំណោះស្រាយការប៉ះទង្គិច ៖" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Console arguments" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "អាគុយម៉ង់របស់កុងសូល" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Autodetected card" +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +msgstr "កាតដែលបានរកឃើញស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "ប្រើកុងសូលសៀរៀល" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "អាគុយម៉ង់របស់កុងសូល" -#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +msgid "&Default Boot Section" +msgstr "ផ្នែកចាប់ផ្តើមលំនាំដើម" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +msgid "" +" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" +" ដោយសង្កត់ កំណត់ជាលំនាំដើម អ្នកនឹងសម្គាល់ផ្នែកដែល\n" +"បានជ្រើសជាលំនាំដើម ។ នៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធនឹងផ្ដល់ \n" +"នូវម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម និងរង់ចាំឲ្យអ្នកប្រើជ្រើសខឺណែល ឬប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេង\n" +"ដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ ប្រសិនបើមិនបានសង្កត់គ្រាប់ចុចណាមួយមុនពេលអស់ពេល\n" +"នៅខឺណែល ឬប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេងនឹងត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ លំដាប់នៃផ្នែកនៅក្នុង\n" +"កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធគឺអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរបានដោយប្រើប៊ូតុង ឡើងលើ និងចុះក្រោម ។\n" -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 -msgid "Select File" -msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារ" +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "ភាគចាប់ផ្ដើមគឺជាប្រភេទ NFS ។ កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមមិនអាចត្រូវបានដំឡើងទេ ។" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" +msgstr "" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" -msgstr "ការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម" -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "មិនមានជម្រើសដើម្បីកំណត់សម្រាប់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្នឡើយ ។" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot from Root Partition" +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស Root" -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពី Master Boot Record" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 -msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធណាមួយ នោះប្រព័ន្ធ\n" -"អាចនឹងមិនចាប់ផ្ដើម ។\n" -"\n" -"បន្ដឬ ?\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសបន្ថែម" -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "កែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" -msgstr "ស្នើការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថ្មី" +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Order" +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" +msgstr "លំដាប់ថាស" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 -msgid "&Start from Scratch" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមជាថ្មី" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +msgid "" +"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push Add.\n" +"To remove a disk, push Remove." +msgstr "" +"<big>លំដាប់ថាស</big> \n" +"ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់លំដាប់ថាសដែលអាស្រ័យតាមលំដាប់ក្នុង BIOS សូមប្រើ\n" +"ប៊ូតុង ឡើងលើ និងចុះក្រោម ដើម្បីតម្រៀបលំដាប់ថាសឡើងវិញ ។\n" +"ដើម្បីបន្ថែមថាស គឺត្រូវចុច បន្ថែម ។\n" +"ដើម្បីយកថាសចេញ ត្រូវចុច យកចេញ ។" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឡើងវិញពីថាស" +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" +msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រខឺណែលដែលបានបន្ថែម ៖ %1" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "ស្ដារ MBR របស់ថាសរឹង" +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" +msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "សរសេរកម្មវិធីកូដចាប់ផ្ដើមរបស់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធទៅថាស" +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgid "Boot&loader Options" +msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "ផ្សេងទៀត" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgstr "បើកសុវត្ថិភាព GSS" -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "MBR បានស្ដារដោយជោគជ័យ ។" +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "ដោយសារតែការចែកថាសជាភាគ កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធនឹងមិនអាចដំឡើងបានត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការស្ដារ MBR ។" +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" +msgstr "កុំដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធណាទាំងអស់" -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការកំណត់ការសរសេរកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។" +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម" -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" -msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម" -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "មិនបានជ្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងឡើយ ។ ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នកប្រហែលជាមិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមបានឡើយ ។" -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "ដោយសារតែការចែកភាគថាស មិនអាចដំឡើងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធឲ្យត្រឹមត្រូវទេ" + +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" +#| "Change the settings of your boot loader." msgid "" "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader." +"Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" "<BIG>ឧបករណ៍កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ</BIG> \n" "ផ្លាស់ប្តូរការកំណត់រកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក ។" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -698,662 +599,608 @@ "<BIG>កំពុងរក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ</BIG> \n" "សូមរង់ចាំ... " -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1" -msgstr "" -"ពីផ្សេងៗ,\n" -"អ្នកអាចកែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយដៃ ជម្រះ \n" -"ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន រូចដាក់ស្នើរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថ្មីមួយ ចាប់ផ្ដើមជាថ្មី ឬអាន\n" -"ឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលបានរក្សាទុកលើថាសរបស់អ្នកឡើងវិញ ។ %1" +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" +msgstr "មិនគាំទ្រការផ្សំវេទិកាផ្នែករឹង %1 និងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ %2 ទេ" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 -msgid "" -"To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click Edit Configuration Files." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -"ដើម្បីកែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ\n" -"ដោយដៃ ចុច កែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។" -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -" In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu." -msgstr "" -" ក្នុងតារាង ផ្នែកនិមួយៗតំណាងឲ្យធាតុមួយ\n" -"ក្នុងម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម ។" +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." +msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ចាប់ផ្ដើមនៅលើប្រភេទ raid ៖ %1 ។ ប្រព័ន្ធនឹងមិនចាប់ផ្ដើមទេ ។" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -" Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section." -msgstr "" -" ចុច កែសម្រួល ដើម្បីបង្ហាញលក្ខណសម្បត្តិរបស់\n" -"ផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើស ។" +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ចាប់ផ្ដើមនៅលើកម្មវិធី RAID1 ។ ជ្រើសទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ឧ. Master Boot Record" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" -" ដោយចុច កំណត់ជាលំនាំដើម នឹងសម្គាល់ផ្នែក \n" -"ដែលបានជ្រើសជាលំនាំដើម ។ ពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធនឹងផ្ដល់នូវ \n" -"ម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើមមួយ ហើយរង់ចាំអ្នកប្រើឲ្យជ្រើសខឺណែល ឬប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការ \n" -"ផ្សេងសម្រាប់ចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ ប្រសិនបើគ្មានគ្រាប់ចុចណាមួយត្រូវបានចុច មុនអស់ពេល\n" -" ខឺណែល ឬប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការលំនាំដើមនឹងចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ លំដាប់ផ្នែកក្នុងម៉ឺនុយកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ\n" -" អាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ដោយប្រើប៊ូតុង លើ និង ក្រោម។" -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or Delete to delete the selected section." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." msgstr "" -"ចុច បន្ថែម ដើម្បីបង្កើតផ្នែកកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធថ្មី\n" -"ឬលុប ដើម្បីលុបផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើស ។" -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." msgstr "" -"<big>ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ</big> \n" -"កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចាប់ផ្ដើម (%1) អាចដំឡើងតាមមធ្យោបាយខាងក្រោម ៖" -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer." -msgstr "" -"- ក្នុង Master Boot Record (MBR) ។\n" -"វាមិនមែនជាអនុសាសន៍ទេ ប្រសិនបើមានប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការមួយផ្សេង ត្រូវបានដំឡើង\n" -"លើកុំព្យូទ័រ ។" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 +msgid "Check boot loader" +msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;." -msgstr "" -"\n" -"- ក្នុង ចម្រៀកចាប់ផ្ដើម នៃភាគថាស <tt>/boot</tt> ឬ<tt>/</tt> (root) ។ \n" -"វាជាជម្រើសដែលបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសាន៍ រាល់ពេលដែលមានភាគថាសរឹងសមរម្យមួយ\n" -"សូមកំណត់ទាំង ធ្វើឲ្យភាគថាសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធសកម្ម និង\n" -"ជំនួស MBR ដោយកូដ Generic ក្នុង ព័ត៌មានលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ\n" -"ដើម្បីធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព master boot record\n" -"ប្រសិនើបើវាចាំបា ច់ត្រូវកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឲ្យ boot manager របស់អ្នកផ្សេងទៀត\n" -"ដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើមផលិតផល ។" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +msgid "Read partitioning" +msgstr "អានភាគថាស" -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option." -msgstr "" -"\n" -"- ក្នុងភាគថាស ផ្សេង ខ្លះ ។ សូមពិចារណាអំពីការដាក់កម្រិតប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក\n" -"ពេលជ្រើសជម្រើសនេះ " +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +msgid "Load boot loader settings" +msgstr "ផ្ទុកការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." -msgstr "" -"ឧទាហរណ៍ PC ភាគច្រើនមានព្រំដែន BIOS\n" -"ដែលកម្រិតការចាប់ផ្ដើមទៅស៊ីឡាំង\n" -"ថាសរឹងដែលតូចជាង ១០២៤ ។ អាស្រ័យតាម boot manager ដែលប្រើ\n" -"អ្នកប្រហែលជាអាច ឬមិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសឡូជីខល ។" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 +msgid "Checking boot loader..." +msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..." -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." -msgstr "" -"\n" -"បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះឧបករណ៍របស់ភាគថាស (ឧទាហរណ៍ <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> ឬ\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) ក្នុងវាលបញ្ចូល ។" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +msgid "Reading partitioning..." +msgstr "កំពុងអានភាគថាស..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Installation Details \n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." -msgstr "" -"សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ \n" -"ដើម្បីលៃតម្រូវជម្រើសដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធកម្រិតខ្ពស់ (ដូចជាការផ្គូផ្គង\n" -"ឧបករណ៍) គឺត្រូវចុច សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ។" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងផ្ទុកការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Type \n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use Boot Loader." -msgstr "" -"ប្រភេទកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ \n" -"ដើម្បីជ្រើសថាតើត្រូវដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធមួយឬទេ ហើយតើត្រូវដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធណាមួយ\n" -"សូមប្រើ កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ។" +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 +msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Options \n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"Boot Loader Options." -msgstr "" -"ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ \n" -"ដើម្បីលៃតម្រូវជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ដូចជា អស់ពេល សូមចុច\n" -"ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 +msgid "Create initrd" +msgstr "បង្កើត initrd" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Expert Manual Configuration \n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" -"Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." -msgstr "" -"កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយដៃបែបជំនាញ \n" -"នៅទីនេះ កែសម្រួលការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយដៃ ។\n" -"ចំណាំ ៖ ឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធចុងក្រោយអាចមានការចូលបន្ទាត់ផ្សេងគ្នា ។" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" +msgstr "រក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique." -msgstr "" -"<big>ឈ្មោះផ្នែក</big> \n" -"ប្រើ ឈ្មោះផ្នែក ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះផ្នែកកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។ ឈ្មោះផ្នែក\n" -"ត្រូវមានតែមួយគត់ ។" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 +msgid "Creating initrd..." +msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើត initrd..." -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" -"Select the type of the new section to create." -msgstr "" -"<big>ប្រភេទផ្នែកថ្មី</big> \n" -"ជ្រើសប្រភេទផ្នែកថ្មីដែលត្រូវបង្កើត ។" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." +msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section." -msgstr "" -"ជ្រើស ក្លូនផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើស ដើម្បីក្លូនផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើសបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។\n" -"បន្ទាប់មក កែប្រែជម្រើសដែលគួរខុសគ្នាពី\n" -"ផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើស ។" +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 +msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start." -msgstr "" -"ជ្រើស ផ្នែករូបភាព ដើម្បីបន្ថែមខឺណែលលីនុចថ្មីមួយ ឬរូបភាពផ្សេង\n" -"សម្រាប់ផ្ទុក និងចាប់ផ្ដើម ។" +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" +#~ msgstr "សង្ខេបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 -msgid "" -"Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment." -msgstr "" -"ជ្រើស ផ្នែក Xen ដើម្បីខឺណែលនីលុចថ្មី ឬរូបភាពផ្សេង\n" -"ប៉ុន្តែត្រូវចាប់ផ្ដើមវានៅក្នុងបរិស្ថាន Xen ។" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Set a global option" +#~ msgid "Delete a global option" +#~ msgstr "កំណត់ជម្រើសសកល" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 -msgid "" -"Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" -"ជ្រើស ប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេង (Chainloader) ដើម្បីបន្ថែមផ្នែកមួយដែល \n" -"ផ្ទុក និងចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្នែកចាប់ផ្ដើមនៃភាគថាសង ។ វានេះប្រើសម្រាប់\n" -"ចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេង ។" +#~ msgid "Set a global option" +#~ msgstr "កំណត់ជម្រើសសកល" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" -"ជ្រើស ផ្នែកម៉ឺនុយ ដើម្បីបន្ថែមផ្នែកមួយដែល\n" -"ផ្ទុកឯកសារការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ (បញ្ជីផ្នែកចាប់ផ្ដើម) ពីភាគថាសរបស់ថាស ។ វាត្រូវបានប្រើដើម្បី\n" -"ចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេងទៀត ។" +#~ msgid "Print value of specified option" +#~ msgstr "បោះពុម្ពតម្លៃរបស់ជម្រើសដែលបានបញ្ជាក់" -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "លំដាប់ថាសរឹង ៖ %1" +#~ msgid "The key of the option" +#~ msgstr "គន្លឺះជម្រើស" -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "កុំដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធណាទាំងអស់" +#~ msgid "The value of the option" +#~ msgstr "តម្លៃជម្រើស" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "កុំដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធណាទាំងអស់" +#~ msgid "Value was not specified." +#~ msgstr "មិនបានបញ្ជាក់តម្លៃ ។" -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធលំនាំដើម" +#~ msgid "Option was not specified." +#~ msgstr "ជម្រើសមិនបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធលំនាំដើម" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Value: %1" +#~ msgid "Value: %s" +#~ msgstr "តម្លៃ ៖ %1" -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#~ msgid "Specified option does not exist." +#~ msgstr "មិនមានជម្រើសដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#~ msgid "<big>Boot Menu</big> " +#~ msgstr "<big>ម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម</big> " -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" -"មិនមានអនុគមន៍នេះ ប្រសិនបើ\n" -"មិនបានបញ្ជាក់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +#~ "Boot from Root Partition." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម គឺជាជម្រើសមួយដែលបានផ្ដល់អានុសាសន៍ ហើយជម្រើសផ្សេងទៀតគឺ\n" +#~ "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស Root ។" -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" -"ពិតជាចង់ចាកចេញពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយមិនរក្សាទុកឬ ?\n" -"ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់នឹងបាត់បង់ ។\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +#~ "installed on your computer" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពី Master Boot Record គឺមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ទេ នៅពេលដែលអ្នកបានដំឡើង\n" +#~ "ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេងនៅលើកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នក" -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 -msgid "The password must not be empty." -msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនអាចទទេ ។" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +#~ "partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +#~ "in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~ "to start this section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស Root គឺជាជម្រើសដែលបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ នៅពេលដែលមានភាគថាស\n" +#~ "សមរម្យ ។ ជ្រើស កំណត់ទង់ជាតិសកម្មនៅក្នុងតារាងភាគថាសសម្រាប់ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម និងសរសេរកូដចាប់ផ្ដើមទូទៅទៅកាន់ MBR\n" +#~ "នៅក្នុង ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម ដើម្បីធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព master boot record នៅពេលដែលត្រូវការ ។ ឬកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធី\n" +#~ "ចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្សេងទៀតរបស់អ្នកដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្នែកនេះ ។" -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 -msgid "" -"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" -"do not match. Retype the password." -msgstr "" -"'ពាក្យសម្ងាត់' និង'ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលបានវាយម្តងទៀត'\n" -"មិនផ្គូផ្គង ។ វាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ម្ដងទៀត ។" +#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +#~ msgstr "ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកជ្រើសភាគថាសដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើម ។" -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "%1 កំណត់ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធឬ ?\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" +#~ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "អារេ MD គឺបង្កើតឡើងពីថាសចំនួន ២ ។ អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យភាពសាមញ្ញសម្រាប់អារេ\n" +#~ "អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យសរសេរ GRUB ទៅកាន់ MBR នៃថាសទាំងពីរ ។" -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 -msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" -msgstr "" -"ឈ្មោះដែលបានជ្រើសកំពុងបានប្រើរួចហើយ ។\n" -"ប្រើឈ្មោះមួយផ្សេង ។\n" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" +#~| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" +#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ប្រើកុងសូលសៀរៀល អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកកំណត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រដែលត្រូវប្រើ\n" +#~ "សម្រាប់កុងសូលសៀរៀល ។ សូមមើលឯកសារ grub (<code>info grub</code>) ។" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" -"កំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង អំឡុងពេលដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" -"ព្យាយាមកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ?\n" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Terminal Definition \n" +#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Terminal Definition \n" +#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" +#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ការកំណត់ស្ថានីយ \n" +#~ "កំណត់ប្រភេទស្ថានីយដែលអ្នកចង់ប្រើ ។ ចំពោះស្ថានីយសៀរៀល (ឧ. កុងសូលសៀរៀល)\n" +#~ "អ្នកត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់ <code>serial</code> ។ អ្នកក៏អាចហុច <code>console</code> ទៅ\n" +#~ "ពាក្យបញ្ជាជា <code>serial console</code> ។ ក្នុងករណីនេះ ស្ថានីយដែលអ្នក\n" +#~ "ចុចគ្រាប់ចុចណាមួយនោះ នឹងត្រូវបានជ្រើសជាស្ថានីយ GRUB ។" -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"ការព្រមាន!\n" -"\n" -"MBR នៃ %1 បច្ចុប្បន្ននឹងត្រូវបានសរសេរឡើងវិញដោយ MBR\n" -"ដែលបានរក្សាទុកនៅ %2 ។\n" -"\n" -"មានតែកូដចាប់ផ្ដើមក្នុង MBR នឹងត្រូវបានសរសេរឡើងវិញ ។\n" -"តារាងភាគថាសនឹងនៅដដែល ។\n" -"\n" -"បន្ដឬ ?\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ផ្នែក Fallback នៅពេលដែលបរាជ័យលំនាំដើម មានបញ្ជីនៃលេខផ្នែក\n" +#~ "ដែលនឹងត្រូវបានប្រើសម្រាប់ការចាប់ផ្ដើម ក្នុងករណីដែលផ្នែកលំនាំដើមមិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមបាន ។" -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "បាទ/ចាស សរសេរឡើងវិញ" +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations" +#~ msgstr "ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "ដោយសារតែការចែកថាសជាភាគ កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធនឹងមិនអាចដំឡើងបានត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" +#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "ភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "បញ្ជីឧបករណ៍ត្រូវតែមានឧបករណ៍យ៉ាងហោច ១" +#~ msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" +#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពី Master Boot Record" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "ការកំណត់លំដាប់ថាស" +#~ msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើម" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "ថាស" +#~ msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" +#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសដែលបានពង្រីក (Extended)" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "ឧបករណ៍" +#~ msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" +#~ msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រតភ្ជាប់សៀរៀល" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 -msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" +#~ msgstr "ផ្នែក Fallback ប្រសិនបើបរាជ័យលំនាំដើម" -#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and -#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 -msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" +#~ msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ចំណុចប្រទាក់ម៉ឺនុយ" -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..." +#~ msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" +#~ msgstr "ទង់ជាតិបំបាត់កំហុស" -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 +#~ msgid "&Password" +#~ msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" + +#~ msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស Root" + +#~ msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" +#~ msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតភាពសាមញ្ញសម្រាប់អារេ MD" + +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Options" +#~ msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" + #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n" -#| "For details, read the related chapter \n" -#| "in the documentation. \n" -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នកនឹងត្រូវបិទនៅពេលនេះ ៖%1%2\n" -"ចំពោះសេចក្ដីលម្អិត សូមអាចជំពូកដែលទាកទង \n" -"នៅក្នុងឯកសារ ។ \n" +#~| msgid "Secure" +#~ msgid "Secure Boot" +#~ msgstr "សុវត្ថិភាព" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធនឹងចាប់ផ្ដើមឥឡូវនេះ..." +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Location" +#~ msgstr "ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម" +#~ msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +#~ msgstr "របៀប Vga កំណត់របៀប VGA សម្រាប់ កុងសូល ដែលខឺណែលគួរតែកំណត់នៅពេលដែលចាប់ផ្ដើម ។" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម" +#~ msgid "&Vga Mode" +#~ msgstr "របៀប Vga" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "មិនបានជ្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងឡើយ ។ ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នកប្រហែលជាមិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមបានឡើយ ។" +#~ msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" +#~ msgstr "%1x%2, %3 ប៊ីត( របៀប %4)" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "ដោយសារតែការចែកភាគថាស មិនអាចដំឡើងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធឲ្យត្រឹមត្រូវទេ" +#~ msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." +#~ msgstr "របៀបពុម្ពអក្សរ ៨ ភីកសែលស្តង់ដារ" -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "បានបើកការចាប់ផ្ដើមពី MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">បិទ</a>" +#~ msgid "Text Mode" +#~ msgstr "របៀបអត្ថបទ" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "បានបិទការចាប់ផ្ដើមពី MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">បើក</a>" +#~ msgid "Unspecified" +#~ msgstr "មិនបានបញ្ជាក់" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "បានបើកការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">បិទ</a>" +#~ msgid "Select File" +#~ msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារ" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "បានបិទការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">បើក</a>" +#~ msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." +#~ msgstr "មិនមានជម្រើសដើម្បីកំណត់សម្រាប់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្នឡើយ ។" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "បានបើកការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសថាស \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">បិទ</a>" +#~ msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" +#~ msgstr "កែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "បានបិទការចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាស \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">បើក</a>" +#~ msgid "&Propose New Configuration" +#~ msgstr "ស្នើការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថ្មី" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "&Start from Scratch" +#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមជាថ្មី" -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Change Location: %1" -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទីតាំង ៖ %1" +#~ msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" +#~ msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឡើងវិញពីថាស" -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "ប្រភេទកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ៖ %1" +#~ msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "ស្ដារ MBR របស់ថាសរឹង" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr " (បន្ថែម)" +#~ msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" +#~ msgstr "សរសេរកម្មវិធីកូដចាប់ផ្ដើមរបស់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធទៅថាស" -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr " (MBR)" +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "ផ្សេងទៀត" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "ទីតាំងស្ថានភាព ៖ %1" +#~ msgid "MBR restored successfully." +#~ msgstr "MBR បានស្ដារដោយជោគជ័យ ។" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "បើកសុវត្ថិភាព GSS" +#~ msgid "Failed to restore MBR." +#~ msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការស្ដារ MBR ។" -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "មិនស្គាល់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ៖ %1" +#~ msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." +#~ msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការកំណត់ការសរសេរកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។" -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 -msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "មិនគាំទ្រការផ្សំវេទិកាផ្នែករឹង %1 និងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ %2 ទេ" +#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Options" +#~ msgstr "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" +#~ msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 -msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ចាប់ផ្ដើមនៅលើប្រភេទ raid ៖ %1 ។ ប្រព័ន្ធនឹងមិនចាប់ផ្ដើមទេ ។" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From Other,\n" +#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +#~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ពីផ្សេងៗ,\n" +#~ "អ្នកអាចកែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយដៃ ជម្រះ \n" +#~ "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន រូចដាក់ស្នើរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថ្មីមួយ ចាប់ផ្ដើមជាថ្មី ឬអាន\n" +#~ "ឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលបានរក្សាទុកលើថាសរបស់អ្នកឡើងវិញ ។ %1" -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ចាប់ផ្ដើមនៅលើកម្មវិធី RAID1 ។ ជ្រើសទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ឧ. Master Boot Record" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To edit boot loader configuration files\n" +#~ "manually, click Edit Configuration Files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ដើម្បីកែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ\n" +#~ "ដោយដៃ ចុច កែសម្រួលឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។" -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 -msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ " In the table, each section represents one item\n" +#~ "in the boot menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " ក្នុងតារាង ផ្នែកនិមួយៗតំណាងឲ្យធាតុមួយ\n" +#~ "ក្នុងម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម ។" -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" +#~ "selected section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " ចុច កែសម្រួល ដើម្បីបង្ហាញលក្ខណសម្បត្តិរបស់\n" +#~ "ផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើស ។" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ " By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" +#~ "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" +#~ "a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" +#~ "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" +#~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" +#~ "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " ដោយចុច កំណត់ជាលំនាំដើម នឹងសម្គាល់ផ្នែក \n" +#~ "ដែលបានជ្រើសជាលំនាំដើម ។ ពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធនឹងផ្ដល់នូវ \n" +#~ "ម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើមមួយ ហើយរង់ចាំអ្នកប្រើឲ្យជ្រើសខឺណែល ឬប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការ \n" +#~ "ផ្សេងសម្រាប់ចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ ប្រសិនបើគ្មានគ្រាប់ចុចណាមួយត្រូវបានចុច មុនអស់ពេល\n" +#~ " ខឺណែល ឬប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការលំនាំដើមនឹងចាប់ផ្ដើម ។ លំដាប់ផ្នែកក្នុងម៉ឺនុយកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ\n" +#~ " អាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ដោយប្រើប៊ូតុង លើ និង ក្រោម។" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 -msgid "Check boot loader" -msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" +#~ "or Delete to delete the selected section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ចុច បន្ថែម ដើម្បីបង្កើតផ្នែកកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធថ្មី\n" +#~ "ឬលុប ដើម្បីលុបផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើស ។" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 -msgid "Read partitioning" -msgstr "អានភាគថាស" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" +#~ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ</big> \n" +#~ "កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចាប់ផ្ដើម (%1) អាចដំឡើងតាមមធ្យោបាយខាងក្រោម ៖" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 -msgid "Load boot loader settings" -msgstr "ផ្ទុកការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" +#~ "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" +#~ "on the computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "- ក្នុង Master Boot Record (MBR) ។\n" +#~ "វាមិនមែនជាអនុសាសន៍ទេ ប្រសិនបើមានប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការមួយផ្សេង ត្រូវបានដំឡើង\n" +#~ "លើកុំព្យូទ័រ ។" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 -msgid "Checking boot loader..." -msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" +#~ "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +#~ "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" +#~ "Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +#~ "to update the master boot record\n" +#~ "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~ "to start &product;." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- ក្នុង ចម្រៀកចាប់ផ្ដើម នៃភាគថាស <tt>/boot</tt> ឬ<tt>/</tt> (root) ។ \n" +#~ "វាជាជម្រើសដែលបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសាន៍ រាល់ពេលដែលមានភាគថាសរឹងសមរម្យមួយ\n" +#~ "សូមកំណត់ទាំង ធ្វើឲ្យភាគថាសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធសកម្ម និង\n" +#~ "ជំនួស MBR ដោយកូដ Generic ក្នុង ព័ត៌មានលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ\n" +#~ "ដើម្បីធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព master boot record\n" +#~ "ប្រសិនើបើវាចាំបា ច់ត្រូវកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឲ្យ boot manager របស់អ្នកផ្សេងទៀត\n" +#~ "ដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើមផលិតផល ។" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 -msgid "Reading partitioning..." -msgstr "កំពុងអានភាគថាស..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" +#~ "when selecting this option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- ក្នុងភាគថាស ផ្សេង ខ្លះ ។ សូមពិចារណាអំពីការដាក់កម្រិតប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក\n" +#~ "ពេលជ្រើសជម្រើសនេះ " -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 -msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." -msgstr "កំពុងផ្ទុកការកំណត់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" +#~ "limit that restricts booting to\n" +#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" +#~ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ឧទាហរណ៍ PC ភាគច្រើនមានព្រំដែន BIOS\n" +#~ "ដែលកម្រិតការចាប់ផ្ដើមទៅស៊ីឡាំង\n" +#~ "ថាសរឹងដែលតូចជាង ១០២៤ ។ អាស្រ័យតាម boot manager ដែលប្រើ\n" +#~ "អ្នកប្រហែលជាអាច ឬមិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមពីភាគថាសឡូជីខល ។" -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 -msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" -msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះឧបករណ៍របស់ភាគថាស (ឧទាហរណ៍ <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> ឬ\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) ក្នុងវាលបញ្ចូល ។" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 -msgid "Create initrd" -msgstr "បង្កើត initrd" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot Loader Installation Details \n" +#~ "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" +#~ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ \n" +#~ "ដើម្បីលៃតម្រូវជម្រើសដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធកម្រិតខ្ពស់ (ដូចជាការផ្គូផ្គង\n" +#~ "ឧបករណ៍) គឺត្រូវចុច សេចក្ដីលម្អិតនៃការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ។" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" -msgstr "រក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot Loader Options \n" +#~ "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" +#~ "Boot Loader Options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ \n" +#~ "ដើម្បីលៃតម្រូវជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ដូចជា អស់ពេល សូមចុច\n" +#~ "ជម្រើសកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Expert Manual Configuration \n" +#~ "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" +#~ "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយដៃបែបជំនាញ \n" +#~ "នៅទីនេះ កែសម្រួលការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយដៃ ។\n" +#~ "ចំណាំ ៖ ឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធចុងក្រោយអាចមានការចូលបន្ទាត់ផ្សេងគ្នា ។" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 -msgid "Creating initrd..." -msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើត initrd..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Section Name \n" +#~ "Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +#~ "name must be unique." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>ឈ្មោះផ្នែក</big> \n" +#~ "ប្រើ ឈ្មោះផ្នែក ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះផ្នែកកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។ ឈ្មោះផ្នែក\n" +#~ "ត្រូវមានតែមួយគត់ ។" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." -msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" +#~ "Select the type of the new section to create." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>ប្រភេទផ្នែកថ្មី</big> \n" +#~ "ជ្រើសប្រភេទផ្នែកថ្មីដែលត្រូវបង្កើត ។" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" +#~ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" +#~ "selected section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ជ្រើស ក្លូនផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើស ដើម្បីក្លូនផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើសបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។\n" +#~ "បន្ទាប់មក កែប្រែជម្រើសដែលគួរខុសគ្នាពី\n" +#~ "ផ្នែកដែលបានជ្រើស ។" -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 -msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" -msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" +#~ "to load and start." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ជ្រើស ផ្នែករូបភាព ដើម្បីបន្ថែមខឺណែលលីនុចថ្មីមួយ ឬរូបភាពផ្សេង\n" +#~ "សម្រាប់ផ្ទុក និងចាប់ផ្ដើម ។" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" +#~ "but to start it in a Xen environment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ជ្រើស ផ្នែក Xen ដើម្បីខឺណែលនីលុចថ្មី ឬរូបភាពផ្សេង\n" +#~ "ប៉ុន្តែត្រូវចាប់ផ្ដើមវានៅក្នុងបរិស្ថាន Xen ។" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" +#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "booting other operating systems." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ជ្រើស ប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេង (Chainloader) ដើម្បីបន្ថែមផ្នែកមួយដែល \n" +#~ "ផ្ទុក និងចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្នែកចាប់ផ្ដើមនៃភាគថាសង ។ វានេះប្រើសម្រាប់\n" +#~ "ចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេង ។" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" +#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "booting other operating systems." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ជ្រើស ផ្នែកម៉ឺនុយ ដើម្បីបន្ថែមផ្នែកមួយដែល\n" +#~ "ផ្ទុកឯកសារការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ (បញ្ជីផ្នែកចាប់ផ្ដើម) ពីភាគថាសរបស់ថាស ។ វាត្រូវបានប្រើដើម្បី\n" +#~ "ចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការផ្សេងទៀត ។" + +#~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "កុំដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធណាទាំងអស់" + +#~ msgid "Install the default boot loader" +#~ msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធលំនាំដើម" + +#~ msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធលំនាំដើម" + +#~ msgid "Boot loader" +#~ msgstr "កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" + +#~ msgid "Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This function is not available if the boot\n" +#~ "loader is not specified." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "មិនមានអនុគមន៍នេះ ប្រសិនបើ\n" +#~ "មិនបានបញ្ជាក់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +#~ "All changes will be lost.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ពិតជាចង់ចាកចេញពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធដោយមិនរក្សាទុកឬ ?\n" +#~ "ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់នឹងបាត់បង់ ។\n" + +#~ msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" +#~ msgstr "%1 កំណត់ទីតាំងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធឬ ?\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The name selected is already used.\n" +#~ "Use a different one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ឈ្មោះដែលបានជ្រើសកំពុងបានប្រើរួចហើយ ។\n" +#~ "ប្រើឈ្មោះមួយផ្សេង ។\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred during boot loader\n" +#~ "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "កំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង អំឡុងពេលដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" +#~ "ព្យាយាមកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ?\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning!\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" +#~ "saved at %2.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" +#~ "The partition table remains unchanged.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ការព្រមាន!\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "MBR នៃ %1 បច្ចុប្បន្ននឹងត្រូវបានសរសេរឡើងវិញដោយ MBR\n" +#~ "ដែលបានរក្សាទុកនៅ %2 ។\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "មានតែកូដចាប់ផ្ដើមក្នុង MBR នឹងត្រូវបានសរសេរឡើងវិញ ។\n" +#~ "តារាងភាគថាសនឹងនៅដដែល ។\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "បន្ដឬ ?\n" + +#~ msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" +#~ msgstr "បាទ/ចាស សរសេរឡើងវិញ" + +#~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" +#~ msgstr "មិនស្គាល់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ៖ %1" + +#~ msgid "Install boot loader" +#~ msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" + +#~ msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +#~ msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..." + +#~ msgid "Installing boot loader..." +#~ msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ..." + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Distribution:" #~ msgid "D&istributor" @@ -1390,9 +1237,6 @@ #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "ត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះផ្នែក ។" -#~ msgid "Disk Order" -#~ msgstr "លំដាប់ថាស" - #~ msgid "Boot Menu" #~ msgstr "ម៉ឺនុយចាប់ផ្ដើម" @@ -1835,9 +1679,6 @@ #~ msgid " (\"/\")" #~ msgstr " (\"/\")" -#~ msgid " (default)" -#~ msgstr " (លំនាំដើម)" - #~ msgid "Sections: %1" #~ msgstr "ផ្នែក ៖ %1" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/ca-management.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/ca-management.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/ca-management.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-01 16:40+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -139,8 +139,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ៖" @@ -212,8 +211,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនត្រូវគ្នា ។" @@ -1944,14 +1942,14 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ..." #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -1960,28 +1958,27 @@ "ក្នុងម៉ូឌុលគ្រប់គ្រង CA បានដែរ ។\n" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "បញ្ចប់" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "ពិតជារក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឬ ?" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "ចេញ" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "ពិតជាចេញពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ដោយមិនរក្សាទុកឬ ?" -#. Popup displaying openssl error messages -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "លម្អិត" @@ -2272,8 +2269,7 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ LDAP ៖" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់វិញ្ញាបនបត្រ ៖" @@ -2321,28 +2317,23 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "វិញ្ញាបនបត្រ និងកូនសោដែលមិនបានអ៊ិនគ្រីបជាទ្រង់ទ្រាយ PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "វិញ្ញាបនបត្រ និងកូនសោដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីបជាទ្រង់ទ្រាយ PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "វិញ្ញាបនបត្រជាទ្រង់ទ្រាយ DER" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "វិញ្ញាបនបត្រ និងកូនសោជាទ្រង់ទ្រាយ PKCS12" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "ដូច PKCS12 និងរួមបញ្ចូលលំដាប់ CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ថ្មី" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/cio.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/cio.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/cio.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -44,13 +44,13 @@ msgstr "បានប្រើ" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ទេ" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "បាទ/ចាស" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" -msgstr "ទេ" - #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/cluster.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/cluster.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/cluster.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ msgstr "សាកសំឡេង ពេលកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកាតរួច" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានបណ្ដាញ ៖" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multicast Group" msgid "Multicast Address:" @@ -246,151 +246,151 @@ msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "បើកសុវត្ថិភាព GSS" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "កំពុងរត់" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No network running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "គ្មានបណ្ដាញកំពុងរត់" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "បើក ៖ ចាប់ផ្ដើមឥឡូវ និងនៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "បិទ -- ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចាប់ផ្ដើមបានតែដោយដៃប៉ុណ្ណោះ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "បិទ បើក" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "ស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖ " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Squid Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើម Squid ឥឡូវ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងឥឡូវនេះ" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Main Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនមេ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "បន្ថែម" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "ពន្យារពេល" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "កែសម្រួល" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "ជួរ fstab ដែលបានស្នើ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a user name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើម្នាក់ ។" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write hostname" msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "សរសេរឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a filename" msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះឯកសារ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះឯកសារ" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Archive %1 already exists.\n" @@ -403,50 +403,50 @@ "តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់សរសេរជាន់លើវាឬ?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "ការញែកឯកសារកូនសោបានបរាជ័យ ។" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "ការបង្កើតរូបភាពបានបរាជ័យ ។" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" @@ -559,41 +559,41 @@ msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបោះពុម្ព" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "អានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់ពីមុន" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង ។" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "កំពុងអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ពីមុន..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -601,71 +601,71 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages" msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "មិនអាចដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលត្រូវការ" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្តូរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលមានស្រាប់" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "មិនអាចអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ ១ ។" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "មិនអាចអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ ២ ។" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញឧបករណ៍ ។" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "រក្សាទុកការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទៅទម្រង់" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទៅកាន់ឯកសារ..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរការកំណត់បានឡើយ ។" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/control.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/control.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/control.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-04 15:25+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -20,328 +20,683 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "X-Language: km-KH\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" -#| "Congratulations!\n" -#| "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -#| "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -#| "Visit us at %1.\n" -#| "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -#| "\t " +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -" " +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " msgstr "" "\n" -"សូមអបអរសាទរ !\n" -"ការដំឡើងអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ីនៅលើម៉ាស៊ីនរបស់អ្នកត្រូវបានបញ្ចប់ ។\n" -"បន្ទាប់ពីចុច បញ្ចប់ អ្នកអាចចូលទៅក្នុងប្រព័ន្ធបានហើយ ។\n" -"សូមទស្សនាពួកយើងនៅ %1 ។\n" -"សូមរីករាយចុះ ! ក្រុមអភិវឌ្ឍអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ីរបស់អ្នក\n" -"\t " +"\n" +"ការដំឡើងបានបញ្ចប់ដោយជោគជ័យ ។\n" +"ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នករួចរាល់សម្រាប់ប្រើហើយ ។\n" +"ចុច បញ្ចប់ ដើម្បីចូលទៅក្នុងប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"សូមទស្សនាពួកយើងនៅ http://www.novell.com/linux/ ។\n" +"\n" +"\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុនៅលើកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នកផ្ដល់នូវចំណុចប្រទាក់\n" -"អ្នកប្រើក្រាហ្វិកសម្រាប់កុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នក ព្រមទាំងឈុតកម្មវិធីសម្រាប់\n" -"អ៊ីមែល កម្មវិធីរុករកបណ្ដាញ កម្មវិធីការិយាល័យ ល្បែងកម្សាន្ត និងឧបករណ៍ប្រើប្រាស់ផ្សេងៗ \n" -"ដើម្បីគ្រប់គ្រងកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នក ។\n" -"\n" -"អូផឹនស៊ូស៊ី ផ្ដល់នូវជម្រើសរបស់បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុ ។ បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុ\n" -"ដែលបានប្រើយ៉ាងទូលំទូលាយគឺ GNOME និង KDE ហើយពួកវាត្រូវបានគាំទ្រ\n" -"ដូចគ្នានៅក្នុងអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ី ។ បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុទាំងពីរ គឺងាយស្រួលប្រើ\n" -"មានការរួមបញ្ចូលខ្ពស់ និងមានរូបរាងគួរឲ្យចាប់អារម្មណ៍ ។ បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុនីមួយៗ\n" -"មានរចនាប័ទ្មផ្សេងៗគ្នា ដូច្នេះចំណូលចិត្តរចនាប័ទ្មផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន\n" -"កំណត់ថាតើប្រភេទផ្ទៃតុមួយណា សមរម្យបំផុតសម្រាប់អ្នក ។" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +msgid "CIM Server" +msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ CIM" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ GNOME" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ KDE" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ XFCE" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ LXDE" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "បង្អួច X អប្បបរមា" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុមួយផ្សេងទៀត" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "ការជ្រើសម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើអប្បបរមា (របៀបអត្ថបទ)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ការដំឡើង" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅ" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +msgid "Expert" +msgstr "ជំនាញ" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ការដំឡើងផ្ទាល់" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធផ្នែករឹង" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "ការរៀបចំ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Setup" msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "រៀបចំបណ្ដាញ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "សូមស្វាគមន៍" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យបណ្ដាញសកម្ម" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យថាសសកម្ម" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "ការវិភាគប្រព័ន្ធ" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update" +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "ការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពលើបណ្ដាញ" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "ផលិតផលបន្ថែម" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ថាស" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "តំបន់ពេលវេលា" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "ឃ្លាំងលើបណ្ដាញ" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "ផលិតផលបន្ថែម" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "ការជ្រើសផ្ទៃតុ" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់អ្នកប្រើ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "ការដំឡើង" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅនៃការដំឡើង" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "អនុវត្តការដំឡើង" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation" +msgid "Installer Cleanup" +msgstr "ការដំឡើង" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "ការដំឡើង" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធដែលត្រូវធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 msgid "Update" msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "សង្ខេបការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "អនុវត្តការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "ការដំឡើងគោល" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ AutoYaST" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រព័ន្ធ" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ " " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "ការដំឡើងបានបញ្ចប់ដោយជោគជ័យ ។\n" -#~ "ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នករួចរាល់សម្រាប់ប្រើហើយ ។\n" -#~ "ចុច បញ្ចប់ ដើម្បីចូលទៅក្នុងប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "សូមទស្សនាពួកយើងនៅ http://www.novell.com/linux/ ។\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\t" +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"ការដំឡើងបានបញ្ចប់ដោយជោគជ័យ ។\n" +"ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នករួចរាល់សម្រាប់ប្រើហើយ ។\n" +"ចុច បញ្ចប់ ដើម្បីចូលទៅក្នុងប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"សូមទស្សនាពួកយើងនៅ http://www.novell.com/linux/ ។\n" +"\n" +"\t" -#~ msgid "CIM Server" -#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ CIM" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System for Update" +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធដែលត្រូវធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" -#~ msgid "Overview" -#~ msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅ" +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Expert" -#~ msgstr "ជំនាញ" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary." +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration" -#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសេវាបណ្ដាញ" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Installation Summary" -#~ msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេបការដំឡើង" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Update Summary" -#~ msgstr "សង្ខេបការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initialization..." +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម..." + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសេវាបណ្ដាញ" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេបការដំឡើង" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "Congratulations!\n" +#| "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#| "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#| "Visit us at %1.\n" +#| "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#| "\t " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Congratulations!\n" +"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +"Visit us at %1.\n" +"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"សូមអបអរសាទរ !\n" +"ការដំឡើងអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ីនៅលើម៉ាស៊ីនរបស់អ្នកត្រូវបានបញ្ចប់ ។\n" +"បន្ទាប់ពីចុច បញ្ចប់ អ្នកអាចចូលទៅក្នុងប្រព័ន្ធបានហើយ ។\n" +"សូមទស្សនាពួកយើងនៅ %1 ។\n" +"សូមរីករាយចុះ ! ក្រុមអភិវឌ្ឍអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ីរបស់អ្នក\n" +"\t " + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#| "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#| "manage your computer.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#| "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#| "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#| "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#| "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#| "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" +"បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុនៅលើកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នកផ្ដល់នូវចំណុចប្រទាក់\n" +"អ្នកប្រើក្រាហ្វិកសម្រាប់កុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នក ព្រមទាំងឈុតកម្មវិធីសម្រាប់\n" +"អ៊ីមែល កម្មវិធីរុករកបណ្ដាញ កម្មវិធីការិយាល័យ ល្បែងកម្សាន្ត និងឧបករណ៍ប្រើប្រាស់ផ្សេងៗ \n" +"ដើម្បីគ្រប់គ្រងកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នក ។\n" +"\n" +"អូផឹនស៊ូស៊ី ផ្ដល់នូវជម្រើសរបស់បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុ ។ បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុ\n" +"ដែលបានប្រើយ៉ាងទូលំទូលាយគឺ GNOME និង KDE ហើយពួកវាត្រូវបានគាំទ្រ\n" +"ដូចគ្នានៅក្នុងអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ី ។ បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុទាំងពីរ គឺងាយស្រួលប្រើ\n" +"មានការរួមបញ្ចូលខ្ពស់ និងមានរូបរាងគួរឲ្យចាប់អារម្មណ៍ ។ បរិស្ថានផ្ទៃតុនីមួយៗ\n" +"មានរចនាប័ទ្មផ្សេងៗគ្នា ដូច្នេះចំណូលចិត្តរចនាប័ទ្មផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន\n" +"កំណត់ថាតើប្រភេទផ្ទៃតុមួយណា សមរម្យបំផុតសម្រាប់អ្នក ។" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ GNOME" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ KDE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "ការជ្រើសម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើអប្បបរមា (របៀបអត្ថបទ)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "XFCE Desktop" +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ XFCE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុ LXDE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "បង្អួច X អប្បបរមា" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "ផ្ទៃតុមួយផ្សេងទៀត" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "ការជ្រើសម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើអប្បបរមា (របៀបអត្ថបទ)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "ឃ្លាំងលើបណ្ដាញ" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "ការជ្រើសផ្ទៃតុ" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "ការដំឡើងផលិតផលបន្ថែម" @@ -371,9 +726,6 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\t" -#~ msgid "Initialization..." -#~ msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម..." - #~ msgid "Configuring network..." #~ msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ..." @@ -401,9 +753,6 @@ #~ msgid "Customer Center" #~ msgstr "មជ្ឈមណ្ឌលអតិថិជន" -#~ msgid "Online Update" -#~ msgstr "ការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពលើបណ្ដាញ" - #~ msgid "Release Notes" #~ msgstr "ឯកសារចេញផ្សាយ" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/country.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/country.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/country.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 13:47+0700\n" "Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n" @@ -662,7 +662,9 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New value for hardware clock" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "តម្លៃថ្មីសម្រាប់នាឡិការបស់ផ្នែករឹង" #. summary label @@ -862,8 +864,8 @@ "កាលបរិច្ឆេទមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ (DD-MM-YYYY) %1 ។\n" "សូមបញ្ចូលកាលបរិច្ឆេទត្រឹមត្រូវ ។\n" -#. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgid "Other &Settings..." @@ -871,44 +873,44 @@ #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "កាលបរិច្ឆេទ និងពេលវេលា (NTP ត្រូវបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ)" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "កាលបរិច្ឆេទ និងពេលវេលា" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "កំណត់នាឡិការបស់ផ្នែករឹងទៅជា UTC" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "តំបន់" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "តំបន់ពេលវេលា" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Date and Time" msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "កាលបរិច្ឆេទ និងពេលវេលា" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -917,7 +919,7 @@ "<big>ការកំណត់តំបន់ពេលវេលា និងនាឡិកា</big>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" @@ -932,7 +934,7 @@ "\n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -943,12 +945,12 @@ "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "នាឡិកា និងតំបន់ពេលវេលា" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "ជ្រើសតំបន់ពេលវេលាត្រឹមត្រូវមួយ ។" @@ -1036,181 +1038,188 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "អេស្ប៉ាញ (អាមេរិកឡាទីន)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "អ៊ីតាលី" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "ព័រទុយហ្គាល់" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "ព័រទុយហ្គាល់ (ប្រេស៊ីល)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "ព័រទុយហ្គាល់ (ប្រេស៊ីល -- បញ្ចេញសំឡេងបែបអាមេរិក)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "ក្រិក" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "ហុល្លង់" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "ដាណឺម៉ាក" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "ន័រវែស" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "ស៊ុយអែដ" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "ហ្វាំងឡង់" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "ឆេក" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "ឆេក (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "ស្លូវ៉ាគី" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "ស្លូវ៉ាគី (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "ស្លូវ៉ានី" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "ហុងគ្រី" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "ប៉ូឡូញ" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "រុស្ស៊ី" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "សែប៊ី" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "អេស្តូនី" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "លីទុយអានី" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "ទួរគី" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "ក្រូអាត" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "ជប៉ុន" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "បែលហ្ស៊ិក" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "វូរ៉ាក" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "អ៊ីស្លង់" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "អ៊ុយក្រែន" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "ខ្មែរ" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "កូរ៉េ" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "អារ៉ាប់" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "តាដហ្ស៊ីគីស្តង់" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "ចិនបុរាណ" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "ចិនសាមញ្ញ" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "រ៉ូម៉ានី" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Internal Zone" msgid "US International" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/crowbar.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/crowbar.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/crowbar.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,19 +23,9 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ drbd" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "" - -#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" msgstr "" #. combobox label @@ -49,11 +39,11 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product for SMT server\n" "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" @@ -196,32 +186,35 @@ msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន &IP" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 msgid "Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះ" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Login Error" msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "កំហុសក្នុងការចូល" -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Target Name" msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "ឈ្មោះគោលដៅ" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -234,88 +227,95 @@ "ជ្រើសការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធផ្សេងមួយ ។" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP Server &URL" msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "URL របស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Repository Name" msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository URL" msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "URL ឃ្លាំង" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add Repository" msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "បន្ថែមឃ្លាំង" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote WINS Server" +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ WINS ពីចម្ងាយ" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ WINS ពីចម្ងាយ" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Finger Server" msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើម្រាមដៃ" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 msgid "User Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the Password" msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើមិនអាចទទេ ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ "សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -337,19 +337,19 @@ "ជ្រើសការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធផ្សេងមួយ ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "URL ដែលបានបញ្ចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "បានបិទ" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgid "" @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgid "" @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgid "" @@ -377,14 +377,14 @@ msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ពីចម្ងាយ មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "ស្គាល់ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ '%1' ក្នុងបណ្ដាញ ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "IP address %1 does not match\n" @@ -395,27 +395,27 @@ "បណ្តាញបច្ចុប្បន្ន %2/%3 ទេ ។\n" #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP អប្បបរមា" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP អតិបរមា" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "IP address %1 does not match\n" @@ -426,56 +426,56 @@ "បណ្តាញបច្ចុប្បន្ន %2/%3 ទេ ។\n" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានទាបបំផុត ត្រូវតែនៅក្រោមអាសយដ្ឋានខ្ពស់បំផុត ។" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Settings" msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់អ្នកប្រើ" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Mode" msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "របៀបបណ្ដាញ" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "ចងបណ្ដាញ" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network" msgid "Net&works" msgstr "បណ្តាញ" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repositories" msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "ឃ្លាំង" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ msgstr "" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview" msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" @@ -547,44 +547,44 @@ msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនស្កេន" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the configuration" msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រូកស៊ី" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..." Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/dhcp-server.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/dhcp-server.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/dhcp-server.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-22 15:50+0700\n" "Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n" @@ -61,9 +61,7 @@ msgstr "គ្រប់គ្រងជម្រើស DHCP subnet" #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "រាយម៉ាស៊ីនទាំងអស់ដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ដោយអាសយដ្ឋានថេរ" @@ -103,242 +101,249 @@ msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP (ឬឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន) របស់ម៉ាស៊ីន ដែលមានអាសយដ្ឋានថេរ" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "ជ្រើសចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញដែលត្រូវប្រើ" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "បោះពុម្ពចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលបានប្រើបច្ចុប្បន្ន និងរាយចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលមានផ្សេងទៀត" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "បោះពុម្ពជម្រើសបច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "កំណត់ជម្រើសសកល" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "កូនសោជម្រើស (ឧទាហរណ៍ ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ntp)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "តម្លៃជម្រើស (ឧទាហរណ៍ អាសយដ្ឋាន IP)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ទាបបំផុត របស់ជួរផ្ដល់តម្លៃអាសយដ្ឋានអថេរ" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ខ្ពស់បំផុត របស់ជួរផ្ដល់តម្លៃអាសយដ្ឋានអថេរ" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "រយៈពេលជួលលំនាំដើមគិតជាវិនាទី" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "រយៈពេលជួលអតិបរមាគិតជាវិនាទី" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ប្រើបាន" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ប្រើមិនបាន" #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីន ៖ %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "ផ្នែករឹង ៖ %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ៖ %1" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "មិនបានបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន ។" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "មិនមានម៉ាស៊ីនដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។" #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "គ្មាន" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលបានជ្រើស ៖ %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់ផ្សេងៗ ៖ %1" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "មិនមានចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "មិនបានបញ្ជាក់ប្រតិបត្តិការជាមួយនឹងចំណុចប្រទាក់ ។" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "ត្រូវតែកំណត់កូនសោជម្រើស ។" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "ត្រូវតែកំណត់តម្លៃ ។" #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "ជួរអាសយដ្ឋាន ៖ %1-%2" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "រយៈពេលជួលលំនាំដើម ៖ %1" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "រយៈពេលជួលអតិបរមា ៖ %1" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបានបរាជ័យ ។ ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់ឬ ?" +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបានបរាជ័យ ។ ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់ឬ ?" + #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "ជម្រើសសកល" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ Subnet" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនដែលមានអាសយដ្ឋានថេរ" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "បណ្ដាញរួម" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "អាងអាសយដ្ឋាន" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "ជម្រើសដែលបញ្ជាក់ជាក្រុម" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "ថ្នាក់" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&Subnet" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីន" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "បណ្ដាញរួម" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "ក្រុម" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "អាងអាសយដ្ឋាន" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "ថ្នាក់" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "ប្រភេទប្រកាស" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទប្រកាស" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធចំណុចប្រទាក់" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងកូនសោ TSIG" @@ -363,190 +368,150 @@ msgstr "វិនាទី" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ ចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង" #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ ការជ្រើសកាត" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "ការជ្រើសកាត" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ ការកំណត់សកល" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់សកល" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ DHCP អថេរ" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP អថេរ" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ ការគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីន" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីន" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ ការកំណត់បែបជំនាញ" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់បែបជំនាញ" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "ពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ដោយដៃ" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "ពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "ដោយដៃ" -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP កំពុងរត់" - -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP មិនកំពុងរត់ឡើយ" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ ឥឡូវនេះ" - -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "អាគុយម៉ង់ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញសម្រាប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "បានជ្រើស" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះចំណុចប្រទាក់" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះឧបករណ៍" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "ជ្រើស" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "ដោះជម្រើស" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "យ៉ាងហោចណាស់ ត្រូវកំណត់ចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញមួយ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" @@ -562,60 +527,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "ការគាំទ្រ &LDAP" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើស DHCP (ស្រេចចិត្ត)" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះដែន" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP របស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះចម្បង" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP របស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះរង" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "ផ្លូវចេញចូលលំនាំដើម (រ៉ោតទ័រ) " #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើពេលវេលា NTP" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើបោះពុម្ព" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ &WINS" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "រយៈពេលជួលលំនាំដើម" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "ឯកតា" @@ -623,48 +588,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "តម្លៃដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ មិនមែនជាឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន ឬអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "ព័ត៌មានរបស់ Subnet" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "បណ្ដាញបច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "របាំងបណ្ដាញបច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "ប៊ីតរបាំងបណ្ដាញ" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP អប្បបរមា" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP អតិបរមា" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "ជួរអាសយដ្ឋាន IP" @@ -672,10 +637,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ដំបូង" @@ -683,61 +648,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ចុងក្រោយ" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "អនុញ្ញាត &BOOTP ថាមវន្ត" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "រយៈពេលជួល" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "លំនាំដើម" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "អតិបរមា" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "ឯកតា" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "បង្កើតតំបន់ DNS ថ្មីពីទទេ" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "កែសម្រួលតំបន់ DNS បច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "ទទួលយកព័តមានតំបន់បច្ចុប្បន្ន" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "ធ្វើសមកាលកម្មម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -747,8 +712,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "បញ្ចូលតម្លៃសម្រាប់ចុងទាំងពីរនៃជួរអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ។" @@ -756,8 +721,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -766,127 +731,127 @@ "IP %1 មិនផ្គូផ្គងនឹងបណ្ដាញ %2/%3 ឡើយ ។" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនដែលបានចុះឈ្មោះ" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះ" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានផ្នែករឹង" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទ" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "រៀបចំបញ្ជី" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះ" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន &IP" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានផ្នែករឹង" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "អ៊ីសឺរណិត" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token Ring" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរក្នុងបញ្ជី" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "លុបពីបញ្ជី" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "អ៊ីសឺរណិត" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានផ្នែករឹងមិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានផ្នែករឹង ត្រូវមានតែមួយគត់ ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនមិនអាចទទេ ។" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "មានម៉ាស៊ីនឈ្មោះ %1 រួចហើយ ។" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "បញ្ចូល IP របស់ម៉ាស៊ីន ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "ត្រូវតែកំណត់អាសយដ្ឋានផ្នែករឹង ។" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "ជ្រើសម៉ាស៊ីនមួយជាមុនសិន ។" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "ត្រូវតែកំណត់តម្លៃបញ្ចូល ។" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -907,15 +872,15 @@ "បន្ត ?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" មិនមែនជាជម្រើសបន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ត្រឹមត្រូវទេ" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "ជម្រើសបន្ទាត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP \"-%1\" ទាមទារអាគុយម៉ង់" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -934,7 +899,7 @@ "ពិតជាបន្តឬ ?\n" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "អ្នកជំនួយការម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP (%1 នៃ ៤)" @@ -1224,7 +1189,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានចុងក្រោយ IP ត្រូវតែខ្ពស់ជាងមួយមុនដំបូង ។" @@ -1251,7 +1216,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" @@ -1262,9 +1227,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" @@ -1282,44 +1247,44 @@ "IP ដែលអនុញ្ញាត (%2-%3) ដែលបានកំណត់ក្នុងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ទេ ។\n" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតធាតុតំបន់ DNS ឡើងវិញ ..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "បន្ថែមកំណត់ត្រា DNS ថ្មី" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "កំពុងបន្ថែមជួរ DHCP %1 - %2 ក្នុងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "យកកំណត់ត្រា DNS ដែលផ្គូផ្គងជួរ" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "កំពុងយកជួរកំណត់ត្រា %1 - %2 ចេញពីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1328,7 +1293,7 @@ "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS មិនអាចសរសេរកំណត់ត្រាណាមួយទៅកាន់វាបានទេ ។\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1338,18 +1303,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "មិនអាចបង្កើតតំបន់ %1 បានឡើយ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើសមកាលកម្មកំណត់ត្រា DNS បញ្ច្រាស..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" @@ -1358,62 +1323,62 @@ "ពិតជាបោះបង់ប្រតិបត្តិការនេះឬ ?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "ដែន" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "បណ្ដាញ" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "របាំងបណ្ដាញ" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "កំណត់ត្រាតំបន់ DNS" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "IP ដែលបានកំណត់" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "បន្ថែម..." #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "ភារកិច្ចពិសេស" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "បន្ថែមជួរថ្មីនៃកំណត់ត្រា DNS" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "រត់អ្នកជំនួយការដើម្បីសរសេរតំបន់ DNS ឡើងវិញពី Scratch" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "ធ្វើសមកាលកម្មជាមួយតំបន់បញ្ច្រាស %1" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ៖ ការធ្វើសមកាលកម្មម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS" @@ -1708,8 +1673,7 @@ "សូមរង់ចាំ..." #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1736,20 +1700,9 @@ "ជម្រើសនេះអាចមានតែក្នុងករណី\n" "ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងត្រូវបានធ្វើឲ្យប្រើបានប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" -#. help text 1/5 +#. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" -"<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" -"To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"Start DHCP Server." -msgstr "" -"<big>ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP</big>\n" -"ដើម្បីដំណើរការម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP រាល់ពេលដែលកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នកត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើម\n" -"សូមកំណត់ ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ។" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -1761,7 +1714,7 @@ "គឺមានសុវត្ថិភាពជាង ហើយគួរតែប្រើវា ។" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1772,7 +1725,7 @@ "បើក ការគាំទ្រ LDAP ។" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1787,7 +1740,7 @@ "ដើម្បីលុបការប្រកាសមួយ សូមជ្រើសវា ហើយចុច លុប ។" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1802,7 +1755,7 @@ "ការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព DNS ថាមវន្ត ។" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." @@ -1811,7 +1764,7 @@ "កំណត់ អាសយដ្ឋានបណ្ដាញ និងMask បណ្ដាញ នៃ subnet ។" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1822,7 +1775,7 @@ "ជម្រើសពិសេសផ្សេងទៀត ក្នុង ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន ។" #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1835,7 +1788,7 @@ "ឈ្មោះនឹងមិនប៉ះពាល់ដល់ឥរិយាបថរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើយ ។" #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1848,7 +1801,7 @@ "ឈ្មោះនឹងមិនប៉ះពាល់ដល់ឥរិយាបថរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើយ ។" #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1861,7 +1814,7 @@ "ឈ្មោះនឹងមិនប៉ះពាល់ដល់ឥរិយាបថរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើយ ។" #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." @@ -1870,7 +1823,7 @@ "កំណត់ឈ្មោះរបស់ថ្នាក់ម៉ាស៊ីនក្នុង ឈ្មោះថ្នាក់ ។" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1885,7 +1838,7 @@ "ជ្រើសវា ហើយចុច លុប ។" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." @@ -1894,7 +1847,7 @@ "ដើម្បីលៃតម្រូវ DNS ថាមវន្ត សម្រាប់ម៉ាស៊ីននៃ subnet នេះ, ប្រើ DNS ថាមវន្ត ។" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1905,7 +1858,7 @@ "កំណត់ បើក DNS អថេរសម្រាប់ Subnet នេះ ។" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1920,7 +1873,7 @@ "និងតំបន់បញ្ច្រាស ។" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1933,7 +1886,7 @@ "សូមកំណត់ ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់សកលរបស់ DNS អថេរ ។" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" @@ -1946,7 +1899,7 @@ "នោះអ្នកអាចទុកវាលឲ្យនៅទទេបាន ។" #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" @@ -1959,7 +1912,7 @@ "ពីគ្រោះទំព័រសៀវភៅដៃ dhcpd ។ បើទុកទទេ តម្លៃលំនាំដើមនឹងត្រូវបានប្រើ ។" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1968,7 +1921,7 @@ "ជ្រើសកាតបណ្ដាញដែលរាយមួយ ឬច្រើនដើម្បីប្រើសម្រាប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ។\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" @@ -1977,7 +1930,7 @@ "(ឈ្មោះរបស់វត្ថុ dhcpServer LDAP) ប្រសិនបើវាខុសគ្នាពីម៉ាស៊ីនរបស់អ្នក ។\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -1987,7 +1940,7 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." @@ -1996,7 +1949,7 @@ "ជួល IP ទៅម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ ។" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -2007,7 +1960,7 @@ "តម្លៃទាំងនេះត្រូវតែជាអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ។" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." @@ -2016,7 +1969,7 @@ "ជាផ្លូវលំនាំដើម ក្នុងតារាងផ្លូវរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ ។" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." @@ -2025,12 +1978,12 @@ "សម្រាប់ការធ្វើសមកាលកម្មពេលវេលា ។" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបោះពុម្ព ធ្វើឲ្យម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើនេះក្លាយជាម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបោះពុម្ពលំនាំដើម ។" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." @@ -2039,7 +1992,7 @@ "(Windows Internet Naming Service) ។" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." @@ -2048,7 +2001,7 @@ "ហើយម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវនឹងស្នើសុំ IP ម្ដងទៀត ។" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -2061,7 +2014,7 @@ "\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" @@ -2078,7 +2031,7 @@ "ដោយអថេរទៅម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ BOOTP ព្រមទាំងម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ DHCP ដែរ ។\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -2089,7 +2042,7 @@ "ដែលកំណត់ពេលវេលាធ្វើឲ្យ IP ស្រស់ប្រសើរបំផុតសម្រាប់ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ ។ " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." @@ -2098,7 +2051,7 @@ "ដែលម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវនៅលើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP នឹងទប់ស្កាត់ IP នេះ ។" #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2109,7 +2062,7 @@ "ការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP បែបជំនាញ ។" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." @@ -2118,7 +2071,7 @@ "សូមប្រើប្រអប់នេះ ដើម្បីកែសម្រួលម៉ាស៊ីនដែលមានអាសយដ្ឋានប្រែប្រួល ។" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -2133,17 +2086,17 @@ "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរតម្លៃទាំងអស់ ហើយចុច ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរក្នុងបញ្ជី ។" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." msgstr "ដើម្បីយកម៉ាស៊ីនមួយចេញ ជ្រើសវា ហើយចុច លុបពីបញ្ជី ។" #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "ជ្រើសប្រភេទការប្រកាស ដែលត្រូវបន្ថែម ។" #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." @@ -2152,7 +2105,7 @@ "សូមជ្រើស Subnet ។" #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." @@ -2161,7 +2114,7 @@ "(ជាធម្មតាគឺអាសយដ្ឋានថេរ) សូមជ្រើស ម៉ាស៊ីន ។" #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." @@ -2170,7 +2123,7 @@ "ជ្រើស បណ្ដាញរួម ។" #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." @@ -2179,7 +2132,7 @@ "ប្រសិនបើពួកវាគួរចែករំលែកការកំណត់ខ្លះ) សូមជ្រើស ក្រុម ។" #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -2190,7 +2143,7 @@ "subnet ដូចគ្នាក៏ដោយ សូមជ្រើស អាងអាសយដ្ឋាន ។" #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -2203,23 +2156,23 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានដែលបានបញ្ចូល មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "យ៉ាងហោចណាស់ ត្រូវបញ្ជាក់អាសយដ្ឋានមួយ ។" @@ -2229,94 +2182,94 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "តម្លៃ" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានដែលបានបញ្ចូល មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "យ៉ាងហោចណាស់ ត្រូវបញ្ជាក់គូអាសយដ្ឋានមួយ ។" #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "បើក" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "បិទ" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "ត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់តម្លៃមួយ ។" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានថ្មី" #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "តម្លៃថ្មី" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "បំបែកអាសយដ្ឋានច្រើនដោយដកឃ្លា ។" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "បន្ថែមគូអាសយដ្ឋាន" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានទាបបំផុត ត្រូវតែនៅក្រោមអាសយដ្ឋានខ្ពស់បំផុត ។" #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "ប្រសិនបើអ្នកផ្លាស់ប្ដូរវា នោះការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ syslog ក៏នឹងត្រូវបានធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពផងដែរ ។" #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទផ្នែករឹង" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន &MAC" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ទាបបំផុត" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ខ្ពស់បំផុត" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2325,7 +2278,7 @@ "នោះការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់នឹងត្រូវបាត់បង់ ។ ពិតជាចាកចេញឬ ?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2336,7 +2289,7 @@ "បន្តឬ ?" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2347,7 +2300,7 @@ "រត់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងរបស់ YaST ដើម្បីផ្ដល់តម្លៃពួកវាទៅតំបន់មួយ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2357,8 +2310,8 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2366,199 +2319,188 @@ "មិនមានអនុគមន៍នេះឡើយ\n" "អំឡុងពេលរៀបចំការដំឡើងស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ។" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ" - -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ" - #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "ការប្រកាសដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "DNS ថាមវន្ត" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "កូនសោ TSIG របស់តំបន់បញ្ជូនបន្ត" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "កូនសោ TSIG របស់តំបន់បញ្ច្រាស" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារដែលមានកូនសោផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "រត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ក្នុង Chroot Jail" -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "កម្រិតខ្ពស់" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "បង្ហាញកំណត់ហេតុ" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធចំណុចប្រទាក់" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានបណ្ដាញ" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "&Mask បណ្ដាញ" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្រុម" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះអាង" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះបណ្ដាញរួម" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះថ្នាក់" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលមាន" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "បើកជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងសម្រាប់ចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលបានជ្រើស" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "បើក DNS អថេរ សម្រាប់ Subnet នេះ" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់សកលរបស់ DNS អថេរ" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "តំបន់" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS ចម្បង" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "តំបន់បញ្ច្រាស" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS ចម្បង" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP បែបជំនាញ..." #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "ពិនិត្យបរិស្ថាន" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យបរិស្ថាន..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2575,7 +2517,7 @@ "កំពុងបញ្ឈប់ពេលនេះ ។" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2584,7 +2526,7 @@ "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP នឹងមិនអាចប្រើបានទេ ។" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2593,87 +2535,87 @@ "បង្កើតការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថ្មីមួយឬ ?" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP..." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិន DHCP ឡើងវិញ ។" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP បានចាប់ផ្ដើម នៅពេលបើកកុំព្យូទ័រ" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP មិនចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើយ នៅពេលបើកកុំព្យូទ័រ" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "ស្ដាប់ ៖ %1" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "ជួរអាសយដ្ឋានអថេរ ៖ %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ LDAP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។ មិនអាចប្រើ LDAP ។" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "ការគាំទ្រ dhcpServiceDN ច្រើន មិនបានប្រតិបត្តិឡើយ ។" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "សេវា DN របស់ DHCP មិនបានកំណត់ឡើយ ។" @@ -2681,27 +2623,69 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើត %1 ។" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព %1 ។" #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើត cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1 ។" #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលសរសេរ /etc/dhcpd.conf ។" +#~ msgid "DHCP server is running" +#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP កំពុងរត់" + +#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running" +#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP មិនកំពុងរត់ឡើយ" + +#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ" + +#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" +#~ msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ" + +#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ" + +#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឥឡូវនេះ" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ ឥឡូវនេះ" + #~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" +#~ "To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" +#~ "Start DHCP Server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP</big>\n" +#~ "ដើម្បីដំណើរការម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP រាល់ពេលដែលកុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នកត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើម\n" +#~ "សូមកំណត់ ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ។" + +#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឡើងវិញ" + +#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "IP address %1 does not match\n" #~ "the current network %2/%3\n" #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/dns-server.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/dns-server.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/dns-server.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 08:30+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -301,8 +301,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -373,11 +372,10 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "តម្លៃ" @@ -395,7 +393,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះ" @@ -405,9 +403,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទ" @@ -420,8 +418,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបញ្ជូនបន្ត" @@ -451,12 +449,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "តំបន់" @@ -485,14 +482,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើសំបុត្រ" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "អាទិភាព" @@ -554,8 +551,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "តំបន់ DNS" @@ -577,7 +574,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "ការគាំទ្រ &LDAP សកម្ម" @@ -602,139 +599,94 @@ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS បែបជំនាញ..." #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog" -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "អនុវត្តការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទៅប្រអប់" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើម" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "ជម្រើសគោល" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "ការចូល" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "ACLs" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "កូនសោ TSIG" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS server configuration" msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "គោលនយោបាយផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name servers" msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះតំបន់" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name servers" msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះតំបន់" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "បន្ថែមអាសយដ្ឋាន IP" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IPv4 ឬ IPv6" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "បញ្ជីម៉ាស៊ីនបញ្ជូនបន្ត" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "មិនអាចស្វែងរកតម្លៃស្មើគ្នាជាមូលដ្ឋានសម្រាប់ IP បានទេ %1 ។" #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -745,11 +697,11 @@ "ត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទៅតម្លៃមូលដ្ឋានស្មើៗគ្នា %2 ។" #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IPv4 ឬ IPv6 មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -758,46 +710,46 @@ "និងសញ្ញា(;) ។" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "មានវត្តមានម៉ាស៊ីនបញ្ជូនបន្តដែលបានបញ្ជាក់រួចហើយ ។" #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "បន្ថែម ឬផ្លាស់ប្ដូរជម្រើស" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "ជម្រើស" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "តម្លៃ" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "ជម្រើសបច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "ជម្រើស" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -806,7 +758,7 @@ "ជម្រើសនេះគ្មានតម្លៃអ្វីទាំងអស់ឬ ?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -815,7 +767,7 @@ "ពិតជាកំណត់វាជា %2 ឬ ?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -824,7 +776,7 @@ "ពិតជាកំណត់វាទៅជា %2 ឬ?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -833,7 +785,7 @@ "ពិតជាកំណត់វាទៅជា %1 ឬ ?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -842,7 +794,7 @@ "ពិតជាកំណត់វាជា %1 ឬ ?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -851,77 +803,77 @@ "ពិតជាបន្ថែមជម្រើសមួយទៀតឬ ?\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទកំណត់ហេតុ" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "កំណត់ហេតុប្រព័ន្ធ" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "ឯកសារ" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "ទំហំអតិបរមា (មេកាបៃ)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "កំណែអតិបរមា" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "ការចុះកំណត់ហេតុបន្ថែមទៀត" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "ចុះកំណត់ហេតុសំណួរ DNS ទាំងអស់" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "ចុះកំណត់ហេតុការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពតំបន់" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "ចុះកំណត់ហេតុការផ្ទេរតំបន់" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារដើម្បីចុះកំណត់ហេតុ" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "រៀបចំជម្រើស" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះ" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "បញ្ជី ACL បច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -930,12 +882,12 @@ "ពិតជាយកវាចេញឬ ?\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "មានធាតុ ACL ដែលបានបញ្ជាក់រួចហើយ ។" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "បន្ថែមតំបន់ថ្មី" @@ -944,8 +896,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "មេ" @@ -955,9 +907,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "រង" @@ -966,36 +918,36 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "ទៅមុខ" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "តំបន់ DNS ដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "តំបន់ដែលមានឈ្មោះដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ ត្រូវបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរួចហើយ ។" #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបានបរាជ័យ ។ ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់ឬ ?" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save configuration files" msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "រក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -1003,40 +955,85 @@ "ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់នឹងត្រូវបានបាត់បង់ ។\n" "ពិតជាចាកចេញពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS ដោយមិនរក្សាទុកឬ ?" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog" +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "អនុវត្តការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទៅប្រអប់" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើម" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "ជម្រើសគោល" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "ការចូល" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "ACLs" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "កូនសោ TSIG" + #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពបែបថាមវន្ត" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "កូនសោ TSIG" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យការផ្ទេរតំបន់ប្រើបាន" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "បង្កើតកំណត់ត្រាដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិពី" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "តំបន់" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "តំបន់បម្រុងទុកដែលបានតភ្ជាប់" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1045,34 +1042,34 @@ "រៀបចំការដំឡើងស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ។\n" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "គ្មានកូនសោ TSIG ត្រូវបានកំណត់ ។" #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះ ដែលត្រូវបន្ថែម" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "បញ្ជីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះ" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "មានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះដែលបានបញ្ជាក់រួចហើយ ។" #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើសំបុត្រ ដែលត្រូវបន្ថែម" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន" @@ -1080,116 +1077,116 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "អាទិភាព" #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "បញ្ជីការបញ្ជូនសំបុត្រ" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "តម្លៃដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ មិនមែនជាឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន ឬអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "មានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើសំបុត្រដែលបានបញ្ជាក់រួចហើយ ។" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "វិនាទី" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "នាទី" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "ម៉ោង" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "ថ្ងៃ" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "សប្តាហ៍" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "សៀរៀល" #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TT&L" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "ឯកតា" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "ឯកតា" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "ផុតកំណត់" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "ឯកតា" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "អប្បបរមា" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "ឯកតា" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "ត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់លេខសម្គាល់របស់តំបន់ ។" #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់មិនត្រូវតែមានប្រវែងវែងជាង %1 តួ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1204,104 +1201,104 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "កូនសោកំណត់ត្រា" #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "ប្រភេទ" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "តម្លៃ" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "សេវា" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "ពិធីការ" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "ទម្ងន់" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "ច្រក" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A ៖ ការបកប្រែឈ្មោះដែន IPv4" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA ៖ ការបកប្រែឈ្មោះដែន IPv6" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME ៖ ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយសម្រាប់ឈ្មោះដែន" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS ៖ ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះ" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX ៖ បញ្ជូនសំបុត្រត" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR ៖ ការបកប្រែត្រឡប់" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV ៖ កំណត់ត្រាសេវា" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT ៖ កំណត់ត្រាអត្ថបទ" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់កំណត់ត្រា" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "កំណត់ត្រាធនធានដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "កូនសោកំណត់ត្រា" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1314,13 +1311,13 @@ "ឬក្នុងទម្រង់មិនពេញលេញទៅតំបន់បច្ចុប្បន្ន ។" #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IPv6 មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Invalid TXT record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" @@ -1336,7 +1333,7 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Maximal length of a TXT record is %1 characters.\n" @@ -1349,72 +1346,66 @@ "សារនេះគឺជាប្រវែងតួអក្សរ %2 ។" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME មិនអាចចង្អុលទៅខ្លួនវាបានឡើយ ។" #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "កំហុសខាងក្នុងបានកើតឡើង ។" #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "កម្មវិធីនិពន្ធតំបន់" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "គោល" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "កំណត់ត្រា NS" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "&SOA" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "កំណត់ត្រា" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "កំណត់ត្រា M&X" #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "ការកំណត់សម្រាប់តំបន់" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "កម្រិតខ្ពស់" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "យ៉ាងហោចណាស់មានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NS ត្រូវបានកំណត់ ។" @@ -1422,7 +1413,7 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." @@ -1431,17 +1422,17 @@ "ដើម្បីផ្លាស់ប្ដូរកំណត់ត្រាដោយដៃ បិទការបង្កើតកំណត់ដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិពីលក្ខណៈពិសេស ។" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "IP ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS មេ" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "បាត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើមេ" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1452,32 +1443,32 @@ "បរាជ័យ ។ បើអ្នកបន្ត តំបន់បច្ចុប្បន្ននឹងត្រូវបានយកចេញ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "គ្មានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS មេ ត្រូវបានកំណត់ឡើយ ។" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះមេដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ មិនមែនជាអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ឧបករណ៍បញ្ជូនបន្ត" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបញ្ជូនតំបន់បន្តបច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "កម្មវិធីកែសម្រួលតំបន់បញ្ជូនបន្ត" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -2516,56 +2507,56 @@ msgstr "ការបញ្ជូនសំបុត្រត" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "ពិនិត្យបរិស្ថាន" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "សម្អាតឃ្លាំងសម្ងាត់របស់ដេមិន DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យបរិស្ថាន..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "កំពុងសម្អាតឃ្លាំងសម្ងាត់របស់ដេមិន DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2574,72 +2565,72 @@ "កំហុស ៖ " #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "រក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិន DNS ឡើងវិញ" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពតំបន់" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "លៃតម្រូវសេវា DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "ហៅ netconfig" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិន DNS ឡើងវិញ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពឯកសារតំបន់..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "កំពុងលៃតម្រូវសេវា DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "កំពុងហៅ netconfig..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" @@ -2652,43 +2643,43 @@ "កំហុស ៖ " #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Stub" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "ការណែនាំ" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS ចាប់ផ្ដើម នៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS មិនចាប់ផ្ដើម នៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធឡើយ ។" #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "តំបន់ដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ៖ %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ LDAP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។ មិនអាចប្រើ LDAP ។" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យការធ្វើទ្រទ្រង់ LDAP ប្រើបាន ?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2697,30 +2688,33 @@ "ការគាំទ្រ LDAP នឹងមិនសកម្មឡើយ ។" #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "មិនស្គាល់កំហុសក្នុងការចាប់ផ្ដើម LDAP ។" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើត %1 ។" #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើត cn=defaultDNS,%1 ។ មិនកំពុងប្រើ LDAP ។" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "មានកំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព %1 ។" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើត %1 ។ មិនប្រើ LDAP ។" +#~ msgid "Ad&vanced" +#~ msgstr "កម្រិតខ្ពស់" + #~ msgid "When &Booting" #~ msgstr "ពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/docker.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/docker.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/docker.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,6 +16,120 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr "កុងតឺន័រ" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "ស្ថានភាព" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "ចេញ" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr "កុងតឺន័រ" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "ឃ្លាំង" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tab" +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "ផ្ទាំង" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminals" +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "ស្ថានីយ" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -81,16 +195,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "កំពុងរត់ការសាកល្បងតភ្ជាប់អ៊ីនធឺណិត" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "ឃ្លាំង" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Tab" -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "ផ្ទាំង" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image" @@ -119,15 +223,11 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "រូបភាព" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "ពាក្យបញ្ជា" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "ស្ថានភាព" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Port" msgid "Ports" @@ -175,14 +275,65 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "សេចក្តីអធិប្បាយ" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Exit" -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "ចេញ" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់លុបមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យឬ ?" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr "កុងតឺន័រ" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "Container" +msgstr "កុងតឺន័រ" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/drbd.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/drbd.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/drbd.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-02 15:44+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" @@ -260,15 +260,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" @@ -294,13 +295,13 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ s390 reIPL</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" @@ -309,20 +310,22 @@ "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសកលរបស់ DRBD</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "គូសធីក \"បិទការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ IP\" ដើម្បីបិទការពិនិត្យភាពប្រក្រតីរបស់ drbdadm" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -338,7 +341,7 @@ " ប្រអប់ នឹងបោះពុម្ពចំនួនវិនាទី 'dialog-refresh' នីមួយៗ\n" " កំណត់វាទៅ ០ ដើម្បីបិទការគូរឡើងវិញទាំងស្រុង ។ " -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -353,7 +356,7 @@ " ដូចបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលបានអធិប្បាយនៅក្នុងឯកសារនេះ ។ " #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Drbd Configuration</big> \n" @@ -366,7 +369,7 @@ "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ drbd នៅទីនេះ ។ \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -379,7 +382,7 @@ "បន្ទាប់មកចុច កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -390,7 +393,7 @@ "ដែលអ្នកអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនៅក្នុង ។\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big> \n" @@ -406,7 +409,7 @@ "កែសម្រួលការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ពួកគេ ។ \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." @@ -415,7 +418,7 @@ "ចុច បន្ថែម ដើម្បីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ drbd ។" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -426,7 +429,7 @@ "បន្ទាប់មកចុច កែសម្រួល ឬ លុប តាមតម្រូវការ ។\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -438,7 +441,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -449,7 +452,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -460,60 +463,140 @@ " \n" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of DASD" msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DASD" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device type" msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "ប្រភេទឧបករណ៍" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..." msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ SCPM..." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable TLS" msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "បើក TLS" +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះធនធាន" -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "ពិធីការ" -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 -msgid "Node names must be different." +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Node names must be different." +msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "ឈ្មោះថ្នាំង ត្រូវតែខុសគ្នា ។" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "" + +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "សូមបំពេញរាល់វាលទាំងអស់ ។" +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Node names must be different." +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "ឈ្មោះថ្នាំង ត្រូវតែខុសគ្នា ។" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> @@ -623,80 +706,80 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរ idmapd.conf បានឡើយ ។" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DRBD" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់សកល" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "អានធនធាន" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configurations" msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "អានស្ថានភាពដេមិន" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង ។" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់សកល..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "កំពុងអានធនធាន..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "កំពុងអានស្ថានភាពដេមិន..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:" msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការរក្សាទុក ipsec.conf ៖" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" msgid "" @@ -704,12 +787,12 @@ "%2" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ក្រុមធនធាន" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DRBD" @@ -717,55 +800,55 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់សកល" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "សរសេរធនធាន" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write configuration" msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "កំណត់ស្ថានភាពដេមិន" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់សកល..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរធនធាន..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing configuration..." msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់ស្ថានភាពដេមិន..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/fcoe-client.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/fcoe-client.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/fcoe-client.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-23 11:33+0700\n" "Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n" @@ -597,39 +597,39 @@ msgstr "ដំឡើងវាឥឡូវនេះឬ ?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញឧបករណ៍ ។" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "មិនអាចចាប់ផ្តើមសេវា winbind ។" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot restart the service." msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "មិនអាចចាប់ផ្តើមសេវាឡើងវិញបានឡើយ ។" #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -640,112 +640,112 @@ "VLAN ដើម្បីទទួលបានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ fcoe" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "ពិនិត្យកញ្ចប់ដែលបានដំឡើង" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "ពិនិត្យសេវា" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "រកឃើញកាតបណ្ដាញ" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "អាន /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលកញ្ចប់ដែលបានដំឡើង..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលសេវា..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "កំពុងរកកាតបណ្ដាញ..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "អាន /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា ។" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "មិនអាចរកឃើញឧបករណ៍ ។" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "មិនអាចអាន /etc/fcoe/config." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ fcoe" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា FCoE ឡើងវិញ" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "លៃតម្រូវសេវាចាប់ផ្ដើម" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា FCoE ឡើងវិញ..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "កំពុងលៃតម្រូវសេវាចាប់ផ្ដើម..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរការកំណត់ទៅ /etc/fcoe/config. បានទេ" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -754,43 +754,43 @@ "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតសូមមើល /var/log/YaST2/y2log ។" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការចាប់ផ្ដើម fcoe របស់សេវាឡើងវិញ ។" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរឯកសារ /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg- បានទេ ។" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ FCoE ទូទៅ" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "Netcard:" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "បានបើក" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "បានបិទ" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/firewall.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/firewall.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/firewall.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 16:10+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -21,6 +21,16 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "X-Language: km-CM\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" @@ -181,7 +191,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "កម្រិតចុះកំណត់ហេតុ" @@ -703,7 +713,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "បណ្ដាញប្រភព" @@ -714,8 +724,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "ពិធីការ" @@ -769,28 +779,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "IP ស្នើសុំ" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "ច្រកស្នើសុំ" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "ប្ដូរទិសទៅ IP" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "ប្ដូរទិសទៅច្រក" @@ -914,10 +924,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "តំបន់" @@ -1417,221 +1427,223 @@ msgstr "ជ្រើសធាតុមួយត្រូវលុប ។" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ការចាប់ផ្ដើម" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "តំបន់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងដែលស្គាល់" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "សេវា ច្រក និងពិធីការដែលបានអនុញ្ញាត" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់សំណុំទិន្នន័យផ្សាយ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ក្លែង" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "ប្ដូរទិសសំណើទៅ IP ដែលបានក្លែង" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ការចុះកំណត់ហេតុ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "សង្ខេបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable firewall" msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable firewall" msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "មិនអនុញ្ញាតជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "បង្ហាញការកំណត់បច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង នៅពេលដំណើរការចាប់ផ្តើម" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងដោយដៃ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "រាយធាតុដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះខ្លីរបស់តំបន់" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "បន្ថែមកំណត់ត្រាថ្មីមួយ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "យកកំណត់ត្រាមួយចេញ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "ការចុះកំណត់ហេតុសំណុំទិន្នន័យដែលបានទទួលយក (ទាំងអស់|សំខាន់|គ្មាន)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "ការចុះកំណត់ហេតុសំណុំទិន្នន័យដែលមិនព្រមទទួល (ទាំងអស់|សំខាន់|គ្មាន)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "ការចុះកំណត់ហេតុសំណុំទិន្នន័យផ្សាយ (បាទ/ចាស|ទេ)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "កំណត់តម្លៃ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "ឈ្មោះ ឬលេខច្រក ច្រកច្រើនបំបែកដោយក្បៀស" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "សេវាជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងដែលស្គាល់ សេវាច្រើនបំបែកដោយក្បៀស" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "ឈ្មោះ ឬលេខច្រក TCP ច្រកច្រើនបំបែកដោយសញ្ញាក្បៀស (,)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "ឈ្មោះ ឬលេខច្រក UDP ច្រកច្រើនបំបែកដោយក្បៀស" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "ឈ្មោះច្រក RPC ច្រកច្រើនបំបែកដោយក្បៀស" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "ឈ្មោះពិធីការ IP ពិធីការច្រើនបំបែកដោយក្បៀស" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "កំណត់ការការពារតំបន់ (បាទ/ចាស|ទេ)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "ព័ត៌មានលម្អិត" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "ជម្រើសធ្វើឲ្យប្រើបាន" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "ជម្រើសធ្វើឲ្យប្រើលែងបាន" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "បណ្ដាញប្រភព ដូចជា 0/0 ឬ 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "ពិធីការ (tcp|udp)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "IP ខាងក្រៅដែលបានស្នើសុំ (ជាជម្រើស)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "ឈ្មោះ ឬលេខច្រកដែលបានស្នើសុំ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "ប្ដូរទិសទៅ IP ខាងក្នុង" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "ប្ដូរទិសទៅច្រកលើ IP ខាងក្នុង (ជាជម្រើស)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "លេខកំណត់ត្រា" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "ប្រើឈ្មោះច្រក ជំនួសឲ្យលេខច្រក" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "មិនស្គាល់តំបន់ %1 ។" @@ -1644,180 +1656,180 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "ត្រូវតែកំណត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រ %1 ។" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "កំពុងរាយតំបន់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងដែលបានស្គាល់ ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "ផ្លូវកាត់" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះតំបន់" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "សង្ខេប ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតតែប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រមួយប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើម ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "បើកជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង នៅពេលដំណើរការចាប់ផ្តើម..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "យកជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងចេញពីដំណើរការចាប់ផ្ដើម..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងនឹងបើក នៅពេលដំណើរការចាប់ផ្តើម" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងត្រូវការការចាប់ផ្ដើមដោយដៃ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញក្នុងតំបន់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "ខ្សែអក្សរជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងពិសេស" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះឧបករណ៍" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "កំពុងបន្ថែមខ្សែអក្សរពិសេស %1 ទៅក្នុងតំបន់ %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "កំពុងបន្ថែមចំណុចប្រទាក់ %1 ទៅក្នុងតំបន់ %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "កំពុងយកខ្សែអក្សរពិសេស %1 ចេញពីតំបន់ %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "កំពុងយកចំណុចប្រទាក់ %1 ចេញពីតំបន់ %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "ចុះកំណត់ហេតុទាំងអស់" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "ចុះកំណត់ហេតុតែអ្វីដែលសំខាន់បំផុត" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "កុំចុះកំណត់ហេតុអ្វីទាំងអស់" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "ការកំណត់ការចុះកំណត់ហេតុសកល ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទច្បាប់" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "តម្លៃ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "បានទទួលយក" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "មិនបានទទួលយក" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "ការចុះកំណត់ហេតុកញ្ចប់ព័ត៌មានផ្សាយ ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "បានបើកការចុះកំណត់ហេតុ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "បានបិទការចុះកំណត់ហេតុ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "ខ្លី" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "ស្ថានភាពចុះកំណត់ហេតុ" @@ -1826,168 +1838,181 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "តម្លៃ %1 មិនបានអនុញ្ញាតសម្រាប់ជម្រើស %2 ឡើយ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "ច្រកផ្សាយដែលអនុញ្ញាត ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "ច្រក" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "នៅទីនេះ អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យតែពាក្យបញ្ជាសកម្មភាពមួយប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "សេវាជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងដែលបានកំណត់ ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះសេវា" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "ច្រក TCP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "ច្រក UDP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "ច្រក RPC" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "ពិធីការ IP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "សេវាដែលអនុញ្ញាតក្នុងតំបន់ ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "សេវាទាំងអស់" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "តំបន់ទាំងមូលមិនបានការពារឡើយ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់សេវា" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "ច្រកដែលបានអនុញ្ញាតផ្សេងទៀត ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "ច្រកទាំងអស់" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "ពិធីការ IP បន្ថែមទៀតដែលបានអនុញ្ញាតក្នុងតំបន់ ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "ពិធីការ IP ទាំងអស់" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "ពិធីការ IP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "សេវា %1 ដែលមិនស្គាល់ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "អាចកំណត់ការការពារ សម្រាប់តែតំបន់ខាងក្នុងប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "យ៉ាងហោចណាស់ ត្រូវកំណត់មួយនៃក្នុងចំណោម %1 ។" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "យ៉ាងហោចណាស់ ត្រូវកំណត់ពាក្យបញ្ជាសកម្មភាពមួយពី %1 ។" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "ប្ដូរទិសសំណើទៅ IP ដែលក្លែង ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "ឈ្មោះច្រកដែលមិនស្គាល់ %1 ។" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "ការកំណត់ក្លែង ៖" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 -msgid "Masquerading is %1" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Masquerading is %1" +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "ការក្លែងគឺ %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "បានបើក" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "បានបិទ" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/firstboot.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/firstboot.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/firstboot.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 10:31+0700\n" "Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n" @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@ msgstr "ស្លាក" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "ស្ថានភាព" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ូឌុល" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "ស្ថានភាព" - #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ "\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "មិនមានទំហំគ្រប់គ្រាន់ដើម្បីដំឡើងកញ្ចប់បន្ថែមទាំងអស់ ។" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/fonts.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/fonts.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/fonts.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -19,63 +19,63 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bitmap Editors" msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "កម្មវិធីនិពន្ធរូបភាព" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "លំនាំដើម" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fonts" msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "ពុម្ពអក្សរ" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/geo-cluster.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/geo-cluster.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/geo-cluster.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -59,10 +59,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Printer Configurations" @@ -120,17 +118,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "បន្ថែម" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "កែសម្រួល" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "លុប" @@ -138,19 +136,18 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication" -msgid "Authentification" +msgid "Authentication" msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cancel" msgid "Ca&ncel" @@ -158,9 +155,9 @@ #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "យល់ព្រម" @@ -173,193 +170,196 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Key" -msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "កូនសោផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Key" -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "កូនសោផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Basics" msgid "Basic" msgstr "គោល" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "បោះបង់" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please enter a password" msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "សូមបញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No entries." msgid "retries" msgstr "គ្មានធាតុ ។" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Height" msgid "weights" msgstr "កម្ពស់" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Expired" msgid "expire" msgstr "ផុតកំណត់" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Required patterns" msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "លំនាំដែលបានទាមទារ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Action is invalid." msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "អំពើមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 #, fuzzy #| msgid "' is not valid." msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "' មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "URL បានបញ្ចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "URL បានបញ្ចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy #| msgid "' is not valid." msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "' មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "វាលច្រកមិនអាចទទេបានទេ" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 #, fuzzy #| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានអ៊ីមែលរបស់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 #, fuzzy #| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានអ៊ីមែលរបស់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The target already exists" msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "មានគោលដៅរួចហើយ" -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "ឈ្មោះការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមិនអាចទទេ ។" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "ឈ្មោះការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមិនអាចទទេ ។" #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Key is invalid." msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "កូនសោមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "កម្មវិធីត្រូវដំឡើង ៖" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "កម្មវិធីត្រូវដំឡើង ៖" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software to be installed:" msgid "ticket have to be filled!" @@ -367,20 +367,24 @@ #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to create the installation RAM disk." -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្កើតថាសសតិដំឡើង ។" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " -msgstr "កំណត់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ប្រូកស៊ី" +#| msgid "Authentication Key" +msgid "Authentication file " +msgstr "កូនសោផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid " created successfully." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" @@ -388,7 +392,7 @@ #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Choose configuration file:" @@ -397,7 +401,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration" -msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "ការដំឡើងស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ - ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -554,6 +558,11 @@ msgstr "សង្ខេបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +#~ msgstr "កំណត់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ប្រូកស៊ី" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Software to be installed:" #~ msgid "site have to be filled" #~ msgstr "កម្មវិធីត្រូវដំឡើង ៖" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/installation.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/installation.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/installation.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-25 09:11+0700\n" "Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..." @@ -115,29 +115,29 @@ "ខុសពីអេក្រង់ដែលមានលក្ខណៈជាក្រាហ្វិក ។\n" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា %1..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "លៃតម្រូវការកំណត់បណ្ដាញ" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "ការកំណត់បណ្ដាញកំពុងតែត្រូវបានលៃតម្រូវ ។" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ "ចំណាំ ៖ អ្នកត្រូវតែបញ្ចូលព័ត៌មានមួយចំនួនម្ដងទៀត ។" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមដំឡើង..." @@ -208,28 +208,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." msgstr "ត្រឡប់ថយក្រោយ ហើយពិនិត្យការកំណត់បើអ្នកមិនច្បាស់ ។" #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "អះអាងការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." msgstr "មានព័ត៌មានគ្រប់គ្រាន់ហើយ ដើម្បីប្រតិបត្តិការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព ។" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" @@ -285,61 +285,7 @@ msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា %1..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgstr "" -"ប្រើ ក្លូន ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បង្កើតទម្រង់ AutoYaST ។\n" -"AutoYaST គឺជាវិធីត្រូវធ្វើដើម្បីបំពេញរដំឡើងលីនុចស៊ូស៊ី ដោយមិនមានអន្តរកម្មរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ។ AutoYaST\n" -"ត្រូវការទម្រង់ដើម្បីដឹងអ្វីដែលប្រព័ន្ធបានដំឡើងមានរូបរាងយ៉ាងម៉េច ។ ប្រសិនបើជម្រើសនេះ\n" -"ត្រូវបានជ្រើស ទម្រង់របស់ប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្នត្រូវបានទុកនៅក្នុង <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> ។" - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Writing the system configuration..." -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រព័ន្ធ..." - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "រំលងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "កំពុងចម្លងឯកសារទៅប្រព័ន្ធដែលបានដំឡើង..." @@ -536,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "បច្ចុប្បន្នភាពសម្រាប់ %1 %2" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ផលិតផល" @@ -565,54 +511,28 @@ "ជ្រើសថាតើត្រូវរត់ការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពលើបណ្ដាញឥឡូវ ឬក៏អត់ ។\n" "អ្នកអាចរំលងជំហាននេះ ហើយរត់ការធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពលើបណ្ដាញពេលក្រោយក៏បានដែរ ។\n" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" -msgstr "ភាសា" - -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "ប្លង់ក្ដារចុច" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "ខ្ញុំយល់ព្រមនឹងលក្ខខណ្ឌរបស់អាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ ។" - -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Keyboard" -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "ក្តារចុច" +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "ឯកសារចេញផ្សាយ" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "កិច្ចព្រមព្រៀងអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "ការបកប្រែអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ..." - #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -626,7 +546,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -639,7 +559,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -650,7 +570,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -663,7 +583,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -675,24 +595,57 @@ "ដំណើរការដំឡើងនៅពេលណាមួយ ។\n" "\n" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "ឯកសារចេញផ្សាយ" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "កិច្ចព្រមព្រៀងអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "ភាសា" + +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "ប្លង់ក្ដារចុច" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "ខ្ញុំយល់ព្រមនឹងលក្ខខណ្ឌរបស់អាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ ។" + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលប្រព័ន្ធដែលបានដំឡើង..." + +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keyboard" +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "ក្តារចុច" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "ការបកប្រែអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ..." + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -795,7 +748,7 @@ msgstr "កញ្ចប់ autoyast2 មិនត្រូវបានដំឡើងទេ ។ បានបិទការក្លូន ។" #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធនឹងចាប់ផ្ដើមឥឡូវនេះ..." @@ -804,16 +757,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "បង្ហាញរូបភាព..." #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -822,7 +775,7 @@ "កំពុងបោះបង់ការដំឡើង...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." @@ -831,20 +784,20 @@ "YaST នឹងបើកកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងកញ្ចប់សម្រាប់អ្នក ដើម្បីពិនិត្យមើលស្ថានភាពកញ្ចប់បច្ចុប្បន្ន ។" #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "ទាញយករូបភាពនៅល្បឿន %1/វិ." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "ទាញយករូបភាព %1 នៅល្បឿន %2/វិ." #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "បង្ហាញរូបភាព..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "បង្ហាញរូបភាព %1..." @@ -861,44 +814,45 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "កំពុងរកឧបករណ៍បញ្ជាដែលមាន..." #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យថាសសកម្ម" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស &DASD" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស &ZFCP" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធចំណុចប្រទាក់ &FCoE" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស &iSCSI" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -917,7 +871,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម" @@ -942,71 +896,74 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "បង្ហាញបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពកញ្ចប់" +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "កំពុងហៅជំហាន %1..." + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr " * %1" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "កំហុសក្នុងការដំឡើង" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "កំពុងបញ្ចប់ការដំឡើងជាមូលដ្ឋាន" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតបញ្ជីស្គ្រីបបញ្ចប់ដើម្បីហៅ..." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "ចម្លងឯកសារទៅប្រព័ន្ធដែលបានដំឡើង" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ការដំឡើង" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចាប់ផ្ដើម" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "រៀបចំប្រព័ន្ធ សម្រាប់ការចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើងជាលើកដំបូង" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលដំណាក់កាល ៖ %1..." -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 -msgid "Calling step %1..." -msgstr "កំពុងហៅជំហាន %1..." - -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr " * %1" - -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "កំហុសក្នុងការដំឡើង" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -1028,24 +985,24 @@ msgstr "កំពុងរៀបចំការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រព័ន្ធចាប់ផ្ដើម..." #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Mode" msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "របៀបដំឡើង" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "បន្ថែមឃ្លាំងលើបណ្ដាញមុនពេលដំឡើង" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "រួមបញ្ចូលផលិតផលបន្ថែមពីមេឌៀដាច់ដោយឡែក" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Installation Mode</big> \n" @@ -1056,7 +1013,7 @@ "ជ្រើសអ្វីដែលត្រូវធ្វើ ៖" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -1067,7 +1024,7 @@ "បន្ថែមឃ្លាំងលើបណ្ដាញ មុននឹងដំឡើង ។" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" @@ -1078,7 +1035,7 @@ "សូមជ្រើស រួមបញ្ចូលផលិតផលបន្ថែមពីមេឌៀផ្សេងគ្នា ។\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" @@ -1213,7 +1170,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់..." @@ -1247,7 +1204,7 @@ "ដែលបានដំឡើង ។ ពួកវាផ្ដល់នូវសេចក្ដីសង្ខេបនៃលក្ខណៈពិសេស និងការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរថ្មីៗ ។\n" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "គ្មានសេចក្ដីចេញផ្សាយត្រូវបានដំឡើង ។" @@ -1272,88 +1229,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "កំពុងវិភាគកុំព្យូទ័រ" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "ស្ទង់រកឧបករណ៍ USB" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "កំពុងស្ទង់រកឧបករណ៍ USB..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "ស្ទង់រកឧបករណ៍ FireWire" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "កំពុងស្ទង់រកឧបករណ៍ FireWire..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "ស្ទង់រកឧបករណ៍ថាសទន់" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "កំពុងស្ទង់រកឧបករណ៍ថាសទន់..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "ស្ទង់រកឧបករណ៍បញ្ជាថាសរឹង" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "កំពុងស្ទង់រកឧបករណ៍បញ្ជាថាសរឹង..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "ផ្ទុកម៉ូឌុលរបស់ខឺណែល សម្រាប់ឧបករណ៍បញ្ជាថាសរឹង" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "កំពុងផ្ទុកម៉ូឌុលរបស់ខឺណែល សម្រាប់ឧបករណ៍បញ្ជាថាសរឹង..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "ស្ទង់រកថាសរឹង" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "កំពុងស្ទង់រកថាសរឹង..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "ស្វែងរកឯកសារប្រព័ន្ធ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "កំពុងស្វែងរកឯកសារប្រព័ន្ធ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងផ្នែកទន់" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងផ្នែកទន់..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "ការស្ទង់រកប្រព័ន្ធ" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST កំពុងស្ទង់រកផ្នែករឹងរបស់កុំព្យូទ័រ និងប្រព័ន្ធដែលបានដំឡើងឥឡូវ..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1366,7 +1323,7 @@ "សូមពិនិត្យផ្នែករឹងរបស់អ្នក !\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1379,7 +1336,7 @@ "រកមិនឃើញថាសរឹង ដើម្បីដំឡើង ។\n" "សូមពិនិត្យផ្នែករឹងរបស់អ្នក !\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1390,7 +1347,7 @@ "(ជាពិសេសនៅលើប្រព័ន្ធ S/390 ឬ iSCSI)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1407,7 +1364,7 @@ "សូមពិនិត្យមើលផ្នែករឹងរបស់អ្នក ។\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1415,6 +1372,52 @@ "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការចាប់ផ្ដើមឃ្លាំងកម្មវិធី ។\n" "បោះបង់ការដំឡើង ។" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +msgid "" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1468,8 +1471,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្តូរ..." @@ -1679,7 +1682,7 @@ "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធគោលរបស់ប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "គ្មានលំហូរការងារសម្រាប់ប្រភេទដំឡើងនេះ ។" @@ -1699,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "រៀបចំឃ្លាំង linker ..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ..." @@ -1753,6 +1756,26 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធផ្នែករឹង..." +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration..." +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រព័ន្ធ..." + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "រំលងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -1820,6 +1843,34 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "កំពុងចម្លងឯកសារកំណត់ហេតុទៅប្រព័ន្ធដែលបានដំឡើង..." +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device" +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "ឧបករណ៍" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "រំលងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 #, fuzzy @@ -1828,35 +1879,22 @@ msgstr "កំពុងស្វែងរកភាគថាសលីនុច..." #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "ពិតជាកំណត់អ្វីៗទាំងអស់ ទៅជាតម្លៃលំនាំដើម ?" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "អ្នកនឹងបាត់បង់ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់ ។" -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "រំលងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ អាស្រ័យលើសំណើរបស់អ្នកប្រើ" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1865,25 +1903,25 @@ "ដោះស្រាយមុននឹងបន្ត ។\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសម្រួលសំណើទៅកាន់ការកំណត់បច្ចុប្បន្ន..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "កំពុងវិភាគប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ERROR ៖ គ្មានសំណើ" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1896,46 +1934,38 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "រំលងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "ប្រើការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធខាងក្រោម" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "រំលងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "ចុចចំណងជើង ដើម្បីធ្វើការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ឬប្រើម៉ឺនុយ \"ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ...\" នៅខាងក្រោម ។" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "ចុចចំណងជើង ដើម្បីធ្វើការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ឬប្រើម៉ឺនុយ \"ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ...\" នៅខាងក្រោម ។" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "កំណត់ទៅជាលំនាំដើមវិញ" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "ដំឡើង" @@ -1970,7 +2000,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1983,7 +2013,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1995,7 +2025,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2007,7 +2037,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2019,7 +2049,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2030,12 +2060,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "សំណើដំឡើង UML" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -2046,7 +2076,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2065,6 +2095,11 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ" +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "" + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -2072,21 +2107,113 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "កំពុងចម្លងប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root..." +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "" + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Product" +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ផលិតផល" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការអានព័ត៌មានអំពីរូបភាពដំឡើង" #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "បង្ហាញ..." @@ -2094,19 +2221,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកចំណូលចិត្តរបស់អ្នកប្រើ..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "កំពុងស្ដារចំណូចចិត្តរបស់អ្នកប្រើ..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." @@ -2114,6 +2241,28 @@ "ការដំឡើងមិនអាចដោះស្រាយភាពអាស្រ័យរបស់កញ្ចប់ដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិបានទេ ។\n" "កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងផ្នែកទន់ នឹងត្រូវបានបើកដើម្បីដោះស្រាយដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ។" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +#~| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#~| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#~| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ប្រើ ក្លូន ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បង្កើតទម្រង់ AutoYaST ។\n" +#~ "AutoYaST គឺជាវិធីត្រូវធ្វើដើម្បីបំពេញរដំឡើងលីនុចស៊ូស៊ី ដោយមិនមានអន្តរកម្មរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ។ AutoYaST\n" +#~ "ត្រូវការទម្រង់ដើម្បីដឹងអ្វីដែលប្រព័ន្ធបានដំឡើងមានរូបរាងយ៉ាងម៉េច ។ ប្រសិនបើជម្រើសនេះ\n" +#~ "ត្រូវបានជ្រើស ទម្រង់របស់ប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្នត្រូវបានទុកនៅក្នុង <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> ។" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" + #~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" #~ msgstr "កំហុស ៖ បាត់ចំណងជើង" @@ -2231,9 +2380,6 @@ #~ msgid "Network Card" #~ msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញ" -#~ msgid "Device" -#~ msgstr "ឧបករណ៍" - #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "ព័ត៌មានផ្នែករឹងរបស់កាតបណ្ដាញដែលបានជ្រើស" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/iscsi-client.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/iscsi-client.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/iscsi-client.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-25 14:52+0700\n" "Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n" @@ -113,7 +113,6 @@ msgid "Add" msgstr "បន្ថែម" -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "កែសម្រួល" @@ -173,47 +172,64 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើម" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manually" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "ដោយដៃ" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "ច្រក" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "គ្រាប់ចុច" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "តម្លៃ" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "សេវា" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "គោលដៅដែលបានតភ្ជាប់" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "គោលដៅដែលបានរកឃើញ" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅរបស់កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម iSCSI" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -222,9 +238,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "រកឃើញកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម iSCSI" @@ -456,29 +472,27 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "កំហុសបានកើតឡើងខណៈពេលចេញពីគោលដៅដែលបានជ្រើស ។" -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 msgid "No record found." msgstr "រកមិនឃើញកំណត់ត្រា ។" #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "គ្មានអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ត្រឹមត្រូវ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "វាលច្រកមិនអាចទទេបានទេ" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initiator Name" msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" @@ -507,13 +521,18 @@ "ឧទាហរណ៍ ៖\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "បញ្ចូលអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ។" +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "" + #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "បញ្ចូលច្រក ។" @@ -521,36 +540,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "ពិត" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "មិនពិត" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "គោលដៅជាមួយឈ្មោះគោលដៅនេះត្រូវបានតភ្ជាប់រួចហើយ ។ សូមប្រាកដថាការដាក់ផ្លូវជាច្រើនត្រូវបានបើកដើម្បីការពារការខូចទិន្នន័យ ។" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "បន្ត" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "បោះបង់" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "គោលដៅត្រូវបានតភ្ជាប់រួចហើយ ។" @@ -643,7 +662,7 @@ msgstr "ទាំងអស់" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -655,15 +674,16 @@ "ធ្វើការបម្រុងទុក ។ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់ប្រើឈ្មោះកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមផ្សេង ប្ដូរវា \n" "នៅក្នុង BIOS ។\n" -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "ការបង្កើតរូបភាពបានបរាជ័យ ។" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/iscsi-lio-server.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/iscsi-lio-server.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/iscsi-lio-server.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,15 +43,14 @@ msgstr "សេវា" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "សកល" #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "គោលដៅ" @@ -68,7 +67,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write groups" msgid "Portal group" @@ -99,7 +98,7 @@ msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវអ្នកប្រើ" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" @@ -112,135 +111,138 @@ msgstr "ផ្លូវ" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "បន្ថែម" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "កែសម្រួល" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "លុប" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Clients" -msgid "Client" -msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mappings" -msgid "Lun Mapping" +msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "ការផ្គូផ្គង" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authors" msgid "Auth" msgstr "អ្នកនិពន្ធ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit " msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "កែសម្រួល" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit &SOA" msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "កែសម្រួល &SOA" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "គ្មានការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវចូល" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវចេញ" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "ពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ដោយដៃ" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "ពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "ដោយដៃ" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "" + #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "គ្រាប់ចុច" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "តម្លៃ" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 #, fuzzy #| msgid "iSCSI Target Overview" msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" @@ -248,33 +250,34 @@ #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>គោលដៅ iSCSI</h1>" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "បន្ថែមគោលដៅ iSCSI" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target" -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "កែប្រែគោលដៅ iSCSI" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target" msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "កែប្រែគោលដៅ iSCSI" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "កំណត់ការនាំចេញគោលដៅ iSCSI" @@ -442,7 +445,10 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 @@ -450,17 +456,19 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" #| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" "ជ្រើសប្រភេទផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ ។ ប្រើគ្មានការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ ឬមួយក្នុងចំណោម ចូល និងចេញ (អាចទាំងពីររួមគ្នា) ។ បន្ទាប់មកបញ្ចូល អ្នកប្រើ និងពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។ \n" "សម្រាប់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវចូល វាអាចបន្ថែម ច្រើន និងកែសម្រួល ហើយលុបពួកវា ។" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" @@ -474,14 +482,14 @@ #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>គោលដៅ iSCSI</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -490,21 +498,21 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values.\n" msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "បង្កើតគោលដៅថ្មីមួយ ។ ជំនួសតម្លៃពុម្ពដោយតម្លៃដែលត្រឹមត្រូវ ។ \n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -513,11 +521,11 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "វាអាចបន្ថែម កែសម្រួល ឬលុប ជម្រើសកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបន្ថែមទាំងអស់ ។" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" @@ -530,236 +538,260 @@ "ប្រសិនបើ Type=fileio កំណត់ផ្លូវ ទៅកាន់ឧបករណ៍ថាស ឬឯកសារ ។លេខសម្គាល់ SCSI និងផ្នែក គឺជាជម្រើស ។" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable fingerprint authentication" msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "បើកការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ស្នាមម្រាមដៃ" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid server name." msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid password." msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The specified node is already in the cluster." -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "មានថ្នាំងដែលបានបញ្ជាក់នៅក្នុង cluster រួចហើយ ។" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used." msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "បានប្រើឈ្មោះជួរ %1 ដែលបានបញ្ជាក់រួចហើយ ។" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The selected option is already present." msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "ជម្រើសដែលបានជ្រើសមានរួចហើយ ។" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "ផ្លូវ ៖" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "រកមើល" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "ជ្រើសឯកសារ ឬឧបករណ៍" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Clients" -msgid "Client Lun" -msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +msgid "Initiator LUN" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Target Name" msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "ឈ្មោះគោលដៅ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Changes:" msgid "Change:" msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ៖" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You must specify at least one authentication mechanism." msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "អ្នកត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់យ៉ាងហោចណាស់យន្តការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវមួយ ។" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Clients" -msgid "Client name:" -msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +msgid "Initiator name:" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "នាំចូល CA ពីថាស" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Alias name must not be empty." -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយត្រូវតែមិនទទេ ។" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name already exists!" -msgid "Client name already exists!" +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "មានឈ្មោះការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរួចហើយ !" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -msgid "New client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "យល់ព្រម" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "បោះបង់" +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "ប្រើមិនបាន" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "ប្រើមិនបាន" + #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "ពិតជាលុបធាតុដែលបានជ្រើសឬ ?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Setting UDP port to %1" msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "កំណត់ច្រក UDP ទៅ %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "កំហុសនៅពេលយកចេញ %1\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "គោលដៅមិនអាចទទេ ។" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "គោលដៅមិនអាចទទេ ។" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "មានគោលដៅរួចហើយ ។" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Incoming Mail" msgid "Incoming" msgstr "សំបុត្រចូល" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "សំបុត្រចេញ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "គ្មាន" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "ប្រើមិនបាន" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" +"កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើតថត %1 ៖\n" +"%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" +"កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើតថត %1 ៖\n" +"%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" +"កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើតថត %1 ៖\n" +"%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n" #| "%2" -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" "កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើតថត %1 ៖\n" "%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable fingerprint authentication" +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "បើកការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ស្នាមម្រាមដៃ" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 @@ -774,11 +806,11 @@ msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..." #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" @@ -888,6 +920,26 @@ msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Clients" +#~ msgid "Client" +#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target" +#~ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +#~ msgstr "កែប្រែគោលដៅ iSCSI" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Clients" +#~ msgid "Client Lun" +#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Clients" +#~ msgid "Client name:" +#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ" + #~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" #~ msgstr "រត់ SuSEconfig" Added: trunk/yast/km/po/journalctl.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/journalctl.km.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/journalctl.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +# Central Khmer translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: km\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/kdump.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/kdump.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/kdump.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-28 17:14+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -379,10 +379,8 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "ដើម្បីអនុវត្តការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ តម្រូវឲ្យចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើងវិញ ។" @@ -1243,154 +1241,169 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "ជម្រើសខឺណែលមានជួរជាច្រើន ។ សរសេរវាឡើងវិញ ?" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "" + #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "កំពុងអានឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "កំពុងអាចជម្រើសចាប់ផ្ដើមខឺណែល..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "កំពុងអានភាគថាសរបស់ថាស..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading available memory..." msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "កំពុងអានអង្គចងចាំដែលមាន..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "មិនអាចអានឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ /etc/sysconfig/kdump បានឡើយ" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "មិនអាចអានជម្រើសការចាប់ផ្ដើមខឺណែលបានទេ ។" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "មិនអាចអានអង្គចងចាំដែលអាចប្រើ ។" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "ការអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ kdump" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពជម្រើសចាប់ផ្ដើម" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពជម្រើសចាប់ផ្ដើម..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរការកំណត់បានឡើយ ។" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "បន្ថែមប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រខឺណែលគាំងទៅកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធបានបរាជ័យ ។" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "ស្ថានភាព Kdump ៖ %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "បានបើក" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "បានបិទ" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "តម្លៃរបស់ជម្រើសខឺណែលគាំង ៖ %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ Dump ៖ %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "គោលដៅរបស់ dumps ៖ %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "ចំនួន dumps ៖ %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/live-installer.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/live-installer.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/live-installer.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-30 09:18+0700\n" "Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n" @@ -39,27 +39,27 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "កំពុងវាយតម្លៃឯកសារប្រព័ន្ធត្រូវចម្លង..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "កំពុងចម្លងប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "កំពុងចម្លងរូបភាពបន្តផ្ទាល់..." #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "កំពុងចម្លង %1..." #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -74,71 +74,53 @@ "ប្រព័ន្ធផ្ទាល់ ។" #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការចម្លងរូបភាពបន្តផ្ទាល់ទៅកាន់ថាសរឹង ។" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "កំណត់ការដំឡើង" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "កំពុងវិភាគប្រព័ន្ធ..." #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "ប្រើ %1%% នៃថាស %2 សម្រាប់លីនុច" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "កុំប្រើថាស %1" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "ការចែកជាភាគ" #. end of partitioning summary -#. bootloader summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "System start-up" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -msgstr "សួរថាតើត្រូវចាប់ផ្ដើមពីលីនុច ឬពីប្រព័ន្ធដែលមានស្រាប់" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 -msgid "Boot only Linux" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមតែពីលីនុចប៉ុណ្ណោះ" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 -msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -msgstr "ពេលសម្រាកប្រព័ន្ធចាប់ផ្ដើម ៖ %1 វិនាទី" - -#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "ក្ដារចុច" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "តំបន់ពេលវេលា" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់ការដំឡើង" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." @@ -147,7 +129,7 @@ "ប្រើព្រមទទួល ដើម្បីអនុវត្តការដំឡើងថ្មីជាមួយនឹងតម្លៃដែលបានបង្ហាញ ។" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -158,7 +140,7 @@ "ឬជ្រើស ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់ការដំឡើង ។\n" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -271,7 +253,7 @@ "'កំណត់ឡើងវិញ' ដើម្បីចាប់ផ្ដើមវាឡើងវិញ ។" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "កំពុងចម្លងឯកសារទៅប្រព័ន្ធដែលបានដំឡើង..." @@ -295,6 +277,18 @@ msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកតំបន់ពេលវេលា..." +#~ msgid "System start-up" +#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ" + +#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" +#~ msgstr "សួរថាតើត្រូវចាប់ផ្ដើមពីលីនុច ឬពីប្រព័ន្ធដែលមានស្រាប់" + +#~ msgid "Boot only Linux" +#~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមតែពីលីនុចប៉ុណ្ណោះ" + +#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" +#~ msgstr "ពេលសម្រាកប្រព័ន្ធចាប់ផ្ដើម ៖ %1 វិនាទី" + #~ msgid "Installation settings" #~ msgstr "កំណត់ការដំឡើង" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/mail.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/mail.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/mail.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 09:56+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -314,73 +314,80 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "សំបុត្រចេញ" +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server." +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "អ្នកមិនអាចកំណត់ដែនមូលដ្ឋាន សម្រាប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើសំបុត្របានឡើយ ។" + #. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "ទេ" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "ប្រើ" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "បង្ខំ" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "ការតំណាង" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "សំបុត្រចូល" #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "លម្អិត..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រមូលយកសំបុត្រ" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "[manually set]" msgid "manual" msgstr "[កំណត់ដោយដៃ]" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FTP daemon" msgid "daemon" msgstr "ដេមិន FTP" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "កំពុងទាញយក" #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយ..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "ដែននិម្មិត..." @@ -388,7 +395,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -402,7 +409,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -415,39 +422,39 @@ "សូមព្យាយាមម្តងទៀត ។\n" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "ការចម្លងឡើងវិញនៃអាសយដ្ឋានរបស់អ្នកផ្ញើ" #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "អ្នកប្រើមូលដ្ឋាន" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "បង្ហាញជា" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានសម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើនេះត្រូវបានកំណត់រួចហើយ ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "ទ្រង់ទ្រាយអាសយដ្ឋានសំបុត្រមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "ការក្លែង" #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "តំណាងដែនមូលដ្ឋាន" @@ -457,23 +464,23 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "តំណាងដែនផ្សេង" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "ដែនដែលត្រូវតំណាង" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "អ្នកប្រើមូលដ្ឋាន" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "បង្ហាញជា" @@ -482,23 +489,23 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "បន្ថែម" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "កែសម្រួល" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "លុប" #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "ឈ្មោះដែនមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ" @@ -506,106 +513,106 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចេញ" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចេញ" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ" #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "កំពុងទាញយកសំបុត្រ" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "ពិធីការ" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "លុប" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "ការប្តូរទិសសំបុត្រចូល" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយ" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "ទិសដៅ" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "ទ្រង់ទ្រាយឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "ទិសដៅសម្រាប់ភាពក្លែងក្លាយនេះត្រូវបានបញ្ជាក់រួចហើយ ។" #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយ" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយ" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "ទិសដៅ" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "ដែននិម្មិត" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសំបុត្រ" #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..." @@ -891,12 +898,12 @@ msgstr "ទៅម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ Cyrus IMAP" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "កម្មវិធីស្កេនមេរោគ AMaViS នឹងត្រូវបានដំឡើង ។\n" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -907,58 +914,58 @@ "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនស្កេនដោយដៃ ។" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ទាញយកសំបុត្រ Fetchmail នឹងត្រូវបានដំឡើង ។\n" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cyrus-imapd, an IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Cyrus-imapd ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ IMAP នឹងត្រូវបានដំឡើង ។\n" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសំបុត្រ" #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់ភ្នាក់ងារដឹកជញ្ជូនសំបុត្រ (MTA)" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ទូទៅ" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់នៃការតំណាង" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ទាញយក" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "កំពុងអានតារាងឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយ" #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ..." #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -969,18 +976,18 @@ "%2" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "មានកំហុសក្នុងការសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ fetchmail ។" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "មានកំហុសក្នុងការសរសេរឯកសារ %1" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error running SuSEconfig." msgid "Error running config.postfix" @@ -989,145 +996,145 @@ #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "កំហុសខណៈពេលចាប់ផ្តើមសេវា %1 ។" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ទូទៅ" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់នៃការតំណាង" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរតារាងឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយ" #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ទាញយក" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "កំពុងបញ្ចប់ការសរសេរឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Routing Configuration" msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើមសេវាឡើងវិញ" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសំបុត្រ" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "ផ្សេងទៀត" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "អចិន្ត្រៃយ៍" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "តាមទូរស័ព្ទលើតុ" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "គ្មាន" #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទការតភ្ជាប់" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើសំបុត្រចេញ" #. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "ពីបឋមកថា" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "ដែនមូលដ្ឋាន" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "តំណាងដែនផ្សេងទៀត" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "តំណាងអ្នកប្រើ" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "ទទួលយកការតភ្ជាប់ SMTP ពីចម្ងាយ" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "បាទ/ចាស" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "ប្រើ AMaViS" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "ប្រើ DKIM" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "អ្នកប្រើនិម្មិត" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ" @@ -1600,9 +1607,6 @@ #~ "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនដូចគ្នាឡើយ ។\n" #~ "សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" -#~ msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "អ្នកមិនអាចកំណត់ដែនមូលដ្ឋាន សម្រាប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើសំបុត្របានឡើយ ។" - #~ msgid "Defined Domains" #~ msgstr "ដែនដែលបានកំណត់" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/network.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/network.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/network.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-04 15:27+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +#: src/clients/host.rb:114 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេបអំពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីន ៖" @@ -382,13 +382,13 @@ msgstr "ការដំឡើងចំណាំការចេញផ្សាយដែលបានទាញយកបានបរាជ័យ ។" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "បើកការតភ្ជាប់" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -397,13 +397,13 @@ "កំណត់ហេតុសម្រាប់ព័ត៌មានលម្អិត ។\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "គ្មាន URL សម្រាប់សេចក្ដីចេញផ្សាយបានកំណត់ ។ ការសាកល្បងអ៊ីនធឺណិតមិនអាចត្រូវបានអនុវត្ត ។" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ "ចុច 'បោះបង់' ។\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -429,12 +429,12 @@ "កំណត់ហេតុសម្រាប់សេចក្ដីលម្អិត ។" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលបំណះ" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ "កំណត់ហេតុសម្រាប់ព័ត៌មានលម្អិត ។\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "បិទការតភ្ជាប់" @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "កំហុសកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ៖ ចំណុចប្រទាក់ដែលមិនបានចាប់ផ្ដើម ។" @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ" @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ msgstr "ផ្លូវចេញចូល" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "របាំងបណ្តាញ" @@ -732,90 +732,90 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "គ្មានធាតុសម្រាប់ទិសដៅ '%1' នៅក្នុងតារាងការបញ្ជូនទេ" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding is enabled" msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "បានបើកការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding is disabled" msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "បានបិទការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabling IP forwarding..." msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "កំពុងបើកការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disabling IP forwarding..." msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "កំពុងបិទការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "ការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត ៖" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "ការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត ៖" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "ការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត ៖" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "យ៉ាងហោចណាស់ត្រូវបញ្ជាក់ទិសដៅ និងអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ច្រកចេញចូល ។" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "កំពុងបន្ថែមទិសដៅ '%1' ទៅកាន់តារាងនាំផ្លូវ ..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "ត្រូវបញ្ជាក់អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ទិសដៅ ។" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "យ៉ាងហោចត្រូវបញ្ជាក់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រខាងក្រោមមួយ (ច្រកចេញចូល របាំងបណ្ដាញ ឧបករណ៍ ជម្រើស)" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពទិសដៅ '%1' ក្នុងតារាងនាំផ្លូវ..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "កំពុងលុបទិសដៅ '%1' ចេញពីតារាងនាំផ្លូវ ..." #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "ព្រមាន ៖ មិនបានប្រើការអ៊ិនគ្រីបឡើយ ។" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 msgid "Change." msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ។" @@ -916,70 +916,70 @@ msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញឥតខ្សែ USB" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញដែលមិនស្គាល់" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជា %1" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជា %1 ជាមួយក្រុមហ៊ុនផ្ដល់ %2" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជា %1 ជាមួយក្រុមហ៊ុនផ្ដល់ %2 (ពិធីការ %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយគ្មានអាសយដ្ឋាន (គ្មាន)" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយគ្មានអាសយដ្ឋាន" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជាមួយអាសយដ្ឋាន %1" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជាមួយអាសយដ្ឋាន %1 (ពីចម្ងាយ %2)" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជាមួយ %1" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជា %1 ជាមួយអាសយដ្ឋាន %2" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជា %1 ជាមួយអាសយដ្ឋាន %2 (ពីចម្ងាយ %3)" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជា %1 ជាមួយ %2" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "បានគ្រប់គ្រង" @@ -1118,12 +1118,12 @@ msgstr "ជ្រើសកំណត់ហេតុ ៖" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានបន្ថែមទៀត" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 Address Label" @@ -1131,16 +1131,16 @@ #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP" #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "បន្ថែម" @@ -1149,8 +1149,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1160,122 +1160,122 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "លុប" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "ឈ្មោះរបស់ចំណុចប្រទាក់" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "អ្វីដែលត្រូវធ្វើហាក់ដូចជាស្រពិចស្រពិល !" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "ផ្ដល់ចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញក្នុងតំបន់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់ចាំបាច់" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទឧបករណ៍" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "ម្ចាស់កម្មសិទ្ធិធ្យូនែល" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "ក្រុមធ្យូនែល" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ប្រ៊ីដ្យ" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់ពិតប្រាកដសម្រាប់ VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់ ID" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "ចំណងរង និងលំដាប់" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "ឡើងលើ" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "ចុះក្រោម" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "ចំណងរង" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "ជម្រើសចំណងកម្មវិធីបញ្ជា" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " msgstr "ជ្រើសជម្រើសកម្មវិធីបញ្ជា ហើយកែសម្រួលវាប្រសិនបើចាំបាច់ ។ " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "គ្មានតំណ និងការរៀបចំ IP ឡើយ (Bonding Slaves)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use iBFT values" msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "ប្រើតម្លៃ iBFT" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានអថេរ" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP ទាំងកំណែ ៤ និង ៦" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "DHCP តែកំណែ ៤ ប៉ុណ្ណោះ" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "DHCP តែកំណែ ៦ ប៉ុណ្ណោះ" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Statically assigned IP Address" msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" @@ -1283,37 +1283,37 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន &IP" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "របាំងបណ្តាញរង" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ពីចម្ងាយ" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ពីចម្ងាយ មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1324,13 +1324,13 @@ "តែក្នុងករណីអ្នកដឹងថា ការរកឃើញគឺមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "មានវត្តមានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ %1 រួចហើយ ។" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1344,20 +1344,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "គ្មានអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "គ្មានរបាំងបណ្ដាញ ឬប្រវែងបុព្វបទដែលត្រឹមត្រូវទេ ។" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ "តើពិតជាទុកឲ្យឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនទំនេរឬ ?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1382,54 +1382,54 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 msgid "&General" msgstr "ទូទៅ" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យឧបករណ៍សកម្ម" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "តំបន់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការកំណត់កាតបណ្ដាញលម្អិត នៅទីនេះ ។" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 msgid "&Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអាសយដ្ឋាន IP របស់អ្នក ។" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "ផ្នែករឹង" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "ចងរង" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "ឥតខ្សែ" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ifplugd priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1452,12 +1452,23 @@ " កំណត់អាទិភាពរបស់ចំណុចប្រទាក់នីមួយៗ ។ \n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "រៀបចំកាតបណ្ដាញ" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" @@ -1657,23 +1668,23 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "តម្លៃមិនអាចប្រើបានសម្រាប់ bootproto!" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "តម្លៃមិនអាចប្រើបានសម្រាប់របៀបចាប់ផ្ដើម !" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "ត្រូវការតែសម្រាប់ជម្រើសការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថេរ \"ip\" !" #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ត្រូវបានលុប ។" @@ -1737,7 +1748,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1749,7 +1760,7 @@ "ដំបូងបន្ថែមស៊ីឌីបន្ថែមទៅឃ្លាំងកម្មវិធី YaST របស់អ្នក បន្ទាប់មកត្រឡប់ទៅ \n" "ប្រអប់កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនេះ ។\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1767,20 +1778,20 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "ដំឡើងកម្មវិធីបង្កប់" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងកម្មវិធីបង្កប់ដែលជោគជ័យ ស្គ្រីប 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' ត្រូវតែបានប្រតិបត្តិ ។ ប្រតិបត្តិវាឥឡូវឬ ?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "កំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង អំឡុងពេលដំឡើង ។" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1795,12 +1806,12 @@ "នោះចំណុចប្រទាក់នឹងមិនត្រូវបានគ្រប់គ្រងដោយកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងបណ្ដាញ តទៀតឡើយ ។\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ដែលអ្នកជ្រើសមាន STARTMODE=nfsroot ។ ពិតជាលុបឬ ?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្ររៀបចំបណ្ដាញ" @@ -1809,7 +1820,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់បណ្ដាញ" @@ -1999,7 +2010,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញ" @@ -2009,7 +2020,7 @@ msgstr "ស្វែងរក" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2018,7 +2029,7 @@ "ជ្រើសការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធផ្សេងមួយ ។" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកាតបណ្ដាញ S/390" @@ -2026,131 +2037,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ឧបករណ៍ S/390" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះច្រក" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "លេខច្រក" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "បើក IPA Takeover" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "បើកការគាំទ្រស្រទាប់ទី ២" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន &MAC របស់ស្រទាប់ទី ២" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "អានឆានែល" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "សរសេរឆានែល" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "ត្រួតពិនិត្យឆានែល" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "បញ្ចូល ឈ្មោះច្រក សម្រាប់ចំណុចប្រទាក់នេះ (ប្រកាន់តួអក្សរតូចធំ) ។" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "បញ្ចូល ជម្រើស បន្ថែមផ្សេងទៀត សម្រាប់ចំណុចប្រទាក់នេះ (បំបែកដោយដកឃ្លា) ។" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "ជ្រើស បើកការគ្រប់គ្រង IPA ប្រសិនបើចង់គ្រប់គ្រងអាសយដ្ឋាន IP សម្រាប់ចំណុចប្រទាក់នេះ ។" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "ជ្រើស បើកការគាំទ្រស្រទាប់ទី ២ បើកាតនេះ ត្រូវបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយការគាំទ្រស្រទាប់ទី ២ ។" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "បញ្ចូល អាសយដ្ឋាន MAC របស់ស្រទាប់ទី ២ បើកាតនេះត្រូវបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយការគាំទ្រស្រទាប់ទី ២ ។" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "លេខច្រក" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "អស់ពេល &LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "ជ្រើស លេខច្រក សម្រាប់ចំណុចប្រទាក់នេះ ។" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "បញ្ជាក់ អស់ពេល LANCMD សម្រាប់ចំណុចប្រទាក់នេះ ។" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "របៀបឆបគ្នា" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "របៀបបន្ថែម" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-Based tty (ការតភ្ជាប់ពីលីនុចទៅលីនុច)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "របៀបឆបគ្នាជាមួយ OS/390 និង z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "ពិធីការ" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "ជ្រើស ពិធីការ សម្រាប់ចំណុចប្រទាក់នេះ ។" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនដូចគ្នា" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2158,8 +2169,7 @@ "បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះរបស់ចំណុច IUCV\n" "ឧទាហរណ៍ ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ z/VM ដែលត្រូវតភ្ជាប់ជាមួយ (ប្រកាន់តួអក្សរតូចធំ) ។\n" -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2169,7 +2179,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "ប្រអប់ផ្នែករឹង" @@ -2855,31 +2865,31 @@ "ស្វែងរកជម្រើសដែលមានទាំងអស់ ។" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "របាំងបណ្ដាញ" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "ស្លាក គឺវែងពេក ។" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "របាំងបណ្តាញរងមិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" @@ -3059,127 +3069,127 @@ #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "គ្មានការអ៊ិនគ្រីប" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - បើក" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - សោដែលបានចែករំលែក" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA កំណែ ១ ឬ ២)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA កំណែ ១ ឬ ២)" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកាតបណ្ដាញឥតខ្សែ" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ឧបករណ៍ឥតខ្សែ" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "របៀបប្រតិបត្តិ" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "មេ" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "ឈ្មោះបណ្ដាញ (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "វិភាគរកបណ្ដាញ" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "របៀបផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "កូនសោបម្លែងជាកូដ" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់បែបជំនាញ" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "កូនសោ &WEP" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "របៀបផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ WPA អាចធ្វើបានតែនៅក្នុងរបៀបប្រតិបត្តិគ្រប់គ្រងប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "បញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះបណ្ដាញ សម្រាប់របៀបនេះ ។" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "ឈ្មោះបណ្ដាញត្រូវតែខ្លីជាង ៣២ តួអក្សរ ។" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "ឃ្លាសម្ងាត់ត្រូវតែស្ថិតនៅចន្លោះពី ៨ និង ៦៣ តួអក្សរ (រាប់បញ្ចូលទាំង ៨ និង ៦៣) ។" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "កូនសោត្រូវតែមានតួលេខគោលដប់ប្រាំមួយ %1 ខ្ទង់ ។" #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "ការអ៊ិនគ្រីបសោ ។" #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "អ្នកត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់ការអ៊ិនគ្រីបសោ សម្រាប់របៀបផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវនេះ ។" #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3277,27 +3287,27 @@ msgstr "AP ScanMode" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "បញ្ចូលកូនសោបម្លែងជាកូដ" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "កូនសោ" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "ជំនួយ" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "កូនសោឥតខ្សែ" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -3312,7 +3322,7 @@ "សោមួយប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3327,43 +3337,43 @@ "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "សោ WEP" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "ប្រវែងកូនសោ" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "លេខ" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "គ្រាប់ចុច" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "លំនាំដើម" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "កំណត់ជាលំនាំដើម" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "ជ្រើសវិញ្ញាបនបត្រមួយ" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" @@ -3372,7 +3382,7 @@ "មិនមានសុវត្ថិភាព គឺបណ្ដាញឥតខ្សែមិនល្អ ។ បន្តដោយគ្មាន CA ឬ ?" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3381,47 +3391,47 @@ "ឬវិញ្ញាបនបត្រម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ ។" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "ណាមួយក៏បាន" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិត WPA-EAP" @@ -3436,24 +3446,44 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "កុំអនុញ្ញាតការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" +#| "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +#| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" +#| "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" +#| "a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +#| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" "<big>ការកំណត់ការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ</big>\n" "ប្រសិនបើលក្ខណៈពិសេសនេះបើក នោះអ្នកអាច\n" @@ -3463,17 +3493,17 @@ "សំណុំបែបបទនៃការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយនេះ គឺមានសុវត្ថិភាពតិចជាងប្រើ SSH ។\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "ត្រូវតែដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ទាំងនេះ ៖" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3485,111 +3515,61 @@ "\n" "ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀតឬ ?\n" -#. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "មិនស្គាល់" -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 -msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 -msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DNS បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 -msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DSL បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 -msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកុំព្យូទ័រ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 -msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ISDN បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 -msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកាតបណ្ដាញ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 -msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ូដឹម បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 -msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រូកស៊ី បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 -msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធក្រុមហ៊ុនផ្ដល់ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 -msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ ត្រូវបានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 -msgid "Configure mail now?" -msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសំបុត្រឥឡូវនេះឬ ?" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 -msgid "Run configuration of %1?" -msgstr "រត់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ %1 ?" - #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "កាតបណ្ដាញ" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Modems" msgstr "ម៉ូឌឹម" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "កាត ISDN" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ DSL" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញទាំងអស់" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "ឈ្មោះកុំព្យូទ័រមិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" @@ -3663,8 +3643,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និងឈ្មោះដែន" @@ -3690,28 +3670,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "វាមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ឲ្យប្រើ .local ជាឈ្មោះដែននោះទេ ដោយសារតែ DNS ម៉ាល់ធីខាស់ជាច្រើន ។ ប្រើវាមានគ្រោះថ្នាក់ណាស់ ?" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "បញ្ជីស្វែងរកអាចមានច្រើនបំផុតត្រឹម %1 ដែនប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "បញ្ជីស្វែងរកអាចមានច្រើនបំផុតត្រឹម %1 តួអក្សរប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "ដែនស្វែងរក '%1' មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះ" @@ -3745,27 +3725,27 @@ "ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយម៉ាស៊ីន(ជាជម្រើស)មួយ ដែលបំបែកដោយចន្លោះ ។\n" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនក្លែងក្លាយ" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនក្លែងក្លាយ" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "ឈ្មោះក្លែងក្លាយ \"%1\" មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" @@ -3805,40 +3785,40 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "ទិសដៅ" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "Ge&nmask" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "ផ្លូវចេញចូល" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "ទិសដៅមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ផ្លូវចេញចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "Subnetmask មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "ផ្លូវចេញចូលលំនាំដើមមិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" @@ -4099,35 +4079,35 @@ "(knetworkmanager សម្រាប់ KDE និង nm-applet សម្រាប់ GNOME) ។\n" "សូមប្រាកដថា វាកំពុងដំណើរការ បើមិនដូច្នេះទេ ចាប់ផ្ដើមវាដោយដៃ ។" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់បណ្ដាញទូទៅ" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ពិធីការ IPv6" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "បើក IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ឧបករណ៍" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "គ្មានអាសយដ្ឋាន IP បានកំណត់ឡើយ" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4136,12 +4116,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរឧបករណ៍" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "ជ្រើសឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ" @@ -4150,7 +4130,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not configured" msgid "configured" @@ -4207,7 +4187,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" @@ -4230,7 +4210,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." @@ -4242,100 +4222,100 @@ msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព /etc/resolv.conf ..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន ៖ កំណត់ដោយ DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន ៖ %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីននឹងមិនត្រូវបានសរសេរទៅ /etc/hosts ឡើយ" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើឈ្មោះ ៖ %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "បញ្ជីស្វែងរក ៖ %1" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព /etc/hosts" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព /etc/hosts ..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "រកឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "អានព័ត៌មានរបស់កម្មវិធីបញ្ជា" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឧបករណ៍" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និង DNS" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "អានព័ត៌មានដំឡើង" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "រកស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "កំពុងរកមើល ndiswrapper..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" @@ -4345,7 +4325,7 @@ "ប៉ុន្តែម៉ូឌុលខឺណែលមិនត្រូវបានស្ទង់រកទេ ។\n" "តើអ្នកចង់ស្ទង់រក ndiswrapper ឬទេ ?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -4354,247 +4334,240 @@ "Check configuration manually.\n" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "កំពុងរកឧបករណ៍បណ្ដាញ..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឧបករណ៍..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និង DNS..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "កំពុងអានព័ត៌មានអំពីការដំឡើង..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "កំពុងរកស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 msgid "Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "ដើម្បីអនុវត្តការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរនេះ តម្រូវឲ្យចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើងវិញ ។" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "សរសេរព័ត៌មានរបស់កម្មវិធីបញ្ជា" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឧបករណ៍" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និង DNS" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "រៀបចំសេវាបណ្ដាញ" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យសេវាបណ្ដាញសកម្ម" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរ /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឧបករណ៍..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការនាំផ្លូវ..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និង DNS..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងសេវាបណ្ដាញ..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើឲ្យសេវាបណ្ដាញសកម្ម..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "No network running" msgstr "គ្មានបណ្ដាញកំពុងដំណើរការឡើយ" -#. Import data -#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "" - #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "របៀបបណ្ដាញ" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "ចំណុចប្រទាក់បានគ្រប់គ្រងដោយ NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "មិនអនុញ្ញាតកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងបណ្ដាញឡើយ" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "ការរៀបចំបណ្ដាញបុរាណជាមួយនឹង NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងបណ្ដាញ" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "បានបើកការគាំទ្រពិធីការ IPv6" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "បិទ IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "បានបិទការគាំទ្រពិធីការ IPv6" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not connected" msgid "connected" msgstr "មិនបានតភ្ជាប់" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "បានចាប់ផ្ដើមដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ នៅពេលចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "បានចាប់ផ្ដើមដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ដោយភ្ជាប់តាមរយៈខ្សែ" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "គ្រប់គ្រងដោយកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងបណ្ដាញ" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "នឹងមិនត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើមទាល់តែសោះ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "បានចាប់ផ្ដើមដោយដៃ" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ដែលបានកំណត់ដោយប្រើ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ៖ %1/%2" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4602,46 +4575,46 @@ #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "មិនបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "ឈ្មោះឧបករណ៍ ៖ %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "ចងកូនចៅ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "មិនបានតភ្ជាប់" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "គ្មាន hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "មិនអាចកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកាតបណ្ដាញ ពីព្រោះឧបករណ៍ខឺណែល (eth0, wlan0) មិនបង្ហាញ ។ ភាគច្រើនវាបណ្ដាលមកពីបាត់កម្មវិធីបង្កប់ (សម្រាប់ឧបករណ៍ wlan) ។ ចំពោះសេចក្ដីលម្អិតសូមមើលលទ្ធផលរបស់ dmesg ។" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4653,17 +4626,17 @@ "ឧបករណ៍មិនត្រូវបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធទេ ។ ចុច កែសម្រួល\n" "ដើម្បីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "ត្រូវការកម្មវិធីបង្កប់" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "unknown" msgstr "មិនស្គាល់" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." msgid "" @@ -4672,37 +4645,42 @@ msgstr "កញ្ចប់ SuSEfirewall2 មិនត្រូវបានដំឡើង ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើងនឹងត្រូវបានបិទ ។" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការបង្ហាញ" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឡើងវិញ" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការបង្ហាញ..." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឡើងវិញ..." -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed." msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យសេវា 'uml' ប្រើបាន ត្រូវបានបរាជ័យ ។" +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed." +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យសេវា 'uml' ប្រើបាន ត្រូវបានបរាជ័យ ។" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4710,30 +4688,30 @@ msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "បើកការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ ។" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "បិទការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ ។" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់នៃការនាំផ្លូវ" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនៃការនាំផ្លូវ" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត..." @@ -4742,26 +4720,26 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់នៃការនាំផ្លូវ" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Gateway: %1" msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "ផ្លូវចេញចូល ៖ %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "ការបញ្ជូន IP បន្ត ៖" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" @@ -4782,6 +4760,42 @@ msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(មិនបានការពារ)" +#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" + +#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DNS បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" + +#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DSL បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" + +#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកុំព្យូទ័រ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ISDN បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" + +#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកាតបណ្ដាញ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" + +#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ូដឹម បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" + +#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រូកស៊ី បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" + +#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធក្រុមហ៊ុនផ្ដល់ បានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" + +#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនាំផ្លូវ ត្រូវបានរក្សាទុកដោយជោគជ័យ" + +#~ msgid "Configure mail now?" +#~ msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសំបុត្រឥឡូវនេះឬ ?" + +#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?" +#~ msgstr "រត់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ %1 ?" + #~ msgid "Device boot protocol" #~ msgstr "ពិធីការចាប់ផ្ដើមរបស់ឧបករណ៍" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/nfs.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/nfs.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/nfs.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 14:33+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ "0-9 A-Z a-z dots - និង _.: ។" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ "ម៉ោន '%1' រួចហើយ ។" #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -388,12 +388,12 @@ msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ NFS" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "មិនអាចបង្កើតថត '%1' បានទេ ។" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -404,52 +404,52 @@ "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ NFS ។\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ NFS" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "បញ្ឈប់សេវា" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវា" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "កំពុងបញ្ឈប់សេវា..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើមសេវា..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ NFS ។ សូមរង់ចាំ..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "មិនអាចម៉ោនធាតុ NFS ពី /etc/fstab ។" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "ធាតុ NFS" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "ធាតុ %1 បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/nis.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/nis.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/nis.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 09:08+0700\n" "Last-Translator: sutha <sutha(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros>\n" @@ -260,8 +260,9 @@ msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាននៃម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NIS" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "ផ្សាយ" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers @@ -375,11 +376,6 @@ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ (បំបែកដោយដកឃ្លា ឬក្បៀស)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "ផ្សាយ" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" @@ -587,3 +583,6 @@ #: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "រកមិនឃើញម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NIS ។" + +#~ msgid "Br&oadcast" +#~ msgstr "ផ្សាយ" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/ntp-client.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/ntp-client.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/ntp-client.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 11:27+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ NTP..." #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" msgstr "ចុច ធ្វើសមកាលកម្មឥឡូវ ដើម្បីកំណត់ពេលវេលាប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នកឲ្យត្រឹមត្រូវ ដោយប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP ដែលបានជ្រើស ។ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់ប្រើ NTP ជាអចិន្ត្រៃយ៍ បើកជម្រើស ការរក្សាទុកកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ NTP ។" @@ -36,48 +36,48 @@ msgstr "ជម្រើសបើក ដំណើរការ NTP ជាដេមិន សេវា NTP នឹងត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើមជាដេមិន ។ បើមិនដូច្នេះទេ ពេលវេលាប្រព័ន្ធនឹងត្រូវបានធ្វើសមកាលកម្មតាមថិរវេលា ។ ចន្លោះពេលលំនាំដើមគឺ ១៥ នាទី ។ អ្នកអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ បន្ទាប់ពីដំឡើងដោយប្រើ yast2 ntp-client module ។" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "ការប្រើប៊ូតុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ បើកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ NTP កម្រិតខ្ពស់ ។" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "ការធ្វើសមកាលកម្មជាមួយម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើអាចត្រូវបានធ្វើតែនៅពេលបណ្ដាញត្រូវបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ %1" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "ដំណើរការ NTP ជាដេមិន" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ NTP" #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "សមកាលកម្មឥឡូវ" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -90,12 +90,12 @@ "ដោយមិនបានដំឡើង %1 ឡើយ ។\n" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើសមកាលកម្មជាមួយម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP..." #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgid "" @@ -310,273 +310,267 @@ msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ទទួល JJY" #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "ម៉ូឌុលកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ NTP" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "បោះពុម្ពស្ថានភាពរបស់ NTP daemon" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "បោះពុម្ពទំនាក់ទំនងសមកាលកម្មដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធទាំងអស់" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "បើកដេមិន NTP" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "បិទដេមិន NTP" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "បន្ថែមទំនាក់ទំនងសមកាលកម្មថ្មី" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "កែសម្រួលទំនាក់ទំនងសមកាលកម្មដែលមានស្រាប់" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "លុបទំនាក់ទំនងសមកាលកម្មមួយ" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនដូចគ្នា" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានដែលត្រូវផ្សព្វផ្សាយទៅកាន់" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានដែលត្រូវទទួលការផ្សាយ" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "ជម្រើសនៃទំនាក់ទំនង" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "ជម្រើសក្រិតម៉ោងរបស់កម្មវិធីបញ្ជា" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "ប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើសម្រាប់សមកាលកម្មលំនាំដើម" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "កុំប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើសម្រាប់សមកាលកម្មដើម" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "ដៃគូសមកាលកម្មដែលមិនបញ្ជាក់ ។" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "រកមិនឃើញដៃគូសមកាលកម្មដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "ដេមិន NTP បានបើកហើយ ។" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "ដេមិន NTP បានបិទហើយ ។" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនដូចគ្នា" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "ផ្សាយ" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "កំពុងទទួលយកការផ្សាយ" #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "ចំនួនឯកតា ៖ %1" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "នាឡិកាវិទ្យុមូលដ្ឋាន" #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការអានការកំណត់ ។" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ NTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "ការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" - -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ទូទៅ" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់សុវត្ថិភាព" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ NTP កម្រិតខ្ពស់" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "ការធ្វើសមកាលកម្មថ្មី" #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP មូលដ្ឋាន" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP សាធារណៈ" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនដូចគ្នា NTP" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "នាឡិកាយោងមូលដ្ឋាន" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "ផ្សាយចេញ" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "ការផ្សាយចូល" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់យោង" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "ជាន់" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "អុហ្វសិតក្រិត ១" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "អុហ្វសិតក្រិត ២" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "ទង់ជាតិ ១" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "ទង់ជាតិ ២" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "ទង់ជាតិ ៣" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "ទង់ជាតិ ៤" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "ការក្រិតកម្មវិធីបញ្ជានាឡិកា" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -585,7 +579,7 @@ "សូមរង់ចាំ... " #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -594,7 +588,7 @@ "អ្នកអាចបញ្ឈប់ឧបករណ៍កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយសុវត្ថិភាព ដោយចុច បោះបង់ ។" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -603,7 +597,7 @@ "សូមរង់ចាំ... " #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -613,8 +607,8 @@ "បោះបង់បែបបទរក្សាទុកដោយចុច បោះបង់ ។\n" "ប្រអប់ផ្សេងទៀតនឹងជូនដំណឹងដល់អ្នកថាតើវាមានសុវត្ថិភាព ឬក៏អត់ក្នុងការធ្វើដូច្នោះ ។" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" @@ -624,11 +618,9 @@ msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<big>ចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិន NTP</big> \n" "ជ្រើសថាតើត្រូវចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិន NTP ឥឡូវ និងនៅរាល់ពេលដែលចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។ \n" @@ -661,7 +653,7 @@ "ទង់ជាតិត្រួតពិនិត្យការចូលដំណើរការ អាចត្រូវបានលៃតម្រូវនៅក្នុងតារាងទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។ ជម្រើសនេះមិនមានទេ ប្រសិនបើកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ NTP តាមរយៈ DHCP នោះ ។\n" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -676,7 +668,7 @@ "ព័ត៌មានអំពីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP គឺផ្តល់ដោយម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DHCP ឬក៏អត់ ។" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -691,7 +683,7 @@ "សូមជ្រើសវា និងចុច លុប ។" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" @@ -700,7 +692,7 @@ "ដើម្បីមើលកំណត់ហេតុរបស់ដេមិន NTP ដោយចុចលើ បង្ហាញកំណត់ហេតុ ។\n" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -711,7 +703,7 @@ "នាឡិកាដែលភ្ជាប់ជាមូលដ្ឋាន ប្រើ ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្រិតខ្ពស់ ។" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -720,7 +712,7 @@ "ជ្រើសកម្មវិធីបញ្ជាសម្រាប់នាឡិកាដែលត្រូវកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -731,7 +723,7 @@ "ចំនួនឯកតា ។" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -750,7 +742,7 @@ "វាត្រូវតែបង្កើតដោយដៃ ។" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -759,7 +751,7 @@ "ដើម្បីក្រិតកម្មវិធីបញ្ជារបស់នាឡិកា សូមចុច ការក្រិតកម្មវិធីបញ្ជា ។" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -772,7 +764,7 @@ "អ្នកផ្ដល់សេវាអ៊ីនធឺណិត ។" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -785,7 +777,7 @@ "ជ្រើសរវាង ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP មូលដ្ឋាន និងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP សាធារណៈ ។" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -796,7 +788,7 @@ "សូមចុច សាកល្បង ។" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -807,7 +799,7 @@ "សូមប្រើ អាសយដ្ឋាន ។" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -818,7 +810,7 @@ "អាសយដ្ឋាន ។" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -830,7 +822,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -842,7 +834,7 @@ "ជម្រើស ។ សេចក្ដីលម្អិត មើល\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm ។\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -861,7 +853,7 @@ "ការកំណត់សុវត្ថិភាព ។\n" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -870,7 +862,7 @@ "ជ្រើសប្រភេទដៃគូសមកាលកម្មដែលត្រូវបន្ថែមនៅទីនេះ ។" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -879,7 +871,7 @@ "ជ្រើស ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -888,7 +880,7 @@ "ម៉ាស៊ីនដូចគ្នា ។" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -897,7 +889,7 @@ "សូមជ្រើស នាឡិកាវិទ្យុ ។" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -906,7 +898,7 @@ "ការផ្សាយចេញ ។" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -915,7 +907,7 @@ " និងប្រើពួកវាសម្រាប់កំណត់ម៉ោងមូលដ្ឋាន សូមជ្រើស ការផ្សាយចូល ។" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -926,7 +918,7 @@ "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP ពីបញ្ជីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP ដែលស្គាល់ ។" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -941,7 +933,7 @@ "បន្ទាប់មកជ្រើសម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើមួយពីបញ្ជីរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដែលបានរកឃើញ ។" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -952,7 +944,7 @@ "NTP សម្រាប់តែប្រទេសមួយជាក់លាក់ សូមជ្រើសវាក្នុង ប្រទេស ។" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -973,7 +965,7 @@ "ដើម្បីស្វែងរកម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP មួយដែលនៅក្បែរអ្នក ។" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -983,7 +975,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -998,7 +990,7 @@ "នេះមានន័យថា ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ NTP របស់អ្នកត្រូវបានធ្វើសមកាលកម្មជាមួយម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើខុសៗគ្នា រៀងរាល់ម៉ោង ។\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -1011,7 +1003,7 @@ "ជាក់លាក់ ។ កម្មវិធីបញ្ជាខ្លះមិនប្រើជម្រើសទាំងអស់ ។" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1029,17 +1021,17 @@ "ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់នឹងបាត់បង់ ។" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិនរបស់ NTP ឡើងវិញ" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ និងចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិនរបស់ NTP ឡើងវិញ" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1054,7 +1046,7 @@ "ដេមិនប្រហែលជាមិនដំណើរការដូចប្រក្រតីឡើយ ។ ដេមិនអាចមិនដំណើរការបានទេ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1063,7 +1055,7 @@ "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនពេញលេញមួយ អាសយដ្ឋាន IPv4 ឬអាសយដ្ឋាន IPv6 ។" #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1076,44 +1068,44 @@ "តើពិតជាជំនួសម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP បច្ចុប្បន្នឬ ?" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "ជ្រើសឧបករណ៍" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP សាធារណៈ" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "ជ្រើសម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP ។" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "ប្រទេសទាំងអស់" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "ប្រទេស" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "កំពុងស្កេនម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP នៅលើបណ្តាញរបស់អ្នក..." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1124,205 +1116,205 @@ "ទប់ស្កាត់ការស្កេនតាមបណ្ដាញ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "គ្មានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP ត្រូវបានរកឃើញនៅលើបណ្ដាញរបស់អ្នកឡើយ ។" #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "គ្មានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើណាមួយត្រូវបានជ្រើសឡើយ ។" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្រិតខ្ពស់" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "ការក្រិតកម្មវិធីបញ្ជា" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "ចន្លោះពេលនៃការធ្វើសមកាលកម្មគិតជានាទី" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិន NTP" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "តែដោយដៃប៉ុណ្ណោះ" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "ធ្វើសមកាលកម្មដោយគ្មានដេមិន" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "ឥឡូវ និងពេលចាប់ផ្ដើម" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "រត់ NTP Daemon ជា Chroot &Jail" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "ដាក់កម្រិតសេវា NTP ទៅម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធតែប៉ុណ្ណោះ" #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "ដោយដៃ" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "គោលការណ៍កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធពេលវេលា" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "គោលការណ៍ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "ប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើព្រាវពី pool.ntp.org" #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "ជ្រើស..." #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "សាកល្បង" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទសមកាលកម្ម" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "បង្ហាញកំណត់ហេតុ..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទនាឡិកា" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "ចំនួនឯកតា" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "បង្កើតតំណនិមិត្តសញ្ញា" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "ជម្រើសត្រួតពិនិត្យការចូលដំណើរការ" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនដូចគ្នា" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "នាឡិកាវិទ្យុ" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "ការផ្សាយចេញ" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "ការផ្សាយចូល" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទ" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "បណ្ដាញមូលដ្ឋាន" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP សាធារណៈ" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "ទីតាំងរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "រកមើល" @@ -1336,149 +1328,160 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើម..." -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ NTP" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "អានការកំណត់ NTP" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ..." - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ NTP..." - -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ NTP" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ NTP" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមដែនរបស់ NTP ឡើងវិញ" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..." - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមដែនមិនរបស់ NTP ឡើងវិញ..." - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "មិនអាចធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនប្រែប្រួលបានទេ ។" - -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "មិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិនរបស់ NTP បានទេ ។" - #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "NTP ដេមិនចាប់ផ្ដើម ពេលចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP ដេមិនមិនចាប់ផ្ដើមដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិឡើយ ។" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ៖ %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "នាឡិកាវិទ្យុ ៖ %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនដូចគ្នា ៖ %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "ពេលវេលាផ្សាយព័ត៌មាន ៖ %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "ទទួលយកព័ត៌មានពេលវេលាផ្សាយពី ៖ %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "ផ្សំឋិតិវន្ត និងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DHCP ។" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "តែការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឋិតិវន្តប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "គោលការណ៍កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន ។" -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "កំពុងសាកល្បងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើអាចទាក់ទងបាន និងឆ្លើយតបយ៉ាងសមរម្យ ។" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើមិនអាចទាក់ទងបាន ឬមិនបានឆ្លើយតបយ៉ាងសមរម្យ ។" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" "មិនអាចស្វែងរកម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NTP នៅក្នុងបណ្ដាញមូលដ្ឋាន\n" "ដោយមិនដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ %1 បានឡើយ ។\n" + +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ NTP" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "អានការកំណត់ NTP" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ NTP..." + +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ NTP" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ NTP" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមដែនរបស់ NTP ឡើងវិញ" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមដែនមិនរបស់ NTP ឡើងវិញ..." + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "មិនអាចធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនប្រែប្រួលបានទេ ។" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "មិនអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិនរបស់ NTP បានទេ ។" + +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/packager.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/packager.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/packager.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-06 09:17+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងឃ្លាំងកំពុងតែទាញយកសេចក្ដីលម្អិតអំពីឃ្លាំង..." @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..." @@ -544,11 +544,6 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងកញ្ចប់..." - #. default (minimal) priority of a repository #: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" @@ -584,7 +579,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL ៖ %1" @@ -850,7 +845,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "លម្អិត ៖" @@ -858,7 +853,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "ព្យាយាមម្តងទៀត ?" @@ -1426,42 +1421,42 @@ "'%2' ?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "ការបន្ថែមឃ្លាំងថ្មី" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលប្រភេទឃ្លាំង" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "បន្ថែមឃ្លាំង" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "អានអាជ្ញាបណ្ណឃ្លាំង" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលប្រភេទឃ្លាំង" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "បន្ថែមឃ្លាំង" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "អានអាជ្ញាបណ្ណឃ្លាំង" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "ឃ្លាំង" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1478,8 +1473,8 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1488,7 +1483,7 @@ "ពី URL '%1' បានឡើយ ។" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1497,12 +1492,12 @@ "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរពិធីការ ឬស្រង់រូបភាព ISO នៅផ្នែកខាងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ URL ហើយព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ?" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1510,6 +1505,11 @@ "មិនអាចស្វែងរកឃ្លាំង SLP\n" "ដោយមិនបានដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ %1 បានទេ ។\n" +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងកញ្ចប់..." + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1517,19 +1517,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "កំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលរៀបចំប្រព័ន្ធដំឡើង ។" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "រកមិនឃើញឯកសារបញ្ជា %1 លើមេឌៀឡើយ ។" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgid "" @@ -1537,28 +1537,43 @@ "The add-on product cannot be registered." msgstr "កញ្ចប់ %1 មិនបានដំឡើងឡើយ ។ អ្នកមិនអាចកែសម្រួលសេវាបានឡើយ ។" +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ផលិតផល" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "សូមរង់ចាំ..." + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "មិនអាចប្រើផលិតផលបន្ថែមបានទេ ។" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL ៖ %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL ៖ %1 ផ្លូវ ៖ %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "ផលិតផលបន្ថែម" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1566,41 +1581,34 @@ "ឃ្លាំងដំឡើងមានឃ្លាំងបន្ថែមដែលបានរាយផងដែរ ។\n" "ជ្រើសឃ្លាំងទាំងនោះដែលអ្នកចង់ប្រើ ។\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "ផលិតផលបន្ថែមត្រូវជ្រើស" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "បន្ថែមផលិតផលដែលបានជ្រើស" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "បញ្ចូលស៊ីឌីផលិតផលបន្ថែម" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "បញ្ចូលឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកដំឡើងទីមួយ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "មិនអាចបន្ថែមផលិតផល %1 ។" -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ផលិតផល" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" @@ -1627,27 +1635,27 @@ msgstr "មិនអាចចម្លងកូនសៅទៅថតបណ្ដោះអាសន្ន ។" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "បង្ហាញបញ្ជីកញ្ចប់ដែលបរាជ័យ" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "បង្ហាញកំណត់ហេតុពេញ" #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ខ្លះមួយចំនួនបានបរាជ័យ" #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "បានបញ្ឈប់ការដំឡើង ។" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក %1" @@ -1655,13 +1663,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "ធ្វើរួច" @@ -1669,21 +1677,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "បន្ទាប់ ៖ %1 -- %2" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "បន្ទាប់ ៖ %1" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "សរុប" @@ -1692,41 +1700,41 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "ការទាញយក %1 (ទំហំទាញយក %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (នៅសល់ ៖ កញ្ចប់ %1%2)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "កំពុងទាញយកកញ្ចប់..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (បានទាញយកកញ្ចប់ %1 ក្នុងចំណោមកញ្ចប់ %2)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "លុប %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "ដំឡើង %1 (ទំហំដែលបានដំឡើង %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "កំពុងអនុវត្ត RPM ដែលតា ៖ %1" @@ -1861,7 +1869,7 @@ #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error: Product %1 will be automatically removed" -msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "កំហុស ៖ ផលិតផល %1 នឹងត្រូវបានយកចេញដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", @@ -1877,12 +1885,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "មិនមានឃ្លាំងត្រូវបានរកឃើញនៅ '%1' ទេ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1893,31 +1901,31 @@ "ពីម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើបណ្ដាញស៊ូស៊ីលីនុច ។\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "កំពុងបញ្ចូលមេឌៀដែលបានចាប់ផ្ដើម..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការបញ្ចូលឃ្លាំងកញ្ចប់សេវា ។" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមឃ្លាំង..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "បញ្ចូលស៊ីឌីទី១ %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 រកមិនឃើញស៊ីឌី ១" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1926,7 +1934,7 @@ "ចំពោះព័ត៌មានលម្អិត សូមពិនិត្យមើលឯកសារកំណត់ហេតុ %1 ។" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1935,12 +1943,12 @@ "សំណើកម្មវិធីនឹងត្រូវបានហៅម្ដងទៀត ។" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "កំពុងវាយតម្លៃជម្រើសកញ្ចប់..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1949,36 +1957,48 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "មិនអាចអានឯកសារអាជ្ញាបណ្ណ %1 បានឡើយ" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "ដើម្បីបង្ហាញអាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណត្រឹមត្រូវ ប៉ុន្តែឯកសារ license.tar.gz ត្រូវជា root របស់មេឌៀផ្ទាល់ នៅពេលកំពុងបង្កើតរូបភាព ។" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 msgid "&Language" msgstr "ភាសា" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "ខ្ញុំយល់ព្រមនឹងលក្ខខណ្ឌរបស់អាជ្ញាប័ណ្ណ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +#| "on the first media in the file %1" +msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" "ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បោះពុម្ព EULA នេះ អ្នកអាចរកវា\n" "នៅលើមេឌៀទី ១ នៅក្នុងឯកសារ %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1992,18 +2012,18 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "កិច្ចព្រមព្រៀងអាជ្ញាបណ្ណ" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "ពិតជាបោះបង់ការដំឡើងផលិតផលបន្ថែមឬ ?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2012,7 +2032,7 @@ "ពិតជាចង់បដិសេធនឹងកិច្ចព្រមព្រៀងឬ ?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2021,11 +2041,12 @@ "ផលិតផលបន្ថែម ។ តើពិតជាបដិសេធនឹងកិច្ចព្រមព្រៀងឬ ?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "កំពុងបិទប្រព័ន្ធ..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 #, fuzzy #| msgid " License Agreement" @@ -2033,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr " កិច្ចព្រមព្រៀងអាជ្ញាបណ្ណ" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" @@ -2145,7 +2166,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgid "S&MB/CIFS" @@ -2194,7 +2215,7 @@ msgstr "ទាញយកឯកសារពិពណ៌នាឃ្លាំង" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2203,7 +2224,7 @@ "របស់មេឌៀ កំណត់ រូបភាពរបស់ ISO ។" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2212,86 +2233,86 @@ "កំណត់ទីតាំងរបស់មេឌៀដំបូងនៃការកំណត់ ។\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "ផ្លូវទៅកាន់ថត ឬរូបភាព ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "រូបភាព ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "ពិធីការ NFS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "ជម្រើសម៉ោន" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(លំនាំដើម)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL របស់ឃ្លាំង" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "ពិធីការ" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL របស់ឃ្លាំង" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "URL ឃ្លាំង" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "មេឌៀស៊ីឌី ឬឌីវីឌី" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "ថាសរឹង" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB Stick ឬ ថាស" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "ថតមូលដ្ឋាន" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "រូបភាព ISO មូលដ្ឋាន" @@ -2300,24 +2321,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ និងថត" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំងមិនអាចទទេបានឡើយ ។" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" @@ -2326,12 +2347,12 @@ "ប្រើឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង ។ ប្រសិនបើវាទទេ YaST នឹងប្រើឈ្មោះផលិតផល (ប្រសិនបើមាន) ឬ URL ជាឈ្មោះ ។\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះសេវា" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" @@ -2340,17 +2361,17 @@ "ប្រើឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង ។ ប្រសិនបើវាទទេ YaST នឹងប្រើឈ្មោះផលិតផលរបស់សេវា URL ជាឈ្មោះ ។\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL មិនអាចទទេបានឡើយ ។" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2362,16 +2383,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "កែសម្រួលផ្លូវរបស់ URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "កែសម្រួលបញ្ជី URL ពេញលេញ" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2381,7 +2402,7 @@ "ប្រើ ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន និងផ្លូវទៅកាន់ថត ឬរូបភាព ISO\n" "ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះ និងផ្លូវម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NFS នៅលើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2390,16 +2411,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "ស៊ីឌីរ៉ូម" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "ឌីវីឌីរ៉ូម" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2408,12 +2429,12 @@ "កំណត់ ស៊ីឌីរ៉ូម ឬឌីវីឌីរ៉ូម ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ប្រភេទរបស់មេឌៀ ។" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ឯកសាររូបភាព ISO" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2422,7 +2443,7 @@ "ឬមិនមានថត ។\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2431,7 +2452,7 @@ "ឬមិនមានឯកសារ ។\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2442,17 +2463,17 @@ "អញ្ចឹងប្រើវាតែម្ដង?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "ផ្លូវទៅកាន់ថត" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "ថត RPM ធម្មតា" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2467,20 +2488,20 @@ "ថត RPM ធម្មតា ។\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកធំៗ USB" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "ថត" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2500,7 +2521,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2511,11 +2532,11 @@ "ចង់ប្រើប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារជាក់លាក់ ដូច្នេះជ្រើសវាពីបញ្ជី ។\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ថាស" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2534,12 +2555,12 @@ "ថត RPM ធម្មតា។\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "ផ្លូវទៅកាន់រូបភាព ISO" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2550,71 +2571,71 @@ "ISO ។" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "ច្រក" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "ចែករំលែក" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "រូបភាព ISO" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "ថតលើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "អនាមិក" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "ក្រុមការងារ ឬដែន" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTTPS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2639,7 +2660,7 @@ "នៃមេឌៀ កំណត់ រូបភាព ISO ។\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2650,12 +2671,18 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..." +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ ..." + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2666,7 +2693,7 @@ "ឬនៅលើថាសរឹង ។" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2677,7 +2704,7 @@ "មានស៊ីឌីផលិតផល ឬឌីវីឌី ។" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2692,7 +2719,7 @@ "into the same directory.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2705,25 +2732,25 @@ "ស៊ីឌីទីមួយស្ថិតនៅ ដូចជា /data1/CD1 ។\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "ជម្រើសប្រភេទមេឌៀ" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "បញ្ចូលស៊ីឌីផលិតផលបន្ថែម" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "បញ្ចូលឌីវីឌីផលិតផលបន្ថែម" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "រកមិនឃើញថាស USB ឡើយ ។" #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2738,12 +2765,12 @@ "នឹងទាញយកឯកសារដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ នៅពេលវាត្រូវការនោះ ។ \n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទមេឌៀ" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Product" msgid "Add On Product" @@ -2752,7 +2779,7 @@ #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." @@ -2946,12 +2973,12 @@ msgstr "រកមិនឃើញឃ្លាំង SLP នៅលើបណ្ដាញរបស់អ្នក ។" #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "ភាគថាស \"%1\" ត្រូវការទំហំថាស %2 បន្ថែមទៀត ។" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -2960,7 +2987,7 @@ "ឬឯកសារបណ្ដោះអាសន្ន មុនពេលធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "សូមដោះជម្រើសកញ្ចប់មួយចំនួន ។" @@ -3007,9 +3034,6 @@ #~ msgid "Initialize Software Manager" #~ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងផ្នែកទន់" -#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..." -#~ msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញ ..." - #~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... " #~ msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងផ្នែកទន់ ... " Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/pkg-bindings.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/pkg-bindings.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/pkg-bindings.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-02 11:22+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ msgstr "<BIG>ធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់ឃ្លាំង</BIG>កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងកញ្ចប់កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពមាតិកាឃ្លាំង..." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:655 +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "កញ្ចប់មិនអាចត្រូវបានជ្រើសដើម្បីដំឡើងទេ ។" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:661 +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "មិនមានកញ្ចប់ ។" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/printer.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/printer.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/printer.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-07 11:25+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -211,8 +211,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "ការពិពណ៌នា" @@ -441,8 +441,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "មិនបានជ្រើសអ្វីទាំងអស់" @@ -3480,56 +3480,56 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "បង្ហាញ" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "មូលដ្ឋាន" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "ពីចម្ងាយ" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះ" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "ទីតាំង" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "លំនាំដើម" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "ស្ថានភាព" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យបញ្ជីស្រស់" #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "បោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បង" @@ -3539,7 +3539,7 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" @@ -3555,7 +3555,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3578,7 +3578,7 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" @@ -3587,67 +3587,67 @@ "(វាអាចចំណាយពេលមួយរយៈ)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "កុំប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ CUPS '%1' ដែលមិនអាចចូលដំណើរការបាន ?" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "ដើម្បីបន្ត អ្នកគួរយល់ព្រមនឹង '%1' ដែលលែងប្រើទៀតហើយ ។" #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដែលមិនអាចចូលដំណើរការបាន នឹងនាំទៅកាន់លំដាប់គ្មានចុងបញ្ចប់សម្រាប់ភាពបរាជ័យ ។" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបោះពុម្ព CUPS %1" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "កំពុងសាកល្បង ថាតើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ CUPS អាចចូលដំណើរការបានដែរឬទេ..." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "ជ្រើសធាតុមួយ ។" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "មិនអាចលុប" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "នេះជាការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធពីចម្ងាយ ។ មានតែការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋានប៉ុណ្ណោះដែលអាចលុបបាន ។" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "អះអាងការលុប" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដែលបានជ្រើស នឹងត្រូវបានលុបភ្លាមៗ ហើយមិនអាចស្តារវិញបានទេ ។" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "លុបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ %1" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "កុំលុបវា" @@ -3658,33 +3658,33 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "អះអាងការលុបថ្នាក់" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "ថ្នាក់ដែលបានលុបមិនអាចត្រូវបានបង្កើតឡើយវិញដោយប្រើឧបករណ៍នេះបានឡើយ ។" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "បដិសេធការងារបោះពុម្ព" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "ទំព័រសាកល្បងមិនអាចបោះពុម្ពបានទេ ព្រោះការងារបោះពុម្ពត្រូវបានបដិសេធ ។" #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "បានបិទការបោះពុម្ពចេញ" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "ទំព័រសាកល្បង មិនអាចបោះពុម្ពចេញបានទេ ព្រោះបានបិទការបោះពុម្ពចេញ ។" @@ -3693,25 +3693,25 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "មានការងារបោះពុម្ពដែលមិនទាន់ធ្វើចប់ ដែលអាចត្រូវបានលុបមុនពេលបោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បងហើយ ។" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "លុបការងារបោះពុម្ពដែលមិនទាន់ធ្វើចប់ %1" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "លុបពួកវាមិនពេលបោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បង" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "បោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បងបន្ទាប់ពីការងារផ្សេងទៀត" @@ -3719,7 +3719,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការលុបការងារដែលមិនទាន់ធ្វើចប់ទាំងអស់សម្រាប់ %1 ។" @@ -3738,28 +3738,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "សាកល្បងលទ្ធផលបោះពុម្ព" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "បោះពុម្ពមួយ ឬពីទំព័រ ឧទាហរណ៍ សាកល្បងការបោះពុម្ពដែលមានពីរ" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "ទំព័រសាកល្បងមួយសន្លឹក" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "ទំព័រសាកល្បងពីរសន្លឹក" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការបោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បងសម្រាប់សាកល្បង %1 ។" @@ -3767,25 +3767,25 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "រង់ចាំរហូតដល់ការបោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បងបញ្ចប់" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "បានផ្ញើទំព័រសាកល្បងទៅកាន់ %1 ។ ការបោះពុម្ពគួរចាប់ផ្ដើមឆាប់ៗនេះ ។" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "បានបោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បងដោយជោគជ័យ" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបោះពុម្ពទំព័រសាកល្បង" @@ -3805,53 +3805,53 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "មានការងារបោះពុម្ពមិនទាន់បោះពុម្ពចប់ ដែលអាចត្រូវបានលុបនៅពេលនេះ ។" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "លុបការងារបោះពុម្ពដែលមិនទាន់ចាប់ទាំងអស់" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "កុំលុបវា" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "ចំពោះកំណត់ហេតុពេញលេញ សូមមើលឯកសារ /var/log/cups/error_log ។" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "ព័ត៌មានកំណត់ហេតុ CUPS ខណៈពេលដំណើរទំព័រសាកល្បងសម្រាប់ %1 (សម្រាប់តែភាសាអង់គ្លេស)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "ចំពោះកំណត់ហេតុ CUPS សូមមើលឯកសារ /var/log/cups/error_log ។" #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "បានបរាជ័យនៅពេលបោះពុម្ពតាមរយៈប្រព័ន្ធពីចម្ងាយ អ្នកអាចសួរអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងអំពីប្រព័ន្ធពីចម្ងាយនេះ ។" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "ការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ CUPS ពីចម្ងាយប៉ះទង្គិចជាមួយនឹងការបន្ថែមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "មិនអាចកែប្រែ" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "នេះជាការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធពីចម្ងាយ ។ មានតែការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋានប៉ុណ្ណោះដែលអាចកែប្រែបាន ។" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/rdp.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/rdp.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/rdp.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -113,60 +113,60 @@ msgstr "ការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Later" msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធពេលក្រោយ" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឡើងវិញ" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "បញ្ឈប់សេវា" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuring hardware..." msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធផ្នែករឹង..." #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវាឡើងវិញ..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stopping services..." msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "កំពុងបញ្ឈប់សេវា..." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយបានបើក ។" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយបានបិទ ។" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/rear.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/rear.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/rear.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -278,16 +278,16 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading general settings" +msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ទូទៅ" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "កំពុងវិភាគប្រព័ន្ធ..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reading general settings" -msgid "Reading rear settings" -msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ទូទៅ" - #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/registration.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/registration.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/registration.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-07 11:17+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -17,33 +17,6 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" "X-Language: km-KH\n" -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះមូលដ្ឋាន" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Use custom registration server " -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "ប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន " - -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមជ្ឈមណ្ឌលអតិថិជនណូវែល" - #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -62,9 +35,9 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -80,26 +53,26 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration was successful." msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "ការចុះឈ្មោះជោគជ័យ ។" #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Download CA Certificate" msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "ទាញយកវិញ្ញាបនតប្រ CA" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Import Certificate" msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" @@ -108,8 +81,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." @@ -290,31 +263,27 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "ស្នាមម្រាមដៃ ៖ " -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" - +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination is invalid." msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "ទិសដៅមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -330,36 +299,36 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "កូដចុះឈ្មោះ" +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." +msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះមូលដ្ឋាន" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration can not be performed." msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "ការចុះឈ្មោះមិនត្រូវបានអនុវត្ត ។" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" @@ -368,7 +337,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -378,23 +347,23 @@ msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -402,6 +371,26 @@ "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid value." +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "តម្លៃមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 #, fuzzy @@ -410,20 +399,20 @@ msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយ" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -432,7 +421,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" @@ -441,8 +430,8 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." @@ -450,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព /etc/hosts ..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgid "Synchronizing Products..." @@ -462,35 +451,35 @@ #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "ជំនួយម៉ូឌុលចុះឈ្មោះ" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "កំពុងផ្ទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ %1..." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "ជំនួយម៉ូឌុលចុះឈ្មោះ" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait, while volumes are being detected." msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "សូមរង់ចាំ ខណៈពេលកំពុងរកភាគ ។" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use custom registration server " msgid "" @@ -499,7 +488,7 @@ msgstr "ប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន " #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Would you like to use these mount points\n" @@ -513,7 +502,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?" msgid "" @@ -531,7 +520,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -542,7 +531,7 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown error" msgid "Unknown product" @@ -550,7 +539,7 @@ #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting registration..." msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." @@ -558,27 +547,27 @@ #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No product found in the repository" msgid "" @@ -651,7 +640,11 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details" @@ -659,30 +652,30 @@ #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 #, fuzzy #| msgid "is not available" msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "មិនមាន" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" @@ -701,7 +694,7 @@ msgstr "នៅទីនេះ អ្នកអាចមើលផលិតផលបន្ថែមទាំងអស់ដែលបានដំឡើងនៅលើប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក ។" #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" @@ -771,7 +764,7 @@ msgstr "កំពុងទាញយកផ្នែកបន្ថែម %1..." #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete '%s'?" @@ -779,30 +772,30 @@ #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Vendor Identifier" msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "គ្រឿងសម្គាល់ក្រុមហ៊ុនលក់" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "កំណែ" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "ស្ថាបត្យកម្ម" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Release" msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "ចេញផ្សាយ" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" @@ -837,10 +830,8 @@ msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "កូដចុះឈ្មោះ" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Email Address" msgid "&E-mail Address" @@ -853,43 +844,43 @@ msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមឃ្លាំងដែលមាន" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SMT Server Settings" msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ SMT" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះមូលដ្ឋាន" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server CA certificate:" msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "វិញ្ញាបនបត្រ CA របស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ៖" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server CA certificate:" msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "វិញ្ញាបនបត្រ CA របស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ៖" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "គ្មាន" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CA Certificate File" msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" @@ -897,28 +888,40 @@ #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "ជំនួយម៉ូឌុលចុះឈ្មោះ" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register System via %s" +msgstr "កូដចុះឈ្មោះ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" +msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះ ៖" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះមូលដ្ឋាន" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "ការចុះឈ្មោះ" #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" @@ -928,53 +931,36 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" - #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមជ្ឈមណ្ឌលអតិថិជនណូវែល" #. SSL error message @@ -1003,22 +989,22 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) @@ -1026,20 +1012,6 @@ msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Invalid value." -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "តម្លៃមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" - -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះមូលដ្ឋាន" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -1074,21 +1046,21 @@ msgstr "ជ្រើសស្ថាបត្យកម្មគោលដៅថ្មី ។" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Repositories..." msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកឃ្លាំង..." #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL: %1" msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL ៖ %1" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Priority" msgid "Priority: %s" @@ -1163,19 +1135,19 @@ msgstr "ជ្រើសស្ថាបត្យកម្មគោលដៅថ្មី ។" #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "ដំណោះស្រាយដែលអាច" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration Summary" msgid "Migration Summary" @@ -1187,14 +1159,14 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." msgid "%s will be installed." @@ -1202,25 +1174,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1275,20 +1247,91 @@ "You can manually register the system from scratch." msgstr "" -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "Local Registration Servers" +msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះមូលដ្ឋាន" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use custom registration server " +msgid "No registration server selected" +msgstr "ប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន " + +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមជ្ឈមណ្ឌលអតិថិជនណូវែល" + +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking..." msgid "Searching..." msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យ..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use local registration server" msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "ប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មើមូលដ្ឋាន" +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "ការកំណត់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ SMT" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use custom registration server " +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "ប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន " + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registration failed." +#~ msgstr "កូដចុះឈ្មោះ" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Local Registration Server" +#~ msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +#~ msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះមូលដ្ឋាន" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Additional Repositories" #~ msgid "Migration Repositories" #~ msgstr "ឃ្លាំងបន្ថែម" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/reipl.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/reipl.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/reipl.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 10:43+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -28,11 +28,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "After shutdown, reload the system\n" +#| "with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "បន្ទាប់ពីបិទ ត្រូវផ្ទុកប្រព័ន្ធ\n" @@ -43,7 +48,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -57,7 +62,7 @@ "ជាមួយ WWPN '%2'\n" "និង LUN '%3' ។\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/samba-client.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/samba-client.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/samba-client.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 14:45+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -882,59 +882,59 @@ msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលត្រូវការ..." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "ចូល PAM" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "ប្រើ Kerberos" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "កុំប្រើ Kerberos" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "Realm លំនាំដើម" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "ដែនលំនាំដើម" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ KDC" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "ភាពឆៀងនៃនាឡិកា" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ KDC៖ %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "ក្រុមការងារ ឬដែន ៖ %1" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "Realm លំនាំដើម៖ %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" @@ -942,23 +942,23 @@ #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "បាទ/ចាស" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "ទេ" #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអ្វីដែលត្រូវការតាមរយៈ DNS" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ "សូមព្យាយាមម្តងទៀត ។\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/samba-server.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/samba-server.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/samba-server.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 14:35+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -250,11 +250,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message #: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" +#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" +#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "ដោយសារតែអ្នកប្រើបច្ចុប្បន្នត្រូវបានតភ្ជាប់ទៅម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ Samba\n" "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើត្រូវបានផ្ទុកឡើងវិញ ជំនួសឲ្យចាប់ផ្តើមឡើងវិញ ។\n" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/security.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/security.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/security.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-31 10:25+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -120,204 +120,204 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "មិនស្គាល់" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "ប្រើគ្រាប់ចុច SysRq" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "ប្រើសិទ្ធិឯកសារសុវត្ថិភាព" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "ការចូលដំណើរការពីចម្ងាយទៅកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការបង្ហាញ" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "សរសេរពេលវេលាប្រព័ន្ធត្រឡប់ទៅនាឡិកាផ្នែករឹង" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "បង្កើតសារកំណត់ហេតុប្រព័ន្ធសម្រាប់ស្គ្រីប cron ជានិច្ច" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "ដំណើរការដេមិន DHCP នៅក្នុង chroot" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "ដំណើរការដេមិន DHCP ជាអ្នកប្រើ dhcp" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "ការចូលជា root ពីចម្ងាយ នៅក្នុងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការបង្ហាញ" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "ចូលដំណើរការពីចម្ងាយទៅកាន់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ X" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "ចូលដំណើរការពីចម្ងាយទៅប្រព័ន្ធរងបញ្ជូនអ៊ីមែល" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមសេវានៅពេលធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "បញ្ឈប់សេវានៅពេលយកចេញ" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "បើកខូគីធ្វើសមកាលកម្ម TCP" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "ការបញ្ជូន IPv4 បន្ត" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "ការបញ្ជូន IPv6 បន្ត" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable the service" msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យសេវាអាចប្រើបាន" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable the service" msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យសេវាប្រើលែងបាន" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "បានបើក" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "បានបិទ" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "ការកំណត់សុវត្ថិភាព" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "ស្ថានភាព" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "ស្ថានភាពសុវត្ថិភាព" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "ជំនួយ" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " ឬ " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These basic system services are not running: %1" msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "សេវាប្រព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋានទាំងនេះមិនកំពុងរត់ទេ ៖ %1" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "សេវាមូលដ្ឋានទាំងអស់ត្រូវបានបើក ។" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These extra services are running: %1" msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "សេវាបន្ថែមទាំងនេះកំពុងរត់ ៖ %1" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលបញ្ជីសេវា និងបិទសេវាដែលមិនប្រើទាំងអស់ ។" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "បើកតែសេវាប្រព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋានប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "សេចក្ដីពិពណ៌នា" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅរបស់សុវត្ថិភាព" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរស្ថានភាព" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "សេចក្ដីពណ៌នា" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "កំពុងវិភាគប្រព័ន្ធ..." #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ការចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "សិទ្ធិពេលចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើង" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ផ្សេងៗ" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "ពិនិត្យ" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "អាយុរបស់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ "ចំនួនអតិបរមា ។" #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -335,17 +335,17 @@ "ប្រវែងពាក្យសម្ងាត់អតិបរមាសម្រាប់វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបដែលបានជ្រើស គឺ %1 ។" #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់ចូល" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "ចូល" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ " សូមរងចាំ... " #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ "បញ្ឈប់ឧបករណ៍កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសុវត្ថិភាព ដោយចុច បោះបង់ ឥឡូវនេះ ។" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ " សូមរង់ចាំ... " #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." @@ -380,55 +380,9 @@ "<big>កំពុងបោះបង់ការរក្សាទុក</big> \n" "បោះបង់បែបបទរក្សាទុកដោយចុច បោះបង់ ។" -#. Boot dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." -msgstr "" -"<big>សុវត្ថិភាពចាប់ផ្តើម</big>\n" -"ក្នុងប្រអប់នេះ សូមផ្លាស់ប្តូរការកំណត់ចាប់ផ្តើមផ្សេងៗដែលទាក់ទងនឹងសុវត្ថិភាព ។" - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server." -msgstr "" -"ការបកប្រែ បញ្ជា(Ctrl)+ជំនួស(Alt)+លុប(Del) ៖\n" -"កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាតើប្រព័ន្ធគួរឆ្លើយតបទៅ\n" -"អ្នកណាម្នាក់នៅកុងសូលដោយចុចគ្រាប់ចុចបន្សំ បញ្ជា(CTRL)+ជំនួស(ALT)+លុប(DEL) ។\n" -"ជាទូទៅការចាប់ផ្តើមប្រព័ន្ធឡើងវិញ ។ ពេលខ្លះព្រឹត្តិការណ៍នេះអាចមិនអើពើបាន\n" -"ឧទាហរណ៍ ពេលប្រព័ន្ធដើរតួទាំងពីរជា\n" -"ស្ថានីយការងារ និងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។" - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" -msgstr "" -"ឥរិយាបថបិទរបស់កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចូល៖\n" -"កំណត់តើថា អ្នកណាដែលត្រូវបានអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យបិទម៉ាស៊ីនពី KDM ។\n" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" -msgstr "" -"ប្រព័ន្ធសម្ងំ ៖\n" -"កំណត់លក្ខខណ្ឌសម្រាប់ការអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកប្រើត្រូវសម្ងំប្រព័ន្ធ ។ តាមលំនាំដើម អ្នកប្រើលើកុងសូលសកម្មមានសិទ្ធិ ។\n" -"ជម្រើសផ្សេងទៀតកំពុងត្រូវបានអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យសកម្មភាពទៅកាន់អ្នកប្រើមួយចំនួន ឬទាមទារការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវនៅក្នុងករណីណាក៏ដោយ ។\n" - -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" "Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" @@ -442,7 +396,7 @@ "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" @@ -455,14 +409,14 @@ "ទៅប្រភេទបណ្តាញណាមួយ រួមទាំងអ៊ីនធឺណិត ។" #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." @@ -471,12 +425,12 @@ "ប្រភេទសេវាណាមួយ ។" #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." msgstr "ការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន ៖ បង្កើតការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធផ្ទាល់របស់អ្នក ។" #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -487,7 +441,7 @@ "ត្រូវបានទុកក្នុងឯកសារ /etc/login.defs ។" #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" @@ -500,7 +454,7 @@ "នៅពេលពួកគេចង់បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ឡើងវិញ ពេលគេវាយខុស ។ តម្លៃសមរម្យគឺ (<tt>៣</tt>) វិនាទី ។" #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" @@ -513,7 +467,7 @@ "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" @@ -525,7 +479,7 @@ "ម៉ាស៊ីនរបស់អ្នកដោយប្រើកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការបង្ហាញ អាចនឹងបង្កឲ្យមានហានិភ័យផ្នែកសុវត្ថិភាព ។" #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." @@ -534,7 +488,7 @@ "ត្រូវបានទុកជាចម្បងក្នុងឯកសារ /etc/login.defs ។" #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" @@ -545,7 +499,7 @@ "ដោយធីកប្រអប់នេះ សូមបង្កើតការត្រួតពិនិត្យពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិដោយគោរពទៅតាមក្បួនច្បាប់ទាំងនេះ ។" #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" @@ -560,7 +514,7 @@ "ជម្រើសនេះអាចត្រូវបានកែប្រែតែ តែនៅពេលដែល ពិនិត្យមើលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ថ្មី ត្រូវបានកំណត់ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" @@ -571,12 +525,12 @@ "បញ្ចូល 0 បើពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនគួររក្សាទុក ។" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ៖" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" @@ -587,7 +541,7 @@ "ប្រសិនបើអ្នកត្រូវការភាពឆបគ្នាជាមួយប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងៗទៀត" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." @@ -596,12 +550,12 @@ "ប៉ុន្តែវាមិនគាំទ្រដោយប្រព័ន្ធផ្សេងទៀត ឬផ្នែកទន់ចាស់ឡើយ ។" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "SHA-512 ជាវិធីសាស្ត្រសញ្ញាស្តង់ដារបច្ចុប្បន្ន ដោយប្រើក្បួនដោះស្រាយផ្សេងៗមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ លុះត្រាតែមានគោលបំណងភាពឆបគ្នា ។" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." @@ -610,7 +564,7 @@ "អតិបរមាដែលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវប្រើ ។" #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" @@ -621,7 +575,7 @@ "កាន់តែយូរលទ្ធភាពទាយពាក្យសម្ងាត់ក៏កាន់តែតិច ។" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." @@ -630,7 +584,7 @@ "ក្នុងប្រអប់នេះ សូមផ្លាស់ប្តូរការកំណត់ផ្សេងៗដែលបានប្រើដើម្បីបង្កើតអ្នកប្រើ ។" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." @@ -639,7 +593,7 @@ "កំណត់លេខសម្គាល់អ្នកប្រើអប្បបរមា និងអតិបរមាដែលអាចទៅរួច ។" #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." @@ -648,7 +602,7 @@ "កំណត់លេខសម្គាល់ក្រុមអប្បបរមា និងអតិបរមាដែលអាចទៅរួច ។" #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" "In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." @@ -657,7 +611,7 @@ "ក្នុងប្រអប់នេះ សូមផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់ផ្សេងៗដែលទាក់ទងទៅនឹងសុវត្ថិភាពមូលដ្ឋាន ។" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" @@ -688,7 +642,7 @@ "សម្រេចចិត្តថាតើអ្នកប្រើណាមួយអាចរត់កម្មវិធី X និងកម្មវិធី setuid ។\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" @@ -703,7 +657,7 @@ " (ឯកសារពីរបី) ឬroot (ឯកសារទាំងអស់) ។" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" @@ -716,7 +670,7 @@ "ស្វែងរកពួកវាទាំងស្រុងតាមរយៈផ្លូវស្វែងរក (អថេរ PATH) ។" #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" "system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" @@ -729,7 +683,7 @@ "ទាំងស្រុងតាមរយៈផ្លូវស្វែងរក (អថេរ PATH) ។" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" @@ -745,7 +699,7 @@ "នឹងកាន់តែងាយស្រួល បើកំណត់ជម្រើសនេះ ។" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." @@ -754,7 +708,7 @@ "root ដើម្បីកំណត់វាជាផ្លូវស្វែងរកចុងក្រោយ ។" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." @@ -763,7 +717,7 @@ "ថតបច្ចុប្បន្នជានិច្ច ដែលថតនាំមុខដោយ \"./\" ។ ឧទាហរណ៍ ៖ \"./configure\" ។" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" "will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" @@ -774,26 +728,26 @@ ") ។ ចំពោះព័ត៌មានលម្អិត សូមមើល /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅនៃសុវត្ថិភាព ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅនេះបង្ហាញការកំណត់សុវត្ថិភាពដែលចាំបាច់បំផុត ។" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "ដើម្បីផ្លាស់ប្ដូរតម្លៃបច្ចុប្បន្ន ចុចតំណដែលភ្ជាប់ទៅជម្រើសនេះ ។" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgstr " សញ្ញាធីកនៅក្នុងជួរឈរ ស្ថានភាពសុវត្ថិភាព បង្ហាញថា តម្លៃជម្រើសបច្ចុប្បន្នមានសុវត្ថិភាព ។" #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "តម្លៃបច្ចុប្បន្នមិនអាចអានបានទេ ។ សេវាអាចនឹងមិនទាន់ត្រូវបានដំឡើង ឬប្រហែលជាបាត់ជម្រើសនៅលើប្រព័ន្ធ ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" @@ -813,7 +767,7 @@ "ផងដែរ ។ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនត្រូវការប្រើ XDMCP សម្រាប់ការចូលជាក្រាហ្វិកពីចម្ងាយទេ\n" "សូមបិទជម្រើសនេះ ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" "computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" @@ -825,23 +779,23 @@ "គឺសំខាន់បំផុត ។ពេលវេលាប្រព័ន្ធស្ថិតស្ថេរ គឺមានសារសំខាន់បំផុតសម្រាប់ប្រព័ន្ធក្នុងការបង្កើត\n" "សារកំណត់ហេតុត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "មុខងារមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ជាទូទៅត្រូវបានរកឃើញដោយដំណើរការមិនប្រក្រតីនៅក្នុងឥរិយាបថរបស់វា ។ សារកំណត់ហេតុប្រព័ន្ធអំពីព្រឹត្តិការណ៍ដែលកើតឡើងវិញនៅលើមូលដ្ឋានធម្មតា គឺមានសារសំខាន់បំផុតសម្រាប់ការស្វែងរកប្រភពនៃបញ្ហា ។ ហើយអវត្តមាននៃកំណត់ត្រាមួយអាចប្រាប់បញ្ហាបានច្រើនជាងអវត្តមាននៃកំណត់ត្រាទាំងអស់ ។ដ ូច្នេះ សារកំណត់ហេតុប្រព័ន្ធរបស់ព្រឹត្តិការណ៍ប្រព័ន្ធនឹងមានសារប្រយោជន៍ លុះត្រាតែពួកវាបង្ហាញវត្តមាន ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgstr "បរិស្ថានប្រតិបត្តិ Chroot កំណត់កម្រិតដំណើរការចំពោះតែឯកសារចូលដំណើរការណាដែលវាត្រូវការដោយជំនួសពួកវានៅក្នុងថតរងដោយឡែក ហើយការដំណើរការជាមួយ changed root (chroot) នឹងត្រូវបានកំណត់ទៅថតនោះ ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgstr "ដេមិនកម្មវិធីម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ DHCP គួរតែដំណើរការជាអ្នកប្រើ dhcpd ដើម្បីកាត់បន្ថយការគំរាមកំហែងដែលអាចមាន ប្រសិនបើសេវានោះត្រូវបានរកឃើញថាមានភាពទន់ខ្សោយនៅក្នុងកូដកម្មវិធីរបស់វា ។ចំណាំថា dhcpd មិនត្រូវដំណើរការជា root ឬជាមួយសមត្ថភាព CAP_SYS_CHROOT សម្រាប់ការកំណត់ការប្រតិបត្តិ chroot ដើម្បីឲ្យវាមានប្រសិទ្ធភាពនោះទេ ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgstr "អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងមិនគួរចូលជា root ទៅក្នុងសម័យ X Window ដើម្បីកាត់បន្ថយការប្រើប្រាស់សិទ្ធិជា root នោះទេ ។ជម្រើសនេះមិនជួយដល់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងដែលធ្វេសប្រហែសទេ ប៉ុន្តែនឹងរារាំងអ្នកវាយប្រហារមិនឲ្យចូលជា root តាមរយៈកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការបង្ហាញ ប្រសិនបើពួកគេធ្វើការស្មាន បើមិនដូច្នេះទេ វានឹងទាមទារពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" "X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" "to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" @@ -861,7 +815,7 @@ "វានឹងផ្ដល់នូវជម្រើសវាយប្រហារ ការកំណត់ដែលមានសុវត្ថិភាពបំផុតគឺត្រូវតែបិទវា ។ដើម្បីបង្ហាញម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ X\n" "Window តាមបណ្ដាញ យើងសូមផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ឲ្យប្រើសែលដែលមានសុវត្ថិភាព (ssh) ដែលនឹងអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ X Window តភ្ជាប់ទៅម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ X តាមរយៈការតភ្ជាប់ ssh ដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីប ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" "The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" "itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." @@ -869,7 +823,7 @@ "ប្រព័ន្ធរងបញ្ជូនអ៊ីមែលតែងតែត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើមជានិច្ច ។ ទោះយ៉ាងណា វាមិនបង្ហាញខ្លួនវា\n" "នៅខាងក្រៅប្រព័ន្ធតាមលំនាំដើមទេ ដោយសារតែវាមិនទទួលយកច្រក ២៥ លើបណ្ដាញ SMTP ។ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនបញ្ជូនអ៊ីមែលទៅកាន់ប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នកតាមរយៈពិធីការ SMTP នេះទេ សូមបិទជម្រើសនេះ ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" @@ -889,7 +843,7 @@ " ។ការកំណត់នេះអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរបាន លុះត្រាតែមានហេតុផលច្បាស់លាស់\n" "ក្នុងការធ្វើដូច្នេះ ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" @@ -909,38 +863,139 @@ "បញ្ឈប់ ។ការកំណត់នេះអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរបាន លុះត្រាតែមានហេតុផលច្បាស់លាស់\n" "ក្នុងការធ្វើដូច្នេះ ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធអាចនឹងត្រូវបានគ្របដណ្ដប់ដោយការប៉ុនប៉ងតភ្ជាប់ជាច្រើន ដែលធ្វើឲ្យប្រព័ន្ធអស់អង្គចងចាំ និងនាំឲ្យមានភាពទន់ខ្សោយផ្នែក Denial of Service (DoS) ។ការប្រើប្រាស់ខូគីប្រព័ន្ធ គឺជាវិធីសាស្ត្រមួយដែលអាចជួយក្នុងស្ថានភាពនេះបាន ប៉ុន្តែក្នុងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធជាមួយការប៉ុនប៉ងតភ្ជាប់ត្រឹមត្រូវភាគច្រើនពីប្រភព� �មួយ បានបិទ ការកំណត់នេះអាចនាំមកនូវបញ្ហាជាមួយការតភ្ជាប់ TCP ដែលបានបដិសេធក្រោមការផ្ទុកខ្ពស់ពេក ។លើសពីនេះទៀត សម្រាប់បរិស្ថានភាគច្រើន ខូគីប្រព័ន្ធ គឺជាប្រព័ន្ធការពារជួរមុខទប់ទល់នឹងការវាយប្រហារលំហូរ DoS របស់ SYN ដួច្នេះការកំណត់ដែលមានសុវត្ថិភាពគឺ បើក ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." msgstr "ការបញ្ជូន IP បន្តមានន័យថា ត្រូវចម្លងកញ្ចប់ព័ត៌មានលើបណ្ដាញដែលត្រូវបានទទួល ប៉ុន្តែមិនត្រូវបានកំណត់ទិសដៅសម្រាប់នៃចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ប្រព័ន្ធទេ ឧ. អាសយដ្ឋានចំណុចប្រទាក់បណ្ដាញ ។ប្រសិនបើប្រព័ន្ធ បញ្ជូនសេវាបណ្ដាញបន្តនៅលើ ISO/OSI layer 3 វាត្រូវបានហៅ ឬនាំផ្លូវ ។ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនត្រូវការមុខ� �ារនាំផ្លូវទេ បន្ទាប់មកបិទជម្រើសនេះ ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "ការកំណត់នេះ អនុវត្តទៅតែ IPv4 ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "ការកំណត់នេះអនុវត្តតែទៅ IPv6 ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "គ្រាប់ចុច SysRq អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យត្រួតពិនិត្យលើប្រព័ន្ធមួយចំនួន សូម្បីតែវាគាំងក៏ដោយ ឧ. អំឡុងពេលបំបាត់កំហុសរបស់ខឺណែល) ឬប្រសិនបើប្រព័ន្ធមិនឆ្លើយតប ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "មានសិទ្ធិឯកសារដែលបានកំណត់ជាមុននៅក្នុងឯកសារ /etc/permissions.* ។ សិទ្ធិឯកសារដែលតឹងរ៉ឹងបំផុតត្រូវបានកំណត់ ឯកសារ 'secure' ឬ 'paranoid' ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "សេវាប្រព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋានត្រូវតែបើក ដើម្បីផ្ដល់ភាពស្ថិតស្ថេររបស់ប្រព័ន្ធ និងដើម្បីដំណើរការសេវាដែលទាក់ទងនឹងសុវត្ថិភាព ។" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "រាល់សេវាដែលដំណើរការទាំងអស់ គឺជាគោលដៅសំខាន់នៃការវាយប្រហារផ្នែកសុវត្ថិភាព ។ ដូច្នេះអ្នកត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ឲ្យបិទសេវាទាំងឡាយណា ដែលប្រព័ន្ធមិនប្រើ ។" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." +msgstr "" +"<big>សុវត្ថិភាពចាប់ផ្តើម</big>\n" +"ក្នុងប្រអប់នេះ សូមផ្លាស់ប្តូរការកំណត់ចាប់ផ្តើមផ្សេងៗដែលទាក់ទងនឹងសុវត្ថិភាព ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +#| "workstation and server." +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"ការបកប្រែ បញ្ជា(Ctrl)+ជំនួស(Alt)+លុប(Del) ៖\n" +"កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាតើប្រព័ន្ធគួរឆ្លើយតបទៅ\n" +"អ្នកណាម្នាក់នៅកុងសូលដោយចុចគ្រាប់ចុចបន្សំ បញ្ជា(CTRL)+ជំនួស(ALT)+លុប(DEL) ។\n" +"ជាទូទៅការចាប់ផ្តើមប្រព័ន្ធឡើងវិញ ។ ពេលខ្លះព្រឹត្តិការណ៍នេះអាចមិនអើពើបាន\n" +"ឧទាហរណ៍ ពេលប្រព័ន្ធដើរតួទាំងពីរជា\n" +"ស្ថានីយការងារ និងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +#| "workstation and server." +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"ការបកប្រែ បញ្ជា(Ctrl)+ជំនួស(Alt)+លុប(Del) ៖\n" +"កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាតើប្រព័ន្ធគួរឆ្លើយតបទៅ\n" +"អ្នកណាម្នាក់នៅកុងសូលដោយចុចគ្រាប់ចុចបន្សំ បញ្ជា(CTRL)+ជំនួស(ALT)+លុប(DEL) ។\n" +"ជាទូទៅការចាប់ផ្តើមប្រព័ន្ធឡើងវិញ ។ ពេលខ្លះព្រឹត្តិការណ៍នេះអាចមិនអើពើបាន\n" +"ឧទាហរណ៍ ពេលប្រព័ន្ធដើរតួទាំងពីរជា\n" +"ស្ថានីយការងារ និងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។" + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +#| "workstation and server." +msgid "" +"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s" +msgstr "" +"ការបកប្រែ បញ្ជា(Ctrl)+ជំនួស(Alt)+លុប(Del) ៖\n" +"កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាតើប្រព័ន្ធគួរឆ្លើយតបទៅ\n" +"អ្នកណាម្នាក់នៅកុងសូលដោយចុចគ្រាប់ចុចបន្សំ បញ្ជា(CTRL)+ជំនួស(ALT)+លុប(DEL) ។\n" +"ជាទូទៅការចាប់ផ្តើមប្រព័ន្ធឡើងវិញ ។ ពេលខ្លះព្រឹត្តិការណ៍នេះអាចមិនអើពើបាន\n" +"ឧទាហរណ៍ ពេលប្រព័ន្ធដើរតួទាំងពីរជា\n" +"ស្ថានីយការងារ និងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ ។" + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" +msgid "" +"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" +msgstr "" +"ឥរិយាបថបិទរបស់កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចូល៖\n" +"កំណត់តើថា អ្នកណាដែលត្រូវបានអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យបិទម៉ាស៊ីនពី KDM ។\n" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Hibernate System:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +msgstr "" +"ប្រព័ន្ធសម្ងំ ៖\n" +"កំណត់លក្ខខណ្ឌសម្រាប់ការអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យអ្នកប្រើត្រូវសម្ងំប្រព័ន្ធ ។ តាមលំនាំដើម អ្នកប្រើលើកុងសូលសកម្មមានសិទ្ធិ ។\n" +"ជម្រើសផ្សេងទៀតកំពុងត្រូវបានអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យសកម្មភាពទៅកាន់អ្នកប្រើមួយចំនួន ឬទាមទារការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវនៅក្នុងករណីណាក៏ដោយ ។\n" + #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 #, fuzzy @@ -1006,163 +1061,238 @@ "maximum." msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់ក្រុមអប្បបរមាមិនអាចធំជាងអតិបរមា ។" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "ការបកប្រែ បញ្ជា(Ctrl)+ជំនួស(Alt)+លុប(Del)" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "មិនអើពើ" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើងវិញ" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "បញ្ឈប់" +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "តែ root ប៉ុណ្ណោះ" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "អ្នកប្រើទាំងអស់" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "គ្មានអ្នកណាម្នាក់" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "ការបកប្រែ បញ្ជា(Ctrl)+ជំនួស(Alt)+លុប(Del)" + #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យចូលបែបក្រាហ្វិកពីចម្ងាយ" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "គ្រាប់ចុច SysRq" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "បិទ" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "បើកមុខងារទាំងអស់" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "ពន្យារពេលបន្ទាប់ពីការប៉ុនប៉ងចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "អតិបរមា" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "អប្បបរមា" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "ឥរិយាបថបិទរបស់កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចូល KDM ៖" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "តែ root ប៉ុណ្ណោះ" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "អ្នកប្រើទាំងអស់" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "គ្មានអ្នកណាម្នាក់" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធសម្ងំ" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "អ្នកប្រើលើកុងសូលសកម្ម" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "អ្នករាល់គ្នាអាចសម្ងំ" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "ទាមទារការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវជានិច្ច" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "ពិនិត្យពាក្យសម្ងាត់ថ្មី" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "ចំនួនពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលត្រូវចងចាំ" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "ប្រវែងពាក្យសម្ងាត់អប្បបរមាដែលអាចទទួលយកបាន" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "ចំនួនថ្ងៃព្រមានមុនពាក្យសម្ងាត់ផុតកំណត់" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "សិទ្ធិឯកសារ" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "ងាយស្រួល" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "សុវត្ថិភាព" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoid" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "ការបើកដំណើរការ updatedb ដោយអ្នកប្រើ" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "អតិបរមា" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "អប្បបរមា" +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" +msgstr "ឥរិយាបថបិទរបស់កម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងការចូល KDM ៖" + #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសុវត្ថិភាពដែលបានកំណត់ជាមុន" @@ -1178,66 +1308,66 @@ msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសុវត្ថិភាព" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់សុវត្ថិភាព" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ inittab" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ PAM" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save system settings" msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់ប្រព័ន្ធ" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់សុវត្ថិភាព..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ inittab ..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ PAM ..." #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving system settings..." msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់ប្រព័ន្ធ..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "កម្រិតសុវត្ថិភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖ ការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "កម្រិតសុវត្ថិភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖ %1" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/services-manager.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/services-manager.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/services-manager.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -303,13 +303,13 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "%1 ៖ មិនអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរសភាពរបស់ឧបករណ៍" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/snapper.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/snapper.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/snapper.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-31 09:17+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -49,14 +49,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "ការពិពណ៌នា" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User name" msgid "User data" @@ -64,49 +64,49 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C&leanup Script" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "ស្គ្រីបជម្រះ" #. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify %1" msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "កែប្រែ %1" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify %1" msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "កែប្រែ %1" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "PReP (%1)" msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "PReP (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host %1" msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីន %1" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New " msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "បង្កើតថ្មី" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Snapshots" msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -114,222 +114,222 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "មុន" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "ពិតជាលុប '%1' ឬ ?" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "ពិតជាលុប '%1' ឬ ?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "រូបថត" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "តែមួយ" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "មុន និងក្រោយ" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "កំពុងអានបញ្ជីរូបថត..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទ" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "កាលបរិច្ឆេទចាប់ផ្ដើម" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "កាលបរិច្ឆេទបញ្ចប់" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Us&er Data" msgid "User Data" msgstr "ទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "បង្ហាញការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "កែប្រែ" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅរបស់រូបថតដែលបានជ្រើស" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1 ៖ %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "កំពុងគណនាឯកសារដែលបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "កំពុងគណនាកំណែប្រែឯកសារ..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1 does not exist in snapshot %2\n" msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "%1 គ្មាននៅក្នុងរូបថត%2\n" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "របៀបឯកសារត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរពី '%1' ទៅ '%2' ។" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "កម្មសិទ្ធិអ្នកប្រើឯកសារត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរពី '%1' ទៅ '%2' ។" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "កម្មសិទ្ធិក្រុមឯកសារត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរពី '%1' ទៅ '%2' ។" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "ស្ដារពីដំបូង" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "ស្ដារ" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "ស្ដារពីទីពីរ" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "បង្ហាញភាពខុសគ្នារវាងរូបថត និងប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "បង្ហាញភាពខុសគ្នារវាងរូបថតបច្ចុប្បន្ន និងរូបថតដែលបានជ្រើស ៖" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "បង្ហាញភាពខុសគ្នារវាងរូបថតទីមួយ និងទីពីរ" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "បង្ហាញភាពខុសគ្នារវាងរូបថតដំបូង និងប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "បង្ហាញភាពខុសគ្នារវាងរូបថតទីពីរ និងប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "ពេលវេលានៃការថតរូប ៖" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "ពេលវេលានៃការថតរូបដំបូង ៖" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "ពេលវេលានៃការថតរូបទីពីរ ៖" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "បើក" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "ស្ដារអ្វីដែលបានជ្រើស" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -360,19 +360,19 @@ "ពីរូបថត '%2' ទៅប្រព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្នដែរឬទេ ?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "គ្មានឯកសារត្រូវបានជ្រើសសម្រាប់ស្ដារឡើយ" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "ស្ដារឯកសារ" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/storage.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/storage.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/storage.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-14 08:44+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -99,8 +99,7 @@ msgstr "បង្កើតការរៀបចំភាគថាស..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -183,7 +182,13 @@ msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "គ្មានទំហំគ្រប់គ្រាន់ត្រូវស្នើបំបែក /home ។" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." +msgstr "គ្មានអ្វីត្រូវបានកំណត់ជាប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root ទេ !" + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -971,7 +976,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "ស្នើបំបែកភាគផ្ទះ" @@ -989,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "ប្រភេទសំណើ" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1004,7 +1009,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្រើការរៀបចំនេះឬ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1019,7 +1024,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្រើការរៀបចំនេះឬ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1034,7 +1039,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្រើការរៀបចំនេះឬ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1050,7 +1055,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -1060,7 +1065,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1081,7 +1086,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្រើការរៀបចំនេះឬ ?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1096,7 +1101,7 @@ "ពិតជារក្សាទុកទំហំភាគថាសចាប់ផ្ដើមឬ ?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1108,7 +1113,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1135,7 +1140,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្រើការរៀបចំដោយមិនមានភាគថាស /boot ឬ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1155,11 +1160,11 @@ "\n" "ពិតជាប្រើការរៀបចំនេះឬ ?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"\n" +"%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1305,7 +1310,7 @@ "ពិតជាមិនចង់ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយភាគថាសឬ ?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1314,7 +1319,7 @@ "សូមយកវាចេញពី RAID សិន មុននឹងកែសម្រួលវា ។\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1323,7 +1328,7 @@ "យកវាចេញពីក្រុមភាគសិន មុននឹងកែសម្រួលវា ។\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1332,7 +1337,7 @@ "យកភាគចេញសិន មុននឹងកែសម្រួលវា ។\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1341,7 +1346,7 @@ "យកវាចេញពី RAID សិន មុននឹងលុបវា ។\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1349,12 +1354,12 @@ "ឧបករណ៍ (%2) ត្រូវបានប្រើដោយ %1 ។\n" "យក %1 ចេញសិន មុននឹងលុបវា ។\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "មិនអាចលុប នៅខណៈពេលកំពុងម៉ោនបានទេ ។" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1363,7 +1368,7 @@ "ហើយភាគថាសឡូជីខលមួយទៀតដែលមានចំនួនខ្ពស់កំពុងតែត្រូវបានប្រើ ។\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1376,7 +1381,7 @@ "សូមជ្រើសបោះបង់ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនដឹងច្បាស់ថាអ្នកកំពុងធ្វើអ្វី ។\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1391,7 +1396,7 @@ "មុននឹងលុបភាគថាស extended ។\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1406,7 +1411,7 @@ "លុបភាគថាស extended ។\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1425,13 +1430,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "សូមកុំភ្លេចអ្វីដែលអ្នកបានបញ្ចូលនៅទីនេះ ។" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតឲ្យមានពាក្យសម្ងាត់ទទេ ។" @@ -1460,7 +1465,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ប្រព័ន្ធឯកសាររបស់អ្នក ៖" @@ -1471,7 +1476,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ម្ដងទៀត ដើម្បីផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ ៖" @@ -1494,7 +1499,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1505,7 +1510,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1874,7 +1879,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1889,7 +1894,7 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "មិនអនុញ្ញាតឲ្យមានឈ្មោះភាគរងទទេឡើយ ។" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1897,11 +1902,11 @@ "មានតែឈ្មោះភាគរងដែលចាប់ផ្ដើមដោយ \"%1\" ប៉ុណ្ណោះត្រូវបានអនុញ្ញាត !\n" "បន្ថែមខាងដើមដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ \"%1\" ទៅកាន់ឈ្មោះភាគរង ។" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "មានឈ្មោះភាគរង %1 នេះរួចហើយ ។" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "កំណែប្រែដែលបានធ្វើរួចនៅក្នុងប្រអប់នេះ នឹងត្រូវបាត់បង់ ។" @@ -1944,7 +1949,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1963,7 +1968,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1982,7 +1987,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -2014,7 +2019,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2235,7 +2240,7 @@ "ទៅឲ្យឧបករណ៍ដែលមានប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារដែលមិនមាន ឬមិនស្គាល់នោះទេ ។" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2259,12 +2264,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារបច្ចុប្បន្នត្រូវបានម៉ោននៅលើ %1 ។" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2274,12 +2279,12 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "អាន់ម៉ោន" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2287,15 +2292,15 @@ "អ្នកអាចព្យាយាមអាន់ម៉ោនវាឥឡូវ ឬបោះបង់ ។\n" "ចុច បោះបង់ ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមិនដឹងច្បាស់ថា អ្នកនឹងធ្វើអ្វី ។" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "មិនអាចបង្រួញប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ខណៈពេលកំពុងម៉ោនបានឡើយ ។" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "មិនអាចពង្រីកប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ខណៈពេលកំពុងម៉ោនបានឡើយ ។" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "មិនអាចប្ដូរទំហំប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ខណៈពេលកំពុងម៉ោនបានឡើយ ។" @@ -2582,11 +2587,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "កែសម្រួល" @@ -2617,9 +2620,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2641,8 +2643,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "កែសម្រួល..." @@ -2659,8 +2660,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2726,36 +2726,43 @@ msgstr "ជ្រើសទំហំសម្រាប់ភាគថាសថ្មី ។" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format partition" +msgid "EFI Boot Partition" +msgstr "ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយភាគថាស" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធប្រតិបត្តិការ" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "វឌ្ឍនភាពកម្មវិធី RPM ដែលតា" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "" #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Role: %s" msgid "Role" msgstr "តួនាទី ៖ %s" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2764,7 +2771,7 @@ "និងប្រភេទប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារចង់បាន ។" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2775,7 +2782,7 @@ "នឹងលុបទិន្នន័យទាំងអស់នៅលើវា ។\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." @@ -2784,47 +2791,47 @@ "និងបញ្ចូលចំណុចម៉ោន (/, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.) ដែរឬទេ ។" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "ជម្រើសធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយភាគថាស" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "កុំធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយភាគថាស" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "កុំម៉ោនភាគថាស" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "ជម្រើសម៉ោន" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "ម៉ោនភាគថាស" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "ចំណុចម៉ោន" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "ជម្រើស Fstab..." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "ឯកសារគ្រីបត្រូវបានអ៊ិនគ្រីប ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2837,17 +2844,17 @@ "សូមពិនិត្យមើលជម្រើសធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយផងដែរ ។\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "ការគ្រីបឯកសារត្រូវការចំណុចម៉ោន ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs ទាមទារចំណុចម៉ោន ។" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2862,7 +2869,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2876,21 +2883,21 @@ "(ផ្អាកទៅថាស) ។\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "ទិន្នន័យទាំងអស់ដែលរក្សាទុកនៅលើភាគនេះនឹងត្រូវបាត់បង់ !" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2900,7 +2907,7 @@ "អ្នកមិនអាចប្ដូរទំហំភាគថាសដែលបានជ្រើសបានឡើយ ពីព្រោះប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ\n" "នៅលើភាគថាសនេះមិនគាំទ្រការប្ដូរទំហំទេ ។\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2909,7 +2916,7 @@ "អាចនឹងត្រូវបានប្ដូរទំហំ នៅខណៈពេលដែលកំពុងម៉ោននោះបានដែរឬទេ ។" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2918,21 +2925,21 @@ "ពីព្រោះប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារហាក់បីដូចជាប្រែប្រួល ។\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "ប្ដូរទំហំភាគថាស %1" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "ប្ដូរទំហំភាគឡូជីខល %1" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "ទំហំបច្ចុប្បន្ន ៖ %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "បានប្រើថ្មីៗ ៖ %1" @@ -2940,8 +2947,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2953,33 +2960,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "ទំហំអតិបរមា (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "ទំហំអប្បបរមា (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "ទំហំផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "ជ្រើសទំហំថ្មី ។" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2989,7 +2996,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3002,12 +3009,12 @@ "ក្នុងការប្ដូរទំហំ ។" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "លទ្ធផលរបស់ %1" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "កំពុងវិភាគរកថាសឡើងវិញ..." @@ -3206,50 +3213,50 @@ msgstr "តំបន់ដែលបានបញ្ចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "បន្ថែមភាគថាសលើ %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "កែសម្រួលភាគថាស %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "គ្មានទំហំសម្រាប់ផ្លាស់ទីភាគថាស %1 ។" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "ផ្លាស់ទីភាគថាស %1 ទៅមុខ ?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "ផ្លាស់ទីភាគថាស %1 ថយក្រោយ ?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "ផ្លាស់ទីភាគថាស %1?" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "ទៅមុខ" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "ថយក្រោយ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "អះអាងការលុបភាគថាសទាំងអស់" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3257,30 +3264,35 @@ "ថាស \"%1\" យ៉ាងហោចណាស់មានភាគថាសមួយ ។\n" "ប្រសិនបើអ្នកធ្វើបន្ត នោះភាគថាសខាងក្រោមនឹងត្រូវបានលុប ៖" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "តើអ្នកពិតជាលុបភាគថាសទាំងអស់នៅលើ \"%1\" ឬ ?" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "មិនបានជ្រើសថាសរឹង ។" #. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "ថាសកំពុងប្រើ និងមិនអាចកែប្រែបានឡើយ ។" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "ជ្រើសប្រភេទតារាងភាគថាសថ្មីសម្រាប់ %1 ។" #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." @@ -3289,29 +3301,29 @@ "នៅលើ %1 និងក្រុម RAIDs ហើយនិងភាគទាំងអស់ដែលប្រើភាគថាសនៅលើ %1 ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "គ្មានថាសបានជ្រើសឡើយ ។" #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "ពិតជាលុប BIOS RAID %1?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "ពិតជាចង់លុប RAID %1 ដែលបានចែកជាភាគឬ ?" #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "មិនមានភាគថាសដែលត្រូវលុបនៅលើថាសនេះទេ ។" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "វាមិនអាចបង្កើតភាគថាសមួយនៅលើ %1 ។" @@ -3319,15 +3331,15 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "មិនបានជ្រើសភាគថាស ។" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3336,12 +3348,12 @@ "បានឡើយ ។ ដើម្បីកែប្រែ %1 សូមប្រាកដថា វាមិនត្រូវបានប្រើ ។" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "ភាគថាសបន្ថែមមិនអាចកែសម្រួលបានទេ ។" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3350,12 +3362,12 @@ "ហើយមិនអាចត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ទីទេ ។" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "ភាគថាសដែលបានពង្រីកមិនអាចត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ទីទេ ។" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3364,12 +3376,12 @@ "បានឡើយ ។ ដើម្បីប្ដូរទំហំ %1 សូមប្រាកដថា វាមិនត្រូវបានប្រើ ។" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "មិនអាចប្ដូរទំហំភាគថាសពង្រីកបានទេ ។" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3385,7 +3397,7 @@ "ច្រើន ។ បន្ទាប់ពីបានក្លូន ភាគថាស\n" "ទាំងនេះនឹងត្រូវបានលុប ។\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3393,11 +3405,11 @@ "ភាគថាសដូចខាងក្រោមនឹងត្រូវបានលុប\n" "ហើយទិន្នន័យទាំងអស់នៅលើវានឹងបាត់បង់ ៖" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "ពិតជាលុបភាគថាសទាំងនេះឬ ?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3407,7 +3419,7 @@ "ត្រូវតែមានភាគថាសយ៉ាងហោចណាស់មួយ ។\n" "បង្កើតភាគថាស មុននឹងក្លូនថាស ។\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3415,20 +3427,20 @@ "ថាសនេះមិនអាចត្រូវបានក្លូនទេ ។ មិនមានថាសសមរម្យ\n" "ដែលគួរមានប្លង់ភាគថាសដូចគ្នាទេ ។" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "ប្លង់ភាគថាសក្លូនរបស់ %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "ថាសគោលដៅដែលអាចប្រើបាន ៖" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "ជ្រើសថាសគោលដៅសម្រាប់បង្កើតក្លូន" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3437,7 +3449,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្រតិបត្តិ dasdfmt នៅលើថាស %1ឬ ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3481,8 +3493,7 @@ msgstr "ផ្លាស់ទី" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "ប្ដូរទំហំ" @@ -3581,8 +3592,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3699,11 +3709,11 @@ msgstr "បានផ្ដល់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "អះអាងការលុបភាគថាសដែលបានប្រើដោយ LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3713,15 +3723,15 @@ "ដើម្បីរក្សាឲ្យប្រព័ន្ធស្ថិតនៅក្នុងស្ថានភាពដដែល ក្រុមភាគ\n" "និងភាគឡូជីខលខាងក្រោមនឹងត្រូវបានលុប ៖\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "លុបភាគថាស \"%1\" និងក្រុមភាគ \"%2\" ឥឡូវឬ ?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "អះអាងការលុបភាគថាសដែលប្រើដោយ RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3731,24 +3741,24 @@ "ដើម្បីរក្សាឲ្យប្រព័ន្ធស្ថិតនៅក្នុងស្ថានភាពដដែល\n" "ឧបករណ៍ RAID ខាងក្រោមនឹងត្រូវបានលុប ៖\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "លុបភាគថាស \"%1\" និង RAID \"%2\" ឥឡូវឬ ?" #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "ពិតជាលុបភាគថាសទាំងអស់នៅលើ %1 ឬ ?" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "ពិតជាលុប %1 ឬ ?" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3758,7 +3768,7 @@ #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "មិនបានចែកជាភាគ" @@ -3766,33 +3776,33 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "មិនបានបម្រុងទុក" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "គ្មានការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរចំពោះការចែកភាគថាស ។" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរចំពោះការចែកភាគថាស ៖" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "គ្មានការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរចំពោះការកំណត់ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក ។" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "ការកំណត់ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក ៖" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Storage settings:" msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "ការកំណត់ឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក ៖" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgid "No packages need to be installed." @@ -3912,12 +3922,12 @@ "ទង់ជាតិបង្កើតសកម្ម ។" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "បន្ថែមឯកសារគ្រីប" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "កែសម្រួលឯកសារគ្រីប %1" @@ -4240,12 +4250,12 @@ msgstr "ប្រើដោយ" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "បន្ថែមភាគឡូជីខលលើ %1" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "កែសម្រួលភាគឡូជីខល %1 នៅលើ %2" @@ -4283,9 +4293,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "មិនបានជ្រើសភាគឡូជីខល ។" @@ -4295,7 +4305,7 @@ msgstr "មិនមានទំហំទំនេរនៅក្នុងក្រុមភាគ %1 ឡើយ ។" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -4310,7 +4320,7 @@ "វាមិនអាចសង្គ្រោះបានឡើយ ។\n" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4692,17 +4702,17 @@ msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរឧបករណ៍ដែលបានប្រើសម្រាប់ RAID ។" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "បន្ថែម RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "ប្ដូរទំហំ RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "កែសម្រួល RAID %1" @@ -4997,7 +5007,7 @@ msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពនេះបង្ហាញអំពីសេចក្ដីសង្ខេបការដំឡើង ។" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "បន្ថែមម៉ោន Tmpfs" @@ -5869,19 +5879,60 @@ "ដឹងច្បាស់ពីអ្វីដែលអ្នកកំពុងធ្វើ ។\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" +#| "partition table.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" +#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ការចែកភាគថាសនៅលើថាស %1 គឺមិនអាចអានបាន ឬ \n" +"មិនត្រូវបានគាំទ្រដោយឧបករណ៍ចែកភាគថាស parted ដែលត្រូវបានប្រើ ដើម្បីផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ\n" +"តារាងភាគថាស ។\n" +"\n" +"អ្នកអាចប្រើភាគថាសនៅលើថាស %1 ឬ\n" +"ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយពួកវា ឬកំណត់ចំណុចម៉ោនបាន ប៉ុន្តែអ្នកមិនអាចបន្ថែម កែសម្រួល \n" +"ប្ដូរទំហំ ឬយកភាគថាសចេញពីថាសនោះនៅទីនេះបានទេ ។\n" + +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" +#| "partition table.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" +#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5894,8 +5945,8 @@ "ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយពួកវា ឬកំណត់ចំណុចម៉ោនបាន ប៉ុន្តែអ្នកមិនអាចបន្ថែម កែសម្រួល \n" "ប្ដូរទំហំ ឬយកភាគថាសចេញពីថាសនោះនៅទីនេះបានទេ ។\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -5908,11 +5959,11 @@ #| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5926,7 +5977,7 @@ "ប្ដូរទំហំ ឬយកភាគថាសចេញពីថាសនោះនៅទីនេះបានទេ ។\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5941,7 +5992,7 @@ "ប៉ុន្តែវានឹងបំផ្លាញទិន្នន័យដែលនៅលើភាគថាសទាំងអស់ក្នុងថាសនេះ ។\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5959,7 +6010,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "មិនអាចប្ដូរទំហំបានឡើយ ៖" @@ -5972,7 +6023,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5985,7 +6036,7 @@ "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ៊ិនគ្រីបដែលបានផ្ដល់អាចនឹងមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5996,7 +6047,7 @@ "ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6008,24 +6059,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ៊ិនគ្រីប ៖" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "ផ្ដល់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "ភាគដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីបដូចខាងក្រោមអាចប្រើបានហើយ ។" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "ការធ្វើឲ្យភាគដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីបសកម្ម" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6037,12 +6088,12 @@ "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវតែបានស្គាល់ ប្រសិនបើភាគត្រូវបានទាមទារអំឡុងពេល\n" "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព ឬប្រសិនបើពួកវាមានភាគហ្វីស៊ីខល LVM ដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីប ។" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "តើអ្នកចង់ផ្ដល់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ៊ិនគ្រីបទេ ?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6053,65 +6104,65 @@ "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់នឹងត្រូវបានព្យាយាមសម្រាប់គ្រប់ឧបករណ៍ ។" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ៊ិនគ្រីប" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "មិនមានភាគដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីបត្រូវដោះសោឡើយ ។" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "សូមផ្ដល់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ឧបករណ៍ណាមួយដូចខាងក្រោម ៖" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "សូមផ្ដល់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ឧបករណ៍ដូចខាងក្រោម ៖" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "កំពុងព្យាយាមដោះសោភាគដែលបានអ៊ិនគ្រីប..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនបានដោះសោភាគណាមួយទេ ។" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "ថាស IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "ថាស SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ថាស" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "ការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលទាមទារ បានបរាជ័យ ។" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "បន្តទោះបីជាមានកំហុសក៏ដោយ ?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6123,7 +6174,7 @@ "មិនអាចយកភាគថាស %1 ចេញបានទេ ពីព្រោះភាគថាសផ្សេងទៀតដែលនៅលើ\n" "ថាស %2 កំពុងត្រូវបានប្រើ ។\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6133,7 +6184,7 @@ "មិនអាចកែប្រែឧបករណ៍ %1 បានទេ ពីព្រោះវាមានស្វបដែលសកម្ម\n" " ដែលនឹងត្រូវការ ដើម្បីដំណើរការការដំឡើង ។\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6143,7 +6194,7 @@ "មិនអាចកែប្រែឧបករណ៍ %1 បានទេ ពីព្រោះវាមានទិន្នន័យសម្រាប់ដំឡើង\n" "ដែលត្រូវការដើម្បីដំឡើង ។\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6153,7 +6204,7 @@ "មិនអាចយកឧបករណ៍ %1 ចេញបានទេ ព្រោះវាមានស្វបដែលបានធ្វើឲ្យសកម្ម\n" "ដែលត្រូវការដើម្បីដំណើរការការដំឡើង ។\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6163,7 +6214,7 @@ "មិនអាចយកឧបករណ៍ %1 ចេញបានទេ ព្រោះវាមានទិន្នន័យការដំឡើង\n" "ដែលត្រូវការសម្រាប់ធ្វើការដំឡើង ។\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6175,7 +6226,7 @@ "%2 ដោយមិនផ្ទាល់ ដែលមានស្វបដែលបានធ្វើឲ្យសកម្មដែលត្រូវការដើម្បី\n" "ដំណើរការការដំឡើង ។\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6186,7 +6237,7 @@ "%2 ដោយមិនផ្ទាល់ ដែលមានទិន្នន័យដែលបានត្រូវការសម្រាប់ធ្វើការដំឡើង ។\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6197,18 +6248,18 @@ "ថាស %2 កំពុងត្រូវបានប្រើ ។\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "គ្មានអ្វីត្រូវបានកំណត់ជាប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ root ទេ !" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "ការដំឡើងស្ទើរតែនឹងបរាជ័យទាំងស្រុង !" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការបន្ថែមកញ្ចប់ដោះស្រាយដូចខាងក្រោម ៖ %1" @@ -6860,64 +6911,47 @@ "ប្រព័ន្ធរងឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុកត្រូវបានចាក់សោដោយកម្មវិធី \"%1\" (%2) ។\n" "អ្នកត្រូវតែបិទកម្មវិធីនោះ មុនពេលអ្នកអាចបន្ត ។" -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "មិនអាចប្ដូរទំហំបានទេ ដោយសារតែប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារមិនស្ថិតស្ថិរ ។ ព្យាយាមពិនិត្យមើលប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារតាមវីនដូ ។" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" -msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "បង្កើតសំណើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើ LVM" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 -msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" -msgstr "ក្រុមភាគអ៊ិនគ្រីប" - #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "ជម្រើសប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ៖" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "ស្នើបំបែកភាគផ្ទះ" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Proposal settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់សំណើ" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\n" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" -"To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" -"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +"Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"\n" -"ដើម្បីបង្កើតសំណើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើ LVM ជ្រើសប៊ូតុងដែលដូចគ្នា ។\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6926,35 +6960,54 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់អ្នកសម្រាប់ការអ៊ិនគ្រីបសំណើ ។" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ៖" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ឡើងវិញសម្រាប់ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ ៖" +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" +msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" +msgstr "បង្កើតសំណើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើ LVM" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" +msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "បង្កើតសំណើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើ LVM" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" +msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "បង្កើតសំណើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើ LVM" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. #. @@ -6998,6 +7051,20 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "ព័ត៌មានដែលអាចមើលឃើញនៅលើឧបករណ៍ផ្ទុក ៖" +#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" +#~ msgstr "ក្រុមភាគអ៊ិនគ្រីប" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "\n" +#~| "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" +#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "ដើម្បីបង្កើតសំណើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើ LVM ជ្រើសប៊ូតុងដែលដូចគ្នា ។\n" + #~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist." #~ msgstr "មិនមានការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរដែលមិនបានរក្សាទុក ។" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/update.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/update.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/update.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 15:40+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Morn Met <mornmet(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr "មិនមានឯកសារទាំងនេះទេ ៖ %1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -874,19 +874,19 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "មិនស្គាល់ផលិតផល" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation" msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/users.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/users.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/users.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 16:09+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -131,638 +131,6 @@ msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "កុំសួររកទិន្នន័យដែលបាត់ ត្រឡប់កំហុសជំនួសវិញ ។" -#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 -msgid "User Authentication Method" -msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើ" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Authentication \n" -"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" -"" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ \n" -"ជ្រើសវិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវដែលត្រូវប្រើជាមួយនឹងអ្នកប្រើលើប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក ។\n" -"" - -#. helptext 2/3 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "ជ្រើស មូលដ្ឋាន ដើម្បីផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើដោយប្រើតែឯកសារមូលដ្ឋាន /etc/passwd និង/etc/shadow ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" - -#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមានការដំឡើងពីមុន ឬប្រព័ន្ធជម្រើស វាអាចបង្កើតអ្នកប្រើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើប្រភពនេះ ។ ដើម្បីធ្វើដូច្នេះបាន ជ្រើស អានទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើពីការដំឡើងពីមុន ។ ជម្រើសនេះប្រើថតផ្ទះដែលមានស្រាប់ ឬបង្កើតថតផ្ទះថ្មីសម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើនីមួយៗនៅក្នុងទីតាំងដែលបានបញ្ជាក់សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងនេះ ។" - -#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 -msgid "&LDAP" -msgstr "&LDAP" - -#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 -msgid "N&IS" -msgstr "N&IS" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#. menubutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "&Samba" -msgstr "&Samba" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 -msgid "&Windows Domain" -msgstr "ដែនវីនដូ" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 -msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" -msgstr "មូលដ្ឋាន (/etc/passwd)" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 -msgid "eDirectory LDAP" -msgstr "eDirectory LDAP" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NIS ឬ LDAP ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើ ឬក៏អ្នកចង់\n" -"ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើជាមួយម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NT សូមជ្រើសតម្លៃសមស្រប ។\n" -"បន្ទាប់មកចុច បន្ទាប់ ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NIS ឬ LDAP មួយ ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ សូមជ្រើស\n" -"តម្លៃសមស្រប ។ បន្ទាប់មកចុច បន្ទាប់ ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP មួយ ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ឬបើអ្នកចង់\n" -"ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើជាមួយនឹងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NT សូមជ្រើសតម្លៃសមស្រប ។ បន្ទាប់មក\n" -"ចុច បន្ទាប់ ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ សូមជ្រើស\n" -"តម្លៃសមស្រប ។ បន្ទាប់មកចុច បន្ទាប់ ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។" - -#. helptext: additional kerberos support -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "គូសធីក រៀបចំការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ Kerberos ដើម្បីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ Kerberos បន្ទាប់ពីបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រភពទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើ ។" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 -msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "អានទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើពីការដំឡើងពីមុន" - -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 -msgid "&Choose" -msgstr "ជ្រើស..." - -#. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 -msgid "Authentication Method" -msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ" - -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 -msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" -msgstr "រៀបចំការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ Kerberos" - -#. selection box label -#. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 -msgid "&Select Users to Read" -msgstr "ជ្រើសអ្នកប្រើត្រូវអាន" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 -msgid "Select or Deselect &All" -msgstr "ជ្រើស ឬដោះជ្រើសទាំងអស់" - -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 -msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធគឺ \"root\"" - -#. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "សូមកុំភ្លេចអ្វីដែលអ្នកបានបញ្ចូលនៅទីនេះ ។" - -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើជា root" - -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "អះអាងពាក្យសម្ងាត់" - -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "សាកល្បងប្លង់ក្ដារចុច" - -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 -msgid "E&xpert Options..." -msgstr "ជម្រើសជំនាញ..." - -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ខុសពីអ្នកប្រើប្រព័ន្ធធម្មតា ដែលសរសេរអត្ថបទ បង្កើតក្រាហ្វិក\n" -"ឬរុករកអ៊ីនធឺណិត អ្នកប្រើជា \"root\" មាននៅលើប្រព័ន្ធទាំងអស់\n" -"ហើយនឹងដើរតួ នៅពេលអនុវត្តជាមួយកិច្ចការ\n" -"គ្រប់គ្រង ។ អ្នកគួរតែចូលជា root នៅពេលដែល\n" -"អ្នកចង់ក្លាយជាអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" -"\n" - -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ដោយសារតែអ្នកប្រើជា root ត្រូវបានផ្ដល់នូវសិទ្ធិទូលំទូលាយ ដូច្នេះអ្នកគួរតែជ្រើស\n" -"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ \"root\" ដោយប្រុងប្រយ័ត្នជានិច្ច ។ អ្នកគួរតែផ្សំអក្សរ និងលេខចូលគ្នា ។\n" -"ដើម្បីប្រាកដថា ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវបានវាយបញ្ចូលត្រឹមត្រូវ\n" -"សូមវាយបញ្ចូលវាម្ដងទៀតក្នុងវាលទីពីរ ។\n" -"\n" - -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 -msgid "" -"\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ច្បាប់ទាំងអស់សម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ្នកប្រើអនុវត្តទៅពាក្យសម្ងាត់ \"root\" ៖\n" -"សម្គាល់រវាងអក្សរតូច និងអក្សរធំ ។ ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោច\n" -"៥ តួអក្សរ និងតាមច្បាប់មិនអាចមានតួអក្សរសង្កត់សំឡេង ឬសញ្ញាកំណត់សំឡេង ។\n" -"\n" - -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"សូមកុំភ្លេចពាក្យសម្ងាត់ \"root\" ឲ្យសោះ ។\n" -"" - -#. additional help text about password -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgstr "" -"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n" -"យ៉ាងហោចណាស់វាត្រូវតែមាន %1 តួអក្សរ ។" - -#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "ដើម្បីពិនិត្យថាតើប្លង់ក្ដារចុចបច្ចុប្បន្នរបស់អ្នកត្រឹមត្រូវឬទេ ព្យាយាមបញ្ចូលអត្ថបទទៅក្នុងវាលសាកល្បងប្លង់ក្ដារចុច ។" - -#. report misspellings of the password -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -msgid "" -"The passwords do not match.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" -"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនដូចគ្នាឡើយ ។\n" -"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" - -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. report if user forgot to enter a password -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" -"គ្មានពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវបានបញ្ចូល ។\n" -"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" - -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgstr "" -"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n" -"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោចណាស់ %1 តួអក្សរ ។" - -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -msgid "Really use this password?" -msgstr "ពិតជាប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់នេះឬ ?" - -#. Error msg (yes/no) -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 -msgid "" -"The root password could not be set.\n" -"You might not be able to log in.\n" -"Try setting it again?\n" -msgstr "" -"មិនអាចកំណត់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ជា root បានឡើយ ។\n" -"អ្នកប្រហែលជាមិនអាចចូលបានទេ ។\n" -"ព្យាយាមកំណត់វាម្ដងទៀត ?\n" - -#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 -msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." -msgstr "ការចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ូឌុលសម្រាប់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនៃការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ..." - -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed.\n" -"Install it now?\n" -msgstr "" -"កញ្ចប់ %1 មិនត្រូវបានដំឡើងឡើយ ។\n" -"ដំឡើងវាឥឡូវ ?\n" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -msgid "DES" -msgstr "DES" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 -msgid "MD5" -msgstr "MD5" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 -msgid "SHA-256" -msgstr "SHA-256" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 -msgid "SHA-512" -msgstr "SHA-512" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 -msgid "Password Encryption Type" -msgstr "ប្រភេទអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 -msgid "&DES" -msgstr "&DES" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 -msgid "&MD5" -msgstr "&MD5" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 -msgid "SHA-&256" -msgstr "SHA-&256" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 -msgid "SHA-&512" -msgstr "SHA-&512" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Login Settings" -msgid "Authentication " -msgstr "ការកំណត់ការចូល" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." -msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់គឺ %1 ។" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "SHA-512 គឺជាវិធីសាស្ត្រសញ្ញាស្តង់ដារបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។ ការប្រើក្បួនដោះស្រាយផ្សេងទៀតមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ទេ លុះត្រាតែត្រូវការសម្រាប់ភាពឆបគ្នា ។" - -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -msgid "User's &Full Name" -msgstr "ឈ្មោះពេញរបស់អ្នកប្រើ" - -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -msgid "&Username" -msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" -msgstr "ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់នេះសម្រាប់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធ" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 -msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" -msgstr "ទទួលសំបុត្ររបស់ប្រព័ន្ធ" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 -msgid "&Automatic Login" -msgstr "ចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 -msgid "Create New User" -msgstr "បង្កើតអ្នកប្រើថ្មី" - -#. yes-no popup headline -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 -msgid "Empty User Login" -msgstr "ការចូលអ្នកប្រើទទេ" - -#. yes-no popup contents -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" -"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" -"Leave it empty?" -msgstr "" -"ការទុកឲ្យឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើនៅទទេ សក្ដិសមប្រើតែក្នុងបរិស្ថានបណ្ដាញមួយ\n" -"ដែលមានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។\n" -"ទុកវានៅទទេឬ ?" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" -"assign to this user account.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"បញ្ចូល ឈ្មោះពេញរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ និងពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ដើម្បី\n" -"ផ្ដល់តម្លៃទៅគណនីអ្នកប្រើនេះ ។\n" -"\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 -msgid "" -"\n" -"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ពេលបញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ សូមសម្គាល់រវាងតួអក្សរតូច និង\n" -"តួអក្សរធំ ។ ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមិនមានតួអក្សរសង្កត់សំឡេង ឬសញ្ញាកំណត់សំឡេង ។\n" -"\n" - -#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" -" %2 and %3 characters.\n" -"" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ជាមួយវិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់បច្ចុប្បន្ន (%1) ប្រវែងពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែស្ថិតនៅចន្លោះ\n" -" %2 និង %3 តួអក្សរ ។\n" -"" - -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %s characters long." -msgstr "" -"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n" -"យ៉ាងហោចណាស់វាត្រូវតែមាន %1 តួអក្សរ ។" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ដើម្បីឲ្យប្រាកដថា ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវបានបញ្ចូលត្រឹមត្រូវ\n" -"អ្នកត្រូវវាយវាម្ដងទៀតក្នុងវាលទីពីរ ។ សូមកុំភ្លេចពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់អ្នក ។\n" -"\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 -msgid "" -"\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" -"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ចំពោះ ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ សូមប្រើតែអក្សរ (ដោយគ្មានតួអក្សរសញ្ញា)\n" -"តួលេខ និង<tt>._-</tt> ។\n" -"សូមកុំប្រើអក្សរធំក្នុងធាតុនេះ លុះត្រាតែអ្នកដឹង\n" -"ច្បាស់ថាអ្នកកំពុងធ្វើអ្វី ។ ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើមានការរឹតបន្តឹងជាងពាក្យសម្ងាត់\n" -"ទៅទៀត ។ អ្នកអាចកំណត់ការរឹតបន្តឹងនៅក្នុងឯកសារ /etc/login.defs ។\n" -"សូមអានទំព័រសៀវភៅដៃ សម្រាប់ព័ត៌មាននានា ។\n" -"\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "គូសធីក ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់នេះសម្រាប់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធ ប្រសិនបើពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដដែលត្រូវបានបញ្ចូលសម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើដំបូង វាក៏គួរត្រូវបានប្រើសម្រាប់ root ផងដែរ ។" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ និងពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលបានបង្កើតទីនេះ គឺត្រូវការដើម្បីចូល និងធ្វើការជាមួយប្រព័ន្ធលីនុចរបស់អ្នក ។ ដោយបើក ចូលស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ បែបបទចូលនឹងត្រូវបានរំលង ។ អ្នកប្រើនេះត្រូវបានចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ។\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"បញ្ជូនសំបុត្រសម្រាប់ root ទៅអ្នកប្រើនេះ ដោយធីក ទទួលសំបុត្ររបស់ប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" - -#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well -#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) -#. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 -msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "ការកំណត់បែបជំនាញ" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 -msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." -msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវគឺជា /etc/passwd មូលដ្ឋាន ។" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." -msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់គឺ %1 ។" - -#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "User %1 will be imported." -msgid "User %s will be imported." -msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "អ្នកប្រើ %1 នឹងត្រូវបាននាំចូល ។" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្តូរ..." - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 -msgid "Summary" -msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេប" - -#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" -#| "the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "" -"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n" -"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោចណាស់ %1 តួអក្សរ ។" - #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" @@ -884,11 +252,6 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "UID ថ្មីរបស់អ្នកប្រើ" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 -msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." -msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអ្នកប្រើ..." - #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -1143,93 +506,6 @@ msgid "Seconds" msgstr "វិនាទី" -#. authentication type -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 -msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP" - -#. authentication type -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 -msgid "NIS" -msgstr "NIS" - -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 -msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" -msgstr "Samba (ដែនរបស់វីនដូ)" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" -msgstr "<%1>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់ Root<%2> ត្រូវបានកំណត់" - -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" -msgstr "<%1>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ Root<%2> មិនត្រូវបានកំណត់" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 -msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" -msgstr "មិនបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ <%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2>" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" -msgstr "<%1>វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ<%2> ៖ %3" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." -msgstr "<%1>វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ<%2> ៖ %3 និង Kerberos ។" - -#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) -#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" -msgstr "<%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3 ត្រូវបានជ្រើសសម្រាប់នាំចូល" - -#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." -msgstr "<%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3 នឹងត្រូវបាននាំចូល ។" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" -msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ <%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" -msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ <%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3 (%4)" - -#. summary line -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 -msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" -msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ៖ %1" - -#. rich text label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "ការកំណត់អ្នកប្រើ" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 -msgid "&User" -msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 -msgid "&Root Password" -msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់ Root" - #. password entering label #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" @@ -1392,6 +668,24 @@ "ការកំណត់អ៊ិនគ្រីបសម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើនេះ\n" "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់បច្ចុប្បន្នរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ។" +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនដូចគ្នាឡើយ ។\n" +"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" + #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -1422,6 +716,13 @@ msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរម្ចាស់ថត" #. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះពេញរបស់អ្នកប្រើ" + +#. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "នាមខ្លួន" @@ -1436,11 +737,30 @@ msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "សម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើពីចម្ងាយ មានតែសមាជិកភាពក្រុមបន្ថែមប៉ុណ្ណោះដែលអាចត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ។" +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ" + #. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "ទទួលសំបុត្ររបស់ប្រព័ន្ធ" + +#. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "ចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់នេះសម្រាប់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធ" + #. check box label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" @@ -1610,6 +930,33 @@ msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "កម្មវិធីជំនួយ" +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "ការចូលអ្នកប្រើទទេ" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" +"ការទុកឲ្យឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើនៅទទេ សក្ដិសមប្រើតែក្នុងបរិស្ថានបណ្ដាញមួយ\n" +"ដែលមានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។\n" +"ទុកវានៅទទេឬ ?" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "ពិតជាប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់នេះឬ ?" + #. popup question #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" @@ -1701,6 +1048,20 @@ msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "ទិន្នន័យក្រុម" +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +msgid "DES" +msgstr "DES" + +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "MD5" + #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -1714,6 +1075,32 @@ "អក្សរតូច ។ ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនគួរមានតួអក្សរសញ្ញា ឬសញ្ញាពិសេស ។ \n" "\n" +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ជាមួយវិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់បច្ចុប្បន្ន (%1) ប្រវែងពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែស្ថិតនៅចន្លោះ\n" +" %2 និង %3 តួអក្សរ ។\n" +"" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ដើម្បីឲ្យប្រាកដថា ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវបានបញ្ចូលត្រឹមត្រូវ\n" +"អ្នកត្រូវវាយវាម្ដងទៀតក្នុងវាលទីពីរ ។ សូមកុំភ្លេចពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់អ្នក ។\n" +"\n" + #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -1879,6 +1266,19 @@ "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ដើម្បីផ្ដល់តម្លៃទៅអ្នកប្រើនេះ ។\n" "\n" +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"បញ្ចូល ឈ្មោះពេញរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ និងពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ដើម្បី\n" +"ផ្ដល់តម្លៃទៅគណនីអ្នកប្រើនេះ ។\n" +"\n" + #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" @@ -1919,6 +1319,25 @@ "សូមអានទំព័រសៀវភៅ សម្រាប់ព័ត៌មាននានា ។\n" "\n" +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ និងពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដែលបានបង្កើតទីនេះ គឺត្រូវការដើម្បីចូល និងធ្វើការជាមួយប្រព័ន្ធលីនុចរបស់អ្នក ។ ដោយបើក ចូលស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ បែបបទចូលនឹងត្រូវបានរំលង ។ អ្នកប្រើនេះត្រូវបានចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ។\n" + +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"បញ្ជូនសំបុត្រសម្រាប់ root ទៅអ្នកប្រើនេះ ដោយធីក ទទួលសំបុត្ររបស់ប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" + #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." @@ -2677,7 +2096,8 @@ msgstr "អ្នកប្រើប្រព័ន្ធ" #. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "អ្នកប្រើមូលដ្ឋាន" @@ -2753,6 +2173,11 @@ msgstr "ក្រុម Samba" #. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "NIS" + +#. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "" @@ -2772,6 +2197,11 @@ msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "" +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "&Samba" + #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" @@ -2899,6 +2329,11 @@ "មិនគាំទ្រវាទេ ដូច្នេះអ្នកអាចនឹងមានបញ្ហាជាមួយ NIS ។\n" "" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "SHA-512 គឺជាវិធីសាស្ត្រសញ្ញាស្តង់ដារបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។ ការប្រើក្បួនដោះស្រាយផ្សេងទៀតមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ទេ លុះត្រាតែត្រូវការសម្រាប់ភាពឆបគ្នា ។" + #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" @@ -2909,6 +2344,26 @@ msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទអ៊ិនគ្រីប" +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "&DES" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "&MD5" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "SHA-&256" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "SHA-&512" + #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" @@ -3202,6 +2657,12 @@ #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធ" @@ -3537,6 +2998,15 @@ msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "មិនមានកញ្ចប់ %1 សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងឡើយ ។" +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"កញ្ចប់ %1 មិនត្រូវបានដំឡើងឡើយ ។\n" +"ដំឡើងវាឥឡូវ ?\n" + #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" @@ -3554,6 +3024,431 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..." +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" +#| "the password should have at least %1 characters." +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" +"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n" +"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោចណាស់ %1 តួអក្សរ ។" + +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long." +msgid "" +"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long." +msgstr "" +"ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n" +"យ៉ាងហោចណាស់វាត្រូវតែមាន %1 តួអក្សរ ។" + +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអ្នកប្រើ..." + +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." +msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." +msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់គឺ %1 ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "SHA-512 គឺជាវិធីសាស្ត្រសញ្ញាស្តង់ដារបច្ចុប្បន្ន ។ ការប្រើក្បួនដោះស្រាយផ្សេងទៀតមិនត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ទេ លុះត្រាតែត្រូវការសម្រាប់ភាពឆបគ្នា ។" + +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "ប្រភេទអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់" + +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "សូមកុំភ្លេចអ្វីដែលអ្នកបានបញ្ចូលនៅទីនេះ ។" + +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើជា root" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "អះអាងពាក្យសម្ងាត់" + +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "សាកល្បងប្លង់ក្ដារចុច" + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ខុសពីអ្នកប្រើប្រព័ន្ធធម្មតា ដែលសរសេរអត្ថបទ បង្កើតក្រាហ្វិក\n" +"ឬរុករកអ៊ីនធឺណិត អ្នកប្រើជា \"root\" មាននៅលើប្រព័ន្ធទាំងអស់\n" +"ហើយនឹងដើរតួ នៅពេលអនុវត្តជាមួយកិច្ចការ\n" +"គ្រប់គ្រង ។ អ្នកគួរតែចូលជា root នៅពេលដែល\n" +"អ្នកចង់ក្លាយជាអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" +"\n" + +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ដោយសារតែអ្នកប្រើជា root ត្រូវបានផ្ដល់នូវសិទ្ធិទូលំទូលាយ ដូច្នេះអ្នកគួរតែជ្រើស\n" +"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់ \"root\" ដោយប្រុងប្រយ័ត្នជានិច្ច ។ អ្នកគួរតែផ្សំអក្សរ និងលេខចូលគ្នា ។\n" +"ដើម្បីប្រាកដថា ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវបានវាយបញ្ចូលត្រឹមត្រូវ\n" +"សូមវាយបញ្ចូលវាម្ដងទៀតក្នុងវាលទីពីរ ។\n" +"\n" + +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +msgid "" +"\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ច្បាប់ទាំងអស់សម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ្នកប្រើអនុវត្តទៅពាក្យសម្ងាត់ \"root\" ៖\n" +"សម្គាល់រវាងអក្សរតូច និងអក្សរធំ ។ ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោច\n" +"៥ តួអក្សរ និងតាមច្បាប់មិនអាចមានតួអក្សរសង្កត់សំឡេង ឬសញ្ញាកំណត់សំឡេង ។\n" +"\n" + +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"សូមកុំភ្លេចពាក្យសម្ងាត់ \"root\" ឲ្យសោះ ។\n" +"" + +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធគឺ \"root\"" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"គ្មានពាក្យសម្ងាត់ត្រូវបានបញ្ចូល ។\n" +"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" + +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" +"Local users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "ជ្រើស មូលដ្ឋាន ដើម្បីផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើដោយប្រើតែឯកសារមូលដ្ឋាន /etc/passwd និង/etc/shadow ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create New User" +msgid "Create new user" +msgstr "បង្កើតអ្នកប្រើថ្មី" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +msgid "" +"\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ពេលបញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់ សូមសម្គាល់រវាងតួអក្សរតូច និង\n" +"តួអក្សរធំ ។ ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមិនមានតួអក្សរសង្កត់សំឡេង ឬសញ្ញាកំណត់សំឡេង ។\n" +"\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The password length should be between %{min}\n" +" and %{max} characters.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ជាមួយវិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់បច្ចុប្បន្ន (%1) ប្រវែងពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែស្ថិតនៅចន្លោះ\n" +" %2 និង %3 តួអក្សរ ។\n" +"" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +msgid "" +"\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ចំពោះ ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ សូមប្រើតែអក្សរ (ដោយគ្មានតួអក្សរសញ្ញា)\n" +"តួលេខ និង<tt>._-</tt> ។\n" +"សូមកុំប្រើអក្សរធំក្នុងធាតុនេះ លុះត្រាតែអ្នកដឹង\n" +"ច្បាស់ថាអ្នកកំពុងធ្វើអ្វី ។ ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើមានការរឹតបន្តឹងជាងពាក្យសម្ងាត់\n" +"ទៅទៀត ។ អ្នកអាចកំណត់ការរឹតបន្តឹងនៅក្នុងឯកសារ /etc/login.defs ។\n" +"សូមអានទំព័រសៀវភៅដៃ សម្រាប់ព័ត៌មាននានា ។\n" +"\n" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "គូសធីក ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់នេះសម្រាប់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងប្រព័ន្ធ ប្រសិនបើពាក្យសម្ងាត់ដដែលត្រូវបានបញ្ចូលសម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើដំបូង វាក៏គួរត្រូវបានប្រើសម្រាប់ root ផងដែរ ។" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "អានទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើពីការដំឡើងពីមុន" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +msgid "" +"\n" +"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"be imported.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +msgid "Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"a local user.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Users" +msgid "Local User" +msgstr "អ្នកប្រើមូលដ្ឋាន" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +msgid "" +"The new username cannot be blank.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +msgid "" +"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create New User" +msgid "&Create New User" +msgstr "បង្កើតអ្នកប្រើថ្មី" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "អានទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើពីការដំឡើងពីមុន" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Users" +msgid "Choose Users" +msgstr "អ្នកប្រើប្រព័ន្ធ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +msgid "&Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "ចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No user was specified." +msgid "No users selected" +msgstr "គ្មានអ្នកប្រើត្រូវបានបញ្ជាក់ឡើយ ។" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User %1 will be imported." +msgid "%d user will be imported" +msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" +msgstr[0] "អ្នកប្រើ %1 នឹងត្រូវបាននាំចូល ។" + +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "ជ្រើសអ្នកប្រើត្រូវអាន" + +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "ជ្រើស ឬដោះជ្រើសទាំងអស់" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "SHA-256" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "SHA-512" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" +msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ៖ %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgid "Password &Encryption Type" +msgstr "ប្រភេទអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់" + +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "ការកំណត់អ្នកប្រើ" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់ Root" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "<%1>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់ Root<%2> ត្រូវបានកំណត់" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "<%1>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ Root<%2> មិនត្រូវបានកំណត់" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "មិនបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ <%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." +msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" +msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" +msgstr[0] "<%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3 នឹងត្រូវបាននាំចូល ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ <%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ <%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3 (%4)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" +msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ៖ %1" + #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" @@ -4011,7 +3906,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -4030,202 +3925,202 @@ "បន្ទាប់ពីអ្នកម៉ោនបានត្រឹមត្រូវ ។ បន្តការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអ្នកប្រើ?" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "អ្នកប្រើជាច្រើនពេញចិត្តនឹងលក្ខខណ្ឌបញ្ចូល ។" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអ្នកប្រើ និងក្រុម" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់ការចូលលំនាំដើម" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់ប្រព័ន្ធលំនាំដើម" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "អានប្រភេទការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "អានការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លូនរបស់អ្នកប្រើ" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "អានអ្នកប្រើ និងក្រុម" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "ស្ថាបនារចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឃ្លាំងសម្ងាត់" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ចូលលំនាំដើម..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ប្រព័ន្ធលំនាំដើម..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "កំពុងអានប្រភេទការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "កំពុងអានអ្នកប្រើ និងក្រុម..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "កំពុងស្ថាបនារចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឃ្លាំងសម្ងាត់..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "មិនមានអ្នកប្រើឡើយ ។" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "មិនមានក្រុមឡើយ ។" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធអ្នកប្រើ និងក្រុម" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "សរសេរអ្នកប្រើ និងក្រុមរបស់ LDAP" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "សរសេរក្រុម" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "ត្រួតពិនិត្យអ្នកប្រើដែលបានលុប" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "សរសេរអ្នកប្រើ" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "សរសេរពាក្យសម្ងាត់" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ចូលលំនាំដើម" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរអ្នកប្រើ និងក្រុមរបស់ LDAP..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរក្រុម..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "កំពុងត្រួតពិនិត្យអ្នកប្រើដែលបានលុប..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរអ្នកប្រើ..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរពាក្យសម្ងាត់..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន......" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ចូលលំនាំដើម..." #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "ឯកសារ %s មិនត្រូវបានអានត្រឹមត្រូវ ដូច្នេះវានឹងមិនត្រូវបានសរសេរឡើយ ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "មានកំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលយកអ្នកប្រើចេញ ។" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "ឯកសារ %s មិនត្រូវបានអានត្រឹមត្រូវ ដូច្នេះវានឹងមិនត្រូវបានសរសេរឡើយ ។" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "មានកំហុសមួយបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលកំណត់ការបញ្ជូនសំបុត្ររបស់ root បន្ត ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "គ្មាន UID សម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើប្រភេទនេះឡើយ ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4235,7 +4130,7 @@ "ជ្រើសចំនួនគត់ត្រឹមត្រូវមួយរវាង %i និង %i ។" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4244,7 +4139,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្រើវាឬ ?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4256,7 +4151,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្រើវាឬ ?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4268,7 +4163,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្ដូរប្រភេទអ្នកប្រើទៅជាមូលដ្ឋានឬ ?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4279,7 +4174,7 @@ "ព្រោះលេខសម្គាល់មានចំនួនតូចជាង %i ។\n" "ពិតជាប្ដូរប្រភេទអ្នកប្រើទៅជាប្រព័ន្ធឬ ?" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" @@ -4288,7 +4183,7 @@ "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើដែលមានស្រាប់អាចនឹងជារបស់អ្នកប្រើ NIS ឬ LDAP ។\n" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -4299,7 +4194,7 @@ "សូមព្យាយាមឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើផ្សេង ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." @@ -4308,7 +4203,7 @@ "សញ្ញា (៖) បានឡើយ ។ សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -4319,7 +4214,7 @@ "សូមយកផ្នែកដែលលើសចេញ ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -4330,7 +4225,7 @@ "ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -4340,7 +4235,7 @@ "ជ្រើសផ្លូវផ្សេងទៀត សម្រាប់ថតផ្ទះ ។" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." @@ -4349,7 +4244,7 @@ "ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -4360,7 +4255,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្រើផ្លូវនេះឬ ?" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -4370,7 +4265,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -4382,7 +4277,7 @@ "ប្រើថតនេះឬ ?\n" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4396,7 +4291,7 @@ "ប្រើថតនេះ ?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" @@ -4405,12 +4300,12 @@ "ប្រើសែលនេះឬ ?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "គ្មាន GID សម្រាប់ក្រុមប្រភេទនេះឡើយ ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4420,7 +4315,7 @@ "ជ្រើសចំនួនគត់ត្រឹមត្រូវមួយរវាង %i និង %i ។" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4429,7 +4324,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្រើវា ?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4441,7 +4336,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្រើវាឬ ?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4453,7 +4348,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្ដូរប្រភេទក្រុមទៅជាមូលដ្ឋានឬ ?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4465,7 +4360,7 @@ "ពិតជាប្ដូរប្រភេទក្រុមទៅជាប្រព័ន្ធឬ ?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4474,7 +4369,7 @@ "សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4484,7 +4379,7 @@ "សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4497,7 +4392,7 @@ "សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" @@ -4507,13 +4402,13 @@ "និងឈ្មោះក្រុមដែលមានស្រាប់ ។\n" "សូមព្យាយាមប្រើឈ្មោះក្រុមផ្សេង ។" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "មិនទាន់មានអ្នកប្រើ %s ទេ ។" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4524,7 +4419,7 @@ "ជាក្រុមលំនាំដើម ។" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4535,22 +4430,22 @@ "យកអ្នកប្រើទាំងនេះចេញពីក្រុម ជាមុនសិន ។" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>អ្នកប្រើ</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ក្រុម</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ការកំណត់ការចូល</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ %1 បានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសម្រាប់ការចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ" @@ -4570,23 +4465,23 @@ "នៅលើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP ឡើយ ។ បង្កើតវាឥឡូវ ?" #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Quota Configuration" msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធកូតា" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "" @@ -4718,7 +4613,7 @@ #. the ']' is or-ed... #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4729,7 +4624,7 @@ "សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" "For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" @@ -4744,7 +4639,7 @@ "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4755,37 +4650,37 @@ "សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើឈ្មោះក្រុមជាផ្នែករបស់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ ជាផ្នែករបស់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើតែអក្សរតូចប៉ុណ្ណោះសម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើតែអក្សរធំសម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើ palindrome សម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើតែតួលេខសម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4795,7 +4690,7 @@ "វានឹងត្រូវបានកាត់ឲ្យខ្លីទៅតួអក្សរ %s ។" #. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4805,13 +4700,13 @@ "%s." #. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោចណាស់ %i តួអក្សរ ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4820,7 +4715,7 @@ "ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4830,7 +4725,7 @@ "សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4843,7 +4738,7 @@ "សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" @@ -4853,15 +4748,13 @@ "និងឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើដែលមានស្រាប់ ។\n" "សូមព្យាយាមប្រើឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើផ្សេងទៀត ។" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "កំពុងទៅយកផ្នែកបន្ថែម %1 ..." -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "កំពុងចេញផ្សាយផ្នែកបន្ថែម %1..." @@ -4928,6 +4821,148 @@ msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "មានអ្នកប្រើជាច្រើនពេញចិត្តនឹងលក្ខខណ្ឌបញ្ចូល ។" +#~ msgid "User Authentication Method" +#~ msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើ" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Authentication \n" +#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "ការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ \n" +#~ "ជ្រើសវិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវដែលត្រូវប្រើជាមួយនឹងអ្នកប្រើលើប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក ។\n" +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +#~ msgstr "ប្រសិនបើអ្នកមានការដំឡើងពីមុន ឬប្រព័ន្ធជម្រើស វាអាចបង្កើតអ្នកប្រើដែលមានមូលដ្ឋានលើប្រភពនេះ ។ ដើម្បីធ្វើដូច្នេះបាន ជ្រើស អានទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើពីការដំឡើងពីមុន ។ ជម្រើសនេះប្រើថតផ្ទះដែលមានស្រាប់ ឬបង្កើតថតផ្ទះថ្មីសម្រាប់អ្នកប្រើនីមួយៗនៅក្នុងទីតាំងដែលបានបញ្ជាក់សម្រាប់ការដំឡើងនេះ ។" + +#~ msgid "&LDAP" +#~ msgstr "&LDAP" + +#~ msgid "N&IS" +#~ msgstr "N&IS" + +#~ msgid "&Windows Domain" +#~ msgstr "ដែនវីនដូ" + +#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" +#~ msgstr "មូលដ្ឋាន (/etc/passwd)" + +#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP" +#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +#~ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NIS ឬ LDAP ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើ ឬក៏អ្នកចង់\n" +#~ "ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើជាមួយម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NT សូមជ្រើសតម្លៃសមស្រប ។\n" +#~ "បន្ទាប់មកចុច បន្ទាប់ ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NIS ឬ LDAP មួយ ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ សូមជ្រើស\n" +#~ "តម្លៃសមស្រប ។ បន្ទាប់មកចុច បន្ទាប់ ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" +#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +#~ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP មួយ ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ ឬបើអ្នកចង់\n" +#~ "ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់អ្នកប្រើជាមួយនឹងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ NT សូមជ្រើសតម្លៃសមស្រប ។ បន្ទាប់មក\n" +#~ "ចុច បន្ទាប់ ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "បើអ្នកកំពុងប្រើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP ដើម្បីទុកទិន្នន័យរបស់អ្នកប្រើ សូមជ្រើស\n" +#~ "តម្លៃសមស្រប ។ បន្ទាប់មកចុច បន្ទាប់ ដើម្បីបន្តកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវរបស់អ្នក ។" + +#~ msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +#~ msgstr "គូសធីក រៀបចំការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ Kerberos ដើម្បីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ Kerberos បន្ទាប់ពីបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រភពទិន្នន័យអ្នកប្រើ ។" + +#~ msgid "&Choose" +#~ msgstr "ជ្រើស..." + +#~ msgid "Authentication Method" +#~ msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ" + +#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" +#~ msgstr "រៀបចំការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ Kerberos" + +#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..." +#~ msgstr "ជម្រើសជំនាញ..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់ប្រើពាក្យសម្ងាត់សម្រាប់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n" +#~ "យ៉ាងហោចណាស់វាត្រូវតែមាន %1 តួអក្សរ ។" + +#~ msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +#~ msgstr "ដើម្បីពិនិត្យថាតើប្លង់ក្ដារចុចបច្ចុប្បន្នរបស់អ្នកត្រឹមត្រូវឬទេ ព្យាយាមបញ្ចូលអត្ថបទទៅក្នុងវាលសាកល្បងប្លង់ក្ដារចុច ។" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n" +#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ប្រសិនបើអ្នកចង់បង្កើតវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ\n" +#~ "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់គួរតែមានយ៉ាងហោចណាស់ %1 តួអក្សរ ។" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The root password could not be set.\n" +#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n" +#~ "Try setting it again?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "មិនអាចកំណត់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ជា root បានឡើយ ។\n" +#~ "អ្នកប្រហែលជាមិនអាចចូលបានទេ ។\n" +#~ "ព្យាយាមកំណត់វាម្ដងទៀត ?\n" + +#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." +#~ msgstr "ការចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ូឌុលសម្រាប់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនៃការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Login Settings" +#~ msgid "Authentication " +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់ការចូល" + +#~ msgid "Expert Settings" +#~ msgstr "ការកំណត់បែបជំនាញ" + +#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." +#~ msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវគឺជា /etc/passwd មូលដ្ឋាន ។" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." +#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s." +#~ msgstr "វិធីសាស្ត្រអ៊ិនគ្រីបពាក្យសម្ងាត់គឺ %1 ។" + +#~ msgid "&Change..." +#~ msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្តូរ..." + +#~ msgid "Summary" +#~ msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេប" + +#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" +#~ msgstr "Samba (ដែនរបស់វីនដូ)" + +#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" +#~ msgstr "<%1>វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ<%2> ៖ %3" + +#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." +#~ msgstr "<%1>វិធីសាស្ត្រផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ<%2> ៖ %3 និង Kerberos ។" + +#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" +#~ msgstr "<%1>អ្នកប្រើ<%2> %3 ត្រូវបានជ្រើសសម្រាប់នាំចូល" + #~ msgid "No Password Entered" #~ msgstr "គ្មានពាក្យសម្ងាត់បានបញ្ចូលទេ" Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/vm.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/vm.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/vm.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm.km\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-29 10:55+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support(a)khmeros.info>\n" @@ -33,12 +33,12 @@ msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត..." #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "x86_64 គឺជាស្ថាបត្យកម្មដែលគាំទ្រសម្រាប់តែម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិតប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។ ស្ថាបត្យកម្មរបស់អ្នកគឺ" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -48,169 +48,169 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់កញ្ចប់ដែលបានដំឡើង" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រ៊ីតបណ្ដាញ" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ VM (ដែន 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ VM</big>ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ VM (ដែន 0) មានពីរផ្នែក ។" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "កញ្ចប់ដែលទាមទារ ត្រូវបានដំឡើងទៅកាន់ប្រព័ន្ធជាមុន ។ បន្ទាប់មក កម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ត្រូវបានប្ដូរទៅ GRUB (ប្រសិនបើវាមិនទាន់ត្រូវបានប្រើ) ហើយផ្នែក Xen នឹងត្រូវបានបន្ថែមទៅកាន់ម៉ឺនុយកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ប្រសិនបើវាបាត់ ។" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "ត្រូវការ GRUB ពីព្រោះវាគាំទ្រស្តង់ដារនៃការចាប់ផ្ដើមជាច្រើនដែលចាំបាច់សម្រាប់ចាប់ផ្ដើម Xen និងខឺណែលលីនុច ។" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "នៅពេលការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបានបញ្ចប់ដោយជោគជ័យ អ្នកអាចចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ VM ពីម៉ឺនុយកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើម ។" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "ការដំឡើងត្រូវបានបោះបង់ ។" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "បានដំឡើងឧបករណ៍ និងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត ។" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត..." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Admin tools" msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍គ្រប់គ្រប់" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "បានដំឡើងឧបករណ៍ និងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត ។" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Broken server" msgid "Xen server" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដែលខូច" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Admin tools" msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "ឧបករណ៍គ្រប់គ្រប់" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "ការដំឡើងត្រូវបានបោះបង់ ។" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "ការដំឡើងត្រូវបានបោះបង់ ។" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "កំពុងដំណើរការក្នុងរបៀបអត្ថបទ ។ បើអញ្ចឹងដំឡើងសមាសភាគក្រាហ្វិកឬទេ ?" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យកញ្ចប់..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "កំពុងដំឡើងកញ្ចប់..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "មិនអាចដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលត្រូវការបានទេ ។" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "កំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រ៊ីតបណ្ដាញលំនាំដើម..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "ប្រ៊ីតបណ្ដាញ ។" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "ចំពោះការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបណ្ដាញធម្មតាដោយបង្ហោះម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត ប៊្រីតបណ្ដាញត្រូវបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍ ។កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រ៊ីតបណ្ដាញលំនាំដើម ?" @@ -223,35 +223,35 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "ចំពោះការដំឡើងម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ Xen ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនឡើងវិញ ហើយជ្រើសផ្នែករបស់ Xen នៅក្នុងម៉ឺនុយកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "ចំពោះការដំឡើងម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ Xen ចាប់ផ្ដើមម៉ាស៊ីនឡើងវិញ ហើយជ្រើសផ្នែករបស់ Xen នៅក្នុងម៉ឺនុយកម្មវិធីចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធ ។\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "បានដំឡើងឧបករណ៍ និងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត ។" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "បានដំឡើងឧបករណ៍ និងកម្មវិធីគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីននិម្មិត ។" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/km/po/vpn.km.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/km/po/vpn.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) +++ trunk/yast/km/po/vpn.km.po 2016-09-02 21:36:46 UTC (rev 96689) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -237,14 +237,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used." msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "បានប្រើឈ្មោះជួរ %1 ដែលបានបញ្ជាក់រួចហើយ ។" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "" @@ -349,122 +349,122 @@ msgstr "តើអ្នកចង់ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរស៊ីឌី ហើយព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀតឬទេ ?" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "" #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "ឈ្មោះ" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "ការពិពណ៌នា" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "" #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All networks" msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "បណ្ដាញទាំងអស់" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Connection Management" msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងការតភ្ជាប់" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "ប្រភេទ" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Master Server" msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើមេ" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clients" msgid "Client" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose Scenario" msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "ជ្រើសឆាក" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "ជ្រើសថតដែលមានវិញ្ញាបនតប្រ" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 #, fuzzy #| msgid "External credentials" msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "លិខិតសម្គាល់ខាងក្រៅ" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Requires Authentication" msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើត្រូវការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read certificates" msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "អានវិញ្ញាបនបត្រ" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Default &Gateway IP" msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "IP ផ្លូវចេញចូលលំនាំដើម" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "" @@ -573,40 +573,40 @@ msgstr "Smart គឺមិនមានសម្រាប់ថាសនេះទេ ។" #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការដំឡើងកញ្ចប់ដែលទាមទារ ។" #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការចាប់ផ្ដើមដេមិន CUPS" #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការអនុវត្តការកំណត់ទៅប្រព័ន្ធ ។" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to create the new map." msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្កើតផែនទីថ្មី ។" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -614,35 +614,35 @@ msgstr "" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Global Settings" msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "ការកំណត់សកល" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable VPN Services" msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "បើកសេវា VPN " -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create Client Connection" msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "បង្កើតការតភ្ជាប់ម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "" #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read current connection setup" msgid "A client connecting to "

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96688 - trunk/yast/ka/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Sep '16

02 Sep '16

Author: minton Date: 2016-09-02 23:36:31 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96688 Added: trunk/yast/ka/po/journalctl.ka.po Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/add-on.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/auth-client.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/auth-server.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/autoinst.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/base.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/bootloader.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/ca-management.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/cio.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/cluster.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/control.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/country.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/crowbar.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/dhcp-server.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/dns-server.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/docker.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/drbd.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/fcoe-client.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/firewall.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/firstboot.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/fonts.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/geo-cluster.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/installation.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/iscsi-client.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/iscsi-lio-server.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/kdump.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/live-installer.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/mail.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/network.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/nfs.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/nis.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/ntp-client.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/packager.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/pkg-bindings.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/printer.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/rdp.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/rear.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/registration.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/reipl.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/samba-client.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/samba-server.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/security.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/services-manager.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/snapper.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/storage.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/update.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/users.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/vm.ka.po trunk/yast/ka/po/vpn.ka.po Log: ka merged Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/add-on.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/add-on.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/add-on.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-06 00:47+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <>\n" @@ -70,15 +70,16 @@ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>მატერებელი: %1, გეზი: %2, პროდუქტი: %3</li>\n" -#. error report -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +msgstr "" + +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "დამატებითი პროდუქტის დამატება ვერ მოხერხდა." -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." -msgstr "" - #. placeholder for unknown path #. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media #. placeholder for unknown directory Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/auth-client.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/auth-client.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/auth-client.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,1138 +16,1727 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 -msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Realm name" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 -msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 -msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Principal Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name" +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "დასახელება" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" + +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter realm name." +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Reset" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Au&thentication" +msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" +msgstr "ავ&თენტიკაცია" + +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Please enter server URI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "Please enter DN of search base." +msgstr "" + +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" + +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +msgid "(not specified)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the Directory to Export" +msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" +msgstr "აირჩიეთ დასაექსპორტებელი დირექტორია." + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +msgid "Secure LDAP communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +msgid "Do Not Use Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +msgid "Test Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "Extended Options" +msgstr "" + +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Au&thentication" +msgid "All Authentication Realms" +msgstr "ავ&თენტიკაცია" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Add Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Edit Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delete" +msgid "Delete Realm" +msgstr "წაშლა" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "User Logon Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Change Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "User Logon Configuration" +msgstr "გლობალური კონფიგურაცია" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "გლობალური კონფიგურაცია" + +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "დასახელება" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "მნიშვნელობა" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Full Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" +msgid "Network Domain" +msgstr "&NIS სერვერები დომენში %1" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +msgid "Identity Domains" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "აღწერა" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Extended options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name of New File" +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "ახალი ფაილის სახელი" + #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Done." msgid "None." msgstr "დასრულდა." #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 #, fuzzy #| msgid "fcp parameters" msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "fcp-ის პარამეტრები" #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "Global Options" +msgstr "გლობალური კონფიგურაცია" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name of New File" +msgid "Name switch" +msgstr "ახალი ფაილის სახელი" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Au&thentication" -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +msgid "Authentication" msgstr "ავ&თენტიკაცია" -#. Overview of all config sections -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "გლობალური კონფიგურაცია" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Sudo" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Auto-Mount" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "SSH Public Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Daemon Status: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Running" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the Directory to Export" -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "აირჩიეთ დასაექსპორტებელი დირექტორია." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Join Domain" +msgstr "დომენი" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Leave Domain" +msgstr "დომენი" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Clear Domain Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Search Options" -msgid "Sections" +msgid "Service Options" msgstr "ძებნის პარამეტრები" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" -msgid "New Service/Domain" -msgstr "&NIS სერვერები დომენში %1" +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Domain Options" +msgstr "დომენი" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." msgstr "" +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "Use this domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. #. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 -msgid "Customisation - %s" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "დასახელება" +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Please select a domain among the list." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Value" -msgstr "მნიშვნელობა" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "აღწერა" +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "ccw parameters" -msgid "More Parameters" -msgstr "ccw-ის პარამეტრები" +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Name of New File" -msgid "Name filter:" -msgstr "ახალი ფაილის სახელი" +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" -#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 -msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 -msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" + #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to continue?" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Logging enabled" -msgid "No domain enabled" +msgid "No domain" msgstr "ჟურნალირება ჩართულია" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" -"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -#. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 -msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "" -#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" msgstr "" -#. New service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "სერვისი" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 -msgid "Domain" -msgstr "დომენი" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 -msgid "Domain name (example.com)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Identification provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Au&thentication" -msgid "Authentication provider:" -msgstr "ავ&თენტიკაცია" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Activate Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr "" -#. Create new service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This domain is already defined." -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." -msgstr "დომენი უკვე განსაზღვრულია." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Already enrolled" +msgstr "" -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Current status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Gathering status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +msgid "" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" +"\n" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "Enable the domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Please enter the domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This domain is already defined." +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "დომენი უკვე განსაზღვრულია." + +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" msgstr "" -#. NSS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" -#. PAM configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" -#. SUDO configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#. SSH configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "დადგება ავტომონტირების პაკეტი.\n" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" -#. autofs may only start after sssd is started -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 -msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Au&thentication" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "ავ&თენტიკაცია" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "ccw parameters" +#~ msgid "More Parameters" +#~ msgstr "ccw-ის პარამეტრები" -#. end Export -#. ################################################################ -#. ################################################################ -#. Summary() -#. returns html formated configuration summary -#. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 -msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "სერვისი" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 -msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 -msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 -msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" -msgstr "" - #~ msgid "Cancel" #~ msgstr "შეწყვეტა" @@ -1162,6 +1751,3 @@ #~ msgid "Edit" #~ msgstr "რედაქტირება" - -#~ msgid "Delete" -#~ msgstr "წაშლა" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/auth-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/auth-server.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/auth-server.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -291,8 +291,7 @@ msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "" @@ -435,12 +434,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "პაროლი" @@ -466,8 +465,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "ოქმი" @@ -475,7 +474,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -556,8 +555,8 @@ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "" @@ -1816,8 +1815,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2191,7 +2189,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2259,7 +2257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2420,237 +2418,237 @@ msgstr "დირექტორია არ არსებობს. შევქნა ის?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "კიდევ ვცადო?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "არჩევა" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "თვისებები" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "რედაქტირება" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "პორტი" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/autoinst.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/autoinst.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/autoinst.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 15:57+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "" @@ -51,14 +51,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -249,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -257,73 +256,57 @@ msgstr "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "მიმდინარეობა" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 #, fuzzy msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "რესურსების წაკითხვა..." @@ -380,8 +363,15 @@ "%1" msgstr "" -#. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> @@ -389,65 +379,51 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "" #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "" @@ -491,57 +467,65 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled" msgid "Registration" msgstr "&SLP რეგისტრაცია ჩართულია" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "" @@ -549,17 +533,17 @@ msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "სისტემის ანალიზი..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "" @@ -571,7 +555,15 @@ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "" @@ -580,7 +572,7 @@ #. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the #. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc #. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Products" msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." @@ -589,19 +581,20 @@ #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "" #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -675,11 +668,11 @@ #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "პროგრამული უზრუნველყოფის არჩევა" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" @@ -690,21 +683,21 @@ #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "%1 პაკეტის ჩადგმა ვერ მოხერხდა." -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "" @@ -946,6 +939,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1405,8 +1403,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "პარამეტრები" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "აირჩიეთ დირექტორია" @@ -1521,7 +1518,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1531,7 +1528,7 @@ msgstr "" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1867,67 +1864,6 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "" - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "" - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "" - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2147,12 +2083,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2163,46 +2099,46 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "პროფილის ჩვენება" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2212,14 +2148,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2228,7 +2164,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2331,24 +2267,24 @@ msgstr "" #. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Syncing server..." msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "სერვერთან სინქრონიზება..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying failed" msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "კოპირება ვერ მოხერხდა" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings." msgid "Cannot update system time." @@ -2371,17 +2307,17 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not configured" msgid "Not yet cloned." @@ -2389,23 +2325,23 @@ #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "დისკის დაყოფა" @@ -2413,33 +2349,33 @@ #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 msgid "Post" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 msgid "Init" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "დისკის დაყოფა" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "უცნობი" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2447,84 +2383,84 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding repository %1" msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "%1 რეპოზიტორიის დამატება" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "ჩადგმული პაკეტების წაკითხვა" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "" #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Log files written successfully." msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "ჟურნალის ფაილები წარმატებით ჩაიწერა." #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "იქმნება ISO გამოსახულება..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 msgid "Ok" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2532,47 +2468,47 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "იქმნება ISO გამოსახულება..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "იქმნება ISO გამოსახულება..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "" @@ -2615,14 +2551,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "" #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2630,7 +2566,7 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write to %1 file." msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." @@ -2639,7 +2575,7 @@ #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/base.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/base.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/base.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 15:44+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <>\n" @@ -79,79 +79,79 @@ msgstr "YaST2-ის ამ მოდულს არ აქვს ბრძანებათა ინტერფეისის მხარდაჭერა." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "მხარდაჭერილი ბრძანებების სრული სიის მისაღებად გამოიყენეთ 'help'." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "მხარდაჭერილი ბრძანებების სრული სიის მისაღებად გამოიყენეთ 'yast2 %1 help'." #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "უცნობი ბრძანება: %1" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "პარამეტრს '%1' აკლია მნიშვნელობა." #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "უცნობი პარამეტრი ბრძანებისთვის '%1': %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "" #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST-ის გამართვის მოდული - %1\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "დახმარება არ არის ხელმისაწვდომი" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "ბრძამება '%1'" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -160,14 +160,14 @@ " პარამეტრები:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -176,139 +176,139 @@ " მაგალითი:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This is a YaST2 module." msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "ეს არის YaST2-ის მოდული." #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "საბაზისო სინტაქსი:" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <ბრძანება> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <ბრძაება> [პარამეტრები]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <ბრძანება> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "ბრძანებები:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "დახმარება არ არის ხელმისაწვდომი." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "გაუშვით 'yast2 %1 <ბრძანება> help' ხელმისაწვდომი პარამეტრების მისაღებად." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "უცნობი" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "ან '%1'" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "მიუთითეთ ბრძანება '%1'." #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "მიუთითეთ ბრძანებებიდან ერთი: %1." #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "მიუთითეთ ბრძანებებიდან მხოლოდ ერთი: %1." #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "ამ მოდულს არ გააჩნია სამომხმარებლო ინტერფეისი." #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "მზადაა" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "ინიცირება" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "დასრულება" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "დასრულდა" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "გამოსვლა (ცვლილებების გარეშე)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "დიახ თუ არა?" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "დიახ" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "დიახ" @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "ჩადგმის შეცდომა" @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ msgstr "პაკეტების წაშლა..." #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "" @@ -440,14 +440,14 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "ჩადგმის გაგრ&ძელება" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "ჩადგმის შეწყვეტ&ა" @@ -479,14 +479,14 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "An error occrred while gathering system information." msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "შეცდომა სისტემური ინფორმაციის მიღებისსას." #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "მნიშვნელობა %1 არ არის მართებული." @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "ჩატვირთვისას" @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "ხელით" @@ -545,22 +545,22 @@ msgstr "xinetd-ით" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "&xinetd-ით" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "სერვისის გაშვება" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "სერვისი გაშვებულია" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "სერვისი არაა გაშვებული" @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -580,55 +580,55 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "სერვისის ახლავე გაშვება" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "სერვისის ახლავე შეჩერება" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "ცვლილებების შენახვა და სერვისის ახლავე გადატვირთვა" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "&სერცისის ახლავე გაშვება" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "სერვისის ახლავე &შეჩერება" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "ცვლილებების შენ&ახვა და სერვისის ახლავე გადატვირთვა" #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "ჩართვა და გათიშვა" #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "მიმდინარე მდგომარეობა:" #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -636,12 +636,12 @@ msgstr "" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP-ის მხარდაჭერა მოქმედია" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-ის მხარდაჭერა მოქმედია " @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&ქვევით" @@ -700,46 +700,46 @@ msgstr "მითითებული ფაილი არსებობს. გადავაწერო?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "TSIG გასაღების ID არაა მითითებული." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "TSIG გასაღების შექმნა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "მითითებული ფაილი არ არსებობს." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "მითითებული ფაილი არ შეიცავს არანაირ TSIG გასაღებს." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ "გამოიყენეთ ეს დიალოგი TSIG გასაღებების სამართავად.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -784,27 +784,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "არსებული TSIG გასაღების დამატება" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "ახალი TSIG გასაღების შექმნა" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "გასა&ღების ID" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&გენერირება" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "მიმდინარე TSIG გასაღებები" @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -820,22 +820,22 @@ msgstr "გასაღების ID" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "ფაილის სახელი" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "არ&ჩეული პარამეტრი" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "მიმდინარე პარამეტრი:" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "მიმდინარე პარამეტრი უკვე არსებობს." @@ -889,19 +889,19 @@ msgstr "" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "ს&ხვა" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "მოწყობილობა არ არის გამართული" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "გამართვისთვის დააჭირეთ რედაქტირება-ს" @@ -1026,9 +1026,91 @@ "F keys are not available." msgstr "" +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Logging Settings:" +msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" +msgstr "გლობალური ჟურნალირების პარამეტრები:" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Logging Settings:" +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "გლობალური ჟურნალირების პარამეტრები:" + +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "სერვისის გაშვება" + +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "მიმდინარე მდგომარეობა:" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "During Boot" +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "ჩატვირთვისას" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "running" +msgstr "გაფრთხილება" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop" +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "&გაჩერება" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "გა&უშვი" + #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1036,7 +1118,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1044,7 +1126,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1220,7 +1302,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "გამო&ტოვება" @@ -1243,7 +1325,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&პაროლი" @@ -1447,27 +1529,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1477,7 +1559,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1487,7 +1569,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1495,18 +1577,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "ნამდვილად შევწყვიტო?" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "ყველა ცვილება დაიკარგება!" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&დეტალები..." @@ -1534,7 +1616,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "დიახ" @@ -1545,7 +1627,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "არა" @@ -1609,12 +1691,12 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error:" #| msgid_plural "Errors:" @@ -1623,8 +1705,8 @@ #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Message:" #| msgid_plural "Messages:" @@ -1680,7 +1762,7 @@ msgstr "&წაშლა" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "ც&ვლადი" @@ -1776,7 +1858,7 @@ msgstr "შეიყვანეთ პაროლი" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "" @@ -1868,6 +1950,228 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "შეცდომა ჟურნალის წაკითხვისას." +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "უცნობი ზონა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "გარე ზონა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "შიდა ზონა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "დემილიტარიზებული ზონა" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "TCP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "UDP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "RPC" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "IP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "ქსელური ფარის კონფიგურაციის ინიციალიზაცია" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "ქსელურ მოწყობილობებზე შემოწმება" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "მიმდინარე კონფიგურაციის წაკითხვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "მიმდინარე კონფიგურაციის წაკითხვა..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "ქსელური ფარის კონფიგურაციის ჩაწერა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების შენახვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "ქსელური ფარის სერვისის გამართვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების ჩაწერა..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "ქსელური ფარის სერვისის გამართვა..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "პარამეტრების ჩაწერა ვერ მოხერხდა" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "უცნობი ოქმი (%1)" + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service: %1" +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "სერვისი: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GPG Public Keys" +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "საჯარო GPG გასაღები" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "უცნობი სერვისი '%1'" + #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." @@ -1911,20 +2215,20 @@ msgstr "" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -1933,7 +2237,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -1944,8 +2248,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -1955,29 +2259,29 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "&ყველას მონიშნვა" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "მონიშნვის მოხს&ნა" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -1985,7 +2289,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -1995,62 +2299,62 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " msgstr "" #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." msgstr "" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "ქსელური ფარზე პორტის გახსნა" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის დეტალები" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "ქსელურ &ფარზე პორტის გახსნა" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "ქსელური ფარის &დეტალები..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall Details" -msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის დეტალები" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "ქსელური ფარი ღიაა" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "მოდემი" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "ქსელის დაფა" @@ -2058,27 +2362,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "უცნობი" @@ -2088,389 +2392,389 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "დამატებითი მისამართი" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet-ის ქსელის დაფა" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "ასინქრონული გადაცემის რეჟიმი (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth კავშირი" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN დაფა" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL კავშირი" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet ქსელის დაფა" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI ქსელის დაფა" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN კავშირი" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "ინფრაწითელი ქსელის მოწყობილობა" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "ინფრაწითელი მოწყობილობა" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS ქსელური დაფა " #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "უკუკავშირი" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "უკუკავშირის მოწყობილობა" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 ინკაპსულაციის მოწყობილობა" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "მიმდევრობითი ხაზი" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "მიმდევრობითი ხაზის კავშირი" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB ქსელური მოწყობილობა" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare ქსელური მოწყობილობა" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "უსადენო" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "უსადენო ქსელის დაფა" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP-ის ქსელი" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "ვირტუალური LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "ხიდი" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "ქსელური ხიდი" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand მოწყობილობა" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "უცნობი მოწყობილობა" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP მისამართი" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "IP არაა მინიჭებული" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "მოწყობილობის ტიპი" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "მოწყობილობის სახელი" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP მისამართი" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "მოწყობილობის ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "ხაზზეა" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "ჰოსტების სკანირება ამ ლოკალურ ქსელში..." #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS სერვერები" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "&მოშორებული ჰოსტები" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&ექსპორტირებული დირექტორიები" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2481,14 +2785,14 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" "or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2504,135 +2808,6 @@ "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "გარე ზონა" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "შიდა ზონა" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "დემილიტარიზებული ზონა" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "TCP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "UDP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "RPC" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "IP" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "უცნობი ზონა" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "ქსელური ფარის კონფიგურაციის ინიციალიზაცია" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "ქსელურ მოწყობილობებზე შემოწმება" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "მიმდინარე კონფიგურაციის წაკითხვა" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "მიმდინარე კონფიგურაციის წაკითხვა..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "ქსელური ფარის კონფიგურაციის ჩაწერა" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების შენახვა" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "ქსელური ფარის სერვისის გამართვა" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების ჩაწერა..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "ქსელური ფარის სერვისის გამართვა..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "პარამეტრების ჩაწერა ვერ მოხერხდა" - -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "უცნობი ოქმი (%1)" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -2719,63 +2894,14 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception -#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService() -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. $[ -#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" : [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], -#. ] -#. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "" - -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service: %1" -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "სერვისი: %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "უცნობი სერვისი '%1'" - #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "საჭიროა ამ პაკეტების ჩადგმა:" +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -2789,35 +2915,74 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "ამო&ღება" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +msgid "Checking file conflicts..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +msgid "A File Conflict Detected" +msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" +msgstr[0] "" + +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +msgid "This message will be available at %s" +msgstr "" + #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1 (%2) პაკეტის ჩამოტვირთვა..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "პაკეტის ჩამოტვირთვა" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "შევწყვიტო ჩადგმა?" @@ -2826,57 +2991,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "შეცდომა: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1 (%2) პაკეტის წაშლა..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1 (%2) პაკეტის ჩადგმა..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "პაკეტის წაშლა" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "პაკეტის ჩადგმა" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "%1 პაკეტის წაშლა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "%1 პაკეტის ჩადგმა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2887,27 +3052,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "გვერდი A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "გვერდი B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (დისკი %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (მატარებელი %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -2916,7 +3081,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2925,7 +3090,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2935,51 +3100,51 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "ავტოგანახლების გამოტოვება" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "გამოგდ&ება" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "კვლავ ვცადო ჩადგმა?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "გამოვტოვო მატარებელი?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "%1 რეპოზიტორიის შექმნა" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." @@ -2988,32 +3153,32 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "რეპოზიტორია არასწორია." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3021,99 +3186,99 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "კიდევ ვცადო?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "%1 რეპოზიტორიის მოსინჯვა" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "რეპოზიტორიის მეტამონაცემები არასწორია" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "რეპოზიტორია %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1 (%2) დელტა RPM პაკეტის ჩამოტვირთვა..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "დელტა RPM პაკეტის ჩამოტვირთვა" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "%1 დელტა RPM პაკეტის დაყენება ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "დელტაქ RPM პაკეტის დაყენება" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "პაკეტი: " #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "სცენარის გაშვება" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "სცენარი:" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "სცენარის გამონატანი" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3123,64 +3288,64 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "განახლები&ს გამოტოვება" #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "ჩამოტვირთვა" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "ჩამოტვირთვა: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "პაკეტების მონაცემთა ბაზის შემოწმება" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "პაკეტების მონაცემთა ბაზის აგება. ამ მოქმედებას შეიძლება დრო დასჭირდეს." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "მდგომარეობა" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "RPM-ის მონაცემთა ბაზის წაკითხვა..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "ჩადგმული პაკეტების წაკითხვა" @@ -3191,27 +3356,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "RPM-ის მონაცემთა ბაზის სკანირება..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM მონაცემთა ბაზის წაკითხვა" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "მომხმარების ავთენტიკაცია" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3222,20 +3387,20 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&მომხმარებლის სახელი" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "&დეტალების ჩვენება" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "ზომა:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3304,12 +3469,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3317,34 +3482,34 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "დაადასტურეთ თანხმობა პაკეტის ლიცენზიაზე: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "ვეთან&ხმები" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "ა&რ ვეთანხმები" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" @@ -3356,7 +3521,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3365,7 +3530,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3374,7 +3539,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3382,7 +3547,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3395,133 +3560,133 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "პროგრამული უზრუნველყოფის არჩევა და სისტემური დავალებები" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(მეტი)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "ჩადგმა წარმატებით დასრულდa" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "პაკეტების ჩადგმა ვერ მოხერხდა" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "შეცდომის შეტყობინება: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "ყველა პაკეტი" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "ჩადგმული პაკეტები: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "განახლებული პაკეტები: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "წაშლილი პაკეტები: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "პაკეტები რომლებიც არ ჩადგა: %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "პაკეტები" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "ჩამოტვირთვის ჯამური ზომა: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "სტატისტიკა" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "ჩადგმის ჟურნალი" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "დეტალები" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installing Package" msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "პაკეტის ჩადგმა" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Finish" msgid "Finish" msgstr "და&სრულება" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the Software Manager" msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "პროგრამების მმართველის გაშვება" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Error" msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "ჩადგმის შეცდომა" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "ჩადგმული პაკეტები" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "განახლებული პაკეტები" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "წაშლილი პაკეტები" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "დარჩენილი პაკეტები" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3533,7 +3698,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3547,7 +3712,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3559,16 +3724,16 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3579,7 +3744,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3590,66 +3755,66 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "ანაბეჭდი: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "სახელი: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "შეიქმნა: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "ვადა: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 #, fuzzy #| msgid "ID: %1" msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "სახელი:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "ანაბეჭდი: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "შეიქმნა:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "ვადა:" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3663,7 +3828,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3677,12 +3842,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3695,7 +3860,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3708,12 +3873,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "უვნობი GnuPG გასაღები" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -3727,7 +3892,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -3741,17 +3906,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "გასაღებს ნდობა და შემო&ტანა" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -3761,7 +3926,7 @@ msgstr "" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -3769,7 +3934,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -3777,7 +3942,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3786,23 +3951,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3816,12 +3981,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3834,7 +3999,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" @@ -3843,91 +4008,91 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "ჩადგმა..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "მატარებელი" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "დარჩენილი პაკეტები" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "დრო" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "საჭირო პაკეტბი (%1) ჩადგმული არაა." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "გამოცემის შე&ნიშნვები" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "&დეტალები" + +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -msgid "&Details" -msgstr "&დეტალები" - #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "ჩადგმა" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "პაკეტების ჩადგმა" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "შეწყვეტილია" @@ -4522,37 +4687,44 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Bluetooth მოწყობილობა" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" -"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" msgstr "" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgstr "" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "აღარ აჩვენო ეს შეტყობინება" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." -msgstr "" - -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 -msgid "" +msgid_plural "" "Files %s have been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" +msgstr[0] "" #. error report #: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 @@ -4560,7 +4732,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4593,7 +4765,7 @@ "ექვსი თექსვმეტობითი წყვილისგან." #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4601,7 +4773,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -4680,13 +4852,13 @@ #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/წმ" @@ -4770,8 +4942,8 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Module Name" msgid "Module" @@ -5518,69 +5690,7 @@ "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service Start" -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "სერვისის გაშვება" - -#. Content for the help -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" -"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" -"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Current Status: " -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "მიმდინარე მდგომარეობა:" - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "During Boot" -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "ჩატვირთვისას" - -#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Global Logging Settings:" -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "გლობალური ჟურნალირების პარამეტრები:" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Warning" -msgid "running" -msgstr "გაფრთხილება" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Stop" -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "&გაჩერება" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Start" -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "გა&უშვი" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Token ring network controller" #~ msgid "No running network detected." #~ msgstr "Token ring-ის ქსელური კონტროლერი" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/bootloader.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/bootloader.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/bootloader.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,957 +16,463 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Delete a global option" -msgstr "დეტალური ინფორმაცია" - -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Set a global option" -msgstr "დეტალური ინფორმაცია" - -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 -msgid "Print value of specified option" +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 -msgid "The key of the option" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The value of the option" -msgstr "" - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 -msgid "Value was not specified." -msgstr "" - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 -msgid "Option was not specified." -msgstr "" - -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Value: " -msgid "Value: %s" -msgstr "მნიშვნელობა: " +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "მიმდინარე პარამეტრების ჩვენება" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 -msgid "Specified option does not exist." +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<big>Boot Menu</big> " -msgstr "" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "მო&წყობილობა" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition)." +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"Boot from Root Partition." +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +msgid "Default" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" -"Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"Boot Loader Type \n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use Boot Loader." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 -msgid "" -"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push Add.\n" -"To remove a disk, push Remove." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Default Boot Section" -msgstr "ნაგულისხმები პარამეტრები" +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "დიახ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 -msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" -msgstr "კავშირის ო&ქმი:" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 -msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 -msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "&პაროლი" +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change Location: %s" +msgstr "არქივის მდე&ბარეობა" -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 -msgid "Re&type Password" +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +msgid "" +"Timeout in Seconds \n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +msgid "" +"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +msgid "" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "პარამეტრები" +#| msgid "Probe Source Type" +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" +msgstr "წყაროს ტიპის მოსინჯვა" -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "კავშირის ო&ქმი:" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "" -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "პარამეტრები" - -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "Secure Boot" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "პარამეტრები" - -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +msgid "set" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +msgid "remove" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 +msgid "do not change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Vga Mode" -msgstr "რეჟიმი" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Probe Source Type" -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" -msgstr "წყაროს ტიპის მოსინჯვა" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "" -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -msgid "Text Mode" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -msgid "Unspecified" +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 -msgid "set" +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 -msgid "remove" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 -msgid "do not change" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +msgid "" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +msgid "" +"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "მიმდევრობითი კონტოლერი" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "აირჩიეთ გარჩევადობა:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Console" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "კონსოლი" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "მიმდევრობითი კონტოლერი" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 #, fuzzy -msgid "Select File" -msgstr "აირჩიეთ რეჟიმი" +msgid "&Default Boot Section" +msgstr "ნაგულისხმები პარამეტრები" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "" - -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" +" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 -msgid "&Start from Scratch" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "სხვა" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "" - -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 #, fuzzy -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" +msgstr "დანაყოფი" -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" -"Please wait... " +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 msgid "" -"From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1" +"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push Add.\n" +"To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 -msgid "" -"To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click Edit Configuration Files." -msgstr "" +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" +msgstr "კავშირის ო&ქმი:" -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -" In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu." -msgstr "" +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" +msgstr "პარამეტრები" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -" Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section." -msgstr "" +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boot&loader Options" +msgstr "პარამეტრები" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or Delete to delete the selected section." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" -msgstr "" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer." -msgstr "" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;." -msgstr "" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option." -msgstr "" - -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." -msgstr "" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Installation Details \n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Type \n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use Boot Loader." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Options \n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"Boot Loader Options." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Expert Manual Configuration \n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" -"Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" -"Select the type of the new section to create." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 -msgid "" -"Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 -msgid "" -"Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 -msgid "The password must not be empty." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 -msgid "" -"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" -"do not match. Retype the password." -msgstr "" - -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 -msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "" - +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers #. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "მიმდინარე პარამეტრების ჩვენება" - -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "" - -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "მო&წყობილობა" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 -msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and -#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 -msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" - -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" - #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 msgid "Booting" @@ -978,190 +484,161 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" +"Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" +"Please wait... " msgstr "" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "არქივის მდე&ბარეობა" - -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "" - #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "მოწყობილობა არ არის გამართული" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" -msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" +msgstr "პარამეტრები" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "" - #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "" - #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Delete a global option" +#~ msgstr "დეტალური ინფორმაცია" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set a global option" +#~ msgstr "დეტალური ინფორმაცია" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Value: " +#~ msgid "Value: %s" +#~ msgstr "მნიშვნელობა: " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" +#~ msgstr "კავშირის ო&ქმი:" + +#~ msgid "&Password" +#~ msgstr "&პაროლი" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Vga Mode" +#~ msgstr "რეჟიმი" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select File" +#~ msgstr "აირჩიეთ რეჟიმი" + +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "სხვა" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." +#~ msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." + #~ msgid "&Up" #~ msgstr "&ზევით" @@ -1258,10 +735,6 @@ #~ msgstr "SLP სერვერის პარამეტრები" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "HFS Boot &Partition" -#~ msgstr "დანაყოფი" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&PReP partitions" #~ msgstr "დანაყოფი" @@ -1277,9 +750,6 @@ #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." #~ msgstr "მოწყობილობა არ არის გამართული" -#~ msgid "Yes" -#~ msgstr "დიახ" - #~ msgid "No" #~ msgstr "არა" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/ca-management.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/ca-management.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/ca-management.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -128,8 +128,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "" @@ -201,8 +200,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "" @@ -1840,42 +1838,41 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "" #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "დასრულება" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "" -#. Popup displaying openssl error messages -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "დეტალები" @@ -2154,8 +2151,7 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "" @@ -2201,28 +2197,23 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/cio.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/cio.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/cio.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ msgstr "გამოყენებული %1" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" +msgid "no" msgstr "დიახ" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" +msgid "yes" msgstr "დიახ" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/cluster.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/cluster.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/cluster.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ msgstr "iSNS მისამართი" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Portal Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" @@ -239,149 +239,149 @@ msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "&GSS უსაფრთხოების ჩართვა" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Running Script" msgid "Running" msgstr "სცენარის გაშვება" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Service is not running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "სერვისი არაა გაშვებული" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "ჩატვირთვა" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "გათიშვა -- სერვერი იშვებს მხოლოდ ხელით" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "გათიშვა -- სერვერი იშვებს მხოლოდ ხელით" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "ჩართვა და გათიშვა" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "მიმდინარე მდგომარეობა:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start the Service Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "სერვისის ახლავე გაშვება" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "სერვისის ახლავე შეჩერება" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "დამატება" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "დაყოვნება" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "რედაქტირება" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "ფაილი" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested packages" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "შემოთავაზებული პაკეტები" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a filename" msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "აირჩიეთ ფაილის სახელი" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a filename" msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "აირჩიეთ ფაილის სახელი" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a filename" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "აირჩიეთ ფაილის სახელი" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Archive %1 already exists.\n" @@ -394,50 +394,50 @@ "ნამდვილად გსურთ გამოცვალოთ ის?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "%1 სერვისის გადაკონფიგურირება ვერ მოხერხდა" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration script failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "კონფიგურირების სცენარი ვერ შესრულდა." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "" @@ -558,41 +558,41 @@ msgstr "ს" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Sound Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "ხმის კონფიგურაციის ინიციალიზება" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "მონაცემთა ბაზის წაკითხვა" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "წინა პარამეტრების წაკითხვა" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების შენახვა" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "მონაცემთა ბაზის წაკითხვა..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "წინა პარამეტრების წაკითხვა..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading general settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -600,73 +600,73 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages" msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "წაჭირო პაკეტების ჩადგმა შეუძლებელია" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Finishing configuration..." msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "გამართვის დასრულება..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "RPM-ის მიმდინარე მონაცემთა ბაზის წაკითხვა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "RPM-ის მიმდინარე მონაცემთა ბაზის წაკითხვა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "მოწყობილობების აღმოჩენა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving autofs Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Autofs-ის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა " #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "ცვლილებების ფაილებში შენახვა..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა ვერ მოხერხდა." Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/control.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/control.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/control.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 14:10+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <>\n" @@ -17,329 +17,671 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 0.2\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" -#| "Congratulations!\n" -#| "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -#| "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -#| "Visit us at %1.\n" -#| "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -#| "\t " +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -" " +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " msgstr "" "\n" -"გილოცავთ!\n" -"openSUSE-ის ჩადგმა წარმატებით დასრულდა.\n" -"დასრულება-ზე დაწკაპვის შემდეგ თქვენ შესძლებთ სისტემაში შესვლას.\n" -"მოგვინახულეთ გვერდზე %1.\n" -"მხიარულებას გისურვებთ! მუდამ თქვენი, openSUSE-ს შემმუშავებელთა გუნდი\n" -"\t " +"\n" +"ჩადგმა წარმატებით დასრულდა.\n" +"თქვენი სისტემა მზადაა გამოყენებისთვის.\n" +"სისტემაში შესასვლელად დააშირეთ დასრულება-ს.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"გთხოვთ მოგვინახულოთ გვერდზე http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"\n" +"\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "GNOME გარემო" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "KDE გარემო" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "სამუშაო გარემო XFCE" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "KDE გარემო" +#| msgid "NIS Servers" +msgid "CIM Server" +msgstr "NIS სერვერები" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "მინიმალური X" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "მოშორებული გარემო" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "მინიმალური სერვერი (ტექსტური რეჟიმი)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "ჩადგმის პარამეტრები" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "მიმოხილვა" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +msgid "Expert" +msgstr "ექსპერტებისთვის" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "ქსელიდან ჩადგმის პარამეტრები" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "პარამეტრების განახლება" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "ქსელის გამართვა" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "აპარატურის გამართვა" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "მომზადება" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "ქსელის გამართვა" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "მოგესალმებით" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "დისკის აქტივირება" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "დისკის აქტივირება" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "სისტემის ანალიზი" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update" +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "ქსელიდან განახლება" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "დამატებითი პროდუქტები" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk" msgstr "დისკი" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "დროის სარტყელი" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "ინტერნეტ-რეპოზიტორიები" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "დამატებითი პროდუქტები" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "სამუშაო გარემოს არჩევა" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "მომხმარებლის პარამეტრები" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "ჩადგმა" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "ჩადგმის მიმოხილვა" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "ჩადგმა" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation" +msgid "Installer Cleanup" +msgstr "ჩადგმა" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "ჩადგმა" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "სისტემა განახლებისთვის" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 msgid "Update" msgstr "განახლება" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "განახლების შეჯამება" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "განახლება" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "კონფიგურაცია" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "საბაზო ჩადგმა" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST-ის პარამეტრები" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "კონფიგურაცია" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "სისტემის გამართვა" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "NIS Servers" -#~ msgid "CIM Server" -#~ msgstr "NIS სერვერები" +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"ჩადგმა წარმატებით დასრულდა.\n" +"თქვენი სისტემა მზადაა გამოყენებისთვის.\n" +"სისტემაში შესასვლელად დააშირეთ დასრულება-ს.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"გთხოვთ მოგვინახულოთ გვერდზე http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"\n" +"\t" -#~ msgid "Overview" -#~ msgstr "მიმოხილვა" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System for Update" +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "სისტემა განახლებისთვის" -#~ msgid "Expert" -#~ msgstr "ექსპერტებისთვის" +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Network Configuration" -#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration" -#~ msgstr "ქსელის გამართვა" +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "ვირტუალიზაციის ჰოსტი" -#~ msgid "Installation Summary" -#~ msgstr "ჩადგმის შეჯამება" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Update Summary" -#~ msgstr "განახლების შეჯამება" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "ვირტუალიზაციის ჰოსტი" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "ქსელის გამართვა" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "ქსელის გამართვა" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "ჩადგმის შეჯამება" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "Congratulations!\n" +#| "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#| "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#| "Visit us at %1.\n" +#| "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#| "\t " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Congratulations!\n" +"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +"Visit us at %1.\n" +"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"გილოცავთ!\n" +"openSUSE-ის ჩადგმა წარმატებით დასრულდა.\n" +"დასრულება-ზე დაწკაპვის შემდეგ თქვენ შესძლებთ სისტემაში შესვლას.\n" +"მოგვინახულეთ გვერდზე %1.\n" +"მხიარულებას გისურვებთ! მუდამ თქვენი, openSUSE-ს შემმუშავებელთა გუნდი\n" +"\t " + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "GNOME გარემო" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "KDE გარემო" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "მინიმალური სერვერი (ტექსტური რეჟიმი)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "XFCE Desktop" +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "სამუშაო გარემო XFCE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "KDE გარემო" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "მინიმალური X" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "მოშორებული გარემო" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "მინიმალური სერვერი (ტექსტური რეჟიმი)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "ინტერნეტ-რეპოზიტორიები" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "სამუშაო გარემოს არჩევა" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "დამატებითი პროდუქტის ჩადგმა" #~ msgid "Language Installation" #~ msgstr "ენის ჩადგმა" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\t" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "ჩადგმა წარმატებით დასრულდა.\n" -#~ "თქვენი სისტემა მზადაა გამოყენებისთვის.\n" -#~ "სისტემაში შესასვლელად დააშირეთ დასრულება-ს.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "გთხოვთ მოგვინახულოთ გვერდზე http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\t" - #~ msgid "Initialization..." #~ msgstr "ინიციალიზება..." @@ -371,9 +713,6 @@ #~ msgid "Customer Center" #~ msgstr "მომხმარებლის ცენტრი" -#~ msgid "Online Update" -#~ msgstr "ქსელიდან განახლება" - #~ msgid "Release Notes" #~ msgstr "გამოცემის შენიშვნები" @@ -395,41 +734,6 @@ #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "გაწმენდა" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\t" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "ჩადგმა წარმატებით დასრულდა.\n" -#~ "თქვენი სისტემა მზადაა გამოყენებისთვის.\n" -#~ "სისტემაში შესასვლელად დააშირეთ დასრულება-ს.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "გთხოვთ მოგვინახულოთ გვერდზე http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\t" - #~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" #~ msgstr "სერვერის საბაზო სცენარი" @@ -530,10 +834,6 @@ #~ msgid "Virtual Machine" #~ msgstr "ვირტუალური მანქანა" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "XEN Virtualization Host" -#~ msgstr "ვირტუალიზაციის ჰოსტი" - #~ msgid "Software Selection" #~ msgstr "პროგრამული უზრუნველყოფის არჩევა" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/country.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/country.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/country.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 14:46+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -585,7 +585,9 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New value for hardware clock" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "ახალი მნიშვნელობა აპარატურული საათისთვის" #. summary label @@ -742,8 +744,8 @@ "Enter the correct date.\n" msgstr "" -#. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "BIOS Settings" msgid "Other &Settings..." @@ -751,21 +753,21 @@ #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "დრო და თარიღი (NTP გამართულია)" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "თარიღი და დრო" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" @@ -773,31 +775,31 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&რეგიონის" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "დრის სარტ&ყელი" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Date and Time" msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "თარიღი და დრო" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" @@ -807,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr "" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -815,12 +817,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "საათი და დროის სარტყელი" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "აირჩიეთ მართებული დროის სარტყელი." @@ -908,181 +910,188 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "ესპანური (ლათინური ამერიკა)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "იტალიური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "პორტუგალიური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "პორტუგალიური (ბრაზილია)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "პორტუგალიური (ბრაზილია -- აშშ აქცენტები)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "ბერძნული" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "ნიდერლანდური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "დანიური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "ნორვეგიული" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "შვედური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "ფინური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "ჩეხური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "ჩეხური (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "სლოვაკური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "სლოვეკური (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "სლოვენური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "უნგრული" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "პოლონური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "რუსული" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "სერბული" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "ესტონური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "ლიტვური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "თურქული" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "ხორვატიული" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "იაპონური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "ბელგიური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "დვორაკი" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "ისლანდიური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "უკრაინული" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "კჰმერული" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "კორეული" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "არაბული" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "ტაჯიკური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "ტრადიციული ჩინური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "გამარტივებული ჩინური" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "რუმინული" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SUSE internal" msgid "US International" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/crowbar.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/crowbar.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/crowbar.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,19 +24,9 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "DRBD-ის კონფიგურაცია" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "" - -#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" msgstr "" #. combobox label @@ -50,11 +40,11 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product for SMT server\n" "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" @@ -197,118 +187,128 @@ msgstr "&IP მისამართი" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 msgid "Name" msgstr "დასახელება" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "" -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server" msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "სერვერი" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Repository Name" msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "&რეპოზიტორიის სახელი" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository URL" msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "რეპოზიტორიის URL" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository" msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "რეპოზიტორია" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Directory" +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "მოშორებული დირექტორია" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Directory" msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "მოშორებული დირექტორია" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "iSNS Server" msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "iSNS სერვერი" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Name" msgid "User Name" msgstr "&მომხმარებლის სახელი" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "პაროლი" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the password." msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "ჩასვით პაროლი." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "URL არ შეიძლება იყოს ცარიელი." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgid "" @@ -317,26 +317,26 @@ msgstr "პაროლები არ ემთხვევა. კიდევ სცადეთ." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "მითითებული URL არაა მართებული." #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "გათიშულია" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgid "" @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgid "" @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr "მნიშვნელობა %1 არ არის მართებული." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgid "" @@ -364,97 +364,97 @@ msgstr "მნიშვნელობა %1 არ არის მართებული." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "სერვერის მისამართის '%1' ფორმატი არაა მართებული." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "სერვერის მისამართის '%1' ფორმატი არაა მართებული." #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "IP მისამართი" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "IP მისამართი" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The profile name must not be longer than 32 characters." msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "პროფილის სახელი არ უნდა შეიცავდეს 32 სიმბოლოზე მეტს." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Settings" msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "მომხმარებლის პარამეტრები" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Bridge" msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "ქსელური ხიდი" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "XP Network" msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "XP-ის ქსელი" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network" msgid "Net&works" msgstr "ქსელი" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repositories" msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "რეპოზიტორიები" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ msgstr "" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" @@ -526,21 +526,21 @@ msgstr "ს" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის კონფიგურაციის ინიციალიზაცია" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the configuration" msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "კონფიგურაციის წაკითხვა" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgid "Reading the configuration..." @@ -548,24 +548,24 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Configuration" msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/dhcp-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/dhcp-server.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/dhcp-server.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -56,9 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "" @@ -98,242 +96,247 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "" #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "" + #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "" @@ -358,190 +361,150 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "ექსპერტული პარამეტრები" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&ჩატვირთვისას" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&ხელით" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "ჩატვირთვისას" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "ხელით" -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "" - -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "მოწყობილობის სახელი" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "არ&ჩევა" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP მისამართი" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" "One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." @@ -549,60 +512,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -610,48 +573,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -659,10 +622,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -670,61 +633,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "ნაგულისხმე&ბი" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -732,8 +695,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -741,135 +704,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "დასახელება" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "ტიპი" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "სა&ხელი" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP მისამართი" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -882,15 +845,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -902,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" @@ -1115,7 +1078,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "" @@ -1139,7 +1102,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" @@ -1150,9 +1113,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "არასწორი IP მისამართი." @@ -1168,51 +1131,51 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&ჰოსტის სახელი" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1220,80 +1183,80 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ქსელის &მასკა" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "ჰოსტის სახელი" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "დ&ამატება..." #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "" @@ -1572,8 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1591,17 +1553,9 @@ "is enabled." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 +#. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" -"<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" -"To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"Start DHCP Server." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -1609,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1617,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1637,14 +1591,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1652,7 +1606,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1661,7 +1615,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1670,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1679,14 +1633,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1696,14 +1650,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1711,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1730,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" @@ -1739,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" @@ -1748,21 +1702,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -1770,14 +1724,14 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -1785,40 +1739,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -1827,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" @@ -1838,7 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -1846,14 +1800,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." msgstr "" #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -1861,14 +1815,14 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -1878,45 +1832,45 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." msgstr "" #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "" #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." msgstr "" #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." msgstr "" #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." msgstr "" #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." msgstr "" #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -1924,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -1934,23 +1888,23 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "" @@ -1960,101 +1914,101 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "" #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2062,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2070,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2078,206 +2032,195 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "" - #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "" -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "დამა&ტებითი" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&არე" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "გარემოს შემოწმება" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "გარემოს შემოწმება..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2288,101 +2231,101 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების შენახვა" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების ჩაწერა..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "" @@ -2390,22 +2333,22 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "" #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/dns-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/dns-server.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/dns-server.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -301,8 +301,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -373,11 +372,10 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "მნიშვნელობა" @@ -395,7 +393,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "დასახელება" @@ -405,9 +403,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "ტიპი" @@ -420,8 +418,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "" @@ -451,12 +449,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "არე" @@ -485,14 +482,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "პრიორიტეტი" @@ -554,8 +551,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "" @@ -577,7 +574,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-ის მხარდაჭერა მოქმედია " @@ -604,134 +601,89 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Changes:" -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "ცვლილებები:" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "ჟურნალირება" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4 ან IPv6 მისამართი" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -739,182 +691,182 @@ msgstr "" #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "IPv4 ან IPv6 მისამართი" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "" #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "მნიშ&ვნელობა" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "პარამეტრი" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" msgstr "" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" msgstr "" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "&ფაილი" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "სა&ხელი" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" msgstr "" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "" @@ -923,8 +875,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "მთავარი" @@ -934,9 +886,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "" @@ -945,109 +897,154 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "" #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "SSHD-ის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" msgstr "" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Changes:" +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "ცვლილებები:" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "ჟურნალირება" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "" + #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" @@ -1055,116 +1052,116 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&პრიორიტეტი " #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "" #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1175,104 +1172,104 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "" #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&სერვისი" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&პორტი" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1281,13 +1278,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." @@ -1297,79 +1294,73 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "" #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "" #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "" #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "დამა&ტებითი" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "" @@ -1377,24 +1368,24 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1402,32 +1393,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -2200,201 +2191,204 @@ msgstr "" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "გარემოს შემოწმება" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "გარემოს შემოწმება..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " msgstr "" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." msgstr "" #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Ad&vanced" +#~ msgstr "დამა&ტებითი" + #~ msgid "When &Booting" #~ msgstr "&ჩატვირთვისას" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/docker.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/docker.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/docker.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,6 +17,114 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "მდგომარეობა" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr "გაგრძელება" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "რეპოზიტორია" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminals" +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "ტერმინალები" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -64,14 +172,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "რეპოზიტორია" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "" @@ -100,17 +200,13 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "&ISO გამოსახულება " -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Commands:" msgid "Command" msgstr "ბრძანებები:" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "მდგომარეობა" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Port" msgid "Ports" @@ -156,10 +252,63 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "კომენ&ტარი" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr "გაგრძელება" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Container" +msgstr "გაგრძელება" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/drbd.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/drbd.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/drbd.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-10 00:55+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" @@ -224,15 +224,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" @@ -258,13 +259,13 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>DRBD-ის გლობალური კონფიგურაცია</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" @@ -273,20 +274,22 @@ "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>DRBD-ის გლობალური კონფიგურაცია</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -296,7 +299,7 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -306,14 +309,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -322,7 +325,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -330,7 +333,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -338,14 +341,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -353,7 +356,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -362,7 +365,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -370,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -378,56 +381,134 @@ msgstr "" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Global Configuration of DRBD" msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "DRBD-ის გლობალური კონფიგურაცია" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Type" msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "მოწყობილობის ტიპი" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "რესურსის სახელი" -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "ოქმი" -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile name must be set." -msgid "Node names must be different." +msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "პროფილის სახელის მითითება აუცილებელია." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "" + +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Profile name must be set." +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "პროფილის სახელის მითითება აუცილებელია." + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> @@ -531,87 +612,87 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების წაკითხვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "რესურსების წაკითხვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configurations" msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "კონფიგურაციების წაკითხვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "დემონის მდგომარეობის წაკითხვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების შენახვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების წაკითხვა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "რესურსების წაკითხვა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "კონფიგურაციების წაკითხვა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "დემონის მდგომარეობის წაკითხვა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-ის კონფიგურაციის ჩაწერა" @@ -619,55 +700,55 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების ჩაწერა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "რესურსების ჩაწერა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configurations" msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "კონფიგურაციების წაკითხვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "დემონის მდგომარეობის დანიშნვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების შენახვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების ჩაწერა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "რესურსების ჩაწერა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "NIS-ის კონფიგურაციის ჩაწერა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "დემონის მდგომარეობის დანიშნვა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების ჩაწერა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/fcoe-client.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/fcoe-client.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/fcoe-client.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -582,35 +582,35 @@ msgstr "ჩავდგა ახლა?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "მოწყობილობების აღმოჩენა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "" #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -618,63 +618,63 @@ msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Sound Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "ხმის კონფიგურაციის ინიციალიზება" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "ჩადგმული RPM პაკეტების შემოწმება..." #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "ყველა სერვისი" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Ethernet ქსელის დაფა" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the configuration" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "კონფიგურაციის წაკითხვა" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "ჩადგმული RPM პაკეტების შემოწმება..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "სერვისების გადატვირთვა..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probing network cards..." msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "ქსელური დაფების მოსინჯვა..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -682,123 +682,123 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "სერვისების გაშვება..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "მოწყობილობების აღმოჩენა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "მიმდინარე პარამეტრების წაკითხვა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "sysconfig-ის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "სერვისების გადატვირთვა" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "SSHD სერვისის გამართვა" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "სერვისის გადატვირთვა..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "SSHD სერვისის გამართვა..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა ვერ მოხერხდა." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "სერვისების გაშვება..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "მიმდინარე პარამეტრების წაკითხვა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "<big>DRBD-ის გლობალური კონფიგურაცია</big>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "ინტერფეისები" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -806,11 +806,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ჩართულია" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "გათიშულია" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/firewall.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/firewall.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/firewall.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 15:50+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,6 +16,16 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" @@ -168,7 +178,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "ჯურნალირების დონა" @@ -558,7 +568,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "" @@ -569,8 +579,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "ოქმიმ" @@ -624,28 +634,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "" @@ -765,10 +775,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "არე" @@ -1250,217 +1260,219 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "ჟურნალირების პარამეტრები" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "მიმდინარე პარამეტრების ჩვენება" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "ჩანაწერის დამატება" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "ჩანაწერის ამოღება" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "დეტალური ინფორმაცია" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "ოქმი (tcp|udp)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "ჩანაწერის ნოემრი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "უცნობი არე %1." @@ -1473,180 +1485,180 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "არეს სახელი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "დაშვებულია მხოლოდ ერთ პარამეტრი." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "ინტერფეისი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "მოწყობილობის სახელი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "ყველაფრის ჟურნალირება" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "მხოლოდ კრიტიკულის ჟურნალირება" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "ჟურნალირების გარეშე" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "გლობალური ჟურნალირების პარამეტრები:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "წესის ტიპი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "მნიშვნელობა" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "მიღებულია" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "არ არის მიღებული" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "სამაუწყებლო პაკეტების ჟურნალირება:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "ჟურნალირება ჩართულია" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "ჟურნალირება გამორთულია" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "მოკლედ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "ჟურნალირების მდგომარეობა" @@ -1655,168 +1667,179 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "პორტი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "სერვისის სახელი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "TCP პორტი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "UDP პორტი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "RPC პორტი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "IP ოქმი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "არეებში დაშვებული სერვისები:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "ყველა სერვისი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "სერვისის ID" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "დამატებითი დასაშვები პორტები:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "ყველა პორტი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "ყველა IP ოქმი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "IP ოქმი" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "უცნობი სერვისი - %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 -msgid "Masquerading is %1" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ჩართულია" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "გათიშულია" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/firstboot.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/firstboot.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/firstboot.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 15:05+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" @@ -113,13 +113,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "მდგომარეობა" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "მოდულის სახელი" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "მდგომარეობა" - #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/fonts.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/fonts.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/fonts.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,61 +20,61 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "ნაგულისხმები" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fonts" msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "შრიფტები" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/geo-cluster.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/geo-cluster.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/geo-cluster.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -59,10 +59,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resource Configuration" @@ -118,17 +116,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "დამატება" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "რედაქტირება" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "წაშლა" @@ -136,19 +134,18 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Au&thentication" -msgid "Authentification" +msgid "Authentication" msgstr "ავ&თენტიკაცია" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cancel" msgid "Ca&ncel" @@ -156,9 +153,9 @@ #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" @@ -171,197 +168,208 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Au&thentication" -msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "ავ&თენტიკაცია" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Authentication" -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "მომხმარების ავთენტიკაცია" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "შეწყვეტა" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "%1 არაა მართებული IPv4 მისამართი." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Action is invalid." msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "მოქმედება არასწორია." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay is invalid." msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "დაყოვნება არასწორია." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay is invalid." msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "დაყოვნება არასწორია." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Action is invalid." msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "მოქმედება არასწორია." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay is invalid." msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "დაყოვნება არასწორია." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "პორტის ველი არ შეიძლება იყოს ცარიელი" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "" -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "პორტის ნომერი არ უნდა იყოს ცარიელი." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "" #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " -msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Authentication" +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " +msgstr "მომხმარების ავთენტიკაცია" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Au&thentication" +msgid "Authentication file " +msgstr "ავ&თენტიკაცია" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid " created successfully." msgstr "" #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "ავტომატურად გამართვა" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/installation.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/installation.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/installation.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-06 15:18+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <>\n" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "ინიციალიზება..." @@ -97,29 +97,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "%1 სერვისის გაშვება" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "სერვისის გაშვება - %1..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "ქსელის პარამეტრების მორგება" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "ჩადგმის დაწყება..." @@ -175,28 +175,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." msgstr "" #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "დაადასტურეთ განახლება" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "განახლების დაწ&ყება" @@ -253,51 +253,7 @@ msgstr "სერვისის გაშვება - %1..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "მიმდინარეობს სისტემის პარამეტრების ჩაწერა" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "გამარ&თვის გამოტოვება" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "ფაილების ჩადგმურ სისტემაზე კოპირება..." @@ -485,7 +441,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "უცნობი პროდუქტი" @@ -512,54 +468,28 @@ "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" msgstr "" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" -msgstr "&ენა" - -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "&კლავიატურის განლაგება" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "მე ვეთ&ანხმები სალიცენზიო პირობებს." - -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Keyboard" -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "კლავიატურა" +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "გამოცემის შენიშვნები" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "სალიცენზიო შეთანხმება" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "ლიცენზიის &თარგმანები..." - #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -569,7 +499,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -578,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -586,7 +516,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -595,7 +525,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -603,24 +533,57 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "გამოცემის შენიშვნები" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "სალიცენზიო შეთანხმება" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "&ენა" + +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "&კლავიატურის განლაგება" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "მე ვეთ&ანხმები სალიცენზიო პირობებს." + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "ჩადგმული სისტემის შემოწმება..." + +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keyboard" +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "კლავიატურა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "ლიცენზიის &თარგმანები..." + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -710,7 +673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" @@ -719,16 +682,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "" #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Finishing the installation..." msgid "" @@ -737,27 +700,27 @@ msgstr "ჩადგმის დასრულება..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "" @@ -774,46 +737,47 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "ხელმისაწვდომი კონტროლერების აღმოჩენა" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "დისკის აქტივირება" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "&DASD დისკების გამართვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "&ZFCP დისკების გამართვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Devices" msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "მოწყობილობების კონფიგურირება" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "&iSCSI დისკების გამართვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "ქსელური კონფიგურაციის შენახვა..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -832,7 +796,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "ინიცირება" @@ -857,74 +821,77 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "" +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "სერვისის გაშვება - %1..." + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr "" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "ჩადგმის რეჟიმი" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "საბაზისო ჩადგმის დასრულება" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "დასრულებულია" + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "ფაილების კოპირება ჩადგმულ სისტემაზე" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "ჩადგმის პარამეტრების შენახვა" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "ჩატვირთვების მმართველის ჩადგმა" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "სისტემის პირველადი ჩატვირთვისთვის მომზადება" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "პაკეტების შემოწმება..." -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Calling step %1..." -msgstr "სერვისის გაშვება - %1..." - -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr "" - -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "დასრულებულია" - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "ჩადგმის რეჟიმი" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -948,33 +915,33 @@ msgstr "სისტემის საწყისი კონფიგურაციის მომზადება..." #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Mode" msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "ჩადგმის რეჟიმი" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "ჩ&ადგმის წინ ქსელური რეპოზიტორიების დამატება" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "In&clude Add-On Products from Separate Media" msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "დამა&ტებითი პროდუქტების მითითება სხვა მატარებლიდან" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Congratulations!" msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "გილოცავთ!" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -982,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" @@ -990,7 +957,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" @@ -1105,7 +1072,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "მიმდინარეობს პაკეტების ჩადგმა..." @@ -1137,7 +1104,7 @@ msgstr "" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "" @@ -1160,112 +1127,112 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "მიმდინარეობს კომპიუტერის ანალიზი" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB მოწყობილობების მოსინჯვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB მოწყობილობების მოსინჯვა..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire მოწყობილობების მოსინჯვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "FireWire მოწყობილობების მოსინჯვა..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe floppy disks devices" msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "ხისტი დისკების მოწყობილობების მოწინჯვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probing floppy disks devices..." msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "ხისტი დისკების მოწყობილობების მოწინჯვა..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "მყარი დისკების კონტროლერების მოსინჯვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "მყარი დისკების კონტროლერების მოსინჯვა..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "მყარი დისკის კონტროლერის მოდულების ჩატვირთვა ბირთვში" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "მყარი დისკის კონტროლერის მოდულების ჩატვირთვა ბირთვში..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "მყარი დისკების მოსინჯვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "მყარი დისკების მოსინჯვა" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "სისტემური ფაილების ძებნა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "სისტემური ფაილების მოძებნა..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialize package manager" msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "პაკეტების მმართველის გაშვება" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing package manager..." msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "პაკეტების მმართველის გაშვებაr..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "სისტემის მოსინჯვა" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..." msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ ჩადგმული აპარატურის და სისტემის შემოწმების დასრულებამდე..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1273,7 +1240,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1282,12 +1249,58 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +msgid "" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 #, fuzzy @@ -1343,8 +1356,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "შე&ცვლა..." @@ -1536,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "" @@ -1558,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "ქსელის გამართვა ვერ მოხერხდა" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "ქსელური კონფიგურაციის შენახვა..." @@ -1616,6 +1629,26 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "აპარატურული ნაწილის პარამეტრების შენახვა..." +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "მიმდინარეობს სისტემის პარამეტრების ჩაწერა" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "გამარ&თვის გამოტოვება" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -1683,6 +1716,34 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "ჟურნალის ფაილების ჩადგმულ სისტემაზე კოპირება..." +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device" +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "მოწყობილობა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "გამარ&თვის გამოტოვება" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 #, fuzzy @@ -1691,61 +1752,48 @@ msgstr "Linux-ის დანაყოფების მოძებნა..." #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "თქვენ დაკარგავთ ყველა ცვლილებას." -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "ავტომატური კონფიგურაცია" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "წინა პარამეტრების წაკითხვა..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "თქვენი სისტემის ანალიზირება..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1758,44 +1806,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "გამარ&თვის გამოტოვება" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "გამოიყენე შემდეგი პარამე&ტრები" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "გამარ&თვის გამოტოვება" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "ნაგულისხმებზე დაბ&რუნება" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "გა&ნახლება" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&ჩადგმა" @@ -1823,7 +1863,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1833,7 +1873,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1842,7 +1882,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1851,7 +1891,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1860,7 +1900,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1868,12 +1908,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1882,7 +1922,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1896,6 +1936,11 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "" +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "" + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -1903,21 +1948,113 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "იწერება root ფაილური სისტემა..." +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "" + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Product" +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "უცნობი პროდუქტი" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "" #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "" @@ -1925,24 +2062,29 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "სამომხმარებლო პარამეტრების შენახვა..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "სამომხმარებლო პარამეტრების აღდგენა..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +#~ msgstr "ავტომატური კონფიგურაცია" + #~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." #~ msgstr "ჩადგმის გარემოს გაშვება..." @@ -2021,9 +2163,6 @@ #~ msgid "Network Card" #~ msgstr "ქსელის დაფა" -#~ msgid "Device" -#~ msgstr "მოწყობილობა" - #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "არჩეული ქსელის დაფის აპარატურული მონაცემები" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/iscsi-client.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/iscsi-client.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/iscsi-client.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-10 01:29+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" @@ -108,7 +108,6 @@ msgid "Add" msgstr "დამატება" -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "რედაქტირება" @@ -169,47 +168,64 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "გა&უშვი" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manually" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "ხელით" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP მისამართი" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "პორტი" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "გასაღები" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "მნიშვნელობა" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "სერვისი" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -218,9 +234,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -404,27 +420,25 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "" -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 msgid "No record found." msgstr "ჩანაწერები ნაპოვნი არაა." #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "IP მისამართი არასწორია" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "პორტის ველი არ შეიძლება იყოს ცარიელი" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -437,14 +451,19 @@ "Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "ჩასვით პაროლი." +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "" + #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "ჩასვით პორტი." @@ -452,36 +471,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "გაგრძელება" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "შეწყვეტა" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -572,7 +591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -580,15 +599,16 @@ "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Test Internet connection" msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "ინტერნეტთან კავშირის შემოწმება" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/iscsi-lio-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/iscsi-lio-server.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/iscsi-lio-server.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -40,15 +40,14 @@ msgstr "სერვისი" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "გლობალური" #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "" @@ -65,7 +64,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Portal Address" msgid "Portal group" @@ -96,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "მომხმარების ავთენტიკაცია" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" @@ -109,133 +108,136 @@ msgstr "გეზი" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "დამატება" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "რედაქტირება" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "წაშლა" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Clients" -msgid "Client" -msgstr "კლიენტები" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Lun Mapping" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authors" msgid "Auth" msgstr "ავტორები" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit" msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "რედაქტირება" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit" msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "რედაქტირება" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "ავთენტიკაციის გარეშე" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "შემომავალი ავთენტიკაცია" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "მომხმარებლის სახელი" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "პაროლი" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "გამავალი ავთენტიკაცია" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&ჩატვირთვისას" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&ხელით" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "ჩატვირთვისას" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "ხელით" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "" + #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "გასაღები" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "მნიშვნელობა" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SLP Server Overview" msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" @@ -243,31 +245,32 @@ #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSNS სერვისი</h1>" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Expert Settings" msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" @@ -435,19 +438,24 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." @@ -455,12 +463,12 @@ #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -469,19 +477,19 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -490,235 +498,241 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "შემომავალი ავთენტიკაცია" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid file name." msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "ფაილის სახელი არასწორია." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid IP address." msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "არასწორი IP მისამართი." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The selected option is already present." -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "მიმდინარე პარამეტრი უკვე არსებობს." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The selected option is already present." msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "მიმდინარე პარამეტრი უკვე არსებობს." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The selected option is already present." msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "მიმდინარე პარამეტრი უკვე არსებობს." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "გეზი:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "ნუსხა" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "აირჩიეთ ფაილი ან მოწყობილობა" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Clients" -msgid "Client Lun" -msgstr "კლიენტები" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +msgid "Initiator LUN" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Changes:" msgid "Change:" msgstr "ცვლილებები:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "NIS Client enabled" -msgid "Client name:" -msgstr "NIS-ის კლიენტი ჩართულია" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +msgid "Initiator name:" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Port number must not be empty." -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "პორტის ნომერი არ უნდა იყოს ცარიელი." #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." -msgid "Client name already exists!" +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "ზონა %1 უკვე არსებობს." -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 #, fuzzy #| msgid "NIS Client enabled" -msgid "New client name:" +msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "NIS-ის კლიენტი ჩართულია" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "შეწყვეტა" +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "გათიშულია" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "გათიშულია" + #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "ნამდვილად გსურთ არჩეული ელემენტის წაშლა?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Netmask cannot be empty." msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "ქსელის მასკა არ შეიძლება იყოს ცარიელი." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address cannot be empty." msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "IP მისამართი არ შეიძლება იყოს ცარიელი." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "ზონა %1 უკვე არსებობს." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Outgoing &MSN" msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "გამავალი &MSN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "გათიშულია" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Incoming Authentication" +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "შემომავალი ავთენტიკაცია" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 @@ -733,11 +747,11 @@ msgstr "ს" #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" @@ -847,6 +861,21 @@ msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "თაგუნის გამართვის დეტალები." +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Clients" +#~ msgid "Client" +#~ msgstr "კლიენტები" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Clients" +#~ msgid "Client Lun" +#~ msgstr "კლიენტები" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "NIS Client enabled" +#~ msgid "Client name:" +#~ msgstr "NIS-ის კლიენტი ჩართულია" + #~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" #~ msgstr "SuSEconfig-ის გაშვება" Added: trunk/yast/ka/po/journalctl.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/journalctl.ka.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/journalctl.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +# Georgian translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: ka\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/kdump.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/kdump.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/kdump.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -364,10 +364,8 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -1111,148 +1109,163 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "" + #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ჩართულია" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "გათიშულია" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/live-installer.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/live-installer.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/live-installer.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 14:36+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" @@ -39,15 +39,15 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "იწერება root ფაილური სისტემა..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "პაკეტების კოპირება..." @@ -55,12 +55,12 @@ #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "%1-ის კოპირება..." #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -70,79 +70,61 @@ msgstr "" #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "გამოსახულების მყარ დისკზე გადაწერა" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "ჩადგმის პარამეტრები" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "სისტემის ანალიზი..." #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "არ გამოიყენო დისკი %1" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "დისკის დაყოფა" #. end of partitioning summary -#. bootloader summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "System start-up" -msgstr "სისტემის გაშვება" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 -msgid "Boot only Linux" -msgstr "ჩატვირთე მხოლოდ ლინუქსი" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 -msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -msgstr "" - -#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "კლავიატურა" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "დროის სარტყელი" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "ჩადგმის პარამეტრების შეცვლა" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -150,7 +132,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -245,7 +227,7 @@ "გამოიყენოთ 'Reset'-ის ღილაკი." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "ფაილების ჩადგმურ სისტემაზე კოპირება..." @@ -269,6 +251,12 @@ msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "დროის სარტყელის შენახვა..." +#~ msgid "System start-up" +#~ msgstr "სისტემის გაშვება" + +#~ msgid "Boot only Linux" +#~ msgstr "ჩატვირთე მხოლოდ ლინუქსი" + #~ msgid "Installation settings" #~ msgstr "ჩადგმის პარამეტრები" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/mail.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/mail.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/mail.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -244,73 +244,78 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "" +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "" + #. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "არა" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "" #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&დეტალები..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Manually" msgid "manual" msgstr "ხელით" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Daemons" msgid "daemon" msgstr "დემონები" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "" #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "" @@ -318,7 +323,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -329,7 +334,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -338,39 +343,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "" #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "" @@ -380,23 +385,23 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "" @@ -405,23 +410,23 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&დამატება" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "რ&ედაქტირება" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "წა&შლა" #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "" @@ -429,106 +434,106 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&პაროლი" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "სერვერი" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "ოქმიმ" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "მომხმარებელი" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&წაშლა" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "ს" @@ -769,12 +774,12 @@ msgstr "სერვერი" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -782,56 +787,56 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -839,165 +844,165 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "" #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "SuSEconfig-ის გაშვება..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "სხვა" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "" #. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "დიახ" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Use NIS" msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "გამოი&ყენე NIS" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/network.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/network.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/network.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +#: src/clients/host.rb:114 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "" @@ -354,26 +354,26 @@ msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -384,26 +384,26 @@ msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "" @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "" @@ -680,78 +680,78 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The hostname must be defined." msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "ჰოსტის სახელი უნდა განისაზღვროს." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "" #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -852,72 +852,72 @@ msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configured Repositories" msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "გამართული რეპოზიტორიები" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "" @@ -1044,12 +1044,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 Address Label" @@ -1057,16 +1057,16 @@ #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP მისამართი" #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "&დამატება" @@ -1075,8 +1075,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1086,164 +1086,164 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&წაშლა" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "VLAN" msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Up" msgid "Up" msgstr "&ზევით" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Down" msgid "Down" msgstr "&ქვევით" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " msgstr "" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use Default Values" msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "ნაგულისხმები პარამეტრების გამოყენება" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP მისამართი" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&ჰოსტის სახელი" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1251,13 +1251,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1268,20 +1268,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1299,60 +1299,60 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 msgid "&General" msgstr "&ძირითადი" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1362,12 +1362,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1561,24 +1572,24 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "DRBD-ის კონფიგურაციის პირველი ნაწილი" #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" @@ -1638,7 +1649,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1646,7 +1657,7 @@ "to this configuration dialog.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1659,20 +1670,20 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1682,12 +1693,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1696,7 +1707,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1858,7 +1869,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1868,14 +1879,14 @@ msgstr "&ძებნა" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1883,140 +1894,139 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "ტელეფონის ნომერი" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "YaST2 მართვის ცენტრი" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2025,7 +2035,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2479,31 +2489,31 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IP მისამართი" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ქსელის &მასკა" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2660,127 +2670,127 @@ #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "მთავარი" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "" #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "" #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -2863,27 +2873,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "დახმარება" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -2893,7 +2903,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -2903,97 +2913,97 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "არა." #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "გასაღები" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "ნაგულისხმები" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "" @@ -3008,38 +3018,46 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "საჭიროა ამ პაკეტების ჩადგმა:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3047,111 +3065,61 @@ "Try again?\n" msgstr "" -#. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "უცნობი" -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 -msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 -msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 -msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 -msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 -msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 -msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 -msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 -msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 -msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 -msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 -msgid "Configure mail now?" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 -msgid "Run configuration of %1?" -msgstr "" - #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "ჰოსტის სახელი არასწორია." @@ -3225,8 +3193,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "" @@ -3252,28 +3220,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "" #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3305,27 +3273,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3361,40 +3329,40 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "" #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3617,47 +3585,47 @@ "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "უცნობი მოწყობილობა" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP მისამართი" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "IP არაა მინიჭებული" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3666,7 +3634,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 #, fuzzy #| msgid "configure" msgid "configured" @@ -3723,7 +3691,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "კონფიგურაციის განახლება" @@ -3746,7 +3714,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "კონფიგურაციის განახლება..." @@ -3758,446 +3726,442 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "მოწყობილობების აღმოჩენა..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების შენახვა" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების ჩაწერა..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" -#. Import data -#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "" - #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No IP address assigned" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP არაა მინიჭებული" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "არაა გამართული" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "მოწყობილობის სახელი" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "unknown" msgstr "უცნობი" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4205,30 +4169,30 @@ msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "" @@ -4237,22 +4201,22 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/nfs.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/nfs.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/nfs.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-07 13:10+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ "0-9, A-Z, a-z, წერტილებს, -, და _-ს." #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ "'%1' მონტირების წერტილით." #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -360,12 +360,12 @@ msgstr "NFS კლიენტის კონფიგურაცია" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "'%1' დირექტორიის შექმნა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -376,52 +376,52 @@ "ცვლილებები არ იქნა შეტანილი.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "NFS კონფიგურაციის ჩაწერა" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "სერვისების გაჩერება" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "სერვისების გაშვება" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "სერვისების გაჩერაბა..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "სერვისების გაშვება..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "NFS კლიენტის პარამეტრების შენახვა. გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "/etc/fstab-ის NFS ჩანაწერების მონტირება ვერ მოხერხდა." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS ჩანაწერები" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "გაიმართა %1 ელემენტი" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/nis.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/nis.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/nis.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-13 12:33+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" @@ -243,8 +243,9 @@ msgstr "NIS სერვერების მის&ამართები" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "მაუ&წყებლობა" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers @@ -357,11 +358,6 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "მაუ&წყებლობა" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" @@ -561,3 +557,6 @@ #: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS სერვერი ვერ მოიძებნა." + +#~ msgid "Br&oadcast" +#~ msgstr "მაუ&წყებლობა" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/ntp-client.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/ntp-client.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/ntp-client.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" msgstr "" @@ -30,69 +30,69 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "NTP სერვერის სახელი %1 არასწორია" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "&IP მისამართი" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "სინქრონიზება" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "გამარ&თვა..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -297,310 +297,302 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "სერვერი" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "მაუწყებლობა" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "" #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 @@ -621,7 +613,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -631,7 +623,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -641,14 +633,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -656,14 +648,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -671,7 +663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -683,14 +675,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -699,7 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -708,7 +700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -716,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -724,7 +716,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -732,7 +724,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -741,7 +733,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -749,7 +741,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -761,49 +753,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -811,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -821,7 +813,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -829,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -842,7 +834,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -850,7 +842,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -860,7 +852,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -869,7 +861,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -885,17 +877,17 @@ "ყველა ცვლილება დაიკარგება." #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -905,14 +897,14 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -921,44 +913,44 @@ msgstr "" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -966,208 +958,208 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "" #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "" #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 #, fuzzy msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "რესურსების კონფიგურაცია" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 #, fuzzy msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "ნაგულისხმები პოლისი" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "" #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "შემო&წმება" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "მო&წყობილობა" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 #, fuzzy msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "iSNS წვდომის მართვა" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "ტიპი" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "" @@ -1181,150 +1173,158 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "ინიციალიზება..." -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "" - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "" - -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "" - #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "" + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "'ntpdate %1' failed. Revisit NTP server configuration?" #~ msgstr "'ntpdate %1' ვერ მოხერხდა. გსურთ გადახედოთ NTP სერვერის კონფიგურაციას?" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/packager.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/packager.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/packager.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 15:23+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "ს" @@ -500,13 +500,6 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "&მატარებელი " -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "აპარატურული ნაწილის პარამეტრების შენახვა..." - #. default (minimal) priority of a repository #: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" @@ -545,7 +538,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -790,7 +783,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "დეტალები:" @@ -798,7 +791,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "კიდევ ვცადო?" @@ -1309,49 +1302,49 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "რეპოზიტორიის დამატება..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "&რეპოზიტორიის სახელი" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "რეპოზიტორია" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "რეპოზიტორიების ამოღება" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "%1 რეპოზიტორიის მოსინჯვა" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "რეპოზიტორიის დამატება..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "რეპოზიტორიების განახლება" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "რეპოზიტორია" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1363,33 +1356,40 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "XPRAM-ის კონფიგურაციის შეცვლა" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" msgstr "" +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "აპარატურული ნაწილის პარამეტრების შენახვა..." + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1397,87 +1397,95 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." msgstr "" +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "უცნობი პროდუქტი" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ..." + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, გეზი: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "დამატებითი პროდუქტები" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "დამატებითი &პროდუქტები" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "მოათავსეთ პირველი მატარებელი." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "მოათავსეთ პირველი მატარებელი." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "უცნობი პროდუქტი" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 #, fuzzy @@ -1501,31 +1509,31 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "&სრული ჟურნალის ჩვენება" #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation of Some Packages Failed" msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "ზოგიერთი პაკეტის ჩადგმა ვერ მოხერხდა" #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Mode" msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "ჩადგმის რეჟიმი" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Medium" msgid "Medium %1" @@ -1535,13 +1543,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "დასრულდა." @@ -1549,14 +1557,14 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1565,7 +1573,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "სულ" @@ -1574,12 +1582,12 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1-ის ჩამოტვირთვა (ჩამოტვირთვის ზომა %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (Remaining: %1, %2 packages)" msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" @@ -1587,33 +1595,33 @@ #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "პაკეტის ჩამოტვირთვა" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "რეკომენდირებული პაკეტები" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1-ის წაშლა" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "%1-ის ჩადგმა (ჩადგმულის ზომა %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "დელტა RPM-ის დაყენება: %1" @@ -1736,7 +1744,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", @@ -1752,12 +1760,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1765,50 +1773,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "რეპოზიტორიების ინიციალიზება..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "მოათავსეთ %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1817,34 +1825,42 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&ენა" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "მე ვეთ&ანხმები სალიცენზიო პირობებს." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1855,36 +1871,37 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "სალიცენზიო შეთანხმება" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "სისტემა ითიშება..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 #, fuzzy #| msgid " License Agreement" @@ -1892,7 +1909,7 @@ msgstr "სალიცენზიო შეთანხმება" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -1988,7 +2005,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgid "S&MB/CIFS" @@ -2037,65 +2054,65 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&სერვერის სახელი" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO გამოსახულება " #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&IP Protocols" msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "&IP ოქმები" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "მონტირების პარამეტრები" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Default" msgid "(default)" msgstr "ნაგულისხმები" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "ო&ქმი" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 #, fuzzy #| msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgid "&URL of the Repository" @@ -2104,39 +2121,39 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "რეპოზიტორიის URL" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS სევერი" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD ან DVD მატარებელი" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "მყარი დისკი" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "ადგილობრივი დირექტორია" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "ადგილობრივი ISO გამოსახულება" @@ -2145,53 +2162,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "სერვერი და დირექტორია" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&რეპოზიტორიის სახელი" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "&სერვისის სახელი" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL არ შეიძლება იყოს ცარიელი." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2201,23 +2218,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2226,42 +2243,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO გამოსახულების ფაილი " #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2269,17 +2286,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2289,20 +2306,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "დირე&ქტორია" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2315,7 +2332,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2323,11 +2340,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2339,12 +2356,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2352,71 +2369,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&პორტი" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO გამოსა&ხულება" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&დირექტორია სერვერზე " #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "ავ&თენტიკაცია" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&ანონიმური" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&მომხმარებლის სახელი" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&პაროლი" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2431,7 +2448,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2440,12 +2457,18 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network is not Configured" +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "ქსელი არ არის გამართული" + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2453,7 +2476,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2461,7 +2484,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2471,7 +2494,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2480,27 +2503,27 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the media type." msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "აირჩიეთ მატარებლის ტიპი." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2510,19 +2533,19 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "მატარებლის ტიპი" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The repository is not valid." msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." @@ -2709,19 +2732,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Obsolete packages" msgid "Deselect some packages." Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/pkg-bindings.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/pkg-bindings.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/pkg-bindings.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-26 01:56+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:655 +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:661 +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "პაკეტი არ არის ხელმისაწვდომი. " Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/printer.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/printer.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/printer.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 17:20+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -216,8 +216,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "აღწერა" @@ -465,8 +465,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "" @@ -2634,56 +2634,56 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "კონფიგურაცია" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "დასახელება" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "მდებარეობა" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "ნაგულისხმები" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "მდგომარეობა" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "" #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "" @@ -2693,7 +2693,7 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" @@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -2721,74 +2721,74 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "" #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "" @@ -2799,35 +2799,35 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of sshd" msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "sshd-ის კონფიგურაცია" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "" #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -2836,25 +2836,25 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 #, fuzzy msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "ამ მოდულისთვის დახმარების გამოტანა" @@ -2863,7 +2863,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "" @@ -2882,22 +2882,22 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copy the packages" msgid "Two test pages" @@ -2905,7 +2905,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "" @@ -2913,19 +2913,19 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation was successful" msgid "Testpage printout was successful" @@ -2933,7 +2933,7 @@ #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "" @@ -2953,53 +2953,53 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/rdp.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/rdp.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/rdp.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -106,68 +106,68 @@ msgstr "ქსელური ფარის დეტალები" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების შენახვა" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure" msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "კონფიგურირება" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart the service" msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "სერვისის გადატვირთვა" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "სერვისების გაჩერება" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving autofs Configuration" msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Autofs-ის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა " #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების ჩაწერა..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuring hardware..." msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "აპარატურის გამართვა..." #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "სერვისის გადატვირთვა..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stopping services..." msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "სერვისების გაჩერაბა..." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled" msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "&SLP რეგისტრაცია ჩართულია" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/rear.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/rear.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/rear.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -271,16 +271,16 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading general settings..." +msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgstr "ძირითადი პარამეტრების წაკითხვა..." + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "სისტემის ანალიზი..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reading general settings..." -msgid "Reading rear settings" -msgstr "ძირითადი პარამეტრების წაკითხვა..." - #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/registration.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/registration.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/registration.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 17:22+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,29 +15,6 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "&SLP რეგისტრაცია ჩართულია" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "სისტემის პროფილი წარმატებით გაიგზავნა" - -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "" - #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -55,9 +32,9 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -71,30 +48,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -233,29 +210,25 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "თითის ანაბეჭდი" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" - +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -271,42 +244,41 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled" -msgid "Registration failed." +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "&SLP რეგისტრაცია ჩართულია" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "სისტემის პროფილი წარმატებით გაიგზავნა" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -316,23 +288,23 @@ msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -340,26 +312,44 @@ "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -368,7 +358,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" @@ -377,14 +367,14 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting configuration scripts..." msgid "Synchronizing Products..." @@ -396,30 +386,30 @@ #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting configuration scripts..." msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "კონფიგურირების სცენარების გაშვება..." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "სისტემის პროფილი წარმატებით გაიგზავნა" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" @@ -427,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "სისტემის პროფილი წარმატებით გაიგზავნა" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -435,7 +425,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -449,7 +439,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -460,40 +450,40 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "უცნობი პროდუქტი" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "ჩადგმის დაწყება..." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No product found in the repository" msgid "" @@ -562,34 +552,38 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Details" msgstr "დეტალები" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" @@ -604,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr "" #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" @@ -663,32 +657,32 @@ msgstr "" #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "" #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&ვერსია" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "სისტემის პროფილი წარმატებით გაიგზავნა" @@ -713,10 +707,8 @@ msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -725,57 +717,65 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "ჩადგმის დაწყება..." #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "სისტემის პროფილი წარმატებით გაიგზავნა" @@ -784,51 +784,34 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" - #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Network Configuration..." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" #. SSL error message @@ -853,22 +836,22 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) @@ -876,16 +859,6 @@ msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "" - -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -920,21 +893,21 @@ msgstr "აირჩიეთ მატარებლის ტიპი." #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Repositories..." msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "რეპოზიტორიების შენახვა..." #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL: %1" msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Priority" msgid "Priority: %s" @@ -1003,19 +976,19 @@ msgstr "აირჩიეთ მატარებლის ტიპი." #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Migration Details" msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "მიგრაციის დეტალები" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse configuration summary." msgid "Migration Summary" @@ -1027,38 +1000,38 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1107,17 +1080,76 @@ "You can manually register the system from scratch." msgstr "" -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Local Registration Servers" +msgstr "&SLP რეგისტრაცია ჩართულია" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No registration server selected" +msgstr "სისტემის პროფილი წარმატებით გაიგზავნა" + +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "ძებნა..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "&SLP რეგისტრაცია ჩართულია" +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 #, fuzzy +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "სისტემის პროფილი წარმატებით გაიგზავნა" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled" +#~ msgid "Registration failed." +#~ msgstr "&SLP რეგისტრაცია ჩართულია" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Online Repositories" #~ msgid "Migration Repositories" #~ msgstr "ინტერნეტ-რეპოზიტორიები" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/reipl.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/reipl.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/reipl.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-26 05:57+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/samba-client.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/samba-client.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/samba-client.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -815,86 +815,86 @@ msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "დიახ" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "არა" #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/samba-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/samba-server.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/samba-server.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/security.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/security.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/security.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -114,296 +114,263 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "უცნობი" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart the service" msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "სერვისის გადატვირთვა" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "სერვისების გადატვირთვა" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "სერვისების გაჩერება" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Allow &TCP Forwarding" msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "&TCP გადამისამართების დაშვება" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Allow &TCP Forwarding" msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "&TCP გადამისამართების დაშვება" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "სერვისების გადატვირთვა" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "კონფიგურირება" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "ჩართულია" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "გათიშულია" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "მდგომარეობა" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "დახმარება" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr "" #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "აღწერა" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 #, fuzzy msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "ჟურნალირების მდგომარეობა" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 #, fuzzy msgid "&Description" msgstr "აღწერა" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "სისტემის ანალიზი..." #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." msgstr "" #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." msgstr "" -#. Boot dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" "Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" @@ -412,33 +379,33 @@ msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -446,7 +413,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" @@ -455,7 +422,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" @@ -464,7 +431,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" @@ -472,14 +439,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" @@ -487,7 +454,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" @@ -497,7 +464,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" @@ -505,12 +472,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" @@ -518,26 +485,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" @@ -545,35 +512,35 @@ msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" "In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" @@ -591,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" @@ -601,7 +568,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" @@ -610,7 +577,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" "system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" @@ -619,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" @@ -630,21 +597,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" "will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" @@ -652,26 +619,26 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgstr "" #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" @@ -683,7 +650,7 @@ "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" "computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" @@ -691,23 +658,23 @@ "correct log messages." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" "X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" "to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" @@ -719,13 +686,13 @@ "Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" "The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" "itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" @@ -737,7 +704,7 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" @@ -749,38 +716,86 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +msgid "" +"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +msgid "" +"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Hibernate System:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +msgstr "" + #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 #, fuzzy @@ -846,169 +861,242 @@ "maximum." msgstr "" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "" + #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disabled" msgid "Disable" msgstr "გათიშულია" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "System Information" msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "სისტემური ინფორმაცია" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Settings" msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "ავთენტიკაციის პარამეტრები" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "" @@ -1024,66 +1112,66 @@ msgstr "ს" #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Default system settings" msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "სისტემის ნაგულისხმები პარამეტრები" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/services-manager.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/services-manager.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/services-manager.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -297,11 +297,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/snapper.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/snapper.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/snapper.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "აღწერა" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Name" msgid "User data" @@ -65,39 +65,39 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "ახალი TSIG გასაღების შექმნა" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -105,254 +105,254 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe" msgid "Pre" msgstr "მოსინჯვა" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "ნამდვილად წავშალო '%1'?" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "ნამდვილად წავშალო '%1'?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "სინგაპური" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "დემონის მდგომარეობის წაკითხვა..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Support Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "მხარდაჭერის კონფიგურაცია" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "ტიპი" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start &Update" msgid "Start Date" msgstr "განახლების დაწ&ყება" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Time and Date" msgid "End Date" msgstr "დრო და თარიღი" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User ID" msgid "User Data" msgstr "მომხმარებლის ID" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Changes:" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "ცვლილებები:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Modify URL" msgid "Modify" msgstr "URL-ის &შეცვლა" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Collected Data Review" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "მოგროვებული მონაცემების მიმოხილვა" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "ცვლილებების ფაილებში შენახვა..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "კონფიგურაციების წაკითხვა..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove from Data" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "მონაცემებიდან ამოღება" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Restart" msgid "Restore" msgstr "გადატ&რთვა" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Desktop Selection" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "სამუშაო გარემოს არჩევა" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Open" msgid "&Open" msgstr "გახსნა" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Desktop Selection" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "სამუშაო გარემოს არჩევა" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -373,21 +373,21 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Display only profile selected for being used" msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "მხოლოდ გამოსაყენებლად მითითებული პროფილის ჩვენება" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read power saving profiles" msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "ენერგიის შენახვის პროფილების წაკითვა" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/storage.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/storage.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/storage.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 16:03+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -81,8 +81,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -146,7 +145,13 @@ msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." +msgstr "იწერება root ფაილური სისტემა..." + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -766,7 +771,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -784,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -794,7 +799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -804,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -814,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -825,7 +830,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -835,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -848,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -858,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -870,7 +875,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -881,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -893,11 +898,11 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"\n" +"%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" @@ -996,53 +1001,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1051,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1061,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1071,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1086,13 +1091,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1120,7 +1125,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "შეი&ყვანეთ პაროლი:" @@ -1132,7 +1137,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "შეი&ყვანეთ პაროლი:" @@ -1153,7 +1158,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1162,7 +1167,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1476,7 +1481,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1493,19 +1498,19 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "ზონა %1 უკვე არსებობს." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "ზონა %1 უკვე არსებობს." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1537,7 +1542,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1550,7 +1555,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1563,7 +1568,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1585,7 +1590,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1745,7 +1750,7 @@ msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -1760,12 +1765,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1773,28 +1778,28 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "მონტირება" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2061,11 +2066,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "რედაქტირება" @@ -2096,9 +2099,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2120,8 +2122,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "რედაქტირება..." @@ -2138,8 +2139,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2204,39 +2204,45 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "EFI Boot Partition" +msgstr "დანაყოფი" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "" #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2244,58 +2250,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "დანაყოფი" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "საკონტაქტო ინფორმაცია" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "პარამეტრები" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "მონტირების წერტილი" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "პროფილის სახელის მითითება აუცილებელია." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2304,17 +2310,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2324,7 +2330,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2333,59 +2339,59 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "ყველა ცვილება დაიკარგება!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "პაროლი" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "თაგუნას მიმდინარე ტიპი: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "თაგუნას მიმდინარე ტიპი: %1" @@ -2394,8 +2400,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2407,21 +2413,21 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "დისკის დაყოფა" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -2429,13 +2435,13 @@ msgstr "მომხმარებლის ცენტრი" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2445,7 +2451,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2454,12 +2460,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2654,62 +2660,62 @@ msgstr "მითითებული URL არაა მართებული." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking partition %1" msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "%1 დანაყოფის შემოწმება" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Norway" msgid "Forward" msgstr "ნორვეგია" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "ფონი" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "ნამდვილად წავშალო ეს დომენი?" @@ -2717,53 +2723,58 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "" #. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "" #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "ნამდვილად წავშალო ეს დომენი?" #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "" @@ -2771,27 +2782,27 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgid "" @@ -2800,26 +2811,26 @@ msgstr "/var-ის %1 დანაყოფის მონტირება ვერ მოხერხდა.\n" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "/var-ის %1 დანაყოფის მონტირება ვერ მოხერხდა.\n" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -2829,56 +2840,56 @@ "partitions will be deleted.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "ნამდვილად წავშალო ეს დომენი?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" "Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking partition %1" msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "%1 დანაყოფის შემოწმება" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 #, fuzzy #| msgid "A&vailable are:" msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "ხელმისა&წვდომია:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -2921,8 +2932,7 @@ msgstr "ამოღება" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize" msgstr "ზომა" @@ -3017,8 +3027,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3123,50 +3132,50 @@ msgstr "" #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" "RAID device will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "ნამდვილად წავშალო %1?" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3174,7 +3183,7 @@ #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partition" msgid "Unpartitioned" @@ -3184,36 +3193,36 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 #, fuzzy msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "აშშ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 #, fuzzy msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "<h1>ყურადღება</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "<h1>ყურადღება</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "ფუნქციური ღილაკების ბმულები:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "ფუნქციური ღილაკების ბმულები:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "" @@ -3311,12 +3320,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "" @@ -3618,12 +3627,12 @@ msgstr "გამოყენებული %1" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3657,9 +3666,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "" @@ -3669,14 +3678,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4019,17 +4028,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4295,7 +4304,7 @@ msgstr "ჩადგმის დაწყება..." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "" @@ -5050,38 +5059,51 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5091,7 +5113,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5105,7 +5127,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5118,7 +5140,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5127,7 +5149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5135,7 +5157,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5144,28 +5166,28 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "შეი&ყვანეთ პაროლი:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 #, fuzzy #| msgid "root Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "root-ის პაროლი" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5173,14 +5195,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "შეი&ყვანეთ პაროლი:" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5188,61 +5210,61 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter Password:" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "შეი&ყვანეთ პაროლი:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YaST2-მა აღმოაჩინა შემდეგი მოწყობილობა" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2-მა აღმოაჩინა შემდეგი მოწყობილობა" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "დისკი" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "დისკი" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "დისკი" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 #, fuzzy #| msgid "BIOS" msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "BIOS" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "BIOS" msgid "MD RAID" @@ -5251,48 +5273,48 @@ #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5300,7 +5322,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5308,7 +5330,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5316,20 +5338,20 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "იწერება root ფაილური სისტემა..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5923,56 +5945,45 @@ "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 -msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Samba Group Name" -msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" -msgstr "Samba-ის ჯგუფის სახელი" - #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "საკონტაქტო ინფორმაცია" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "საკონტაქტო ინფორმაცია" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების ჩაწერა" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" -"To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" -"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +"Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5981,37 +5992,50 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 #, fuzzy msgid "Password:" msgstr "პაროლი" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "შეი&ყვანეთ პაროლი:" +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. #. @@ -6058,6 +6082,11 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Samba Group Name" +#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" +#~ msgstr "Samba-ის ჯგუფის სახელი" + #~ msgid "Changes:" #~ msgstr "ცვლილებები:" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/update.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/update.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/update.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-06 15:01+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -763,19 +763,19 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "უცნობი პროდუქტი" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/users.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/users.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/users.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 16:02+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -124,543 +124,6 @@ msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "" -#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 -msgid "User Authentication Method" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Authentication \n" -"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 2/3 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" - -#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 -msgid "&LDAP" -msgstr "&LDAP" - -#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 -msgid "N&IS" -msgstr "N&IS" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#. menubutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "&Samba" -msgstr "&Samba" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 -msgid "&Windows Domain" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 -msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 -msgid "eDirectory LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext: additional kerberos support -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 -msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 -msgid "&Choose" -msgstr "" - -#. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 -msgid "Authentication Method" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 -msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" -msgstr "" - -#. selection box label -#. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 -msgid "&Select Users to Read" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 -msgid "Select or Deselect &All" -msgstr "" - -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 -msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "" - -#. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 -msgid "E&xpert Options..." -msgstr "" - -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 -msgid "" -"\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. additional help text about password -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" - -#. report misspellings of the password -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -msgid "" -"The passwords do not match.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. report if user forgot to enter a password -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgstr "" - -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Really delete this domain?" -msgid "Really use this password?" -msgstr "ნამდვილად წავშალო ეს დომენი?" - -#. Error msg (yes/no) -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 -msgid "" -"The root password could not be set.\n" -"You might not be able to log in.\n" -"Try setting it again?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 -msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." -msgstr "" - -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed.\n" -"Install it now?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -msgid "DES" -msgstr "DES" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 -msgid "MD5" -msgstr "MD5" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 -msgid "SHA-256" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 -msgid "SHA-512" -msgstr "" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 -msgid "Password Encryption Type" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 -msgid "&DES" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 -msgid "&MD5" -msgstr "&MD5" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 -msgid "SHA-&256" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 -msgid "SHA-&512" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Welcome!" -msgid "Authentication " -msgstr "მოგესალმებით!" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 -msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -msgid "User's &Full Name" -msgstr "" - -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -msgid "&Username" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 -msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 -msgid "&Automatic Login" -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 -msgid "Create New User" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup headline -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 -msgid "Empty User Login" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup contents -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" -"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" -"Leave it empty?" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" -"assign to this user account.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 -msgid "" -"\n" -"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" -" %2 and %3 characters.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %s characters long." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 -msgid "" -"\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" -"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well -#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) -#. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 -msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "ექსპერტული პარამეტრები" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 -msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." -msgstr "" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 -msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "" - -#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 -msgid "User %s will be imported." -msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "შე&ცვლა..." - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 -msgid "Summary" -msgstr "" - -#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "" - #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" @@ -782,11 +245,6 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 -msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." -msgstr "" - #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -1027,93 +485,6 @@ msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#. authentication type -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 -msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP" - -#. authentication type -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 -msgid "NIS" -msgstr "NIS" - -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 -msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 -msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." -msgstr "" - -#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) -#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 -msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. rich text label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "მომხმარებლის პარამეტრები" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 -msgid "&User" -msgstr "მომ&ხმარებელი" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 -msgid "&Root Password" -msgstr "" - #. password entering label #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" @@ -1265,6 +636,22 @@ "enter the user's current password." msgstr "" +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -1288,6 +675,13 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "" @@ -1302,11 +696,30 @@ msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "" +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + #. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "" +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "" + #. check box label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" @@ -1474,6 +887,32 @@ msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "" +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete this domain?" +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "ნამდვილად წავშალო ეს დომენი?" + #. popup question #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" @@ -1562,6 +1001,20 @@ msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "" +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +msgid "DES" +msgstr "DES" + +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "MD5" + #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -1571,6 +1024,24 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -1689,6 +1160,15 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" @@ -1714,6 +1194,21 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +msgstr "" + #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." @@ -2358,7 +1853,8 @@ msgstr "" #. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -2434,6 +1930,11 @@ msgstr "" #. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "NIS" + +#. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "" @@ -2453,6 +1954,11 @@ msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "" +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "&Samba" + #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" @@ -2568,6 +2074,11 @@ "" msgstr "" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" @@ -2578,6 +2089,26 @@ msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "" +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "&MD5" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "" + #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" @@ -2835,6 +2366,12 @@ #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "სისტემა" @@ -3110,6 +2647,13 @@ msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "" +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" + #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" @@ -3127,6 +2671,346 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "ს" +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +msgid "" +"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long." +msgstr "" + +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "" + +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +msgid "" +"\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" +"Local users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +msgid "Create new user" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +msgid "" +"\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The password length should be between %{min}\n" +" and %{max} characters.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +msgid "" +"\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +msgid "" +"\n" +"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"be imported.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +msgid "Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"a local user.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +msgid "Local User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +msgid "" +"The new username cannot be blank.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +msgid "" +"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +msgid "&Create New User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +msgid "Choose Users" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +msgid "&Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +msgid "No users selected" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +msgid "%d user will be imported" +msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" +msgstr[0] "" + +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "" + +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication" +msgid "Password &Encryption Type" +msgstr "ავთენტიკა&ცია პაროლით" + +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "მომხმარებლის პარამეტრები" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "მომ&ხმარებელი" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" +msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" +msgstr[0] "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "" + #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" @@ -3568,7 +3452,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -3580,202 +3464,202 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3783,14 +3667,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3799,7 +3683,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3808,7 +3692,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3816,14 +3700,14 @@ "Really change the user type to 'system'?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -3831,14 +3715,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -3846,7 +3730,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -3854,7 +3738,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -3862,14 +3746,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -3877,7 +3761,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -3885,7 +3769,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -3894,7 +3778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -3904,19 +3788,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3924,14 +3808,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3940,7 +3824,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3949,7 +3833,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3958,14 +3842,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -3973,7 +3857,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -3982,21 +3866,21 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, fuzzy, perl-format #| msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "ფაილი %1 არ არსებობს." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4004,7 +3888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4012,23 +3896,23 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "შესვ&ლის პარამეტრები" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" @@ -4046,23 +3930,23 @@ msgstr "" #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resource Configuration" msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "რესურსების კონფიგურაცია" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "" @@ -4179,7 +4063,7 @@ #. the ']' is or-ed... #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4187,7 +4071,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" "For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" @@ -4197,7 +4081,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4205,37 +4089,37 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4243,7 +4127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4251,20 +4135,20 @@ msgstr "" #. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4272,7 +4156,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4281,22 +4165,20 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "" @@ -4358,6 +4240,23 @@ msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "&LDAP" +#~ msgstr "&LDAP" + +#~ msgid "N&IS" +#~ msgstr "N&IS" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Welcome!" +#~ msgid "Authentication " +#~ msgstr "მოგესალმებით!" + +#~ msgid "Expert Settings" +#~ msgstr "ექსპერტული პარამეტრები" + +#~ msgid "&Change..." +#~ msgstr "შე&ცვლა..." + #~ msgid "N&IS+" #~ msgstr "N&IS+" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/vm.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/vm.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/vm.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 14:55+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -40,157 +40,157 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "ქსელის გამართვა" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "პაკეტების შემოწმება..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "პაკეტების ჩადგმა..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "კონფიგურაციის განახლება..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "ქსელის გამართვა..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Bridge" msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "ქსელური ხიდი" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -203,27 +203,27 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ka/po/vpn.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ka/po/vpn.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) +++ trunk/yast/ka/po/vpn.ka.po 2016-09-02 21:36:31 UTC (rev 96688) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The selected option is already present." msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "მიმდინარე პარამეტრი უკვე არსებობს." #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "" @@ -310,114 +310,114 @@ msgstr "" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "" #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "დასახელება" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "აღწერა" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "" #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All networks" msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "ყველა ქსელი" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DSL Connection" msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "DSL კავშირი" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "ტიპი" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Server" msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "სერვერის გაშვება" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clients" msgid "Client" msgstr "კლიენტები" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose Scenario" msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "აირჩიეთ სცენარი" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit Current Port" msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "მიმდინარე პორტის რედაქტირება" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "" @@ -512,38 +512,38 @@ msgstr "" #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "აუციებელი პაკეტების დაყენება ვერ მოხერხდა." #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to parse: %s." msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Failed to parse: %s." #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "idmapd-ის გადატვირთვა ვერ მოხერხდა" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -551,32 +551,32 @@ msgstr "" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read global settings" msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების წაკითხვა" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "მიმდევრობითი ხაზის კავშირი" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "" #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96687 - trunk/yast/jv/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Sep '16

02 Sep '16

Author: minton Date: 2016-09-02 23:36:16 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96687 Added: trunk/yast/jv/po/journalctl.jv.po Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/add-on.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-client.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-server.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/autoinst.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/base.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/bootloader.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/ca-management.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/cio.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/cluster.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/control.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/country.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/crowbar.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/dhcp-server.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/dns-server.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/docker.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/drbd.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/fcoe-client.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/firewall.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/firstboot.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/fonts.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/geo-cluster.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/installation.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-client.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-lio-server.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/kdump.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/live-installer.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/mail.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/network.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/nfs.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/nis.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/ntp-client.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/packager.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/pkg-bindings.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/printer.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/rdp.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/rear.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/registration.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/reipl.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-client.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-server.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/security.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/services-manager.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/snapper.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/storage.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/update.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/users.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/vm.jv.po trunk/yast/jv/po/vpn.jv.po Log: jv merged Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/add-on.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/add-on.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/add-on.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -67,13 +67,14 @@ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "" -#. error report -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 -msgid "Failed to add add-on product." +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "" +#. just report error #: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "" #. placeholder for unknown path Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-client.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-client.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-client.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,1110 +16,1666 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 -msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Realm name" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 -msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 -msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Principal Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" + +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter realm name." +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Reset" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Please enter server URI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "Please enter DN of search base." +msgstr "" + +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" + +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +msgid "(not specified)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +msgid "Secure LDAP communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +msgid "Do Not Use Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +msgid "Test Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "Extended Options" +msgstr "" + +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +msgid "All Authentication Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Add Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Edit Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Delete Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "User Logon Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Change Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "User Logon Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Full Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Network Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +msgid "Identity Domains" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Extended options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "" + #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "" #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "" #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "" +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Global Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Name switch" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Auto-Mount" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "SSH Public Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" +msgstr "" + #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "" -#. Overview of all config sections -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Global Configuration" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Stopped" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 -msgid "Sections" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 -msgid "New Service/Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Join Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Leave Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Clear Domain Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +msgid "Service Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +msgid "Domain Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." +msgstr "" + +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "Use this domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. #. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 -msgid "Customisation - %s" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Name" +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Value" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Description" +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "More Parameters" +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Name filter:" +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" -#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 -msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 -msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" + #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to continue?" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 -msgid "No domain enabled" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +msgid "No domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" -"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -#. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 -msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "" -#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" msgstr "" -#. New service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Service" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 -msgid "Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 -msgid "Domain name (example.com)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Identification provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "Authentication provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Activate Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr "" -#. Create new service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "" -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Current status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Gathering status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +msgid "" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" +"\n" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "Enable the domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Please enter the domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "" + +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" msgstr "" -#. NSS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" -#. PAM configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" -#. SUDO configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#. SSH configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" - -#. autofs may only start after sssd is started -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 -msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "" - -#. end Export -#. ################################################################ -#. ################################################################ -#. Summary() -#. returns html formated configuration summary -#. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 -msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 -msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 -msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 -msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-server.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-server.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-server.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -291,8 +291,7 @@ msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "" @@ -435,12 +434,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "" @@ -466,8 +465,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" @@ -475,7 +474,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -556,8 +555,8 @@ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "" @@ -1816,8 +1815,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2191,7 +2189,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2259,7 +2257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2420,237 +2418,237 @@ msgstr "" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/autoinst.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/autoinst.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/autoinst.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "" @@ -49,14 +49,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -237,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -245,73 +244,57 @@ msgstr "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -365,8 +348,15 @@ "%1" msgstr "" -#. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> @@ -374,65 +364,51 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "" #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "" @@ -476,55 +452,63 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "" @@ -532,15 +516,15 @@ msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "" @@ -552,7 +536,15 @@ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "" @@ -561,26 +553,27 @@ #. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the #. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc #. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "" #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "" #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -654,11 +647,11 @@ #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" @@ -669,19 +662,19 @@ #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "" @@ -920,6 +913,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1370,8 +1368,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "" @@ -1486,7 +1483,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1496,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr "" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1826,67 +1823,6 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "" - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "" - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "" - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2101,12 +2037,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2117,45 +2053,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2165,14 +2101,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2181,7 +2117,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2284,20 +2220,20 @@ msgstr "" #. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 msgid "Cannot update system time." msgstr "" @@ -2318,71 +2254,71 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "" #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 msgid "Post" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 msgid "Init" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2390,76 +2326,76 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "" #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "" #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 msgid "Ok" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2467,43 +2403,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "" @@ -2546,14 +2482,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "" #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2561,14 +2497,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/base.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/base.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/base.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -75,230 +75,230 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "" #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "" #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" msgstr "" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" msgstr "" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "" #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr "" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "" #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "" #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "" #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "" #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "" @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "" @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "" @@ -422,14 +422,14 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "" @@ -461,12 +461,12 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "" @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" @@ -525,22 +525,22 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "" @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -560,55 +560,55 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "" #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -616,12 +616,12 @@ msgstr "" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" @@ -680,46 +680,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr "" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -762,27 +762,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "" @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -798,22 +798,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "" @@ -867,19 +867,19 @@ msgstr "" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "" @@ -990,9 +990,75 @@ "F keys are not available." msgstr "" +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "" + +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +msgid "running" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1000,7 +1066,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1008,7 +1074,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1184,7 +1250,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1207,7 +1273,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1408,27 +1474,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1438,7 +1504,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1448,7 +1514,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1456,18 +1522,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "" @@ -1495,7 +1561,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" @@ -1506,7 +1572,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -1570,19 +1636,19 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 msgid "Error:" msgstr "" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 msgid "Message:" msgstr "" @@ -1635,7 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "" @@ -1721,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "" @@ -1813,6 +1879,224 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "" + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "" + #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." @@ -1854,20 +2138,20 @@ msgstr "" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -1876,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -1887,8 +2171,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -1898,29 +2182,29 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -1928,7 +2212,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -1938,60 +2222,60 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " msgstr "" #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." msgstr "" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 -msgid "Firewall Settings" +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1999,27 +2283,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -2029,389 +2313,389 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2422,14 +2706,14 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" "or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2445,135 +2729,6 @@ "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "" - -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -2658,61 +2813,14 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception -#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService() -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. $[ -#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" : [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], -#. ] -#. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "" - -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "" - #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -2726,35 +2834,74 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +msgid "Checking file conflicts..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +msgid "A File Conflict Detected" +msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" +msgstr[0] "" + +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +msgid "This message will be available at %s" +msgstr "" + #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2763,57 +2910,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2824,34 +2971,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2860,7 +3007,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2870,83 +3017,83 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2954,99 +3101,99 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3056,64 +3203,64 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3124,27 +3271,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3152,20 +3299,20 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3229,12 +3376,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3242,34 +3389,34 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" @@ -3281,7 +3428,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3290,7 +3437,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3299,7 +3446,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3307,7 +3454,7 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3320,124 +3467,124 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3449,7 +3596,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3463,7 +3610,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3475,16 +3622,16 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3495,7 +3642,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3506,62 +3653,62 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3575,7 +3722,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3589,12 +3736,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3607,7 +3754,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3620,12 +3767,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -3639,7 +3786,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -3653,17 +3800,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -3673,7 +3820,7 @@ msgstr "" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -3681,7 +3828,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -3689,7 +3836,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3698,23 +3845,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3728,12 +3875,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3746,7 +3893,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" @@ -3755,83 +3902,83 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 -msgid "Slide Sho&w" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +msgid "&Details" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -msgid "&Details" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" @@ -4426,37 +4573,44 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" -"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" msgstr "" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgstr "" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." -msgstr "" - -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 -msgid "" +msgid_plural "" "Files %s have been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" +msgstr[0] "" #. error report #: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 @@ -4464,7 +4618,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4495,7 +4649,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4503,7 +4657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -4570,13 +4724,13 @@ #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "" #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "" @@ -4652,8 +4806,8 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "" @@ -5397,51 +5551,3 @@ "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "" - -#. Content for the help -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" -"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" -"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -msgid "running" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/bootloader.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/bootloader.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/bootloader.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,935 +16,446 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option" +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 -msgid "Print value of specified option" +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 -msgid "The key of the option" +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The value of the option" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "&Device" msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 -msgid "Value was not specified." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 -msgid "Option was not specified." +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "" -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 -msgid "Value: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 -msgid "Specified option does not exist." +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<big>Boot Menu</big> " +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition)." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +msgid "Default" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"Boot from Root Partition." +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer" +"Boot Loader Type \n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use Boot Loader." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section." +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "yes" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 -msgid "" -"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push Add.\n" -"To remove a disk, push Remove." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 -msgid "&Default Boot Section" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 -msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +msgid "" +"Timeout in Seconds \n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +msgid "" +"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +msgid "" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 -msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 -msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 -msgid "Re&type Password" -msgstr "" - -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "Secure Boot" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "" - -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." -msgstr "" - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 -msgid "&Vga Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." -msgstr "" - -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -msgid "Text Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -msgid "Unspecified" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 msgid "remove" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 -msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 -msgid "Use &graphical console" +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 -msgid "&Console resolution" +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 -msgid "&Console theme" +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 -msgid "Use &serial console" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 -msgid "&Console arguments" +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 -msgid "Select File" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "" - -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 -msgid "&Start from Scratch" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "" - -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 msgid "" -"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader." +"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" -"Please wait... " +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 -msgid "" -"To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click Edit Configuration Files." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -" In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -" Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -" By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or Delete to delete the selected section." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "" -"- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer." +" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;." +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Installation Details \n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Type \n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use Boot Loader." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Boot Loader Options \n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"Boot Loader Options." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Expert Manual Configuration \n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" -"Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 msgid "" -"Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique." +"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push Add.\n" +"To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" -"Select the type of the new section to create." +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section." +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start." +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 -msgid "" -"Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 -msgid "" -"Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 -msgid "The password must not be empty." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 -msgid "" -"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" -"do not match. Retype the password." -msgstr "" - -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 -msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "" - +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers #. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "" - -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 -msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and -#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 -msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" - -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" - #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 msgid "Booting" @@ -956,184 +467,120 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" +"Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" +"Please wait... " msgstr "" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "" - -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "" - #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "" - #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "" - #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/ca-management.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/ca-management.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/ca-management.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -128,8 +128,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "" @@ -201,8 +200,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "" @@ -1836,42 +1834,41 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "" #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "" -#. Popup displaying openssl error messages -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "" @@ -2150,8 +2147,7 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "" @@ -2197,28 +2193,23 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/cio.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/cio.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/cio.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" +msgid "no" msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" +msgid "yes" msgstr "" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/cluster.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/cluster.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/cluster.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" @@ -199,169 +199,169 @@ msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "" @@ -452,96 +452,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/control.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/control.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/control.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,238 +15,573 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -" " +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -msgid "Installation Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -msgid "Live Installation Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 -msgid "Disk" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 -msgid "Time Zone" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +msgid "Disk" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 -msgid "User Settings" +msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +msgid "User Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 -msgid "System for Update" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -msgid "Update" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +msgid "System for Update" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 -msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Update" msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Congratulations!\n" +"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +"Visit us at %1.\n" +"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/country.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/country.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/country.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "" #. summary label @@ -735,56 +735,56 @@ "Enter the correct date.\n" msgstr "" -#. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -802,12 +802,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "" @@ -895,180 +895,185 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/crowbar.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/crowbar.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/crowbar.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,19 +20,9 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "" - -#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" msgstr "" #. combobox label @@ -44,11 +34,11 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product for SMT server\n" "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" @@ -167,124 +157,132 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "" -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 msgid "User Name" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "" #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -292,91 +290,91 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -385,7 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "" @@ -430,37 +428,37 @@ msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/dhcp-server.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/dhcp-server.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/dhcp-server.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -56,9 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "" @@ -98,242 +96,247 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "" #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "" + #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "" @@ -358,190 +361,150 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "" - -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" "One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." @@ -549,60 +512,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -610,48 +573,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -659,10 +622,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -670,61 +633,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -732,8 +695,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -741,135 +704,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -882,15 +845,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -902,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" @@ -1115,7 +1078,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "" @@ -1139,7 +1102,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" @@ -1150,9 +1113,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "" @@ -1168,51 +1131,51 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1220,80 +1183,80 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "" @@ -1572,8 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1591,17 +1553,9 @@ "is enabled." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 +#. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" -"<big>DHCP Server</big>\n" -"To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"Start DHCP Server." -msgstr "" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -1609,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1617,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1637,14 +1591,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1652,7 +1606,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1661,7 +1615,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1670,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1679,14 +1633,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1696,14 +1650,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1711,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1730,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" @@ -1739,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" @@ -1748,21 +1702,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -1770,14 +1724,14 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -1785,40 +1739,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -1827,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" @@ -1838,7 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -1846,14 +1800,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." msgstr "" #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -1861,14 +1815,14 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -1878,45 +1832,45 @@ msgstr "" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." msgstr "" #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "" #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." msgstr "" #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." msgstr "" #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." msgstr "" #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." msgstr "" #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -1924,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -1934,23 +1888,23 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "" @@ -1960,101 +1914,101 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "" #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2062,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2070,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2078,206 +2032,195 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." msgstr "" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "" - -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "" - #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "" -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2288,101 +2231,101 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" msgstr "" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "" @@ -2390,22 +2333,22 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "" #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/dns-server.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/dns-server.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/dns-server.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -297,8 +297,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -369,11 +368,10 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "" @@ -391,7 +389,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "" @@ -401,9 +399,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "" @@ -416,8 +414,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "" @@ -447,12 +445,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "" @@ -481,14 +478,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" @@ -550,8 +547,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +570,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "" @@ -598,131 +595,88 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -730,181 +684,181 @@ msgstr "" #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "" #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" msgstr "" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" msgstr "" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" msgstr "" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "" @@ -913,8 +867,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "" @@ -924,9 +878,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "" @@ -935,107 +889,150 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "" #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" msgstr "" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "" + #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "" #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" @@ -1043,116 +1040,116 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "" #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "" #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1163,104 +1160,104 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "" #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1269,13 +1266,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." @@ -1285,79 +1282,73 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "" #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "" #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "" #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "" @@ -1365,24 +1356,24 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1390,32 +1381,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -2188,197 +2179,197 @@ msgstr "" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " msgstr "" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." msgstr "" #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/docker.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/docker.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/docker.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,6 +15,110 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -56,14 +160,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "" @@ -84,15 +180,11 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "" @@ -128,10 +220,59 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/drbd.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/drbd.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/drbd.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" @@ -219,15 +219,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" @@ -253,11 +254,11 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" @@ -266,20 +267,22 @@ "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -289,7 +292,7 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -299,14 +302,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -315,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -323,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -331,14 +334,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -346,7 +349,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -355,7 +358,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -363,7 +366,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -371,50 +374,126 @@ msgstr "" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "" -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 -msgid "Node names must be different." +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +msgid "Node name can not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "" + +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> @@ -516,81 +595,81 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -598,46 +677,46 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/fcoe-client.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/fcoe-client.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/fcoe-client.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -484,33 +484,33 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "" #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -518,154 +518,154 @@ msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/firewall.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/firewall.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/firewall.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,6 +15,16 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" @@ -166,7 +176,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "" @@ -556,7 +566,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "" @@ -567,8 +577,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" @@ -622,28 +632,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "" @@ -763,10 +773,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "" @@ -1248,217 +1258,219 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "" @@ -1471,180 +1483,180 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "" @@ -1653,167 +1665,178 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 -msgid "Masquerading is %1" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/firstboot.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/firstboot.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/firstboot.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -110,11 +110,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Module Name" +msgid "Status" msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" +msgid "Module Name" msgstr "" #. translators: dialog text @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/fonts.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/fonts.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/fonts.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,59 +18,59 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/geo-cluster.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/geo-cluster.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/geo-cluster.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -59,10 +59,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -114,17 +112,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" @@ -132,25 +130,24 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Authentification" +msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "" @@ -159,177 +156,184 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "" -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "" #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid " created successfully." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/installation.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/installation.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/installation.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -93,29 +93,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "" @@ -171,28 +171,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." msgstr "" #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "" @@ -239,47 +239,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -456,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -483,52 +443,26 @@ "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" msgstr "" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "" - -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "" - #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -538,7 +472,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -547,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -555,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -564,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -572,22 +506,53 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "" + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -677,7 +642,7 @@ msgstr "" #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" @@ -686,43 +651,43 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "" #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "" @@ -739,42 +704,43 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -793,7 +759,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" @@ -818,71 +784,74 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "" +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "" + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr "" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 -msgid "Checking stage: %1..." +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." msgstr "" -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 -msgid "Calling step %1..." +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 +msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr "" - -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -904,27 +873,27 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -932,7 +901,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" @@ -940,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" @@ -1049,7 +1018,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "" @@ -1081,7 +1050,7 @@ msgstr "" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "" @@ -1104,102 +1073,102 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1207,7 +1176,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1216,12 +1185,58 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +msgid "" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1273,8 +1288,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" @@ -1456,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "" @@ -1476,7 +1491,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1530,6 +1545,22 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -1587,64 +1618,77 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "" +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "" -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1655,42 +1699,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1718,7 +1756,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1728,7 +1766,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1737,7 +1775,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1746,7 +1784,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1755,7 +1793,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1763,12 +1801,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1777,7 +1815,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1791,6 +1829,11 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "" +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "" + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -1798,19 +1841,109 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "" + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "" #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "" @@ -1818,19 +1951,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "" #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-client.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-client.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-client.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -105,7 +105,6 @@ msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" @@ -163,47 +162,62 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +msgid "manual" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -212,9 +226,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -395,27 +409,25 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "" -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 msgid "No record found." msgstr "" #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -428,13 +440,18 @@ "Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "" + #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -442,36 +459,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -560,7 +577,7 @@ msgstr "" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -568,12 +585,13 @@ "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-lio-server.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-lio-server.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-lio-server.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -36,15 +36,14 @@ msgstr "" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "" #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "" @@ -61,7 +60,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "" @@ -95,153 +94,159 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Client" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Lun Mapping" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "" + #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "" @@ -361,19 +366,24 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." @@ -381,12 +391,12 @@ #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -395,19 +405,19 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -416,202 +426,208 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -msgid "Client Lun" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -msgid "Client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 -msgid "Client name already exists!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -msgid "New client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -625,11 +641,11 @@ msgstr "" #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/jv/po/journalctl.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/journalctl.jv.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/journalctl.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +# Javanese translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: jv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/kdump.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/kdump.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/kdump.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -360,10 +360,8 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -1094,148 +1092,163 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "" + #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/live-installer.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/live-installer.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/live-installer.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -36,27 +36,27 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "" #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "" #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -66,78 +66,60 @@ msgstr "" #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "" #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "" #. end of partitioning summary -#. bootloader summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "System start-up" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 -msgid "Boot only Linux" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 -msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -msgstr "" - -#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -145,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -232,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/mail.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/mail.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/mail.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -243,69 +243,74 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "" +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "" + #. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "" #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "" #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "" @@ -313,7 +318,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -324,7 +329,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -333,39 +338,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "" #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "" @@ -375,23 +380,23 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "" @@ -400,23 +405,23 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "" @@ -424,106 +429,106 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -762,12 +767,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -775,56 +780,56 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -832,160 +837,160 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "" #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "" #. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/network.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/network.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/network.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +#: src/clients/host.rb:114 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "" @@ -315,26 +315,26 @@ msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -345,26 +345,26 @@ msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "" @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "" @@ -638,76 +638,76 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "" #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -808,70 +808,70 @@ msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "" @@ -998,27 +998,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "" @@ -1027,8 +1027,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1038,156 +1038,156 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " msgstr "" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1195,13 +1195,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1212,20 +1212,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1243,60 +1243,60 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 msgid "&General" msgstr "" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1306,12 +1306,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1505,23 +1516,23 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "" #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" @@ -1579,7 +1590,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1587,7 +1598,7 @@ "to this configuration dialog.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1600,20 +1611,20 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1623,12 +1634,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1637,7 +1648,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1799,7 +1810,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1809,14 +1820,14 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1824,138 +1835,137 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1963,7 +1973,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2417,29 +2427,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2596,127 +2606,127 @@ #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "" #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "" #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "" #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -2799,27 +2809,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -2829,7 +2839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -2839,97 +2849,97 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "" @@ -2944,38 +2954,46 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -2983,111 +3001,61 @@ "Try again?\n" msgstr "" -#. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 -msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 -msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 -msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 -msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 -msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 -msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 -msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 -msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 -msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 -msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 -msgid "Configure mail now?" -msgstr "" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 -msgid "Run configuration of %1?" -msgstr "" - #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3159,8 +3127,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "" @@ -3186,28 +3154,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "" #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3239,27 +3207,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3295,40 +3263,40 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "" #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3547,47 +3515,47 @@ "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3596,7 +3564,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 msgid "configured" msgstr "" @@ -3645,7 +3613,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3668,7 +3636,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -3680,440 +3648,436 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" -#. Import data -#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "" - #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4121,30 +4085,30 @@ msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "" @@ -4153,22 +4117,22 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/nfs.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/nfs.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/nfs.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -126,14 +126,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." msgstr "" #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -344,12 +344,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -357,52 +357,52 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/nis.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/nis.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/nis.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -230,8 +230,9 @@ msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers @@ -342,11 +343,6 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/ntp-client.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/ntp-client.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/ntp-client.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" msgstr "" @@ -30,66 +30,66 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -294,310 +294,302 @@ msgstr "" #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "" #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." msgstr "" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 @@ -618,7 +610,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -628,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -638,14 +630,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -653,14 +645,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -668,7 +660,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -680,14 +672,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -696,7 +688,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -705,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -713,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -721,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -729,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -738,7 +730,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -746,7 +738,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -758,49 +750,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -808,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -818,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -826,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -839,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -847,7 +839,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -857,7 +849,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -866,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -880,17 +872,17 @@ msgstr "" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -900,14 +892,14 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." msgstr "" #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -916,44 +908,44 @@ msgstr "" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -961,205 +953,205 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "" #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "" #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "" #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "" @@ -1173,147 +1165,155 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "" -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "" - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "" - -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "" - #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" + +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "" + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/packager.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/packager.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/packager.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -488,11 +488,6 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "" - #. default (minimal) priority of a repository #: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" @@ -528,7 +523,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -761,7 +756,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -769,7 +764,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1268,42 +1263,42 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1315,32 +1310,37 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" msgstr "" +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "" + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1348,82 +1348,88 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." msgstr "" +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" @@ -1445,27 +1451,27 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "" #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1473,13 +1479,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1487,21 +1493,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1510,41 +1516,41 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1667,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", @@ -1683,12 +1689,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1696,50 +1702,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1748,34 +1754,42 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1786,42 +1800,43 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -1917,7 +1932,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "" @@ -1962,100 +1977,100 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2064,53 +2079,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2120,23 +2135,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2145,42 +2160,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2188,17 +2203,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2208,20 +2223,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2234,7 +2249,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2242,11 +2257,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2258,12 +2273,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2271,71 +2286,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2350,7 +2365,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2359,12 +2374,16 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2372,7 +2391,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2380,7 +2399,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2390,7 +2409,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2399,25 +2418,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2427,19 +2446,19 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "" @@ -2624,18 +2643,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/pkg-bindings.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/pkg-bindings.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/pkg-bindings.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:655 +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:661 +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/printer.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/printer.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/printer.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -204,8 +204,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "" @@ -434,8 +434,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "" @@ -2532,56 +2532,56 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "" #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "" @@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" @@ -2604,7 +2604,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -2619,74 +2619,74 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "" #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "" @@ -2697,33 +2697,33 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "" #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -2732,25 +2732,25 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "" @@ -2758,7 +2758,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "" @@ -2777,28 +2777,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "" @@ -2806,25 +2806,25 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "" @@ -2844,53 +2844,53 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "" #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/rdp.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/rdp.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/rdp.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -92,52 +92,52 @@ msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "" #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/rear.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/rear.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/rear.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -228,11 +228,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" +msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/registration.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/registration.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/registration.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,27 +15,6 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "" - -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "" - #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -52,9 +31,9 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -68,30 +47,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -228,29 +207,25 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" - +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -266,39 +241,39 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 -msgid "Registration failed." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -308,23 +283,23 @@ msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -332,26 +307,44 @@ "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -360,7 +353,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" @@ -369,14 +362,14 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "" @@ -386,34 +379,34 @@ #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -421,7 +414,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -435,7 +428,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -446,39 +439,39 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -545,34 +538,38 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" @@ -587,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" @@ -643,32 +640,32 @@ msgstr "" #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "" #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" @@ -692,10 +689,8 @@ msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -704,56 +699,64 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "" @@ -761,51 +764,34 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" - #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Network Configuration..." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" #. SSL error message @@ -830,22 +816,22 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) @@ -853,16 +839,6 @@ msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "" - -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -893,17 +869,17 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "" @@ -962,17 +938,17 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "" @@ -982,38 +958,38 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1060,11 +1036,62 @@ "You can manually register the system from scratch." msgstr "" -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Local Registration Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "No registration server selected" +msgstr "" + +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "" + +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/reipl.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/reipl.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/reipl.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-client.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-client.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-client.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -787,86 +787,86 @@ msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "" #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "" #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-server.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-server.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-server.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/security.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/security.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/security.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -115,280 +115,247 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr "" #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." msgstr "" #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." msgstr "" -#. Boot dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server." -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" "Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" @@ -397,33 +364,33 @@ msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -431,7 +398,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" @@ -440,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" @@ -449,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" @@ -457,14 +424,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" @@ -472,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" @@ -482,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" @@ -490,12 +457,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" @@ -503,26 +470,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" @@ -530,35 +497,35 @@ msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." msgstr "" #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" "In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" @@ -576,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" @@ -586,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" @@ -595,7 +562,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" "system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" @@ -604,7 +571,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" @@ -615,21 +582,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" "will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" @@ -637,26 +604,26 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgstr "" #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" @@ -668,7 +635,7 @@ "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" "computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" @@ -676,23 +643,23 @@ "correct log messages." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" "X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" "to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" @@ -704,13 +671,13 @@ "Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" "The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" "itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" @@ -722,7 +689,7 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" @@ -734,38 +701,86 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +msgid "" +"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +msgid "" +"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Hibernate System:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +msgstr "" + #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" @@ -823,163 +838,236 @@ "maximum." msgstr "" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "" + #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "" @@ -995,61 +1083,61 @@ msgstr "" #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/services-manager.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/services-manager.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/services-manager.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -267,11 +267,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/snapper.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/snapper.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/snapper.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,263 +46,263 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -323,17 +323,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/storage.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/storage.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/storage.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -80,8 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -143,7 +142,11 @@ msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -759,7 +762,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -777,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -787,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -797,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -807,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -818,7 +821,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -828,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -841,7 +844,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -851,7 +854,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -863,7 +866,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -874,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -886,11 +889,11 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"\n" +"%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" @@ -988,53 +991,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1043,7 +1046,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1053,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1063,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1078,13 +1081,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1111,7 +1114,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1122,7 +1125,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1142,7 +1145,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1151,7 +1154,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1448,7 +1451,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1463,17 +1466,17 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1505,7 +1508,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1518,7 +1521,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1531,7 +1534,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1553,7 +1556,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1712,7 +1715,7 @@ msgstr "" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -1727,12 +1730,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1740,26 +1743,26 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2017,11 +2020,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" @@ -2052,9 +2053,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2076,8 +2076,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "" @@ -2094,8 +2093,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2155,39 +2153,44 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +msgid "EFI Boot Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "" #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2195,54 +2198,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2251,17 +2254,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2271,7 +2274,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2280,56 +2283,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2337,8 +2340,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2350,33 +2353,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2386,7 +2389,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2395,12 +2398,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2583,108 +2586,113 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "" #. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "" #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "" #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "" @@ -2692,51 +2700,51 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -2746,50 +2754,50 @@ "partitions will be deleted.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" "Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -2829,8 +2837,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "" @@ -2921,8 +2928,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3025,50 +3031,50 @@ msgstr "" #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" "RAID device will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "" #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3076,7 +3082,7 @@ #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "" @@ -3084,31 +3090,31 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "" @@ -3206,12 +3212,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "" @@ -3506,12 +3512,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3545,9 +3551,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "" @@ -3557,14 +3563,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3905,17 +3911,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -4178,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "" @@ -4903,38 +4909,51 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4944,7 +4963,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4958,7 +4977,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4971,7 +4990,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4980,7 +4999,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4988,7 +5007,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -4997,24 +5016,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5022,12 +5041,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5035,97 +5054,97 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5133,7 +5152,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5141,7 +5160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5149,18 +5168,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5742,50 +5761,41 @@ "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 -msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 -msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" -"To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" -"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" +"Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5794,35 +5804,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. #. Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/update.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/update.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/update.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -756,19 +756,19 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/users.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/users.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/users.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -124,539 +124,6 @@ msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "" -#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 -msgid "User Authentication Method" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Authentication \n" -"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 2/3 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" - -#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 -msgid "&LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 -msgid "N&IS" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#. menubutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "&Samba" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 -msgid "&Windows Domain" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 -msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" -msgstr "" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 -msgid "eDirectory LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 -msgid "" -"If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" - -#. helptext: additional kerberos support -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 -msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 -msgid "&Choose" -msgstr "" - -#. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 -msgid "Authentication Method" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 -msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" -msgstr "" - -#. selection box label -#. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 -msgid "&Select Users to Read" -msgstr "" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 -msgid "Select or Deselect &All" -msgstr "" - -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 -msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "" - -#. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 -msgid "E&xpert Options..." -msgstr "" - -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 -msgid "" -"\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. additional help text about password -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" - -#. report misspellings of the password -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -msgid "" -"The passwords do not match.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. report if user forgot to enter a password -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgstr "" - -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -msgid "Really use this password?" -msgstr "" - -#. Error msg (yes/no) -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 -msgid "" -"The root password could not be set.\n" -"You might not be able to log in.\n" -"Try setting it again?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 -msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." -msgstr "" - -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed.\n" -"Install it now?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -msgid "DES" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 -msgid "MD5" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 -msgid "SHA-256" -msgstr "" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 -msgid "SHA-512" -msgstr "" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 -msgid "Password Encryption Type" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 -msgid "&DES" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 -msgid "&MD5" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 -msgid "SHA-&256" -msgstr "" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 -msgid "SHA-&512" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "Authentication " -msgstr "" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 -msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -msgid "User's &Full Name" -msgstr "" - -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -msgid "&Username" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 -msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 -msgid "&Automatic Login" -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 -msgid "Create New User" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup headline -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 -msgid "Empty User Login" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup contents -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" -"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" -"Leave it empty?" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" -"assign to this user account.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 -msgid "" -"\n" -"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" -" %2 and %3 characters.\n" -"" -msgstr "" - -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %s characters long." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 -msgid "" -"\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" -"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well -#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) -#. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 -msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 -msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." -msgstr "" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 -msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "" - -#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 -msgid "User %s will be imported." -msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 -msgid "Summary" -msgstr "" - -#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "" - #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" @@ -778,11 +245,6 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 -msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." -msgstr "" - #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -1023,93 +485,6 @@ msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#. authentication type -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 -msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. authentication type -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 -msgid "NIS" -msgstr "" - -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 -msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" -msgstr "" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 -msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." -msgstr "" - -#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) -#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" -msgstr "" - -#. summary line -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 -msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. rich text label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 -msgid "&User" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 -msgid "&Root Password" -msgstr "" - #. password entering label #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" @@ -1261,6 +636,22 @@ "enter the user's current password." msgstr "" +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -1284,6 +675,13 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "" @@ -1298,11 +696,30 @@ msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "" +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + #. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "" +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "" + #. check box label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" @@ -1470,6 +887,30 @@ msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "" +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "" + #. popup question #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" @@ -1558,6 +999,20 @@ msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "" +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +msgid "DES" +msgstr "" + +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "" + #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -1567,6 +1022,24 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -1685,6 +1158,15 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" @@ -1710,6 +1192,21 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +msgstr "" + #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." @@ -2324,7 +1821,8 @@ msgstr "" #. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -2400,6 +1898,11 @@ msgstr "" #. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "" + +#. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "" @@ -2419,6 +1922,11 @@ msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "" +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "" + #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" @@ -2534,6 +2042,11 @@ "" msgstr "" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" @@ -2544,6 +2057,26 @@ msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "" +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "" + #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" @@ -2801,6 +2334,12 @@ #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "" @@ -3076,6 +2615,13 @@ msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "" +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" + #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" @@ -3093,6 +2639,344 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +msgid "" +"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long." +msgstr "" + +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "" + +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +msgid "" +"\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" +"Local users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +msgid "Create new user" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +msgid "" +"\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The password length should be between %{min}\n" +" and %{max} characters.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +msgid "" +"\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +msgid "" +"\n" +"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"be imported.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +msgid "Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"a local user.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +msgid "Local User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +msgid "" +"The new username cannot be blank.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +msgid "" +"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +msgid "&Create New User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +msgid "Choose Users" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +msgid "&Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +msgid "No users selected" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +msgid "%d user will be imported" +msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" +msgstr[0] "" + +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "" + +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +msgid "Password &Encryption Type" +msgstr "" + +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" +msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" +msgstr[0] "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "" + #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" @@ -3534,7 +3418,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -3546,202 +3430,202 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3749,14 +3633,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3765,7 +3649,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3774,7 +3658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3782,14 +3666,14 @@ "Really change the user type to 'system'?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -3797,14 +3681,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -3812,7 +3696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -3820,7 +3704,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -3828,14 +3712,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -3843,7 +3727,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -3851,7 +3735,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -3860,7 +3744,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -3870,19 +3754,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3890,14 +3774,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3906,7 +3790,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3915,7 +3799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3924,14 +3808,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -3939,7 +3823,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -3948,20 +3832,20 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -3969,7 +3853,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -3977,22 +3861,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" @@ -4010,21 +3894,21 @@ msgstr "" #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "" @@ -4141,7 +4025,7 @@ #. the ']' is or-ed... #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4149,7 +4033,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" "For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" @@ -4159,7 +4043,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4167,37 +4051,37 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4205,7 +4089,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4213,20 +4097,20 @@ msgstr "" #. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4234,7 +4118,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4243,22 +4127,20 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/vm.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/vm.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/vm.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -40,151 +40,151 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -197,26 +197,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/vpn.jv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/jv/po/vpn.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) +++ trunk/yast/jv/po/vpn.jv.po 2016-09-02 21:36:16 UTC (rev 96687) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -196,12 +196,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "" @@ -282,102 +282,102 @@ msgstr "" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "" #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "" #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "" @@ -462,32 +462,32 @@ msgstr "" #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "" #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "" #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -495,28 +495,28 @@ msgstr "" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "" #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96686 - trunk/yast/ja/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 02 Sep '16

02 Sep '16

Author: minton Date: 2016-09-02 23:36:03 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96686 Added: trunk/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/rdp.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po Log: ja merged Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 13:08+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -73,12 +73,8 @@ #. Add an auth_to_local_names #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " -"\"princ_name = user_name\":" -msgstr "" -"\"プリンシパル名 = ユーザ名\" の形式で、プリンシパル名とユーザ名" -"を入力してください:" +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "\"プリンシパル名 = ユーザ名\" の形式で、プリンシパル名とユーザ名を入力してください:" #. Save realm settings #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 @@ -146,56 +142,42 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " -"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "このコンピュータは現在、 SSSD を利用してユーザを認証しています。\n" -"従来の LDAP 認証 (pam_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" " -"で SSSD を無効化してください。" +"従来の LDAP 認証 (pam_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" で SSSD を無効化してください。" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "このコンピュータは現在、 SSSD の識別子プロバイダからユーザデータベースを読み込んでいます。\n" -"LDAP ユーザデータベース (nss_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" " -"で SSSD のユーザデータベースを無効化してください。" +"LDAP ユーザデータベース (nss_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" で SSSD のユーザデータベースを無効化してください。" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "このコンピュータは現在、 SSSD の識別子プロバイダからグループデータベースを読み込んでいます。\n" -"LDAP グループデータベース (nss_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" " -"で SSSD のグループデータベースを無効化してください。" +"LDAP グループデータベース (nss_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" で SSSD のグループデータベースを無効化してください。" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "このコンピュータは現在、 SSSD の識別子プロバイダから sudoers データベースを読み込んでいます。\n" -"LDAP sudoers データベース (nss_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" " -"で SSSD の sudo データベースを無効化してください。" +"LDAP sudoers データベース (nss_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" で SSSD の sudo データベースを無効化してください。" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "このコンピュータは現在、 SSSD の識別子プロバイダから自動マウントデータベースを読み込んでいます。\n" -"LDAP 自動マウントデータベース (nss_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" " -"で SSSD の自動マウントデータベースを無効化してください。" +"LDAP 自動マウントデータベース (nss_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" で SSSD の自動マウントデータベースを無効化してください。" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." @@ -237,17 +219,13 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " -"provider,\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " -"compatible with the cache.\n" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" "\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" -"ネームサービスのキャッシュは、従来の LDAP 識別子プロバイダでのみ使用される" -"べきものですが、\n" -"お使いのシステムでは認証ドメインが有効化されています。これはキャッシュシステムとの" -"互換性がありません。\n" +"ネームサービスのキャッシュは、従来の LDAP 識別子プロバイダでのみ使用されるべきものですが、\n" +"お使いのシステムでは認証ドメインが有効化されています。これはキャッシュシステムとの互換性がありません。\n" "\n" "キャッシュを有効化したままでよろしいですか？" @@ -255,12 +233,10 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " -"from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "このコンピュータは現在、 SSSD を利用してユーザを認証しています。\n" -"Kerberos 認証 (pam_krb5) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" " -"で SSSD を無効化してください。" +"Kerberos 認証 (pam_krb5) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" で SSSD を無効化してください。" #. Save Kerberos #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 @@ -629,98 +605,74 @@ #. Enable/disable SSSD daemon #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " -"authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " -"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"このコンピュータは現在、従来の LDAP または Kerberos の方式を利用して、" -"ユーザを認証しています。\n" -"SSSD での認証を利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で " -"LDAP および Kerberos による認証を無効化してください。" +"このコンピュータは現在、従来の LDAP または Kerberos の方式を利用して、ユーザを認証しています。\n" +"SSSD での認証を利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で LDAP および Kerberos による認証を無効化してください。" #. Enable/disable NSS password database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "このコンピュータは現在、 LDAP の識別子プロバイダからユーザデータベースを読み込んでいます。\n" -"SSSD のユーザデータベースを利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で " -"LDAP ユーザデータベースを無効化してください。" +"SSSD のユーザデータベースを利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で LDAP ユーザデータベースを無効化してください。" #. Enable/disable NSS group database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "このコンピュータは現在、 LDAP の識別子プロバイダからグループデータベースを読み込んでいます。\n" -"SSSD のグループデータベースを利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で " -"LDAP グループデータベースを無効化してください。" +"SSSD のグループデータベースを利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で LDAP グループデータベースを無効化してください。" #. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "このコンピュータは現在、 LDAP の識別子プロバイダから sudoers データベースを読み込んでいます。\n" -"SSSD の sudoers データベースを利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で " -"LDAP sudoers データベースを無効化してください。" +"SSSD の sudoers データベースを利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で LDAP sudoers データベースを無効化してください。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" "sudo のデータソースがグローバルに有効化されました。\n" -"sudo データを提供するそれぞれのドメインに対して、必要であれば拡張オプション内で" -"\"sudo_provider\" パラメータを設定し、カスタマイズしてください。" +"sudo データを提供するそれぞれのドメインに対して、必要であれば拡張オプション内で\"sudo_provider\" パラメータを設定し、カスタマイズしてください。" #. Enable/disable NSS automount database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "このコンピュータは現在、 LDAP の識別子プロバイダから自動マウントデータベースを読み込んでいます。\n" -"SSSD の自動マウントデータベースを利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で " -"LDAP 自動マウントデータベースを無効化してください。" +"SSSD の自動マウントデータベースを利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で LDAP 自動マウントデータベースを無効化してください。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" "自動マウントのデータソースがグローバルに有効化されました。\n" -"自動マウントのデータを提供するそれぞれのドメインに対して、必要であれば拡張オプション内で" -"\"autofs_provider\" パラメータを設定し、カスタマイズしてください。" +"自動マウントのデータを提供するそれぞれのドメインに対して、必要であれば拡張オプション内で\"autofs_provider\" パラメータを設定し、カスタマイズしてください。" #. Enable/disable PAC responder #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " -"Directory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " -"which case please turn off this feature." +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." msgstr "" "MS-PAC のデータソースがグローバルに有効化されました。\n" -"このオプション機能は、お使いの Microsoft Active Directory ドメインの機能に" -"依存して動作する仕組みです。\n" -"Active Directory 内にそのような機能が存在しない場合、 SSSD の起動が失敗する" -"場合がありますが、このような場合は機能を無効化してください。" +"このオプション機能は、お使いの Microsoft Active Directory ドメインの機能に依存して動作する仕組みです。\n" +"Active Directory 内にそのような機能が存在しない場合、 SSSD の起動が失敗する場合がありますが、このような場合は機能を無効化してください。" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 @@ -734,8 +686,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " -"failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" @@ -750,14 +701,12 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " -"domain authentication.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" "SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" "ドメイン認証を有効化するよう設定していますが、認証ドメインの設定がありません。\n" -"これにより、 SSSD の起動は失敗するようになり、ローカル認証のみが利用できるようになりま" -"す。\n" +"これにより、 SSSD の起動は失敗するようになり、ローカル認証のみが利用できるようになります。\n" "このまま続行してよろしいですか？" #. Remove all SSSD cache files @@ -768,12 +717,8 @@ #. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified #. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " -"computer:" -msgstr "" -"このコンピュータを登録または再登録するために使用する、 AD のユーザ資格情報" -" (例: Administrator) を入力してください:" +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" +msgstr "このコンピュータを登録または再登録するために使用する、 AD のユーザ資格情報 (例: Administrator) を入力してください:" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" @@ -806,10 +751,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " -"requirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " -"resolver." +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" "このコンピュータにおける名前解決サービスは、 AD の登録要件を満たしていません。\n" "AD サーバを名前解決器として使用するよう、ネットワークの設定を変更してください。" @@ -841,12 +784,8 @@ #. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 -msgid "" -"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " -"AD user password is saved in plain text." -msgstr "" -"AD の登録に関する詳細を AutoYaST 向けに保存しました。なお、 AD のユーザ名と" -"パスワードが、暗号化されていない生の形式で保存されていることに注意してください。" +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "AD の登録に関する詳細を AutoYaST 向けに保存しました。なお、 AD のユーザ名とパスワードが、暗号化されていない生の形式で保存されていることに注意してください。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" @@ -909,12 +848,8 @@ msgstr "ドメイン名 (例: example.com)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " -"memberships?" -msgstr "" -"ユーザ名やグループのメンバー情報など、どのサービスで識別子データを" -"提供していますか？" +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "ユーザ名やグループのメンバー情報など、どのサービスで識別子データを提供していますか？" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" @@ -930,9 +865,7 @@ msgstr "ドメイン名を入力してください。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 -msgid "" -"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " -"name." +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." msgstr "ドメイン名に予約キーワードが含まれています。異なる名前を選択してください。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 @@ -946,36 +879,24 @@ msgstr "設定ファイルの文法のバージョン (1 または 2)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"データプロバイダがクラッシュした場合や再起動した際、サービスへの接続を試行す" -"る回数" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "データプロバイダがクラッシュした場合や再起動した際、サービスへの接続を試行する回数" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" msgstr "ユーザ名とドメインをコンポーネントに変換する際の正規表現" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" -"domain tuple into FQDN" +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" msgstr "名前とドメインの対を完全修飾名 (FQDN) に変換する際に利用する、 printf(3) 互換の既定書式" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " -"internal DNS resolver" +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" msgstr "内部の DNS リゾルバを更新するため、 resolv.conf を inotify 機構で監視するかどうか" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files" -msgstr "" -"SSSD が Kerberos のリプレイキャッシュファイルを保存すべき、ファイルシステム内" -"のディレクトリ" +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "SSSD が Kerberos のリプレイキャッシュファイルを保存すべき、ファイルシステム内のディレクトリ" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" @@ -993,12 +914,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 -msgid "" -"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " -"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" -msgstr "" -"ログ記録の詳細レベル。数値 (0-9) で指定することができるほか、 0x0010 (最低レベル) " -"または 0xFFF (最高レベル) などのようにマスク値でも指定することができます" +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +msgstr "ログ記録の詳細レベル。数値 (0-9) で指定することができるほか、 0x0010 (最低レベル) または 0xFFF (最高レベル) などのようにマスク値でも指定することができます" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -1013,48 +930,28 @@ msgstr "このサービスに対するハートビート間隔 (秒単位)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 -msgid "" -"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " -"service process" +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "SSSD のサービスプロセスで一度に利用できるファイルディスクリプタの最大数" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " -"without any communication" +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "SSSD のクライアントプロセスが通信を行なうことなく保持できるファイルディスクリプタの最大秒数" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 -msgid "" -"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " -"ping check failure" -msgstr "" -"ここで指定した秒数だけ連続して ping チェックに失敗すると、サービスは SIGTERM " -"を受け取ります" +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" +msgstr "ここで指定した秒数だけ連続して ping チェックに失敗すると、サービスは SIGTERM を受け取ります" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "どれだけの期間、 nss_sss の列挙 (全ユーザに対する情報) を記憶しておきますか？" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"項目キャッシュは、ドメインに対して entry_cache_timeout で指定した割合以上に要" -"求があった場合、自動的に裏で項目を更新するように設定することができます。" +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "項目キャッシュは、ドメインに対して entry_cache_timeout で指定した割合以上に要求があった場合、自動的に裏で項目を更新するように設定することができます。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"nss_sss がネガティブキャッシュ (存在しないものなど、データベースに対する要求" -"失敗の記憶) を保持する秒数" +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "nss_sss がネガティブキャッシュ (存在しないものなど、データベースに対する要求失敗の記憶) を保持する秒数" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" @@ -1066,25 +963,15 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"フィルタ済みのユーザでもグループメンバーとしたい場合は、このオプションを " -"false (いいえ) にしてください。" +msgstr "フィルタ済みのユーザでもグループメンバーとしたい場合は、このオプションを false (いいえ) にしてください。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き設定。ディレクトリをありのまま記述すること" -"ができるほか、雛型を指定することもできます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き設定。ディレクトリをありのまま記述することができるほか、雛型を指定することもできます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"ドメインのデータプロバイダで明示的に指定された場合以外で利用される、ユーザの" -"ホームディレクトリに対する既定の雛型" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "ドメインのデータプロバイダで明示的に指定された場合以外で利用される、ユーザのホームディレクトリに対する既定の雛型" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." @@ -1102,186 +989,111 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "このマシンで許可されていないシェルを利用するユーザに提供する、既定のシェル" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "プロバイダへの問い合わせ時に何も返却しなかった場合に提供する、既定のシェル" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "サブドメインの一覧が有効であると判断する秒数" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "メモリ内に記憶したレコードが有効であると判断する秒数を指定します。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"認証プロバイダがオフラインの場合、記憶済みの情報によるログインをどれだけ許可" -"するか (オンラインのログインが成功してからの日数) 。" +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "認証プロバイダがオフラインの場合、記憶済みの情報によるログインをどれだけ許可するか (オンラインのログインが成功してからの日数) 。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"offline_failed_login_attempts の期間が経過したあと、新しいログイン試行ができ" -"るまでの時間 (分)" +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "offline_failed_login_attempts の期間が経過したあと、新しいログイン試行ができるまでの時間 (分)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "認証時にユーザに対して表示するメッセージ種類の制御" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"SSSD がオンラインの場合、 SSSD は PAM リクエストから判断したキャッシュ済み識" -"別情報を即時に更新し、認証が常に最新の状態になるようにします。" +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "SSSD がオンラインの場合、 SSSD は PAM リクエストから判断したキャッシュ済み識別情報を即時に更新し、認証が常に最新の状態になるようにします。" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "パスワード期限切れ前の警告日数" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"時間に依存した sudoers 項目である sudoNotBefore および sudoNotAfter を有効に" -"するかどうか" +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "時間に依存した sudoers 項目である sudoNotBefore および sudoNotAfter を有効にするかどうか" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs レスポンダが否定キャッシュを記" -"憶しておく秒数を指定します。" +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs レスポンダが否定キャッシュを記憶しておく秒数を指定します。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "ホスト名とアドレスを、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルに記録するかどうか" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"ホストキーが要求されたあと、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルの項目をどれだ" -"けの期間保持するか (秒)" +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "ホストキーが要求されたあと、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルの項目をどれだけの期間保持するか (秒)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "ドメインに対する UID/GID の制限。これらの範囲外にある項目は無視されます。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" -msgstr "" -"バックエンドデータベースからすべてのエンティティを読み込む (サーバの負荷が上" -"昇します)" +msgstr "バックエンドデータベースからすべてのエンティティを読み込む (サーバの負荷が上昇します)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"サービスが \"force_timeout\" で指定した秒数を過ぎても終了しない場合、モニタ" -"は SIGKILL シグナルを送信して強制的に終了させます。" +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "サービスが \"force_timeout\" で指定した秒数を過ぎても終了しない場合、モニタは SIGKILL シグナルを送信して強制的に終了させます。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が項目を有効であると判断する秒" -"数。" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がユーザ項目を有効であると判断" -"する秒数。" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がユーザ項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がグループ項目を有効であると判" -"断する秒数。" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がグループ項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が netgroup 項目を有効であると" -"判断する秒数。" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が netgroup 項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がサービス項目を有効であると判" -"断する秒数。" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がサービス項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 sudo がルールを有効であると判断する秒" -"数。" +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 sudo がルールを有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs が automounter マップを有効であ" -"ると判断する秒数。" +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs が automounter マップを有効であると判断する秒数。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "オフライン使用のための認証情報記憶" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"キャッシュのクリーンアップが行なわれるまでの間、どれだけの日数ログイン成功を" -"残しておくか" +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "キャッシュのクリーンアップが行なわれるまでの間、どれだけの日数ログイン成功を残しておくか" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "ドメインに対して使用する識別プロバイダ" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"フルネームとドメイン (full_name_format で指定した書式) を利用してユーザのログ" -"イン名を作成し、 NSS に報告する" +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "フルネームとドメイン (full_name_format で指定した書式) を利用してユーザのログイン名を作成し、 NSS に報告する" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" @@ -1316,897 +1128,611 @@ msgstr "ホスト識別情報の取得に使用するプロバイダ" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "このドメインに対するユーザ名とドメインを含む文字列の処理方法 (正規表現)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"このドメインに対する完全修飾名への名前／ドメインの変換方法 (printf(3) 互換書" -"式)" +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "このドメインに対する完全修飾名への名前／ドメインの変換方法 (printf(3) 互換書式)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "DNS 参照時に特定のアドレスファミリを優先して使用する機能" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "DNS 解決器が、問い合わせ先に届かないと判断するまでの応答待機秒数の指定" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"バックエンドでサービス検出器を使用する場合、サービス検出器が DNS の問い合わせ" -"を行なう際のドメイン部分の指定" +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "バックエンドでサービス検出器を使用する場合、サービス検出器が DNS の問い合わせを行なう際のドメイン部分の指定" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "指定した値でのプライマリ GID の上書き" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "ユーザとグループの名前について、大文字と小文字を区別する" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"プロキシプロバイダでユーザ名とグループ名を参照する際、その名前が別名であった" -"場合に ID での二次参照で名前を正規化する" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "プロキシプロバイダでユーザ名とグループ名を参照する際、その名前が別名であった場合に ID での二次参照で名前を正規化する" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"ドメイン内にある全てのサブドメインに対して、このホームディレクトリを既定値と" -"して使用する" +msgstr "ドメイン内にある全てのサブドメインに対して、このホームディレクトリを既定値として使用する" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "ログインを許可するユーザの一覧 (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"ログインを許可するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン" -"内のグループにのみ適用されます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "ログインを許可するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン内のグループにのみ適用されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"ログインを明示的に拒否するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD " -"ドメイン内のグループにのみ適用されます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "ログインを明示的に拒否するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン内のグループにのみ適用されます。" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "ツールがログイン名を base_directory に追加してホームディレクトリとする" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "新規ユーザの場合、ホームディレクトリを作成すべきかどうかの設定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "ユーザを削除した場合、ホームディレクトリも削除すべきかどうかの設定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"sss_useradd(8) で新しく作成したホームディレクトリに対する既定のパーミッション" -"の指定" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "sss_useradd(8) で新しく作成したホームディレクトリに対する既定のパーミッションの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " -"sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "" -"sss_useradd(8) でユーザを作成する際、ユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーすべき" -"ファイルやディレクトリを含む、スケルトンディレクトリ。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "sss_useradd(8) でユーザを作成する際、ユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーすべきファイルやディレクトリを含む、スケルトンディレクトリ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "メールスプールディレクトリ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "ユーザを削除したあとに実行するコマンド" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "(Active Directory 固有) 利用可能であれば token-groups 属性を使用する" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "LDAP サーバの URI (ldap://) (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "LDAP で sudo ルールを問い合わせる際の既定のベース DN" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"ユーザのパスワード変更時、 SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト " -"(カンマ区切り)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "ユーザのパスワード変更時、 SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "LDAP 検索に使用するベース DN" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP スキーマタイプ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "LDAP 操作を実施する際の既定のベース DN" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "既定のバインド DN に対する認証トークンの種類" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "既定のバインド DN に対する認証トークン" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 内でのユーザ項目のオブジェクトクラス" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "ユーザのログイン名に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "ユーザの ID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "ユーザのプライマリグループ ID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "ユーザの gecos 項目に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " ユーザのホームディレクトリの名前に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "ユーザの既定のシェルに対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "LDAP ユーザオブジェクトの UUID/GUID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "LDAP ユーザオブジェクトの objectSID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "親オブジェクトの最終更新タイムスタンプに対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" -"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最終パスワード変更日) を設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (最終パスワード変更日) を設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" -"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最小パスワード期間) を設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (最小パスワード期間) を設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" -"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最大パスワード期間) を設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (最大パスワード期間) を設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" -"対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード警告期限) を設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード警告期限) を設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" -"対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード無効期間) を設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード無効期間) を設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " -"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow または ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow を設定した場" -"合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (アカウント有効" -"期限) を設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow または ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (アカウント有効期限) を設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには Kerberos での" -"最終パスワード変更日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには Kerberos での最終パスワード変更日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには現在のパスワー" -"ドの有効期限日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには現在のパスワードの有効期限日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはアカウントの" -"期限切れ時刻を保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはアカウントの期限切れ時刻を保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはユーザアカウ" -"ントの制御ビットフィールドを保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはユーザアカウントの制御ビットフィールドを保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds または同種の設定を行なった場合、このパラメー" -"タにはアクセスを許可するかどうかのパラメータを設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds または同種の設定を行なった場合、このパラメータにはアクセスを許可するかどうかのパラメータを設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する" -"かどうかを設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可するかどうかを設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する" -"日を設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する日を設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する" -"週内の時間を設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する週内の時間を設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "ユーザに対する Kerberos のユーザプリンシパル名 (UPN) を含む LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "ユーザに対する SSH の公開鍵を含む LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." -msgstr "" -"Active Directory などのディレクトリサーバの場合、 UPN 内の領域部分が小文字で" -"送信される場合があります。この場合、認証は失敗してしまいます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "Active Directory などのディレクトリサーバの場合、 UPN 内の領域部分が小文字で送信される場合があります。この場合、認証は失敗してしまいます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "領域名を大文字で使用したい場合は、このオプションを true に設定してください。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "SSSD に対する列挙レコードのキャッシュを更新待機秒数の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"無効な項目 (メンバーのないグループやログインの行なわれていないユーザなど) の" -"キャッシュをチェックし、無駄な領域を削除する間隔" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "無効な項目 (メンバーのないグループやログインの行なわれていないユーザなど) のキャッシュをチェックし、無駄な領域を削除する間隔" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "ユーザのフルネームに対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "ユーザの所属先グループの一覧に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=authorized_service を設定した場" -"合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に authorizedService 属性が存在することをもっ" -"て、アクセス許可の判断とします。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=authorized_service を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に authorizedService 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=host を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザ" -"の LDAP 項目に host 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=host を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に host 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 内でのグループ項目のオブジェクトクラス" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "グループ名に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "グループの ID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "グループのメンバーの名前に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "LDAP グループオブジェクトの UUID/GUID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "LDAP グループオブジェクトの objectSID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "親オブジェクトの最終更新タイムスタンプに対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"ldap_schema に対して、入れ子グループに対応するスキーマ形式 (RFC2307bis など) " -"を指定した場合、このオプションは SSSD がどれだけの深さまで入れ子にアクセスす" -"るかを指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "ldap_schema に対して、入れ子グループに対応するスキーマ形式 (RFC2307bis など) を指定した場合、このオプションは SSSD がどれだけの深さまで入れ子にアクセスするかを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、" -"複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなど、高度なグループ参照を高速化するよ" -"うにします。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなど、高度なグループ参照を高速化するようにします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、 " -"initgroups 操作を高速化するようにします (主に複雑なグループや入れ子になったグ" -"ループなどで効果的です) 。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、 initgroups 操作を高速化するようにします (主に複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなどで効果的です) 。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " LDAP 内での netgroup 項目のオブジェクトクラス" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "netgroup 名に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "netgroup のメンバー名に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "netgroup セット (ホスト, ユーザ, ドメイン) に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "LDAP netgroup オブジェクトの UUID/GUID を含む LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 内でのサービス項目のオブジェクトクラス" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "サービス属性とその別名に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "このサービスが管理するポートに対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "このサービスが理解可能なプロトコルに対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." -msgstr "" -"この属性タイプの LDAP 検索を絞り込むために使用する、検索スコープや LDAP フィ" -"ルタとしての任意指定ベース DN" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgstr "この属性タイプの LDAP 検索を絞り込むために使用する、検索スコープや LDAP フィルタとしての任意指定ベース DN" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -"LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの" -"移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP 検索の制限時間 (秒)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP 検索の制限時間 (秒)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの" -"移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP ユーザ／グループ列挙の制限時間 (秒)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP ユーザ／グループ列挙の制限時間 (秒)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "connect(2) に続く poll(2)/select(2) に対して設定する、無応答時の制限時間 (秒)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "同期 LDAP API が応答を待つ際の制限時間 (秒)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "LDAP サーバへの接続を維持する制限時間 (秒)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"単一の要求で LDAP から取得するレコード数の指定。 LDAP サーバによっては、要求" -"ごとの最大値が決まっているものがあります。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "単一の要求で LDAP から取得するレコード数の指定。 LDAP サーバによっては、要求ごとの最大値が決まっているものがあります。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "LDAP ページングプロトコルを無効化する" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"SASL を利用して LDAP サーバと通信する際、接続を確立するのに必要な最小限のセ" -"キュリティレベルの指定" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "SASL を利用して LDAP サーバと通信する際、接続を確立するのに必要な最小限のセキュリティレベルの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"参照解釈処理を実施する際、内部キャッシュから失われていなければならないグルー" -"プのメンバー数の指定" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "参照解釈処理を実施する際、内部キャッシュから失われていなければならないグループのメンバー数の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "LDAP TLS セッション時にサーバの証明書を検証する" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "SSSD が理解すべき全証明機関の証明書一覧を含むファイルの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "証明機関の証明書について、個別のファイルを含むディレクトリの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "クライアントの鍵に対応する証明書を含むファイルの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "クライアントの鍵を含むファイルの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "受け入れ可能な暗号化スイートの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." -msgstr "" -"id_provider 接続が通信を暗号化するため、 TLS を使用しなければならないかどうか" -"の指定" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "id_provider 接続が通信を暗号化するため、 TLS を使用しなければならないかどうかの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"SSSD が ldap_user_uid_number および ldap_group_gid_number ではなく、 " -"ldap_user_objectsid および ldap_group_objectsid を利用してユーザとグループの " -"ID を参照するようにする指定" - #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "SSSD が ldap_user_uid_number および ldap_group_gid_number ではなく、 ldap_user_objectsid および ldap_group_objectsid を利用してユーザとグループの ID を参照するようにする指定" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "使用する SASL 機構の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "使用する SASL 認可 ID の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "使用する SASL 領域の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"true に設定すると、 LDAP ライブラリが SASL バインドを行なう際、ホスト名を正規" -"化するために逆参照を行なう設定" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "true に設定すると、 LDAP ライブラリが SASL バインドを行なう際、ホスト名を正規化するために逆参照を行なう設定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "SASL/GSSAPI を利用する際の keytab の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "id_provider が Kerberos 資格 (TGT) を初期化する指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "GSSAPI を使用した場合の TGT の有効期間 (秒) の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "クライアント川でパスワードの有効期限切れを判断するためのポリシーの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "自動参照追跡機能を有効化するかどうかの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "サービス検出器が有効化されている場合の使用するサービス名の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"サービス検出器が有効化されている場合、パスワード変更を許可する LDAP サーバを" -"検出するのに使用するサービス名の指定" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "サービス検出器が有効化されている場合、パスワード変更を許可する LDAP サーバを検出するのに使用するサービス名の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"パスワード変更操作後、 ldap_user_shadow_last_change にエポック日からの経過日" -"数を更新するかどうかの指定" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "パスワード変更操作後、 ldap_user_shadow_last_change にエポック日からの経過日数を更新するかどうかの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"access_provider = ldap および ldap_access_order = filter を使用している場合 " -"(既定値) 、このオプションは必須です。ここでは、ユーザがこのホストにログインす" -"る際、適合していなければならない LDAP 検索フィルタ条件を指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "access_provider = ldap および ldap_access_order = filter を使用している場合 (既定値) 、このオプションは必須です。ここでは、ユーザがこのホストにログインする際、適合していなければならない LDAP 検索フィルタ条件を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -" このオプションを指定することで、アクセス制御属性をクライアント側で判断できる" -"ようになります。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr " このオプションを指定することで、アクセス制御属性をクライアント側で判断できるようになります。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "アクセス制御オプションのカンマ区切りリスト" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "検索時、どのようにして別名の参照解釈を実施するかの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"RFC2307 スキーマを使用するサーバ向けの LDAP グループのメンバーに対し、これを" -"ローカルユーザとして許可する" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "RFC2307 スキーマを使用するサーバ向けの LDAP グループのメンバーに対し、これをローカルユーザとして許可する" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名 (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"SSSD が接続すべき Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一" -"覧。指定した順序どおりにアクセスが行なわれます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指定した順序どおりにアクセスが行なわれます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Kerberos の領域名 (例: EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." -msgstr "" -"KDC でパスワード変更サービスが動作していない場合に利用する、代替サーバを指定" -"することができます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "KDC でパスワード変更サービスが動作していない場合に利用する、代替サーバを指定することができます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "資格情報のキャッシュを保存しておくディレクトリ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "ユーザの資格情報キャッシュの場所" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr " オンライン認証要求またはパスワード変更要求を中止するまでの制限時間 (秒)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "取得した TGT が盗聴されていないことを krb5_keytab で検証する" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "KDC から取得した資格情報を検証する際に使用する keytab の場所" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"プロバイダがオフラインの場合にパスワードを保存し、プロバイダがオンラインに" -"戻った際に TGT を要求するようにする" - #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "指定した全体の有効期限 (整数 + 時間単位) で更新可能なチケットを要求する" +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "プロバイダがオフラインの場合にパスワードを保存し、プロバイダがオンラインに戻った際に TGT を要求するようにする" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." -msgstr "指定した有効期限 (整数 + 時間単位) でチケットを要求する" +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "指定した全体の有効期限 (整数 + 時間単位) で更新可能なチケットを要求する" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "指定した有効期限 (整数 + 時間単位) でチケットを要求する" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "TGT を更新すべきかどうかを判断する時間 (秒)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Kerberos の事前認証で Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling (FAST) を有効" -"化する" - #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "Kerberos の事前認証で Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling (FAST) を有効化する" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "FAST で使用するサーバプリンシパルの指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "ホストおよびユーザプリンシパルを正規化すべきかどうかの指定" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Active Directory ドメイン名の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名 (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "" -"SSSD が接続すべき AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指" -"定した順序でアクセスします。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指定した順序でアクセスします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201 -msgid "" -"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " -"used by AD to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"AD ホスト名 (オプション) - このホストを識別するにあたって、 hostname(5) が AD " -"ドメインで使用される完全修飾名を反映しない場合、この値を設定してください。" - #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." +msgstr "AD ホスト名 (オプション) - このホストを識別するにあたって、 hostname(5) が AD ドメインで使用される完全修飾名を反映しない場合、この値を設定してください。" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -" Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 " -"POSIX ID の範囲下限の指定" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr " Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 POSIX ID の範囲下限の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -" Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 " -"POSIX ID の範囲上限の指定" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr " Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 POSIX ID の範囲上限の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "各スライスで利用可能な ID 数の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "既定のドメインに対するドメイン SID の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "既定のドメイン名の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"winbind の \"idmap_autorid\" アルゴリズムにより似たアルゴリズムを利用して ID " -"マッピングを動作させる指定" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "winbind の \"idmap_autorid\" アルゴリズムにより似たアルゴリズムを利用して ID マッピングを動作させる指定" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "IPA ドメインの名前の指定" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IPA サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名 (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263 -msgid "" -"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"IPA ホスト名 (オプション) - このホストを識別するにあたって、 hostname(5) が IPA " -"で使用される完全修飾名を反映しない場合、この値を設定してください。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +msgstr "IPA ホスト名 (オプション) - このホストを識別するにあたって、 hostname(5) が IPA で使用される完全修飾名を反映しない場合、この値を設定してください。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "この IPA クライアントが使用する automounter の場所" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "" -"FreeIPA v2 に内蔵されている DNS サーバに対し、このクライアントの IP アドレス" -"で自動更新するように SSSD に指定する" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "FreeIPA v2 に内蔵されている DNS サーバに対し、このクライアントの IP アドレスで自動更新するように SSSD に指定する" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "クライアントの DNS レコードを更新する際に適用する TTL" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "動的 DNS 更新で使用すべきインターフェイスの IP アドレスを選択" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 16:04+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -110,9 +110,7 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"現在使用されているインターフェイスとその他の利用可能なインターフェイスを表示" -"する" +msgstr "現在使用されているインターフェイスとその他の利用可能なインターフェイスを表示する" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 @@ -515,12 +513,10 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"1 つまたは複数のネットワークインターフェイスが設定されていません (IP アドレス" -"やサブネットマスクなどが\n" +"1 つまたは複数のネットワークインターフェイスが設定されていません (IP アドレスやサブネットマスクなどが\n" "設定されていません) 。" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? @@ -722,12 +718,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"動的な DHCP アドレスの範囲は DHCP サーバと同じネットワーク上にある必要があり" -"ます。\n" +"動的な DHCP アドレスの範囲は DHCP サーバと同じネットワーク上にある必要があります。\n" "IP %1 がネットワーク %2/%3 と一致しません。" #. Label of the registered hosts table @@ -884,8 +878,7 @@ msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -893,10 +886,8 @@ msgstr "" "DHCP サーバに対して代替となる設定ファイルを指定しています。\n" "\n" -"この方式は YaST ではサポートしていません。 YaST DHCP サーバモジュールでは、 /" -"etc/dhcpd.conf \n" -"の設定のみを読み書きすることができます。 %1 からの新しい設定は読み込まれず、" -"全ての設定は\n" +"この方式は YaST ではサポートしていません。 YaST DHCP サーバモジュールでは、 /etc/dhcpd.conf \n" +"の設定のみを読み書きすることができます。 %1 からの新しい設定は読み込まれず、全ての設定は\n" "既定の設定ファイルのみに保存されます。\n" " \n" "続行してもよろしいですか？\n" @@ -915,8 +906,7 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -927,13 +917,11 @@ "<big>DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加</big> \n" "最初の IP アドレス には IP アドレス範囲の\n" "開始部分を指定してください。 最後の IP アドレス には\n" -"終了部分を指定してください。 ホスト名ベース にはホスト名を作成するため" -"の\n" +"終了部分を指定してください。 ホスト名ベース にはホスト名を作成するための\n" "基礎となる文字列を指定します (例: <tt>dhcp-%i</tt>, <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>) 。\n" "<tt>%i</tt> の部分が範囲の中でそれぞれの数字に置き換えられる部分です。\n" "文字列内に <tt>%i</tt> を含めていない場合は、指定した文字列の後ろに\n" -"数字が追加されます。 ホスト名ベース では <tt>%i</tt> は一度だけ設定し" -"てください。\n" +"数字が追加されます。 ホスト名ベース では <tt>%i</tt> は一度だけ設定してください。\n" "開始 には最初のホスト名の番号を指定してください。\n" "ホスト名はその番号から1つずつ数字を足していく形で作成されます。\n" @@ -949,24 +937,19 @@ msgstr "" "<big>DNS ウイザード</big> \n" "このウイザードでは、 DHCP サーバの設定から直接 DNS ゾーンを作成する\n" -"ことができます。 DHCP の各クライアントをホスト名で区別したい場合、 DNS ゾーン" -"を\n" -"作成することはとても重要です。これは、 DNS ゾーンがホスト名から IP アドレスへ" -"の変換に\n" -"使われるためです。また、このウイザードでは IP アドレスをホスト名に変換するた" -"めの\n" +"ことができます。 DHCP の各クライアントをホスト名で区別したい場合、 DNS ゾーンを\n" +"作成することはとても重要です。これは、 DNS ゾーンがホスト名から IP アドレスへの変換に\n" +"使われるためです。また、このウイザードでは IP アドレスをホスト名に変換するための\n" "逆ゾーンを作成することもできます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" " 新規ゾーン名 と 逆ゾーン名 は、それぞれ DHCP サーバと\n" -"ネットワークの設定から取得したものであるため、変更することができません。</" -"p>\n" +"ネットワークの設定から取得したものであるため、変更することができません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -1001,32 +984,25 @@ "the zone name servers.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS クエリ</big> \n" -"たとえば、ある DNS ゾーンでホスト名に対応する IP アドレスを問い合わせる場合な" -"ど、\n" +"たとえば、ある DNS ゾーンでホスト名に対応する IP アドレスを問い合わせる場合など、\n" "それぞれの DNS クエリでは、最初に親となるゾーン\n" -"(<tt>example.com</tt> であれば <tt>com</tt>) に対して目的のゾーンのネームサー" -"バを\n" +"(<tt>example.com</tt> であれば <tt>com</tt>) に対して目的のゾーンのネームサーバを\n" "問い合わせ、その後これらのネームサーバに対して IP アドレスの問い合わせ\n" "を行ないます。 \n" -"ゾーンネームサーバの 1 つとして DNS サーバのホスト名を指定する必要があるの" -"は\n" +"ゾーンネームサーバの 1 つとして DNS サーバのホスト名を指定する必要があるのは\n" "このためです。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" -" 新しいネームサーバ を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して表示" -"された\n" -"項目に記入し、 OK を押してください。入力したネームサーバが IP アドレス" -"とともに\n" -"現在の DNS ゾーンに追加されます。これはゾーンの作成の際に利用するため、必ず指" -"定してください。\n" +" 新しいネームサーバ を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して表示された\n" +"項目に記入し、 OK を押してください。入力したネームサーバが IP アドレスとともに\n" +"現在の DNS ゾーンに追加されます。これはゾーンの作成の際に利用するため、必ず指定してください。\n" "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) @@ -1046,15 +1022,12 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS レコード</big> \n" -"ここでは、全ての DHCP クライアントに対する DNS ホスト名を設定します。全てのホ" -"スト名を\n" -"個別に指定する必要はなく、ホスト名を作成する単純な規則を 1 つ以上指定するだけ" -"です。\n" +"ここでは、全ての DHCP クライアントに対する DNS ホスト名を設定します。全てのホスト名を\n" +"個別に指定する必要はなく、ホスト名を作成する単純な規則を 1 つ以上指定するだけです。\n" "これらの規則は、利用する IP アドレスの範囲と、\n" "その範囲内で作成するホスト名の文字列を指定することによって行ないます。\n" @@ -1123,11 +1096,9 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"現在のサブネット と ネットマスク には、現在のネットワーク設定が" -"表示されています。\n" +"現在のサブネット と ネットマスク には、現在のネットワーク設定が表示されています。\n" "ドメイン には現在の DHCP の設定が表示されています。\n" -"最初の IP アドレス と 2 番目の IP アドレス には、現在の動的な " -"DHCP\n" +"最初の IP アドレス と 2 番目の IP アドレス には、現在の動的な DHCP\n" "アドレス範囲が設定されています。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) @@ -1147,13 +1118,10 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1162,10 +1130,8 @@ " DNS の項目をその逆引きゾーンと同期するには、\n" " 逆引きゾーンと同期 を選んでください。\n" " DNS サーバからこの範囲の IP アドレスに関連する情報を削除するには、\n" -" 特殊作業 内の 該当する DNS レコードを削除 を選択してください。" -"新しい DNS レコードの範囲を作成するには、\n" -" 特殊作業 から DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加 を選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +" 特殊作業 内の 該当する DNS レコードを削除 を選択してください。新しい DNS レコードの範囲を作成するには、\n" +" 特殊作業 から DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加 を選択してください。\n" #. old_range: $[ #. "base" : "dhcp-%", @@ -1443,8 +1409,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "現在の DNS ゾーンにはネームサーバの IP アドレスが設定されていません。\n" @@ -1710,8 +1675,7 @@ "Available Interfaces." msgstr "" "<big>ネットワークインターフェイス</big> \n" -"DHCP サーバが待ち受けるネットワークインターフェイスを 利用可能なインター" -"フェイス \n" +"DHCP サーバが待ち受けるネットワークインターフェイスを 利用可能なインターフェイス \n" "から選択してください。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1728,8 +1692,7 @@ "選択したインターフェイスを通してリモートコンピュータから\n" "このサービスにアクセスできるようファイアウオールを開くには、\n" "ファイアウオールで選択したインターフェイスを開く を\n" -"選択してください。このオプションはファイアウオールが有効になっている場合にの" -"み\n" +"選択してください。このオプションはファイアウオールが有効になっている場合にのみ\n" "利用できます。" #. help text 2/5 @@ -1742,8 +1705,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "DHCP サーバを chroot 環境下で起動するには、\n" -"DHCP サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを " -"chroot 環境下で\n" +"DHCP サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを chroot 環境下で\n" "起動することはより堅牢なセキュリティを実現できるためお勧めです。" #. help text 3/5 @@ -1794,8 +1756,7 @@ "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>サブネットの設定</big> \n" -"サブネットの ネットワークアドレス および ネットワークマスク を" -"設定してください。" +"サブネットの ネットワークアドレス および ネットワークマスク を設定してください。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 @@ -1878,8 +1839,7 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"このサブネットのホスト用に動的な DNS を設定するには ダイナミック DNS " -"を使用してください。" +"このサブネットのホスト用に動的な DNS を設定するには ダイナミック DNS を使用してください。" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 @@ -1925,44 +1885,35 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>更新するゾーン</big> \n" -"更新する正引き・逆引きゾーンを指定してください。その両方でプライマリネーム" -"サーバ\n" -"を指定する必要があります。ネームサーバと DHCP サーバが同じマシンで動作してい" -"る場合は、\n" +"更新する正引き・逆引きゾーンを指定してください。その両方でプライマリネームサーバ\n" +"を指定する必要があります。ネームサーバと DHCP サーバが同じマシンで動作している場合は、\n" "この欄に記入する必要はありません。" #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>DHCP サーバ開始パラメータ</big> \n" "ここでは DHCP サーバに対して開始時のパラメータを指定することができます。\n" -"たとえば \"-p 1234\" と指定して標準ではないポートで DHCP サービスを提供するな" -"どです。\n" -"利用可能な全てのオプションについては dhcpd のマニュアルページをご覧ください。" -"何も指定しない場合は既定値が使用されます。" +"たとえば \"-p 1234\" と指定して標準ではないポートで DHCP サービスを提供するなどです。\n" +"利用可能な全てのオプションについては dhcpd のマニュアルページをご覧ください。何も指定しない場合は既定値が使用されます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ネットワークカードの選択</big> \n" -"DHCP サーバで使用するネットワークカードを一覧の中から 1 つ以上選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +"DHCP サーバで使用するネットワークカードを一覧の中から 1 つ以上選択してください。\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 @@ -2010,8 +1961,7 @@ "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" "デフォルトゲートウエイ は\n" -"クライアント側に通知され、クライアント側のデフォルトゲートウエイとして設定さ" -"れます。" +"クライアント側に通知され、クライアント側のデフォルトゲートウエイとして設定されます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 @@ -2025,9 +1975,7 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "" -"プリントサーバ は、クライアントに対して既定のプリントサーバを通知す" -"るために利用されます。" +msgstr "プリントサーバ は、クライアントに対して既定のプリントサーバを通知するために利用されます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 @@ -2041,14 +1989,11 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"既定の貸与時間 には、貸与した IP アドレスが期限切れとなる時間を設定" -"します。\n" -"クライアントは、ここで指定した時間が経過すると再度アドレス要求を行ないます。" -"" +"既定の貸与時間 には、貸与した IP アドレスが期限切れとなる時間を設定します。\n" +"クライアントは、ここで指定した時間が経過すると再度アドレス要求を行ないます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 @@ -2059,8 +2004,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>サブネット情報</big>\n" -"ここでは、現在のサブネットに関する情報を読むことができます。たとえばアドレス" -"やネットマスク、\n" +"ここでは、現在のサブネットに関する情報を読むことができます。たとえばアドレスやネットマスク、\n" "クライアントに貸与するアドレス範囲の最大値と最小値などです。\n" "\n" @@ -2069,22 +2013,17 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IP アドレス範囲</big> \n" -"クライアントに貸与する 最初の IP アドレス と 最後の IP アドレス</" -"b>\n" -"を、それぞれ設定してください。これらのアドレスは同じネットマスクである必要が" -"あります。\n" +"クライアントに貸与する 最初の IP アドレス と 最後の IP アドレス\n" +"を、それぞれ設定してください。これらのアドレスは同じネットマスクである必要があります。\n" "たとえば <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> と <tt>192.168.1.64</tt> のようになります。\n" -"動的 BOOTP の許可 フラグを指定した範囲に設定すると、 DHCP クライアント" -"と\n" -"同様に BOOTP クライアントに対しても動的にアドレスを割り振るようになります。</" -"p>\n" +"動的 BOOTP の許可 フラグを指定した範囲に設定すると、 DHCP クライアントと\n" +"同様に BOOTP クライアントに対しても動的にアドレスを割り振るようになります。\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -2095,8 +2034,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>貸与時間</big> \n" "このアドレス範囲での 既定の 貸与時間を設定してください。\n" -"この設定値はクライアントに対して IP アドレスの更新間隔を指定することになりま" -"す。 " +"この設定値はクライアントに対して IP アドレスの更新間隔を指定することになります。 " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 @@ -2145,9 +2083,7 @@ #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "" -"ホストを削除するには、ホストを選択して 一覧から削除 を押してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "ホストを削除するには、ホストを選択して 一覧から削除 を押してください。" #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 @@ -2354,8 +2290,7 @@ "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"以下のネットワークインターフェイスはどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していま" -"せん。\n" +"以下のネットワークインターフェイスはどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していません。\n" "%1\n" "YaST ファイアウオール設定を実行し、ゾーンを割り当ててください。" @@ -2365,8 +2300,7 @@ "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." msgstr "" -"ネットワークインターフェイス %1 はどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していませ" -"ん。\n" +"ネットワークインターフェイス %1 はどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していません。\n" "YaST ファイアウオール設定を実行し、ゾーンを割り当ててください。" #. popup message @@ -2577,7 +2511,7 @@ "\n" "設定を中止しています。" -#. error report +#. error report #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" @@ -2689,7 +2623,7 @@ msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "%1 を作成する際にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "%1 を更新する際にエラーが発生しました。" @@ -2703,4 +2637,3 @@ #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "/etc/dhcpd.conf へ書き込む際にエラーが発生しました。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:06+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -135,8 +135,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "" -"ローテーションのバージョンの最大数 ('0' はローテーションしないことを意味)" +msgstr "ローテーションのバージョンの最大数 ('0' はローテーションしないことを意味)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -166,14 +165,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "ネームサーバ (ドット(.)で終わる完全修飾名か、もしくは相対名で指定)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "メールサーバ (ドット(.)で終わる完全修飾名か、もしくは相対名で指定)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -223,11 +220,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"example.org の A レコードに対して 192.0.34.166 を設定するなどの DNS リソース" -"レコード値" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "example.org の A レコードに対して 192.0.34.166 を設定するなどの DNS リソースレコード値" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 @@ -311,8 +305,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -383,11 +376,10 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" @@ -405,7 +397,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" @@ -415,9 +407,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" @@ -430,8 +422,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "フォワーダ" @@ -461,12 +453,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "ゾーン" @@ -495,14 +486,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "メールサーバ" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "優先度" @@ -564,8 +555,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS ゾーン" @@ -587,7 +578,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP サポートを有効にする (&L)" @@ -612,147 +603,103 @@ msgstr "DNS サーバ熟練者設定 (&E)..." #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS サーバ" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417 -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "変更の適用" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "起動" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "基本オプション" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "ログ" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "ACL" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "TSIG 鍵" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "ローカル DNS の解決ポリシー (&P)" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "フォワーダの合成を無効にする" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "自動的に合成する" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "フォワーダの合成を有効にする" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "独自設定" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "カスタムポリシー" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "ローカル DNS 解決器のフォワーダ (&F)" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "システムのネームサーバを使用する" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "このネームサーバ (bind)" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "ローカルの dnsmasq サーバ" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "IP アドレスの追加" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4 または IPv6 アドレス (&D)" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "フォワーダの一覧 (&L)" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "ローカルのフォワーダを %{forwarder} に設定できません" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "IP %1 に対するローカル側のアドレスが検出できません。" #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" "been changed to its local equivalent %2." msgstr "" -"DNS の問い合わせを自分自身に転送すると、無限ループを生成することになってしま" -"います。\n" +"DNS の問い合わせを自分自身に転送すると、無限ループを生成することになってしまいます。\n" "IP アドレス %1 は現在のところ、このサーバで使用されているため、\n" "ローカル側のアドレス %2 に変更します。" #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "IPv4 または IPv6 アドレスが正しくありません。" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -761,46 +708,46 @@ "およびコロン (:) から成ります。" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "指定されたフォワーダは既に存在しています。" #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "追加または変更オプション" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "オプション (&P)" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "値 (&V)" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "変更 (&H)" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "現在のオプション" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "オプション" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -809,7 +756,7 @@ "設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -818,7 +765,7 @@ "%2 に設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -827,7 +774,7 @@ "%2 に設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -836,7 +783,7 @@ "%1 に設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -845,7 +792,7 @@ "%1 に設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -854,77 +801,77 @@ "このまま追加してよろしいですか？\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "ログ種類" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "システムログ (&S)" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "ファイル (&F)" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "最大サイズ (MB) (&S)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "最大バージョン (&V)" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "追加ログ" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "すべての DNS への問い合わせをログ記録 (&Q)" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "ゾーン更新をログに記録 (&U)" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "ゾーン転送をログに記録 (&T)" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "ログファイルの選択" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "オプション設定" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "名前 (&N)" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "現在の ACL リスト" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -933,12 +880,12 @@ "削除してよろしいですか？\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "指定された ACL 項目は既に存在しています。" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "新しいゾーンの追加 " @@ -947,8 +894,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "マスター" @@ -958,9 +905,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "スレーブ" @@ -969,34 +916,34 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "転送" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "設定済み DNS ゾーン" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "指定された名前のゾーンは既に設定されています。" #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "設定の保存に失敗しました。設定を変更しますか？" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "設定の保存に失敗しました" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -1004,40 +951,83 @@ "変更内容はすべて失われます。\n" "DNS サーバの設定を保存しないまま中止してよろしいですか？" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "変更の適用" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "起動" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "基本オプション" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "ログ" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "ACL" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "TSIG 鍵" + #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "動的な更新の許可 (&L)" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG 鍵 (&K)" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "ゾーン転送を有効にする (&Z)" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成 (&U)" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "ゾーン (&E)" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "接続された逆引きゾーン" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1046,34 +1036,34 @@ "この機能は使用できません。\n" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "TSIG 鍵が設定されていません。" #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "追加するネームサーバ (&N)" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "ネームサーバの一覧 (&M)" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "指定されたネームサーバは既に存在しています。" #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "追加するメールサーバ" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "アドレス (&A)" @@ -1081,116 +1071,116 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "優先度 (&P)" #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "メール中継一覧" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "指定した値が有効なホスト名または IP アドレスではありません。" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "指定されたネームサーバは既に存在します。" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "秒" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "分" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "時間" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "日" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "週" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "シリアル番号 (&A)" #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TTL (&L)" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "単位 (&U)" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "更新間隔 (&F)" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "単位 (&I)" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "再試行間隔 (&Y)" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "有効期限 (&P)" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "単位 (&N)" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "最小値 (&M)" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "単位 (&T)" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "ゾーンのシリアル番号を指定する必要があります。" #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "シリアル番号は %1 桁以上である必要があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1198,111 +1188,110 @@ "Continue?" msgstr "" "有効期限の設定がゾーンの更新間隔の設定よりも短く\n" -"なっています。これにより、スレーブネームサーバではゾーンが利用できなくなりま" -"す。\n" +"なっています。これにより、スレーブネームサーバではゾーンが利用できなくなります。\n" "続行しますか？" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "レコードキー (&R)" #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "種類 (&Y)" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "値 (&U)" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "サービス (&S)" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル (&P)" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "重み付け (&W)" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "ポート (&P)" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: IPv4 ドメイン名変換" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: IPv6 ドメイン名変換" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: 別名定義" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: ネームサーバ" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: メール中継" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: 逆変換" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: サービスレコード" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: テキストレコード" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "レコード設定" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "設定済みのリソースレコード" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "レコードキー" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1315,27 +1304,25 @@ "現在のゾーンからの相対表現で記入する必要があります。" #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "IPv6 アドレスが正しくありません。" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"正しくない %{type} レコードのキーです。このキーは '=' を除く印刷可能な US-" -"ASCII の文字から\n" +"正しくない %{type} レコードのキーです。このキーは '=' を除く印刷可能な US-ASCII の文字から\n" "構成されていなければならず、少なくとも 1 文字の長さが必要です。" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1344,72 +1331,66 @@ "このメッセージは %{current} 文字の長さになっています。" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME で自分自身を設定することはできません。" #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "内部エラーが発生しました。" #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "ゾーンエディタ" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "基本 (&B)" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "NS レコード (&D)" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "SOA (&S)" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "レコード (&E)" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "MX レコード (&X)" #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "ゾーン設定" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "熟練者設定 (&V)" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "少なくとも 1 つの NS サーバを設定する必要があります。" @@ -1417,27 +1398,26 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" "現在のゾーンは %1 ゾーンから自動的に生成されています。\n" "レコードを変更するには、自動レコード生成の機能を無効化する必要があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "マスター DNS サーバの IP (&M)" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "マスターサーバがありません" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1448,32 +1428,32 @@ "このまま続行すると現在のゾーンは削除されます。" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "マスター DNS サーバを指定していません。" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "指定したマスターネームサーバは正しい IP アドレスではありません。" #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "新規フォワーダ IP アドレス (&F)" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "現在のゾーンフォワーダ (&Z)" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "転送ゾーンのエディタ" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -1557,8 +1537,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>chroot 環境</big> \n" "DNS サーバを chroot 環境下で起動するには、\n" -"DNS サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを " -"chroot 環境下で\n" +"DNS サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを chroot 環境下で\n" "起動すると、より堅牢なセキュリティを実現できるためお勧めです。" #. help 3/4 @@ -1574,8 +1553,7 @@ "DNS ゾーンの設定を編集するには、一覧から該当する項目を選んで\n" "編集 を押してください。\n" "新しい DNS ゾーンを追加するには 追加 を押してください。\n" -"既存の DNS ゾーンを削除するには、作事世する項目を選んで 削除 を押して" -"ください。" +"既存の DNS ゾーンを削除するには、作事世する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。" #. help 4/4 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 @@ -1639,8 +1617,7 @@ "a record, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "新しいレコードをゾーンに追加するには 追加 を押してください。\n" -"レコードを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。</" -"p>" +"レコードを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。" #. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 @@ -1657,15 +1634,12 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>マスターサーバ</big> \n" -"このゾーンのマスターネームサーバの IP アドレスを設定します。新しいマスター" -"ネームサーバを追加するには、\n" +"このゾーンのマスターネームサーバの IP アドレスを設定します。新しいマスターネームサーバを追加するには、\n" " 追加 を押してください。既存のマスターネームサーバを削除するには、\n" "削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。" @@ -1674,31 +1648,27 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" "<big>ゾーンの種類</big> \n" "このネームサーバをゾーンの情報を提供する一次ソースに設定する場合は\n" " マスター を選択します。二次ソースに設定する場合は スレーブ \n" -"または スタブ を選択します。二次ソースに設定すると、マスターサーバ (一" -"次ソース) から\n" +"または スタブ を選択します。二次ソースに設定すると、マスターサーバ (一次ソース) から\n" "情報を引き出して複製するようになります。" #. help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" msgstr "" "<big>ゾーンの方向</big> \n" -"DNS はドメイン名を IP アドレスに変換するだけでなく、逆に IP アドレスをホスト" -"名に変換することも行ないます。\n" +"DNS はドメイン名を IP アドレスに変換するだけでなく、逆に IP アドレスをホスト名に変換することも行ないます。\n" "このゾーンを、ドメイン名から IP アドレスに変換する目的で作成する場合は\n" " 転送 を、 IP アドレスからドメイン名に変換する場合は\n" " 逆 をそれぞれ選択してください。\n" @@ -1771,14 +1741,11 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"シリアル番号 は、マスターサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する" -"情報と\n" -"して使用します (この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは、必要な時に必要な部分だ" -"けゾーンを\n" +"シリアル番号 は、マスターサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する情報と\n" +"して使用します (この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは、必要な時に必要な部分だけゾーンを\n" "更新できることになります) 。\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh @@ -1788,8 +1755,7 @@ "Refresh sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers." msgstr "" -"更新間隔 は、マスターサーバからスレーブサーバに対して、どれくらい" -"の\n" +"更新間隔 は、マスターサーバからスレーブサーバに対して、どれくらいの\n" "時間間隔で同期を行なうかを指定します。" #. help text 7/9 - Retry @@ -1800,8 +1766,7 @@ "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" "再試行間隔 は、スレーブサーバがマスターサーバと同期する際に\n" -"何らかの失敗があった場合、どれだけの間隔を空けて再試行するかを指定します。</" -"p>" +"何らかの失敗があった場合、どれだけの間隔を空けて再試行するかを指定します。" #. help text 8/9 - Expiry #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 @@ -1810,10 +1775,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"有効期限 は、マスターサーバとの同期が行なえない場合に、スレーブサー" -"バ\n" -"内でゾーンが期限切れになるまでの時間を指定します。この時間を過ぎると、同期が" -"完了するまでは\n" +"有効期限 は、マスターサーバとの同期が行なえない場合に、スレーブサーバ\n" +"内でゾーンが期限切れになるまでの時間を指定します。この時間を過ぎると、同期が完了するまでは\n" "スレーブサーバが応答しなくなります。" #. help text 9/9 - Minimum @@ -1823,8 +1786,7 @@ "Minimum sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed)." msgstr "" -"最小値 には、スレーブサーバが否定応答 (名前解決の失敗) を記憶し続け" -"る\n" +"最小値 には、スレーブサーバが否定応答 (名前解決の失敗) を記憶し続ける\n" "時間を設定します。" #. ddns keys dialog @@ -1834,18 +1796,15 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>TSIG 鍵管理</big> \n" "動的ゾーン更新に使用する TSIG 鍵を定義します。\n" "新しい TSIG 鍵を追加するには、 ファイル名 テキストフィールドに入力\n" "するか 参照 ボタンで検索したのち、 追加 を押してください。\n" -"既存の TSIG 鍵を削除するには、一覧から選択して 削除 を押してくださ" -"い。\n" +"既存の TSIG 鍵を削除するには、一覧から選択して 削除 を押してください。\n" "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 @@ -1906,10 +1865,8 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"新しいフォワーダを追加するには、 IP アドレス を設定してから 追" -"加 を押してください。\n" -"設定済みのフォワーダを削除するには、項目を選択して 削除 を押してくださ" -"い。" +"新しいフォワーダを追加するには、 IP アドレス を設定してから 追加 を押してください。\n" +"設定済みのフォワーダを削除するには、項目を選択して 削除 を押してください。" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -1936,9 +1893,7 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "" -"オプションを削除するには、項目を選択して 削除 を押してください。</" -"p>" +msgstr "オプションを削除するには、項目を選択して 削除 を押してください。" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -1947,33 +1902,26 @@ "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." msgstr "" "<big>ログ</big> \n" -"このダイアログでは、 DNS サーバの各種ログオプションを設定することができます。" -"" +"このダイアログでは、 DNS サーバの各種ログオプションを設定することができます。" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -" DNS サーバのログメッセージをシステムログに記録するには、 システムログに記" -"録 を選択してください。\n" +" DNS サーバのログメッセージをシステムログに記録するには、 システムログに記録 を選択してください。\n" " DNS サーバのログメッセージを個別のファイルに記録するには、\n" -" ファイルに記録 を選択して ファイル名 に保存先のファイル名を指" -"定し、\n" +" ファイルに記録 を選択して ファイル名 に保存先のファイル名を指定し、\n" "ログファイルの 最大サイズ を指定してください。\n" " DNS サーバはログファイルを自動的に切り替えます。 最大バージョン \n" -"を指定すると、どれだけのログファイルを保存するのかを指定することができます。" -"\n" +"を指定すると、どれだけのログファイルを保存するのかを指定することができます。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -1987,14 +1935,10 @@ "name server.\n" msgstr "" "追加のログ機能 では、\n" -"どの動作をログに記録するのかを指定することができます。一般的な動作は常にログ" -"に記録されます。\n" -"全ての DNS の問い合わせを記録 を選択すると、クライアントからサーバに対" -"して発せられた全ての問い合わせを記録します。\n" -"ゾーン更新を記録 を選択すると、ゾーンが更新されるとログに記録が行なわ" -"れます。\n" -"ゾーン転送を記録 を選択すると、ゾーンを他のサーバに完全に転送し終わる" -"とログに記録が行なわれます。\n" +"どの動作をログに記録するのかを指定することができます。一般的な動作は常にログに記録されます。\n" +"全ての DNS の問い合わせを記録 を選択すると、クライアントからサーバに対して発せられた全ての問い合わせを記録します。\n" +"ゾーン更新を記録 を選択すると、ゾーンが更新されるとログに記録が行なわれます。\n" +"ゾーン転送を記録 を選択すると、ゾーンを他のサーバに完全に転送し終わるとログに記録が行なわれます。\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -2016,8 +1960,7 @@ "and Value then click Add. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい ACL 項目を追加するには、オプションの 名前 および 値 " -"を入力し、\n" +"新しい ACL 項目を追加するには、オプションの 名前 および 値 を入力し、\n" " 追加 を押してください。既に設定されている ACL 項目を削除するには、\n" "該当する項目を選択して 削除 を押してください。\n" @@ -2040,14 +1983,11 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" "作成済みのキーを追加するには、 ファイル名 を入力\n" -" (または 参照 ボタンでファイル選択) してから 追加 を押してくだ" -"さい。\n" -"新しい鍵を生成するには、 ファイル名 および 鍵 ID を入力してか" -"ら\n" +" (または 参照 ボタンでファイル選択) してから 追加 を押してください。\n" +"新しい鍵を生成するには、 ファイル名 および 鍵 ID を入力してから\n" "生成 を押してください。新しい鍵を生成して追加します。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 @@ -2071,49 +2011,38 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"新しいゾーンを追加するには、 ゾーン名 に名前を入力して ゾーン種" -"類\n" +"新しいゾーンを追加するには、 ゾーン名 に名前を入力して ゾーン種類\n" " を選択し、 追加 を押してください。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい IPv4 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に" -"並べ、その後ろに\n" -"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> を追加した名前を ゾーン名 に入力してください " -"(たとえば、\n" -"ゾーン名 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> はアドレス <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> " -"に対応します)。その後、\n" +"新しい IPv4 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に並べ、その後ろに\n" +"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> を追加した名前を ゾーン名 に入力してください (たとえば、\n" +"ゾーン名 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> はアドレス <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> に対応します)。その後、\n" " ゾーン種類 を選択して 追加 を押してください。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"新しい IPv6 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に" -"並べ、その後ろに\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> を追加した名前を ゾーン名 に入力してください。いくつかの書" -"式に対応しています:\n" +"新しい IPv6 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に並べ、その後ろに\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> を追加した名前を ゾーン名 に入力してください。いくつかの書式に対応しています:\n" "一般的な書式: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "転送書式: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "ネットマスク指定無しの転送書式: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2128,20 +2057,17 @@ msgstr "" "ゾーンの転送方法や名前、メールサーバなど、ゾーンの設定を\n" "変更するには、該当する項目を選択して 編集 を押してください。\n" -"設定したゾーンを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してくださ" -"い。\n" +"設定したゾーンを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS とゾーン転送</big> \n" -"このダイアログではゾーンの動的 DNS (DDNS) の設定を変更したりアクセス権限の設" -"定を\n" +"このダイアログではゾーンの動的 DNS (DDNS) の設定を変更したりアクセス権限の設定を\n" "行なったりすることができます。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 @@ -2154,8 +2080,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ゾーンを動的に更新できるようにするには、 動的更新の許可 と \n" -" TSIG 鍵 をそれぞれ設定してください。ゾーンを動的に更新できるようにす" -"る前に、\n" +" TSIG 鍵 をそれぞれ設定してください。ゾーンを動的に更新できるようにする前に、\n" "少なくとも 1 つ以上の鍵を設定する必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 @@ -2170,8 +2095,7 @@ "\n" "ゾーンの転送を許可するには、 ゾーン転送を有効にする を選択してから\n" "ゾーンの転送の際に確認される ACL (アクセス権) を設定してください。\n" -"ゾーンの転送を許可するには、少なくとも 1 つの ACL を設定する必要がありま" -"す。\n" +"ゾーンの転送を許可するには、少なくとも 1 つの ACL を設定する必要があります。\n" "" #. Zone Editor - Help @@ -2184,8 +2108,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "逆引きゾーンのレコードは、他のマスターゾーンから生成することができます。\n" -"これを行なうには、 以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成 のチェックボッ" -"クスを選び、\n" +"これを行なうには、 以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成 のチェックボックスを選び、\n" "どのゾーンから生成するかを選択してください。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help @@ -2196,22 +2119,19 @@ "from the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." msgstr "" "\n" -"このゾーンが逆引きゾーンでない場合は、現在のゾーンから作成されたゾーンが何で" -"あるかを\n" +"このゾーンが逆引きゾーンでない場合は、現在のゾーンから作成されたゾーンが何であるかを\n" "接続済み逆引きゾーン の項目から知ることができます。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>NS レコード</big> \n" -"新しいネームサーバを追加するには、ネームサーバのアドレスを入力してから 追" -"加 を押してください。\n" +"新しいネームサーバを追加するには、ネームサーバのアドレスを入力してから 追加 を押してください。\n" "ネームサーバを削除するには、一覧から選択して\n" "削除 を押してください。\n" @@ -2225,8 +2145,7 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>MX レコード</big> \n" -"新しいメールサーバを追加するには、メールサーバの アドレス と 優先度" -" を入力して\n" +"新しいメールサーバを追加するには、メールサーバの アドレス と 優先度 を入力して\n" "追加 を押してください。\n" "メールサーバを削除するには、一覧から選択して\n" "削除 を押してください。\n" @@ -2236,14 +2155,11 @@ msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"シリアル番号 はマスターサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する情" -"報と\n" -"して使用します (この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは必要な時に必要な部分だけ" -"ゾーンを\n" +"シリアル番号 はマスターサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する情報と\n" +"して使用します (この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは必要な時に必要な部分だけゾーンを\n" "更新できることになります) 。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 @@ -2262,10 +2178,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"有効期限 は、マスターサーバとの同期が行なえない場合にスレーブサー" -"バ\n" -"内でゾーンが期限切れになるまでの時間を指定します。この時間を過ぎると、同期が" -"完了するまでは\n" +"有効期限 は、マスターサーバとの同期が行なえない場合にスレーブサーバ\n" +"内でゾーンが期限切れになるまでの時間を指定します。この時間を過ぎると、同期が完了するまでは\n" "スレーブサーバが応答しなくなります。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 @@ -2278,8 +2192,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>レコード</big> \n" "このダイアログでは、ゾーンのリソースレコードを編集することができます。\n" -"新しいリソースレコードを追加するには、 レコードキー, 種類, " -"値 \n" +"新しいリソースレコードを追加するには、 レコードキー, 種類, 値 \n" "をそれぞれ設定して 追加 を押してください。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 @@ -2290,8 +2203,7 @@ "Delete." msgstr "" "既存のレコードを変更するには、該当する項目を選択して\n" -"必要な項目を修正し、 変更 を押してください。レコードを削除するには、" -"削除する項目を選んで\n" +"必要な項目を修正し、 変更 を押してください。レコードを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで\n" " 削除 を押してください。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 @@ -2301,8 +2213,7 @@ "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"それぞれのレコードの種類には、 RFC で規定されたそれぞれの書式があります。</" -"p>\n" +"それぞれのレコードの種類には、 RFC で規定されたそれぞれの書式があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 @@ -2328,35 +2239,27 @@ "an A record.\n" msgstr "" "CNAME: 別名定義:\n" -"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定する" -"か、もしくは\n" +"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" "ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。\n" -"値 にも同様に、現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、" -"もしくは\n" -"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、この" -"ホスト名は\n" -" A レコードで IP アドレスに変換できる必要があります。 レコードキー が " -"値 の別名となります。\n" +"値 にも同様に、現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" +"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、このホスト名は\n" +" A レコードで IP アドレスに変換できる必要があります。 レコードキー が 値 の別名となります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "NS: ネームサーバ:\n" -"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定する" -"か、もしくは\n" +"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" "ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。\n" -"値 にも同様に現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、も" -"しくは\n" -"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、この" -"ホスト名は\n" +"値 にも同様に現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" +"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、このホスト名は\n" " A レコードで IP アドレスに変換できる必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) @@ -2369,13 +2272,10 @@ "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "MX: メールリレー:\n" -"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定する" -"か、もしくは\n" +"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" "ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。\n" -"値 にも同様に現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、も" -"しくは\n" -"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、この" -"ホスト名は\n" +"値 にも同様に現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" +"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、このホスト名は\n" " A レコードで IP アドレスに変換できる必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) @@ -2384,8 +2284,7 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2394,15 +2293,12 @@ "PTR: 逆変換:\n" "レコードキー には IP アドレスから導き出される完全逆ゾーン名か、\n" "もしくは現在のゾーン名からの相対ゾーン名を指定します。\n" -"完全逆ゾーン名はドット (.) で終わるもので、たとえば <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> に対" -"応する\n" +"完全逆ゾーン名はドット (.) で終わるもので、たとえば <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> に対応する\n" "ゾーン名は <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> になります。\n" "また、相対ゾーン名は現在のゾーン名からの相対値で指定するもので、たとえば\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> のゾーン内で <tt>1</tt> という相対ゾーン名を" -"指定\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> のゾーン内で <tt>1</tt> という相対ゾーン名を指定\n" "すると <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> の意味になります。\n" -"値 にはドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してくださ" -"い。\n" +"値 にはドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 @@ -2420,8 +2316,7 @@ "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" "SuSEfirewall2 の設定を調整して、お使いの DNS サーバに\n" -"対して全てのクライアントが接続できるようにするには、 ファイアウオールで" -"ポートを開く を選択してください。" +"対して全てのクライアントが接続できるようにするには、 ファイアウオールでポートを開く を選択してください。" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 @@ -2600,56 +2495,56 @@ msgstr "メールリレー (&M)" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "DNS サーバの設定を準備しています" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "環境の確認" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNS デーモンのキャッシュの掃きだし" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の読み込み" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "設定の読み込み" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "環境を確認しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "DNS デーモンのキャッシュを掃きだしています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2658,72 +2553,72 @@ "エラー: " #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "DNS サーバ設定を保存しています" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "設定ファイルの保存" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNS デーモンの再起動" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "ゾーンファイルの更新" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "DNS サービスの調整" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "netconfig の呼び出し" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の書き込み" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "設定ファイルを保存しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "DNS デーモンを再起動しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "ゾーンファイルを更新しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "DNS サービスを調整しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "netconfig を起動しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2732,43 +2627,43 @@ "\n" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "スタブ" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "ヒント" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "システムのブート時にDNSサーバを起動する。" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "システムのブート時にDNSサーバを起動しない。" #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "設定済みのゾーン: %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 設定が正しくありません。 LDAP を使用することができません。" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "LDAP サポートを有効にしますか？" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2777,27 +2672,29 @@ "LDAP サポートは利用できません。" #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "不明な LDAP 初期化エラーです。" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。" #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "" -"cn=defaultDNS,%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。 LDAP を使用できません。" +msgstr "cn=defaultDNS,%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。 LDAP を使用できません。" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "%1 の更新中にエラーが発生しました。" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。 LDAP を使用できません。" + +#~ msgid "Ad&vanced" +#~ msgstr "熟練者設定 (&V)" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 07:59+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -532,33 +532,33 @@ msgstr "インストールしますか？" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "'lldpad' サービスを起動できません" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "'fcoe' サービスを起動できません" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "lldpad systemd ソケットを起動できません" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "lldpad サービスを起動できません" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "fcoemon systemd ソケットを起動できません。" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "fcoe サービスを起動できません" #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -569,112 +569,112 @@ "インターフェイスを再作成してください。" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "fcoe-client 設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "インストールされているパッケージの確認" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "サービスの確認" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "ネットワークカードの検出" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config の読み込み" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージを確認しています..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "サービスを確認しています..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "ネットワークカードを検出しています..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config を読み込んでいます" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "サービスの開始に失敗しました。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "デバイスを検出できません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config を読み込めませんでした。" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "fcoe-client 設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "FCoE サービスの再起動" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "サービスの起動の調整" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "FCoE サービスを再起動しています..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "サービスの起動を調整しています..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config に設定を書き込めません。" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -683,42 +683,42 @@ "詳しくは /var/log/YaST2/y2log をお読みください" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "fcoe サービスの再起動に失敗しました。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-* ファイルに書き込めません。" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "FCoE の一般設定" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "インターフェイス" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "ネットワークカード:" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "サービスの起動" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -45,13 +45,10 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" msgstr "" -"設定後の初回起動時に YaST 初回起動ユーティリティを開始するには、 初回起" -"動手順を有効にする を選択してください。\n" +"設定後の初回起動時に YaST 初回起動ユーティリティを開始するには、 初回起動手順を有効にする を選択してください。\n" "詳細は yast2-firstboot モジュールのドキュメントをお読みください。\n" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -226,17 +223,13 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " -"start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" -"必要であれば、ここから全ての SuSE 設定モジュールを使用することができま" -"す。\n" +"必要であれば、ここから全ての SuSE 設定モジュールを使用することができます。\n" " YaST コントロールセンターの起動 を選択しておくと、\n" -" 完了 ボタンを押した後にコントロールセンターが起動します。注意: コント" -"ロールセンターには\n" +" 完了 ボタンを押した後にコントロールセンターが起動します。注意: コントロールセンターには\n" "このインストール手順に戻るためのボタンは用意されていません。\n" #. popup text @@ -279,8 +272,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"設定作業時、およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイア" -"ウト を\n" +"設定作業時、およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイアウト を\n" "選択してください。\n" "\n" @@ -309,7 +301,7 @@ "\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "全ての追加パッケージをインストールするには容量が不足しています。" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 16:06+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -63,10 +63,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Geo Cluster の設定" @@ -118,17 +116,17 @@ msgstr "調停サーバ" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" @@ -136,8 +134,7 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "サイト" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "チケット" @@ -175,20 +172,12 @@ msgstr "異なるディレクトリに書き込みたい場合は、絶対パスを入力してください。" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "" -"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -"booth/<key>." -msgstr "" -"新しく作成した geo クラスタの場合、下記のボタンを押して /etc/booth/<鍵> を作" -"成してください。" +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgstr "新しく作成した geo クラスタの場合、下記のボタンを押して /etc/booth/<鍵> を作成してください。" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 -msgid "" -"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"既存の geo クラスタに参加するには、他のノードから手作業で /etc/booth/<鍵> " -"ファイルをコピーしてください。" +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +msgstr "既存の geo クラスタに参加するには、他のノードから手作業で /etc/booth/<鍵> ファイルをコピーしてください。" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" @@ -264,87 +253,86 @@ msgstr "チケットには何らかの値を指定する必要があります" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "お使いの調停サーバの IP アドレスを入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "調停サーバの IP アドレスを編集してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "お使いのサイトに対する IP アドレスを入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "お使いのサイトの IP アドレスを編集してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "その名前のチケットは既に存在しています。" #. Validation check before switch to authentication #. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "設定名を指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "設定名には重複した値を指定することはできません。" #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "ポートが正しくありません。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "トランスポートの値を指定しなければなりません。" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "調停サーバを指定しなければなりません。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "サイトの値を指定しなければなりません。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "チケットの値を指定しなければなりません！" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "認証ファイルの作成に失敗しました " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "認証ファイル " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid " created successfully." msgstr " が正しく作成されました。" #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "GeoCluster の設定選択" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "設定ファイルの選択:" @@ -496,4 +484,3 @@ #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "設定概要 ..." - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -106,14 +106,13 @@ #. translators: error message for command line #: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." -msgstr "" -"'id' オプションは他のオプションと組み合わせて指定することはできません。" +msgstr "'id' オプションは他のオプションと組み合わせて指定することはできません。" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "サービス" @@ -125,15 +124,15 @@ msgid "Prot." msgstr "プロトコル" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "待機" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "ユーザ" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "サーバ" @@ -148,12 +147,12 @@ msgstr "オフ" #. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" @@ -169,135 +168,127 @@ #. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: #. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "書き込み処理の際にパッケージ %1 をインストールします。" #. if (true) { // for debugging #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." -msgstr "" -"パッケージ %1 をインストールできませんでした。サービスを編集することができま" -"せん。" +msgstr "パッケージ %1 をインストールできませんでした。サービスを編集することができません。" #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "パッケージ %1 は正常にインストールされました。" #. This is main inetd module dialog. #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "全てのサービスを有効にする (&A)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "全てのサービスを無効にする (&D)" #. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "無効 (&I)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "有効 (&L)" #. Main dialog edit inetd.conf #. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "現在利用可能なサービス" #. `opt(`notify), #. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "変更" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "種類 " -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "サーバ／引数" #. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "追加 (&A)" #. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集 (&E)" #. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除 (&D)" #. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "状態を変更する (オン／オフ) (&T)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "全てのサービスの状態 (&S)" #. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "ネットワークサービスの設定 (xinetd)" #. execute dialog #. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "新しいサービス項目を追加する" #. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "サービスを削除できません。インストールされていません。" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "" -"サービスを削除するには、削除するサービスをメインダイアログで選択する必要があ" -"ります" +msgstr "サービスを削除するには、削除するサービスをメインダイアログで選択する必要があります" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"サービスを有効／無効にするには、設定するサービスをメインダイアログで選択する" -"必要があります。" +msgstr "サービスを有効／無効にするには、設定するサービスをメインダイアログで選択する必要があります。" #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "サービス項目を編集する" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "" -"サービスを編集するには、設定するサービスをメインダイアログで選択する必要があ" -"ります" +msgstr "サービスを編集するには、設定するサービスをメインダイアログで選択する必要があります" #. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -306,54 +297,54 @@ "インターネットスーパサーバは無効になります。" #. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "サービス (&S)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "RPC バージョン (&N)" #. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "このサービスを有効にする (&V)" #. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "ソケット種類 (&Y)" #. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル (&P)" #. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "待機 (&W)" #. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "ユーザ (&U)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "グループ (&G)" #. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "サーバ (&E)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "サーバの引数 (&T)" #. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "コメント (&M)" @@ -367,14 +358,14 @@ #. It does not get the NIS entries. #. "+" is filtered out. #. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--デフォルト--" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -383,12 +374,12 @@ "正しい値を入力してください。\n" #. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "サービス名に \"/\" の文字を使用することはできません。" #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "ユーザ %1 は内部サーバプロセスのみに予約されています。" @@ -450,10 +441,8 @@ "configuration. To stop the super-server, click Disable.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ネットワークサービスの設定</big> \n" -"スーパサーバの設定で管理するネットワークサービスを有効にするには、 有効</" -"b> を\n" -"選択してください。スーパサーバを停止するには、 無効 を選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +"スーパサーバの設定で管理するネットワークサービスを有効にするには、 有効 を\n" +"選択してください。スーパサーバを停止するには、 無効 を選択してください。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" @@ -470,24 +459,20 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>サービスの状態:</big> \n" "--- と書かれているサービスは無効に設定されているものです。\n" "オン と書かれているサービスは有効に設定されているものです。\n" -"NI と書かれているサービスは必要なソフトウエアがインストールされていない" -"ため設定できないものです。" +"NI と書かれているサービスは必要なソフトウエアがインストールされていないため設定できないものです。" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>サービスの状態の変更:</big> \n" -"サービスを有効または無効にするには、該当する項目を選択してから 状態を変更" -"する (オン／オフ) を押してください。\n" +"サービスを有効または無効にするには、該当する項目を選択してから 状態を変更する (オン／オフ) を押してください。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -517,8 +502,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>設定の中止:</big>\n" "設定を中止するには 中止 ボタンを押してください。\n" @@ -563,12 +547,8 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"ここでは概要のみを示します。詳細は info xinetd.conf を参照してくだ" -"さい。\n" +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgstr "ここでは概要のみを示します。詳細は info xinetd.conf を参照してください。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -585,23 +565,18 @@ "requires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\n" "transmission.\n" msgstr "" -"ソケット種類 には、 stream, dgram, raw, seqpacket のいずれかを指定" -"します。\n" -"このソケット種類はサービスがストリームを利用するものか、データグラムを利用す" -"るものか、\n" -" IP パケットへの直接アクセスを必要とするものか、信頼性のある順序保証データ配" -"信を\n" +"ソケット種類 には、 stream, dgram, raw, seqpacket のいずれかを指定します。\n" +"このソケット種類はサービスがストリームを利用するものか、データグラムを利用するものか、\n" +" IP パケットへの直接アクセスを必要とするものか、信頼性のある順序保証データ配信を\n" "必要とするものかによって変わります。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"プロトコル は /etc/protocols に指定されているプロトコルである必要が" -"あります。\n" +"プロトコル は /etc/protocols に指定されているプロトコルである必要があります。\n" "たとえば tcp, udp, rpc/tcp, rpc/udp などです。\n" "\n" @@ -620,24 +595,17 @@ "because udp is not connection oriented. tcp/stream servers\n" "normally expect the value to be no.\n" msgstr "" -"待機 項目は、サービスがシングルスレッドで動作するものかマルチスレッ" -"ドで\n" -"動作するものか、 xinetd が接続を受け付けるかプログラム側で接続を受け付けるか" -"を\n" -"設定するものです。この値を はい に設定すると、サービスはシングルスレッ" -"ドとして\n" -"扱われます。この設定では xinetd がサーバを起動したら、サーバが終了するまで " -"xinetd は\n" +"待機 項目は、サービスがシングルスレッドで動作するものかマルチスレッドで\n" +"動作するものか、 xinetd が接続を受け付けるかプログラム側で接続を受け付けるかを\n" +"設定するものです。この値を はい に設定すると、サービスはシングルスレッドとして\n" +"扱われます。この設定では xinetd がサーバを起動したら、サーバが終了するまで xinetd は\n" "その要求に対して何も処理を行なわず、サーバソフトウエア側で接続を受け付ける\n" "ことになります。\n" -"この値を いいえ に設定すると、サービスはマルチスレッドとして扱われま" -"す。\n" -"この設定では xinetd が新しいサービス要求を処理し、 xinetd が接続を受け付けま" -"す。\n" +"この値を いいえ に設定すると、サービスはマルチスレッドとして扱われます。\n" +"この設定では xinetd が新しいサービス要求を処理し、 xinetd が接続を受け付けます。\n" "\n" "udp/dgram サービスの場合、通常は はい を選んでください。\n" -"これは、 UDP が接続志向の通信ではないためです。 tcp/stream サービスの" -"場合は\n" +"これは、 UDP が接続志向の通信ではないためです。 tcp/stream サービスの場合は\n" "通常 いいえ を選んでください。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 @@ -662,8 +630,7 @@ msgstr "" "サーバプログラム には要求が届いた際にスーパサーバが起動する\n" "プログラムのパス名を入力してください。\n" -"このプログラムに対するパラメータは サーバ引数 で指定することができま" -"す。\n" +"このプログラムに対するパラメータは サーバ引数 で指定することができます。\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -691,57 +658,57 @@ msgstr "初期化しています..." #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "inetd 設定を準備しています" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "設定を読み込んでいます..." #. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "inetd 設定を保存しています" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "設定を書き込めません！" #. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<ul>All services are marked as stopped.</ul>" msgstr "<ul>全てのサービスに停止マークを付けました。</ul>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "ネットワークサービス" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "%1 でネットワークサービスを管理します" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "このサービスを有効にします" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 21:39+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -66,25 +66,25 @@ msgstr "メディアの変更" #. %1 is the current cd number -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." msgstr "CD %1 を選択し、 '続行' を押してください。" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." msgstr "CD %1 の ISO イメージを選択し、 '続行' を押してください。" #. %2 is the product name and version -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." msgstr "%1 枚目 (全 %2 枚) の CD を挿入してください。" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." msgstr "ISO イメージ %1 (全 %2 イメージ) を選択してください。" #. popup request, %1 is CD medium name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "Insert\n" "%1" @@ -93,12 +93,12 @@ "を入れてください" #. popup request, %1 is ISO name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Select %1" msgstr "%1 を選択" #. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -111,63 +111,61 @@ "先にこの製品を含むメディアを指定してください。" #. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "CD の内容をローカルディレクトリにコピーしています" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "しばらくお待ちください..." #. TODO: report more details (stderr) #. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "リポジトリ内容の移動中にエラーが発生しました。" #. Instserver configuration dialog caption #. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "リポジトリ設定" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "CD または DVD メディアを読み込む (&C)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "データソース (&S)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "ISO イメージを使用する (&I)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "CD イメージがあるディレクトリ (&R):" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリを選択する (&D)" #. abort? #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリの選択" #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "インストールサーバの名前が設定されていません。" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." @@ -176,7 +174,7 @@ "CD の内容をコピーできません。" #. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" @@ -185,20 +183,20 @@ " をリポジトリに追加しますか?" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "リポジトリ名 (&N):" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "SLP を使用するインストールサービスとして通知する (&N)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "リポジトリ名が正しくありません。" #. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." @@ -207,7 +205,7 @@ "別の名前を入力してください。" #. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" @@ -220,7 +218,7 @@ "が書き込み可能であることを確認して再実行してください。\n" #. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -235,87 +233,87 @@ "古い情報を消去して新たに作成してよろしいですか？" #. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "初期セットアップ -- 初期セットアップ" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "ネットワークサービスを設定しない (&W)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "リポジトリを設置するディレクトリ (&R):" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "HTTP リポジトリとして設定する (&C)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "FTP リポジトリとして設定する (&C)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "NFS リポジトリとして設定する (&C)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "インストールサーバのディレクトリが指定されていません。" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "インストールサーバ -- NFS" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "ワイルドカードホスト (&H)" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "&Options" msgstr "オプション (&O)" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "NFS の設定中にエラーが生じました。" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "インストールサーバ -- FTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "FTP サーバのルートディレクトリ (&F):" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "ディレクトリ別名 (&D):" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "FTP の設定中にエラーが発生しました。" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "インストールサーバ -- HTTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "ディレクトリ別名 (&D)" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "HTTPD 設定を作成中にエラーが発生しました。" @@ -334,8 +332,7 @@ "should be hosted on the local system.\n" "" msgstr "" -"サーバオプションのうちのいずれか 1 つを選択し、リポジトリ全体がローカルシ" -"ステム上の\n" +"サーバオプションのうちのいずれか 1 つを選択し、リポジトリ全体がローカルシステム上の\n" "どこで提供されるべきかを指定してください。\n" "" @@ -374,30 +371,23 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\n" "to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"エクスポートしたディレクトリについてホスト単位のアクセス制御をかける場合" -"は、\n" -"より制限の厳しいワイルドカードマスクを設定してください。たとえば " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" -" のように設定すると、 192.168.1.0 サブネットからのアクセスだけを受け" -"入れるようになります。\n" +"エクスポートしたディレクトリについてホスト単位のアクセス制御をかける場合は、\n" +"より制限の厳しいワイルドカードマスクを設定してください。たとえば 192.168.1.0/24\n" +" のように設定すると、 192.168.1.0 サブネットからのアクセスだけを受け入れるようになります。\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"エクスポートオプションを指定することもできます。利用可能なオプションについ" -"ての\n" -"詳細は、 exports のマニュアルページ (man exports(5)) をご覧くださ" -"い。\n" +"エクスポートオプションを指定することもできます。利用可能なオプションについての\n" +"詳細は、 exports のマニュアルページ (man exports(5)) をご覧ください。\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 @@ -432,23 +422,18 @@ "FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"選択したソフトウエアリポジトリのディレクトリが FTP サーバのディレクトリ構" -"造から\n" -"外れている場合、<tt>/etc/fstab</tt> ファイル内にマウント項目が書き込まれま" -"す。\n" -"これにより FTP サーバからソフトウエアリポジトリのディレクトリが見えるようにな" -"ります\n" +"選択したソフトウエアリポジトリのディレクトリが FTP サーバのディレクトリ構造から\n" +"外れている場合、<tt>/etc/fstab</tt> ファイル内にマウント項目が書き込まれます。\n" +"これにより FTP サーバからソフトウエアリポジトリのディレクトリが見えるようになります\n" " (<tt>mount</tt> コマンドの <tt>--bind</tt> オプションを利用します)。\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"インストールサーバを利用するには、クライアントから以下の URL を指定してく" -"ださい:\n" +"インストールサーバを利用するには、クライアントから以下の URL を指定してください:\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 @@ -480,11 +465,9 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" msgstr "" -"短くて覚えやすい別名を選んでください。たとえば SUSE を別名に選ん" -"だとすると、\n" +"短くて覚えやすい別名を選んでください。たとえば SUSE を別名に選んだとすると、\n" "リポジトリは以下のような形で利用できるようになります:\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 @@ -505,13 +488,11 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" msgstr "" -"リポジトリ名は全ての製品 CD をコピーして管理するディレクトリとして使われま" -"す。\n" +"リポジトリ名は全ての製品 CD をコピーして管理するディレクトリとして使われます。\n" "リポジトリは設定したプロトコル経由でアクセスできます (NFS, FTP, HTTP) 。\n" " \n" @@ -521,34 +502,26 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" msgstr "" -"SLP (サービスロケーションプロトコル) を利用することで、インストールサーバ" -"の発見を容易にすることができます。 \n" -"この項目を有効にすると、リポジトリは SLP を利用してネットワーク内に通知を行な" -"います。\n" +"SLP (サービスロケーションプロトコル) を利用することで、インストールサーバの発見を容易にすることができます。 \n" +"この項目を有効にすると、リポジトリは SLP を利用してネットワーク内に通知を行ないます。\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" msgstr "" -"一覧からコピー元のドライブを選択し、製品の 1 枚目のメディアを挿入してくだ" -"さい。\n" +"一覧からコピー元のドライブを選択し、製品の 1 枚目のメディアを挿入してください。\n" "次へ を押すと、メディアの内容をリポジトリ内にコピーします。\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" -"p>\n" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" msgstr "" -"製品をリポジトリにコピーした後、追加の CD をリポジトリに追加することができ" -"ます\n" +"製品をリポジトリにコピーした後、追加の CD をリポジトリに追加することができます\n" "(たとえばサービスパック CD やアドオン CD など) 。\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 @@ -557,12 +530,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next</" -"b>, you can\n" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\n" "select ISO image files.\n" msgstr "" -"ISO イメージは CD, DVD メディアの代用として使用することができます。 次" -"へ を押すと、\n" +"ISO イメージは CD, DVD メディアの代用として使用することができます。 次へ を押すと、\n" " ISO イメージファイルを選択することができます。\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -618,11 +589,9 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "Adding a Repository: \n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press Configure.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "リポジトリの追加: \n" "リポジトリのディレクトリ内から未設定のディレクトリを検出し、\n" @@ -673,10 +642,9 @@ "編集 または 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" #. Read service data using _auto -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" "FTP インストールサーバを設定するには FTP サーバパッケージが必要です。\n" @@ -691,8 +659,7 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" "HTTP インストールサーバには HTTP サーバパッケージが必要です。\n" @@ -702,7 +669,7 @@ #. @param string directory #. @param [String] options #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 msgid "" "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" @@ -711,72 +678,72 @@ "NFS のエクスポート設定を変更せずに進めますか？\n" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgstr "設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 msgid "Read configuration file" msgstr "設定ファイルを読み込んでいます" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 msgid "Search for a new repository" msgstr "新しいリポジトリを検索" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgstr "設定ファイルを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 msgid "Searching for a new repository..." msgstr "新しいリポジトリを検索しています..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "現在の設定を読み込めませんでした。" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" msgstr "インストールサーバの設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig を起動する" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig を実行しています..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができませんでした。" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "設定済みリポジトリ" Added: trunk/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# Japanese translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: ja\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 17:07+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -53,27 +53,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であれ" -"ば、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を入力してください。" +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であれば、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を入力してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Kdump コマンドラインは Kdump カーネルに渡されるべきコマンドラインを指定しま" -"す。" +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "Kdump コマンドラインは Kdump カーネルに渡されるべきコマンドラインを指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." msgstr "既定のコマンドライン文字列に加えてさらに追加したい文字列を指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -103,12 +93,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"通知メッセージを送信する際の SMTP パスワードを指定します。パスワードを含む" -"ファイルのパス (テキストファイル) で指定してください。" +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "通知メッセージを送信する際の SMTP パスワードを指定します。パスワードを含むファイルのパス (テキストファイル) で指定してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 @@ -152,12 +138,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"ダンプの保存先を以下から指定します: ファイル (ローカルファイルシステム), " -"ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "ダンプの保存先を以下から指定します: ファイル (ローカルファイルシステム), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 @@ -196,12 +178,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であった場" -"合、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を指定します。" +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であった場合、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -210,12 +188,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"オプションでは Kdump カーネルを起動するランレベルを指定します。 1,2,3,5,s の" -"いずれかで指定します。" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "オプションでは Kdump カーネルを起動するランレベルを指定します。 1,2,3,5,s のいずれかで指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 @@ -389,14 +363,13 @@ "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." msgstr "" -"カーネルオプション \"crashkernel\" には範囲または冗長値、もしくはその両方を指" -"定します。\n" +"カーネルオプション \"crashkernel\" には範囲または冗長値、もしくはその両方を指定します。\n" "これらの値は書き直されます。" #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "この変更を適用するにはシステムの再起動が必要です。" @@ -444,9 +417,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"\"none\" (なし), \"ELF\" (ELF 形式), \"compressed\" (圧縮), \"lzo\" (LZO 圧" -"縮) のいずれかを指定することができます。" +msgstr "\"none\" (なし), \"ELF\" (ELF 形式), \"compressed\" (圧縮), \"lzo\" (LZO 圧縮) のいずれかを指定することができます。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 @@ -768,13 +739,11 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump の有効化／無効化 \n" -" kdump を有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。起動オプションである " -"\"crashkernel\" パラメータが追加／削除されます。\n" +" kdump を有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。起動オプションである \"crashkernel\" パラメータが追加／削除されます。\n" " 変更内容を適用するには再起動が必要です。 \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -791,20 +760,10 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "ファームウエア支援型ダンプ \n" -" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化される前に生成することはできませんが、" -"パーティションが再開した際に生成されます。ファームウエア支援型ダンプを実施す" -"る場合、システムメモリは固定されてパーティションが再起動されますが、これによ" -"り以前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータを新しいオペレーティングシステムに渡す" -"ことができます。この機能は、システムに搭載されたメモリが 1.5GB 以上の場合にの" -"み適切な方法です。" +" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化される前に生成することはできませんが、パーティションが再開した際に生成されます。ファームウエア支援型ダンプを実施する場合、システムメモリは固定されてパーティションが再起動されますが、これにより以前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータを新しいオペレーティングシステムに渡すことができます。この機能は、システムに搭載されたメモリが 1.5GB 以上の場合にのみ適切な方法です。" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -825,47 +784,37 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" "Dump Format \n" " ダンプ無し - カーネルのログのみを保存します。 \n" " ELF 形式 - ELF 形式でダンプファイルを作成します。 \n" -" 圧縮形式 - 各ページを gzip で圧縮した圧縮データを作成します。" -" \n" -" LZO 圧縮形式 - 比較的大きなファイルになりますが、高速な圧縮方式で" -"作成します。 \n" +" 圧縮形式 - 各ページを gzip で圧縮した圧縮データを作成します。 \n" +" LZO 圧縮形式 - 比較的大きなファイルになりますが、高速な圧縮方式で作成します。 \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Kdump イメージの保存先 \n" -" Kdump イメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する際のターゲット種" -"類を選択してください。 " +" Kdump イメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する際のターゲット種類を選択してください。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"ローカルファイルシステム - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステム" -"に保存します。\n" -" ダンプを保存するディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するパスを指定" -"します。\n" -" 参照 ボタンを押すと kdump を保存するディレクトリを選択することがで" -"きます。\n" +"ローカルファイルシステム - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステムに保存します。\n" +" ダンプを保存するディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するパスを指定します。\n" +" 参照 ボタンを押すと kdump を保存するディレクトリを選択することができます。\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 @@ -876,17 +825,14 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - ダンプイメージを FTP プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - FTP サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" -"定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" " 匿名 FTP サーバに対して匿名 FTP で接続するかどうかを指定します。\n" -" ユーザ名 Password それぞれ FTP 接続の際に利用するユーザ名と" -"パスワードを指定します。 " +" ユーザ名 Password それぞれ FTP 接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -898,15 +844,12 @@ " User Name for SSH connection. \n" " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgstr "" -"SSH - ダンプイメージを SSH プロトコルと 'dd' を利用して保存しま" -"す。\n" +"SSH - ダンプイメージを SSH プロトコルと 'dd' を利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" -"定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" " ユーザ名 SSH 接続の際に利用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 </" -"p>\n" +" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 \n" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 @@ -921,11 +864,9 @@ "SFTP - ダンプイメージを SFTP プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" -"定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" " ユーザ名 SSH 接続の際に利用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 </" -"p>\n" +" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 \n" #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" @@ -946,8 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - ダンプイメージを NFS プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - NFS サーバの名前を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" -"定します。 " +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -962,11 +902,9 @@ "CIFS - ダンプイメージを CIFS プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - CIFS サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " 共有名 - Windows 共有名を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指" -"定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" " 認証利用 サーバに対して認証を行なうかどうかを指定します。\n" -" ユーザ名 パスワード それぞれ CIFS 接続の際に利用するユーザ" -"名とパスワードを指定します。 " +" ユーザ名 パスワード それぞれ CIFS 接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -975,8 +913,7 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"カスタムな Kdump カーネル カスタムなカーネルを指定することができま" -"す。\n" +"カスタムな Kdump カーネル カスタムなカーネルを指定することができます。\n" " たとえば /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] のうちの\n" " kernel_string の部分だけを入力してください。 " @@ -998,8 +935,7 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump コマンドライン追加文字列\n" -" このオプション設定では、既定のコマンドライン文字列に *追加* する文字列を" -"指定します。\n" +" このオプション設定では、既定のコマンドライン文字列に *追加* する文字列を指定します。\n" " Kdump コマンドライン を指定した場合にのみ追加されます。 \n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -1016,12 +952,10 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "古いダンプイメージを削除 - \n" -" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 保存するダンプ数 を越えてダ" -"ンプファイル\n" +" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 保存するダンプ数 を越えてダンプファイル\n" " が保存されると、古いものから順に削除されます。 " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -1034,8 +968,7 @@ " everything in place for debugging. \n" msgstr "" "ダンプディレクトリ内にカーネルをコピーする - \n" -" この項目を選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報 (インストールされている" -"場合) \n" +" この項目を選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報 (インストールされている場合) \n" " をダンプディレクトリにコピーします。\n" " 既定値は \"オフ\" になっています。マシン自身でデバッグを行なう際に\n" " 有用な設定です。 \n" @@ -1043,65 +976,47 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "" -"SMTP サーバ ダンプを採取した際に、通知メッセージを送信するサーバを" -"指定します。 " +msgstr "SMTP サーバ ダンプを採取した際に、通知メッセージを送信するサーバを指定します。 " #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"ユーザ名 SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用する" -"ユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証無しの " -"SMTP を使用します。\n" +"ユーザ名 SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証無しの SMTP を使用します。\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"パスワード SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用す" -"るパスワードを指定します。\n" -" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証無しの " -"SMTP を使用します。\n" +"パスワード SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用するパスワードを指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証無しの SMTP を使用します。\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "" -"通知先 (To) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールの送信先メールアドレ" -"スを指定します。\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "通知先 (To) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールの送信先メールアドレスを指定します。\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" -"通知先 (Cc) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールを Cc で送信する先の" -"メールアドレスを\n" +"通知先 (Cc) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールを Cc で送信する先のメールアドレスを\n" " スペース区切りで指定します。\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"古いダンプの数 では、古いダンプファイルをどれだけ保存しておくのかを" -"指定します。\n" +"古いダンプの数 では、古いダンプファイルをどれだけ保存しておくのかを指定します。\n" "ダンプファイルが指定した数を見えると、古いダンプは削除されます。" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1330,137 +1245,132 @@ "詳しくは %{log} をお読みください。" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump 設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "設定ファイルを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "カーネル起動オプションを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "メモリ制限を計算しています..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "ディスク内のパーティションを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "利用可能なメモリを読み込んで使用率を測定しています..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "設定ファイル /etc/sysconfig/kdump を読み込むことができません" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "カーネルの起動オプションを読み込めません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "利用可能なメモリを読み込むことができません。" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump 設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "起動オプションの更新" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "起動オプションを更新しています..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "ブートローダに crashkernel パラメータを追加しています。" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump の状態: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernel オプションの値: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "ダンプ形式: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "ダンプ対象: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "保存するダンプ数: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871 -msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " -"only %{available} are available." -msgstr "" -"警告: 十分な空き領域が無い可能性があります。 %{required} が必要ですが、 " -"%{available} だけが利用可能です。" +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "警告: 十分な空き領域が無い可能性があります。 %{required} が必要ですが、 %{available} だけが利用可能です。" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" "ファームウエア支援型ダンプを利用することができません。\n" "このハードウエアには対応していません。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:15+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ "正しいドメイン: %3" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ "既に含まれています。" #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -390,12 +390,12 @@ msgstr "NFS クライアントの設定" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "ディレクトリ '%1' を作成できません。" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -406,52 +406,52 @@ "変更されません。\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "NFS の設定を書き込んでいます" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "サービスの停止" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "サービスの開始" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "サービスを停止しています..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "サービスを開始しています..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "NFS クライアントの設定を書き込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "/etc/fstab から NFS の項目をマウントできません。" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS の項目" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "項目 %1 が設定されました" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:11+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -263,9 +263,10 @@ msgstr "NIS サーバのアドレス (&A)" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" -msgstr "ブロードキャスト (&O)" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" +msgstr "ブロードキャスト (&B)" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) @@ -378,11 +379,6 @@ msgstr "サーバ (カンマ ',' またはスペース ' ' で区切る) (&S)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "ブロードキャスト (&B)" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "SLP (&S)" @@ -590,3 +586,6 @@ #: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS サーバが見つかりません。" + +#~ msgid "Br&oadcast" +#~ msgstr "ブロードキャスト (&O)" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/rdp.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/rdp.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/rdp.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rdp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 07:49+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -105,52 +105,52 @@ msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "xrdp の設定" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "サービスの再起動" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "サービスの停止" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "リモート管理設定を保存しています" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "xrdp を設定しています..." #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "サービスを再起動しています..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "サービスを停止しています..." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "リモート管理は有効です。" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "リモート管理は無効です。" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-09 20:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -213,18 +213,25 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA256 拇印: " -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "接続が時間切れになりました。" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "このシステムが登録サーバに対して既知のものであるかどうか、ご確認ください。" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -247,20 +254,20 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:174 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "登録サーバとの通信が失敗しました。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "登録クライアントのエラーです。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." @@ -269,19 +276,19 @@ "あとで登録をやり直してください。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "受信した SSL 証明書は、期待する証明書に合致していません。" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:190 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "詳細: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:219 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -296,23 +303,23 @@ "再度 YaST モジュールを起動してください。" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "SSL 証明書を取り込んでいます" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:232 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "'%s' の証明書を取り込んでいます..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:253 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "機密保持接続のエラーです: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:272 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -326,22 +333,21 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:284 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "URL が正しくありません。" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:288 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -"ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバへの接続を行なうことができませ" -"ん。\n" +"ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバへの接続を行なうことができません。\n" "今すぐネットワークを設定しますか？" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "ネットワークエラーです。ネットワークの設定をご確認ください。" @@ -374,8 +380,7 @@ "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" "製品がインストールされていること、および /etc/products.d/baseproduct が\n" -"基本製品の .prod ファイルへのシンボリックリンクになっていることを、それぞれご" -"確認ください。" +"基本製品の .prod ファイルへのシンボリックリンクになっていることを、それぞれご確認ください。" #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) @@ -476,39 +481,39 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "不明な製品" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:221 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:294 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "リポジトリ設定の保存に失敗しました。" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:257 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:268 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の更新に失敗しました。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の追加に失敗しました。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の保存に失敗しました。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の更新に失敗しました。" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:496 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -562,13 +567,10 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" "要求されている拡張やモジュール向けの登録コードを入力してください。\n" -"登録コードは登録を正常に行なうのに必要なデータです。登録コードがわからない" -"場合は、ここから戻って拡張やモジュールの選択を外してください。" +"登録コードは登録を正常に行なうのに必要なデータです。登録コードがわからない場合は、ここから戻って拡張やモジュールの選択を外してください。" #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition @@ -611,21 +613,13 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." -msgstr "" -"拡張やモジュールによっては、特定の登録コードを必要とするものがありますの" -"で、ご注意ください。" +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "拡張やモジュールによっては、特定の登録コードを必要とするものがありますので、ご注意ください。" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "" -"拡張やモジュールを削除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインして" -"から、手作業で削除してください。" +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "拡張やモジュールを削除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインしてから、手作業で削除してください。" #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 @@ -635,9 +629,7 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "" -"ここでは、お使いのシステムで利用可能な拡張とモジュールを選択することができ" -"ます。" +msgstr "ここでは、お使いのシステムで利用可能な拡張とモジュールを選択することができます。" #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 @@ -651,9 +643,7 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -"" +msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." msgstr "ここでは、再登録を実施する拡張やモジュールを選択します。" #. @return [String] the main dialog label @@ -663,9 +653,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "ここでは、基本製品とともに登録を行なう拡張やモジュールを選択します。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 @@ -731,29 +719,20 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" -"製品の登録を行なうと、 SUSE カスタマーセンターのデータベースへの登録も行な" -"われます。\n" +"製品の登録を行なうと、 SUSE カスタマーセンターのデータベースへの登録も行なわれます。\n" "これにより、オンライン更新と技術サポートを受けられるようになります。\n" -"インストール時に自動的に登録したい場合は、 製品登録の実行 を選択してく" -"ださい。" +"インストール時に自動的に登録したい場合は、 製品登録の実行 を選択してください。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "" -"お使いのネットワーク環境内に独自の登録サーバがある場合は、 SMT サーバ設" -"定 の欄にサーバの正しい URL と SMT 証明書の場所を指定してください。詳しく" -"は SMT マニュアルをお読みください。" +msgstr "お使いのネットワーク環境内に独自の登録サーバがある場合は、 SMT サーバ設定 の欄にサーバの正しい URL と SMT 証明書の場所を指定してください。詳しくは SMT マニュアルをお読みください。" #. the UI defition for the global registration status #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -847,12 +826,8 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." -msgstr "" -"更新や拡張を取得する目的でシステム登録を行なうため、 SUSE カスタマーセンター" -"の資格情報を入力してください。" +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "更新や拡張を取得する目的でシステム登録を行なうため、 SUSE カスタマーセンターの資格情報を入力してください。" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 @@ -897,49 +872,36 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "" -"機密を保持するタイプの接続 (HTTPS) では、サーバの正当性を確認してデータを" -"暗号化する際、 SSL 証明書を使用します。" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." +msgstr "機密を保持するタイプの接続 (HTTPS) では、サーバの正当性を確認してデータを暗号化する際、 SSL 証明書を使用します。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "" -"既知の証明機関 (CA) の一覧に証明書を取り込むこともできます。この場合、未知" -"の証明書の発行先と発行者を信頼することになります。" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "既知の証明機関 (CA) の一覧に証明書を取り込むこともできます。この場合、未知の証明書の発行先と発行者を信頼することになります。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"また、証明書の取り込みを行なうと、たとえば自己署名証明書の使用も許可するこ" -"とになります。" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." +msgstr "また、証明書の取り込みを行なうと、たとえば自己署名証明書の使用も許可することになります。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "" -"重要: 証明書の拇印を確認して、正規の発行者から証明書が発行されてい" -"ることを必ず確認してください。 " +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." +msgstr "重要: 証明書の拇印を確認して、正規の発行者から証明書が発行されていることを必ず確認してください。 " #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." -msgstr "" -"よく検証せずに証明書を取り込むと、それは巨大なセキュリティリスクとなり" -"えます。" +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgstr "よく検証せずに証明書を取り込むと、それは巨大なセキュリティリスクとなりえます。" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details @@ -964,14 +926,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " -"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " -"in the selected repositories." -msgstr "" -"このダイアログでは、オンライン移行時に使用するリポジトリを手動で選択するこ" -"とができます。パッケージは、選択したリポジトリ内にある最新のバージョンにアッ" -"プグレードされます。" +msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." +msgstr "このダイアログでは、オンライン移行時に使用するリポジトリを手動で選択することができます。パッケージは、選択したリポジトリ内にある最新のバージョンにアップグレードされます。" #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 @@ -1028,12 +984,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " -"may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "" -"ここでは、移行先の製品を選択します。登録サーバでは、新しい製品への移行に複" -"数の方法を用意している場合があります。" +msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "ここでは、移行先の製品を選択します。登録サーバでは、新しい製品への移行に複数の方法を用意している場合があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 @@ -1042,12 +994,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " -"later." -msgstr "" -"移行リポジトリを後から手作業で選択するには、 %s のチェックボックス" -"をお使いください。" +msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." +msgstr "移行リポジトリを後から手作業で選択するには、 %s のチェックボックスをお使いください。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" @@ -1080,12 +1028,8 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "" -"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " -"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "" -"エラー: 製品 %{product} は登録サーバ (%{url}) 内で提供されていません。" -"この移行処理を許可するため、製品を利用可能な状態にしてください。" +msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "エラー: 製品 %{product} は登録サーバ (%{url}) 内で提供されていません。この移行処理を許可するため、製品を利用可能な状態にしてください。" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format @@ -1105,17 +1049,13 @@ #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." -msgstr "" -"%{old_product} を %{new_product} に アップグレードしようとしています</" -"b> 。" +msgstr "%{old_product} を %{new_product} に アップグレードしようとしています 。" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." -msgstr "" -"%{old_product} を %{new_product} に ダウングレードしようとしています</" -"b> 。" +msgstr "%{old_product} を %{new_product} に ダウングレードしようとしています 。" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 @@ -1138,20 +1078,12 @@ msgstr "システムは既に登録されています。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "" -"システムを再登録したり、システムの機能を高めるために追加の拡張やモジュール" -"を登録したりすることができます。" +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "システムを再登録したり、システムの機能を高めるために追加の拡張やモジュールを登録したりすることができます。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムの登録を解除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログイ" -"ンしてから、手作業で削除してください。" +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "お使いのシステムの登録を解除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインしてから、手作業で削除してください。" #. button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 @@ -1241,4 +1173,3 @@ #: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 msgid "No service was selected." msgstr "サービスが選択されていません。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:13+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -282,11 +282,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "%{service} を %{change} することができません。現在の状態は %{status} です。" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "%{service} を %{change} することができません。" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 15:53+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -36,15 +36,11 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が" -"必要です。\n" +"このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が必要です。\n" "\n" -"何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワッ" -"プとして\n" -"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわな" -"いでください。\n" -"もしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、それらの変更は" -"カーネル側で\n" +"何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワップとして\n" +"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわないでください。\n" +"もしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、それらの変更はカーネル側で\n" "検知されず、ほとんどの場合データ破壊を引き起こします。\n" "\n" "この警告を理解した上で続行するには、 'はい' を押してください。\n" @@ -101,15 +97,13 @@ msgstr "パーティション設定の作成 (&C)..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "自動的な提案を行なうことができませんでした。\n" -"パーティション分割ダイアログを利用して手動でマウントポイントを指定してくださ" -"い。" +"パーティション分割ダイアログを利用して手動でマウントポイントを指定してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: button text #. this is the resize case @@ -142,8 +136,7 @@ "partitioner dialog.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ファイルシステムの種類を変更するなど、推奨設定をベースにして少しだけ調整した" -"い\n" +"ファイルシステムの種類を変更するなど、推奨設定をベースにして少しだけ調整したい\n" "場合は、 %1 を選び、熟練者向けパーティション設定の\n" "ダイアログ内で変更を行なってください。\n" @@ -175,9 +168,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"ルートボリュームに対してスナップショットを提案するのに十分な容量がありませ" -"ん。" +msgstr "ルートボリュームに対してスナップショットを提案するのに十分な容量がありません。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -284,8 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"実際のサイズ変更は、最後のダイアログでインストール作業全体の確認を行なってか" -"ら\n" +"実際のサイズ変更は、最後のダイアログでインストール作業全体の確認を行なってから\n" "になります。それまでの間であれば、お使いの Windows パーティションには\n" "何も書き込みません。\n" "\n" @@ -430,8 +420,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"空き領域 はパーティションの現在の空き領域 (Linuxをインストールする" -"前) を\n" +"空き領域 はパーティションの現在の空き領域 (Linuxをインストールする前) を\n" "表しています。\n" "\n" "" @@ -530,8 +519,7 @@ "内部エラーが発生しました。\n" "\n" "\t インストール処理の最中に Windows パーティションの\n" -"\t 縮小を行なうことができませんでした。ハードディスクは変更していませ" -"ん。\n" +"\t 縮小を行なうことができませんでした。ハードディスクは変更していません。\n" "\n" "\t インストールを中止し、別の方法で\n" "\t Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" @@ -540,9 +528,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムを設定するには、カスタムなパーティション設定を選択する必要が" -"あります。" +msgstr "お使いのシステムを設定するには、カスタムなパーティション設定を選択する必要があります。" #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -680,9 +666,7 @@ #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"ディスクが見つかりません。ディスクが存在する場合はアップデート CD を使用して" -"みてください。" +msgstr "ディスクが見つかりません。ディスクが存在する場合はアップデート CD を使用してみてください。" #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -697,8 +681,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ここにはお使いのシステムで自動的に検出された全てのハードディスクが表示され" -"て\n" +"ここにはお使いのシステムで自動的に検出された全てのハードディスクが表示されて\n" "います。 &product; をインストールするハードディスクを選択してください。\n" "\n" @@ -727,8 +710,7 @@ "\n" "熟練者向けオプション設定である カスタムなパーティション設定 では、\n" "ハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する全ての機能が使えるだけでなく、\n" -"&product; をインストールするパーティションのマウント位置を設定することができ" -"ます。\n" +"&product; をインストールするパーティションのマウント位置を設定することができます。\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -925,8 +907,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"注意: 空き と表示されていない区域を選択した場合、そこに書き込まれてい" -"る\n" +"注意: 空き と表示されていない区域を選択した場合、そこに書き込まれている\n" "ハードディスク上のデータがあればそれらが失われます。これらは他の\n" "オペレーティングシステムのものかもしれません。\n" "" @@ -962,8 +943,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"選択したハードディスクには Windows がインストールされているようです。 " -"&product; 用の\n" +"選択したハードディスクには Windows がインストールされているようです。 &product; 用の\n" "空き容量が十分にはありません。 Windows を完全に削除 または\n" "Windows パーティションを縮小 を選択し、空き領域を確保してください。\n" "" @@ -979,18 +959,16 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Windows を削除すると、それらのパーティションにあったデータはインストールの際" -"に\n" +"Windows を削除すると、それらのパーティションにあったデータはインストールの際に\n" " 完全に失われ ます。また、 Windows のパーティションを縮小する際は \n" -" あらかじめ対象のパーティションのデータをバックアップしておくこと を強" -"くお勧めします。\n" +" あらかじめ対象のパーティションのデータをバックアップしておくこと を強くお勧めします。\n" "ごく稀に縮小に失敗する危険性があるためです。\n" "\n" #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "/home パーティションを分離して提案する (&H)" @@ -1017,8 +995,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "インストールの際に必要となるルートパーティションの\n" -"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。特定のパーティションにルート" -"マウントポイント \"/\" \n" +"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。特定のパーティションにルートマウントポイント \"/\" \n" "を割り当ててください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1034,8 +1011,7 @@ msgstr "" "以下のマウントポイントのいずれかに FAT パーティションを\n" "利用しようとしています: / /usr /home /opt /var\n" -"この設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。これらのマウントポイントに対して" -"は、\n" +"この設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。これらのマウントポイントに対しては、\n" "ext3, ext4 などの Linux 用ファイルシステムを設定してください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1081,8 +1057,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "警告:\n" -"お使いのシステムには、タイプ 0x41 PReP/CHRP の起動用パーティションが必要で" -"す。\n" +"お使いのシステムには、タイプ 0x41 PReP/CHRP の起動用パーティションが必要です。\n" "パーティションを作成してください。\n" "\n" "この設定のまま続行しますか？\n" @@ -1172,13 +1147,10 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "警告: 現在の設定ではルートパーティション (/) から起動するよう\n" -"指定されていますが、残念ながらそのパーティションは %1 シリンダを越えた位置" -"に\n" -"終了位置が設定されています。お使いのコンピュータの BIOS はおそらく %1 シリン" -"ダを\n" +"指定されていますが、残念ながらそのパーティションは %1 シリンダを越えた位置に\n" +"終了位置が設定されています。お使いのコンピュータの BIOS はおそらく %1 シリンダを\n" "越えた位置で終わるパーティションからの起動が行なえません。\n" -"従って、 %2 のインストールをしても直接起動できないシステムとなるかもしれませ" -"ん。\n" +"従って、 %2 のインストールをしても直接起動できないシステムとなるかもしれません。\n" "\n" "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1258,8 +1230,7 @@ "\n" "この設定では通常起動の際に重大な問題を引き起こします。\n" "\n" -"何らかの特別な事情がある場合を除き、 %1 以下のファイル用に通常のパーティショ" -"ンを\n" +"何らかの特別な事情がある場合を除き、 %1 以下のファイル用に通常のパーティションを\n" "作成してください。\n" "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1276,8 +1247,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1285,10 +1255,8 @@ "\n" "現在の設定ではスワップパーティションの割り当てがありません。多くの場合、\n" "スワップパーティションを作成して割り当てておくことを強くお勧めします。\n" -"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウ" -"インドウ内に\n" -"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが " -"\"swap\" に\n" +"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウインドウ内に\n" +"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが \"swap\" に\n" "なっています。もし必要であれば 2 つ以上のスワップを設定することも可能です。\n" "\n" "スワップパーティションを設定しないままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1305,8 +1273,7 @@ "警告:\n" "\n" "既存のパーティションに対して、フォーマットすることなくインストールするよう\n" -"指定しています。 YaST2 では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証すること" -"ができません。\n" +"指定しています。 YaST2 では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証することができません。\n" "特に以下の場合で失敗する可能性があります:\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1318,8 +1285,7 @@ "- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\n" msgstr "" "- このパーティションが既存の reiserfs パーティションである場合\n" -"- このパーティションに既に Linux ディストリビューションがインストールされてい" -"て、\n" +"- このパーティションに既に Linux ディストリビューションがインストールされていて、\n" "それを上書きしようとしている場合\n" "- このパーティションにはそもそもファイルシステムが作成されていなかった場合\n" @@ -1327,14 +1293,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"ご心配の場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定" -"し直してください。\n" -"特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである /, /boot, /opt, /" -"var の\n" +"ご心配の場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してください。\n" +"特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである /, /boot, /opt, /var の\n" "いずれかである場合は、ご注意ください。\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1344,8 +1307,7 @@ "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"このパーティションをフォーマットすると、その中にあるデータは全て失われま" -"す。\n" +"このパーティションをフォーマットすると、その中にあるデータは全て失われます。\n" "\n" "フォーマットしないままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1411,18 +1373,14 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあ" -"ります:\n" +"選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあります:\n" "%1\n" -"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *" -"強く* お勧めします。\n" +"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" "何らかの特別な事情がない限り、キャンセルを押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1435,8 +1393,7 @@ "before deleting the extended partition.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"選択した拡張パーティションにはボリュームグループに割り当てられた LVM パーティ" -"ションが\n" +"選択した拡張パーティションにはボリュームグループに割り当てられた LVM パーティションが\n" "あります。拡張パーティションを削除する\n" "前に、該当するボリュームグループからそれらのパーティションを\n" "取り除いてください。\n" @@ -1477,7 +1434,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "ここで入力したパスワードを忘れないようにしてください。" @@ -1589,8 +1546,7 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "/etc/fstab のマウント方法: \n" @@ -1604,14 +1560,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "ボリュームラベル:\n" -"この項目に入力した名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。このラベルは通" -"常、\n" +"この項目に入力した名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。このラベルは通常、\n" "ボリュームラベルでマウントするよう設定した場合にのみ意味を持ちます。\n" "ボリュームラベルに '/' 文字やスペースを入れることはできません。\n" @@ -1734,8 +1688,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "選択したパーティション (%1) は現在 %2 にマウントされています。\n" -"ここでパラメータ (マウントポイントやファイルシステム種類など) の変更を行なう" -"と、\n" +"ここでパラメータ (マウントポイントやファイルシステム種類など) の変更を行なうと、\n" "インストール済みの Linux を壊してしまう可能性があります。\n" "\n" "可能であれば先にマウントを解除してください。また、特別な\n" @@ -1753,8 +1706,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では、このパーティションのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\n" -"YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだ" -"けです。" +"YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 @@ -1765,8 +1717,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では、この論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\n" -"YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだ" -"けです。" +"YaST2 で縮小できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 @@ -1791,8 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では選択したパーティションのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" -"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシス" -"テムだけです。" +"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 @@ -1803,8 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では選択した論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" -"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシス" -"テムだけです。" +"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1813,15 +1762,11 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されているパーティションを縮小しようとしていま" -"す。" +msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されているパーティションを縮小しようとしています。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されている論理ボリュームを縮小しようとしていま" -"す。" +msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されている論理ボリュームを縮小しようとしています。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" @@ -1832,8 +1777,7 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行なうことは可能ですが、完全にはテストされていない処理" -"になります。\n" +"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行なうことは可能ですが、完全にはテストされていない処理になります。\n" "事前のデータバックアップをお勧めします。\n" "\n" "今すぐサイズを縮小しますか？" @@ -1843,14 +1787,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "選択したデバイスには、現在マウント中のパーティションが含まれています:\n" "%1\n" -"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除" -"しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" "また、特別な事情がない限り、キャンセルを押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1898,15 +1840,11 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"btrfs ファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成したり、サブボリュームを削除" -"したりすることができます。\n" +msgstr "btrfs ファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成したり、サブボリュームを削除したりすることができます。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"snapper を利用して btrfs ファイルシステムの自動スナップショットを有効にし" -"ます。" +msgstr "snapper を利用して btrfs ファイルシステムの自動スナップショットを有効にします。" #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 @@ -1933,7 +1871,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショットの有効化" @@ -2006,20 +1944,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイル用のディレクト" -"リに相当するものです。\n" -"暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側" -"で\n" -"ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にあ" -"る全ての\n" +"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイル用のディレクトリに相当するものです。\n" +"暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側で\n" +"ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にある全ての\n" "データは、シャットダウン時に失われることになります。\n" "\n" @@ -2029,18 +1963,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"パスワードを忘れてしまった場合、お使いのファイルシステムにあったデータには全" -"くアクセスできなくなります。\n" -"パスワードの設定は慎重に行なってください。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧め" -"です。\n" +"パスワードを忘れてしまった場合、お使いのファイルシステムにあったデータには全くアクセスできなくなります。\n" +"パスワードの設定は慎重に行なってください。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧めです。\n" "なおパスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、 2 回入力します。\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -2051,17 +1982,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"大文字と小文字はそれぞれ区別して入力してください。また、パスワードは少なくと" -"も\n" -" %1 文字以上で、特殊な文字 (漢字や記号など全角文字、およびアクセント文字な" -"ど)\n" +"大文字と小文字はそれぞれ区別して入力してください。また、パスワードは少なくとも\n" +" %1 文字以上で、特殊な文字 (漢字や記号など全角文字、およびアクセント文字など)\n" " を使うことはできません。\n" "\n" @@ -2108,17 +2036,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"暗号化ファイルシステムにシステムファイルが含まれておらず、更新の際に必要な" -"ファイル\n" -"システムでない場合、 飛ばす を押して手順を飛ばすことができます。この場" -"合、\n" +"暗号化ファイルシステムにシステムファイルが含まれておらず、更新の際に必要なファイル\n" +"システムでない場合、 飛ばす を押して手順を飛ばすことができます。この場合、\n" "更新の間はファイルシステムにアクセスすることはありません。\n" "\n" @@ -2230,17 +2155,13 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"スワップデバイスに対してのみマウントポイントを swap に設定することができま" -"す。" +msgstr "スワップデバイスに対してのみマウントポイントを swap に設定することができます。" #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "" -"このマウントポイントはすでに使用されています。別のマウントポイントを選択して" -"ください。" +msgstr "このマウントポイントはすでに使用されています。別のマウントポイントを選択してください。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 @@ -2248,16 +2169,13 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"システムマウントポイント (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home のいずれか) に FAT ファ" -"イルシステムを指定しています。\n" +"システムマウントポイント (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home のいずれか) に FAT ファイルシステムを指定しています。\n" "この操作は行なうことができません。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#" -"\" を使用しないでください。" +msgstr "マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#\" を使用しないでください。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 @@ -2354,27 +2272,20 @@ "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"今すぐにマウントを解除しようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもでき" -"ます。\n" +"今すぐにマウントを解除しようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもできます。\n" "特別な事情がある場合を除き、ここではキャンセルを押してください。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小すること" -"はできません。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小することはできません。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張すること" -"はできません。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張することはできません。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更" -"することはできません。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更することはできません。" #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2466,8 +2377,7 @@ "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" -"ディスクの再検出を行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"ディスクの再検出を行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "再検出を行なってよろしいですか？" #. popup text @@ -2476,8 +2386,7 @@ "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"iSCSI の設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"iSCSI の設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "iSCSI の設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" #. popup text @@ -2497,8 +2406,7 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"マルチパスの設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"マルチパスの設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "マルチパスの設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text @@ -2525,8 +2433,7 @@ "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"XPRAM の設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"XPRAM の設定を呼び出すと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "XPRAM の設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" #. dialog title @@ -2657,11 +2564,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" @@ -2692,9 +2597,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2716,8 +2620,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "編集..." @@ -2734,8 +2637,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2841,13 +2743,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "ボリューム上の全てのデータを暗号化したい場合は、\n" -"デバイスの暗号化 を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化方" -"法を変更すると、\n" +"デバイスの暗号化 を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化方法を変更すると、\n" "そのボリュームに存在した全てのデータが削除されます。\n" #. helptext @@ -2857,8 +2757,7 @@ "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" "その後、パーティションをマウントするかどうかを\n" -"選択してからマウントポイントを入力してください ( /, /boot, /home, /var な" -"ど) 。 " +"選択してからマウントポイントを入力してください ( /, /boot, /home, /var など) 。 " #. set globals #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 @@ -2948,10 +2847,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このボリュームで使用しているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワード" -"を\n" -"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 " -"(ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" +"このボリュームで使用しているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワードを\n" +"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" "使用することができなくなります。\n" "\n" @@ -3062,9 +2959,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"指定したサイズは正しくありません。サイズは %1 から %2 の間で指定してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "指定したサイズは正しくありません。サイズは %1 から %2 の間で指定してください。" #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -3077,8 +2972,7 @@ "to consider umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \n" "resize task a lot." msgstr "" -"マウント済みのファイルシステムに対して、 %1 ギガバイトだけ拡張しようとしてい" -"ます。\n" +"マウント済みのファイルシステムに対して、 %1 ギガバイトだけ拡張しようとしています。\n" "この処理は非常に遅く、時間も長くかかります。ファイルシステムの\n" "マウントを解除すれば、サイズ変更の速度を速く、かつかかる時間を短くする\n" "ことができますので、そちらをお勧めします。" @@ -3125,8 +3019,7 @@ "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" "このビューには、他のビューで既に含められているものを除いた\n" -"全てのデバイスマッパーデバイスが表示されています。従ってマルチパスディスク" -"や\n" +"全てのデバイスマッパーデバイスが表示されています。従ってマルチパスディスクや\n" " BIOS RAID ディスク、 LVM 論理ボリュームはここには表示されません。\n" #. helptext @@ -3366,10 +3259,8 @@ "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行なう" -"と、\n" -" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 上に存在している RAID やボリュームグ" -"ループも削除されます。" +"%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行なうと、\n" +" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 上に存在している RAID やボリュームグループも削除されます。" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 @@ -3563,8 +3454,7 @@ msgstr "移動" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "サイズ変更" @@ -3616,8 +3506,7 @@ "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" -"このビューには、 iSCSI ディスクや BIOS RAID ディスク、マルチパスディスク" -"を\n" +"このビューには、 iSCSI ディスクや BIOS RAID ディスク、マルチパスディスクを\n" "含む全てのハードディスクと、それらのパーティションが表示されています。\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) @@ -3664,8 +3553,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3684,8 +3572,7 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "このビューには、選択したハードディスク内に存在する\n" -"全てのパーティションが表示されています。ハードディスクが BIOS RAID ディスクや" -"マルチパス\n" +"全てのパーティションが表示されています。ハードディスクが BIOS RAID ディスクやマルチパス\n" "で使用されている場合、ここには表示されません。\n" #. helptext @@ -3696,8 +3583,7 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "このビューには、選択したハードディスクに対応する\n" -"全てのデバイスが表示されています。このビューは、 BIOS RAID やパーティション設" -"定済みの\n" +"全てのデバイスが表示されています。このビューは、 BIOS RAID やパーティション設定済みの\n" "ソフトウエア RAID　、マルチパスディスクの場合にのみ利用できます。\n" #. tab heading @@ -3732,8 +3618,7 @@ "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST はお使いのハードディスクを検索し、 1 つまたは複数の\n" -"既存の Linux システムとマウントポイントを発見しました。古いマウントポイント" -"は\n" +"既存の Linux システムとマウントポイントを発見しました。古いマウントポイントは\n" "一覧内に表示されています。\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3743,8 +3628,7 @@ "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" "installation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted." msgstr "" -"ここから既存のシステムボリューム (たとえば /, /usr など) をインストール時" -"に\n" +"ここから既存のシステムボリューム (たとえば /, /usr など) をインストール時に\n" "フォーマットするかどうかを選択することができます。\n" "システム以外のボリューム (たとえば /home など) はフォーマットされません。" @@ -3907,8 +3791,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3925,8 +3808,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ループファイルの作成: この項目が選択されている場合は、\n" -"次の項目で指定しているサイズのファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが" -"既に存在している場合、\n" +"次の項目で指定しているサイズのファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが既に存在している場合、\n" "そのファイルに含まれるデータはすべて失われます。\n" #. helptext @@ -3983,9 +3865,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by size #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"指定したサイズが正しくありません。サイズには少なくとも %1 を指定してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "指定したサイズが正しくありません。サイズには少なくとも %1 を指定してください。" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 @@ -4128,16 +4008,13 @@ "and deleted:" msgstr "" "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" には 1 つ以上の論理ボリュームが含まれています。\n" -"続行すると、下記のボリュームのマウントは解除され (もしマウントされている場" -"合)、\n" +"続行すると、下記のボリュームのマウントは解除され (もしマウントされている場合)、\n" "削除されます:" #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"ボリュームグループ \"%1\" と関連する全ての論理ボリュームを削除してよろしいで" -"すか？" +msgstr "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" と関連する全ての論理ボリュームを削除してよろしいですか？" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4180,9 +4057,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"新しいボリュームグループに対する名前と物理エクステントサイズを入力してくだ" -"さい。" +msgstr "新しいボリュームグループに対する名前と物理エクステントサイズを入力してください。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 @@ -4220,13 +4095,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "新しい論理ボリュームについて、サイズと\n" -"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数" -"は、ボリュームグループの\n" +"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリュームグループの\n" "物理ボリューム数より多い値を指定することはできません。" #. helptext @@ -4242,8 +4115,7 @@ "Thin ボリューム と呼ばれるボリュームを、任意のボリュームサイズで\n" "作成することができます。必要となる容量は、割り当てられた Thin プール\n" "の要件に応じて決まります。そのため、 Thin プールよりも大きいサイズの\n" -"Thin ボリュームを作成することもできます。もちろん Thin ボリュームに対して書" -"き\n" +"Thin ボリュームを作成することもできます。もちろん Thin ボリュームに対して書き\n" "込むべきデータ量に応じて、割り当てる Thin プールも大きくしなければなりませ\n" "ん。なお、 Thin ボリュームではストライプ数を設定することはできません。" @@ -4278,36 +4150,27 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "論理ボリュームを 通常ボリューム として設定することもできます。\n" -"これは既定の設定であり、 Thin プロビジョニング の機能が登場する以前の" -"LVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合" -"は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" +"これは既定の設定であり、 Thin プロビジョニング の機能が登場する以前のLVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "また、論理ボリュームを Thin プール として設定することもできます。\n" -"これは、 Thin ボリューム が必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを" -"意味します。" +"これは、 Thin ボリューム が必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを意味します。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." -msgstr "" -"さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリューム として設定することもで" -"きます。これは、 Thin プール から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュー" -"ムを意味します。" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +msgstr "さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリューム として設定することもできます。これは、 Thin プール から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュームを意味します。" #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4361,16 +4224,13 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "ボリュームグループを作成するのに十分な未使用デバイスがありません。\n" "\n" -"LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっ" -"ている\n" -"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パー" -"ティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" +"LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっている\n" +"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4580,8 +4440,7 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"パーティション設定またはストレージ設定を変更しています。パーティション設定を " -"%1 で\n" +"パーティション設定またはストレージ設定を変更しています。パーティション設定を %1 で\n" "終了してしまうと、変更点が失われます。\n" "終了してよろしいですか？" @@ -4602,12 +4461,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされてい" -"るか確認してください。" +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされているか確認してください。" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4638,47 +4493,34 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 0: この RAID レベルはディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させま" -"す。\n" -"この RAID レベルには冗長性が ありません 。ドライブのうちの 1 台が破損" -"すると、データの復旧は不可能となります。\n" +"RAID 0: この RAID レベルはディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させます。\n" +"この RAID レベルには冗長性が ありません 。ドライブのうちの 1 台が破損すると、データの復旧は不可能となります。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: この RAID レベルは最も冗長性の高い方式です。 2 台以上" -"のディスク\n" -"で設定することができます。この RAID レベルではそれぞれのディスクに全てのデー" -"タのコピーを\n" -"保存します。 1 台でもディスクが動作する限り、データの損失はありません。この " -"RAID レベルを\n" -"使用するパーティションは、それぞれほぼ同一のサイズである必要があります。</" -"p>\n" +"RAID 1: この RAID レベルは最も冗長性の高い方式です。 2 台以上のディスク\n" +"で設定することができます。この RAID レベルではそれぞれのディスクに全てのデータのコピーを\n" +"保存します。 1 台でもディスクが動作する限り、データの損失はありません。この RAID レベルを\n" +"使用するパーティションは、それぞれほぼ同一のサイズである必要があります。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: この RAID レベルは多数のディスク管理と冗長性の保持の\n" -"両方を兼ね備えています。この RAID レベルを設定するには 3 台以上のディスクが必" -"要です。\n" -" 1 台のディスクが破損してもデータは安全なままですが、 2 台のディスクが同時に" -"破損するとデータが失われます。\n" +"両方を兼ね備えています。この RAID レベルを設定するには 3 台以上のディスクが必要です。\n" +" 1 台のディスクが破損してもデータは安全なままですが、 2 台のディスクが同時に破損するとデータが失われます。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4695,17 +4537,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" " RAID アレイにパーティションを追加します。\n" -" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全て" -"のパーティションの合計容量、\n" -" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さい" -"パーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になりま" -"す。 \n" +" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティションの合計容量、\n" +" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 \n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4713,8 +4550,7 @@ "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" msgstr "" -"一般的に、期待する冗長性とパフォーマンスを得るにはそれぞれ異なるデバイス上" -"にある\n" +"一般的に、期待する冗長性とパフォーマンスを得るにはそれぞれ異なるデバイス上にある\n" "パーティションを指定します。\n" #. heading @@ -4769,16 +4605,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "チャンクサイズ: デバイスに書き込むことができるデータの\n" -"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は " -"32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" -"なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しませ" -"ん。\n" +"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" +"なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しません。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4788,12 +4620,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "RAID5/6 で使用されるパリティアルゴリズム (計算方法) を指定します。\n" -"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、 \"left-symmetric\" (左対" -"称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" +"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、 \"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4905,8 +4735,7 @@ "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "RAID アレイ %1 は既にディスク上に作成されています。\n" -"作成済みの RAID アレイをサイズ変更することはできません。 %1 のサイズを変更す" -"るには、\n" +"作成済みの RAID アレイをサイズ変更することはできません。 %1 のサイズを変更するには、\n" "いったん削除してから作成し直してください。" #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 @@ -5075,24 +4904,17 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "規定のマウント方法 では、新しく作成する\n" -"パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。 デバイス名 はカーネ" -"ルが\n" -"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。 デバイス ID " -"と デバイスパス は、\n" -"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これ" -"らはいずれも\n" -"永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。 UUID</" -"i> と\n" -"ボリュームラベル は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラ" -"ベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" +"パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。 デバイス名 はカーネルが\n" +"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。 デバイス ID と デバイスパス は、\n" +"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これらはいずれも\n" +"永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。 UUID と\n" +"ボリュームラベル は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -5107,17 +4929,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "新しく作成するパーティションの配置\n" -"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。 シリンダ は、" -"ディスクのシリンダ番号を元に割り当てる従来の方法です。 最適 は\n" -"Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当て" -"るか、\n" +"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。 シリンダ は、ディスクのシリンダ番号を元に割り当てる従来の方法です。 最適 は\n" +"Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当てるか、\n" "もしくは Windows Vista や Windows 7 と互換があるように割り当てます。\n" #. helptext @@ -5127,8 +4945,7 @@ "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "ストレージデバイスの表示方法 では、\n" -"表示されているツリー内でのハードディスクの名前を表示する方法を指定します。</" -"p>" +"表示されているツリー内でのハードディスクの名前を表示する方法を指定します。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 @@ -5209,8 +5026,7 @@ "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" -"未使用デバイスの再検出を行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルさ" -"れます。\n" +"未使用デバイスの再検出を行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "未使用デバイスの再検出を行なってよろしいですか？" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -5390,34 +5206,26 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "このダイアログは、 RAID アレイ内に含まれているデバイスについて、\n" "その分類を設定するために使用します。利用可能な分類は A, B, C, D, E ですが、\n" -"多くの場合は、これほど多く使用することはありません (たとえば A, B だけ、な" -"ど) 。" +"多くの場合は、これほど多く使用することはありません (たとえば A, B だけ、など) 。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "分類にデバイスを追加するには、デバイスを選択してマウスの右ボタンを\n" -"押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。 Ctrl や " -"Shift キーを\n" -"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定すること" -"もできます。\n" -"\"%1\" から \"%2\" までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスを" -"それぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" +"押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。 Ctrl や Shift キーを\n" +"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定することもできます。\n" +"\"%1\" から \"%2\" までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 @@ -5442,13 +5250,10 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"インターリーブ を選択すると、分類 A の最初のデバイスに続いて分類 B " -"の\n" -"最初のデバイスが並び、分類が設定されている分だけ続きます。その後には分類 A " -"の\n" +"インターリーブ を選択すると、分類 A の最初のデバイスに続いて分類 B の\n" +"最初のデバイスが並び、分類が設定されている分だけ続きます。その後には分類 A の\n" "2 つめのデバイス、分類 B の 2 つめのデバイスが続きます。" #. dialog help text @@ -5466,30 +5271,20 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"\"%1\" を押すと、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ごとに書かれた (たとえば " -"\"sda.* A\")\n" -"ファイルを選択することができます。ここに書かれた正規表現に該当する全てのデバ" -"イスが、\n" -"指定した分類に割り当てられます。正規表現は、カーネル名 (たとえば /dev/sda1) " -"のほか、\n" -"udev のパス名 (たとえば /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) や\n" -"udev の ID (たとえば /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) に対して" -"設定する\n" -"ことができます。デバイス名が複数の正規表現に該当する場合は、最初に該当した分" -"類に\n" +"\"%1\" を押すと、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ごとに書かれた (たとえば \"sda.* A\")\n" +"ファイルを選択することができます。ここに書かれた正規表現に該当する全てのデバイスが、\n" +"指定した分類に割り当てられます。正規表現は、カーネル名 (たとえば /dev/sda1) のほか、\n" +"udev のパス名 (たとえば /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) や\n" +"udev の ID (たとえば /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) に対して設定する\n" +"ことができます。デバイス名が複数の正規表現に該当する場合は、最初に該当した分類に\n" "割り当てられます。" #. headline text @@ -5514,10 +5309,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"サイズの指定が正しくありません。数字に続いて K, M, G, % などを指定してくださ" -"い。\n" -"値は 100k 以上、もしくは 1% ～ 200% の間で指定します。もう一度入力してくださ" -"い。" +"サイズの指定が正しくありません。数字に続いて K, M, G, % などを指定してください。\n" +"値は 100k 以上、もしくは 1% ～ 200% の間で指定します。もう一度入力してください。" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5527,15 +5320,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "tmpfs サイズ:\n" -"サイズの指定では、数字に続いて K (キロバイト),M (メガバイト),G (ギガバイト) " -"の接尾語を付けること\n" -"ができます。また、パーセント記号を付けると、メモリに対する割合を指定すること" -"もできます。" +"サイズの指定では、数字に続いて K (キロバイト),M (メガバイト),G (ギガバイト) の接尾語を付けること\n" +"ができます。また、パーセント記号を付けると、メモリに対する割合を指定することもできます。" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5565,14 +5355,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "読み込み専用でマウント:\n" -"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) で" -"す。インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントさ" -"れます。" +"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 @@ -5586,8 +5373,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "アクセスタイムを使用しない: \n" -"ファイルを読み込むときアクセスタイムを更新しません。既定は 'false' (いいえ) " -"です。\n" +"ファイルを読み込むときアクセスタイムを更新しません。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5601,8 +5387,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "ユーザによるマウントを許可: \n" -"一般ユーザがそのファイルシステムをマウントできるようになります。既定は " -"'false' (いいえ) です。\n" +"一般ユーザがそのファイルシステムをマウントできるようになります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5615,18 +5400,14 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "システム起動時にマウントしない:\n" "システム起動時に、そのファイルシステムをマウントしません。\n" "/etc/fstab 内の項目については従来通り作成されます。適切なオプション指定\n" -"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <マウントポイント></tt> を実行すると、マウント" -"を行なうことができます。\n" -"(<マウントポイント> には、ファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指" -"定します)\n" +"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <マウントポイント></tt> を実行すると、マウントを行なうことができます。\n" +"(<マウントポイント> には、ファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指定します)\n" "既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" #. button text @@ -5642,8 +5423,7 @@ "Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "クォータサポートを有効にする:\n" -"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントす" -"ることを指定します。\n" +"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定します。\n" "既定ではクォータは無効になっています。\n" #. label text @@ -5659,20 +5439,16 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "データジャーナリングモード:\n" "ファイルデータに対するジャーナル方法を指定します。\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- 全てのデータは、ファイルシステム本体に書き込む前に\n" "ジャーナルに書き込みます。パフォーマンスへの影響は最も大きくなります。 \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- 全てのデータは、メタデータをジャーナルに書き込む前に\n" -"ファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響がありま" -"す。 \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響は" -"ありません。\n" +"ファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響があります。 \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響はありません。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5708,24 +5484,18 @@ msgstr "その他のオプション値 (&V)" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"その他のオプション値に、正しくない文字が含まれています。スペースやタブを含め" -"ないでください。" +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "その他のオプション値に、正しくない文字が含まれています。スペースやタブを含めないでください。" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "その他のオプション値:\n" -"この項目には /etc/fstab の 4 番目の項目に指定する任意のマウントオプションを記" -"入します。\n" +"この項目には /etc/fstab の 4 番目の項目に指定する任意のマウントオプションを記入します。\n" "複数のオプションはカンマで区切ります。\n" #. label text @@ -5740,8 +5510,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "ファイル名のキャラクタセット:\n" -"Windows パーティション内でファイル名の表示を行なう際に利用するキャラクタセッ" -"トを指定します。\n" +"Windows パーティション内でファイル名の表示を行なう際に利用するキャラクタセットを指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5752,12 +5521,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "FAT の短縮ファイル名に使用するコードページ: \n" -"このコードページは、 FAT ファイルシステム内の短縮ファイル名に対して、その文字" -"を変換する際に利用するコードページを指定します。\n" +"このコードページは、 FAT ファイルシステム内の短縮ファイル名に対して、その文字を変換する際に利用するコードページを指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5768,12 +5535,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "FAT の数:\n" -"ファイルシステム内のファイルアロケーションテーブルの数を指定します。既定は 2 " -"です。" +"ファイルシステム内のファイルアロケーションテーブルの数を指定します。既定は 2 です。" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5784,14 +5549,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT サイズ:\n" -"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12, 16, 32 ビット) を指定しま" -"す。 '自動' を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的" -"に選択します。\n" +"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12, 16, 32 ビット) を指定します。 '自動' を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5801,9 +5562,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"\"ルートディレクトリの項目数\" の最小サイズは 112 です。再度入力してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "\"ルートディレクトリの項目数\" の最小サイズは 112 です。再度入力してください。" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5823,12 +5582,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "ハッシュ関数: \n" -"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用する、ハッシュ関数の名前を指定" -"します。\n" +"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用する、ハッシュ関数の名前を指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5839,16 +5596,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "ファイルシステムリビジョン:\n" -"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs のバージョンを指定することができま" -"す。 '3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x 用に互換性を持たせることができます。 '3.6' は最も" -"新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでの" -"み使用することができます。\n" +"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs のバージョンを指定することができます。 '3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x 用に互換性を持たせることができます。 '3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5860,14 +5611,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512, " -"1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイ" -"ズ 4096 を設定します。\n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512, 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5894,12 +5641,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "inode 領域の割合:\n" -"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセン" -"ト単位で指定します。\n" +"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5910,8 +5655,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5939,12 +5683,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "ログサイズ\n" -"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。自動に設定している場合、既定値は全体" -"のサイズの 40% です。\n" +"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。自動に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの 40% です。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5982,14 +5724,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024, " -"2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシス" -"テムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。 \n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。 \n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -6005,19 +5743,13 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "inode ごとのバイト数:\n" -"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。 YaST では、ここで指定した値のバ" -"イト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode " -"の数は少なくなります。\n" -"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきで" -"す。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイ" -"ルシステム作成後は\n" -" inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力" -"してください。\n" +"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。 YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n" +"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\n" +" inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してください。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -6036,15 +5768,8 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"root 用に予約するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック" -"数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギ" -"ガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "root 用に予約するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -6072,8 +5797,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "ディレクトリインデックス機能:\n" -"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能" -"を有効にします。\n" +"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にします。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -6084,22 +5808,20 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "ジャーナル無し:\n" -"ファイルシステム上のジャーナルの使用を省略します。有効化する際は、何が起こる" -"のかを\n" +"ファイルシステム上のジャーナルの使用を省略します。有効化する際は、何が起こるのかを\n" "事前にご確認のうえご利用ください。\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "ディスク %{device} に対する操作は許可されていません。\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6121,7 +5843,7 @@ "サイズ変更／削除は行なうことができません。\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6142,7 +5864,7 @@ "サイズ変更／削除は行なうことができません。\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6163,7 +5885,7 @@ "ただし、パーティションのサイズ変更や削除は行なうことができません。\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6173,15 +5895,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある \"熟練者\" -> \"新しいパーティショ" -"ンテーブルの作成\n" -"を選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができま" -"す。\n" -"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えて" -"しまいます。\n" +"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある \"熟練者\" -> \"新しいパーティションテーブルの作成\n" +"を選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができます。\n" +"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えてしまいます。\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6274,8 +5993,7 @@ msgstr "" "下記のボリュームには暗号化の設定が為されていますが、\n" "パスワードが不明です。\n" -"対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化された LVM 物理ボリュー" -"ムが\n" +"対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化された LVM 物理ボリュームが\n" "組まれるものであったりした場合は、パスワードを指定する必要があります。" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 @@ -6289,8 +6007,7 @@ "devices in the locked devices list.\n" "Password will be tried for all devices." msgstr "" -"暗号化されたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力し" -"てください。\n" +"暗号化されたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\n" "パスワードは全てのデバイスで試されます。" #. header text @@ -6354,9 +6071,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"ディスク上にある他のパーティションが使用中であるため、パーティションを削除す" -"ることができません。" +msgstr "ディスク上にある他のパーティションが使用中であるため、パーティションを削除することができません。" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" @@ -6375,8 +6090,7 @@ "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているた" -"め、\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 @@ -6396,8 +6110,7 @@ "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているた" -"め、\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 @@ -6408,8 +6121,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになりま" -"す。\n" +"デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" "ここにはインストール作業に必要なスワップが含まれています。\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 @@ -6419,8 +6131,7 @@ "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになりま" -"す。\n" +"デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" "ここにはインストールを実行するのに必要なデータが含まれています。\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) @@ -6556,8 +6267,7 @@ "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "バス にはそのデバイスがシステムに対してどのように接続されているか\n" -"が表示されています。マルチパスディスクなど、この項目に何も書かれていない場合" -"もあります。" +"が表示されています。マルチパスディスクなど、この項目に何も書かれていない場合もあります。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 @@ -6664,8 +6374,7 @@ "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." msgstr "" -"フォーマット には以下のようなフラグが表示されます: <tt>F</tt> はパー" -"ティションを\n" +"フォーマット には以下のようなフラグが表示されます: <tt>F</tt> はパーティションを\n" "フォーマットするよう選択したことを示しています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6705,31 +6414,24 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"マウント方法 には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかを表示し" -"ています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" -"(Label) はラベルによって、 (UUID) は UUID によって、 (ID) はデバイス ID に" -"よって、 (Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" +"マウント方法 には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかを表示しています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" +"(Label) はラベルによって、 (UUID) は UUID によって、 (ID) はデバイス ID によって、 (Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "クエスチョンマーク (?) は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示していま" -"す。\n" -"これは手動でマウントしているか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用し" -"ていることを意味しています。\n" -"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、 YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を" -"行ないません。\n" +"そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示しています。\n" +"これは手動でマウントしているか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを意味しています。\n" +"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、 YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を行ないません。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 @@ -6744,13 +6446,11 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "マウントポイントの後ろに書かれているアスタリスク (*) の印は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば " -"<tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" +"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 @@ -6814,8 +6514,7 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "ストライプ には、 LVM 論理ボリュームの\n" -"ストライプ番号と、それが 1 より大きい場合は括弧内にストライプサイズが表示され" -"ています。\n" +"ストライプ番号と、それが 1 より大きい場合は括弧内にストライプサイズが表示されています。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6831,8 +6530,7 @@ "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" msgstr "" "デバイス ID には、永続的なデバイス ID が\n" -"表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合がありま" -"す。\n" +"表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合があります。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 @@ -6850,8 +6548,7 @@ "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"使用先 には、デバイスが RAID, LVM などで使用されているかどうかを表示し" -"ています。\n" +"使用先 には、デバイスが RAID, LVM などで使用されているかどうかを表示しています。\n" "いずれでも使用されていない場合は、何も書かれません。\n" "\n" @@ -7098,8 +6795,7 @@ "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"不明なアプリケーションにより、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されてい" -"ます。\n" +"不明なアプリケーションにより、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" "続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" #. error popup @@ -7108,41 +6804,36 @@ "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) により、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) さ" -"れています。\n" +"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) により、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" "続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。 Windows で" -"該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。 Windows で該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "ルートパーティションに対するファイルシステム" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "home パーティションに対するファイルシステム" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "サスペンド用にスワップを拡大する (&S)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "提案設定" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" @@ -7153,65 +6844,62 @@ "システムを暗号化したい場合は 暗号化された LVM ベースの提案 を選択してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"ルートパーティションに設定するファイルシステムは、対応するコンボボックス" -"で\n" +"ルートパーティションに設定するファイルシステムは、対応するコンボボックスで\n" "選択することができます。 btrfs ファイルシステムを選択した場合、 snapper\n" "による自動スナップショットを設定することもできます。これを選択すると、\n" "ルートパーティションのサイズが増大することになります。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "提案では、ホームディレクトリに対して個別のパーティションを設定することも\n" -"できます。また、ホームディレクトリに使用するファイルシステムはコンボボックス" -"で選択できます。" +"できます。また、ホームディレクトリに使用するファイルシステムはコンボボックスで選択できます。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"多くの場合、スワップパーティションはディスクへのサスペンドを実行するため" -"に\n" +"多くの場合、スワップパーティションはディスクへのサスペンドを実行するために\n" "十分な容量を確保しておくのがよいでしょう。" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "暗号化を提案するため、パスワードを入力してください。" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "パスワード:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "確認のため再度パスワードを入力してください:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "パーティションベースの提案 (&P)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "LVM ベースの提案 (&L)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "暗号化された LVM ベースの提案 (&E)" @@ -7257,4 +6945,3 @@ #: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "ストレージデバイスの情報表示:" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:21+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -36,52 +36,52 @@ msgstr "サポート (&S)" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "supportconfig 概要ダイアログ" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "SUSE サポートセンターを開く" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "SUSE サポートセンターポータルに接続するためのブラウザを開きます。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "開く" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "データの収集" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "これを実行すると、収集したログファイルを含む tar ボールを作成します。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "レポート tar ボールの作成" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "データのアップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "これを実行すると、収集したログを指定した URL にアップロードします。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "アップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "インストール済みのブラウザが見つかりません。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -93,183 +93,184 @@ "%1 を開くことをお勧めします。\n" "Web ブラウザを起動しますか？\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "supportconfig アップロードダイアログ" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "名前を付けて保存" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "保存先ディレクトリ" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "ログファイルを含むパッケージ" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "ログファイルの tar ボールを URL にアップロードする" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "アップロード先" #. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "設定を書き込むことができません" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができません。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "tar ボールの保存先ディレクトリの選択" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "tar ボールファイルに取り込むログファイルの選択" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "supportconfig パラメータ設定" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "'/' から始まる完全なファイルを作成する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "詳細なディスク情報とスキャンを除外する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "eDirectory インスタンス向けのルートファイルシステムの検索" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "完全な SLP サービスリストを含める" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "インストール済みのすべての rpm に対して、 rpm -V を実行する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "ログファイルのすべての行を含め、ローテート済みのログを収集する" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "既定値を使用する (/etc/supportconfig.conf を無視する)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "すべてのサポート機能を有効化する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "最小限の情報のみを収集する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "独自の (熟練者向けの) 設定を使用する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "熟練者設定" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション" #. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "supportconfig 熟練者設定" #. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "既定のオプション" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "supportconfig 連絡先設定" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "連絡先情報" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "会社名" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "電子メールアドレス" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "電話番号" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "ストア ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "端末 ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "情報のアップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "11 桁のサービスリクエスト番号" #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "SR 番号は 11 桁でなければなりません" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "データを収集しています" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "処理中" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "収集済みデータの概要" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "ファイル名" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "データから削除" @@ -349,20 +350,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>SUSE サポートセンターの表示</big> \n" -"SUSE サポートセンターポータルを Web ブラウザで開くには、 SUSE サポートセン" -"ターを開く を押します。\n" -"ここからグローバル技術サポートを開いて、サービスリクエストを表示することもで" -"きます。\n" -"なお、 supportconfig データをアップロードする際は、必ずサービスリクエスト番号" -"を書き留めておいてください。\n" +"SUSE サポートセンターポータルを Web ブラウザで開くには、 SUSE サポートセンターを開く を押します。\n" +"ここからグローバル技術サポートを開いて、サービスリクエストを表示することもできます。\n" +"なお、 supportconfig データをアップロードする際は、必ずサービスリクエスト番号を書き留めておいてください。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 @@ -371,8 +367,7 @@ "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" msgstr "" "<big>データの収集</big> \n" -"supportconfig データ収集ツールを使用するには、 データの収集 を選択しま" -"す。" +"supportconfig データ収集ツールを使用するには、 データの収集 を選択します。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 @@ -382,24 +377,19 @@ "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support." msgstr "" "<big>収集したデータのアップロード</big> \n" -"サーバに収集済みのデータをアップロードするには、 データのアップロード " -"をお使いください。\n" -"サーバはグローバル技術サポートのものであっても、そうでなくてもかまいません。" -"" +"サーバに収集済みのデータをアップロードするには、 データのアップロード をお使いください。\n" +"サーバはグローバル技術サポートのものであっても、そうでなくてもかまいません。" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<big>supportconfig のオプション</big> \n" -"既定値を上書きするオプションを選択します。既定値を利用してほとんどのデータ" -"を\n" -"収集するように設定することもできますし、最小限のデータ量のみを採取することも" -"できます。" +"既定値を上書きするオプションを選択します。既定値を利用してほとんどのデータを\n" +"収集するように設定することもできますし、最小限のデータ量のみを採取することもできます。" #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 @@ -417,8 +407,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>オプション</big> \n" "追加の情報を収集します。通常、これらのオプションは必要となる\n" @@ -428,8 +417,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" "<big>既定のオプション</big> \n" "supportconfig の tar ボールに含めたいデータセットを選択してください。" @@ -438,10 +426,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" "<big>連絡先情報</big> \n" "supportconfig の tar ボールに含めたい連絡先情報を記入してください。\n" @@ -451,52 +437,39 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" "<big>情報のアップロード</big> \n" -"アップロード先とは、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップロードする先の URI の" -"ことを意味します。\n" -"アップロード時に使用できるプロトコルは、 ftp, http, https, scp のいずれかで" -"す。アップロード先で\n" -"supportconfig の tar ボールのファイル名を含む必要がある場合は、 tarball</" -"i> キーワードをお使い\n" -"ください。このキーワードは、アップロード時に実際のファイル名に置き換えられま" -"す。\n" +"アップロード先とは、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップロードする先の URI のことを意味します。\n" +"アップロード時に使用できるプロトコルは、 ftp, http, https, scp のいずれかです。アップロード先で\n" +"supportconfig の tar ボールのファイル名を含む必要がある場合は、 tarball キーワードをお使い\n" +"ください。このキーワードは、アップロード時に実際のファイル名に置き換えられます。\n" "詳しくは man supportconfig(1) をお読みください。" #. Contact dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" "<big>アップロード先の指定例</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" -"注意: supportconfig の tar ボールをグローバル技術サポートにアップ" -"ロードする場合は、\n" -"開いているサービスリクエストから提供される 11 桁の番号を忘れずに含めるように" -"してください。\n" +"注意: supportconfig の tar ボールをグローバル技術サポートにアップロードする場合は、\n" +"開いているサービスリクエストから提供される 11 桁の番号を忘れずに含めるようにしてください。\n" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 @@ -511,29 +484,23 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>収集済みデータの概要</big> \n" -"supportconfig で収集したデータが表示されています。収集済みのデータのうち、部" -"分的に共有したくないものが\n" -"ある場合は、 データから削除 を選択して削除すべきものを選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +"supportconfig で収集したデータが表示されています。収集済みのデータのうち、部分的に共有したくないものが\n" +"ある場合は、 データから削除 を選択して削除すべきものを選択してください。\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する tar ボールのアップロード</big></" -"b> \n" -"supportconfig の tar ボールのコピーを保存しておきたい場合は、保存先のディレク" -"トリ\n" +"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する tar ボールのアップロード</big> \n" +"supportconfig の tar ボールのコピーを保存しておきたい場合は、保存先のディレクトリ\n" "を選択して、オプションを選択してください。\n" " \n" @@ -542,8 +509,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -567,16 +533,13 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する supportconfig tar ボールのアップ" -"ロード</big> \n" -"supportconfig の tar ボールを作成済みの場合は、 ログファイルを含むパッケー" -"ジ の項目に\n" +"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する supportconfig tar ボールのアップロード</big> \n" +"supportconfig の tar ボールを作成済みの場合は、 ログファイルを含むパッケージ の項目に\n" "フルパスを指定してください。\n" " \n" @@ -650,9 +613,7 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "" -"ディスクやファイルシステムのマウント、およびパーティションに関する情報 (fs-" -"diskio.txt)" +msgstr "ディスクやファイルシステムのマウント、およびパーティションに関する情報 (fs-diskio.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" @@ -663,18 +624,12 @@ msgstr "Novell eDirectory ヘルスチェックの情報 (novell-edir.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "sysctl や root の環境変数など、システムの環境情報 (env.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "" -"/etc 以下にある様々な設定ファイルに加え、再帰的に *.conf を検索した結果 (etc." -"txt)" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "/etc 以下にある様々な設定ファイルに加え、再帰的に *.conf を検索した結果 (etc.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" @@ -693,12 +648,8 @@ msgstr "ルート DSE 検索を含む LDAP 関連の情報 (ldap.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "" -"ルート DSE や UNIX Config, ワークステーションオブジェクト検索を含む Novell " -"Linux ユーザ管理関連の情報 (novell-lum.txt)" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "ルート DSE や UNIX Config, ワークステーションオブジェクト検索を含む Novell Linux ユーザ管理関連の情報 (novell-lum.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" @@ -753,12 +704,8 @@ msgstr "OpenWBEM 関連の情報 (openwbem.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" -msgstr "" -"ユーザアカウントの情報を含む、 Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) 関連の情" -"報 (pam.txt)" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" +msgstr "ユーザアカウントの情報を含む、 Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) 関連の情報 (pam.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" @@ -777,11 +724,8 @@ msgstr "更新クライアント関連の情報 (updates.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" -msgstr "" -"SAR データファイルのコピーを含む、システム動作レポート関連の情報 (sar.txt)" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "SAR データファイルのコピーを含む、システム動作レポート関連の情報 (sar.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" @@ -793,18 +737,13 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"ディスクに対する Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology (S.M.A." -"R.T.) 関連の情報。警告: ハードディスクのコントローラによっては\n" -"正しく動作しない場合があります。また、 SMART データの検出にあたっては、ファイ" -"ルシステムを読み込み専用モードに移行することになるため、サーバが\n" -"ハングアップする場合もあります。このオプションを有効化する場合は、事前に正し" -"く動作することを確認のうえ実施してください。 (fs-smartmon.txt)\n" +"ディスクに対する Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology (S.M.A.R.T.) 関連の情報。警告: ハードディスクのコントローラによっては\n" +"正しく動作しない場合があります。また、 SMART データの検出にあたっては、ファイルシステムを読み込み専用モードに移行することになるため、サーバが\n" +"ハングアップする場合もあります。このオプションを有効化する場合は、事前に正しく動作することを確認のうえ実施してください。 (fs-smartmon.txt)\n" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" @@ -835,58 +774,32 @@ msgstr "XEN 仮想化関連の情報 (xen.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "" -"supportconfig に対して、ファイルシステム内で eDirectory のインスタンスファイ" -"ルを検索するようにします。これを設定すると、 ADD_OPTION_FSLIST も設定されま" -"す。 -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "supportconfig に対して、ファイルシステム内で eDirectory のインスタンスファイルを検索するようにします。これを設定すると、 ADD_OPTION_FSLIST も設定されます。 -e" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "" -"ファイルシステムのルート以下に見つかった、完全なファイル一覧 -L (fs-files." -"txt)" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "ファイルシステムのルート以下に見つかった、完全なファイル一覧 -L (fs-files.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" -msgstr "" -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT で指定した行数ではなく、コメントを含むすべてのログファ" -"イルを含める。ローテート済みのファイルがある場合は、それらを含みます (-l)" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgstr "VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT で指定した行数ではなく、コメントを含むすべてのログファイルを含める。ローテート済みのファイルがある場合は、それらを含みます (-l)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" msgstr "ディスクと詳細スキャンの情報量を最小化する (-d)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "" -"通常は /var/log/YaST2/* にあるログが含められます。このオプションを指定する" -"と、各ファイルの取得量を最小化します。" +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "通常は /var/log/YaST2/* にあるログが含められます。このオプションを指定すると、各ファイルの取得量を最小化します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "" -"すべてのインストール済み RPM パッケージに対して、 rpm -V を実行する。完了する" -"までにはしばらく時間がかかります (-v. rpm-verify.txt)" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "すべてのインストール済み RPM パッケージに対して、 rpm -V を実行する。完了するまでにはしばらく時間がかかります (-v. rpm-verify.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "" -"通常は基本的な SLP サービスタイプのみが一覧表示されます。このオプションを指定" -"すると、検出したサービスタイプを個別に問い合わせるようになります (-s, slp." -"txt)" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "通常は基本的な SLP サービスタイプのみが一覧表示されます。このオプションを指定すると、検出したサービスタイプを個別に問い合わせるようになります (-s, slp.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" @@ -905,61 +818,36 @@ msgstr "basic-environment.txt に含める連絡先電話番号" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"ログファイルを取得する際、含める行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得しま" -"す。" +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "ログファイルを取得する際、含める行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." -msgstr "" -"supportconfig の tar ボールの場所。一覧内の最初の正しい場所のみを使用します。" +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." +msgstr "supportconfig の tar ボールの場所。一覧内の最初の正しい場所のみを使用します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"取得する /var/log/messages の最大行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得しま" -"す。" +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "取得する /var/log/messages の最大行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"supportconfig の tar ボールに含める、 heartbeat ポリシーエンジンログファイル" -"の行数の最大値" +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "supportconfig の tar ボールに含める、 heartbeat ポリシーエンジンログファイルの行数の最大値" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "supportconfig の tar ボールに含める SAR データファイル数の最大値" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" "1 に設定すると、 supportconfig は静寂モードで動作します。このオプションは、\n" -"cron ジョブなどで定期的に動作させたいような場合に有効です。 -Q とともに指定し" -"てください。" +"cron ジョブなどで定期的に動作させたいような場合に有効です。 -Q とともに指定してください。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "" -"-u srnum 起動オプションを使用した場合は、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップ" -"ロードする場所の指定に利用します。匿名アップロードに対応した任意の FTP サーバ" -"を指定することができます。既定では SUSE の公式 ftp サーバになっています。" +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "-u srnum 起動オプションを使用した場合は、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップロードする場所の指定に利用します。匿名アップロードに対応した任意の FTP サーバを指定することができます。既定では SUSE の公式 ftp サーバになっています。" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:22+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "これらのファイルがありません:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -872,13 +872,13 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "不明な製品" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ "これらのパターンは、インストールに必要なものとして選択することができません:\n" "%{patterns}" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:35:54 UTC (rev 96685) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2016-09-02 21:36:03 UTC (rev 96686) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 09:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -102,12 +102,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"カンマで区切ったグループメンバ (通常はユーザ名) の一覧です。 LDAP ユーザ DN " -"の一覧はコロンで区切る必要があります。" +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "カンマで区切ったグループメンバ (通常はユーザ名) の一覧です。 LDAP ユーザ DN の一覧はコロンで区切る必要があります。" #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -261,12 +257,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"この表では、現在の LDAP エントリに使用できるすべての属性の中で、以前のダイア" -"ログで設定されていない属性を示しています。" +"この表では、現在の LDAP エントリに使用できるすべての属性の中で、以前のダイアログで設定されていない属性を示しています。" #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -289,13 +283,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "それぞれの属性を編集するには 編集 を押してください。\n" -"属性によっては LDAP クライアントモジュール の雛型に従って設定するもの" -"もあります。\n" +"属性によっては LDAP クライアントモジュール の雛型に従って設定するものもあります。\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -314,14 +306,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." -msgstr "" -" このユーザにパスワードポリシーオブジェクトを割り当てるには パスワード" -"ポリシーオブジェクトの DN を選んでください。 パスワードのリセット " -"では変更したユーザのパスワードをリセットすることができます。" +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." +msgstr " このユーザにパスワードポリシーオブジェクトを割り当てるには パスワードポリシーオブジェクトの DN を選んでください。 パスワードのリセット では変更したユーザのパスワードをリセットすることができます。" #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -417,91 +403,50 @@ #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのユーザクォータを設定することができま" -"す。" +msgstr "ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのユーザクォータを設定することができます。" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" -" 1 kB 単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのサイズ制限を" -"指定してください。\n" -"併せて、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザの inode 数の制限を設定することもで" -"きます。\n" +" 1 kB 単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのサイズ制限を指定してください。\n" +"併せて、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザの inode 数の制限を設定することもできます。\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定すること" -"ができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限" -"はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。" +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定することができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"あるユーザがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つようにな" -"ります。この項目には、そのユーザがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過することを許" -"されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っかかる" -"とすぐに開始します。" +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "あるユーザがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つようになります。この項目には、そのユーザがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過することを許されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っかかるとすぐに開始します。" #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのグループのクォータ設定を行ないます。" -"" +msgstr "ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのグループのクォータ設定を行ないます。" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" -" 1 kB 単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるグループへのサイズ制" -"限を指定してください。\n" +" 1 kB 単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるグループへのサイズ制限を指定してください。\n" "このファイルシステムでの inode 数の制限を設定することもできます。\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定すること" -"ができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限" -"はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。" +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定することができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"あるグループがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つように" -"なります。この項目には、そのグループがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過すること" -"を許されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っか" -"かるとすぐに開始します。" +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "あるグループがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つようになります。この項目には、そのグループがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過することを許されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っかかるとすぐに開始します。" #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -734,7 +679,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -749,15 +694,13 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "暗号化されたディレクトリイメージと\n" "鍵ファイルが '%1' と '%2' に検出されました。\n" "これらを現在のユーザに対して使用するように設定しますか？\n" "\n" -"設定を行なうと、現在のホームディレクトリの代わりに上記のイメージファイルから" -"のデータが使われます。" +"設定を行なうと、現在のホームディレクトリの代わりに上記のイメージファイルからのデータが使われます。" #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -776,7 +719,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "ユーザのフルネーム (&F)" @@ -800,7 +743,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ユーザ名 (&U)" @@ -817,7 +760,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する (&S)" @@ -1013,7 +956,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "このパスワードを本当に使用しますか？" @@ -1129,14 +1072,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "パスワードは大文字と小文字を区別します。入力の際は間違えないよう\n" -"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) " -"など\n" +"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n" "の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n" "\n" @@ -1144,18 +1085,16 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"現在のパスワード暗号化方式 (%1) では、パスワードの長さは %2 ～ %3 文字でなけ" -"ればなりません。\n" +"現在のパスワード暗号化方式 (%1) では、パスワードの長さは %2 ～ %3 文字でなければなりません。\n" "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1164,8 +1103,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "また、パスワードが正しく入力されていることを確認するために、 2 つめの\n" -"項目にもパスワードを正確に入力してください。また、入力したパスワードは忘れな" -"いようにしてください。\n" +"項目にもパスワードを正確に入力してください。また、入力したパスワードは忘れないようにしてください。\n" "\n" #. Help text 0/6 @@ -1176,8 +1114,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"新規のローカルまたはシステムユーザの作成時に使用する既定値を設定してくださ" -"い。\n" +"新規のローカルまたはシステムユーザの作成時に使用する既定値を設定してください。\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1210,25 +1147,21 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "既定のログインシェル \n" -"新しいユーザのログインシェルの名前です。リストから選択するか、もしくはシェル" -"のパスを入力してください。\n" +"新しいユーザのログインシェルの名前です。リストから選択するか、もしくはシェルのパスを入力してください。\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "既定のホーム \n" -"新規ユーザのホームディレクトリの初期パスプレフィクスです。ユーザ名がこの値の" -"末尾に\n" +"新規ユーザのホームディレクトリの初期パスプレフィクスです。ユーザ名がこの値の末尾に\n" "追加されて、ホームディレクトリの既定値になります。\n" "\n" @@ -1236,12 +1169,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "スケルトンディレクトリ \n" -"新規ユーザの追加時に、このディレクトリの内容がユーザのホームディレクトリにコ" -"ピーされます。 \n" +"新規ユーザの追加時に、このディレクトリの内容がユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーされます。 \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1257,14 +1188,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "有効期限 \n" "ユーザアカウントが無効になる日付です。日付は YYYY-MM-DD の形式で指定する\n" -"必要があります。このアカウントに対して有効期限を設定せず無期限にする場合は、" -"入力しないでください。\n" +"必要があります。このアカウントに対して有効期限を設定せず無期限にする場合は、入力しないでください。\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -1342,7 +1271,7 @@ "\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1350,8 +1279,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このユーザアカウントに設定する ユーザのフルネーム, ユーザ名, " -"パスワード\n" +"このユーザアカウントに設定する ユーザのフルネーム, ユーザ名, パスワード\n" "を、それぞれ入力してください。\n" "\n" @@ -1362,24 +1290,18 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "ユーザ名を提案 を押すと、姓名の情報から ユーザ名 を生成する\n" -"ことができます。提案無しでユーザ名を入力したり、提案されたものから変更したり" -"することもできますが、\n" -"半角英数字と <tt>._-</tt> の文字しか使用できません (全角文字やアクセント文字" -"は使用できません) 。\n" +"ことができます。提案無しでユーザ名を入力したり、提案されたものから変更したりすることもできますが、\n" +"半角英数字と <tt>._-</tt> の文字しか使用できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用できません) 。\n" "またユーザ名には、特別な場合を除いて大文字を使用しないでください。\n" -"ユーザ名は、このようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するに" -"は\n" -" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読み" -"ください。\n" +"ユーザ名は、このようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するには\n" +" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" "\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -1388,58 +1310,42 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "ユーザ名 には、半角英数字と\n" -"<tt>._-</tt> の文字だけを利用することができます (全角文字やアクセント文字は使" -"用できません) 。\n" +"<tt>._-</tt> の文字だけを利用することができます (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用できません) 。\n" "また、特殊な場合を除き、ユーザ名には大文字を使用しないでください。\n" -"ユーザ名には、このようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更する" -"には\n" -" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読み" -"ください。\n" +"ユーザ名には、このようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するには\n" +" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" "\n" #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ここで作成したユーザ名とパスワードは、この Linux システムにログインして作業を" -"する際に必要になるものです。 自動ログイン を設定すると、ログイン処理を" -"飛ばすことができます。ここで指定したユーザ名で、自動的にログインしたものとし" -"て扱われます。\n" +"ここで作成したユーザ名とパスワードは、この Linux システムにログインして作業をする際に必要になるものです。 自動ログイン を設定すると、ログイン処理を飛ばすことができます。ここで指定したユーザ名で、自動的にログインしたものとして扱われます。\n" #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " -"Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"root 宛に送信されたメールをこのユーザで受信する場合は、 システムメールの受" -"信 を選んでください。\n" +"root 宛に送信されたメールをこのユーザで受信する場合は、 システムメールの受信 を選んでください。\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -" ユーザ管理 を押すとお使いのシステムに対してさらにユーザやグループ" -"を追加することができます。" +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." +msgstr " ユーザ管理 を押すとお使いのシステムに対してさらにユーザやグループを追加することができます。" #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -1458,12 +1364,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このユーザに対する様々なパスワード設定 (有効期限など) を編集するには、 パ" -"スワードの設定 を押してください。\n" +"このユーザに対する様々なパスワード設定 (有効期限など) を編集するには、 パスワードの設定 を押してください。\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -1500,8 +1404,7 @@ "グループ名::\n" "長いグループ名は使用しないでください。通常、長さは 2 ～ 8 文字に\n" "します。また、\n" -"/etc/login.defs ファイルでグループ名に使用できる文字の一覧を設定することがで" -"きます。\n" +"/etc/login.defs ファイルでグループ名に使用できる文字の一覧を設定することができます。\n" "詳細についてはマニュアルページを参照してください。\n" "\n" @@ -1518,11 +1421,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "グループ ID (gid)::\n" -"グループには、名前に加えて内部表現のために数値による ID を割り振る必要があり" -"ます。\n" +"グループには、名前に加えて内部表現のために数値による ID を割り振る必要があります。\n" "この ID は 0 から %1 の間で設定します。\n" -" ID 番号によっては、インストールの時点で既に割り当てられているものもありま" -"す。\n" +" ID 番号によっては、インストールの時点で既に割り当てられているものもあります。\n" "割り当て済みの ID を使用すると警告メッセージを表示します。\n" "\n" @@ -1531,8 +1432,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -1540,11 +1440,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "パスワード:\n" -"このグループのメンバーではないユーザが、そのグループに切り替える " -"(<tt>newgrp</tt> \n" +"このグループのメンバーではないユーザが、そのグループに切り替える (<tt>newgrp</tt> \n" "のマニュアルページをお読みください) 際、ユーザに対して認証を求める場合は\n" -"パスワードを設定してください。セキュリティ上の理由から、パスワードは表示さ" -"れ\n" +"パスワードを設定してください。セキュリティ上の理由から、パスワードは表示され\n" "ません。また、この項目は必須項目ではありません。\n" #. help text 5/6 @@ -1622,8 +1520,7 @@ "located elsewhere.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"既存のユーザの UID を変更するには、そのユーザが所有しているファイルの権利情報" -"を\n" +"既存のユーザの UID を変更するには、そのユーザが所有しているファイルの権利情報を\n" "変更する必要があります。そのユーザのホームディレクトリに対しては自動的に\n" "この処理を行ないますが、それ以外のディレクトリに対しては行なわれないことに\n" "注意してください。\n" @@ -1647,13 +1544,8 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"オプションとして ホームディレクトリのパーミッションモード を指定す" -"ることができます。これはユーザのホームディレクトリを既定とは異なる設定にする" -"ためのものです。" +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "オプションとして ホームディレクトリのパーミッションモード を指定することができます。これはユーザのホームディレクトリを既定とは異なる設定にするためのものです。" #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -1662,60 +1554,35 @@ "check Empty Home. Otherwise, the new home directory\n" "is created from the default skeleton (%1).\n" msgstr "" -"初期状態でホームディレクトリにファイルやディレクトリを何も置かない場合" -"は、\n" -"ホームディレクトリには何も置かない を設定してください。設定しない場合" -"は既定の\n" +"初期状態でホームディレクトリにファイルやディレクトリを何も置かない場合は、\n" +"ホームディレクトリには何も置かない を設定してください。設定しない場合は既定の\n" "スケルトン (%1) 内の中身がコピーされます。 \n" #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data." -msgstr "" -"ユーザのホームディレクトリの場所を変更する場合、既定で有効になっている " -"新しい場所に移動 を選択しておくと、既存のディレクトリの内容を新しいほうに" -"移動することができます。選択を外した場合は移動を行ないません。" +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリの場所を変更する場合、既定で有効になっている 新しい場所に移動 を選択しておくと、既存のディレクトリの内容を新しいほうに移動することができます。選択を外した場合は移動を行ないません。" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." msgstr "" -"ユーザのホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、 暗号化ホームディレクトリを" -"使う\n" -"を選択してディレクトリのサイズを指定してください。なお、ユーザのホームディレ" -"クトリを\n" -"暗号化しても、他のユーザに対する強力なセキュリティ手段にはならないことに注意" -"してください。\n" -"このマシンを複数のユーザで共有している場合、悪意のあるユーザがシステムセキュ" -"リティを\n" -"くぐり抜けることで他のユーザの暗号鍵を入手し、暗号化されたデータにアクセスす" -"ることが\n" -"できてしまうためです。より厳格なセキュリティが必要な場合は、システムを物理的" -"に共有してはなりません。" +"ユーザのホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、 暗号化ホームディレクトリを使う\n" +"を選択してディレクトリのサイズを指定してください。なお、ユーザのホームディレクトリを\n" +"暗号化しても、他のユーザに対する強力なセキュリティ手段にはならないことに注意してください。\n" +"このマシンを複数のユーザで共有している場合、悪意のあるユーザがシステムセキュリティを\n" +"くぐり抜けることで他のユーザの暗号鍵を入手し、暗号化されたデータにアクセスすることが\n" +"できてしまうためです。より厳格なセキュリティが必要な場合は、システムを物理的に共有してはなりません。" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first." -msgstr "" -"指紋認証デバイスを使用している場合には、ホームディレクトリを暗号化すること" -"ができません。ホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、先に指紋認証の設定を解除し" -"てください。" +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "指紋認証デバイスを使用している場合には、ホームディレクトリを暗号化することができません。ホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、先に指紋認証の設定を解除してください。" #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -1738,8 +1605,7 @@ "shown when you use the finger command on this user.\n" msgstr "" "追加情報:\n" -"ここにはユーザの追加情報を記入します。この項目にはカンマ区切りで最大 3 つまで" -"の\n" +"ここにはユーザの追加情報を記入します。この項目にはカンマ区切りで最大 3 つまでの\n" "中身を入力することができます。一般的には、それぞれ 勤務先, \n" "勤務先電話番号, 自宅電話番号 を記入します。これらの情報は\n" "このユーザに対して finger コマンドを実行した場合に表示されます。\n" @@ -1809,9 +1675,7 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." msgstr "起動 を押すと、指定したプラグインの詳細設定を開始します。" #. help texts 1/1 @@ -1849,8 +1713,7 @@ "\n" "パスワード失効警告日数 \n" "ユーザはパスワードの有効期限が切れる前に警告を受けることができます。\n" -"この項目ではユーザに対してどれだけ早く有効期限切れを警告するかを、期限切れ日" -"からの相対日数で指定します。\n" +"この項目ではユーザに対してどれだけ早く有効期限切れを警告するかを、期限切れ日からの相対日数で指定します。\n" "-1 を設定すると警告を行ないません。\n" "\n" @@ -1870,23 +1733,19 @@ #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"同じパスワードを使用できる最長日数 ユーザが同じパスワードを使い" -"続けることが\n" +"同じパスワードを使用できる最長日数 ユーザが同じパスワードを使い続けることが\n" "できる最大の日数を指定します。\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"同じパスワードを使用する最短日数 ユーザがパスワードを変更してか" -"ら、再度\n" +"同じパスワードを使用する最短日数 ユーザがパスワードを変更してから、再度\n" "変更できるようになるまでの日数を指定します。\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -1898,8 +1757,7 @@ msgstr "" "有効期限 \n" "ユーザアカウントが無効になる日付です。日付は YYYY-MM-DD の形式で指定する\n" -"必要があります。このアカウントに有効期限を設定せず無期限にする場合は、入力し" -"ないでください。\n" +"必要があります。このアカウントに有効期限を設定せず無期限にする場合は、入力しないでください。\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 @@ -1920,167 +1778,87 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "値の変更: \n" -"これらの設定はそれぞれ適切なモジュールを実行することで変更することができま" -"す。 設定 を押してモジュールを選択してください。\n" +"これらの設定はそれぞれ適切なモジュールを実行することで変更することができます。 設定 を押してモジュールを選択してください。\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"パスワード変更ポリシー, パスワードエージングポリシー, " -"ロックアウトポリシー のタブをそれぞれ選択し、設定する属性の LDAP パスワー" -"ドポリシーグループを選んでください。" +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "パスワード変更ポリシー, パスワードエージングポリシー, ロックアウトポリシー のタブをそれぞれ選択し、設定する属性の LDAP パスワードポリシーグループを選んでください。" #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"過去に使用されたパスワードをどれだけ記憶しておくかを設定するには、 履歴" -"に記録する最大パスワード数 を設定してください。履歴に記録されたパスワード" -"は使うことができません。" +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "過去に使用されたパスワードをどれだけ記憶しておくかを設定するには、 履歴に記録する最大パスワード数 を設定してください。履歴に記録されたパスワードは使うことができません。" #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"パスワードをリセットしたり管理者がパスワードを変えたりした場合など、ユーザ" -"に対して自身のパスワードを変更するよう強制するには、 リセット後にパスワー" -"ド変更をさせる を選択してください。" +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "パスワードをリセットしたり管理者がパスワードを変えたりした場合など、ユーザに対して自身のパスワードを変更するよう強制するには、 リセット後にパスワード変更をさせる を選択してください。" #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." -msgstr "" -"ユーザに対して自分自身のパスワード変更ができるようにするには、 ユーザに" -"パスワード変更を許可する を選択してください。" +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +msgstr "ユーザに対して自分自身のパスワード変更ができるようにするには、 ユーザにパスワード変更を許可する を選択してください。" #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"パスワード変更の際に今のパスワードを入力させて確認するには、 パスワード" -"変更時に古いパスワードを要求 を選択してください。" +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "パスワード変更の際に今のパスワードを入力させて確認するには、 パスワード変更時に古いパスワードを要求 を選択してください。" #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"パスワードを追加／変更する際にパスワード品質を検証するかどうかを選択してく" -"ださい。何もパスワードを検証しない場合は 検証しない を、選択してくださ" -"い。 確認できないパスワードを受け付ける を選択すると、ユーザが暗号化し" -"たパスワードを設定した場合などパスワード品質の検証が行なえない場合でもそのパ" -"スワードを受け付けるようになります。また、 確認済みパスワードのみを受け付" -"ける を選択すると、パスワードの品質検証が失敗した場合やパスワードの検証が" -"行なえない場合に変更を拒否するようになります。" +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +msgstr "パスワードを追加／変更する際にパスワード品質を検証するかどうかを選択してください。何もパスワードを検証しない場合は 検証しない を、選択してください。 確認できないパスワードを受け付ける を選択すると、ユーザが暗号化したパスワードを設定した場合などパスワード品質の検証が行なえない場合でもそのパスワードを受け付けるようになります。また、 確認済みパスワードのみを受け付ける を選択すると、パスワードの品質検証が失敗した場合やパスワードの検証が行なえない場合に変更を拒否するようになります。" #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." msgstr "最小パスワード長 にはパスワードの最低文字数を設定します。" #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." -msgstr "" -"パスワードの最小使用日数 にはパスワードを次に変更できるまでの時間を" -"設定します。" +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +msgstr "パスワードの最小使用日数 にはパスワードを次に変更できるまでの時間を設定します。" #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." -msgstr "" -"パスワードの最大有効日数 には変更したパスワードが期限切れになるまで" -"の時間を設定します。" +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +msgstr "パスワードの最大有効日数 には変更したパスワードが期限切れになるまでの時間を設定します。" #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "" -" パスワード失効警告時間 では、パスワードの有効期限が切れる旨を警告" -"するメッセージをどれだけ前から表示するかを設定することができます。" +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr " パスワード失効警告時間 では、パスワードの有効期限が切れる旨を警告するメッセージをどれだけ前から表示するかを設定することができます。" #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -" 失効したパスワードの使用許可回数 には、有効期限の切れたパスワード" -"を使用できる回数を指定します。" +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr " 失効したパスワードの使用許可回数 には、有効期限の切れたパスワードを使用できる回数を指定します。" #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"バインド試行の際に指定した回数だけパスワードを間違えたらパスワード使用を禁" -"止するには、 パスワードロックを有効にする を選択してください。" +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "バインド試行の際に指定した回数だけパスワードを間違えたらパスワード使用を禁止するには、 パスワードロックを有効にする を選択してください。" #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"パスワードをロックするまでのバインド失敗回数 には、どれだけの回数パ" -"スワード入力を間違えたらパスワード使用を禁止するかを設定してください。" +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "パスワードをロックするまでのバインド失敗回数 には、どれだけの回数パスワード入力を間違えたらパスワード使用を禁止するかを設定してください。" #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -"" -msgstr "" -"パスワードロック期間 には、パスワードの使用を禁止する時間を設定しま" -"す。" +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +msgstr "パスワードロック期間 には、パスワードの使用を禁止する時間を設定します。" #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred." -msgstr "" -"バインド失敗のキャッシュ保持期間 には、認証に全く成功していない場合" -"にどれだけの時間が経過したらパスワード失敗カウンタを廃棄するかを時間で指定し" -"ます。" +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +msgstr "バインド失敗のキャッシュ保持期間 には、認証に全く成功していない場合にどれだけの時間が経過したらパスワード失敗カウンタを廃棄するかを時間で指定します。" #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -2208,8 +1986,7 @@ msgstr "" "LDAP ユーザのホームディレクトリをお使いのマシン上に設置する場合は、\n" "適切な項目を選択してください。この値を変更しても、直接的な操作が行なわれる\n" -"わけではありません。これは単に YaST ユーザモジュールに対して情報を提供するだ" -"けです。\n" +"わけではありません。これは単に YaST ユーザモジュールに対して情報を提供するだけです。\n" "\n" #. help text caption @@ -2217,13 +1994,11 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" " LDAP サーバに保存してある設定を変更するには、 設定 \n" -"を押してください。これまでに LDAP サーバに接続していなかったり設定を変更した" -"りした場合は、\n" +"を押してください。これまでに LDAP サーバに接続していなかったり設定を変更したりした場合は、\n" "パスワードを尋ねられます。\n" #. password policy help text caption @@ -2234,14 +2009,11 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"選択したパスワードポリシーを設定するには 編集 を、新しくパスワード" -"ポリシーを追加する場合は 追加 をそれぞれ押してください。\n" -"設定は、LDAP サーバ上でパスワードポリシーが有効になっている場合にのみ行なうこ" -"とができます。" +"選択したパスワードポリシーを設定するには 編集 を、新しくパスワードポリシーを追加する場合は 追加 をそれぞれ押してください。\n" +"設定は、LDAP サーバ上でパスワードポリシーが有効になっている場合にのみ行なうことができます。" #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 @@ -2326,8 +2098,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "ローカルユーザ" @@ -2536,16 +2307,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ローカルユーザとシステムユーザに対する、パスワードの暗号化方法を選択しま" -"す。\n" -"DES は Linux の既定の方式で、全てのネットワーク環境で利用することがで" -"きますが、\n" +"ローカルユーザとシステムユーザに対する、パスワードの暗号化方法を選択します。\n" +"DES は Linux の既定の方式で、全てのネットワーク環境で利用することができますが、\n" "パスワードは 8 文字以下に制限されます。\n" "\n" @@ -2558,20 +2326,14 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"MD5 では、それより長いパスワードを利用できるためセキュリティが高まりま" -"すが、\n" -"ネットワークプロトコルによっては対応しておらず、 NIS を使用する際に問題が発生" -"するかもしれません。\n" +"MD5 では、それより長いパスワードを利用できるためセキュリティが高まりますが、\n" +"ネットワークプロトコルによっては対応しておらず、 NIS を使用する際に問題が発生するかもしれません。\n" "" #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由があ" -"る場合を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。" +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "SHA-512 は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由がある場合を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。" #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 @@ -2615,14 +2377,12 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"このマシンでは NIS サーバを実行しているようです。ネットワーク環境によって" -"は\n" +"このマシンでは NIS サーバを実行しているようです。ネットワーク環境によっては\n" "ユーザパスワードを DES 以外の方式で暗号化すると、 NIS クライアントに\n" "ログインできない場合があります。\n" "\n" @@ -2649,26 +2409,19 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." -msgstr "" -"ここでは、既定のもの以外のユーザとグループに対する検索フィルタを指定しま" -"す。" +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." +msgstr "ここでは、既定のもの以外のユーザとグループに対する検索フィルタを指定します。" #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" -" 既定値 を選択すると、 LDAP サーバに保存されているユーザとグループ" -"の設定モジュール\n" +" 既定値 を選択すると、 LDAP サーバに保存されているユーザとグループの設定モジュール\n" "から、既定のフィルタ ('suseSearchFilter' 属性の値) を読み込みます。\n" -"今までに LDAP サーバに接続していない場合はパスワードの入力を求められます。</" -"p>\n" +"今までに LDAP サーバに接続していない場合はパスワードの入力を求められます。\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 @@ -2765,39 +2518,32 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ここで説明する機能が使用できるのは、ログインマネージャとして KDM または GDM " -"を使用している場合だけです。\n" +"ここで説明する機能が使用できるのは、ログインマネージャとして KDM または GDM を使用している場合だけです。\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "自動ログイン \n" -"自動ログイン を設定すると、ログイン手順を飛ばすことができます。一覧で" -"選択したユーザがログインしたものとして扱われます。\n" +"自動ログイン を設定すると、ログイン手順を飛ばすことができます。一覧で選択したユーザがログインしたものとして扱われます。\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "パスワード無しログイン \n" -"このオプションを選択すると、全てのユーザはパスワードを入力せずにログインでき" -"るように\n" -"なります。このオプションを選択しない場合は、自動ログインをするように設定して" -"いてもパスワードの入力を求められます。\n" +"このオプションを選択すると、全てのユーザはパスワードを入力せずにログインできるように\n" +"なります。このオプションを選択しない場合は、自動ログインをするように設定していてもパスワードの入力を求められます。\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -2967,8 +2713,7 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" @@ -2983,23 +2728,19 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ユーザとグループはさまざまな組み合わせで整理されます。表示されている組み合わ" -"せを変更するには、 フィルタの設定 を使用してください。\n" -"表示をカスタマイズするには、 フィルタのカスタマイズ を使用してくださ" -"い。\n" +"ユーザとグループはさまざまな組み合わせで整理されます。表示されている組み合わせを変更するには、 フィルタの設定 を使用してください。\n" +"表示をカスタマイズするには、 フィルタのカスタマイズ を使用してください。\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3033,8 +2774,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"このダイアログでは、既存のユーザに関する情報を取得したり、ユーザを追加／変更" -"したりすることができます。\n" +"このダイアログでは、既存のユーザに関する情報を取得したり、ユーザを追加／変更したりすることができます。\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -3080,14 +2820,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"このダイアログでは、既存のグループに関する情報を取得したり、グループを追加／" -"変更したりすることができます。\n" +"このダイアログでは、既存のグループに関する情報を取得したり、グループを追加／変更したりすることができます。\n" "\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3334,18 +3072,12 @@ #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" -"ローカルユーザとシステムユーザに対して適用する、パスワードの暗号化方法を選" -"択してください。" +msgstr "ローカルユーザとシステムユーザに対して適用する、パスワードの暗号化方法を選択してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method #: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 -msgid "" -"%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is " -"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"%s は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由があ" -"る場合を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。" +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "%s は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由がある場合を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。" #. Let's add some vertical space after each widget #. TRANSLATORS: rich text label @@ -3398,15 +3130,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"root ユーザには莫大な権限が与えられているため、 \"root\" のパスワードは慎重" -"に\n" +"root ユーザには莫大な権限が与えられているため、 \"root\" のパスワードは慎重に\n" "設定する必要があります。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧めです。\n" "なお、パスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、\n" "パスワードは 2 つめの項目にも入力してください。\n" @@ -3418,16 +3148,13 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"通常ユーザのパスワードに関するすべての規則が \"root\" のパスワードにも適用さ" -"れます:\n" +"通常ユーザのパスワードに関するすべての規則が \"root\" のパスワードにも適用されます:\n" "たとえば大文字と小文字は区別されるほか、パスワードには少なくとも 5 文字\n" -"以上を指定する必要があります。また、全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) " -"など\n" +"以上を指定する必要があります。また、全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n" "の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n" "\n" @@ -3458,7 +3185,7 @@ "入力をお願いいたします。" #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 msgid "" "\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3470,11 +3197,11 @@ "ローカルユーザは /etc/passwd と /etc/shadow に保存されます。\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "新しいユーザの作成" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3488,7 +3215,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 msgid "" "\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3499,71 +3226,55 @@ "パスワードの長さは、 %{min} ～ %{max} 文字の範囲内であるべきです。\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "ユーザ名 には半角英数字と\n" -"<tt>._-</tt> の文字からしか設定できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用でき" -"ません) 。\n" -"また、特別な理由がある場合を除き、ユーザ名には大文字を使用しないでくださ" -"い。\n" -"このような、ユーザ名はパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するに" -"は\n" -" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読み" -"ください。\n" +"<tt>._-</tt> の文字からしか設定できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用できません) 。\n" +"また、特別な理由がある場合を除き、ユーザ名には大文字を使用しないでください。\n" +"このような、ユーザ名はパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するには\n" +" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" -"このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する を選択する" -"と、最初のユーザ作成の際に入力したパスワードを、 root ユーザのパスワードとし" -"ても使用するようになります。" +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する を選択すると、最初のユーザ作成の際に入力したパスワードを、 root ユーザのパスワードとしても使用するようになります。" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "以前のインストールからユーザデータを取り込む" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" -"The information there can be used to create users in the system being " -"installed.\n" -"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic " -"information will\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" "be imported.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "以前の Linux インストール内に、ローカルユーザの設定が見つかりました。\n" "新しくインストールするシステムでは、この情報を元にしてユーザを作成することができます。\n" -"取り込むユーザを選択するには、 ユーザの選択 ボタンを押してください。" -"なお、基本的な情報のみが取り込まれます。\n" +"取り込むユーザを選択するには、 ユーザの選択 ボタンを押してください。なお、基本的な情報のみが取り込まれます。\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "ユーザの作成を行なわずに飛ばす" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" -"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without " -"creating\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" "a local user.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -3573,12 +3284,12 @@ "作成を回避するため、このオプションを選択してください。\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local User" msgstr "ローカルユーザ" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3589,45 +3300,44 @@ "を選択してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" "'Skip User Creation'." msgstr "" "以前のインストールからのユーザ取り込みで、ユーザを\n" -"選択していません。ここでユーザを作成しない場合は、" -" 'ユーザの作成を行なわずに飛ばす' を選択してください。" +"選択していません。ここでユーザを作成しない場合は、 'ユーザの作成を行なわずに飛ばす' を選択してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "新しいユーザの作成 (&C)" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "以前のインストールからユーザデータを取り込む (&R)" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "ユーザの選択" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "ユーザの作成を行なわずに飛ばす (&S)" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "自動ログイン (&A)" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "ユーザが選択されていません" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "%d 人のユーザを取り込みます。" @@ -4114,9 +3824,7 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"複数のテンプレートが既定値として定義されています。読み取る項目を選択してくだ" -"さい。" +msgstr "複数のテンプレートが既定値として定義されています。読み取る項目を選択してください。" #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 @@ -4174,7 +3882,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:716 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -4188,211 +3896,209 @@ "これは新規に作成したユーザの既定のホームディレクトリですが、\n" "このディレクトリは現在マウントされていません。\n" "既定の値を利用して新しいユーザを作成すると、\n" -"マウントされていないままの状態で新規ユーザのホームディレクトリが %2 以下に作" -"成されます。\n" +"マウントされていないままの状態で新規ユーザのホームディレクトリが %2 以下に作成されます。\n" "従ってお使いのシステムで正しく %2 をマウントすると、作成した\n" "ディレクトリは見えなくなってしまいます。このまま実行してもよろしいですか？" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:964 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "複数のユーザが該当します。" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定を準備しています" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "既定のログイン設定を読み込む" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "既定のシステム設定を読み込む" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "設定タイプを読み込む" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "ユーザカスタム設定を読み込む" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "ユーザとグループを読み込む" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "キャッシュ構造を構築する" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "既定のログイン設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "既定のシステム設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "設定種類を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "カスタム設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "ユーザとグループを読み込んでいます..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "キャッシュ構造を構築しています..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "ユーザは存在していません。" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "グループは存在していません。" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定を書き込んでいます" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "LDAP ユーザとグループを書き込む" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "グループを書き込む" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "削除されたユーザを確認" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "ユーザを書き込む" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "パスワードを書き込む" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "カスタム設定を書き込む" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "既定のログイン設定を書き込む" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "LDAP ユーザとグループを書き込んでいます..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "グループを書き込んでいます..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "削除されたユーザを確認しています..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "ユーザを書き込んでいます..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "パスワードを書き込んでいます..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "カスタム設定を書き込んでいます..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "既定のログイン設定を書き込んでいます..." #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "ファイル %s は正しく読み込まれていないため書き込めません。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "ユーザの削除中にエラーが発生しました。" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "ファイル %s は正しく読み込まれていないため書き込めません。" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"暗号化サポートがインストールされていないため、ホームディレクトリは暗号化され" -"ません。" +"暗号化サポートがインストールされていないため、ホームディレクトリは暗号化されません。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "root のメール転送の設定中にエラーが発生しました。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "この種類のユーザ用に利用できる UID がありません。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4402,7 +4108,7 @@ "%i ～ %i の範囲内の有効な整数を選択してください。" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4411,7 +4117,7 @@ "本当に使用してもよろしいですか？" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4423,7 +4129,7 @@ "この ID を本当に使用してもよろしいですか？" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4435,7 +4141,7 @@ "ユーザの種類を 'ローカル' に変更しますか?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4446,7 +4152,7 @@ "システム ID として設定することになります。\n" "ユーザのタイプを 'システム' に変更しますか?" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" @@ -4455,7 +4161,7 @@ "既存のユーザ名は、 NIS または LDAP ユーザに所属している場合があります。\n" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -4466,7 +4172,7 @@ "別のユーザ名を入力してください。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." @@ -4475,7 +4181,7 @@ "ことはできません。入力をご確認ください。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -4486,7 +4192,7 @@ "項目数を減らしてください。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -4497,7 +4203,7 @@ "入力をご確認ください。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -4507,7 +4213,7 @@ "ホームディレクトリには別のパスを選択してください。" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." @@ -4516,7 +4222,7 @@ "再度選択してください。" #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -4527,7 +4233,7 @@ "このパスを使用してよろしいですか？" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -4537,7 +4243,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -4549,7 +4255,7 @@ "このディレクトリを使用しますか？\n" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4563,7 +4269,7 @@ "このディレクトリを使用しますか？" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" @@ -4572,12 +4278,12 @@ "このシェルを使用してよろしいですか？" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "この種類のグループ用に利用できる GID がありません。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4587,7 +4293,7 @@ "%i ～ %i の範囲内の有効な整数を選択してください。" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4596,7 +4302,7 @@ "本当に使用してもよろしいですか？" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4608,7 +4314,7 @@ "この ID を使用してよろしいですか？" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4620,7 +4326,7 @@ "グループのタイプを 'ローカル' に変更しますか?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4632,7 +4338,7 @@ "グループのタイプを 'システム' に変更しますか?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4641,7 +4347,7 @@ "入力をお願いいたします。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4651,7 +4357,7 @@ "入力をご確認ください。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4664,7 +4370,7 @@ "入力をご確認ください。" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" @@ -4674,13 +4380,13 @@ "存在しています。\n" "別のグループ名を入力してください。" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "ユーザ %s は存在していません。" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4691,7 +4397,7 @@ "を削除できません。" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4702,22 +4408,22 @@ "まずグループからユーザを削除してください。" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ユーザ</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>グループ</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ログイン設定</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "ユーザ %1 で自動ログインするよう設定済み" @@ -4882,7 +4588,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -4890,25 +4596,21 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "パスワードに使用できるのは、次に示す文字に限られます。\n" -"0-9, a-z, A-Z, および \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\" のいずれかで" -"す。\n" +"0-9, a-z, A-Z, および \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\" のいずれかです。\n" "入力をご確認ください。" #. help text (default part shown in more places) #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"パスワードには英語キーボードレイアウトで入力可能な文字のみを入力することがで" -"きます。\n" -"これはたとえば、システムエラーが発生したような場合に、各言語用に設定したキー" -"ボードレイアウトを\n" +"パスワードには英語キーボードレイアウトで入力可能な文字のみを入力することができます。\n" +"これはたとえば、システムエラーが発生したような場合に、各言語用に設定したキーボードレイアウトを\n" "利用できない場合があるためです。\n" "" @@ -5094,4 +4796,3 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "入力条件を満たすユーザ候補が複数存在します。" -

1 0

← Newer
1
...
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Older →

Jump to page: